CO ON Tow ND Se

PART I.

No. 121.

Page.

I.—Extract of a Letter from Dr. Jameson to Mr. Clerk. .. a6 o et,

II.—On the Literature and Origin of certain Hill Tribes in Sikkim. By A. Camp-

bell, Esq. Superintendent of Darjeeling. .. . oe oe - 4

III.—A Fifth Memoir with reference to the Theory of the a of Storms in India,

being researches about the Madras Storm of May 16th, 1841, and an account

of a Whirlwind experienced by the French Ship ‘‘ Paquebot des Mers du

Sud,’’ Capt. P. Saliz off the Cape. By Henry Piddington, Esq. .. a) 1G

1V.—Paragraphs to be added to Captain G. B. Tremenheere’s Report on the Tin

of Mergui, communicated to the Asiatic Society, through the Secretariat of

the General Department. ae Se un tig Me ae ai -. 24

V.—Extracts from a letter to Government on the above subject, from Dr. M‘Clel-

land, Secretary to the Coal Committee. oe ee a ae . oe 29

VI.—Note to the Botanico-Agricultural Account of the protected Sikh States,

No. 1, September, 1838, p. 764. By M. P. Edgeworth, Esq. C.S. .. aa; 20

VII.—On Equations of Condition for a Quadrilateral, common or re-entrant.

By Captain R. Shortrede, Assistant Surveyor General... se ae a

VIII.—On improvement in Irrigation. By Lieut. A. Murray McGregor, 66th

Regiment Native Infantry.. .. ee ee es ee se ea eh oe

1X.—Compendious Logarithmic Tables. By Capt. Shortrede. .. ae ABURE

X.—Tables of Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations, made in Affghanis-

tan, Upper Scinde, and Kutch Gundava, during the years 1839-40. By Dr.

Griffith. .. So oe apy oe oe ae oe ee cr oa! pa

XI.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. ae ee ae fe oF sey

No. 122.

I.—A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. By Lieut. rs aa

Political Department. “e oe we ° ee oo ae a a

Il.—Second Notice of some new Bactrian Coins. By pies A. Cunningham... 130

I11.—On the Gem and Coins, figured as Nos. 7 and 8 in the Preceding Plate, and

on a Gem belonging to the late Edward Conolly. By the Editor. .. ae Loe

IV.—Observations on the Genus Spathium. By M. P. Edgeworth, Esq. .- 148

iv Contents.

Page.

V.—Register of the Rise Au Fall of the Tide at Prince of Wales’ Island and

Singapore, furnished to the Editor by order of the Government of India,—

October, 1840. ‘is hs a Ee we oe ee -. 149

VI.—Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds, with Descriptions of some pre-

sumed new Species. By Edward cua Curator to the Museum of the Asiatic

Society. oe oe ove ste oe oe “7 .- 160

VII.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Sadie oe oe Sie oh ee -- 196

No. 123.

I.—Notes on the Bendkar, a people of Keonjur. By Lieut. S. R. Tickell, Poli-

tical Assistant, S. W. Frontier. ap ee .- 205

i].—Captain Shortrede, in continuation of his Fiske p- 28, in to 121 of this

Journal. a ee os ae ee oe oe 207

III.—Notes regarding the Meteorology and Climate of ae CHE of Good Hope.

By Robert Trotter, Esq. Bengal Civil Service. 3 wo 2h

IV.—Report upon the Manufacture of Steel in Southern Tides By Capt. Camp-

bell, Assistant Surveyor General. .. xs a4 “i -. 217

V.—Report upon the Improvement of the Silk Maunae hired in nitdate ha the

Salem Districts. By Captain J. Campbell, Assistant Surveyor General. .. 218

VI.—Manis Crassicaudata, (Auct.) M. Pentadactyla, (Ibid.) Short-tailed or

thick-tailed Manis. In Hindustan, generally called ‘‘ Bujjerkeet.’’—Orissa,

‘‘ Bujjer Kepta’”’ and “‘ Sooruj Mookhee.”? By the Lurka Koles, ‘* Armoo.’’

By Lieut. S. R. Tickell, Political Assistant, S. W. Frontier. Js 23-221

VII.—On the Theory of Angular Geometry. By S. G. Tollemache Heatly, Esq. 230

VIII.—Remarks on the Essay ‘‘On the Theory of Angular Geometry.” By

Capt. Shortrede. “A ee ve or oe “ -- 240

IX.—Notes on the Recent Earthquakes on the North-Western Fronties By

Lieut. R. Baird Smith, Bengal Engineers. a a e. 242

X.—Notice of the predatory and sanguinivorous habits of ite Bats of the genus

Megaderma, with some Remarks on the blood-sucking propensities of other

Vespertilionide. By Edward Blyth, Curator to the Asiatic Society. -» 200

XI.—Register of the Rise and Fall of the Tide at Prince of Wales’ Island and

Singapore, furnished to the Editor by order of the Government of India. .. 263

XII.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. we ee os ee ee «« 2/1

No. 124.

I.—Notice of the Mammals of Tibet, with Descriptions and Plates of some new

Species. By B. H. Hodgson, Esq. Bengal Civil Service. .. oe «- 2/0

II.—Some concluding Remarks forwarded for insertion with Capt. Tremenheere’s

Report on the Tin Ground of Mergui. _.. be oe oe . «. 289

I{{.—On the Cotton called ‘‘ Nurma,’’ in Guzerat. By A. Burn, Esq., Superin-

tendent of Cotton Cultivation, (in reply to Mr. Piddington’s Queries.) Com-

municated from the Secretariat, General Department. .. ve es <= 290

1V.—On an Ancient Magic Square, cut in a Temple at Gwalior. By Capt.

Shortrede. ee ele St ae ae ee ss ee oe «. 292

Contents. Vv

Page.

V.—Report upon the Construction of Philosophical Instruments in India. By

Capt. J. Campbell, Assistant Surveyor General. crs ve -. 293

ViI.—Manual of Chemistry. By Capt. J. Campbell, aristatit Surveyor cauieran

Madras. .. oe ° ee <e ae ve “0 se 208

VII.—Report of the death of Mr. Csoma de Koros, made to G. A. Basie, Esq.

Officiating Secretary, Political Department, from A. Campbell, Esq. Super-

intendent, Darjeeling, and communicated to the Society. or as -- 303

VIII.—Note to accompany a Map of the Isle St. Martin’s. By C. B. Greenlaw,

Esq. Secretary to the Marine Board. Be Sf se ‘ -- 309

IX.—On the Cotton called ‘‘Nurma,’’ by Dr. Irvine, Hesideties ae at

Gwalior. Communicated by Colonel Spiers, Resident at that Court. aol t

X.—On a Cylinder and certain Gems, collected in the neighbourhood of Herat,

by Major Pottinger. By the Editor. oe os os oe op - 316

XI.—Circular and other documents relating to the Museum of Economic Geology

of India. By H. Piddington, Esq. ceee wees SECO SARE GEE 322

XII.—Correspondence respecting the Society’s Museum of Economic Geology... 326

XIII.—Register of the Rise and Fall of the Tide at Prince of Wales’ Island and

Singapore, furnished to the Editor by order of the Government of India. .. 399

No. 125.

I.—Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. By

Lieut. A. Gerard, Bengal Native Infantry, in 1818. es ae -. 303

IJ.—Memoranda on the Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. By Dr. J.

Adam, B. M.S. at : oe oe oe -. 392

II].—Report made by J. Mohl in the General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of

Paris, 3lst May, 1841, on the labours of the Committee during the six last

months of 1840, and the six first months of 1841, translated from the French.

By Dr. E. Réer, Librarian to the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 2S »- 411

VI.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society... a6 a ee ee 439

No. 126.

I.—A few Instructions for Insect Collectors. By Vincent Tregear, ae -» 473

II.—A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. .. o -. 479

III.—Note on the Passes into Hindoostan from the West and North-west, and the

use made of them by different Conquerors. By H. T. Prinsep Esq. 2. O02

IV.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. .. e- oe ae +» O13

No. 126.*

I.—Report of the Mineralogical Survey of the Himmalaya Mountains lying

between the Rivers Sutlej and Kalee. Illustrated by a Geological Map, By

Captain J. D, Herbert, Superintendent, otoiee pani Pa erie Wea |

INDEX TO PART I.

Page.

A Map of the Isle St. Martin’s

Note to accompany. By C. B.

Greenlaw, Esq. sees sinlash oo

Angular Geometry, On the Theory

of. By 8S. G. Tollemache Heatly,

Square cose eas eeee 230

Barometrical and Thermometrical

Observations in Affghanistan, Ta-

bles of. By Dr. Griffith, coon 49

Bats of the genus Megaderma, Notice

of the predatory and sanguivorous

habits of the, with some Remarks

on the blood-sucking propensities

of other Vespertilionide. By Ed.

Blyth, .... Line sees 200

Bendkar, a people of Keonjur, Notes

on the. By Lieut. 8. R. Tickell, 206

Botanico-Agricultural account of the

protected Sikh States, Note to the.

By M. P. Edgeworth, Esq C. S. . 26

Captain Shortrede, in continuation

of his paper, p. 28, in No. 121 of

this Journal, Lene ajnielat DOV,

Compendious Logarithmic Tables.

By Capt. Shortrede, .. 40

Cotton in Guzerat, called Nurma,

onthe. By A. Burn, Esq. in reply

to Mr. Piddington’s Queries, .. 290

Csoma de Koros. Report of the

death of. Made to G. A. Bushby

Esq. from A. Campbell, Esq. and

communicated to the Society, .. 303

Cylinder and certain gems collected

in the neighbourhood of Herat.

By Major Pottinger, .... seis a LO

Economic Geology of India, Muse-

um of. By H. Piddington, Esq... 322

Equations of Condition for a Quadri-

lateral, commor. or re-entrant. By

Captain R. Shortrede, .... ....

Essay ‘‘ On the Theory of Angular

Geometry,’’ Remarks on the. By

Capt. Shortrede,...... seas, 240

Gem and Coins, figured as Nos. 7

and 8 in the preceding Plate, and

on a Gem belonging to the late

Edward Conolly. By the Editor, . 137

General Meeting of the Asiatic So-

ciety of Paris, Report made by J.

Mohl in the. By Dr. E. Roer, .. 411

Genus Spathium, Observations on

the. By M. P, Edgeworth, Esq., 140

Page.

Geology of Bundlecund and Jubbul-

pore, Memoranda on the. By Dr.

J. Adam,.. eaee Secale

Geology, Mineralogical and Palzon-

tological papers in the Transac-

tions and Journal of the Asiatic

Society and the Gleanings of

Science, Index to the. By H.

Piddington Esq. .... coos 34]

Hill Tribes in Sikkim, On the Li-

terature and Origin of certain. By

A. Campbell, Bsqun. sccm) omic sae 4

Improvement of the Silk manufac-

tured in Mysore and the Salem

Districts, Report upon the. By -

Captain J, Campbell, ania MLO

Indian and Malayan Birds, Notes

on various. By Edward Blyth,

Curator to the Museum of the

Asiatic Society, .... --+» 160

Instructions for Insect Collectors,

a few. By Vincent Treager, Esq. 473

Irrigation, an improvementin. By

Lieut. A. Murray McGregor,.... 39

Journey from Soobathoo to Shipke

in Chinese Tartary, Narrative of.

By Lieut. A. Gerard, seseee 263

Koonawur Languages, A Vocabula-

ry of the. By Lieut. A. Gerard,.. 475

Letter from Dr. Jameson to Mr.

Clerk, Extract from a, neem |

Letter to Government, Extracts from

Dr. M‘Clelland’s, on Capt. ‘Ire-

menheere’s report, .... SE aay 5)

Magic Square, cut in a Temple at

Gwalior, On an Ancient. By Capt.

Shortrede, .. Serer psd

Mammals of Tibet, Notice of the,

with descriptions and Plates of

some new species. By B. H.

Hodgson Esq.) 27a eee - 276

Manis Crassicaudata, (Auct.) M.

Pentadactyla (Ibid) short-tailed

or thick-tailed Manis. By Lieut.

S.iR., Wiekell:'2: eacat) | eaten irate » 221

Manual of Chemistry, proposed. By

Capt. J. Campbell,.... eee.

Meteorology and Climate of the Cape

of Good Hope, Notes regarding

the. By Robert Trotter, Ksq. .. 211

Mineralogical Survey of the Him-

malaya Mountains,. Report of the,

292

Index to Part I. Vii

Page

lying between the Rivers Sutlej

and Kalee. Illustrated by poole

Hin Map. By Captain

erbert, ....

New Bactrian Coins, “Second Notice

ofsome. By Lieut. A Cunningham, 130

Nurma, on the Cotton called. By

Dr. Irvine, .. . dil

Passes into Hindoostan from the

West and North-west, Notes on

the, and the use made of them by

different Conquerors, ..

Philosophical Instruments in India,

Report upon the Construction of.

By Capt. J. Campbell, .. wwe ago

ae ee of the Asiatic Socie-

EV, hes - 91-196-271-439-573

Recent Earthquakes on the North

Western Frontier, Notes on the.

By Lieut. R. Baird Smith, .... 242

Society’s Museum of Economic Geo-

Page.

ogy» Correspondence repecting

Steel; in Southern Tndia, Report upon

the manufacture of. By Capt.

Campbell, ....

Theory of the Law of Storms in

India, A Fifth Memoir. By Henry

Piddington, Esq.

Tide at Prince of Wales Island and

Singapore, Register of the Rise

and Fall of the, .. eee 149-263

Tin of Mergui, Paragraphs to be

added to Captain G. B. Tremen-

heere’s report on the,.... : 24

Tin Ground of Mergui, Some con-

cluding Remarks forwarded for in-

sertion with Capt. ‘Tremenheere’s

Teportiom the, (40) Vi hile diate ote

Valley of Jullalabad, A Geographi-

cal Notice of the. By Lieut.

MacGregor, ... once cence

INDEX TO NAMES OF AUTHORS.

PART I.

Page. Page.

ApaM, J. Dr. Geology of Bundel-

cund and Jubbulpore, Memoranda

on the. s..ees sis Bie Ae,

Buiytu, Epwarp, Indian and Ma-

layan Birds, Notes on various. 160

——-—— Bats of the genus

Megaderma, Notice of the preda-

tory and sanguivorous habits of the,

with some Remarks on the blood-

sucking propensities of other Ves-

pertibiowideti w1i6) leo detec. 200

Burn, A. Esq. On the Cotton called,

Nurma, in Guzerat, in reply to

Mr. PippINGTON’s Queries. .... 290

CaMPBELL, A. Esq. Csomade Koros.

Report of the death of. Made to

G. A. Bususy, Esq. and communi-

cated tothe Society, ...- cee.

—————-——— Hill Tribes in

Sikkim, On the Literature and

Origin of certain... ..«. Morena

CamPBELL, J. Capt. Steel in South-

ern India, Report upon the manu-

facture of. ...0. isles a ay.) |

—_—___—_—_-—_—-—— Improvement

of the Silk manufactured in Mysore

and the Salem Districts, Report

upon the. Sade cielelepiniwel ele

—————— Philosophical

Instruments in India, Report upon

the Construction of. “eoleleses

—___—______—— Manual of

Chemistry proposed. pinfieieies 200

CurErk, Mr. Letter from Dr. JamME-

son to Extract from a, ........-.-

Cono.iy, EpwarpD. Gemand Coins,

figured as Nos. 7 and 8 in the

preceding Plate, aiotete setae Los

CuNNINGHAM, A. Lieut. New Bac-

trian Coins, Second Notice of some, 130

EpcrwortH, M. P. Esq C.S. Bo-

tanico-Agricultural account of the

protected Sikh States, Note tothe. 26

—_—__—_—__—____—— Genus Spa-

thium, Observations on the....... 140

GERARD, A. Lieut. Journey from

Soobathoo to Shipke in Chinese

Tartary, Narrative of..... eeu ous

—_—_———__——-— Koonawur Lan-

_ guages, A Vocabulary ofthe, ... 479

GREENLAW, C. B. Esq. Map of

the Isle St. MartTin’s. Note to

accompany... cues Bias pues

GriFFitH, Dr. Barometrical and

Thermometrical Observations in

Affghanistan, Tables of. ...... 49

Heatiy, ToLLemacng, S. G. Esq.

ipl Geometry, On the Theory

Gf,’ oss poate sale ayers

Hersert, Captain J. D. Mineralo-

gical Survey of the Himmalaya

Mountains, Report of the, lying

between the Rivers Sutlej and

Kalee. Illustrated by a Geologi-

cal Map, .... eave ate nl

Hopeson B. H. Esq. Mammals of

Tibet, Notice of the, with Des-

criptions and Plates of some new

species. ...- baie oe

Irvine, Dr. Nurma, On the Cotton

called. .... ainsi <seeOke

McGreeor, Murray A. Lieut. Ir-

rigation, An improvement in .... 39

MacGreeor, Lieut. Valley of Jul-

lalabad, A Geographical Notice

of the. eee eves eeee 117

Pippineton, Henry Esq. Theory ;

of the Law of Storms in India, A

Fifth Memoir on the..... ...... 6

230

—_———_—_—_——_ Economic

Geology of India, Museum of.... 322

——$$ __——_— Indian Geo-

logy Mineralogical and Palzonto-

logical papers in the Transactions

and Journal of the Asiatic Society

and the Gleanings of Science, In-

dex;to the. 325 Sieeelncuty) wareiteese

PortTincer, Major. Cylinder and

certain gems collected in the neigh-

bourhood of Herat. conte) Ueege SLO

Prinsep, Hon’ble H. ‘I. Passes

into Hindoostan from the West

and North-west, Notes on the, and

the use made of them by different

Conquerors, ate ais aie RD

Proceedings of the Asiatic Socie-

fynieettew ein nie\sure ee 91-196-271-439-573

Roger, EK. Dr. General Meeting of

the Asiatic Society of Paris, Re-

port made by J. Mont in the..... 411

SHORTREDE, R. Captain. Equa-

tions of Condition for a Quadri-

lateral, common or re-entrant. .... 28

— -—_————. Compendious

Logarithmic Tables. .. sae

— ——_——-——— in continuation

of his Paper, p. 28, in No. 12] of

this Journal..... re: usee 207

—__—— ———— Essay ‘‘ On

the Theory of Angular Geometry,”’

Remarks on the. ....- ree» 240

—_—_——___—_—- Magic Square,

ix Index to Names of Authors in Part I.

Page. Page.

cut in a Temple at Gwalior, On TrEAGEAR, Vincent, Esq. Instruc-

an Ancient. ...- Seip kin aoe tions for Insect Collectors, A

Smitu, Batirp R. Lieut. Recent few. aintntat Sigs

Earthquakes on the North Western

Frontier, Noteson the. ...... 242

Society’s Museum of Economic Geo-

108: Correspondence peegine

ROR ALe, S. R. Lieut. Bendkar, a

people of Keonjur, Notes on the. . 206

Manis Cras-

sicaudata, (Auct.) M. Pentadac-

tyla (Ibid) short-tailed or thick-

Malea veamise ee NS eee ee 221

Tide at Prince of Wales’ Island and

Singapore, Register of the Rise

and Fallofthe, ...... 149-263-359

_——

TREMENHEERE G. B. Captain, Tin

of Mergui, Paragraphs to be added

to report on the, 24

TREMENHEERE, G. B. ‘Capt. Letter

to Government, Extracts from Dr.

M‘CLELLAND’S report, .. 9 aeee 20

—_——— Tin Ground

of Mergui, Some concluding Re-

marks forwarded for insertion with

report on the, eevee coos 209

Trotter, Ropert, Esq. Meteoro-

logy and Climate of the Cape of

Good Hope, Notes regarding the. 211

pt we

, vio FMA

tapi Biko

Daal |

rs ee eee

Sai ep a=

Ha ts

Address to Subscribers, by the Editor and late Proprietor of the Journal

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

As my personal interest in the Journal of the Asiatic Society

ceases from this date, I feel that a few words are due from me in ex-

planation of the change that has taken place in the ownership of the

property. I need hardly recapitulate the history of this periodical,

which founded by the late Capt. Herbert and Mr. James Prinsep, under

the title of Gleanings of Science, became the property of the latter dis-

tinguished man, and on his succeeding Professor Wilson as Secretary

to the Asiatic Society of Bengal, was liberally subscribed to by the

Society, and allowed to be known by the name it now bears. The

Journal, however, still continued the property of Mr. Prinsep: it was

published at his risk and charges, and in the earlier days of its existence

enely repaid its public-spirited proprietor, the money he expended

in its publication. He soon, however, created for it, chiefly by the

brilliant discoveries made by himself in the Archaiology of India, an

‘European reputation. He was indefatigable in the pursuit of this new

subject, and as decypherer of the Lat character ; as reader of the un-

_ known language of the Indo-Bactrian coins; as the able guide to the

investigations of others, not less than as ably an investigator himself, he

took place in the world of literature as Editor of this Journal, with a

Raoul-Rochette, a Lassen, or a Grotefend. His labours caused his

death: his mind tasked to the carrying on of heavy official duties as

Assay-master to a mint, which was then that of nearly all British India,

as well as burthened with a multitude of miscellaneous self-imposed

occupations, gave way wholly. After months passed in a state border-

ing upon unconsciousness, he passed away in the prime of life, and the

zenith of a well-earned reputation, a victim to the labour by which it

had been achieved.

Mr. Sutherland and Professor O’Shaughnessy, having undertaken

jointly the duties of the Secretaryship to the Asiatic Society, consent-

ed also to carry on as Proprietors, the Journal published under its spe-

cial patronage, and after some months’ cessation of issue, it re-appeared,

and was continued with spirit and success. The Proprietors being

anxious, for private reasons, to resign the duties of our Society’s Secre-

tariat, made over their Journal to me, when relieved from them by the

vote which made me their successor.

It will thus be seen, that I became by this succession the Editor, and

ex-officio Proprietor, of a periodical publication, which held the anomal-

ous position of being at once patronised, and disowned, by the same

Society. Its title bespoke it the property of the scientific body whose

name it bore, and by whose Secretary it was edited; the worth of

aught that appeared in it redounded to the credit of that Society, while

the pecuniary losses, and the actual real risk were borne by the ano-

nymous, but not less real, owner. I need not expatiate upon the perso-

nal inconveniences of such a position to myself. The officer of a Society

editing its supposed publication, is often addressed in a manner different

from that which would have been adopted in speaking to an indepen-

dent Proprietor. Contributors forgot sometimes that if I did in their

opinion mismanage the Journal, I was merely injuring my own proper-

ty, and not neglecting my duty as the servant of a Society. The im-

pression of the dependence of the Journal upon the Society was more-

over combated by no declarations on my part of my right of property.

I did not on the occasion of publishing the last Journal of the year, put

any prefatory notice to the volume, which the combined numbers would

form; and I did not do so, because I felt the incongruity of throwing

myself too prominently forward as the Editor of a Journal of General

iil

Science. No one knew better than myself the weakness of my quali-

fication for such a position, nor consequently comprehended better the

advantage of conducting my self-imposed duties in an unpretending

manner.

About the beginning of the past year, these duties became excessively

irksome to me. I possessed valuable assistance in the friendly services

ever rendered to me by Mr. Piddington, Curator of the Museum of

Economic Geology attached to our Society, and in the able support,

always freely, and kindly offered, by Mr. Blyth, the Society’s Zoologi-

cal Curator, but the work was distasteful to me; the mind must be in a

healthy and happy state to support with satisfaction a variety of self-

imposed labour, in addition to an onerous weight of ceaseless official

duties, and there are necessarily times with all men in which circum-

stances operate to weaken mental elasticity. I was, furthermore, a good

deal discouraged by the impossibility I was in of sending my Journal

largely to learned bodies, and to men of science in Europe. The Society

necessarily declined sending copies of it as from itself, while on the other

hand, if I, Secretary to the Society, despatched my Journal graced with

what would be to all the world a proprietary title as respects the Society,

I was guilty of bringing the Society into virtually the very position it was

desirous of avoiding, that-of identity, namely, with a publication which it

did not, and could not controul. Atthe same time, as Secretary, my duty

and inclination ran counter to my interest as Editor and Proprietor ; for

my anxious wish was to procure the publication of a volume of the Re-

searches of the Society for the satisfaction of the Members and for

interchange with learned bodies in Europe and América ; but the material

for such a volume was not forthcoming, as all contributions were for

my Journal. I could not refuse that promptness of publication, which the

contributors had a right to expect; had I proposed to them to insert

their papers in the Researches as part of the contents of a quarto

volume, they would in all probability have withdrawn them altogether.

During three years of careful endeavour to get up a volume suitable to

the reputation of the Society, I was successful (owing to the want of fit

material) in getting authority from the Committee of Papers for only one

undertaking, the publication, namely, of the highly coloured specimens

in Natural History collected during Sir Alexander Burnes’ Mission

to Affghanistan, with Dr. Lord’s notes upon them, to be edited by

Mr. Blyth. In fact, the Journal had absorbed the Researches. Rapi-

dity of publication was become a first want; while the Society, losing

its exclusively archaiological character, and entering largely into Gene-

ral Science, though it deserved and required an organ through which

to speak more than ever, was doomed to compulsory silence by its

patronage of the periodical which had superseded its own peculiar publi-

cation. The Society patronised, but could not profit by a scientific

miscellany, known even in Continental Europe by zs name.

As nothing could be more unsatisfactory than this state of things as

respects the relative positions of the Society I served, and the Journal

I owned and edited, I determined upon resigning the Secretaryship, and

giving up the Journal. My plans as respected the disposition of the

property were not matured, but I availed myself of the kind offer of

Mr. Piddington, to edit the remaining numbers of the year 1842, and

I withdrew from all connection with the conduct of the periodical

about six months ago. I should expalin that in using the word pro-

perty, applied to my Journal, I do not mean to attach to it the idea of

value in a pecuniary sense. As a Civil Servant of the Company, I

could not engage in the conduct of a publication with reference to its

pecuniary value. In the same way as James Prinsep, and Professor

O’Shaughnessy, I edited the Journal solely to make it pay for itself,

and, as my contributors I trust will acknowledge, spared no expense in

maps, in plates, and in plans, to make the publication worthy of the papers

with which they favoured me.* The average income of the Journal

during my proprietorship has been about 5,600 rupees a year, and the

expenditure about 5,300 Rupees. |

At the December Meeting of the Society my resignation was read, and

a resolution was recorded by the meeting, that the Journal, which I gave

up, should be taken by the Asiatic Society of Bengal, be edited officially

by its officers, and acknowledged as its organ of publication. This

most wise and excellent determination will I am satisfied prove gratify-

ing to the Members of the Society, and the readers of the Journal gene-

rally. It will raise the character of the periodical, and greatly benefit

the Society, by affording the means of interchanging papers with other

- learned bodies, and of making its exertions in the cause of science gene-

rally, and actively known. This is hardly the place for me to ex-

patiate upon the flattering manner in which our President, the Honor-

able W. W. Bird, apprised me of the wish of the Society, that I should

resume office as their Secretary, under arrangements which would re-

lieve me of all harassing labours of detail. These arrangements, my

sketch of which the Society did me the honor to adopt, included the

appointment of Mr. Piddington as Sub-Secretary, by whom with

myself, the Journal will be in future edited under the general controul

of the Committee of Papers.

This, therefore, is the last time I shall have to address my kind and able

supporters as Editor and Proprietor of a publication, which their labours

only have given value to. My warmest thanks are due to them not

only for their contributions, but for the forbearance they have evinc-

ed in all their relations with an over-worked, and, I fear, often too

* I trust I shall be pardoned alluding more particularly to the publication, in a

thirteenth number during the past vear, and its distribution gratis to Subscribers.

It consisted of the late Capt. Herbert’s long-lost Report on the Geology of the Hima-

layas. ay

careless Editor. ‘They will I trust continue their invaluable labours for

the Society, certain that a greater degree of steadiness and method in

the management of the Journal will render it a more worthy medium

for the publication of the result of their researches. The Honorable

the President has assured the Society of the communication to it as

heretofore of such scientific papers, coming as public documents before

Government, as it may be deemed proper and expedient to allow the

publication of. In short, the Journal leaves my hands with, I trust, the

certain assurance, that past support will be continued to it, and with

every certainty as respects the internal economy of its conduct, of most

material improvement. I conducted it with distaste to the work, under

the constant and heavy pressure of other business, and solely as a duty

which, rather than let the Journal fall, I undertook, there being

for the time no other person willing to become its Editor. The

interesting discoveries of James Prinsep, I trusted to see followed

up by farther local research on the extension of British influence

on a firm basis beyond the Indus, and I looked of course to carry

on the communication, at any rate, of facts and observations, upon this

important opening into the history of the past people of Central Asia.

My three friends, and correspondents from Affghanistan, Lieut. Conolly,

Dr. Lord, and Mr. Pigou, were successively killed in action within

a short time one of the other. This misfortune deeply discouraged me,

and I was never able to arrange so as to supply the loss. Subsequent

sad events put a stop to all hope of carrying out in the pages of the

Journal, even so much as the record of observations in a field so inter-

esting to the historian and the antiquary. The able support of that

eminently accomplished numismatist, Lieut. Cunningham, of the Bengal

Engineers, was long afforded me until his undertaking his work on the

successors of Alexander in the East, when it was necessarily for a time

suspended ; and as the increased and increasing demand upon the undi-

—_—— eee

vil

vided energies of Europeans in India for the purposes of duty, public or

personal, is much opposed to that life of lettered ease, and learned quiet,

without which studies in antiquities and philology cannot be systemati-

cally and successfully carried on, the publication I edited, deprived of

the aid of the eminent few, took the impress of the time, and became

more decidedly miscellaneous in its contents than had at any previous

period been the case. I do not apologise, however, to my readers for the

alteration which the last three years has effected in the general charac-

ter of the Journal. The original intention of Sir William Jones, when

instituting the Asiatic Society, provided in the words which form the

motto to the Journal itself, that ‘‘ its enquiries should be extended to

whatever is performed by man, or produced by nature in Asia.” I

therefore did but carry out this intention. My object has been to make

it a Journal of General Science ; as such it has been adopted by the

Asiatic Society of Bengal; as such will it contribute most effec-

tively to the great end of the diffusion of knowledge concerning the

land in which we sojourn; of its thousands of tribes and peoples ; of

its history and languages ; of the riches of its mines; of the resources

of its vegetable products ; and of all which men of science are employed

-about within it to advance the sum of general knowledge in their seve-

ral departments of philosophical enquiry. I most earnestly entreat all

who can do so, to contribute,to this great object, and there are few who

cannot ; for to observe facts does not require the possession of scientific

knowledge, nor is more than the will wanting to report occurrences. Let it

too be remembered, that to men of science, so little is India known, that

no information given on almost any subject relating to her local peculiari-

ties of circumstance can be wholly destitute of novelty. The exertions of

such a man as Brian Hodgson, prove the immensity of new mformation

which is derivable from an examination of the kingdom of nature in even

a circumscribed locality. Few, in this country, uniting the acumen of

vill

the archaiologer with the deep observation of the naturalist, would be

capable, like him, of creatmg a European reputation in branches of

science of such opposite character; but all or any can profit by the ex-

ample which teaches us the newness of the world of nature in which we

live, and incites us te supply material for investigation, even if our-

selves unable to investigate.

H. Torrens,

Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Extract of a Letter from Dr. JamEson to Mr. CuERK.

In Camp, Kalabagh on the Indus, November 1]oth 1841.

Since the 13th ultimo I have been engaged in examining the

country between this and Mare. It is not my intention at present to

give you any detailed account of the district that I have surveyed, as

I am still among the same series of rocks ; viz. Saliferous system ; which

extends uninterruptedly from this to Jubalpore.

The coal met with at Kalabagh occurs in thin seams, in a white

sandstone that alternates with the red marls in which the rock salt and

gypsum are imbedded. The largest seam is in breadth about seventeen

inches, consisting partly of coal, sandstone, and mineral sulphur. _Al-

ready about two thousand maunds have been collected, and brought

to the town, which is on the banks of the Indus, from the different loca-

lities ; but the people have such ideas of its value, it being used by them

for medicinal purposes only, as to demand a most exorbitant price for it,

viz. four rupees per pucka maund !

A boat belonging to the Hon’ble Company has been here for five

months waiting the delivery of the coal, but the orders issued by the

Malik, (Governor,) of the district are, that until it is paid for, none is to

be delivered. As the seams from whence the small quantity of coal

procured are, owing to their thinness, of no value, and not worth

working I shall spend some time here in order to make a minute

survey ; I shall then proceed up the river as far as Sharki in the boat,

there being no route along either bank, in order to examine the geolo-

No, 121. New Senrizs, No. 37. B

2 Extract of a Letter from Dr. Jameson to Mr. Clerk. (No. 121.

gical structure of the country, and at the same time to ascertain if

any coal worth working is to be met with.

To the question,—Is any good coal likely to be found in quantity in

this district ? we would at once answer decidedly in the negative.

In Europe, America, New Holland, &c. the bituminous coal alone is

met with in the carboniferous series of rocks. ‘The oldest rock met

with between Jabalpore and Kalabagh is magnesian limestone ; resting

on it we have red sandstone of Europe; on it red marl, in which

occur imbedded the rock salt and gypsum, or sulphate of lime, which

yields the celebrated plaster of Paris; and alternating with the red

marl at Kalabagh there is a white sandstone in which coal and sul-

phur occur, and alum slate from which alum is manufactured in large

quantities ; there being in the town fourteen manufactories. Ina lime-

stone filled with organic remains, probably the equivalent of the Mus-

chelkalk of Germany, iron ores (red and brown hematite) occur, forming

enormous beds. On the banks of the river the sand is extensively wash-

ed for gold. And lastly, rock salt and gypsum occur, forming mountains

from five to six hundred feet in height.

Such is a rapid account of the riches of this district ; and there are few,

if any districts in the world where iron, gold, sulphur, salt, gypsum,

limestone, saltpetre, and coal are met with in such quantity; and all that

is wanted to raise this to one of the most important cities in India, is

coal in quantity, enterprise, and a hand to guide.

From the enumeration of the rocks above you will perceive that all

are newer than the carboniferous series, the position of the magnesian

limestone being immediately above that series in Europe. Sometimes

a conglomerate is met with between the sandstone of the coal formation,

but that is rare; hence it is known by the local name of the Exeter red

conglomerate, Exeter being the locality where it is well developed. From

this fact we conclude, that no coal worth working will be found in this

district. Other seams may be found, and which may yield a few thou-

sand maunds, but no supply to any extent will ever be procured. The coal

now met with is partly brown coal (lignite) and partly jet, and not

true bituminous coal; it however is, from the experiments on a small

scale here made, well adapted for steam vessels, &c. burning as it does

with good flame, emitting much gas, and at the same time having but

a small quantity of earthy matter.

1842.) Extract of a Letter from Dr. Jameson to Mr. Clerk. 3

Below the carboniferous series there is another kind of coal met with

in the primitive and transition series, viz. glance coal, or anthracite, a

non-bituminous coal, which is now extensively used, particularly in Ame-

rica, in steam vessels, but as these rocks are still older than the carbo-

niferous series, none are met with here in situ.

We have made these observations in order that you may decide what

is to be done with the small quantity which has been collected. For

my own part, I think that the boat might as well have remained where

it was, or rather that the individual or individuals who preceded me,

ought to have given it as his or their opinion, that the supply would

never be commensurate with the demand, even for a single vessel for a

few months; and that at the same time the collecting of coal from

such small seams would incur great expense to Government. But no

doubt the alum slate, which is of a deep black colour, and which occurs

in many places along with the coal, was confounded with it, and led to

the supposition that coal was to be met with in quantity.

If you think it necessary to send to Bombay any of the coal collected, I

may mention that individuals who remove the alum slate from mines

here to the place where the coal seams occur, receive one rupee for every

sixteen pucka maunds they bring to the manufactory in the town, and

it is so near to the river, that no less than half of.it was washed away

by the late flood.

As I find that it is necessary to go to Peshawur by Cohat, unless I pro-

ceed by the right bank of the river, I shall be in this district some ten

or twelve days, as it is both an important and interesting geological

one. By the district, I mean some 20 coss round. To-morrow I shall

be in the immediate neighbourhood. On the 17th, I shall ascend the river

in the boat, leaving every thing here, with the exception of a small tent,

and shall be absent some six or seven days, depending much, however, on

the geological structure of the country. I shall also have ample oppor-

tunity of witnessing the devastations of the late flood, the accounts of

which given here are awful. I have made a magnificent collection

of minerals at the different mines, and intend to send two camel loads

for the boat to Bahawulpore, with directions to forward them to Feroze-

pore. I trust my collection of minerals, birds, &c. will surpass any that

have been sent to Calcutta for some time. In addition to the two camel

loads of minerals, I have other two camels and three mules loaded with

5 3

4 On the Literature and Origin of [No. 121.

specimens, so that it is necessity which forces me to adopt the above

plan, and here there are thousands of specimens which any collection in

Europe would ‘be proud to have. To shew the nature of the coal, I

have enclosed specimens, which probably you will think worthy of being

sent to the Coal Committee, Calcutta, in order that they may see that it

;s not true bituminous coal. The rocks illustrative of the district I

shall afterwards furnish. I have made a small collection of coins ; I send

some that appear most interesting; probably you will transmit them

to Secretary Torrens, for examination ; their history, where found, &c.

I shall afterwards send.

On the Literature and Origin of certain Hill Tribes in Sikkim. By A.

CampsELL, Esq. Superintendent of Darjeeling.

Ilam Sing, Dewan of the Sikkim Raja, whois a Limboo, informs me,

that the original country of his tribe is the province of Chung in Thibet, a

short distance to the south of Lassa, and thatthe word ‘‘ Chong,” used

by the Lepchas to designate this tribe, is a corruption of the provincial

name. He also informs me that in his youth, fifty years ago, he used

to see Limboos reading pothis in a character, which he believes was pe-

culiar to his tribe, and that he was told by some of the patriarchs, that

this character was one which had been compounded from many others,

by a sage of the tribe, who had lived at a very remote unknown period.

There are now no traces of the existence of a written character peculiar

to the Limboos on this side of the snows, and as there is scarcely any

intercourse between the southern members of the tribe and their north-

ern progeners, and as those who essay writing in Nipal and Sikkim

choose the Nagri character, it is probable that the language of the

Limboos will not again be known as a written one on the southern side

of the Himalaya.

Regarding the ‘‘ Murmis,” the same intelligent old gentleman tells

me, that their Thibetan origin is well established, and known to all well-

informed persons, who take an interest in tracing the peculiarities and

affinities of the Cis and Trans-Himalayan tribes. Although I have

mixed with many Murmis, I have not met with any who could give

1842. | certain Hill Tribes in Sikkim. 5

me particulars of their Thibetan origin, all being satisfied with the

knowledge of their tribe having at some remote period migrated across

the snows from Bhote, and with asserting that they had preserved their

language (Thibetan) and religion (Bhuddism) unchanged since their arri-

val. The Murmis are by the Lepchas and the Bhootiahs of Nipal and Sik-

kim, called ‘‘ Nishung,”’ which my informant says, arises from their being

composed of two families, or divisions; one having migrated from the

province of “Nimo” in Thibet, and the other from the district of

«Shung” in the same country. Hence the general appellation ‘‘ Ni-

shung.” The Dewan says, that the ‘‘ Murmis” are a numerous tribe in

their original country, through which he has passed en route from Sikkim

to Lassa, by a road running parallel with the one from Digarchi to that

city, but considerably to the eastward of it. He believes that the Mur-

mis on this side of the snow are less changed in habits than any of the

other Thibetan ones with which we are acquainted. Of the ‘‘ Magars”

he says, ‘“‘ They are unquestionably a people of this side of the snows,

and the original country is Sikkim, from which they were first driven

west by the Lepchas across the Mechi and Konki rivers, and thence fur-

ther west by the Limboos beyond the Arun and Doodkooshi. While in

Sikkim they were not Hindoos; they ate fowls, pigs, and everything ex-

cept the cow, from which I believe they abstained. They had no

priests, or pwja of any kind. Now, however, they have the Brahmins,

and are, I believe, reckoned very good Hindoos in Nipal.”

As to the “ Gurungs,” said the Dewan in reply to my questions anent

them, ‘‘we people of Thibetan origin have nothing to do with them,

they belong especially to the central and western parts of the Nipal

mountains, and have always, I believe, been less or’ more followers

of Hindooism.”’ The locale of the Gurungs is correctly enough stated

here ; whether their Thibetan origin can be disproved I know not, but

Mr. Hodgson probably can settle the question.

A Firta Memoir with reference to the Theory of the Law of Storms in

India, being researches about the Madras Storm of May 16th, 1841,

and an account of a Whirlwind experienced by the French Ship “ Pa-

quebot des Mers du Sud,” Capt. P. Saliz, off the Cape. By Henry

PippineTon, Esa.

On the 16th May 1841, a storm was experienced at Madras, severe

enough to cause all the ships to put to sea, and one or two vessels were

lost along the coast, with several native craft. Iam indebted to the

yery zealous exertions of Capt. Biden, Master Attendant of Madras, for

almost all the logs from which I have been able to trace it; and it

proves, like those I have hitherto investigated, to have been a true cir-

cular storm coming from the E. 8. E. the centre passing over Madras,

or a little to the northward. My own collection indeed amounts but to

one of the logs, that of the Petite Suzanne, French ship, which however

enables us to estimate the centre for the 15th.*

As before, I give first the documents in the order in which I have

used them, and then a statement of the various authorities for the cen-

tres marked for the track of the storm at noon each day.

Capt. Biden’s Letter says,

Madras, June 2nd, 1841.

“You will have heard of our gale on the 16th ; it was partial, and did

not blow very hard here; it seems that the vessels which slipped from

the roads experienced more severe weather outside. All the 15th, the

weather looked suspicious, cloudy, gloomy, and the atmosphere very

close. On that evening I despatched a circular through the fleet, advising

a good look-out, and due preparation in cases ofemergency. ‘The Baro-

meter continued nearly stationary until noon on Sunday; when the surf

rose, the breeze increased, and the Barometer fell. I made signals first to

prepare, and in an hour afterwards to cut or slip. It blew fresh

from N. N. E. at this time, 1 p. m.and at4 P.m., there was much thun-

der and lightning with rain; at 7 the gale increased ; and about 8, amid

torrents of rain, and with ashort lull, the gale flew round to the S.S. W.

* I am also indebted to Government for the report from Captain Campbell, Assistant

Surveyor General, which enables us to trace the storm in land to Royacottah and

Bangalore.

1842. ] Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 7

blowing furiously for an hour ; at this time the report from the Observa-

tory, stated ‘we expect a perfect hurricane; be prepared.’ I was on

the beach all night, and at 11 the Barometer had risen considerably ; the

wind abated, and towards day-light we had a strong Southerly wind,

with fair weather. You will have observed by the Madras papers, how

materially the Barometers differed, but I think the best instrument we

have here, is that kept by Lieut. Ludlow, which the scrap of a news-

paper states, fell to 29069. Several ships experienced quite a gale on

the 3d of May close to the Line. ‘There has been much bad weather

all along the Coromandel Coast.”

Madras Gale ; from the Newspaper account.

“On Saturday evening the sun set with every appearance of rain.

Accordingly, about seven p. Mm. the rain commenced, and continued, with

but little intermission till early yesterday morning. Between five and

eleven p.m. on Saturday, the wind, which had been gradually increas-

ing in violence throughout the day, blew a strong gale, first from the

North and then from the South, and for a few minutes, from all points

of the compass. At ten a.m. the Master Attendant signalized the

vessels in the roads to slip and make sail, which was seconded by guns

fired from the ramparts; in consequence of which, all the English vessels

in the roads immediately put to sea. Their Commanders and Chief

Officers were mostly on shore at the time, one of whom offered two hun-

dred rupees for a boat to convey him on board, but without effect, as the

sea was running too high for any boat to make the attempt. The Catharine

was the last that left the roads. Soon after the gale commenced on

Sunday evening, two Native Brigs and two Dhonies were driven on

shore. One of the former was completely shattered to pieces. A third

Dhoney foundered a short distance outside the surf, but the crew had

fortunately got into a boat, and were picked up by another Dhoney. The

greatest praise is due to the Master Attendant and his Assistant for the

judgment, activity, and zeal, displayed by them prior to and during the

gale, by which, in all probability, great loss of life was prevented.

“We have not heard of any damage having been done on shore, be-

yond the blowing down of a tree here and there, and the loss of a few

tiles from off sundry old houses.

eel

Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 121.

«« We have received several accounts of the effects of the gale, one of

which we herewith append.

“The gale commenced at about two o’clock on Sunday morning from

the North Westward (was not this about the hour of moon rising ?)

attended with violent squalls and rain, which it was feared, would part

the Shipping: however, at day-light, all appeared to be holding on

well. At this time, the weather seemed broken, and the Barometer

high and steady, though the surf was so high that no boats could go off.

From nine till noon, the weather was murky, and unsettled. The Scud

was flying, sometimes in a South and South Easterly direction, and

so long as the wind hung off the land, no danger to the Shipping was

apprehended. At one Pp. m. indications of bad weather became ap-

parent by the falling of Barometers, and the Surf and Sea rising to an

alarming degree, and merging into one, nearly a mile out. The Com-

manders of Vessels (nearly all of whom were on shore, with some of the

Chief Officers) now felt very anxious for the safety of their vessels,

especially when it was impossible for them to get off to their ships;

which were signalized from the Master Attendant’s Flag-staff to pre-

pare for sea, and afterwards to cut or slip, simultaneous with which,

guns were fired every five minutes for one hour from the Ramparts of

the Fort, which latter excellent warning we do not recollect having

been adopted for many a year. At this moment, the deepest anxiety

was depicted in the countenance of every Commander whilst watching

his vessel in the operation of cutting or slipping, which we understand

was all done in the quickest and most seaman-like manner, and every

vessel safely under-weigh endeavouring to make an offing by two

o’clock. Until six p. m. the Barometers continued gradually falling,

and the weather assumed a most threatening appearance. Every body

who had the shipping interest at heart highly approved of the prompt

and judicious steps taken by the Master Attendant, in advising the

vessels to go to sea, and felt glad that they were all well outside and

clear of the roads. Not so with the Dhonies, which, after observing

that all the vessels had been warned and had proceeded to sea, remain-

ed, preferring trusting to their fragile ground tackling rather than ven-

ture to sea in such tempestuous weather. The consequence was, that

two Brigs and one Dhoney came on shore at the Fort after dusk, and one

Brig during the night at the Adyar. We also learn that one Dhoney

1842.] Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 9

foundered in the roads, though the crew happily reached another Dhoney

in a jolly boat. As far we can learn, we are glad to state, that no lives

were lost throughout this catastrophe, though it was difficult to advise

the poor creatures (fearful of their safety whilst clinging to the wrecks)

not to attempt to leave their vessels until ordered, lest they might be

carried under the vessels’ bottoms and be crushed by the under-tow of

the water; however, fortunately, Mr. McKennie succeeded in this

respect. » ,

“‘We are informed that the conduct of most of the Officers of H. M.

57th Regiment, with many others, namely Doctor Rogers, the Town

Major, Captain Noble, Fort Adjutant, Mr. Maclean, the Captains

whose vessels had gone to sea, Captain Phillips, Mr. Dallas, and many

other gentlemen, was most praiseworthy, for their unwearied exertions

and at some risk of their lives, (as it was, we understand, several persons

were hurt by the pieces of the wreck, Captain Tapley of the Tenasserim

being one) to rescue the poor unfortunate creatures from their perilous

situation.

“‘ At eight p. m., the weather moderated, and yesterday morning boats

were able to go off to the Dhonies, which are now in the Roads, with

the anchors and cables which were wanting. Of course the commanders

are anxiously watching and waiting the return of their vessels, and the

Master Attendant must have enough to do to recover the anchors and

cables from which the shipping have parted and slipped. The wind

being southerly, it was yesterday favourable for the vessels to run back

again.” —Atheneum.

From the Madras Herald of the 19th instant, we gather a few more

items of news, but they are of no great moment :—

‘ Of the ships which put to sea on Sunday, the Fortescue only has re-

turned to the roads. She has, we believe, sustained little or no damage.

The John William Dare, Captain Shepherd, from Bombay the 24th of

April, and Colombo the 11th of May, the Helen Mary, Captain Palmer,

from Colombo the 10th of May, and the Champion, Captain Bentley,

from Moulmein the 27th of April, came in yesterday. The first of

these three vessels lost her top-masts on the 15th, in a heavy squall,

but the second, though she encountered the same storm, sustained no

injury. The Champion too is all right and tight.

Extract from the Log of the French Ship, Petite Suzanne, Capt. Garvxr,

reduced to Civil Time.

The French ship Petite Suzanne was at noon on the 14th May in

lat. 10° 21’ N., longitude by Chr. (from Paris) 81° 14’ E. or 83° 34! E.

from Greenwich, wind WNW. 5 knot breeze, which became variable

and calm towards midnight with squalls.

15th. Midnight to noon, winds variable from North to NNW. in puffs,

increasing to heavy squalls and rain, sea rising. No observation. Lat. by

account 9° 25’ N., longitude 81° 40’ Paris, or 84° London. Noon hove

to under close reefed main topsail.. p.m. gale from N. to NNW. and

NW.—at 5 to 8 NE. to East—at 9, South, and at 11 SSW. blowing a

heavy gale. At 11 p.m. almost a hurricane, ship hove to again since 9

p.m. when she bore up for an hour.

16th. To noon wind SSW. - At 6 a.m. gale moderating. At 4 past 7

bore up. Noon no observation, lat. account 10° 38’ N., longitude account

84° 3’ Paris, or 86° 23’ London: to midnight winds SSW. and.S. and

fine.

The Hydroose.

News from Madras received to-day mentions that the Hydroose. (Lin-

ton,) from Calcutta, bound to the Mauritius, had put into Coringa for

repairs, having experienced much squally weather in her passage hence,

in which she received much damage. On the 15th ultimo, when in

lat. 12° 8’ N. and long. 84° 47’ E. the bad weather began ; and on the

following morning it increased with heavy gales from E. to N. E., wind

shifting to the Westward during the day, with a high sea on—they

were then in lat. 11° 37’ N. and long. 84° E.—the vessel labouring

much, At this time she began leaking, and the pumps were kept con-

stantly going; the leak being in no way lessened, and all her sails hay-

ing been split in a heavy gust, besides a portion (800 bags) of her

cargo having been thrown overboard to lighten her, she was obliged to

put into Coringa for repairs.—Calcutta Courier, June 11.

Master: Attendant’s Office, Madras.

“State of the Barometer, from the Surveyor’s Observatory.—In our no-

tice of the storm which visited Madras on the 16th and 17th inst. in

1842. ] Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 11

our last issue, we were incorrect, we find, in assigning 29°31 only as the

lowest range of the Barometer ; the mercury having stood at 29-069 at 6h.

56m. on the 16th. The following is a memorandum of the range dur-

ing that day, corrected for temperature, &c., as noted at the Magnetic

Observatory by Lieutenant LupLow :—

POPRE nS, SE ULNA LOY JRE2 6505

WPA Ea ee: ST AE Le ett "6205

ROP NeOhic. cps hin Me. eee. 800 5550

Pepi LO EBC Ea). iggy

eran. Se Oe, PRG. ROC yy ah). OO

OME. al ate, POLY Pav32710

ree, A EO Lak: Ties RAO ee 1 12297

6 PSGCY OO), ‘0690 the lowest, af-

ter which it began to rise.” —Madras Spectator.

Ship George the Fourth’s report to the Master Attendant of Madras.

“TI beg to say, upon slipping last Sunday, we experienced a hard

gale from Northward veering to Westward, with tremendous squalls

which lasted till about 4 4. m. The following morning more moderate,

and settling into fresh SW”. Monsoon with fine weather. According

to your request, I have sent the indication of Simp. and Bar. toge-

ther with Lat. and Long. each day at noon.”

Sunday, 16th. Simp. Bar. |17th. Simp. Bar. |19th, Simp. Bar.

2.20 P.M. 29.56 29 34/4.00 p.m. 29.70 29.52)8.00 a. M. 29.90 29.70

4.00 39 AU 552 21 S500 » 72 ,, 04|/Noon 19th, 7 Ol se OF

6.00 gy tier $y 0] 400s. AFM. » 74 ,, 96)/8.00 P.M. S191 sentO

8.00 » JU ,, 148.00 » 80 ,, 62/8.00 a. Mm. gy dO: ke

' Midnight, », 60. ,, 40/Noon 18th, », 80 ,, 62)Noon 20th, 192,03, 76

4.U0 a. M. », 60 ,, 46/4.00 p.m. », 80 ,, 63)/8.00 P.M. ODN: aaa

8.00 3 734, 9U/8.00 », 80 ,, 64/Noon 2lst, 1023 {87S

Noon 17th, ap MISS 1 5 0) YA ac ME » 80. ,, 6/4 a. M. 8S 5, 23

Latitude, ..j13° 16’ N,|13° 14’ N.| 12° 23’ N. |11° 89'N.|11° 38’ N.| 12° 44 N.

Longitude, ..|81° 9’ E.|82° 13’ E.| 83° 41’ E, 183° 56’ E,'83° 14’ E.; 80° 57! E.

— Ship City of Poonah’s report.

Sunday, 16th May, 1841.—At day light, fresh gale with rain, found

the Barque Ann driving near to us; at 10 a. m. veered away to 90

fathoms. Barque still driving. At 30 p.m. slipped our chain, and stood

12 Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 121.

out to sea under treble reefed topsails, fore topmast staysail and double

reefed driver. At 4.30 p.m. a sudden shift of wind from SW. with

thunder, lightning, and rain, blowing a complete hurricane; carried away

larboard quarter boat, and driver boom, split main topsail and foresail.

At 8 p.m. brought ship to under bare poles ; after, moderated and made

sail to the best advantage.

17th May.|18th May.|19th May.

Latitude, ~ 2.26 wisteieie's 13° 3’ N.|13° 28’ N.|13°. 10’ N.

Longitude, ........|81° 22’ E.|82° 06’ E,j81° 54’ E.

Barque Tenasserim’s report.

Saturday, 15th May, 1841.—First part N. Westerly and NNW.

breezes and a confused sea; midnight blowing hard, veered away chain

to 65 fathoms.

Sunday, 16th May.—From midnight blowing hard with a heavy sea get-

ting up, daylight blowing very hard from NNE. with heavy appearance

and every indication of an approaching gale. About noon, agreeable to in-

structions per signal from the shore, let go the best bower. At 1 p.m. a very

heavy sea struck the ship, carried away all the palls of the windlass and

the starboard hawsepipe, and parted the larboard lower chain; finding

ourselves in a very critical position with respect to the George the

Fourth, Indiaman, thought it most prudent to run to sea. Set the fore-

sail, fore-topmast staysail, and close reefed main topsail and trysail, run-

ning ESE. At 5 p.m. the gale suddenly abated, and veered round to the

S. E., immediately wore ship to the SW., scarcely had we wore round

than a tremendous squall from S.E. caught the ship and laid her on

her beam ends for a quarter of an hour, split the foresail to ribbands and

also the lee clew of the main topsail; whilst in this position the jolly

boat was unhooked by the booms, and fell in the water bow foremost;

carrying away the topping lifts and guys; was unable to recover her,

whilst in this state, therefore cut away the stern falls. About 6h. 30m.

a tremendous sea struck us on the larboard quarter, capsized and broke

the companion hatch; put the chronometer for safety down below; tre-

mendous hard squalls from the southward ; running east under bare poles,

the main trysail being split; observed, running apparently before the

1842.] Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 13

wind, a Barque, which obliged us to keep away and shew a light; she

passed within a quarter of a mile of us. At 8 p.m. lashed the helm “‘a lee,”

and set the fore topmast staysail; shipping immense quantities of water

in every direction. Midnight blowing a hard gale from SSW. with a

confused sea; during a severe squall, the jib accidently got adrift un-

perceived by any one, and was unfortunately nearly all blown away ; du-

ring the height of the gale the Barometer 28.60.

Monday, 17th May.—a.m. very hard squalls with a heavy sea,

vessel labouring heavily (but perfectly tight), gale somewhat abated.

About daylight noon, afresh gale and cloudy weather, lat. observed 13°

16’ N., long. by chron. 81° 29’—7h. 30m. very heavy, threatening appear-

ance in SW. wore ship to the ESE. and furled the fore topsail ; blowing a

hard gale with a heavy confused sea, making breaches in every direction,

a great quantity passed below, through the companion hatch, though

every precaution was used, by nailing planks and double tarpaulins over

it. Midnight Do weather—Barometer these 24 hours very unsettled ;

at midnight, 28.80.

Tuesday, 18th May.—Blowing a hard gale with a high rolling sea,

causing the vessel to lurch very heavily ; at 1, Barometer 29.00; at 2h,

30m, fell to 28.80 ; at 3 blowing very severe with a clear sky ; 4 moderate ;

5h. 30m. wore ship to the westward; daylight moderate and clear, out close

reefs; 7, wore ship to the SE., out all reefs; noon, a fresh breeze from

SW. with a decreasing sea; latitude observed 13° 16’ N., longitude

by chronometer 82° 18’ E.

Barque Fortescue’s report.

Saturday, 15th May, 1841.—Strong breezes and clear weather, with

a very heavy swell ; latter part, strong gales and squally weather.

Sunday, 16th May.—Strong gales and squally, people employed pre-

paring ship for sea. At 7 a.m. hauled the long boat and gig along-

side in order to hoist them in, found it was impossible to hoist them

in, on account of the sea running so high, the long boat swamped along-

side, and was obliged to cut them away. Barometer at the lowest 28.78.

Pp. M. strong gales and hard squalls, people employed preparing for sea.

At 1 slipped the best bower anchor and 90 fathoms of cable, set fore-

topsail, trysail, foresail and main trysail and mizen. At 6, the wind

blew a complete hurricane, brought the ship to the wind under reefed

14 Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 121.

main trysail. At 10, wind more moderate. Midnight, strong gales and

hard squalls.

17th May.—Gales and squally weather. Noon, wind more moderate,

latitude by observation 12° 52’ North.

17th May.—v. mM. North, 5 pn. ma. NW. 9 Pp. m. SW. 11 P. mM. SSW.

18th May.—pr. M. 8. by W. Midnight SW.

Barque Jane Blain’s report.

Saturday, 15th May, 1841.—Having received instructions from the

Master Attendant at 7 Pp. m. to pay particular attention to Section 15 of

the Port Regulations, immediately we braced the yards to the wind and

furled the awnings. At 11 p.m. while the master with the watch was

on deck, the cable parted at the 30 fathoms shackle, cut away the best

bower and veered away to 50 fathoms. At day light made all prepara-

tion for sea.

Sunday, 16th May, 1841.—At 1 P. m. we received orders to cut or

slip ; and run for sea, wind NNE., we slipped our best bower and run ac-

cording to orders in company with George the Fourth and Fortescue. At

4 Pp, M. increasing gale, split the topmast staysail and foresail all to

pieces, stowed the remains, lying to under the main trysail. At 4 P.M.

blowing a severe hurricane, the main trysail blew all to pieces. At 8 the

wind at NW. At 10 vp. ms. WNW. lying to with a top-gallant studding

sail in the mizen rigging, loud claps of thunder and vivid lightning all

round the compass.

Monday, 17th May, 1841.—Commences with a severe gale, attended

with very hard squalls and rain. At 1 a.m. the windinto the SW. At 2

a. M. South. At 4, wind SSW. Noon, hard squalls and heavy rain, out

all reefs.

‘We were concerned at hearing of the loss of that well-known country

vessel the Isadora, which, whilst loading at Vizagapatam, was totally

wrecked on the 18th instant ; we subjoin an extract from a letter on the

above subject.

“The Isadora is a total wreck. Mr. Arbuthnot, the Collector, render-

ed us most essential service. He and Mr. Conway and several gen-

1842. ] Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 15

tlemen attended at the wreck the whole of the first day, and a great

part of yesterday, though it was raining and blowing dreadfully, and no

sort of shelter. Mr. Arbuthnot got a guard of two hundred Sepoys

to protect the property, and a party of fifty Europeans to save it. Almost

the whole cargo was saved, and many of the ship’s spars, stores,

&c. &e.

“The Brig Catherine, which put to sea from the Madras Roads during

the gale of the 16th, had reached Vizagapatam on the 20th, says the

_ Atheneum, with the loss of her main mast, which it had been found

necessary to cut away, in consequence of the vessel having been

thrown completely on her beam ends by a sudden gust of wind ;

she also lost her long-boat, which was cut adrift in the same emer-

gency, at which time an unfortunate lascar was also washed over-

board, and perished. In other respects the vessel is uninjured, and the

little cargo that she had on board has been landed in good condition.

Extract from the Log of the Barque John William Dare, from Colom-

bo towards Madras, reduced to Civil Time.

Saturday, 15th May, 1841.—».m. westerly wind, light breezes and

cloudy, with a dark appearance to the westward; sunset moderate breezes

and cloudy. At midnight strong breezes and dark cloudy weather. At 1,

strong puffs of wind. At 4, wind from the west. At 7 a.m. was taken a-

back in a severe squall from the Eastward, with lightning and heavy rain;

before we could get the ship before the wind, the main topmast went; af-

ter that the fore topmast and mizen mast, flying jib boom, end of the jib-

boom, spanker, gaff topsail, and all the rest of the sails more or less split

in ten minutes, after which the wind veered round to the Westward. At

7h. 830m. Easterly winds ; spoke the Barque Helen Mary, which supplied

us with afore trysail for a mizen. Pp. m. wind W. by N. commences with

squally weather from the westward. At 3 p.m. a violent squall from the

eastward, with heavy rain, finished clearing the wreck. Sunset, strong

winds from N. E. and a dark gloomy appearance all round, reefed and set

the foresail. At 8 Pe. m. blowing a gale of wind from the N.W. with

constant heavy squalls of rain, a heavy sea getting up, ship labouring

much, and shipping a quantity of water on deck.

Sunday, 16th May.—Midnight strong gales of wind with heavy rain at

a 4

16 Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 121.

intervals, ship straining and labouring very heavy, took in the foresail

occasionally—Daylight ditto weather, with a high confused sea. Noon

more moderate gale, decreasing weather, winds WSW. strong breezes,

cloudy, with a heavy sea. Midnight, strong breezes and cloudy, lat. at

noon 11°. 56’ N.

Report from Captain Campbell, Assistant Surveyor General, Madras.

I have the honor to report that the Barometers at Royacottah and

Bangalore were affected by the Storm which took place at Madras —

at 2a. m. of Sunday the 16th May 1841, and that at Royacottah the

force of the gale was felt for some hours.

The observations at Royacottah were made by myself, with an open

cistern instrument, on the plan described in the 29th No. of the Madras

Journal, with a tube 3-10 inch in diameter, filled and boiled by myself.

The observations at Bangalore were made by the Rev. John Garrett,

of the Wesleyan Mission, with one of Newman’s iron cistern Barometers,

with a tube filled and boiled by myself for the Medical Board at Madras,

which on frequent comparison never differed the 1-100th part of an inch

from my own.

The observations are reduced, except for temperature, as the variation

from 80° of Fahrenheit by either instrument was but three or four

degrees.

10 a.M. 4 P.M.

Royacottah. Bangalore. | Difference. Royacotta. Bangalore. Difference.

12th, 27,112 27,148 035 26,991 27,041 | “050

13th, 27,055 27,126 a | 26,949 26,974 025

14th, op 27,070 5¢ 26,937 26,958 021

15th, 27,023 27,056 | 032 26,911 26,948 037

16th, 26,963 26,972 “009° 26,859 “9 as

17th, 26,901 26,956 055 26,843 26,888 045

18th, 26,963 27,007 044 26,883 26,923 “040

19th, 27,035 27,083 048 26,959 26,984 025

27,113

26,901

0,212 Extreme Depression on 17th.

Depression greatest at Royacottah by :0°4 inch.

The very slight variations in the difference of the observations between

the two instruments at a distance of forty miles, shews that the observa-

tions deserve the utmost confidence. The greatest depression observed

was at Royacottah on the 17th, equal to 0°212 inch below the pressure

on the 12th,

Observations on the weather at Royacottah on the 16th, at 10 a. M.

Wind N.W. overcast, with Nimbi. Thick in N.E.; lower stratum

of clouds moving rapidly with a N.E. current ; rain in N.E, and 8. at

a great distance (forty miles), air very clear. Four p.m. overcast ; wind at

N. drizzling and heavy rain. At night, about two in the morning, wind

increasing to a gale, direction not certain, believed, 8.E.; 17th, at sun rise

wind quite fallen.

At Bangalore,

162 May.—10 a.m. wind moderate, very cloudy and oppressive. At

day-light 5 a. m. Barometer 26°868, rain at night 17th; 10 a. m. very

high wind, stormy ; it is to be noted, however, that in this month high

winds prevail at Bangalore.

It will be remarked that the gale was felt simultaneously at Royacot-

tah and at Madras.

Royacottah, 6th August, 1841.

The Helen Mary, in company with the John William Dare, had nearly

the same weather, but her log affords no Lat. nor Long. from which to de-

duce her position.

The Barque Champion also from Moulmein to Madras, in Lat. 10° 1'

N. to Lat. 9° 23’ had tremendous gusts of wind from WNW. on the 16th,

veering to the SW. which seem to have been the usual monsoon ; but

as there is no longitude with her log it is quite useless as an authority.

The Barque Ayrshire from Malacca to Madras has obliged us with a

capital log, but she was fortunately for her, though unfortunately for us,

in lat. 6° 30' N. and long. 89° 54’ on the 15th. She had here a heavy

SW. monsoon, varying from SbW. to SW.

The Bengal Merchant from Moulmein to Madras passed through Dun-

can’s passage in the Andamans on the 15th with strong SEDbS. breezes

and clear weather, which would agree with the centre of that day if we

suppose the storm to have extended so far, which I do not think it did.

The Barque Catharine, about midnight on 15th had a shift of wind in a

gale from NE. to SW. and from that, to noon 16th, strong gales from

SW. being then in 8° 27’ N. and 82° 32’ E. Her vicinity to the high

land of Ceylon, and her being considerably to the Southward, with the

SW. monsoon blowing strongly, makes her’s also a very uncertain datum,

Oe i

18 Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 121.

and certainly not to be compared to the exactness derived from that

for the Madras ships and shift of wind on this day. I have however

marked her position for the 16th and 17th on the chart.

The Barque Amelia from Vizagapatam to Madras had heavy gales

varying from ENE. to NE. on the 16th in lat. 14° 51’ N.; no longitude,

given ; but she was not very far from the coast, and thus shows clearly

enough that the storm extended to about the distance we have taken,

As usual she had SE. winds on the following day.

We have two very good stations for this storm, from which we are

enabled, I think, to fix its track and rate of travelling with tolerable ac-

curacy. The first of them is on the 15th, when we have the French

ship Petite Suzanne's log and that of the Hydroose, which give a centre

at noon on that day about. where I have placed it, or in lat. 9° 52' N.

long. 87° 12’ E. We have then Captain Biden’s careful account giving

the shift of wind at Madras at 8. p. m. on the 16th. Now from noon on

the 15th to 8 p.m. on the 16th is 32 hours, and the distance is about 453

miles in that time, or 340 miles in the 24h. or 14-'th per hour. Tak-

ing eight hours of this rate, or 113 miles, backwards from Madras on the

ESE. and WNW. line of its track, (it will be seen by Captain Biden’s

letter that at Madras this was its track the shift bemg from NNE. to

SSW,) we have for noon of the 16th the spot I have marked, 113 miles

ESE. of Madras ; and as we find by the various logs of the vessels which

slipped from Madras roads, that the shifts or veerings of the wind were

between noon and 5 pr. m., as they had necessarily run out towards it to

get the best offing they could, we cannot be far wrong. This centre of

the 16th agrees very remarkably with the log of the Hydroose, which

vessel had her shift of wind on its track, and if our rate is correct, about

10 hours before noon, or at 2 a. mM. of the 16th. It will also, with al-

lowance for the drift (for her track was not the strait line it is laid

on the chart) agree very well with the position of the Petite Suzanne,

which vessel, by the rapid veering of the wind, must have had the. centre

not far from her at one time; and I attribute to this the anomaly of her

having had the wind for about three hours from NE. to East. It will

be borne in mind, in considering the two positions of this vessel, that

there is good reason to suppose that in these storms strong partial ma-

rine currents may be at times created.* We may also remark of hert, hat

* Col. Reid, and various logs in my preceding Memoirs.

1842.] Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 19

she is about as far from the centre at noon on the 16th as she was at

noon of the 15th, and that the weather seems to have moderated on the

former day to about the degree of violence at which it was on the latter,

which is also an indirect testimony to the truth of our estimate of the

places of the centres. These are tolerable good data for the centre of

the 16th, and as the storm was then rapidly approaching the shore, it

would as usual, in all probability, begin to show those anomalies which

there seems no reason to doubt do occur when this is the case. It is

most unfortunate that we have not, in the logs of the J. W. Dare and

other vessels, any computed positions, even by dead reckoning, and not

even a longitude! Nothing can more truly show the difficulty we

meet with in procuring our information, than the fact, that in this in-

stance, even the Master Attendant of the port could get only returns de-

ficient in one of the most essential points !

I was at first inclined to supposed that the shift of wind experienced

by the Catharine might have been that of another storm, which reaching

Vizagapatam on the 18th was the cause of the loss of the Isadora, but the

entire want of latitudes and longitudes, and even of the direction of the

wind in the storm of the 18th at Vizagapatam, prevent our tracing this

theory. Vizagapatam is however such a very unsafe anchorage for a

vessel of any size in most weathers, that the Isadora may as probably

have been wrecked by a strong Southerly gale as by a N. Easterly or Nor-

therly one. I am inclined to suppose that it was merely a monsoon

gale—i. e. the monsoon setting in with the force of a gale ; which very

frequently occurs.

I have before alluded to the rate of motion of this storm, which was

apparently as high as 144 per hour. I have made the vortex 310 miles

in diameter, because I think that the logs of the Hydroose and Petite

Suzanne fairly show them to be about on the outer verge of the storm

at noon on the 15th, and from those of the Amelia and Catherine to the

North and South, with the changes experienced by the Hydroose and

Petite Suzanne to the East, and at Madras to the West, we cannot

take it at less on the 16th.

Our only reports of its progress inland, where it would first meet with

the lower ranges of the Eastern Ghauts forming the Pulicat Hills, about

60 miles inland from the coast, and successively with those which flank

the table lands of Mysore, are those from the Assistant Surveyor General

= y —,TOO PAE

20 Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 121.

at Royacottah, and from the Rev. Mr. Garrett at Bangalore, included in

his letter. The distance from Madras to Royacottah is about 160 miles

W. by S.2S. and from Madras to Bangalore about 215 miles W. 3 S.

We see that the centre passed Madras about 8 p.m. on the 16th, and

taking it then to have a semi-diameter of about 150 miles, and to have

travelled in the same direction as before, it would have passed very con-

siderably to the Northward of these two stations, and should have begun

to be felt at Royacottah at 8 rp. m. on the 16th; where, as we indeed see,

the appearances and wind were suspicious, though unfortunately we have

no direction of it marked between 4 Pp. m. and 2 a. m. where it is only

‘‘ believed” SE.; which would make the centre pass to the Northward.

At Bangalore we have unfortunately no direction of the wind at all !

The Barometrical table however, as compared with that of Madras, is

of value, though it would have been far more so had any intermediate

heights been observed from between 10 and 4, while the weather was

so threatening. Taking the extreme Madras depression to have been at

7. p.m. of the 16th 29-0690, and that of Royacottah and Bangalore

at 4 p.m. on the 17th, and that those epochs indicate the passage of

the centre, we have then 21 hours for the time it took to travel from

Madras to Royacottah, or 160 miles, which gives about 8 miles per hour

as its rate of travelling when it reached the land, and had to force its

way over ridges of hills ; while at sea it was, as we have:seen, travelling at

the rate of 142 miles per hour, a very remarkable instance of the effects

which ridges of mountains (for Bangalore is at least 3000 feet above the

sea, and the crests of some of the Eastern Ghauts thereabout cannot

be much less than 5000 feet) produce on the rate of motion of storms

from seaward.

It is worth while to compare this retardation from 14 miles to 8 miles

per hour, or say one half, with what the Cuttack storm of 1840 (Third

Memoir*) appears to have also experienced from the same cause, but where

the ranges of hills were perhaps not sohigh. This storm seems to have

been checked from about 350 miles per day, its greatest rapidity, to 113

and 175 miles, or about one half its velocity on its approach to the land.

We do not know any thing of the Cuttack storm inland. The

Madras storm, which we are now considering, seems to have been nearly

* Journal Asiatic Society, vol. ix. p. 1009.

3 ae

1842.] Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. ai

broken up by the time it reached Royacottah and Bangalore, being des-

cribed only as a gale at the first place, and of short duration, and as a

“very high wind” at the latter; and as no damage done by it is men-

tioned, we may suppose it not to have been very severe? Its centre, if we

suppose it to have had one at that time, and to have travelled on the

same line, would have passed about 85 miles to the North of Royacottah,

and about 50 miles to the North of Bangalore. When we reflect. that

there is a series of stations in this WNW. line from Madras across

to Darwar on the Eastern side of the great chain of the Western

Ghauts, and to Rutnagherry on the Malabar Coast, it is not creditable

to our brother sojourners in Southern India that not a single report

has reached Government if the storm extended beyond Bangalore

inland. One of the most curious points of research yet to be inves-

tigated is this of knowing where, and how, these great whirlwinds dis-

perse ; and we might here perhaps have had an instance ofa storm being

lifted upwards and re-descending when it had passed the barrier of the

Ghauts and table land. As things are, we must be content with what

we have, and with having, through Captain Biden’s zealous assistance,

traced out this first of the Madras storms as clearly obeying the general

law as to rotation and progression ; and also as to what seems to be the

usual track of those of the Bay of Bengal. I cannot conclude without

earnestly requesting every person into whose hands this Memoir may

fall to set down in a few lines the following data, in any storm which

may occur, Viz.

1. Situation of the observer before, during, and after the storm.

. The direction of the winds as often as possible.

. The times of varyings and shiftings of the wind.

. The state of the Barometer, if any.

. Any electric or other phenomena.

DP oP & bo

. Any remarks and intelligence derived from other quarters.

All this may be done in a very few lines, and the report from it will

not take more writing than a short letter. I presume that none are

now ignorant of the very great importance of these researches, and at

Madras the painful subject of my preceding Memoir, ‘Tau Goxcon-

pa’s Storm,” may have shewn most persons that, one day or other, they

may possibly have a personal interest in the full investigation of the

THrory or Storms.

PART IT.

The Whirlwind of the Paquebot des Mers du Sud, Captain P. Sautz.

The Mauritius Price Current of 7th and 14th September* 1841, give

the following notice of this remarkable phenomenon, and as it is most

important to place a good account of it upon record, I have thought

it right to print the Mauritius account, with the addition of what I have

personally learnt from Captain Saliz.

“‘Captain Saliz of the French Ship Paquebot des Mers du Sud,

who arrived here on Wednesday last from Bordeaux, which port

he left on the 9th June, reports, that on the 8th August, he encoun-

tered in latitude 38° south and longitude 21° east (from Paris.) 23° 20’ E.

from London ; while scudding before a tremendous sea, an awful whirl-

wind, which in a twinkling carried away her three sails furrowing them

with flashes of light (without. however either destruction or ignition,)

carried away the two top-gallant masts, and shoved the ship to wind-

ward, throwing her on her beam ends to starboard, the -water pouring

over her bulwarks. In this perilous situation she lay for nearly half

an hour, nor was she righted till she was again brought before the wind

by means of a tarpaulin hung out from the fore rigging, and by cut-

ting away the mizen mast, weather backstays, and shrouds of the

main top mast, which fell, carrying along in its fall the head of the main

mast. She scudded during the remainder of the gale under bare poles.”’

In addition to this notice, Captain Saliz, who is a gentleman of edu-

cation and long nautical experience, with great intelligence, has oblig-

ingly favoured me with his log book, and with replies to many questions

addressed to him, from which I collect, in addition to what is stated above,

the following particulars.

He was on the 8th August at noon in Lat. 38° 28’ S. Long. by Chr.

19° 57’ F. from Paris, 22° 17’ E. from London Bar. at 27.5 French

(28.00 Eng.) steering to the SE. } E. with wind from the North,

to which it had veered from the NE. at midnight preceding. Sea heavy

from NE. and at times from the NW. heavy squalls; sea very high from

* The P. C. of the 14th contains some corrections which are made here.

Vinanagram 9 !

Bonlipatam

Viagapatam 6

\°

Juggernathipoornarn

, Masulipatarn °

: Pt Davy

George {1 \

i Mapras Poonah (7

| Same

ol sl lscatra ~

inh Centre 10" Naon a

} Bes

0b, Hyd 7

- FORE crag. a = : ydroose KNoon.«

Ce S, “=

fo ae Of Wind : AA

eo z |

Tramquebay % SS

ar Is

The L AW “OF STorMs

ee ta Tadic India

ane the p fe DS

~ ofthe Madras Stormof

= 16% May 1844 -

Shy He Seddnghnf

Balbir Woe Lith

1S SW

o Centre 16% May 1844

Continel

Q Prepares |

Ul Gt Goce

VDNarcoridarn

Andaman Is |

° Barren It |

1842.] Fifth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 23

the NE. and North and going over the bulwarks. Pp. m. heavy gale from

the Northward, scudding under double reefed main topsail on the cap,

foresail and foretopmast stay sail: obliged to carry sail on account of

the cross sea, ship rolling gunwales under. At 5 wind at NNW. to

NW. At 6 caught by the whirlwind, as above related. Captain Saliz

who was upon deck, says, that at the moment of being taken by it every

thing was in a blaze of light (no lightning is marked before on the log,

and he says that there was none worth noticing) like a sort of

meteor, for there was fire every where, though nothing was burnt.

The fire had no electrical characters. He distinctly saw the light-

ning cross the main* topsail in zig-zags, when the sail disappeared.

He says further that the whirlwind turned from left to right out-

wards. ‘The vessel’s head was about NE. while on her beam ends,

and it was blowing so furiously, that it was impossible to look to

windward. A very remarkable fact is, that while all around the horizon

was a thick, dark, bank of clouds, the sky above was so perfectly clear

that the stars were seen, and one star shone with such peculiar brilliancy

above the head of the foremast that it was remarked by every one on

board! The Barometer which, as stated, was at noon at 27.5 Fr.

or 28.00 Eng. was at 6 p.m. at 27°3 Fr. 27°79 Eng., and at midnight

again at 27°5 Fr. ‘The gale after the whirlwind was at WNW. veering

to the West, and remaining there till fine weather on the following day,

when the American ship Thomas Perkins passed them with royals and

studding sails set. A remarkable fact also was the warmth of the wea-

ther. Capt. Saliz did not notice the thermometer, but says that every

one found it “ quite warm !”

No person on board was in any way affected by the lightning. The

sea after, and during, the vessel’s lying over was much diminished, and

was a sheet of foam. After righting she steered EbS. and ESE. with

the wind.

They found, on saving the wreck of the main top mast and mainmast

head, that the topmast, though the vessel was upon her beam ends, ap-

peared to have been /ifted out of its place instead of being wrenched

over in any way! I should not omit to say here, for it is due to them,

that Captain Saliz speaks in the highest terms of the spirit and courage

shewn by his gallant little crew and officers in this perilous crisis.

* Some fragments were left, but these had no traces of ignition

2 $e

Paragraphs to be added to Captain G. B. TremEennurrr’s Report on the

Tin of Mergui, communicated to the Asiatic Society, through the Se-

cretariat of the General Department.

Of the existence of tin in considerable quantities there cannot, from

the facts above stated, be much question ; and from the trial of the pro-

duce of one man’s labour in a given time, there appears to be sufficient

to justify every expectation of a profitable employment of labour on

an extensive scale.

The results, however, which are given in detail, can only be consider-

ed rough approximations to the probable out-turn of tin, with an esta-

blishment properly superintended. Much economy in labour might be

effected in collecting the sand and gravel for the washers, but no better

mode could, I think, be adopted in separating the tin in the first instance,

than by people accustomed to work with the flat conical-shaped troughs

before described. The quantity collected would fully repay the employ-

ment of men in this operation.

The tin as produced by the washers, should be placed on sloping

boards, and water conducted over it from a trough pierced with holes

for the purpose, in order to get rid of foreign particles, and it would

then, after by being finely pounded, be ready for smelting. Of all

metals, tin is in this process the least troublesome after the ore is freed

from the earthy and silicious particles, with which in other countriés it

is often mixed. The crystallized form in which the ore is here found,

renders its separation extremely easy, and the whole processes of stamp-

ing and dressing, which in England are tedious and expensive operations,

can thus be dispensed with. No arsenic or sulphur being mixed with

the ore, it need not be roasted before it is placed in the furnace.

It will thus be seen, that the tin of the Mergui province offers no

ordinary inducement to the outlay of capital without much of the risk,

uncertainty, and large previous outlay usually attending mining adven-

tures.

Extracts from a letter to Government on the above subject, from Dr.

M‘Cuettanp, Secretary to the Coal Committee.

In reply I have the honor, under instructions of the Coal and Mineral

Committee, to say, that the specimens of peroxide of tin received from

the Tenasserim Provinces, are the usual ore of tin which is worked with

much advantage in the Dutch possessions in the Straits, and in the

lower parts of the Malay Peninsula, south of the British boundary ; but

it has not hitherto been supposed to be sufficiently abundant on the

Coast, to be profitably worked beyond the tenth degree of north

latitude.

The importance of this ore depends entirely upon the quantity in

which it oecurs, the most profitable repositories are those in which it is

found in the form of crystals, in soft gneiss. It is often, however, pro-

fitably obtained from the sands of rivers, when it is called stream-tin ore.

The tin occurs as stream ore in all the localities described by Captain

Tremenheere, except Kahun, a hill on the right bank of the great Tenas-

serim, about 11 miles from Mergui, vide paragraphs 16 and 17 of

Captain Tremenheere’s Report. Here Captain Tremenheere found the

ore in its native repository, a friable gneiss rock, similar to that in which

it occurs at Banca.

The Committee are of opinion, that the circumstances brought for-

ward by Captain Tremenheere in the 16th and 17th paragraphs of his

Report, are such as to render it desirable, that the miner recently em-

ployed in Kemaoon, under Captain Drummond, should, if now available,

be placed under the orders of Captain Tremenheere, for the purpose of

ascertaining the value of the ore at Kahun.*

* The miner (Mr. Wilkin) has, 1 am sorry to learn, preferred returning with the

fruits of his experience in Kemaoon to England to accepting this offer.—Ep.

Note to the Botanico-Agricultural Account of the protected Sikh States,

No. 1, September, 1838, p. 764. By M. P. Epceworru, Ese. C.S.

The plant then described as Reseda Oligandra, has since been publish-

ed in three plates to Jacquemont’s Voyage, t. 25, p. 234, under the name

of Oligomeris Glauscescens.

He forms a new genus of the Resedacecze of it.

The species of the Boraginez described, I have since ascertained to

belong to the genus Nonnea, stated in Endlicher to belong to Europe

and Central Asia.

The name of the species of Plantago is Ban-phéla, misprinted Bau-

phula.

The species of the Acanthacez noted as peculiar to the Jhand tract,

I have never had an opportunity of examining; the only time I ever

saw it, was as a large leafless cone of imbricated bracts, containing

ripe seeds, which were covered with silky hair; from its habit I should

judge it to be either an Acanthus or a Lepidagathis.

I subsequently found Jacquemont’s Cleome Ruta, t. 19, p. 19, appa-

rently a very distinct species; it is very rare near Loodihana, but becomes

abundant near Ferozpoor. ‘This last locality is peculiarly distinguished

by the abundance of the Bertholetia lanceolata, which covers acres of

ground. I was only there during the winter, and had consequently no

opportunity of investigating the botany of the neighbouring country.

I observed great abundance of a species of Womismia, which I have not

found to the east of Loodihana. It is nearly, if not quite, identical with

Dr. Wight’s W. Capitata from the Peninsula. But I doubt not that in

the rainy season, several curious forms might be found in the neigh-

bourhood of Ferozpoor, especially in the extensive Jhand forest lying to

the south-east.

At Loodihana in August 1839, I detected a new species of grass,

which I cannot refer to any described genus of Chloridez. It approaches

nearest to Eleusine, but wants the great characteristic of that genus the

Aril, and the spikelets are many-flowered. I propose to call it Ochtho-

chloa, from its growing only on Kheras, or Thés, the deserted sites of

villages. OyOoc tumulus, Aon grass, generic character.

1842.] Botanico-Agricultural Account of the protected Sikh States. 27

Spicze digitate. Locustz unilaterales sessiles, multiflore distichee ;

flore supremo sterili.

Glume 2. membranacee persistantis, anguste, carinate mequales.

Palez 2. exterior membranacea mucronata, interior hyalina mutica,

hodicule hyaline ovate.

Stam 3. styli 2. stigmata plumosa, semen ellipticum, glabrum_ bi-

mucronulatum.

Ocutuocroa dactyloides.

Descriptio.

Repens, stolonibus longis ramosis nodisque_ glaberrituis (rarius

articulis pilis siricui albis circumdatis) plus minus geniculatis; foliis

approximatis angustis breviusculis vaginis brevibus, basi pilis longis

sparsé barbatis, ligula brevi ciliato, membranacea.

Pedunculus erectus solitarius terminalis, spicis 3-5, stellatim digitatis,

post anthesin defractis, multifloris; insertione pubescente, rachide un-

_ dulato glabro asperulo.

Locusta biglumis, 7 floris cum octavo stirili.

Glumz valde inzquales; evteriore paleis quadruplo breviore obtuse

truncato, margine scariosa, uninervia carina viridi, serrulata; superiore

paleis paulo breviore, multo angustiore, uninervia, carina serrulata.

Palez 2: exteriore majore herbacea trinervia; purpurascens cum

nervis viridibus nervo medio validiore serrulato; apice mucronulata

basi hirtella: superiore subhyalina, carinis duabus eleganter ciliatis.

Lodicule laterales, hyaline, ovate.

Stamina 3. longa exserta; antheris pallide purpuras centibus utrinque

breviter bifidis.

Ovarium turbinatum ; stylis separatis breviusculis; stigmatibus brevit-

er plumosis albidis exsertis.

Semen anguste ellipticum utrinque sub-acutum apice reliquiis stylo-

rum bimucronulatum, rugosiusculum uno latere compressiusculum.

Habitat in Pagorum disertorum tumulis cum Capparide aphylla.

Apud pagum Jassowals prope Lodihana.

| ES Ne ae ae

tr eal

On Equations of Condition for a Quadrilateral, common or re-entrant. By

Captain R. SHORTREDE, Assistant Surveyor General.

Some years ago when engaged in investigating a general method for

disposing fairly of the errors which occur in observing angles, the fol-

lowing properties of the angles of a quadrilateral occurred to me as

furnishing equations of condition proper to be used in such cases. Some

of the properties were new to me at the time, but it is possible enough,

most of them may have been known long ago to others.

In the quadrilateral A B C D with its diago-

nals, for the sake of conciseness and uniformi-

ty, let A denote the angle B A C, A» the an-

gle C A D, and As the angle B A C; and

similarly for the other angles, those on the left

hand side having 1, as their distinctive mark ;

those on the right hand having 2, the whole

angle of the figure being distinguished by 3.

When the quadrilateral becomes re-entrant as

in the 2d figure, a similar notation is used as in

the margin.

There are two classes of these equations of

condition, of which, one, depending entirely

onthe summation of the angles, may be term-

ed the class of angular equations : the other

depending on the products of the sines of ©

the angles taken in a certain order may

be termed sinal* equations.

In the first figure we have the following angular equation :—

A; + Ag = Asz } These may be termed} Totopartial equations.

(A) Bi + Be = Bs + These are not peculiar to figure or to space, but

Ci + C2 = C3 f

Di + De = D3

are expressions for a universal property, common to

all sorts of quantity.

* This word I prefer to Sinical, which, though formerly used, is now nearly obsolete : it has the

advantage of being shorter, besides, not being liable to be mistaken for another word of similar sound,

but of totally different meaning. Moreover the word sine being of apocryphal origin, we need not,

for the sake of a fancied analogy, bind ourselves to the use of an inconyenient term.

1842. ] On Equations of Condition for a Quardrilateral. 29

Ai + Bs + C2—~ 180 = g¢,

py) Bi + Cs + D2 — 180 = g,

(B) These may be termed Trian-

C; + Ds + Az — 180 = ¢, ( gular equations.

Di + Ba 0 = 4

be termed the Quadrangular equation.

In the Triangular equations substitute for the middle angle its totopar-

tial value as above, and subtract each expression from the one immediately

above it, and we have

Ai + Bg—C; —D2=¢,—e, = £,—<s These may be

(D) B C D Ae ‘ sly : * | termed Vertical

te Mero a tte Fr eit eb bios equations.

In like manner in the 2d figure we have

Ai + Ae = Az

(a) a a a 1 ae Totopartial equations.

Di + Dz + D3 = 316

‘Ai + Bo + Di — 180 = ¢,

Bi + C2 + D2 — 180 = g,

(8) eer ee Ds 180% =

SUSE AS an tales gs es

Also D; = 360 — D, — D3 and substituting the values of D»

and Ds from the triangular equations

= 360 =. By Or "ts «+ C,; + As — 180 —

&3 = B; + Cz + Az — ¢,— ¢,

Bi + C3 + Ae—Di=g4+¢ anes ses be pene

(0) fait ee be et from ie aioe ae

Ai + Bs + C2 —Ds = a +e Jor theangles concerned.

If we examine in detail, these angular equations, we shall find that in

Triangular equations.

both cases, besides the totopartial equations, there are two separate

equations of condition, whereby to determine the error on each of the

12 angles in the figure. As these, with the exception perhaps of the

Vertical and Cuneal equations contain nothing new, I shall proceed to

the investigation of the sinal equations, which indeed is the main object

of the present communication. These I shall give in the form, in which

they first occurred to me.

Prop. I.—In a quadrilateral the product of the sme of any whole

Se ee

——_ ——_

30 On Equations of Condition for a Quardrilateral. [No. 121.

angle, and the sines of the two consecutive left hand angles going round

by the left, is equal to the product of the sine of the opposite whole

angle, and the sines of the two corresponding right hand angles returning

by the right.

Sin A3 sin By sin Cy = sin C3 sin Bo sin Ag These (for rea-

Sin Bg sin C; sin D; = sin Ds sin C2 sin Be | sons afterwards

) Sin C3 sin Dy sin Ai = sin A; sin D2 sin C2 i be shewn) may

Sin D3; sin Ay; sin B1 = sin Bg sin Ag sin Do J be termed exter-

nal alternate equations.

Prop. IJ1.—In a quadrilateral, the continued product of the sines of

two adjacent whole angles, and the sines of the angles between the

diagonals, and the opposite sides, is equal to the continued product of

the two pairs of opposite angles.

(F Sin A3 sin Bs sin C; sin D2 = sin C3 sin Dg sin A; sin Bo

Sin Bz sin Cz sin D4 sin Ag = sin D3 sin Az sin Bi sin C2 \

These may be termed opposite alternate equations.

Also the known property, that the product of the sines of all the left

hand angles is equal to that of the sines of all the right hand angles.

(G) Sin Ay sin B; sin Ci sin Di = sin Ag sin Bg sin Cg sin D2 which

may be termed the internal alternate equation.

Demonstration.

sin C3

se ber OD a

by common Trignometry,

sin Cy D sin Bo sin C3 . sin Be

so AD= a” eae ada aE

ane ote sin Ag sin Ag sin Bi sin As

sin Cy sin C3 . sin Bo

sin Ag sin Bi sin Aj

Sin A; sin Bi sin Cy = sin Cz sin Be sin A2........... (e)

Aoi BD Aye tan Cee

sin Bo sin Ds

sin Bg sin Dg

sin Al. sin Cj

440} : sin A3 . sin Bg sin C3. sin Dg

and multiplying vertically, re are ee Ddicnattl

.. Sin Az ° sin B3° sin Cy ‘sin Dz = sin C3° sin D3° sin Ai sin Bz (f)

AC=BC

1842. ] On Equations of Condition for a Quadrilateral. 31

This result might have been deduced from (E), by dividing any of

the equations by another as they stand: thus :—

Sin Bs * sin Ci * sin Di a sin Dg * sin Cg ° sin Be and rejecting

Sin C3 °- sm Di ° sin Ai sin A3° sin Dz- sin Cz commonfactors.

Sin Bg sin C, sin D3 sin Bz

Sin Cz sin Ai ~ sin Ag sin De

Sin Ag ° sin Bg * sin Ci * sin D2 = sin Cg‘ sin D3 ° sin Ai ° sin Ba

Again multiplying vertically all the equations, (E) rejecting common

factors, and taking the square root, we have

Sin Ai* sin By * Ci sin Di = sin Ag° sin Bg: sin Cg° sin Do ..(g)

In like manner in the 2d figure * we have the following equations :

Sin Ag ° sin Bi° sin D3 = sin B3° sin Ag* sin Dz ) Which may

(H) Sin Bs° sin Ci ° sin Di = sit Cg - sin Bg - sin Ds iS sitawer

Sin C3° sin A1* sin Dz = sin A3° sinCze° sin Di Yternate.

Also

Sin Ag ° sin Bi °* sin C; * sin Di = sin C3" sin Ba’ sin Ag° sin D2

(I) Sin Bg° sin Ci ° sin Ai ° sin Dg = sin A3° sin C2: sin Ba: sin D3

Sin Cz : sin Ay ‘sin By ‘sin D3 = sin B3:smA ‘sinCg° sin Di

which may be termed medial alternate.

And

(K) Sin A; ° sin B,° sin Ci = sin Ag‘ sin Ba° sin C2 which may be

termed internal alternate.

Demonstration.

sin Ag

Capi A Cc

sin sin D3

sin A sin Do sin A sin D

LG) eet Gy Be A Ge

sin B3 sin sin By sin Dg sin By

sin Ag obey sin Ag sin Dg

sin B®? = sin D3_—Sssin Bi .

Sin Ag sin By sin D3 = sin Bg sin Agsin Dz............ (A)

Multiplying vertically pairs of (H), and rejecting common factors, we

have the equations,....... 6 CHiwedinl (1)

and multiplying vertically the arbi of (H) i in i like manner, we fee the

equation,. PATOL) SUS. BA De Py a iagsoone eligi ne od eaatio ad) [ied

I Bina’ at “first some difficulty in pied to express in a convenient

form of words, the properties in the equations (H) and (I); but after

32 On Equations of Condition for a Quadrilateral. [No. 121.

some consideration it appeared that they were included in the expressions

for (E) and (F): for if the point D in fig. I. be conceived to move along

the line B D till it comes within the line A C, the quadrilateral with its

diagonals is transformed into the triangle with its radial lines. The

figure may now be considered as a quadrilateral with a reentrant angle,

in which case the angles Ai and Ag exchange their designations, Ag re-

maining unchanged.

The analogy of these figures may be otherwise apprehended by consi-

dering them as the perspective representations of a tetrahedron ; which

is a quadrilateral with its diagonals, when the apex is projected between

the exterior angles of the base; and is a triangle with its radial lines,

when the apex is projected within the base, or within the vertical angles

formed by the sides of the base produced.

These equations hold good in spherical as well as in plain figures, the

only change in the demonstration being to substitute the sines of the

spherical sides for the plane’s sides as above.

The equations marked (G) and (K) are obviously only particular

cases of a more general property given by W. Davies in his Supplement

to the spherical part of Young’s Trigonometry, and there said to be due

to Professor Lowry. Lowry’s Theorem is this: ‘‘ Jf great circles be drawn

From the angular points of any spherical polygon to a point on the surface

of the sphere, the product of the sines of the alternate angles will be equal.’’

This theorem applies of course in plane as well as in spherical polygons,

and it is not unlikely, that if we substitute lines of shortest distance

(including at once both straight lines and great circles), it may be found

to apply on a spheroidal, as well as on a spherical or a plane surface.

On farther consideration I find that the equations (E) and (H) are

also included in Lowry’s theorem. In fig. I. D being the point to which

lines of shortest distance are drawn from the angles of the polygon A B

C Lowry’s theorem gives at once the first of the equations (E) and

taking successively the points A B and C im like manner, the other

equations are evolved.

Likewise on fig. 2 if C be the point to which the lines are drawn from

the angles of the polygon A BD, we have the first of the equations (H)

and the others by taking successively A-and B as the point of drawing to

(i. e. attraction in its primary sense).

The sinal equations furnish in each case four equations of condition for

ee ae wee See 9 wi)

1842.) ~ On Equations of Condition for a Quadrilateral, 33

each of the 12 angles concerned. I do not see how any of them can

fairly be omitted: for although any one of them may involve all the others

when the angles are free from error, such is not necessarily the case

when the angles, as happens in fact, are mixed up with errors we know

not how. I know not of any way by which a fair judgment can be

formed as to the goodness or badness of observations, besides that re-

sulting from the amount of minimum alteration required to make the

whole consistent among themselves. It is quite possible, and will gene-

rally happen, that in every one of the above equations taken singly,

the errors will be so mixed up in two or more of the quantities concern-

ed as in a greater or less degree to destroy the effect of each, which

errors will become sufficiently apparent when the quantities are other-

wise combined. Using the whole of the equations, if the correction for

any one quantity retains the same signs throughout, while on another

quantity the correction is in a great measure destroyed, being some-

times + and sometimes —, we may fairly infer that in the former case

the observed quantity is erroneous, and in the latter that it approaches

to its true value; the errors being in proportion to the algebraic sum

of all the corrections:

The sinal and angular equations of figure being quite independent of

each other, I am not aware of any reason for preferring the one set of

them to the other; it appears to me that both ought to be taken into

account simultaneously, giving equal weight to the mean error as

found from each set. By any other method, the ultimate corrections

will depend on the arbitrary order,.in which the equations may have

been applied. It may, however, be expedient to apply the totopartial

equations, which are independent of figure, after having taken the mean

of the others.

The practical use of these equations in the method above sketched,

when we retain only what is necessary, though still somewhat long, is by

no means very difficult. The most convenient way would be to take the

sums of the effective probabilities, and the sums of the errors, and get

the correction by common Rule of Three, by the help of a sliding rule.

Writers on the doctrine of probabilities direct that when several in-

dependent quantities occur, they should be combined according to their

weights, or inversely as their probabilities of error, as found by the com-

mon rule. This applied to each of the above equations would give rise

api

34 On Equations of Condition for a Quadrilateral. [No. 121.

to very lengthy calculations. But though the common rule for finding

the probability of error on a number of observations be as good as, or

perhaps better than, any other at present known, I think it may be

shewn that after all it has only a chance of being right, and is far from

certainty in all cases. It may be a pretty good approximation when

the number of observations is great, but when the number is small it

seems somewhat dubious ; at least, when the number is a minimum it is

palpably false, and it is not likely that it should become false per saltum.

The rule commonly given, is to take the arithmetical mean of all the

observations, and the difference between this and each observation ;

then squaring each of these differences, take the square root of their

sum ; which root divided by the number of observations gives the pro-

bability of error ; the reciprocal of which gives the proportional weight

due to each.

I have long sought, but never met with, a demonstration of this rule.

According to it, however great be the number of observations, if they

differ among themselves by any quantity, however small, there will be

a probability, however small, of error; and therefore the result must

fall short of certainty. But if there be any number of observations

agreeing among themselves, or even only one observation, there is no

probability of error: so at least says the rule, whereas common sense

says in the latter case the probability of error is very great, though

we have no means of making a better of it.

Hence I hold that the rule commonly given for finding the probability

of error on a set of observations, though in general a pretty good prac-

tical rule, is not a mathematical truth : and I would not, on the faith of

its being such, build a cumbrous computation to obtain a result not

much, if at all better than that which may be obtained with one-tenth

part of the labor: for such I believe would be the disproportion be-

tween the combination of these equations according to the method above

indieated, and that by their weights as directed by writers on probabili-

ties.

As to the practical difference in the results by these two methods of

adjustment, I cannot speak from actual trial; but I believe it would

rarely exceed one or two hundredths of a second; and if we recollect

that it is amazingly difficult with ordinary, or even with extraordinary

instruments, to observe to within ten times the greatest of these quan-

1842.] On Equations of Condition for a Quadrilateral. 35

tities; and also that making adjustments by the sinal equations by

means of Tables as in the final calculations to seven places of decimals,

the difference of a single unit in the last place of a logarithmic sine

corresponds at 45° to an angular difference of a “or about five hun-

dredths of a second ; and at 60° to ee or about eight hundredths of a

second ; moreover, it is well known that in adding together several

logarithms each of which is only approximately true in the last place,

there can be no certainty that the sum will be true within one or two units

in the last place; therefore the difference between the two methods

of adjustment, (if I do not greatly err in estimating it,) may be consi-

dered as of no practical importance, being beyond the reach of the

Tables.

In regard to the exceedingly minute quantities which some of the

continental observers used to profess themselves able to determine by

means of the repeating circle, there is a very sensible remark by old

Troughton, in a paper of the Astronomical Society, the substance of

which I quote from memory, to the effect that whatever be the ability

of the observer, or the construction of his instrument, he never would

believe in the quantities deduced beyond such as were visible in the

telescope. In fact, so long as observations have error at all, dispose of

that error how we may, we cannot get rid of it so as to ensure cer-

tainty ; the only advantage which the arrangement ultimately adopted

can possess is, that of being a little better than a number of other

arrangements equally possible, each of which is only somewhat less

probable.

N. B.—In the equations (B) (C) (8) (0) the characters £15 £g €25 E45

denote the extess on the respective triangles.

SPHEROIDAL EXCESS.

To find an expression for the Excess on a Spheroidal Triangle. By

Captain SuortrebE, lst Assistant Grand Trigonometrical Survey.

It has been usual to consider the excess on a spheroidal as not dif-

fering sensibly from that on a spherical triangle of the same area as

estimated by the mean radius of the earth, and this may generally be

considered sufficient, for in the largest triangle ever observed, the

36 Excess on a Spheroidal Triangle. [No. 121.

difference is not a matter of observation. But as the two triangles

have not absolutely the same excess, it may be worth while to ascertain

the precise value of each, and thereby what would be the difference in

any particular case.

A solution may be obtained by means of the following principle given

by Mr. Airey as resulting from Dalby’s investigation, namely, that the

excess on a spheroidal is the same as on a spherical triangle whose

angular points have the same geographical latitudes and longitudes.

The arcs being small, (as is always the case in practice), it is an as-

sumption generally made and admitted, that the computations may be

made by means of the radii of curvature at their middle pomts, which

comes to the same thing as to reckon longitudes by a normal equal to

the mean of all the normals at the middle points of the three sides,

and latitudes by a radius of curvature equal to the mean of the meri- .

dional radii of curvature at the same points: or simply or at once, by

the normal and meridional radius of curvature at the centre of gravity*

of the triangle. The surface of the spheroidal triangle would coincide

with that on a sphere if the differences of latitude were stretched out

in the ratio of the meridional radius to the normal, or if the longitu-

dinal differences were contracted in the inverse ratio. Hence the area,

and also the excess on a spheroidal triangle would coincide with those

on a sphere, if they be computed by a radius equal to a mean propor-

tional between the normal and meridional radius (7. e. the greatest and

least radii of curvature), at the middle of the triangle. This method

(which is probably the simplest possible), is true as far at least as

quantities of the 4th order, and in the present as well as prospective

state of the arts and sciences, any thing farther may be thought an

unnecessary refinement.

If r denote the radius of the sphere, and A the area of a spherical

triangle, the expression for the excess E reduced to its simplest form is

k= es in terms of radius unity, or in seconds E” = «Niall and

r r2 sin 1"

if the area be assumed as equal to that of a plane triangle having the

same sides a, 6, and contained angle C, the formula becomes

* This expression may be objected to, as strictly the centre of gravity falls within

the surface. It may be understood as an abbreviated expression, denoting the point

of intersection of lines drawn from the angular points to bisect the opposite sides.

1842.] — : Excess on a Spheroidal Triangle. 37

E” = ee in which the denominator being constant, and the

2r? sin 1

quantities in the numerator those which occur in the calculation of the

triangle, the calculation of the excess becomes as simple as need be.

To adapt this to the case of a spheroidal triangle, all that is necessa-

ry is to substitute for r? the expressions for the normal and meridional

radius of curvature. Assuming a and 6) to denote the polar and equa-

torial radii, and ; — sa and A the latitude, the expression for

the normal is y = oat Web Elen and for the meridional radius

(14 & cos A)z

cot 6°) a(1+2)%

Par Gee & cost)?

and this substituted for r? gives the excess on a speroidal triangle.

gn’ = 2 bsin © (1 + €° cos? ee absinC (1+ cos Ay?

hence the product of the two yu= 1+ <2 cos?)

Qa’ sin 1” ne e)” tae ? sin Ph ge ih bs 2

absnC ( + ¢ cos’)? absnC 1+ 2 ¢ cos’,

be 2 3 sin 1" (1 + ¢*)2 _ 2a Grin 1 l+ee

Of the above expressions, the first three are identical and rigorous.

The last is an approximation got by actually performing the operations

indicated in that preceding it. It is however, sufficiently close for any

ordinary purpose, as the quantities omitted affect only the 7th place of

decimals. It appears from it that, when 2 cos°A = 5 or cos A = -

that is, in latitude 30°, the excess on the spheroidal triangle coincides

with that computed by the mean radius. In lower latitudes the sphe-

roidal excess is greater than the spherical, and only in latitudes higher

than 30 is it less than on the sphere.

To render this formula practically useful I have computed in the fol-

Upegal R"

2 y sin 1” ee 7,

every degree of latitude. I have assumed the values of the polar and

equatorial radii of the earth as deduced from the comparison of the

whole European with the Indian arc, as far as Kahanpur in latitude 24°

07’, adapted to a ratio of axes 299 to 300.

lowing Table the value of the logarithm of for

Lat.

COoOnnurkh OW ©

As an example, suppose it were required to find the excess on a triangle having its

Excess on a Spheroidal Triangle.

SPHEROIDAL EXCESS.

[No. 121.

Latitudinal Factors for computing Spheroidal Excess.

Log. ee

2yv

0°37505

504

369

0°37360

ane Lae

OUVMOAADAONONNANAUMAANHAOKRWWWWDYDNYDHK Ore

2yv

0.37360

352

080

0°37071

Diff, Lat. | Log. a

0.37071

063

927

0°26927

Diff.

COMM WES ORR RREAMOGAININ DOD Deo |

middle point in latitude 24°, the sides a and b being 40 and 50 miles, and the contain-

ed angle C = 65°, the logarithms of a and 6 in feet being 5°3246939 and 90007802, the

calculation would stand thus :—

Tab Long for 24°,

Long. Sin C = 650,

It is of no great importance to k

Long. a,

Long. b,

Long. E = 5.//7128,

now the latitude of the middle of the triangle much

0°37409

9°55728

5°32469

550079

0.75685

within a degree, because the difference of the tabular logarithms for a degree never

exceeds unit in the 4th place, which will scarcely ever give any sensible difference on

the resulting excess.

It will hereafter be shewn, that the error arising from assuming the area as equal to

that of a plane triangle having the same sides and contained angle, is utterly insensible.

bi Yi.

De ae pte

erent tp yas

—

cig ei gan e x

yey

spe!

aeanoabietiies Me pe

hat Oy

Bs ee ia

a Wooden Fost

: Froposed alteration of the Old Wells the unproved Mei >

: 4 Y y / A . y

y A 2

‘ / g re X C. level of the Ground ae

” fy Ee: ee =

Slope reauinad the

old Paes

Improved Plaw

Horixonteld line of draught

On. Improvement inIrrigation

rt Geral wll to tye) hose y

my: Pe ere ee |

+ a lax

level of he Ground

Ballin Vo: bth.

‘+,

; ‘

MOG ‘

4 -

2 yy, ,

2 ; is

i \

eee 2 ~~ o, ee 2 ne a ee ee ae Bins ee Oe ee ee — wae Ss le one 4 ” a - <

An improvement in Irrigation. By Lieut. A. Murray McGrecor,

66th Regiment Native Infantry.

My principle is, that the greatest power is obtained by keeping the

line of draught horizontal, and at the height of the animal’s shoulder as

is shewn by the mode in which the gigs used in trotting matches are

built. This plan was tried at Cawnpoor, by Mr. Stubbs, provisioner, and

he assured mé, that he drew one-third more water by my method, than

he had upon the old principle; and that the cattle were less dis-

tressed than by the old mode, as it is more laborious to walk up an

ascent than upon level ground; and he had three more wells prepared

upon my principle, as it was by far less expensive, and the ground for-

merly lost by the inclined plane was saved to the garden, by adapting

the hose, (which I do not claim as my invention.) One man will do all

the work, and a pair of bullocks will draw the water required in two-

thirds of the time required formerly; and the expence is much less.

The rope passes over the block or wheel A, and under that at B, by which

great power is obtained.

By the common plan in use the excavate ground becomes at once

a dead loss, and the labour of walking up the inclined plane is very

great, as it is required to be very steep. I have therefore, by the dotted

line B, shewn how the alteration of the present system can be made. It

will be requisite, however, to fill up the slope of the inclined plane to the

level of the ground as marked at C, but that can easily be done: it would

not cost more than three or four rupees. :

N. B.—On the old principle, the driver is obliged to sit on the rope,

to keep the yoke on the bullock’s necks.

The accompanying are two very compendious Logarithmic Tables, in which

I have endeavoured to combine the minimum of size, with the maximum of

utility.— By Capt. SHORTREDE.

The mode of using these Tables is so similar to that of the Tables in

common use, that it is almost needless to give any particular directions

on the subject.

It is to be understood that every number in the body of each Table

is supposed to consist of 5 figures; the single figure on the left in

columns 0 and 5 being common to the succeeding columns on the

same and following lines. These leading figures increase progressively

by unity, and nine changes occur in each Table. To mark this change,

when it occurs any where not at the beginning of a line, the numbers

subsequent to the change are put a little lower than their usual place,

in order to indicate that their first figure is to be supplied from that on

the lower line, besides which, the first following zero is printed black to

distinguish it as a change figure.

The Table of common Logarithms (neglecting at present those be-

yond 1000) has in its first column marked Nat. Num. the natural

numbers from 10 to 100, and immediately adjoming in the column

headed 0 are the corresponding Logarithms, (for numbers between 1

and 10, the Logarithms are opposite the tenfold number): for numbers

for three figures the two first being found in the first column, the 8rd is

to be found among those at the top, and in the body of the Table is

seen the corresponding Logarithm. For numbers of more than 3 figures

the Logarithm is found by adding to that in the Table the proportional

part for the 4th and subsequent figures, (allowing, 2f need be, for the dif-

ference between the proportional part in that and the next line according

to the distance of the 3rd and following figures from the middle of

the line.)

Example.

Required the Log. of 33952. The 3d and subsequent figures

for 339 the Table gives,.. 53020 | of 33952 being about midway

for & Propl. part.eivesine cies between 3345 and 3445, the pro-

for’ = 2. Propl, part mives 2). 0 2°6 | portional parts should be the half

of those given in lines 33 and 34.

Log. Required, 53087°6 | Instead of 65, the proportional

1842.] Compendious Logarithmic Tables. 4]

The inverse use is not so convenient. | part should be 64, being the mean

Given Log. 53087 Reqd.Num. | of 65 and 63 : which would agree

Tab. Log. next less 53020 N.N.339 better with the result given by

the larger Tables.

Prl,pt.(corrd.) next less 64........5

Number Reqd. 33952

The Antilogarithmic Table contains the numbers to a series of

Logarithms from 0 to 999. The first column contains the two first

figures of the Logarithm, the third being found at the top of the

columns; and in the body of the Table is found the corresponding

natural number. When the Logarithm consists of more than 3 figures,

the proportional part for the 4th and subsequent figures, taken in the same

line, are to be added to the number given in the body of the Table.

[The proportional parts being given for the mean difference at

the middle of the line, may be adjusted, if need be, to their proper

value, by allowing at sight for the difference between their value in that

and the next line, according to the distance of the 3rd and following

figures from 45 the middle of the line. ]

Example.

Required the Number to Log. 71572. Here the 3rd and subsequent

For Log. 715 the Table gives,60954 | figures being close to the middle

for 7 Propl. partis ....98 | of the line need no correction.

for 2 Propl. partis .... 2°8

61054°8

Inversely Required the Logarithm to Number 61055.

Given Number 61055

Table Number next less.. 60954 The Logarithm is ........ 715

Difference 101

For difference next less...... Jo; Eroportional..part.: 18.». asic eae diyy

Por miuerence next less....; ... .,./2:8),, Proportional, part.2¢ ..0)-.14 .c. + 2

Log. Required, 71572

42 Compendious Logarithmic Tables. [No. 121.

Lalande’s tables to 10,000 occupy no less than 110 pages, 18mo. and

part of the 111th page. Mr. Bailey has given, in his astronomical tables, a

table of Logarithms to 1000 contained on 3 pages, 4to. but only to 4

places of decimals; and subsequently he has given, as being more con-

venient for ordinary use, an Antilogarithmic table, of the same size and

extent as the former, and besides these I am not aware of any smaller

hitherto published.*

Having occasion some years ago to lay off the divisions on some

sliding rules, I felt it was desirable to have at one view a table of

Logarithms to 1000, that I might avoid the inconvenience of turnmg

leaves with a beam compass in hand : I therefore wrote out the body

of the first table nearly in its present form. It was immediately evident

that if furnished with differences and proportional parts, the table would

serve for most common purposes: accordingly the difference between the

numbers in columns 4 and 5 having been written, the decimal parts

were got by means of a sliding rule, with no more labour than writing

them off.

The extension of the table beyond 1000 was partly to fill up the

blank space, and also to avoid partly the inconvenience of the unequal dif-

ferences at the beginning of the table. I found, however, that as it

stood, even when the differences were most unequal, by attending to the

actual difference between the columns, and allowing a proportional part

for the difference between that and the difference here given, (and still

more easily by allowing at sight for the difference between the proporti-

onal part on that and the next line according to the distance from the

middle of the line,) I could get a result true, generally, within one, and

always within two units in the last figure; and the same more conveni-

ently by taking the proportional part of the actual difference by means

of a sliding rule, which when engaged in calculation, I like to have al-

ways within reach.

The second table was made for the purpose of finding the number to

a given Logarithm more readily than can be done by the other table.

It has also the advantage of having more equal common differences.

The utility of it for all ordinary purposes has been experienced by others

besides myself.

* Dr. Maclear, for the use of the Cape Observatory, has remodelled Mr. Bailey’s 2d

Table, and printed it on two foolscap pages, with proportional parts, in a form not

unlike that here given,

1842. ] Compendious Logarithmic Tables. 43

Each table may be made to do all that can be done by the other,

but not with equal convenience. The first table giving at sight the

logarithm to a number of 3 figures, and the second giving at sight the

number to a logarithm of 3 figures, the proportional parts for the 4th,

and subsequent figures are additive : but if a number to a given logari-

thm be sought by means of the first table, or if the logarithm to a given

number be sought by means of the second, one subtraction is required

for each figure in the proportional part: and ‘subtraction, though a

simple operation, is by no means so short or so easy as addition, and

hence the advantage of using both tables instead of either exclusively.

Great care has been taken to make these tables correct in every case

to the nearest unit in the last figure. The first table was taken from

Lalande, whose tables are known to be correct, and has been rigidly

compared in every figure. The second table was made by means of the

common table in Callet, and after having been written out, it was ex-

amined by reading out the number to every logarithm, using Babbage’s

tables. When it was uncertain in this way whether the number was

more or less than 5 in the 6th place, it has been determined by a

calculation carried to ten figures.

For finding the common differences and proportional parts the follow-

ing method was used. Having determined to give these for the middle

between columns 4 and 5 of each table, those for the first table were

thus found. M denoting as usual the common modulus, and N the

number in the first column of the Table, the common difference has

been taken by the formula ; and the proportional parts by its

M+45

decimal products, taking care to make each true to the nearest unit in

the 5th place of decimals.

For the second table the principal was the same, but the process vast-

ly simpler. By the common differential formula d log N=7S; (the

same as that used above) ; from this we have d N=N.U0 8: in which M

and d. log N. being constant, the only variable is N, and by the nature

of the Table log N. in each successive line increases by unit in its 2nd

figure. Hence the logarithm of d N being calculated for any one line,

it is found for each succeeding line by adding one to its 2nd digit,

and the common difference, or the number corresponding to this cal-

culated logarithm being found more or less nearly in some column in

ii)

44 Compendious Logarithmic Tables. [No. 121.

the body of the table, the successive differences will be found in the

corresponding part of the same vertical columns throughout the table.

The proportional parts are found exactly in the same way ; and thus, for

finding the whole of the common differences and proportional parts,

only ten calculations are needed ; the remaining labour being merely to

transcribe from the columns in the body of the table, taking care to

keep the numbers always true in the last figure. |

The whole of the differences and proportional parts, after being written

in, have been carefully re-examined, and I hope it will be found that

these precautions have not been misapplied, so as to have failed as to

the object intended. |

These tables are of the minimum size, at least I do not see the possi-

bility of making them any smaller without rendering them useless,

Lalande ‘“ after 50 years’ experience,” at page 6, of the preface to his

Tables, makes the following remarks on the advantage of smallness :—

«La plupart des calculs n’exigent que les minutes: les astronomes,

‘ les navigateurs, les militaires, les geographes, les arpenteurs, les archi-

‘ tectes, ont un besoin continuel de petites tables, bien plus rarement des

‘grandes. Si l’on cherche les minutes dans un gros volume qui con-

‘ tient les secondes, on perd du tems. Le format de celui-ici n’exige

‘ rigoreusement que le tems necessaire a l’opération : d’ailleurs les vues

‘ basses ont de la peine avec les grandes tables; enfin plus le volume est

‘mince, plus il est commode a l’usage ordinaire. Ainsi j’ai réduit

‘ celui-ci au pur nécessaire.”’.

1842.] Compendious Logarithmic Tables.

Common Logarithms of Natural Numbers.

Common

Difference.

00000 0432 0860] 1284] 1703|02119] 253] |2938/3342|3743 | 416|42/83 125}

4139] 4532|4922|5308/5690! 6070] 6446/6819|7188/7555:| 379/38/76| 114

7918] 8279}|8636} 8991} 9342} 9691) 0037 |0380 | 0721) 1059.| 349|35}70 gcthy

411894) 1727 12057) 2385} 27:10} 13033 | 3354 |3672)|3988) 4301 | 323|}32)65

| 4618 | 4922}5229)9534| 5836) 6137 }6435}6732| 7026/7319. |, 30)|380/ 60). ,

7609 | 78988184} 8469} 8752). 9033|9312|9590| 9866/0140 | 281}28/56

20412 /U683) 0952} 1219) 1484 | 21748) 2011 | 2272) 2531/2789 | 264) 26/53

3049 | 3300) 3553} 38U9 | 4055} 4304}4551|4797.|5042/5285 | 249) 25/50

| 9027 |5768] 6007 | 6245) 6482) 67176951 }7184 | 7416/7646 | 235) 23/47

7875/3103} 8330} 8556/8780} 9003/9226 }9447.| 9667/9885 | 223} 22) 45

30103 | 0320} 0535] 0750] 0963 | 31175)1387 | 1597 | 1806} 2015 | 212|21/42

22:22 | 2428] 2634 | 2838] 3041 | 3244/3445 |3646 | 3846/4044 | 202) 20/40

4242 | 4439} 4635) 4830/5025) 5218}5411 |5603/5793|5984 | 193) 19/39

6173} 6361/6549) 6736/6922) 7107/7291 |7475|7658|7840 | 185/19) 37

| 8021 /8202/ 8382) 8561/8739} 8917|9094/9270| 9445/9620 | 178} 18/36

9794 | 9967 | 0140|0312)0483 | 40654}0824 0993} 1162}1330 | 171/17|34

41497 | 1664/1830} 1996/2160} 2325/2488}2651.|2813)}2975 | 164/16) 33

3136 |3297 |3457| 3616/3775) 3933/4091) 4248) 4404/4560 | 158} 16/32

47 16| 487 | |5025/5179}5332} 5484/5637 |5788) 5939/6090 | 153) 15/31

6240 |6389| 6538] 6687 |6835| 6982|7 129|7276| 7422/7567 | 147} 15)29

47712}7857 |8001 |8144| 8287 |48430 | 8572/87 14; 8855/8996 | 143]14/29

9136}9276/9415/9554| 9693} 3831 |9969]4106|0243 |U379 | 138/14 /28

|505 15 |U6d 1 |0786 | V920} 1055 |51188}1322] 1455] 1587 [1720 | 134] 13/27

1851 | 1983] 2114} 2244/2375 |. 2504} 2634] 2763] 2892 |3020 | 130] 13/26

| 3148/3275] 3403/3529} 3656] 3782/39U8!4033] 4158 |4283 | 126]13) 25

4407 | 453] | 46544777 | 4900/55023|5 145 |5267| 5388 }5509 | 123} 12/25

56305751 )5871)5991 |6110| 6229/6348 ]6467|6585 |6703 | 119|12!24

6820 | 6937 | 7054|7171)7287| 7403|7519|7634|7749| 7864 | 116] 12}23

7978 | 8U92|8206}$320] 8433) 8546/8659 |877 1/8883] 8995 | 113} 11 }23

9106 |9218} 9329) 9439] 9550} 9660/9770 |9879| 9988) 0097 | 110/11 }22

60206 | 0314| 0423/0531 | 0638) 60746 |0853'0959| 1066|1172 | 107|11|21

41 | :1278]1384} 1490}1595| 1700} 1805} 1909/2014} 2118} 2221 | 105) 10 j21

42 | 2325) 2428| 2531 | 2634/2737} 2839|2941|304313144/3246 | 102/10 |20

43 | 3347/3448) 3548/3649|3749) 3849/3949} 4048/4147 14246 | 1V0| 10 j2u0

44 | 4345} 4444) 4542/4640|4738! 4836|4933/503115128/52z5 | 98/10 |20

45 |65321 |5418|5514/5610|5706 | 65801 |5896|5992/608716181 | 96|10}19

46 | 6276/6370) 6464/6558 6652) 6745/6839) 6932/702517117 | 93} 9/19

47 | 7210|7302|7394|7486|7578| 7669|7761 | 7852|7943|8034 | 92] 9 {18

48 | 8124/8215] 8305/8395 |8485| 8574|8664/8753/8842/8931 | 90] 9/18

49 | 9020/9108] 9197 |9285 |9373| 9461 |9548/9636|972319819 | 88| 9118

“BO | 9897|9984|0070}0157 |0243|7032910415/0501/058610672 | 86) 9117

51 |70757 |U842/V927| 1012} 1096) 1181] 1265|134911433/1517 | 84! 8117

52 | 1600] 1684/1767) 18501933} 2016]2099| 2181 | 226312346 | 83] 8{17

53 | 2428] 2509] 2591 | 2673} 2754! 2835|2916|2997|3078/3159 | SL! SI16

54 | 3239/3320/ 3400/3480 |3560| 3640/3719] 3799|387813957 | 80} 8116

59 |740386|4115|4194]4273| 4351 |74429|4507|4586|466314741 | 78] 8116

56 | 4819] 4896| 4974/5051 15128) 5205/5282/535815435/15511 | 77} 8115

57 | 5587 }5664|5740/5815 |5891 | 5967/6U4z2|6118]6193}6268 | 76} 8) 15

58 | 6343] 6418]6492| 6567 |6641 | 6716/6790 |6864|693817012 | 74] 7115

59 | 7085/7159! 7232) 7305/7379) 745217525 |7597|7670|7743 | 73) 7/15)

Compendious Logarithmic Tables.

9239] 9309] 937919149/9518} 9588 9657 9727 |9796

99341 0UU3| 0072! 0140} 0209189277] 0346} 0414 |0482

80618] 0686} 0754) 0821/0889} 0956] 1023] 1090

1158

8162

9169

9865

0550

1224

Common |

Difference |

1291} 1358} 1425

1954} 2020] 2086

2607 | 2672] 2737

3251 | 3315/3378

3885 | 3948/4011

0849} U902

1331] 1434

1908 1960

6126 6473

6895 |6942

7309} 7405

2) 7818) 7864

7| 8272/8318

8722) 8767

9167/9211

9007 | 9651

815309] 9370

7|0472)0526) 0580) 06340687

| LOUY| 1062

2/4101

)| 5035

1889

2043

3187

3822

4448

9065

0673

6273

6864

7448

8024

8993

9154

9708

0205

0795

1328

1855

1823

2478

3123

3799

4386

9003

5612

6213

6806

7390

7967

8536

9098

9653

0200

0741

279

1803

2324] 2376

2840} 2891

33419] 3399

3852} 3902

4349] 4399 | 50

4811 | 4890

9328) 5376

5809) 5856

6284) 6332

6755] 6802 | 47

7220) 7267

7681/7727

8137/8182 | 45

8988) 8632

9034 | 9078

9476) 9520

9913} 9957

1491 | 1558}81624} 1690} 1757

2151 {2217} 2282] 2347) 2413

2802} 2866} 2930] 2995] 3059

3442/3506] 3569/3632) 3696

4073|4136} 4198|426) | 4323

4696 | 4757 | § 4819] 4880) 4942

5431/5491 15902

5914|5974} 6034) 694} 6153

6510}6570} 6629] 6688] 67 47

7099|7157| 7216|7274) 7332

7679) 7737 |87795| 7852) 7910

8252/8309} 8366|8423| 8480

8818} 8874} 8930/8986 | 9042

9376/9432] 9487/9542) 9597

9927 | 9982} 90037 | 0091 | U146

—

“1116! 1169] 1222

1593} 1645| 1698} 1751

2117] 2169] 2221] 2273

2634} 2686] 2737) 2788

3146|93197|3247| 3298

3691} 3702) 3752) 3802

4151] 4291 | 4250! 4300

4645| 46941 4743| 4792

5134] 5182/ 5231/5279

9617195665|5713/ 5761

6095] 6142/6190} 6237

65671 6614/6661 | 6708

7035) 7081) 7128) 7174

7497! 7543) 7989! 7639

98000} 8046} 891

8408} 8453) 8198] 8543

8856] 8900) 8915! 8989

9300} 9344) 9388) 91432

9739} 9782) 9826) 9870

7/1540

2065

2583

3095

3601

4596

0969

6047

6520

6938

7451

7909

8 363

8811

92955

9695

7996

0043 | 0087 | 0130

2} 0475 | 0518) 0561

U9U3 | 0945 | 0988

0173|00217| 026) 0303

U604| 0647} 689! 0732

1039} 1072]1115|1157

128) 1326/1368 1410} 1452] 1494] !536] 1578

70: 1787| 1828} 1870! 19]2]1953! 1995

02119 2160 2202 2243 | 2284/2325) 2366} 2407

|“

2612! 2653] 2691! 2735| 2776/2816

3019/3050/310U} 3141/3181/3222

3423] 3463| 3503} 3543/3583| 3623

3822/3862| 3902, 3941] 3931! 4021

LU9! 3743 3782

0346

0779

1199

1620

2036

2449

2857

3262

3663

4060!

0389

0817

1242

1662

2078

2490

2898

3302

3703

4100

SP hLb Sb BH BG Orc

2/3

[Nor #21.

Proportional Parts.

4/0

22) 2

21} 27

1842.]

Compendious Logarithmic Tables.

Common

Logarithm.

Antilogarithmic Canon, being Natural Numbers to

Common Logarithms.

9) 6 | 7 8 9

10000 0023 0046 | 0669}0093} 10116}0139|0162)0186) 0209

(233 | 0257 | 0280} 0304/0328} 0351} 0375) 0399 |0423) 0447

0471 |0495| 0520}0544|0568} 0593/0617 | 0641/0666) U691

0715|0740] 0765/0789} 0814} 0839] 0864/0889 |0914| 0940

0965/0990} 1015} 2041}1066] 1092} 1117) 1143 |1169) 1194

11220] 1246] 1272}1298) 1324) 11350) 1876) 1402) 1429} 1455

1482] 1508} 1535) 15611588} 1614} 1641} 1668)1695) 1722

1749] 1776] 1803} 1830}1858) 1885} 1912] 1940 | 1967) 1995

2023 | 2050 | 2078} 2106) 2134} 2162) 2190/2218 |2246| 2274

2303 | 2331 | 2859) 2388] 2417) 2445/2474) 2503 | 2531 | 2560

12589} 2618] 2647 | 2677 | 2706} 12735 | 2764/2794 |2823} 2853

28822912} 2942|2972)3002| 3032/3062) 3092 |3122) 3152

3183}3213| 3243|3274|3305| 3335}3366/ 3397 |3427 | 3459

3490} 3521 | 3552/3583|3614] 3646/3677 | 3709 |3740| 3772

3804/3836 | 3868] 3900/3932} 3964/3966) 428 |4060 | 4093

14125 }4158] 4191 | 4223 | 4256] 14289/ 4322) 4355 |4388 | 4421

4454 |4488| 4521 | 4555/4588} 4622/4655] 4689 |4723} 4757

4791 |4825 | 4859 | 4894} 4928

5136/5171 |5208|5241 5276} 5311/5346/5382/5417 | 9453

5488]5424|5560|5596|5631| 5668/5704/5740|5776| 9812

15849|5885 | 5922|5959/5996 | 16032/ 6069/6106 |6144| 6181

621816255 | 6293| 6331/6368} 6406] 6444) 6482 |6520] 6958

659616634 | 6672|6711)}6749| 6788/6827 | 6866 |6904| 6943

6982|7022| 7061 | 7100/7140} 7179)7219) 7258 |7298) 7338

7378|7418| 7458 | 7498|7539| 7579) 7620) 7660 |7701) 7742

17783] 7824 | 7865 | 7906} 7947 | 17989} 8039) 8072 18113) 8135

8197 |8239| 8281 |3323)8305} 8408] 8450/8493 |8535] 8578

8621 | 8664) 8707 | 8750/8793} 8836] 8880} 8923 |8967 | 901 1

9055 |9099| 9143] 9187 }9231} 9275) 9320) 9364 |9409)9454

9498) 9543) 9588] 963419679) 9724/9770) 9815 19861 | 9907

$953} 9999) 0045 | 0091 | 0137 |20184| 0230} 0277 |0324 | 0370

20417 | 0464) 0512}0559)0606} 0654/0791 | 0749 |0797 | 0845

0893} 0941 |0989) 1038}1086) 1135/1184) 1232) 1281 | 1330

1380} 1429) 1478} 1528}1577) 1627/1677 | 17271777) 1827

1878) 1928} 1979} 2029|2080) 2131 | 2182) 2233 | 2284) 2336

22387 [2439 2491 | 25422594] 22646 | 2699] 2751 | 2803) 2856 |

2909) 2961 |30L4| 3067 | 3121 |. 3174|3227| 3281 |3335| 3388

3442 |3496|3590|3605|3659} 3714/3768! 3823 |3878) 3933

3988} 4044 |4099} 41554210) 4266/4322! 4378 |4434) 449]

4547 | 4604 | 4660 | 4717/4774). 4831 |4889| 4946 |5003) 5061

25119} 5177 |5235 | 5293) 5351 | 254 10/5468) 5527 |5586)5645

6002 }6062} 61226182) 6242

6607 | 6669} 6730 |6792) 6853

7227 |7290| 7393 |7416| 7479

7542|7606 | 7669 7861 |7925| 7990 | 8054) 8119

28184 |8249 | 8314 | 8379} 8445 |28510| 8576) 8642 |8708| §774

8840}8907 |8973)| 9040|9107} 9174|9242| 9309/9376) 9444

9512/9580 9648 | 9717|9785) 9854) 9923) 9992 |0U61}0130

-|30200|0269 0339 | 0409 | 0479 | 30549 }0620) 0690 |0761 |0832

090310974) 1046) 111711189} 126)} 1333) 1405)1477) L550

4962] 4997 |5031 |5066/9101

Common

Difference.

oC)

WOWWwWW Wwwww) wenn | —

SNINNN AQDMOOD OOK FOO ASLLH BRPALRH BBwwoeo

<8 0C ADWON NAYUINYG BARAAG GSowuan waaaeucd! wv

ele)

Proportional Parts.

Compendious Logarithmic Tables.

Antilogarithmic Canon, being Natural Numbers to

Common Logarithms.

0 L|/ 2/3] 4 3) 6 | 7 =

31623} 1696] 1769} 1842} 1915) 31989] 2063] 2137 | 2211) 2285

2359 | 2434) 2509] 2584) 2699) 2734/2810/2885 | 2961 | 3037

3113] 3189] 3266] 3343] 3420) 3497 | 3574/3651 | 3729) 3806

3884] 3963) 4041}4119}4198| 4277 |4356/4435 | 4514) 4594

4674) 4754/4834) 4914/4995) 5075/5156 /5237 | 5318}540G

35481 | 5563) 5645 |5727]95810| 35892 /5975 | 6058 | 6141 |6224

6308] 6392] 6475|6559|6644| 6728/6813] 6898 | 6983/7068

7154] 7239] 7325|7411}7497| 7584)7670|7757 | 7844)7931

8019/3107 |8194]8282}8371) 8459) 8548/8637 |8726/8815

8905/8994] 9084] 9174/9264) 9355] 9446} 9537 | 9628/9719

9811 |9902) 9994| 0087 | 0179| 40272) 0365 |0458 }0551 |0644

40738} 0832) 0926] 1020] 1115) 1210}1305}1400|1495}1591

1687 | 1783] 1879) 1976} 2073) 2170) 2267 |2364 | 2462) 2560

2698 | 2756 | 2855] 2954/3053} 3152/3251 |3351 | 3451/3551

3692|3752| 3853|3954|/4055| 4157|4259)|436] | 4463/4566

44468} 4771 | 4875) 4978) 5082 | 45186 | 5290 }5394 | 5499 |5604

5709|5814|5920]6026|6132) 6238] 6345 |6452| 6559 |6666

6774/6881 | 6989/7098] 7206] 7315|7424|7534| 7643 |7753

7863|7973) 8U84|8195|8306| 8417 |8529)/8641 | 8753 |8865

8978) 9091) 9204|9317|9431) 9545/9659/9774) 9888 | 0003

90119}0234| 0350] 0466 | 0582|50699 | 0816 }0933) 1050/1168

1286} 140-4) 1523] 1642) 1761| 1880}2000/2119) 2240 | 2360

2481 | 2602] 2723) 2845] 2966| 3088)3211 |3333|3456 |3580

3703 |3827 |3951|4075| 4200] 4325|4450/}4576|4702|4828

4954/5081 | 5208}5335|5463| 5590/57 19}5847/5976/6105

56234| 6364) 6494 | 6624/6754 |56885 |7016}7148) 7280/7412

7544/7677 |7810|7943|8076! 8210|8345 18479) 861418749

8884 | 9020) 9156|9293/9429| 956619704 | 9841 |9979) 0117

60256] 0399 | 0534 | 0674/0813 | 60954 | L094) 1235} 1376) 1518

1660} 1802) 1944|2087 | 2230) 2373) 2517 | 2661 | 2806) 2951

63096 | 3241 | 3387 | 3533 | 3680 | 63826 |3973 | 4121 | 4269| 4417

4565 | 4714) 4863)5013}5163) 5313|5464|5615/5766/5917

6069} 6222| 6374|6527 |6681) 6834)6988|7143|7298)} 7453

7608]7764| 7920| 8077 |8234| 8391/8549) 8707 | 8865 | 9024

9183}9343}9503| 9663/9823) 9984/0146|0307|0469) 0632

70795 }0958} 1121} 1285 | 1450) 71614}1779 | 1945) 2111 | 2277

2444) 2611] 2778) 2946/3114), 3282}3451 | 3621|3790/3961

4131}4302| 4473) 4645/4817) 4989/5162)5336/5509 | 5683

5858} 6033] 6208|6384/6560)) 6736|6913| 7090|7268) 7446

7629 |7804| 7983|3163|8543) 8524/8705 | 8886} 9068 | 9250

9433 |9616| 9799 | 9983] 0168] 80353 |0538| 0724] 0910} 1096

81283} 1470] 1658} 1846} 2035] 2224) 2414) 2604/2794) 2985

3176} 3368} 3560| 3753/3946) 4140/4333) 4528} 4723/4918

0114)5310| 5507 |5704|5901 | 6099] 6298 | 6497 | 6696 | 6896

7096 | 7297 | 7498}7700|79U2} 8105}8308)8512)8716]0920

9125) 9331 | 9536 | 9743 | 9950 |90157 |0365 | 0573] 07820991

96 |9120!) 1411} 1622) 1833) 2045} 2257 | 2470) 2683) 2897 |3L LL

3329 |3541 |3756|3972)/4189) 4406] 4624 | 4842 | 5060/5280

0499 |5719|5940|6161 |6383}| 6605|6828)7051 |7275|7499

77247949! 8175) 8401/8628} 885519083 | 9312/9541 19770

Common

Difference.

79; 8|16

222) 22/44

2°27 23/45

Proportional Parts.

99/119

101) 122

(104|124

'106}127

109] 130

(L111) 133

1141136

[No. 121.

142

145

149

192,

156

159

178} 200

182 (205

a i ti a

Tables of Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations, made in Aff-

ghanistan. Upper Scinde, and Kutch Gundava, during the years

1839-40. By Dr. Grirritu.

A copy of these Tables was furnished to the Surveying Officers of the

Army of the Indus, as their Barometers ceased to be effective soon

after leaving Quettah. No other register was I believe kept.

Columns 8 and 9 require some explanation, they contain the readings

off of the Thermometer, Barometer invented by Dr. Woollaston, but

with the substitution of an ordinary Thermometer for his delicate one.

Of these I have had several in India, but never met with one that was

in working order. The great weight and thinness of the bulb, likewise

renders them very liable to be broken.

After adjusting the new tubes, and marking on them zero marks

corresponding to the zero of the scale, I formed a scale of valuations of

each degree from comparisons with the Barometers. I had similar

Thermometers in use in Bootan, and have had ample opportunities of

knowing that they will intimate altitudes to within triflmg differences

of travelling Barometers, than which they are much more portable.

Ordinary thermometers for ascertaining altitudes by boiling water, vary.

a good deal, and are not to be depended upon. My instruments are

now in Captain Sander’s possession, and if they have escaped unbroken,

after comparing them with the best barometers in Calcutta, I shall do

myself the honour of presenting the results to Government.

These Barometrical observations were made with an Englefield’s

Barometer, and though made in a dry climate, and with every care, as

to drying the inside of the tube with a silk sponging-wire, as well as to

allow no air-bubbles to remain, can only be considered as approxima-

tive. The mercury was not as pure as it might have been, and none of

the Chemists in Calcutta could supply me with fresh distilled mercury.

There is also considerable laxity in the columns of attached and

detached thermometers owing to breakages, occasional reduction to one

instrument, and the general place of observation, a tent, in different

parts of which very various temperatures are to be found.

As I found that screwing, however lightly, the ordinary cistern to the

tube (to fix it) occasioned some of the tubes to break, I subsequently, at —

Cabool, abandoned the plan altogether, and used a wooden box as cistern,

sufficiently large to enable the inverted tube, closed by the forefingers,

to be inserted under the liquid; the float was adjusted as usual. I can

recommend this plan as a practical one, and much easier than the use of

the ordinary cistern.

The instrument was put up afresh every day, even during halts,—

the tables shew that with care, and using one tube, the readings of vari-

ous days do not differ very much.

Coal

é,

Barometricai and Thermometrical Observations,

“Iv9]9 0331p “0771

“Azey 0931p ‘ond

0331p ‘oI

“So A Aputm Ara A.

‘od

‘ouly

‘Apno[g

‘S Suo.ys pura ‘ystoury

“Apnojg

‘ouly

‘ould

“Apnoy9

“Apno[go

“ApUL MA

‘reap ‘Apur AA

SOUT

SULT

SOUL

‘ulel Sutuezeoryy ‘Apnoyo

"SyIVUlY

S Joojpeoig 07

"986-66 8930N

SUIp109NB PsoNpad SUOTJVAIASqO YeURIPOO'TT Jo URI]

"499J

“IULIOY,T,

"JOo} UI

‘Z ‘ON

OFG 66

O1G 66

O&G'6Z

OG’ 66

O1G'66

OO€ 6z

O9€° 66

PIE 6G

69€ 66

O8€ "6G

G06 6G

GEG 66

VG 66

OVE 6G

O9€°6Z

O8€"6z

O86 66

GOE 66

ITE 66

966° 66

09866

PLE 66

09666

P66 66

él

“WV OT

‘Wd #

"WV OT

‘Wd f

‘WV OT

——— ed Cd ca es | er

‘qeurrpooy] ¢

‘UO1}2}G

‘ayeqd

09]

——

made in Affghanistan.

1842.]

"GE "HW'V CG *IUISY, .—Wyed “oul

“ATyNg

‘Ile UL PE “WY, “reaps ‘wyeg

nr ey &

A A

By bie,

OD ACE

“PULM “WON

“PUTA FPETSDOTAL. AAGLN

“wuyeo ‘ATNG

“Wed “OULT

‘NN ‘s3sns wi—Apury

“wyRed

“wayeo “OUT

SAND, OME

“Wyed “OUT

“Apnoyg

“uley

‘ures ‘Apno[g

‘O}Ip “oul

Bee

“wed oULy

“OP. owt

"1e9J9 “go +4 Aput Ara A

“SyVULOY

‘98G-6G S8ION S,jJOOJpeorg 0}

SUIpIooNe psoNpad SUOT}VAIASGO T[eULIPOO'T jo uvayyy

"qJaoy UL

-sm0Ieg

es | es |

ee a,

“849 GLL| O&TO&

8'9L9 G°G8} OLIO'O€

ze: “elie SA). STRO'OE

GLL9 * | *89| OOT'OE

‘ysnf{ peor

Go49 64) OLE8°6G

GPL} 4106°6¢@

o°899 '69| 69} P66

S049 ‘T8} “[8} G18 6%

ae "841 9°84) “T1V8'66

G'GL9 OL} ‘04| 000°0€

"€L9 84} °82Z) “GI6°66G

aN LL) LL) Gotoo'

‘ELI OL} “OL| FEGO0E

na a} UES) C@OO8OE

"" |¢°e2Z) 1&0°0&

‘19| "09; FISe'6%

apie ok VOF 6G

[9] *19} OLV'6%G

£99 '99| °99| GELT'6%

< 49) °L9| PEST 6G

G°E99 ‘P9| *G9| GG1G"6G

GPI9 |S°99| *L9) “TEP 6c

"L49| *L9| PIGG'6G

eS | eae] Oe

2 jeweled! UE

oe [PAIR B(

Ou ct oie

6¢

él

‘WV GI

‘arodreylys

‘yeuerpoory

“UOTEIS

ec ce

G 6e

ee’

ee ee

ect 22

97"

[No. 121.

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

"7Y.S1u UT urTer]

surpyurids puta

“q—Apnoj9

‘oWIp OFIG

D cOnanee

“SUIUIOW 94} UT plod ‘wyeg

‘asoypo “WyeBD

‘MN 'N Puls Suoyg

“Arqqns ‘weg

“Azey “AA “N Su0I3¢

“wyTeO

‘suTu10U |

ay} ut Apoyo read ‘pula. “a

‘Teapo “o}IP IYSI{S

‘qYSIU “pura “yf

“pUIM “GT SUOIYS ‘PULA “4

“ATA

"pum “Fy IYSYs “Apnojp

‘0G "WV GEO Wd G

"OUND omg

‘sputm ‘ATns ‘weg

‘apeys oy} Ur 6]

0} [P- Woy SutAreA—ui0y J,

“SYAVULOY

"SE8'6S SyVUlaL sjoojpeoig

0} SUIPIODNv psoNpel SUOT}eAIASGO TTB JO Uvayy

‘34319H

“Wed

‘OGL

Cc’ [¢GZ ueow

MOU

{SPTTOO MA

‘OL9

9°[Z9 Ueow

aS)

ea)

PIO

4SeTTOO A

°* | -*89} O€8'6G

“" | °98) 9T08°6G

'68| OFS 6G

GGL; OL6'6G

°G8| OFL'6G

°G8| VEG8 6G

"GZ| L866

iS al GE96S

“1 "G8! O€9°6%6

“" 1G°924| OF9'6G

G88} O1L9°64G

: “18| 009°6zG

TO! 66) GEORG

“" | *88} 069°66

"" | '38} O&4°66

"94! OL8°6G

66} O1LL'6G

“G8| 008°66

‘GL| 668°66

‘F6| OGL°6G

"G8} 00866

“" | GGL) O€8'66

“68! 910 08

; 624) OLT OS

we Pie S 3

BIS ;

| orodreytys

es | ee | ee Se ee

OL ce

ee ce

E> oe

made in Affghanistan.

1842.]

‘Apno[g

Ge ee

‘phos surssed ‘wye9

“Apno[g

“wyeg

‘96 “wyeD

“AIyING

“Ang

“Aryg

'9°06-816°6G “OP ZI “Od

‘L’LL-606'66 “HW *V OT 38 “0g

“G18-L98°66 “OP F 4B “og

‘S'£8-096'6G Uoou ye “1g ‘og

“Arys ‘mpeg

"weg

"68666 “eq “0731q

‘Apnops 8Z0'0S “Wd ZI

: eg Ss puving “W ‘Vv COP

“Apnoj9

ee a ou

*“ATaMoyg

syreuloy

"8E9°6G SyIeWaL S.JOOJpeoig

0} SUIPI0.0R psonpar SUOT}BAIasSqoO [Te JO UII

qYSIeH

Buecling

qystoH]

“uLIeg

"MOU

qSP]TTOO AA.

4SeTTOOM

“I8| °OS| Z8S°6%

G’G8} “GS! GZE°6zG

G08} “O8!| &hE'6za

181948] O&8'6s

“88| “88| SSR 6S

“L£8| °L8) OFF'6S

G16! “I6| G&Z°6SG

‘681 9°68] Z08°6zG

‘68! “°G8| &82Z°6%

‘LZ6| °G6| SGZL°6%

°8819°88] 1224°6%

C’S6| SPS8'6zG

“I8| Z88°6¢6

bas ‘06| PSL 6G

4 ‘981i GE8°6SG

; "CL! OZG8'6G

: “PS| GI8'6G

; ‘P8| GE8'6G

*“ ‘O8| STI6°6G

} ‘GL| OGL'ESG

sate “IZ| 008°6%

se “G9| OO8'6G

‘04; TI88°6%

S5)ge) og

eee 8) 8

BSIBS) :

‘ ral

‘ p

WV GI

| 201

6¢ P

‘yseg

‘ayor

‘aiodreyiys

"U01}e49

I yore

Lee 2

61 €¢

ST “WH

(No. 121.

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

“Apno[g

‘Z[ jo dsutuiow ut pue

qystu ut urer royyer ‘Apno[g

ea!

‘rouy nq ‘Apnoy,9

‘urer jo sdoup ‘Apno[g

“realo ‘UL,

‘Wd & Ye Urel yYSTs ‘Apno[O

‘Apurm ‘Apnoy9

‘wayeO

“Apno[g

* “uae

‘Wd G JHOQe Ulex WYATT

‘[feubs yuaqora ‘spnojo Aavazy

; LoL"

‘qysru ysey ZT [yun] }

quajota § ATfeuotseo00 ‘Bu013¢ |

‘ponulzU0d pur ysnp Jospnoyy oo

qnoysnoiy} pulm “N su0139 |

‘hep | “AANA NAAN

vd eS

yewUloy = 3

| ( g°¢9) “So

Ores | 604 | “nV: J] ‘84) “82

| Geo le )| “FL\ SZ

GTL| “GL

g9L | “eq 4 ssL) ez

G69T | 894 a ‘18 ‘08

GS | sse'ss (| 42) “LL

| GL} “SL

| g°G8) “G8

: | ‘gL| “LL

908 | “yea 4} ‘SZ| “eZ

| 66L | ‘HV )| “S8| “£8

‘U801 |966'8¢; “seq Cots) -Zs

| uve G18] 9°18

08 | “seq | “L4) “42

| 962] “IV ~| “98| “E8

(U'#06 | 981 "6a Ul 84) “64

cere ear elm ada):

“GLa! TLE van i oleae

P68 | “3G (| 9°04) S04

9'SbL | G8] “BW 4| “T8] “Is

| 1g¢ "6% CGT) o'18

a 8 ° 5 5 oe oo

SB) eS) 8s |eele8

ct 2 Paes Fotis els ae

~ ae lov Ay

E1G°LG

VEG LG

609° LG

GO9° LG

LTE°SG

668° 86

6GP'8G

06686 -

[66°86

886°86

89686

996°86

€90°66

1Z0°66

O€ 1 6z

O16 66

81666

CES 6G

IOP 66

9IEV 6G

£9666

[66°66

c¢ Ol

cé P

cé ol

"+ MOOSIqY 9T

‘raat dureg

¢é

“‘BOUBUIGI0q | GT

Sam ce

ae 6¢

Lal

ini

‘6

" qeuung)|¢ |

él

‘mpeq) 6 Youeyy

“UOT}2IG

e«

= fasjon Ig wy rom. ua9q auAey QUO IOWIOJ 9Y} 9qQN} MONT x

i SLI OL) 8L9°S% a dh =" e *

‘s1aMmoys Surusyeary} ‘Apnoyg a “t% |@°699 | G°G69 "C/| "GL! 99G°8z “ 8% |sseqyegfoy] IT “

“Ystiesfo ‘T° 10G eM) 6SGG |9'0G9 | GITZ ‘P8| “P8| €t0'Sc BNA Ss a

‘ieap> “AN Apurm ‘eqny MeN} ig ee nee GS} "B8| PET'SS “ @t| °° edorpéy] g

“900G 19} eM “Wd §°8°O0S 1098 MA

“ures pouazeoryy ‘Aepsoysofouy Ie a "G19 | GLOL Gh OTe 5s “fF aS se

~ ‘urel ‘UIel JUSS ‘Sulusyearyy af ““. |@p19 | $904 ‘£9| °89| S836L°HG “ 401 sf @ [Udy

3 Aroa ‘9'Q0%‘F 3 48eO AQ! —}) ‘Mou | GPI9 | G°9OL ‘P9| “b9 fe? = oe ai ke

‘3 ‘Apnopo Z138‘S"00Z Slog aaye | “LESS | S°'9SG |GFI9 | S204 °G9| “P9| OGL FS “ OT] °° "4eveNyD! Zo“

= "WV /‘GS i

~ UO ‘e}JaNy Je 10 sjoog uo oq} ile “2 GCOL ‘CO! os are “ Ol Tr 1 Ce

x "pura "AA "g ‘spnojo Suisseg an ©61¢ o G°COZ © 4s 0 a «6 a ee “ec ‘e

& ‘Apnoyo

2 ‘ured }YSII8 ‘Suruayeary} Apnog| "" 1¢G19 | S904 |S°F9] O ‘9u0u “ *0]| °° .“qeing),. eg“

= “Apnojo Jayyer SE “IW, | :

SUIUIOUI SETS aig) ‘SUIUIOUI .. | BESS |S REGO) SOL | Gel .. | SRHOU “ 3g 3) 4 oe

Ul 90 “SP #G ye Sas uns Cj 4 “GT9 “GOL 3 : “9u0u “ “@1| °° ‘sun! Of “

72 9Z “IOUT, “3 oeyxo1q pue "* | F6bP 48 aC ‘P9| “F9| 699'S% [I] ‘fooseyyag},.8t “

“req UMOp AMoTq ‘PULA ZUITOT A,

“Apnojg a o.8 Tg "99g 99] PSE LS ce t ee “ee “e

a3 i "WW LS ‘OL| °69] FIG'L] | ‘Wa ZI] °° “UOOSIQY|/T Your

FEUER) S| 23 [2e|ea) F<] BF jooB eo eg

Pe "syIeUly og er ae; 2& |g else BO Ss Oo” :

>a oS ¢ = ° 2 -- ole -o 5:

sac ct ct |

[No. 121.

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

| Bragg

‘yoy Aros ‘mTeQ) bs

‘sasvo snoraoid

Tje pue styy ut punois oy} S16E

0} aso[o Suleq suo pote, Leon

-ye oy} 0} ONP SI “ULL, "* 1 9°80G

ay} useAyeq soUaJEyIp oy, em

‘OOT 93.26 93 GF Woy yeors

Aqaa axe “duray, jo suoreiyy| “° | 8'80Z

| 980F Ne

"* | #806

DIO ) “* | £006

"g'006 s9qeM ‘Apurs ‘auty) 4499 | $°00G

"SUIULOUL

yj ut Aqperoadse Apnojo ‘Aqe ey | LL9¢

-UOISBII0 PULA eee roye yy | P09 44

jo sjsn3 ‘ourq | G'00G 4078 MA\| FOSS

'S9T'SS “Teg 8. pursing 4

S961 ‘oyernooe AOA yOu “pyo

woryearasgo “Ig P'L66 AeyeM| AGhL | 6 FPL

“pyo i .

aur | 4629 b.

iy, 8t39

"G°Q6L Jovem “Ysiouly/PE89

| Be BE

“syreuloyy Se |e 5

GTGL

GSG6L

"SGL

CEGL

“SGZ

“LOL

S802

Gre) -°

86} "86

"86| “86

"86| °&6

GOI| “96

“L6) “G6

86)

16)

CGS) 7:

as)

‘8

aa)

a3)

G'6P| 9 6P

GGL) GIL

SEZ) GEL

S64) G°6L

‘OL! “OL

Pye

e158 &

PED AP Seen

for au

ee ee ee eee ee ae eS ae

$99°9% © OL) todoyyny, sreary

9ZG'9G eo

90€°9Z - GT) wenoved wry

CET 9G ip

C1G9G “¢ 81

906'96 OT

€80°9 “< “HP

C919 * 61

909% “ OI

E19 FS <

GIL'bG “ 781

6GL' ES < 251

“ou0ou "WN °d g

“QUOU W ‘Vv £01

GE9'SS “Ol

661% “ 5

619'&G ae.

9C9°SZ « er

9¢69°8a | Wa #0T

“a "1eJOK) 2 ping

“reuunyg

io Ayeyg

‘ynyloy

‘sseq Jo qIuIuINg

‘sseqyeqloyy

"UOTzeIS

eS ee

LZ cé

oI dy

“ayeq

made in Affghanistan.

1842.].

‘Teryied “YSTUIIeA pun o oe oe oe G°86 "CG £69'9Z ce - | as RG,

“Iea[o aye1opOUL “PUIM" MSM) 9 |! “4 & | poe | 298 | 01296 | “” GI ae mee

m mi 61Z'9% | “ OT 2 fe.

"YSISUOI]s PUTA ATI9}S9 69992 | % *% es ce ce

“SuIsLL purm ATraqsoM) GSES |” a | "26.| $86 | SIL°9Z |“ GI 3 etc

‘Aryns ‘wyeO] SPE | PSPS) ‘96 | 06 | .GrL:9% | “OT “fi T Avy

‘W WW UcReIREW ‘AA| “Mou | 6°80Z} 8'FE9| SSL] "46 | 9°86] BS9'9G | “+

86 "r6 | 869°9% | “ GI

Z ‘ZOL= = ZOL Aep ayy oe ‘PpOG| L£°489) 9°SGL| -°46 "86.1 6IL°9% | “ ¢0I th O€

qoysnomy pum ssoq wpe} ~° | 67E0G| S'FE9] “Szd| “46. | -"66 | ZOg'9S |“ F ese Bites Be

“Apnojg oad bas oe : “L6 ¢ 6 299°9G 66 ZI oe 6 ‘e

‘901 -.F' FOL, “Ung ut 7z6) ‘PpOG| ‘989! G'9GL) . 88 HS | <9G0006 | “qs0Uebre a 6.1...)

‘geq'gz sung] ** | g°g0c] s'Fe9| “Ses| “%6 | S88 | FSr9R |“ F ess | eel

‘PLE 9G PURO =e pu, cs “48 "98 | 969°9G | “(GT :

oS.

—

io)

Xen) se

00 9

Ton)

0 ©

DDH

Ags weg) * 6'S0Z| S°Ge9| G'SzZ| -°88 | »"98 | 4ag°9% | “ FOI) “teyepueD| 8Z

°0}}1p OIC: i eis "FEO ‘EGL G16 o. GSP 9S 66 $ e 6c ‘¢

“Keey ‘pur Aproqsom yensa} oggs | 7’ x ‘S| Cie | “ee llegeceae | “aieT co

a A ee o he “1G ee 9EC°9% (a3 ol 6eé ce

“mye ia 6°0Z| “LE9| G9GL| “86 PY 4 “% OL ng 96° *

“MA "NM Wop pum reayg)* S'80Z| “S89| SPSL) earl agra “* @[| “qeaseuM, ica“

a ‘POG| “LE9) ~ “962 BPO | 2’ 2 j «. gr ‘ley yoq| to“

; 8802] “Se9! Geol] °° Oi i ow ie ore

*popnoyo JIOAO ‘sjsn3 Aput ee ee eo. "C6 eo QOEh'9G “ce i g ee e ce

‘sytewtoy |@R|/SF)/F2)/ 22) ga) ge) F © 6

ogi Fx a ee Sie z

ct ct Qu me,

‘snonpiodns aymb st ‘wisy,y, poydejap oy}. Jo yey} 10 U

[No. 121.

Barometrical and Thermomeirical Observations,

"1aMOT “Op og

‘Wd P'76gWOIS | “SysndUL-Op’od

suoT}eUIUIIa}a pe oy

[[e—o8.10 cue p Su0s “op “og

-jsnf{pe sautaoy | Pulm *\A

jO ssooxe UI ‘09 J pum “a ‘wTeED

‘AyTeuotseo00 pulm “AA 681

‘punois uo ‘uns ul Suny PET

"yoy Aras ‘wyeo ‘spnojo oulog

‘Wd Q ‘¢ ured pue Japunyy,

OTP ONG

"W ‘Vv g] "0371p 0331

Tyun pura “q Anmg, esopg

"0391p ‘0}4Ip Ju01js pu “A

“WTB@9 ALOU

‘pum “Wy JU0I3s ‘SuruoW pog

"0331p 0991p 0991

"Ww 'v]

TT 03 dn purm -q Axyqns ‘weg

"S19}}2T YIM ZG ‘Aepsa9y

-saA pula" MA QUaTOIA ‘pul ON

"SyIVULIyY

“86

o'P6

S16

‘OOT

8°cOI

“GOI

“G6

o'S6

“G6

"86

G16

G'e6

“GOT |

OS TOL

‘601

SS | ee ee | SE | OS

“ysn{pe

MON

‘FIO | x STL

sty | Mort

GLLG | SGI9.| “6TL

9689

628

819%

8Ibr

cree |

e | RT Se

4 &

"WLIOY J,

| peyorjzaq

“ULIOY T,

peyoeny

SEL'PS

SPL FG

EPL bs

ESL PG

GOL PG

GOL'VG

VIL FG

OL6°FG

FOO SG

860° SG

Shh

b6r *

vOr GG

GIG'GG

949° SZ

689°SG

669° GG

868° GG

OFG 9G

6é

eé

WIN[OD PZ 94} ‘Uayorg Jo}OMIOWIIOY], BUD) y,

“o6

. b. 2

;

rae

OI =

bp |°° > ‘alZ[Ly

e {°° ‘Tye

: at

; is

chy: Ply

; Se

TL\Aepue opty

: a

I ‘elng

I ‘T-IBYS

SI) °° “yorum y,

ee eee

66 2“

WY ZI WIZY ey x8s oune

*SUOT}LIG

made in Affyhanistan.

1842.]

(PIO te “ . se

“PUL “MA 'S WEA! gf G6 | "36 | 908'Es} “ & * aa:

. "MoU * : : =

‘Apnoyy ieee 3 “| 586 | “86 | 90883] “- z = ae

aed ‘sousurai0s pura “A“S)** -| O189-| ~S09-| FOL | 8°16] 8°16 | 908°€) “1 ~ 2 hit

“spnojo [ery] FOV = 06 | ‘06 |8S8'sz| “ ZI ss Gir os

"W'd G ‘ead 0771p OIG) °° = = 7 1 Ge | “Ob. feeecer ¢ @ 5 oo

pum} 9) | 8999 | seh Go PGR bees. Lape ‘sopeqgiit,

‘dn SunyaS pum yy} zs > ) “6S | ‘68. | TPG'Ssl “. Sil *" waysnyg) Tr“

"VYstU Ies]O ‘Ies]9 0731p OWIG) ~° hg = ne "16 ‘LG: 1900 Fel“: .z . cc eke

"Spnoyo potozzeds ‘0}}IP OFJ1IGQ) ** pee 2 e) 4 [Ox G16 | S16 | PSO:eZ| “ I ws ye oa

pula yy Buoys) ** | FIG9 | Steg] Seg | 988 | Sse |s90 S|“ GI Z en ge

‘yStu reapo ‘purm “yy Apnopg) = ** “. | Bose) Se | 28 | 28 |9P0Fs) “ f x Te

"sazaeiq [eUoIse00Q| *” Baa | £22] 98 | “198 |9F0'FS| “ T a: es

‘WOT astauns .9F Apnopo ‘uyen) °° o's | oad | “#8 ‘PS | 8SO'PS| “ GI ‘Taynys) 6

"000 ‘SUOIIS pUIM “GP N| °° a gg =2e | “FS ‘eg |1etezl “ Z . ae

“putas ] oop) Ty | 1e9 | oe | 88S | 2B | 728 | Sete 7 3 7S

‘AN dys8ys “Surusou Apnojp) ** | BS2 | 858 | ces | 9°68 [SETS] “ Foti: “seme g

Ysay ie 3qSys “pum “| M| °" | 9819 | FES) BSE] “16 | “16 | SLE HS!“ G |rjoo1oy oozey| “

‘asopo Azaa jou wpe) °° SB) e89)G16 | S16 |cOrrs “ I if Bes

“UaA9 9} UL Spnopo pum "yj °° S g.| “oS1G°86 | G6 |O009'F| “ Z a gee

“Sut] “Suru Piey Geet)

“WYsy ‘Surousemumos pum} ° | e469] =S) FS/ S16 | 16 | sos “ 1 a A

‘yooys reap ‘AjTNs ‘wTeQ| °° S ne 4 "G6 ‘G6 | GEG HS) WV GI fiey ag g Aloe

bd oie ee = n

; gq oo B. fe) Qo. o 2 mS D os ®

ay SB EP (PE) ee) eel ee) P| :

; ° a a - & 8 °

—

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

‘ATTeuoIsvo90 \ sP

Pulm “q IYSYS ‘“Ieapo ‘weg

“weg

"4st

ge Aavoy ‘urer Sutousutui0g

od2 4 “pula

“M ‘S ‘Apnojo ‘Surusou Azepy

"SIJAIOSqO

pur g Jo Uevow oy) are aAoqe

OU, “Pula oY} YIM SoLIVA

juiod Surytiog ‘putm Apeayg

‘[BUOIsed900 “0931

"IaSUOLyS ‘0771

"8920019 “AX °S IUSITS

- “ieeyo “upeg

‘BUOIS IAYIVI “purAL “AQ

“SUIDUSUIULOD. PUTAL * AA

‘uUMOp syepind ‘op 0931q

“puIA Jo sdUeNT

“UI JO JNO poflog AaqyVM “TeITO|OFEI

“ST ] 90uIs puIM *MA\'C UOTOTA

nce |

"SyIVULOY

LULL

“ULE

~7q8PH

‘Wy 310H

“ple

JSETIOO MA

“MoU

JSBTTOOM,

—__—_——

“WLIO,

peyorjoq

“UWLIOY J,

Bees? V

SSP'EG

L8G &%

GOE'SS

L68°&6

SL9°&6

98S EG

169°&6

169°&%

V6S' EG

PbS EG

109'&G

OGS'EG

069°

089°8z

¢é

€¢

ai|{

I | ‘to0o0;Tyyoosy

609°8d| VY T

“waeg

‘OUT,

-OO/{ 189

“U0T}RIG

6¢

** ‘ueysoly| ¢]

ace

Ne)

made in Affghanistan.

1842.]

“reajo

Ayyeuotseoo0 ‘sysns “aN ‘| Ne

“‘ysnp Jo spnop "W ‘v TT [9

Q WOIJ PULA “YN “A SU0I}9 cue

‘sututow Apnoj9| °°

“yYSI]T pum ApIaysoMy| °°

‘Ayqqas ‘mypeg| *

‘ZySIU 4ST UIeL OU ‘TeaTa

‘PULA “MA WSS Jo “ysrpeD

‘A A URN mt

0} spnoypo Aavay pue sspunty, 164

‘qysys pum “wl °° | ZOSL

“Spno]o owlos “WITeDg

‘qy.stu

y GL-T] Woy ures ‘reajo ‘wypeg

easier, 602

ao |

“syreuloy 02% | os:

eB | &

e e e

® e °

a See”

° e e ° s

e e ° . e

“BP

“4SPTTOO

“MOU

“4SeT[OO

G8 | ‘38 |090°E%

-* | 09662

» & -* | 096°4z

=P. “* | 986°G6

S: “* | 986°6G

ee ee : 910°86

‘88 ‘88 | O0&0'E%

“48 ‘48 | 180°&6

‘88 ‘88 | 8&0°&%

‘L8 ‘L8 |090°&%

“16 ‘16 | 988%

"98 "98 | 9FZ°ES

€8 ‘68 =| €9G'EG

‘18 ‘T8 | 446°&6

‘88 ‘88 | GIP'E%

€é

cé

6¢

€¢

cé

6¢

€é

eo £6 €¢

ae 6e ““

e €¢ 6é¢

«ce “¢

ee ce 6¢

° €é ce

ee “ec ce

Se ce

‘cc a3

e « ‘<6

°*Sauznyy| zo

‘SouUeN| OZ “

ee ce “ec

se (13 6“

yet 7 “

oynsin}) ET

“ISTP “M'S OTA T

‘aa ¥1qool

“Gs “G8 | SEP ES NV T on TeaN

ee | ee) £

ict O <

o & RO 5

= © B> i

Be | © o@

; 2 A.

“OUI,

"WOTIRIG

m ‘Wd OT 4 |

= ‘GY ‘GS woy yrenbs 4y9I, |

5 pue Qysys ‘pur “ya's “weg| ** "+ | 86S 1669 | “16 | “16 |966°%2| “ F an

a ‘ompomd 2) Se) wl S| ey | Wa \seecel “He es ee

| “purm “MA “S}] T69L | mn Sine OG |G | OOO BZ) “_ —% = asia

: “uUBvoUl

g ) ‘o74Ip OI] G99L | a 1s 1568. | 368 pegocegh “Zt ‘a pepe

‘S$ “pyo

S nowme ‘ou ot; «°° | BLL yea} “98 | 98 jeqo°eg| “ ET ‘é ee ae

S geg8s ‘asopo ‘xeapo “wyeO) ZIZL | °° | 869) 6769] “S8 | “E8 |sgo'ss| “ OT os ac. 5"

S Pe a: S, “Mou

= FFP p PUL Wy (Gg 148T19 6665/1869 | “68 | “68 |SE0'ss| “ + " Se

aS JBSee | "reaya ‘weg o <a ag Aan “68 ea GEO'SS 6¢ e o 66 “ec

: Shaos “mye ee ee ee es ‘06 ‘06 090°&z% ce a ee a9 ce

= "sg | “Apoyo royyey) iy x "> |@88 | S88 |090'es! “ IT "g ‘oe 5

S ‘aeapo “WyeD) oe eae "" 1248 | 9°48 |860's| “ SI 3 ci

4 = J “reayo ‘weg 5c oe os oo "GQ "Cg ZG60'° kz ce II 2° ce ce

— PUA AN FHSS 40 “ysED) =” "* | 969 | °969) “§8 | ‘S8 |QOT'SG] “ OT % ce

Ss mo) "* |€69 | S69] “68 | “68 |9L6%G| “ & = v5 og

~ "orp OIG] g ae P88 | “88 /0@0;eE) ““ 8 4 en“

= “Torpeays nq ‘oWIq) a hi ia | “4@ | “28: 1@leise a ee

$ “rego | ee oe ee oe “18 “18 680°&% ia I ee ce ee

8 Ajjeuorseo90 ‘sjsn3 7 ‘N ac ee: o. eae sre "EQ "£9 ZEO' SS “ce cal e- ce ““c

iS ‘_ a a “| "88 | “$8 | BFO'Ss\WV TT)""* ‘seuznyH| Fz Aloe

wn |

PE) EE) S|. S/ 29) 22) P| Bl g =

aia Bele | Se ee ee ee p | ee .

& B ct . = Fe) 5 a 5 e : 5

a ct ct a i

“

4 9 i : “9L "94 |POO'SS| “ &

‘0}1p oI Es | oa Sra Hk “OL “OL BGO' SS ‘6 T oF

Se cl) Seg | ¥ a "OL "OZ. | 880.6) © =361 =f

eS CUA) (6 | aa “ ~ 2 “OL ot, ECO 86) — LE si

sur] ae ae be se ": | Oe | 39% | Ogo'eR Vi FOI

-uow [4 Apnops ysnoyyye

ulel OU “HN "A Sutuayeoryy) 12°69 |2°S869 | “92 "94 | 900°SZ| “ F

“Wl[eO ‘Apnoyo Ayeryseg ae ie ons “as “9/ Aan L00'&@ ‘6 e

OAT cars ae > es "9L GLO'S3| “ &

‘g ‘Apnopg} 7 eag | 8 80} 20% | “04 [PeOeG) “1

a e mer oe ny "94 |0G90°E3) “ GT |

= at Res “OL "9L |6L0°8G) “ TT

Sy ‘ : €969 |1'969 ; “9L ‘94 |S80°SZ} “ OL

& @ 03 Apnoyo ‘reapo “wypeg) , 40269 | 69 | spe ‘94 |S00°Sd} “ F

XN "Nd QL

-S 0} 6 WOIF UOTYDAIIp Sutsrea

3 *s}SN.6 SUOI}S ‘“IapuNny} YI )

= urer Aavay ‘Apnojo yeyMau0g) =~ a4 a - ‘9/ ‘94 |9z0'Ez| “ &

6. So "94 |€PO'SS) “ &

os ix "OL "9L |090°SG| “ T

OPED OF ass a < 4 vad "94 |080'SG| “ GI

“Ieayo weg se ee ee Chany “OL ‘OL 980°&zZ «ee Il ee

onbsoy @ uy “Jepunyy yon) % SGP 1960) 382} aed 1 LeO re) Ss Von | eemzn ty

De | obo al ae eee Se eC

% ey — a ie

: ee ee ee :

ag sf |. Gees, er

‘ayeq

—

vom}

cS)

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

L89L

‘Aaqyea WAOp | MoU

sMoTq ‘dn Suryj08 pulm "Gg “G) *

“reayo AIA 0991p OVI] *

-188090 SUOIS ‘pUIM’*M °S S| Sgt

“Ayyeuo | eo

‘dn 3ury303 puis “Ad “S| 09-8

*ssa0K9

“Wye “Jos

6E28

"uve

‘Wd @°OPF “ULIOY,T, “Ieapo “wyeD} °°

8948

“plo

“SSo] Jnq ‘SonUI}UOD PUIAL

‘SoYeISIUL O}VIAGO 0} JoSol

‘qUdTOIA SSaT JeyMoUIOS PUL) TTL8

“Mou

‘TP8¢ 01tp ond) °°

"T'989 0771p FIG) °°

"9S0p ‘PUIM "MS JUSTOTA| °°

*SyIVUOyY

v°S6S

I°S8S | 8°489

G 88S

TPss

SPIC

qSeTTOO

P69

v'889

v°989

“MOU

{SBTTOO AA

"€8

6 19

re @

“WII,

peyorjoq

lo)

(o.0)

“G8

<©

m0 00) “GL

perpeyy

O9T'E™

89T'E?

00S°CE

STS°GZ

PES'CG

L6G°GS

ES°GS

L86°GG

866°GS

SPC'GG

L66°GG

GIS'GS™

SGE'GS

a ar

Ss mt

B | 5

€¢

NO AN

Gl er

I1|°° “eAseqgny

Z oe

fT | “eosysnyg] 0¢

GQ6CE WV F | °° ‘sauzNYyy| 6% Ane

ey |

*YoyyropAy|[ “say

6¢ ce

€¢ €¢

19 — *gazaarq *G Jo ‘asopo ‘Apnopp] °° | LELZ

*Iea[o “UITeo

‘spnojd potojyeos UWOUIUIOD| °° ag

“Spura

~[TYA [[eUIS ‘s}sNs [eUOTSeIDQ] °° °-

ress °°’ PIO

G'069 : °°" MONT ee Ste

reg mon, ( °Arezs | tog

LE8ZZ_ “SURITN

5) ot 2)

S qeajoysns ‘MS ‘STeuorse009} Ess | °°

~ ‘MoU

‘3 “puim Suoys AlaA} °° °°

= -outp op ot] °° |e:

& ‘YSISUOI}S PUIM “AA 'N AA] °° oe

: S°965 °° ‘PIO | “°99tP O31} °° oe

Pe L969 “MON | OTP OVI) 8ZPL | ELL

3 ‘pro

S 9°E6 “UIOY], ( ‘Teap “WlPD) 89FL 23

"MOU

ZIE'Es ‘sursyl Ayyns wyeg

“pum "S “4snq} °° oe

“ystmpe! Lo92 a8

Pee

*syIeUloyY ee 3 B

1842.]

“pre

"MoU

"4SRT[OO MA,

“16

“68

ULIOY, J,

psyorjoq

‘68

‘06

‘16

"68

ile)

lop)

ULIEY,L

paysery y

080°&Z 6 ral A : “ec “e

OIL'S) “ Il "¢ ae

ee ce P ee cé ‘ce

098'S cé Z ee 2 ac

OZ8'2s| “ stl “pewmoyeyy; “

Oes'2s “ S11 “NS Westy) FO”

GEG Eci “OF ae :

CISES ce e ‘ .

99G EG Nad G wre

9EE°ESZ ce Gl ee ‘ :

oce’sz) “TT “e

0S8'8% €¢ Ol ee ¢ ce

o9S'SS “OT “pequyreys G 4

CPSs €¢ e ee

CEL ea veg | geqyzepAy] I “Sny

Be S

So) 8 e

"U0T}RYS

—

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

‘OWIp 0791q

‘JUSS purm “GF “Ny

“asofo “wyeD

‘Azey “wipes ‘asoyg

"0}JIP 0371,

“Urel SuTUezeOIY J,

‘Apnoyo ‘0331

"JSVOIBAO ‘0731p 07417

‘N 03 Apnoyo ‘0331p 0791q

‘yoy Azaa ‘0731

"asojo | “AIyTNS “upeE9

q4s1u [Te ‘Apnoya ‘asopo Ar90A

“WB "Wd F PUIM SuoNs A1a\

‘sqsr ‘Apurm “gy Apnoyg

"N 0} Apnojo ‘Axyqns ‘wyeg

“SUIULIOUL

SpieMO} OsTe ures ‘W048 ap

“UNY} YATM "Ny 07 spnoyo Aavayy

"puIM Su0Ns ‘0771p 0931

“Apnoyo Jayyer ‘sysn$ -op 0371

“POR Pa “N 'N

aysta] “AN *N Apuma At0 4

Suruszeeiy} ‘pura gq - N ‘N

*syreuley

—

° of

* ©)

*UlIOT J,

weg

"WLIO J,

“Wy StoH

“W4S19H

“plo

*4SBT[OO AA

“MOU

*JSBTTOO A

peyorjoqd

‘OOT

‘98

“68

pact

@rsgs

800° F%

020° FG

80 FG

090° Fé

| 8L40'F%

I10'FS

S60 FG

OL0° FZ

O80°F%

L606

SOT Fe

GIL be

690° F%

[L0°'F%

FEO'SS

180°€3)

180'E3

680'ES

OF0'SG

eé

“~

‘

€

6¢

‘OOL | 1L0°FS)wa

1 ne

Il ee

Ol sa

e ia

Gl HS

UT ry

OI >

I pe

Gl ae

II|°* “epunsi¢

e oa

L99°EG WV T A" “‘pawoyeyy

“ued

"UOT}E}G

made in Afghanistan.

1842.]

OFFIP ONG:

sO OF

‘yYstu ouy ET ‘ouy IeapD

yeusn se ‘NY WO pul Ys]

‘suIUaAd 32]

"19D ‘S9Z901q [00D

"W *V $£°09

‘WOT “TTT &;6 3eq [ess

YoryM UO Sasprd Jo JIUIUINS “Ig

"IeVIIO

"ead ‘SdZIOIG [OOD YSIS

"qYstu Teed ‘ead 89Z991q JUSS

-onIp O31]

“durreagq | “cystunpes “IBaIO

"M ‘N Wolf spurm quoforA

WSIS. ROL “GSN

ee ee eee

“SyIeWdy]

‘qqS19H

“WIR

F°SO9 | 8°80Z

PY a

1 ©

To)

“4SB[[OO AA.

MOU

"48e[]00 Wy

“WIOY],

poyorzoq

“ULIOU J,

payoeysy

OL FS, ce

O61 FG, 4

00°F) ce

OIG ce

CPL FS “*

191 FS (a9

I91'FS,

SGL°Ps “

SSIES (73

SST ra) “

OFO'FS) “

FEL PSG) “

OFT FG) “

GElrG) *

OFT FG) “

PSO FE) *

890° FG) “

S81 re) “

ESTE} “

L8TF6| “

8h6°ES| “

g9g'eg ma @ {°°

"weg

OUIL],

1} eas

| ~~ s

e ee

Pee.

eee

: 3

‘ i

Boll «said

1d Site

OT! inet

P ‘quo, s.teqeg

9 ie

IT /‘qmoy s.194qe¢g

Ol” ro WO

D |‘quoy s.teqeq

‘QIZBY]

"UOT}RIG

(73 ce

6c 66

ce «6

<3 ce

ce 66

SI 6e

ce 66

66 “e

66 “é

66 ce

ce ce

ce «é

6é “ce

6¢ 6é

| ea

OI ee

6 ‘sny

jee

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

“0791p 0331¢):

"1ea[o pul

"M'N ‘MM ‘89809 Teuotsea09

‘pulm Jur] |

-281q Pod JO SJsns [euoIseD0Q

‘Ieo]O‘PUIM JO S4ST.d [BUOISeDIO

‘ep ‘Apnoyg

-1oysoA Aurex ‘asopo pue Azey

"AA Worf uLI03s Aavay ‘1op

-uny} ‘AM Woy Surmojzeoiy 7,

"yseq 0} Suruszeo1y3 ‘Apno[D

“QUTYsSUNS YIIA Sspnoj[g

“Azeyy

‘SUIUDAD 4ST UTeI ‘ASTI

"G8S'SZ 9qn} Uayorq 10 ‘1eIITO

‘OWN

‘OMI

PL) @)

o3Ip 0731

OIIP 0931

‘ouy “eal

ee a ee

"syrewUloy

Eee eee OSC

81901! 8°F9S

OGEIT} °°

1S 668s

9E88 |; °*

Ghose}

eee Oo GS:

OL98:- <=

Bal oe

BP | BE

G6 699

1799 |

9°G69

“MoU

"4SP]TOO AA.

TL “TZ

“GL “GZ

‘PL ‘PL

‘OL ‘OL

°08 ‘08

‘OL "OL

“GL pied

‘OL “OL

“GL 2

“PL 74

"89 89

‘09 “09

98 ‘98

98 “98

8 ‘v8

°08 08

“G8 "G8

“68 $8

“G8 G8

“64 “64

BS | Be

a a

0&8'0Z) ee op ee

0g8'0Z!| “ + ey

0§8'06| “ §& =

ogs'0g| “ Zw i°° ‘syau0x

G9E'0Z| ““ OT/S8¥q cou

-u0g jo doy,

EES)“ F9 [°° ‘TOySRYD

SELGS| “1S. |" ‘TH

G86'2s! “ %Z a

F96GS| ““ Gi°° Jorysy

OL6°GS| “ TT |30N oxeUY

GOO'es “ Bj ° yuu

“ung preyng

StL2e “ Sic’ ‘S8td I

CEl’FS cé F ee

GLIFS| “ G 5

L8UFs| “ iT s

ECS FS “GT ses

OOF! “ F Se

CIILFZ Ce e se

felts 6 = CS oe

E9L FS) Wa | |‘quoy, s,roqeg

t Ch

ple | &

B io 5°

€é

made in Afghanistan.

1842.]

‘Ieayo “pura ATJayjIOU 4YSITS

‘WV Ooh “UOT,

4ysia aeap> ‘Apnopo s9yzey

‘Ww v]

9'O§ “Uleyy, “wyeo ‘reag

(‘uosmoyy, 10fezy)

‘Sp Wea p Sutids Jo ‘dway,

“eqeg-I-YOy iveu spno[9

*poteyoys 1oyzel PUIM “oT CN “oT!

Peres

LOT ED: OPP COTE

“e9]9 ‘07}IP 0731

ee) fy)

‘OUIABI UMOP SUOTIIS PUTA

“LEE TSG 0qn4]

uayoiq ‘Azey ‘duos pul

“Azey ‘0721p 0931

"puIM SUOI}s Suroeiq ‘1espD

Wad'9 oP

‘ULIOYT, “pum “A Ysisu0.y4G

"SyIeWay

e764

=a teers

6°86! GTL4¢

68°801| 7'G9S |

ee ee

OS IGI| §'8rs

OL-elt =:

Ss. VO:

ve b°S9¢

94-001) tc

.. 9P9G

aopes)

EE | o S

eB | Fe

ot sia

Se)

“Mou

JSBTTOO AA.

“WHIOY, J,

peyoezocq

"WLIO,

peyori7V

VPS'0G) XY OT

90°61} “ #11|°° “rung

CES'6I/ HV [I] sseg oojey

HFIZ) “sr <

SIP 1G) “ #% | ‘YeIWOg 40

POP 1G) “ FL |poorey oojny

£99'0Z| “ ¢ tis

8G9'0ZG 66 P ee

8S9 OG Wa TE |°° ‘ooryny,

8F9°0G| “ £z *

099°0G|'N4 ET |-s1eq opsodoy,

GCL6L| “ 3p [°° nsnley

OGE'0S)"WV FOL] -yuaosy jo doy,

OZ6'0G|"Wa F i

C2606) “ & ze

FE6°0S|"Na Z |** ‘Bung vag

90¢°63| “ g |** *punnyzayy

188'08| “1 *

9g8'0¢| “il

cet) ais |

6é

‘qynuoX| 6% “sny

[No, 121.

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

‘re AT[elouss SUOT}eOIpUT I19Y} ayemoov MOY MOYS 0} BdUSPTA

-WOdSTP a1 UW9d8 aq [JIM II ‘sIaJouTOWIIOYL], WoyseTTOO MA OM oy Aq poyeorpur FY,

UMOP SjSNs [eUOIsedD0 ‘IVITD

“aUIARYY |

jo JrwmUNG MOTE “4 OF Bri) (@)

"sseq] ‘od

: “eas ‘wpe

‘oI

OIC

‘Kep jo yred

(180330) S001 uns Ul 03}IG

9 oO 08S “WLIOYT, ‘reap “wyED

"Ww ‘Vv | ‘0931p 0331

"9 °G IO ‘G WO S9Za0I1q JOOD

“M) ‘oyp 0931q

“AayNs ‘asopy

“OF

“aUdIOS “IBITO

surysuns ut jodieo ug “ATrenbe

090T] “eqeg

-I-YOY WO s}sns TeuoIsed09

‘asopo “sutuszeoiyy ‘Apno[g

4 WV G 0G ‘roy, ‘Apnopg

"SyeUlsyy

> os

F168

“= | 6°08¢ | ‘389

CTO (ance lice

oets to

‘98g | 8'S89

9668

“(| o-pge | 1989

| egg | o'sg9

FEg | 3'S89

me = S

OQ. & oo) =o)

ge ae| @¢e

Bee Bd pa ec cg

mM Mm

"OL

"GL

“69

alls

“WLIOY, J,

|) PeteZoG

9 ojdure st o1oyy, “ponury

S1oy oY} 1OF SUOTYETNTVd Oy} SITY} WOLT

‘QL | SEL3s| “= f co Bee

GL | 63V'GS/ Wa T a oye

"69 | ZE6 le XV 6 Soi 6 I ger coammgua

‘OL | 89°C)“ G qayoy| “Ss

“CL 0Ge:66) “ «Ul SeMON) 9 = *

‘9L | LO GSMs T ns ee se

“9L |G0r'Ga| “ GI aps

TY Opr eel “TI G6 of

"€9 | 9SFSSlH'V OT : ps

"SL |8GPGE| ““ 1 aS

‘08 | O8F BZ) a G is

"GL |O9FGS) “GI eee

99 | O6F Z| “TT eG ss

‘69 =| TTS'Ss| “ OT rs pees

09 | LIS'Ssl MV Z6 ee

fy oreec Pp sca

7 \O8e'cal § - ot

‘ZL | O88'SS/ Wa G ‘uvoueg) ¢

TZ |066'1g) “ .$ oe ae

GL |S661S) "a F |"* etyodoy) ¢ 3deg

oe Bois} «. TR s)

oe & Be 5 Ss

aes 3 o = ®

B a . ° g

‘Qu

——

made in Affghanistan.

1842.]

‘M, Woy Tenbs Arp ueppre

‘OVI

‘Apno[g

‘OF

"sazaoiq AT10yseq

“OPP OFT.

“yoy “uyeg

“ong

“reoypo AIDA *sozaaiq Ay194seqq

"SdZa01q [BUOTSeD

“90 Y}IM oUTYsUNS pue spno[D

‘SuIUayBaIYY “UIeI YYSITG

“qseq | -Sutuayeortyy,

noe [jenbs yuapora ‘wa [ 4V

“oL€ “NV 9

“WOT, “Sphops pue ourysung

‘spnoyo » ouTYsuns ‘Trey 4YSI1g

‘spnoyo [ey1eg

“Apno[g

OTD. OG

‘spnoyo surtApy

‘SyIeULay

sis 9888

; 669 OL

940°01

- 686 OL

606 Gt

cro Il

way,

- uLLeg

‘WYStOH

“W4SH

66S

“PT

*4S¥T[OO A.

“AOU

4S¥TTOO A.

v69

eel

BURCLAG

poyor1aq

ae,

‘68

‘G8

CLL

"SL

‘6L

“SL

‘OL

‘99

“GG.

G19

“WI3Y, J,

perpeny

eyoren 0 3

S06: T

6OT'§s| “ rl saysy--onoy

GPLeSs| |“ Fs

6ELGS| “ Z 2

6PL'3G| Wat

094°G3| “ &II ;

BoveGal “Td "

164°66\ NV 201 ‘zrerque

Loa.gc es

G8I'Zc| “ § “wysny

66160) “#3. [°° *t-arg

P88'0G}] “ 9 | °° ‘ouraey

LOG IG] “ € | ‘remaq unp

CIG IG!) “ &@ |-Ary punuwyey

L9G'0%| “ @

G8G°0G/ Na FT | ‘rez

98G°6T| “ T6 | ‘Sseq yerg

GGbGEtY G yo stung

coda +8 “y

Leede| “. c i

EOL OQGl “J ed

OS L034 2G [dn ysty yey] g

"weg

dag

i ce i | a ,-" —_ -> ~ — - ee ie. 4 _

at 7 1

~ ‘aoerd s4t Ul poyngrys

= -qns sem dno uspoom v ynq ‘asN UI penuyUOS jou SBA YUOWINIYSUT BY} YILM poUTeyqo uUs1d4S19 944 potted ut) WOW]

° “YJION 9} WOT, 0971p 0F9Iq7)** 2 Pan | Se | Gy ‘e2 [OOS BZ“ z ar «

a apo omg Ee | oe eS | Be ee pipe Rat) UO]

"spuLm Suoys ‘oyIp O71)” az y ee | ee ee ole pal GL ees

e ‘07171, ee ee eo ee “oP Fey) CBS‘ ES ce II ee cé ce

S Te ae as ae rT GL | GL | LEE hG) N'VOT ; Go

$ “opIG er ee ee ee ow) “Cy SES EG “ce 8¢ ee ‘e ec

f = “uns UT oF TT “WY, “OIG; °° Ps ae “* | OL | “82 |P8eire] “7 is

2 ‘oI ee OG ee ee OL °o/, ChE PG ¢é ie ee Ceé ce

S “OWI eo ee oe ee °O/ et) LGB’ FG 66 w ee 3 73

3 ‘owig ee ee eo ee °C/ Oy: O62 RS ‘Wd I ‘UMO J, jo ‘9d ce 6e

pe ‘oI, ee ee ce ee “Cy “GP OLE’ FZ ce ral 0} dures Mon ce ce

= eopo EO os se ce "GL | “@L |668're) “ Ill) ~ Maqedlxl “?O

: ‘oyqtp op Apnopg) = * "| GI8G | Se89 | G9 |. 69 |PEFGS| “V FOT|semaszoqea| LE“

5 ‘oytp oytp Apo) *” cee WO ead tha ee Teer = oe + oie

& °0341p 0331 kD ee ee ee ‘e) oes O8L'&s ce S74 ee cé €¢

3 “o77Ip OIG) °° — | S669) £4669) BL | Be e608) of = va

S ‘sozoo1q “Gf ystsuoms ‘op oq] ** | szgz| “P| 764 || ebh Hpeeraor ~G “- aes

3 ‘Apnoyo pue ourysung) °° “" | “peg ) £669 | “64 | ‘64 |G8s'ss) wa T ae pe

= ‘sozoorq “gy ‘Apno[g) °° fo 'gonte oan | OB || OS |OGecal «Gl s as

: “reajo ‘Ou e° an Seid ee ule "CL COZ El ce Il “Tpunyst) 3 ‘ec

S ‘repo ‘ouly] ~" | OL99 | 9°B8E \S'e'89| “49 | “49 |9LEGS| “VEL [‘Sseq prey

cB “og-T-yeyy] gt “3dag

o st 8. &

ia)

made in Affghanistan.

1842.) .

‘OW

“OWI

“OF

"$481.6 UI SPUIA ZION

‘o731G

PNG

‘OF

‘weg

OME

INE

“ONE

SMI

“OWT

“wre

ey ‘ong

6 pue ‘g ye Suoisg | ‘o1G

‘sazaoiq ApIOyIION

‘uowl

-m109 AIA syIAep

IO SPUIMTITYA TTeULG |

“‘rea[o

“Teayo

“Teapo “wpe

‘OWIP 0331

“YON 9} WOT, Iespo ‘wpeg

“syIeWloy

“pre

{SPTTOO A.

6°69

(S69

“MOU

4SBTJOO MA.

‘99 ‘99

‘P9 ‘P9

‘+9 “£9

‘+9 “P9

eA IS

el ll ied,

ay, ie,

Be |) abd

‘OL ‘OL

"el "SL

‘PL | CPL

el, || =~ tte

oy, ard,

SOL §| (2,

‘OL ‘ol

‘GL “GL

507, || <20y

‘av, i) -3Gy,

‘Oy, || 482

‘OL “OL

"CL “GL

to, nr e74

thd, §| “ced,

‘6L ‘6L

Be. | 2

Pe) Be

a oF

09Z'Ez| “ §& oF

GLE ES “ ;°

O8G'éZ| “ I at

€66°SG| “- ZI °° ‘poouy

LACES a8 ra

PUGH SG a8

PLE PS W's T me

GOS bs| “ GI axe

LYE FS) “VY IT) ‘Yeyyjoog

09G'EZ| “+ i

COCCI. oe e

O8G' FZ)" N'aZ i

OZE'FZ| “ ZI i

9GE'HS| “ IT on

SSE PS) WV OL 49

LOSS] “ FF a

DLC eGhy i es 3

OPEIFS! “i os =

OFE' FS) HN ‘a =

O8S'Fs| “ ZI cs

S8E'Ps| “ II a

S8E' PS) VOT a

E86 FG| “ Ff |UMOT Jo'g

E86 PG) Wag jojdueo Mon

e | 3

Bs). 8

‘aye

[No. 121.

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

“asoyo pue Apnojo 10y}ey]

"wed “IBID

"aS “A 0 spnopg

“ONE

“yslivapo “Wye

“OW

"wed “Iea[Q

“Aavay uoztuoy *G ‘Apnorg

“ond

“Ieapo “YStuyed

*sq[IY Mopeq josung

"Ong

"0771

“ond

“reayo “YstTuUpeg

“ov

“071

“ou

‘ouy ‘Ieay)

“SYIVUIOYY

& 69

9°S69

“pro

“4SPT[OO MA

“Mou

*4SUT[OO AA

“ULIOT J,

payoryeq

"WIT J,

- poyoeiVy

OL9°¢3| “

G89°GZ/ NV OT

9692S!“ #Z

GOL'GS| “

GOL'SS| Wa

9FL'SS). “

L06°S6) “

L06°SG|. ‘

1Z6'SG\"wa

OOT'SS| “

OSL°SZ\ WV

096°FZ| “

GOSS}

OF0'SZ| “

980°SZ} “

S60°SZ| “

Sits) “

GZISS} 4

OZ 1°S3)'*4 TI

990°F6) XY OL

€¢

FSO'FS

ZIO'HS ce

990°FZ| ~

Sc0°FS| M4 T

a E>

Bed 6

** fqetpynog

AMT AN

"* ‘qeylreg

°° “UseZIBT| §

es | SE | eS | SS | SS SS

made in Afghanistan.

1842.)

“puUIM “q Suoyg

ond

‘UNS UT 9Gg “WHIOY,T, “OFTP OF41

OVP 0F71P OFT

"Ivapo ALOA “SPpULA “Hf

‘op 0F1¢

‘oWIp O71

‘op OF

op OIG

oy OMIT

"WY J, ‘89z901g FY.ST] pue TeajD

96 UNS Ut]

"0}7TP OFTP OFFI

“IBa[o ‘BSOTD “WTB

‘oytp OWI

‘oastp OFIG

“9SOTO ‘OFJIP 0771

‘oyp OF31C

op 0731

"wed “eID

"YOY prejos uo Amous 4ysed10AQ)

“SyIBULOyY

‘4991100 SOW UOTYVAIOSGGO PZ ‘9013 dn ynd szsjoutorwg }

“AgTCA Yer oyy pue yavyoy, Uoojaq sseg ys1y oy} SI SIYT, x

‘WY S19H

"WIOY, J,

"HY STOH

“ULE

689 | ASL | 18 | 94 |OPELZ “ 7 ¥ he

tes a 64°) *GL- | POLLS) “ -G “9 ae

oe ee "SZ “e7, PIT Zona T ee ee ee

eve ee GGL GL OLV'LZ 6«é Zl oe ‘< 6

ee e "Pl "J L OS1°ZZ “eé ial ee “cc “ec

g°669 | “38 | “IL | “OL | £81242)" VT0l e 16°“!

oe ee ‘IS ‘GL 080° LZ ce P ee ce ce

E989 |) FEL) | CBB] “LE | O8G4Sl Fe. *% eG

ee 2. ‘ ‘hs ‘08 090°LZ OG e ore, ce €é

= cA ‘rs | ‘SL | 960°48 “ @ Ze maa

e *, ee ‘Gg ‘OL S60°LE ‘Wd I ee ee 6é

a a "es | 94 | 90143 “ GT ee es

eK: i 68 | ‘°9L | OFT'Z3 “TT : BS

3889 | BEL | “8 | “94 | OFT-LZE] “ TOT = Herre

a pe S| OR OR ELEY OF ¥4 mT ian

oe ee G8 “pL OZO'LZ «6 £5 ee a3 é

ee oe “28 “a 0ZO"LZ ‘6 e eo “cc

‘se9 | 618L| “88 | “88 | OG0°LG) “ TZ rs ca

3 REE CGR | Oe | CRO LEI at. * & is Pay

a ‘eg | “SZ |9PO°LZ) “ T 5 ee

pete ae ‘98 | “08 | 8g0°Ze|'w4ET| ‘PEqeyoIIMT, 91”

G'es9 | S'8IL| ‘OL | “OL jo99°es)-“° GI) WHumpunyH) st 40

, 3) eb] aioe 4 R S)

Pog | Rds |B Bett Bieri o: 5

ot ct a a5)

—

fo)

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

"A "SS ayy 03 AaTTeA [NqGeyg oy} Surpunog oSues oy} UO IeTIIg UeLIORg {

“AoyeA uepAsyy oy} pue ipunysip usemjoq sseg 4

"0371p UL QOO] ‘Teap “wWyeD

“UNS Ul OTT “OFIp 0391

‘oWIp 0791

“9SOTO ‘0771

BC) (@)

"9SBOIOAO “UTED

eee

ill gah ie

“O7}IP 0991

rE Toe

“OSIIUNS Off ‘O}IP OFFI

‘OFUP 096 “OFIP OFFIC

“OFNP o6OT *O33tP 0991

‘UNS UI o9OT “OF}IP 0731

“UNS UL ,FO[ “Wed ‘asoyo ‘reap

‘O74IP O41

ye Cay

eS tiga gs a!

"AM WO SJsn.s TeUOIseIDG

“Aaypus ‘asoypo ‘wyeg

“SyTeWOY

9°19

‘099

“GPL | OL

‘OPL | “G8

; Bis,

civ | ae

oT ae

a "GL

GOP, | “EL

Pee | Be

cai | ae

S'6E4 |. “€8

ae ‘08

oe ‘Of

WPL | “PL

MP ge

i | ae

= "G66

a oO

8°8EZL | o°S8

ner ihe he:

ay | ee

= lowe

8°66 | “6L

Sot 8

peyorjoq

‘PL

“08

“6Z

“LL

‘PL

“OL

“6L

“LL

‘OL

"89

“LL

‘08

“BZ

“WITT,

poyoeyy

LPE'SS| “OL

C9T'8g| “ 4e

SST 8a S

S61'8S/N'd |

11686"! © BI

0GZ'8z| “ II

[1Z'8Zl"WV OL

GE0'8S| “ 4G

OFO'SZ| “ Z

880'8Z/'N'a T

OLT'SZ| ‘* GI

Sores “ <V

GST8G)""'vV OL

680°8G| “ FF

VIT'8d| “ @

GLU86) Wa T

GOG'S8Z| “* Gl

LS8'Le| “

BSS LGl “ G

06°28 “1

9V6°L6| “ST

gS iy

‘sseg afinuu0g oy} JO yusoSe Jo yooy “| x

296° LGW V []| ‘erodueyng) OZx *°O

——-— ll NN La

é ‘UNS UL GOT ‘OWIP OWI) °° = cee alam ie me Si <n ws - ~

"IeoTO “WTR ole ee ee ee ° e e is lee

“oT IT oe ome me ee # "¢ 18 08 96682 fs ie = oy

‘wa $Z oyenb yyrea qysyg| °° | GOST | °° "7 | HS | “LL | Te9°8s) “SI is ee

‘OP UI COT ‘OWIP OIG) °° 5 2° a "F8 | “LL | BE9°8ZS a ri). Sloss Ae

‘O}IP UL BOT “OP O71) ** ee a "* | "88 | "68 | 6Z°8s| “ F a

O771P UL 686 “OWIP OIG) °° ee aE ** [988 | RS | SOR'86) “78 a es

"OFIP UT 696 “OWIP OWIG) °° | GE8T }| 7" eee i oes 1888 [Pee Bl. Ss Se peers:

"O}JIP UW oFOT “OWIP OWIG| °° Pe a "* | 9'98 | “18 | eps'sg) “ 1 |°° ‘anpaeyp) “ *

< “UNS UI .QOT ‘Wye ‘AeIQ) ** | °° | “E99|GBhL| “98 | ‘OS |998'8Z| “ ST reouqeyeg) sz“

3 ‘oWIP UE 06 ‘Popnojg| *° | ** | “679 | 8°OFL| “G8 | “IS | 4AT'8s| “+ » eS

S eo oo ee ce G°98 ‘Ig O61°8Z * e ee : :

: "0931p UI oZE ‘pepnoyp| °° a +: "7 {G99 | “68 | 00G8Z| |G ea :

= ‘ouIP UI oLOT OIG) °° =| TI6T | °° ve \ 198 | “5g8 liagee) “ Sy = es

s ‘OP a cOT LORIE a id “* | "88 | ‘08 | 8PBsz! “ ZI BE i

= "UNS Ul ,/G 996 SULysUNg) °° oe “- | STP | $08 || the 08882! ~ “an Fe ;

3 "wyTed “4seo1aAQ| °° se ‘Ic9} °° | GBS | °94 | B8e'sz| “ fot) ‘oeufeg uv) 4]

OI oBOI ‘OP OIG] °° | °° |. ‘89 | S'6eL| “48 | “FS |O4T'SZ]“ Fi) oe

‘OVIP 666 “OVIP OIG) 3 $ "* [G88 | "P8 | 06186 “ 8 ae wie

OVID BOT SIP Gag) ft jocr: | Se pear iipgiee || Gee epee! “Page

‘OINP o6OT ‘OINP.owiG) “° | °° | G6r9| “BL | GL8 | “PS | 8hS8s “ ts ae

“OP OBE “OVP OIG) °° “ - * ‘98 | “G8 108686 “ GI ‘ eS

‘UNS UL BIT ‘reapo “wyeD) °° rs ft | LL | 94 | 068'8B,"H'a 11)" “PEqETEIEL| 9G “3°90

4H| me Ho} a>) wl a a, Ss)

mA *SylVUlay Ee = Ee : BE | 2& BS | 8 E 2 g :

BS a & a a

[No. 121.

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

“ATTeUoIsed90 0941p 0431

"saZzaolg “A QUST] Iwa[D

“wypeEg

OFT

“OFS

‘oF8 “O731q

“006 “9Za01q “A

"ol6 “OIIp 0991

"Ieajo Area ‘wpeg

‘OP “OP UI 06 “O39IP 0331p 0741

‘OP ‘OP Ul 6GG ‘0F}Ip 0391p 0791,

UNS UI eG “Way, “reap Aro A

“puras “AA |

“IBalo “WlTeg

‘OWIp OVIG

“0p 0771

OFTP OFFIC

‘0391p 0771

“OWI 0331

“Teapo “apeg

"uns Ul (BO “eso ‘wyeg

"0331p UL oFOT “0371p 0791,

"UNS Ul o[[] ‘“reejo ‘mjpeg

*SyIVUOY a

[ao

POFT | 9°999 | °ShL

re | ee

"WLIOT,

*JSPTJOO MA,

PEYORIDY.

id dete see

Q1L°L3, Ka ¥g { monn ay

cZLgerN'V g |+* grmung

Gsc'lg| “ § as

Oogtz}“ 3}:

919 ue ayt,

OF9'LZ| “ ZI te

29942) “I HR

049° L6/"%V TOI a

ONG cal “ °< se

Ogo:lGl “ hg

CLOSE)“ “Gay oz

L694) “ F11\°° ‘jeueqyy

L69°LZ| “ aut ‘aXpue'y

Z99'8G\ “ + a:

Z99'8Z| “ Z a

0OL'8Z|'N'a T ze

SEL'Sz| “ ZI s

OSZ'82| “ IIT oe

O8Z'8Z/H'V OT oe

089'8Z|'H'a ¢ ai

O89°8% 6é FA ee

ULIEd

“OUILY,

GEL'SSl Wa [ |°° ‘arodyey

c¢

6¢

——

made in Affghanistan.

1842.]

‘surysuns pusEpMoTy| << | ~~ P “| “t | Seg “eon. isobea) “St

*JSVIIOAO ee ec ee ee °QR "EQ F&E0' 66 €¢ b ee

°0341p 031 ee ee 2 °@ ee ‘99 e Ig 080° 62 ee | I ce

‘spnop.pesngng! 3) Se | “S| “S| S95 | Shot loomed!“ Sor =

°0441p oI : ° ee i ee ee "06 ‘Gg 90 6G ce ie ee

*0931p od eo ee ee ee °69 eye) ZEO' 6G 66 Zj eo

opp og | "tf | ct | tt | 98a | eB | eroeges 1 “fi

ZQ | Stes “ Zt} ‘Maeysog

*Arqqns ‘weg be ee ee eo G'9Q

‘WIP O9IP OWI) = ** -- | G999|9'°9tL| G'98 | “be | 6988 “fe

"0931p 0331p o1vIG ee ee ee ee ‘E83 08 CES'SZ ee Z ‘ein

°0}31p 0331p OIC ee ee ee = e GIs my A €68°8E €é I ee

°09}1p 0331p 0371 eo ce ee ee “LL ‘pL 906°8Z 66 Il es

‘Sspnoyo pesnyns “weg ee 98ZI Gg 1G9 G orl ‘o/ ‘ol 1e6'8Z ‘WV OT ce

‘oWyIp UI 666 ONIG) °° e699 | 8°etL | G68 | ‘98 | OFP8G “ fs 2

‘o}IP UI LOOT OIG) °° i ack ; "16 | ‘88 |OFY 8" @ =

“UNS UI 466: "Tee, "* | @PS9| Pehl | GIG | ‘gg | Z8r8s| “ TI x

| -ysturyeo 0941p OIG] °° AG = "" 1¢@s | -og | sega “ z B:

‘oVIp OIG) °° ve eA "" |¢@s | ‘os |o1£2a “ pe

‘sphoyo pasnyiq| °° “ u “1 @re | cae | SOLE “< ZT 38

‘OVP 0F9IP OFT] °° ae og “" | ¢18 | ‘8h | 0GL'L%

‘pura “g ‘Apnopo soyyey] °° | ees | “949 | S'98LiaLL | “gL | OLL8! “ ZoT

6 oes ig GL | ‘SL | 06928) “ -

ee ee ci e : f

‘yseq 0} Apnof9| °° ae "Gy, ‘QL |069°2G;Nd F 7) ney

Poa) Pe | oS | a S| Be] elo Be

ee ieee | S8|/88)es|/ee |g 8 et

SsyIVUloy oa: ae "ei 35) Be) 3 edith on | S

Mm mM iq?) fa) | °

a] i = J

[No. 121.

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

“UI9}SI9 Y} Iau puNoIs ay} UO ‘poyoryze oy} { a[qe} e UO ATTeIOUAS ‘punors 943 wo 330} $e ynoqe ‘paoeyd ATLeWO}

-sno se JoJOWOULIEY.y, poyoejep oy ‘poeanooid useq Sut

*07Id

ost

‘wiped ‘reopo Ala A

‘od

wyeD

“"ystRayO,

"waTeO ‘IBITD

"puIM *N °@ SU013¢

‘OUI

‘OWI

O31

"YStIRaTO

"4880 I0AQ

“guIysunS pur Spno[g

‘SyIVULIY

"{SRTTOO AA.

xe)

“Lg

‘£9

‘19

g°L¢

G'e9

‘L9

G29

896°8%

990°6G

FE0°6%

0€0'6¢

OF6'86

E066

00°66

080°66

0€0°66

bC0'6G|'NVFI

8£0°66

9F0°6S| “ 2%

090°6Z\""4 1

880°66

00°66

PE0'6S) NV ES

086°8Z

L90°6@

1S0°63)

910°6%

CH0'6%

890'66)" "4

(<4

cé

° “gasung

: ‘UOON

* ‘astung

‘Sy STUpryAl

°. Yesung

‘ ‘UOON

° “gasung

: ‘UOON

‘OSIIUNG

°- “Yasung

: ‘MOON

fs ‘UOON

* ‘OStIUNG} 6%

"* QustUpryA| “

e “yasung c¢

‘INMBYSIq| FZ -

Avy puoosas WY “JayeWloweyy, uo ATUO pey | sty} 0} dQ) x

€¢

‘oP 096 OIC

“OWI of h ONG

“OFNP 066 CFIC

“OPP odG CNG

SB PG ateal

"UIVI SUTIN} BOIY, J,

Own

"071d

“Apnojy

"ysiea[p

‘OVP 07710

"OVP 0771

“m[eo “Ies[O

made in Affghanistan.

‘dn Suryjes pur “WN “aeeIO

“Teaypo “WTeD

“wed ‘reepa £19 A

“syIeUoy

1842.)

“‘WYSIOH

“WIOY],

‘WqSIOH

“wIeg

ding

"4SETOO A,

"MOU

"JSRTIOO MA

“WLIOY, J,

peyorzaq

“ULIOW],

poyoeysy

CL0'6%

€30° 66

0¢0'6Z

O01 6Z

C60'6G

O10'6Z

060°6Z

0Z0'6G

110°6Z

680'6Z

0Z0°6Z

016'8Z

L66'°8G

G16'8Z

Z16'9

018'986

¢L38'8d| “

G68'86 %43s |*°

‘UOON,

‘asLIung

“yasuNnG

‘UOON

“aSTIUNG

“yosung

‘UOON,

“OsIIUNG

eog

oe ‘ yesung

Jaye oy F

‘UOON

‘astIuNnG

“yosunG

‘UOON

“OSIIUNG

* ‘qystuply

“yosung

pb oe

‘UOON

LL6'8) “VFI a

996'°86 ee ee ‘UOON

GL6'8% ee ee ‘astIung

096°8%| °° ‘QU STUpIIN

es 4 Hh

ms 5 =

B @ e

[No, 121.

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

ee eo ee ee G'6¢ ‘6S GI6'8Z ‘Wa £T eo ce ce

“o0L 0791p ‘OWIG) «° ih: 53 i 2960+) (LS oh SPGiQE) ec’ Calpe BEOON “a “

“oGh O39IP “ONIG) °° ; od eS | CRG -|- ee (0eaee “<< [°° “Buumg: * 2

4 < "eS “" | S6G | 9'8¢ | 00686) "VTI “6 ol

“oGQ OV9IP “TBITD) °° Zz ce S27 SIG hetO OOG BEL >= — ii. agesumgy A.

a "* | 9499) “8hL/ G29 | “19 | §Z6'9G/ 4 F a ass

‘ *e0L 0731p ‘Apnopg| "* | 8499 /8'Lp£| G09 | “6G |996'86, ~* | ‘Woon, “

fe "* | g8¢9 |} 9LbL/G°8¢ | “9¢ |996'9¢) “ OT 2 te

‘oGh 09tp ‘Apnojo royjey) °° oe $5 "* | Gs | bE | 06606) °° |. SHungi =“

ee ee ee ee G09 G'6S 088°9zZ "INV G ee 6 ee

"o9G O}7IP 0791p OVI) «°° ie i “* 1908 | 2:09 |O68'8) .Gie |” “Emel *

‘o9h OF9IP 0791p 0771)” 53 ‘e i ‘89 | bS |GhE8Z| °° [°° “suung)g “

“oT OFIP 0371p OWT) °° ee a “1 98 1990 |G6@ee ** j°° “ame ©

"006 O331P OF7IP OWI) °° sh $3 "* | G19 | ‘09 |986'8@) ~" {°° “GOON| “ “

‘of G Me Ul “UOT, “Teap wyeg) * vi =? x5 ‘6G | ‘9S |€Pe8s °° [°° “esuung) “« *

ee os ee oe ws ee oe et: ‘Immeysog) J “

‘OFIP of L OVP CFG) ** is te ~~ ) gO | bo (| heeae <4 |" GaBUS) “

ae "* | G999/88hL| 99 | “F9 | 006'Q6/m4 F Be eee

‘OWIP 006 OF71P OIG) *" ** | @Lg9 | €8bl } ogo | S19 |eseeg) «° (°° ~“Goom; “ “

pow)" "| "699 | 9FL | “19 | 9'6G | 010°6Z;"v OT di sieeiad

"IB Ul o[G “Wye “TeopQ) °° 23 ~ "* | G@lg | ogg |096°8Z) ** [°° astung)g “

es es fd "| “19 | 909 | 006s) ° 77° FEstupEA|

“1 ut og ‘aeaIg) °° uy or “+ ¢-Q9 ‘09 |eeeeg * Weis: | g “00C

‘symeUlY Oe BE | ee | se} Be | se lospeg & Ss 3

5 5 a os = = te 5 S =} => 6 : °

= ase 5 a . ma K 2 . @ 5

a “Teo[D PUB dULT “a5 we ays ao eo C'9G 009'2Z ‘WV 6 [°° ‘MuUooyy

“aU ] sue ee ee ee ott ‘GQ QGL' FS ‘Wd I ‘QuLmMSuo0ry

¥ s” = GhO | “89 |ShGLB “ BI °°

ee ee ee ee ee C'Z9 Coac ce Il ee

‘spnopo yeiieg) °° oS = = “G19 | 8SeL4 HV OT)\** ‘rod

ee ee ee ne ee c'L9 Gh LZ 66 P 10 ereq

“pte Post | tt |g) | Bge:La\wa $e) | ‘maysny

‘oid; °° We af "| CLG | LG | OG LB) “FL |7* “ueoreg

‘Apnopg) °° | 4 "S| CLG | CLE | LIP Lay Xv E90 [°° ‘ueqsnyo

OFEP OPN a Ss a rs w.) SBS |) Chea Soci hall“. & Be

PS *0}}Ip OVC oe ee ee ee G'QG “hg 109° LZ ‘Wd I ee

= “ystuyeo ‘ouy AtaA} °° a o "* | G'9OG GG | SI9'LZa “ Bll.

. ‘g ‘ouy AIOA “PUTA Gf“ NOFeIOpO] o° ee os ae G'OF G'OF Lig’ Lz 6 01 ee

3 “APROTO <: deats onset eee! lock | “@cl me daines Qt soa gnmeng

= ee ee ee ee ‘Ig 6P O19’ Lz 6c P ee ‘dweg

s Apna) ot fst hott feces (ote 0G | Ozo'Lz) “3 [+ Gnysng

= °0}4Ip FIG ee ee ee ee ‘OL G9 11282 ee e ee

= “Yystuayeo pue IBID os Pie ey eg °69 ‘ 19 CEG‘ 98S “Wd T i “Ee MIBYS

"06 O71P OF1G) -* ® "* | G69 | “6G |066°8¢) °° [°° “esung

*>S6 0}}1p 0G, ee ee eo ee "9c G1¢ ZE0' 6% ee ee ‘UOON

“‘obh “peo “YstiesyQ) °° 3% a "" | “8G | ‘OS | 066°93; **. [°° ‘osuUNg

ee ee ee eo G'6S 6S 9G66'9z6 ‘Wd £6[ ee

“069 “WAY, ‘“TeaqQ) + er "" [96 | ‘69 |SI68¢) °° |"° ‘esung

oi SyreUlsy og a a = Z = S 8. 3 a, B @ cy

co a B B. s

‘ayeq

(No. 12].

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations,

*‘punols oY} WO, Jooy oAY SuNY poyoejop oy} ‘UIOJSIO ay} opIsul pooe|d JojoMOULIeY,T, payorzye ayy

:ourysuns ul pue are usdo oy} Ul peu o10M SUOTIVAIOSGQ 91 [[V

“uorye}s roddn oy} oA0ge 4223 YOST 10 OOOT Se

(ofa ayy Aq) poyeurjso o1om syvod ayy { eqeg I-Yoy Jo pus Ulo\seq oY} JO JYSIoY 94} IO} a1B sUOTJAIESgO asoyT, |

“repoacqy oy} jo

{IIIT IOLIazUL ayy Hoge Sutaq yI0q ‘[uMOIeYg Jesu pue ‘suTeyUNOU 9Y3 UO aIOdYQ Jo “AA 94} 0} aseTIA V x

‘reopo AraA ‘puUTm * A SUOIyS

"0391p 0991,

"o731p 0331

‘O}IP 0731

“IBaTD “S9Z99IG “AA “A AA

"9Z901q “W “N JSS ‘reapo

“ATqqOs ‘mpeg

“Azey

“yst{pno[g

“O}IP 071

“Tealo pue surly

i ee | ee ees

‘SyIVUloy

"4SP]TOO AA,

‘Mou

"4SPTTOO

“WLIOU, T,

*‘payorjzoq

ea,

poypoeyy

ZL6 0% 6¢ z ‘ite | 6e 6

01606) “ 31 [°° “eqoryyiter “3deg

Q91L'0G| 06 9 |°* ‘oosnyy, “

688'81| “ pi’ ‘on

-eJG Jomoy “

rcEe Ll cé ‘S ee cé (9

ggg LI Wat] \‘eqeg-1-yoyit+9z “sny

“1PSI

OSS'SZ| “FP Ty? See

SIPsz| “ 1 "s aaer

1Sk"dS| “<I *5 errs

oLbss| ““ or: ‘xelfayqy] zz eune

LLGFS 6 46 Ao aG (a3

SLO FS)“ 6 |) ToMoreyg|4g] Tady

G6LLz| “1 tf ”

G6L LGV OL) °° “MUCOY\Eg yore

‘OFST

B @ sh °

made in Affghanistan.

1842. |

CRurwade ie =

‘pousdo wool 0331G

OIC

“oI

“ont

‘yoy AroA AMoIOTAT JO dvZINs 03317

Ch ome om or

GC ar ee oe ee

aCe 3 °* QUST, WOOL 7ySTI1q

9 = aus -

‘oqjIp OI

“op 0731

‘op OVI,

‘oq O331q]

‘o3JIP 031,

‘op 0791

‘owp OVI

o37Ip 0791

‘o9gIp 0791

‘op 0491]

‘0331p 0991,

‘o3gIp OIC

‘op 0991

‘o3gIp 0771

‘O331P 0991(]

cs ‘0}1p 0731p pousdo woo ‘0931p 0331

off °° ‘are uado ur “uLLayy, “Ystreayo “wep

[Sr ee nS SoS | ee es

; "SyIeUsyY

$G 1g

g°eg “eG

Gog GEg¢

ecg G'eg

GGG G°eg

G°6G PS

g°G¢ "PS

G°9¢ Gps

¢°9S 0G

"9¢ "GG

"9S "GG

G'L¢ ‘9¢

G'1G 9¢

Lg g°9S

G'9G E°GG

G'9S G°gg

GG “PG

G’eg "eG

GBS ai

0S ‘SF

G°0¢ LV

“0g ‘OF

GPS BG

Ago f BE

2 § cares

Ee Bb.

a ° Ou

miley

AGU CD SH 1 £0 BSI. DS CVC HIG

OHraaN

= a

‘OPSL ‘2B ‘1G waquasag ‘unmpysag ‘ging 1244 pun sajamo.ng ayy fo suoynasasgg Aivsozy yo spdwayp

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations, [No. 12}.

“yoeueulpy [eoneN oy} Ul UaALS se ‘Aep yove uooU JO} oy yuoredde oy} Jo G UTYIIM se poyeTNoTeO

Sem oWITy oY, ‘Sepnyyye tenbo Aq ZZ ey} UO pue ‘ung 94} Jo sapnyyye Aq [Z 94} UO pouTez1oose svM OUT} SILT,

| "JOOI PIde.L19} JI

WO, Jog} fF ‘asnoy oq3 Jo do} oy} uodn Suny sem yt ‘auO YUoJEyIpuI ue seM Ite usdo 9Y} UI JoJOWIOWIOYT, IU],

“paynu J0u q7ng { sTVoS [eJOUE : YORI .G JO SUOISTAIP ‘IoJQWIOUIIOYT, osSTeOD ATVUIPIO UB SBM QTNq JAA OTL],

"ULa}SIQ 94} UI pooerd sem JaJOUIOULIOY,T, poyor}je sy J, “OO oy} Woz 49}

Se 7yem oy} WoO, SUNY JoJoMOULIOYy, poypejaq sayy, “100p sy} oysoddo ysowyje paoejd orm syUOWMIYSUT oT],

“qNYS SAL FL BYSTU

oy} ynoysno1yy ‘ yepuesea snoweds vw oyut pouedo zt { preMmysaM oy} 0} YeUY pue ‘usdo Joop suo peYy Wool UJ,

‘AN 0} AA N “AA 0} Jo osuey Amoug Sco |

os yonut Ara “MS “A'S'S'S 07 OF ADysys |

‘“OZLIOY oY} punol Azey sso] 10 a1ou ‘aAoqe reazO AT, | | |

-uiiojiun ‘Ays Jozyodse ur asueyo ou yNoysnosy J, |

069 e° ee ee ae ee omd "PG | ‘6S c’9OG | GC6'8Z ce G ce “e

Ae a a me “LS G96'86 4 : .

OTE a gre ‘8S OG 096°84 eae 3 5 -

OVC | ae LS o.49 986°86 © a ‘ :

OR A" eg G95 | “PS 00066 (X44 I 3 =

069 ee ee ¢o0 ee eo 0771] < IS GPS "eG L00°6z ce Ve | . ee

Oe aa GS ‘6G G60 66 pace Ce | ae *

089 ee ca) ee ee ee “0731 “6P C'SG 6P 020°6% ee O[ ee ce

"xoauoo AJaA a0eRJIns 073IQ] “OP G‘0S ‘LP 0Z0°6Z cee ee ee

G8 -" x "* ‘pauado woor “wyep| g"¢P S6P “PP 086°66 |*'V 8 Ces eA

s) > ew | s

‘syreula ven

— Be | ee 000

o av a.

“F-panunu0s)—OFEt ‘an ‘1g aquesaq “aneoysag ‘ng Ja pun sajawoung ay7 fo suoumaasq(y, hansopy mo syduayyy

1842. }

1840. |

May 22

3) 39

33 a3

33 3)

ee cane

3) 33

23 33

33 33

be) 33

33 3)

29 99 |

1 we o4

33 33

33 3?

3) 33

3) 3)

3) 3) |

399020.

23 33

3) 33

33 bP)

33 33

er 20

33 33

23 3)

33 39

33 33

Lye) 27

a3 33

3) 33

33 bP)

3) 99

June, 6

made in Afghanistan.

CANDAHAR.

Observations of the. Wet and Dry Bulb Thermometers.

= =

= me

p> o

A S

76.5 62.

78. 62

79.2 62

qo.

76.5 59.5

79.5 59.5

8l. 59.5

OS. |) +H

82. 59.5

74.5 60.

76. 59.5

80.3 59.5

8l. 59.5

81.5 59.5

82.3 59.5

82.5 59.8

76.5. 60.

79.5 58.8

81. 58.7

82.5 59.

84. 59.

78. 59.3

80.5 59.

$2.8 59.5

85. 59.8

85.5 59.8

81. 61.8

83. 60.

84. 60.3

86.5 61.

86. | 61.

MW Slt 66.

84. 64.5

85. | 65;

86. 65.

87. 64.8

87.8 | 64.5

88. 64.5

‘Clear.

Ditto.

‘Ditto.

Ditto.

'Ditto.

Ditto.

Remarks.

Southerly wind.

Moderate.

59.5 |Clear, moderate.

Southerly wind.

Calm, clear.

Westerly wind occasionally,

strong.

Usual.

W. wind beginning 9 a. M.,

occasional very hot, with

clouds of dust, blown from

the desert.

88 Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations, [No. 12].

CANDAHAR.

Observations of the Wet and Dry Bulb Thermometers.—(continued.)

= =

25 = =

g € oa FO Remarks.

s lee eS

q =

June 6| 4 P.M 88.5 64.5

is tee a. 88.5 64.5

ee | 9 a.M 81.5 63. Ordinary weather, occasional

Pan Spas. |: ae 83.5 64. calms, but generally strong.

thi ieee eos 85.5 64.5 ;

ba he 1 oe 86.5 64.5 |W. winds.

29 2 2P.M 88.5 64.5 ;

Pia 88.5 64.5

Mons Ams 88.5 64.5 {Ditto ditto.

" 2b Sb | Sa) Seles

29 re) 63 29 88.5 64.5

aa Q9a.m.} 83:5 62.5 |Ordinary weather.

eee Ue ne. a 84.5 62.8 |Ditto ditto.

Ba 9 2p.M 90.5 64.3 |Ditto ditto.

Je Gh VOL Aloe 88.5 69.5 |Ditto ditto.

Vary pe te eae 90. 66.5 |Ditto ditto.

Be ci QrPr.M 90.5 66.5 |Ditto ditto.

55 ee 2 BOA 83. 64.5

hae aoa oe 86.5 65. Calm and clear.

ah jo | ears 88. 64.7. |W. wind from 11 a. m. occa-

, » | B Pm.) 8893 64.8 sionally strong.

Pee nae 88. 64.5

a9 9 5 oy) 88. 64.5

aS ss Oe is 87. 64.5

5 1B. | :OPawid oae 63.5 |W. wind.

jh Pood ee 85.5 63.8 |Ditto strong cloudy.

saad ae 86.5 65. |Moderate.

a eee 37.5 64

PLA ADeR Q2r.M 88.5 64.8 |Calm.

soigh ae Ree iy 89.3. | 65. |W. wind, cloudy.

PUB sol: 4 ,, 90. 65.5 |Ditto ditto.

eee Gao 89.8 66. Ditto ditto.

yo OME EO San ME) aS. 63.

Peery sl). ast 82.3 63.5 |Calm clear.

Prairie ese 84. 63.5 |Ditto.

63.5 |Slight W. wind.

Cpe aor Qp.m.| 85.5 63.5 |W. wind.

”? bE 3 9 86.5 68.5 Ditto.

29 »” 4 09 86.8 63.5 Ditto.

29 2 5 ” 87. 63.5 Ditto.

ae 5s 62 ,, 87. 1 oe Ditto hazy.

1842.]

made in Afghanistan. 89

CANDAHAR.

Observations of the Wet and Dry Bulb Thermometers.—(continued.)

Date.

Remarks.

Calm. clear.

Very slight.

W. wind.

Calm.

Calm, sultry.

Ditto ditto.

Ditto. ditto.

Ditto clear.

Ditto ditto.

Gusts. of W. wind.

Slight W. wind.

Hot W. wind.

Calm.

Ditto.

Hot W. wind moderate.

Ditto gusts.

Ditto ditto.

Calm.

W. wind.

Ditto.

CANDAHAR,

Barometrical and Thermometrical Observations, &c. [No. 121.

Observations of the Wet and Dry Bulb Thermometers.—(continued.)

;

las

June 21

be) 3?)

>? a?

ries? QO

3) >

3923 33

a) >)

5) 3?

a> 3)

33> a?

> 3

33 3+?

33 3?)

32) >?

pee

BP 33

3° 33

3). 3B )

3) 3?

3) ad

2) Pe

3) PZ

33 >°

ee |

23 23

3) 33

33 3)

a> 33

33 23

3) 3)

5p ee

23 3)

+3 33

a3 3)

DP A 3)

3 P.M.

63 99

9 a.m

Len

\] oF)

12 33

lpm

rok ae

ares

4 oe)

63»

8 A.M

9 ;,

homies

ll y)

Hee

lrpom

oom

4 33

64 A.M

10%. .:

lt,

LP ae

lpm

2 29

3” 55

bk 9 A.™.

10 233

i2?

2 P.M.

BUS snl?

Dry bulb.

Ne eS

WMOOCOOo

fan) >, >,

Remarks.

es ee, ee ee ee

Slight W. breezes.

Ditto ditto.

Ditto calm, night.

Calm.

Ditto.

Slight W. wind.

Ditto.

Calm, sultry.

Violent W. wind.

Calm.

N. E. wind.

Ditto.

Calm.

W. wind.

Ditto.

These observations were made in a Jargish mosque, with one small door to the Eastward, and

several grated windows in the same direction, which were blocked up with joussa, and watered

occasionally. The prevailing winds are Westward, so that the Thermometers were not exposed to

their direct influence.

The wet bulb was a standard given me by the late J. Prinsep Esq. with an ivory scale and naked

bulb divisions.

The dry one was a good Thermometer with an ivory scale, divisions 13 each belonging to Major

Thomson, C. B.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

(Friday the 21st January, 1842.)

A Meeting of the Society was held at its Rooms, at the usual hour, on Friday the

2st January, in consequence of an adjournment from a previous Meeting, on which

evening a sufficient number of Members to proceed upon the important business before

the Society was not present.

The following letter, conveying the resignation of the Honorable Sir Epwarp

Ryan, as President of the Society, was read :—

Court House, December 20, 1841.

S1r,—I regret to find that it will not be in my power to attend the next Meeting of the Society,

and I must therefore beg of you to tender for me my resignation of the office of President.

I cannot quit a Society on which I have so long presided, without expressing my deep sense of

the uniform kindness and consideration with which the Members have been pleased to regard my

humble efforts to discharge the duties of an office, which, if [ had properly weighed my own

qualifications, I ought perhaps never to have accepted.

It is highly gratifying to me to know, that however unworthily your chair may have been filled,

by the exertions of your most able and excellent Secretaries the Society, during the last nine years,

has greatly extended the reputation which it early attained amongst the learned Societies of Europe,

under the auspices of its Eminent Founder.

I have the honor to be,

Sir,

Your obedient humble’ servant,

EpwarRp RYAN.

To Henry Torrens Esa.

Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

The Honorable H. T. Prinstp stated, that as this letter had been referred to the

Committee of Papers, it had been deemed proper to convene a special meeting of

that body, at which it was determined that the following resolutions be proposed to

the Society for adoption at their present meeting :—

Read the resignation by the Honorable Sir E. Ryan, of the Chair of the Society.

Submitted by the Honorable H. T. PRinsEp, Esq. and seconded by the Honorable Sir J. P.

Grant—That it seems to the Committee advisable, that the late President be requested to sit for

his picture in England, to any eminent artist whom he may select as fitting for the purpose. The

size of the picture to be Kitcat, in order to correspond with the pictures of the other eminent men,

as Sir W. Jones, Lord WELLESLEY, Lord Min‘TO0, &c. &c. already in possession of the Society.

Resolyed—That this proposition be recommended for adoption to the Society, as a proper mode

of recording the sense entertained by that body, of the value of Sir Epwarp Ryan’s long and

able services in the Chair, and the interest with which he. has always regarded its proceedings in

all branches of Science.

Proposed by the Honorable W. W. Brrp, Esq. and seconded by the Honorable Sir J. P.

GRANT, that the Honorable H. T. Prinsrep, Esq. be recommended to the Society as a Member

highly qualified by his high general attainments, and his known zeal in the pursuits of Oriental

literature, as well as by his long standing in the Society, to take the Chair vacated by the

Honorable Sir Epowarp Ryan.

Resolyed—That the proposition be submitted accordingly.

H. TorREws,

Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

92 Asiatic Society. [No. 121.

The adoption of the first of these resolutions was then proposed by the Honorable

H. T. Parinsep, seconded by the Secretary, and carried unanimously. _

The Honorable W. W. Biro then rose, and after a just eulogy on Mr. H. T.

PRINSEP’sS merits as an Oriental and general scholar, and as a most zealous and indus-

trious member of the Society, with many feeling allusions to the transcendant merits of

Mr. JAmMEs PRINSEP, a name so justly dear to the Society as that from whose labours

alone have raised its fame so far above what it had ever before attained— Proposed in

continuation, ‘‘ That the Honorable H. T. PrinsEp be requested to accept of the

office of President of the Asiatic Society.”

The Right Reverend the Lorp BisuHop, in rising to second this motion, paid a

warm and a just tribute to the zeal and interest so constantly shewn in every

matter relative to the Society’s pursuits and affairs by its late President, the

Honorable Sir Epwarp Ryan. His Lordship then addressing himself to Mr.

Prinsep as the future President of the Society, adverted to the Discourses of its

founder, Sir WiLL1am JONES, as compositions well worthy of the close attention of

its Presidents, from their enlarged views, and their general tendency to raise the cha-

racter of its pursuits, and to render it, as it always had been, both in India and in Eu-

rope, the just and fruitful parent of Oriental learning and science. His Lordship also

adverted in feeling language to the merits of the late Mr. JamMEs PRINSEP, observing,

that no one individual could do justice to them.

The motion was carried by acclamation.

The Honorable H. T. Prinsep, on taking the chair, and returning thanks for the

honour conferred upon him by the Society, said, that he felt he owed much more to

the labours of his brother, than to any merits of his own: that he felt and knew that

his heavy official duties during many years had left him far less leisure than he could

have desired for the prosecution of his Oriental and other studies, and that he had

thus been unable to do much, which he feared may have been expected from him.

He feared also, that it might now, with the scanty leisure he could still command,

be too late to repair this, and to regain lost time, and that he could only thus promise

zeal and devotion to the pursuits and interests of the Society, and express his earnest

desire to tread in the footsteps of his lamented brother. He looked to, and fully -

trusted in much assistance from the labours of individual Members, and in the. sup-

port which he should receive from the Society in the election of its Officers for the

advancement of its interests and of its good name.

E. B. Ryan, Esq. was proposed asa Member of the Society, by H. Torrens, Esq.

and seconded by P

A letter was read from Dr. H#BERLIN, reminding the Secretary that his proposi-

tion to elect Dk. Ewatp an Honorary Member of the Society, was yet before it.

Dr. Ewatp was unanimously elected.

The Secretary brought to the notice of the Society, that the Collection sent out by

the Honourable the Court of Directors, as a basis for an Indian Museum of Economic

Geology, had been made over to it, and arranged in a separate room appropriated to its

objects; but that the extensive duties which the superintendance of a Museum of this

nature would require, to carry out fully, and efficiently its great objects, the develop-

ment of the whole inorganic products of India, were such, that it would require the

attention of an individual, He stated, that it was well known by letters from home,

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 93

that the Court of Directors had authorised the Government to incur the expence of

the nomination of a person charged to carry out their views, and that it might thus

not be improper, were the Society to address Government on the subject. It was

agreed that this matter should be left to the Committee of Papers.

The following Books, &c. were presented, and the thanks of the Society recorded

for them :—

List of Books received for the Library of the Asiatic Society, for the Meeting on the

2lst January, 1842.

Lane’s Dictionary, English and Burmese. Calcutta, 1841, (3 copies).

Journal of the Bombay Branch Society. No. 2, October 1841, pamphlet.

The Calcutta Christian Observer. January, 1842, No 25, ditto.

The Oriental Christian Spectator. November 1841, Bombay, vol. 2d, No. LI,

second series, ditto.

Society for the Encourgement of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce. Premiums

for the Sessions 1840-41, 1841-42. London, 1840, six copies, ditto.

Transactions of the Society for the Encourgement of Arts, &c. during the Sessions

1839-40, vol. 53d, part 1.

London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science,

3d series, vol. 19, No. 122, August 1841, London, pamphlet.

Proceedings of the London Electrical Society, Sessions 1841-42, London, ditto.

Transactions of the Geological Society of London, 2d series, vol. 6th, part Ist,

184], ditto.

Journal des Savans. Mai, 1841. Paris.

Kittoe’s Illustrations of Indian Architecture from the Mohammedan Conquest

downwards. 1838, Nos. | to 12 and 21 Plates, equal to5 Numbers. One plate

over.

The Silurian System, from the Edinburgh Review, April 1841, No. 147.

Yarrell’s History of British Birds. London, part 27th.

Some Account of the General and Medical Topography of Ajmeer, by R. H.

Irvine. Calcutta, 1841.

Di un Vaso Greco Dipinto che si conserva nel real Museo Borbonico Discorso del

Cavalier Bernardo Quaranta. Pamphlet.

Sula figura e L’Iscrizione egizia in cise in uno Smeraldo Quaranta. Napoli, 1826

ditto.

Nafhatul Yaman, a collection of pleasing stories and compositions, both in prose

and verse. Hooghly, 1841.

Diwani Mootanubee. Hooghly, 1841,

Callery. Systema Phoneticum Scripturae Sinece, pars prima et secunda. Ma-

cao, 1841.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. 1841, vol. 2d, part 17th,

pamphlet.

Icones Plantarum Indie Orientalis, by R. Wight. Vol. 2d, part 3d, ditto.

Transactions of the London Electric Society, from 1837 to 1840, London, 1841.

Spry’s Plants, &c. required for India. Calcutta, 1841, (5 copies).

Masnabee-Kanoor, in Oordoo.

Naphasil-Logawd, in Persian.

94 Asiatic Society. [No. 121.

An extract of a letter from Dr. JAmMigson to Mr. CrErx, Political Agent, N. W.

Frontier, dated Camp Kalabagh on the Indus, Nov. 15, 1841, was partly read. From

this it would appear, that with reference to the main objects of Dr. JAMIESON’s mis-

sion, the discovery of good sources for a supply of Coal, there was not from the Geo-

logical character of the country, much chance of its attainment. Coal it is true, was

found at Kalabagh in thin seams in a white sand-stone, which alternates with the

red marls in which the rock salt and gypsum are imbedded, the largest seam being

about 17 inches in breadth, consisting partly of coal, sand-stone, and mineral sulphur.

About 2,000 maunds had been collected, but an exorbitant price, Rs. 4 per pucka

maund, was demanded, as the people used it for medicine.

The oldest rock met with between Jabalpore and Kalabagh, is magnesian lime-

stone, on which is the red sand-stone and red marl, and white sand-stone alternating

with it.

In a lime-stone filled with organic remains, (probably the equivalent of the mus-

chelkalk of Germany,) iron ores, red and brown hematite, occur in enormous beds.

On the banks of the river, the sand is extensively washed for gold, so that we have

here at once, iron, gold, sulphur, salt, gypsum, lime-stone, saltpetre, alum, and

coal; all that is wanting to raise the town (Kalabagh) to one of the most important

cities in India, being coal in quantity, with enterprise and capital ; but Dr. Jamizson

concludes, from the geological characters of the district, that no coal worth working

will be found in it. The coal met with is partly lignite and partly jet, and not

true bituminous coal; but from experiment it seems well adapted for Steam Vessels,

burning with a good flame, and having but little residium.

This valuable paper was referred to the Secretary, for publication in his Journal.

A letter and statement from Captain BayLe, Superintendent Experimental Cotton

Plantations, contradicting many points in the letter of Mr. Bruce was presented.

Referred to the Editor of the Journal.

A letter from Prince SoLtTIKoFF, requesting permission to have copies made of those

parts of the Mackenzie MSS. relating to Sculpture and Architecture.

Letter from the Secretary to Government in the General Department was read,

forwarding copy of a circular from the Military Board to the Engineer and other

officers employed on the construction of roads, recommending to their attention, as

suggested by Mr. Acting Curator PippiNGToN, the objects of the Museum of

Economic Geology, and forwarding to them copies of Captain TREMENHEERE’S paper.

A box of tin and manganese ores from Mergui had also been sent by the Military

Board, and these were accompanied by a report from the Secretary to the Coal and

Iron Committee. Referred to the Journal.

A letter from Brigadier Twemtow, received through the Agricultural Society,

with some specimens, was also referred to the Editor of the Journal for publication.

One from Dr. H. H. Spry, forwarding specimens of copper ore from Cornwall,

presented by Major Jenkins, for the Museum of Economic Geology. ;

From Captain KirTor, with numbers completing a full copy of his valuable work

on Indian Architecture, and offering his best services to the Society in Europe.

From Colonel Pogson, requesting that the Society would republish in its Transac-

tions, a paper published by Dr. Corsyn in his Journal, and forwarding a MSS. in

continuation. Referred to the Committee of Papers.

1842.] Asiatic Society. 95

The report of the Curator to the Society was read as follows :—

Animal Kingdom.

MamMaLtia.

In this class of animals, I have the satisfaction to record the following donations : —

Ist. A collection of numerous skeletons, in pieces, some extra skulls, frontlets

and horns, and a few skins, together with specimens of other classes, from Mr. W.

Masters: the former being referrible to the following species :—

Hylobates, apparently H. Hoolock, Harlan: a skull, older than those previously

in the Museum, and cutting its third upper and second lower true molars, the third

lower being also partly visible in process of formation.

Semnopithecus Entellus: the skeleton of a very fine old male, being a welcome

acquisition to our collection.

Macacus, apparently M. Rhesus : a skeleton.

Lemur, qy. species ?: ditto.

Pteropus Edwardsii: ditto.

Megaderma Lyra: ditto.

Scotophilus castaneus: ditto. As the skulls of these three Bats have been minute-

ly compared with other specimens in the Museum, prepared under my own direc-

tion, there can be little doubt of the correctness of their identification.

Vulpes Corsac (vel Bengalensis, Indicus, Kokree, &c. Auctorum) : a skull.

Felis Tigris: the skeleton of a fine male; with four additional skulls, apparently of

one male and three females; and a skin in bad condition of a very large Tiger. Our

Bengal Museum was perhaps the only one in the world, of proportionate extent, that

did not previously contain a skin of this renowned Bengal animal. A fine specimen

for stuffing is still a desideratum, which I hope this notice will be the means

of obtaining.

F. Pardus (vel Leopardus) : a skull, and much injured skin.

Lutra leptonyz : a stuffed specimen, being a species and genus new to the Museum,

though one of four species which have been obtained since our last meeting.

Ursus labiatus: a skull.

Talpa Europea: a stuffed specimen. Of this genus I may remark that our Museum

contains a perfect specimen in spirits, from Sylhet (vide J. 4. S. vii. 464), of the

species inhabiting northern India (7. micrura, Hodgson) ; also an imperfect skin,

of decidedly the same species, from Assam (noticed in J. 4. S. vil. 464); and

a skeleton, which ! believe is also that of a specimen from the latter country.

This animal, according to Mr. Hodgson (Proc. Zovl. Soc., 1834, 96), is, in

Nepal, found only in the Kachar or northern region; it (or a species of Mole, in

all probability the same, ) is mentioned by Mr. ‘Traill as an inhabitant of Kumaon (4s.

Res. xvi. 153) ; and the Hon. Mountstuart Elphinstone, in his volume on Kabul (p.

142), observes, that ‘‘ Moles are only found in Kashmir’’. Lieut. Hutton states the exis-

tence of a Mole at Quetta (Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. No. [V, 558). There can be little

doubt that all these notices refer to the same species, which will probably prove to have

a still more extensive range, especially to the eastward, As many as four species of

true Talpa have now been ascertained, all of which are inhabitants of the continent

96 Asiatic Society. [No. 121.

of Europe and Asia, one, however, being found in Japan. In Africa, at least South

Africa, they are represented by the genus Chrysochloris, and in North America by

Scalops and Condylura ; in South America no Insectivora (Cuv.) have hitherto been

discovered (for the Sorex tristriatus of Fischer has proved to be a genuine Opossum )

and Mr. Waterhouse has well remarked that their place is there supplied by the

numerous small Opossums, as in Australia by other analogous Marsupiata. There

exists, however, a species of true Jnsectivora (Cuv.) in the island of St. Domingo,

which constitutes the genus Solenodon of Brandt. No burrowing forms that can be

considered analogous to the Mole and allied genera have as yet been discovered

among the Marsupiata, but itis highly probable that such will eventually be found

to exist.

Equus Caballus : a skull.

Elaphus Indicus: some molar teeth.

Cervus Hippelaphus : frontlet of a young animal.

C. Avis: skulls of an old male, a young male, and a female,

C. porcinus : a frontlet.

», allied to porcinus : a pair of loose antlers.

», muntjac : a frontlet.

Antilope Cervicapra: an imperfect skull, a pair of loose horns, and an odd horn.

Ovis Nahoor : horn of a female.

» Aries, var: askull.

Mus decumanus : a skeleton, and a stuffed specimen.

Cavia cobaya : a stuffed specimen.

Manis pentadactyla : ditto.

2d. Ihave to announce the present, from ‘‘alady,’’ of a living female of the Moschus

Meminna, Auctorum; this species I had never previously seen alive (as I often have

its Malayan congeners), and certainly did not expect to find it so very bulky an

animal, or in other respects so nearly allied to the recently discovered true Chevrotain

of Western Africa (M. aquaticus, Ogilby, P. Z. S., 1840, 35), a species which I had

the good fortune to examine, or, in common, I imagine, with every other zoologist

who has heard the announcement of a Chevrotain from that locality, I should certainly

have been unable to resist the suspicion that the animal would rather have belonged

to the Philantombah group of ‘‘ Antelopes’? (Cephalophus), or perhaps some allied

form; it is, however, in all respects a thorough Chevrotain, nearly allied to the

Meminna, and the first Cervine quadruped (with the exception of that very re-

markable one, the Giraffe,) which has been discovered to the southward of the Atlas

chain in all Africa:* its habits are remarkably aquatic, which circumstances I mention

* I say Cervine, because quite unable to appreciate any sufficient difference be-

tween the Cervide and Moschide, Auctorum, to justify their current separation into

groups of the value of ‘‘families.”? How, for instance, can the Muntjacs be placed

in a distinct family division from the Chevrotains? With respect to the presence or

absence of antlers, which is the only positive distinction subsisting between these

two alleged families, it is well known that a South American group of tiny Deer have

the appendages in question reduced to the permanent condition of brockets, or small

branchless beams, to say nothing of the fact of their constant absence in one sex all

but throughout the family; while, on the other hand, it is by no means clear, now

especially that a plurality of species has been ascertained among the musk-bearing

Moschi, that one or more of these is not actually furnished with antlers: witness the

description of the musk-animal by the Arab historian, Abusseid Serafi, who (as cited

1842.) Asiatic Society. 97

in the hope of inducing some investigation as to whether the Indian species may not

participate in the same propensity; nothing of the sort (that I am aware) has hitherto

been observed, or at least published, concerning it, nor from the skulking habits of the

animal does it appear to have been much noticed in many districts where it is certainly

found. In Ceylon, it is as common as Hares are in England; the natives trap great

numbers of them in the interior of the island, and bring them almost daily to market

in Colombo and other towns, where they sell for about a rupee each, and are esteemed

very delicate-eating. In Colonel Sykes’s list of the Mammalia of the Dukhun

(P. Z. S. 1831, 104), it is mentioned that ‘‘ considerable numbers exist in the dense

woods of the Western Ghauts, but they are never found on the plain.”’ Mr. Walter

Elliot, in his ‘Catalogue of Mammalia in the Southern Mahratta Country’ (Madras

Journal, No. xxv. 220), notices it as ‘‘ common in the forest, and even occasionally

by Mr. Ogilby) states that ‘it is very similar to the Roe, having long projecting tusks,

and horns of a straight form or slightly pushed back ;’’ so, also, in Bell’s Travels

in Tartary (i, 224), we read that—‘‘ ‘lhe Kabenda is a size less than the Fallow Deer,

and its colourdark. It is ofa pretty shape, having erect horns without branches ; is very

swift, and haunts rocks and mountains of difficult access to men and dogs; and, when

hunted, it jumps from cliff to cliff with incredible celerity and firmness of foot. The

flesh is esteemed better venison than any of the Deer kind of larger size, of which

there is a great variety in these parts [neighbourhood of Elimsky.] This is the

animal from which the drug called musk is taken * * *. There are many of them

in this country, but the musk is not so strongly scented as that which comes from

China. The General had bred this creature to be very familiar. He fed it at his table,

with bread and roots; when dinner was over, it jumped on the table, and picked

up the crumbs. It was pleasing to observe its gambols, playing with the children like

a kid.’ With such opportunities, accordingly, for observation, it is very unlikely that

the traveller should be mistaken in what he avers concerning its ‘‘ horns.”’

I may remark here, that in an account of the anatomy of a ‘‘ cis- Himalayan’? Musk,

by A. Campbell, Esq. published in Jour. As. Soc. vi., 119, the presence of a gall

bladder is noted, ‘‘of an oval shape, pendulous from the right half of the liver, and

three inches long, by two inches and a half in diameter.’? Whether this viscus was

found to exist by Professor Pallas, who furnishes an account of the anatomy

of (I believe) a Tartarian specimen, I do not remember to have noticed, and

have not now the work to refer to: the Chevrotains have none; and the existence or

non-existence of a gall-bladder has generally been considered as an invariable distinc-

tion between the two great divisions of hoofed ruminants, being absent in the Cervine

group; hence its occurrence in a true Moschus is remarkable, but it is well to quote

the following from Professor Owen’s elaborate description of the internal conforma-

tion of the Giraffe (Trans. Zool. Soc. ii. 227-8.) ;

‘“ As the presence of a gall-bladder distinguishes the hollow-horned from the solid-

horned ruminants, the investigation of this point in the anatomy of the Giraffe was

attended with much interest; and the result of an examination of three individuals

shews how necessary it is not to generalize on such a point from a single dissection.

‘‘In the first Giraffe, (a female,) | founda large gall-bladder, which presented

an unusual structure, being bifid at its fundus * * *, In the two males afterwards

examined, there was not a vestige of a gall-bladder, but the bile was conveyed by

a rather wide hepatic duct to the duodenum. I conclude, therefore, that the absence

of a gall-bladder is the rule, or normal condition; and that the Giraffe in this respect,

as in the structure of its horns, bears a nearer affinity to the Deer than to the

Antelopes.’’ Nor is this the only instance wherein an irregularity of conformation has

been observed with respect to the presence of a gall-bladder: thus, in the class

of birds, the French Academicians failed to detect it in four out of six specimens of the

Demoiselle Crane, (Grus virgo) ; nevertheless, such instances of irregularity are

extremely rare, and extensive groups are characterized (among other particulars)

by the seemingly constant presence or absence ofa receptable for the secretion of the

liver, which it would be out of place here to particularize; my object has been

to call some further attention to the subject as regards the true Musks, the affinities

whereot induce a suspicion that the case recorded by Mr. Campbell will prove

to be exceptional or abnormal, as adjudged by Mr. Owen to have been the fact in the

instance of his first Giraffe.—Cur. As. Sov.

98 Asiatic Society. JfNo thr.

seen in the Mulnad.”’ Lieut. Tickell informs us that it ‘is found throughout the jungly

districts of Central India, but from its retired habits is not often seen. It never ven-

tures into the open country, where its want of speed would ensure its easy capture, but

keeps among rocks, in the crevices of which it passes the heat of the day, and into

which it retires on the approach of an enemy. In these the female brings forth her

young (generally two in number) at the close of the rains, or the commencement of

the cold season. The male keeps with the female during the rutting season, (about

June or July,) at other times they live solitary. An idea,’’ continues this gentleman,

‘prevails among the people in Singboom, not altogether void of probability, that at

the season of the fall of the leaf, the ‘ Yar’ never ventures beyond a few yards from its

cave, as in walking along it sticks its sharp-pointed hoofs through the fallen foliage,

which accumulates in such bunches on its legs as to cripple its movements altogether,

should it prolong its rambles.’? (Cale. Jour. Nat. Hist. No. iii. 420.) How much

further to the northward it may range, I possess no data for determining ; but think it

not unlikely that it will prove to inhabit suitable localities at the foot of the Himalaya. *

A second specimen of this animal, very young, and but just dead, has been obligingly

presented to the Society by Mrs. Linstedt. + ‘

3rd. Dr. Wallich has favoured us with a fine specimen of a Jackal (Canis aureus ),

of which common species the Museum did not previously contain an example; and

with a pair (male and female) of the Corsac, or small Indian Fox, (Vulpes Corsac, )

a species which before was represented only by a very shabby and mutilated stuffed

skin, though we possess a good skeleton of this pretty little animal. The male now

set up is a particularly fine and handsome one.

4th. Dr. Pearson has presented the Society with two handsome skins, but un-

fortunately mutilated of the*fore-paws, and inordinately stretched lengthwise, of a

species of Otter, which I will notice presently; and one of a Weasel, which I suspect

to be an undescribed species, allied to Mustela Sarmatica. Size of the Ermine, or

European Stoat, (14. Erminea,) and also nearly allied to that species, but rather

darker (I write from memory only of the Ermine) in its colouring, with the tail-tip

dusky reddish-brown, and less developed than the black tail-tip of M@. Erminea ;

middle of the face, from the upper lip to the occiput, passing between the ears, and

gradually fading on the nape into the general hue of the upper parts, much darker

brown than the rest, contrasting, though not abruptly, with the fulvous of the cheeks ;

chin white, and shoulders and sides of the neck densely mottled with ill-defined dull

* « Deer of several kinds, one a beautiful animal of the size of a Hare,”’ are noti-

ced as occurring upon Myn Pat, in Digurjah, in the Bengal Sporting Magazine for

1840, 536.

Mr. Hodgson has since noted the occurrence of a species which he considers new,

and styles Tragulus mimenoides, in his Classified Catalogue of the Mammals of

Nepal, Jour. As. Soc. 1840, 914. The generic appellation Tragulus, it may be

remarked, applied by the late Mr. Bennett to the Chevrotains, was pre-bestowed by

Col. Hamilton Smith on a group of small African Antelopes.

+ When this was being mounted, | had the living one, which had been turned loose

into a small enclosure, caught, that its form might be better imitated in the stuffed

specimen; and the strength and vigorous resistance offered by the little creature,

when taken, after rather a tiresome chase, were quite surprising: it struggled most

violently, using its sharp hoofs with some effect; and, had it been a male, would

doubtless have inflicted bad wounds with its tusks, This little animal is of a very in-

dolent disposition, at least by day, when I have never known it move voluntarily from

the bush :inder which it squats; upon being disturbed, it plunges among the herbaye

exactly like a Hog Deer.—L. B.

1842.] , Asiatic Society. 99

white spots, which suggest the name of humeralis for the species, should it prove to

be new: length about a foot, or rather more; and tail minus the hair about five

inches additional. From Darjeeling, as are also the Otters.

Sth. Mr. Bouchez has presented us with a stuffed skin of Lutra nair. ©

6th. Among the recent specimens procured is a fine large female Otter, which

appears to be the L. Tarayensis of Mr. Hodgson (Jour. As. Soc. 1839, 319), dif-

fering from the description given by that gentleman only in the under-parts being of

a less whitish, or ‘‘ pure yellowish-white’’ hue, and the paws scarcely albescent, but

of a lighter and more fulvous brown than the rest. It also accords so nearly with

Jenyns’s description of the European species (Brit. Vert. p. 13), that I am doubt-

ful if it will not prove to be the very same, though (judging from memory of the lat-

ter) it appears to me to be rather a stronger and stouter animal. General structure

as described by Mr. Hodgson, and total length 46 inches, of which the tail (which

is 3 inches broad at base, becoming much more depressed and tapering to the extre-

mity,) measured 174 inches ; girth immediately behind the shoulders 154 inches ; limbs

very robust, the anterior measuring 63 inches from elbow joint, and entire naked palm

to the extremity of middle toe 3} inches; tarse, to end of middle toe } inch, and

hairy for 14 inch. This animal had five large abdominal teats, and not the slightest trace

(internally or externally) of a third anterior on the left side; which circumstance is

interesting, as shewing how little dependence can be placed on the number of teats

as a specific character: the lactiferous vessels were fully distended, indicating that

the poor creature was giving suck. ‘The fur is short, and (so far as [ can remember)

absolutely similar in colour to that of the British Otter, having the throat and sides

of the face, to a line even with the eye and posterior base of the ear, rather dull or

cinerascent white, which colour occupies only the tips of the hairs, and less of them

on the lower part of the front of the neck and on the chest, till beyond the latter the

lower parts are but slightly hoary: feet as described; and tail dark underneath; the

white of the face, throat, and upper part of the fore-neck only, is abruptly divided

from the dark colour of the parts above. This animal was shot on the salt-water lake

above Calcutta; and I have had both its skin and skeleton set up.*

The Otters which Dr. Pearson has presented agree with none of those described

by Mr. Hodgson, but seem to be allied to the Z. monticola of that naturalist, from

which they differ in being not of a deeper, but of a more rufous, brown than the last, :

in the pallid hue of the under-parts being throughout abruptly separated from the

brown above ; and in ‘‘the intermediate incisors of the lower jaw’’ being placed in an

even line with the rest, at least if the third or central pair be intended by Mr.

Hodgson, but, if the second pair (intermediate to the central and the outermost) be

meant, then there is a slight difference between this and the preceding species, where-

in the series of lower incisors forms quite a straight line. Fur longer than in the

preceding, more as in L. deptonyx, but much darker than in that animal, of a shin-

ing dark colcothar-brown at base, slightly grizzled with a pale annulation near the

extremity, under-parts dull fulvous-white, formed by hairs of this colour, but mode-

rately close, protruding through the dense inner felt which has a brown surface; this

fulvous-white, too, is continued underneath to the tail-tip. Size about that of L. nair;

* The same species inhabits the Indus, and I very much incline to the opinion,

that ae other than L, vulgaris. Three living cubs have since been brought to

me.—E. B.

100 Asiatic Society. [No. 121.

but the skins have been stretched so completely out of all shape, that admeasure-~

ments of them would not be trustworthy. From Darjeeling, as before noticed.

I have also obtained a very fine recent example of Paradoxurus typus, which has

been mounted: and two live kittens of the Felis Chaus, Guldenstadt, not of Geoffroy, or

F. Kutas, Pearson, Jour. As. Soc.i. 75, and F. erythrotis, Hodgson, ibid, v. 233.

This is the common Jungle Cat of Bengal, and has a wide geographic distribution. It

was discovered in the Caspian marshes by M. Guldenstadt, and has since been met

with in the north-west of Africa by Ruppell and others, where, however, it must not

be confounded with the nearly allied F. caligatus, Tem., or ‘‘ Booted Lynx,”’ of the

Appendix to Bruce’s Travels, which is the F. Chaus of M. M. Geoffroy and F. Cuvier.

In Persia it is common, as also on the Himalaya, but I am not aware of its occurrence

in Peninsular India, where doubtless, however, it exists, nor did I expect to meet

with it in Bengal. The young merely differ, as usual, in having the markings some-

what brighter and more clearly defined.

Lastly, I have had a specimen prepared of the common Hare of Bengal, Lepus

ruficaudatus? Is Geoff. Dict. Class, ix. 381, seu LZ. macrotis, Hodgson, Jour.

As. Soc. ix. 1183, being a name which, if I mistake not, is pre-occupied, beside

that it is much more applicable to other species, such as that of Egypt, well repre-

sented on some of the antique paintings of that country; also Z. Indicus, Hodgson,

and LZ. orientalis, Brown, Bengal Sporting Magazine, July, 1836. This very com-

mon species was wanting to the Museum, and (as is oftentimes the case with the

commonest animals) is all but unknown in Europe, where the Z. nigricollis is

erroneously supposed to be the common Hare of the Gangetic provinces, a species

which I cannot learn is found in this part of India. I saw living specimens of the Black-

necked Hare at Madras, and now regret that I did not secure some, for this

species is wanting to our Museum; but I expected to find it equally abundant here

as also certain other animals which I could have procured on the same occasion. The

Gangetic Hare is brought plentifully to the Calcutta bazaars, always alive if possible,

‘and both itand ZL. nigricollis are remarkable for the loud squealing they emit when

handled: they also bite severely if not taken up with caution. The flesh of the

Gangetic species is very insipid. This animal is cited doubtfully by Mr. Ogilby as

the L. ruficaudatus of M. Is. Geoffroy St. Hilaire, imperfectly described from a

mutilated skin, and Mr. Ogilby adds a minute description of a specimen which was

taken home by Dr. Royle, who informed him that the species is very common in the

Doon and in the neighbourhood of Delhi: this appears to be the amount of what was

known to European naturalists concerning it prior to the arrival of Mr. Hodgson’s

elaborate description of the species in the Society’s Journal for 1841, p. 1183, where

some notice occurs of its habits and favorite haunts. A previous description, however,

exists in the Bengal Sporting Magazine, for July, 1836, where the following habitat

is assigned to the species ‘‘ Caubal, Punjab, and the continent of India; but as yet

unknown to the eastward of the Barampooter.’’ The same writer adds, ‘‘ the Hare in

this country sometimes takes to earth when hard pushed, but this is no more than has

been occasionally known in England.* In this country, too, a Hare has more oppor-

* « The Hares of India are small, but very staunch, and have one more chance of

escape than their brethren in Europe, namely, by running to ground.’’ Capt. Mundy’s

eC i, 369. They are occasionally hawked at with the Falco luggur, Jerdon,

ibid. ii. 39.

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 101

tunity of putting this stratagem into execution, from the numerous holes or earths of

animals all over the country. Their manners are, in every respect, the same as those

of the English Hare: they are savage and ill-natured in their way, and fight with each

other to desperation ; and upon being wounded, they often bite and tear themselves ; in

consequence, a slight scratch often proves mortal. In some parts of the country they

are very numerous, which an English game-keeper would not believe, considering the

number of enemies they have, in the shape of Pariah Dogs, Jackals, Cats, Mongoose,

Weasels (Viverricula), Hawks, Snakes, and though last not least, the native

shikarees, who catch vast numbers of them, and sell them to the natives for two pice each,

and to gentlemen for four annas.. They surrounda bush with nets about 3 feet high;

the bush is then beat with sticks, when the Hare bolts out into the net, which he attempts

to force himself through, andis caught unhurt. It is said that the fleetest Hares are

found in Hurriana, where there are extensive plains; and I have been told that Dogs

which could kill Hares with ease at Allyghur, were ata loss at Hansi, at which place

I have often in vain tried them with the Rampoor and Persian Greyhound. _[ do not

recollect ever being able to turn one, much less to catch it.. A very superior breed of

Dogs has now come into play, and no sportsman is seen with the large tearing down

animals of by-gone times, when a poor little diminutive Indian Fox ora glutted Jackal

were thought fit to contest in speed with long Dogs. Vhe splendid Grey-hounds I

lately saw at Meerut assure us those times are gone.’’

The genus Lepus, I may remark, has been very largely added to of late years,

wherever the specific distinctions have been duly attended to. In North America

alone, not less than 14 species have been clearly distinguished and described by my

friend, the Rev. Dr. Bachman (Vide Jour. Acad. Nat. Soc. of Philadelphia, vii,

parts i. and ii). It is not long since the Irish Hare (LZ. Hibernicus ) was first recognised

by the Earl of Derby to be totally distinct from the common species (ZL. timidus ) of

Great Britain and Europe,* so that three are now known to be indigenous to the

British Islands, besides the Rabbit, which latter appears to have been introduced

originally from Barbary into Spain, whence it has been naturalized over all temperate

Europe. The labours of Ruppell and of Hemprich and Ehrenberg have made known

a considerable number of species from Syria and the north-east of Africa; and -

it cannot be doubted that many remain to be discovered throughout Asia. In the

Burmese territories, however, I have been informed by a gentleman long resident, and

* The Irish Hare grows as large, or nearly so, as L. timidus, but is much more

nearly allied to L. variabilis ; from which it is readily distinguished by the considera-

bly more rufous hue of its coat, which is also less dense, and has the inner felt rufous

instead of white. The length of a small male, weighing 4lbs. 10 oz., which [

procured, was 19 inches, the tail with hair three inches more; ears three inches and

a half, and length of fore-limb from elbow joint seven inches, and of hinder from knee to

claw eleven inches: tarse with claws five inches and ahalf: as in LZ. variabilis, there is

no black on the tail, except a few scattered hairs. ‘he fur has the same general

aspect as in that species, which is very different from that of L. timidus, being soft, of a

sandy-brown colour, with curly hoary tips intermixed; beneath pale. Outside the

ears it is much longer than in JL. timidus; the latter are black-tipped, and pale

posteriorly. ‘The flesh resembles that of the Common Hare much more than the

Alpine. This Irish species affects marshy situations, and when hunted leaps with

great agility over the stone walls that divide the country in some parts. A considerable

number of the ZL. timidus have lately been turned out in different parts of Ireland.

I may take this opportunity to notice another European species, which I suspect is

new. 1 saw several barrels of the skins at one of the enormous collections of peltry ex-

hibited at the half-yearly sales of the Hudson’s Bay Company, where specimens

102 Asiatic Society. [No. 121.

devoted to zoological studies, that none have hitherto been observed,* nor am I aware

that any have been met with in the great islands of the Oriental Archipelago;

but in China there are doubtless several, and one from that country has been figured

by Messrs. Hardwicke and Gray as ZL. Sinensis, besides which the Z. variabilis

(or much more probably an allied species, gregarious in its migrations like various

other rodents,) is known to inhabit Chinese Tartary. In Little Tibet, my friend

Mr. Vigne observed a rather large species, a skull of which he took to England, and

which, it may be, is the Z. Otzostolus vel A’modius of Mr. Hodgson (Jour. As. Soc.

ix. 1186),¢ and this or another species is ‘‘ common everywhere in Afghanistan”’

(Elphinstone’s Cabul, 141). Lieut. Irwin also notices that ‘* Hares are generally

diffused’’ in that country, and that ‘“‘ white Hares are chiefly found beyond the Jaxartes.

In Cabul only is the Hare kept in a domesticated state, and they may be purchased

in the market for half a rupee each. The Rabbit is not found in these countries,

India, or Persia’? (Jour. As. Soc. viii. 1007), z. e. not in a wild state, for there is no

lack of domestic Rabbits in Caleutta.{ In the Indian Peninsula, I know only of

L. ruficaudatus (?), which Mr. Hodgson assigns to ‘‘ the Gangetic plains and Sub-

Himalayas,’ and JL. nigricollis, which the same gentleman formerly included in his

Catalogue of- Nepalese Mammalia (P. Z. S. 1834, 85), as an inhabitant of the

Tarai, though the omission of this species in his subsequent. lists would seem to

intimate that at that time he had mistaken the species. Col. Sykes states L. nigri-

collis to be ‘‘ very common in the strong and bushy hills of Dukhun;’’ and I have

some reason to suspect the existence of another upon the Neilghierries. A curious

from all parts of the world are brought together. On the same occasion I observed a

pile of several dozen skins of the Kobus ellypsiprymnus (A. Smith) of South Africa.

Of Lepus, were some large packages of skins of the Polar Hare, and the present

species was known to the dealers by the name of Polish or Russian Rabbit,

Length about a foot and a half; the ears two inches and ahalf, and tail with hair nearly

two inches, moderately bushy, and pale brown above, having no black on it. Fur in

winter about an inch and a half long, the basal third dusky or slate colour, then

rather pale fulvous for 4 inch, the remainder white; of one quality, delicate

and lying straight, exceedingly soft, and winter surface appearing pure white;

the ears black at base of hairs, but overlaid with white, the edges alone appearing

black. A specimen, apparently killed in autumn, with white hairs growing among

the rest, had the summer coat fulvous with black tips, the fulvous changing to

white before being shed, and the front part of the outside of the ears brown ; skin

remarkably thin and delicate. It is possible that this may be the L. hybridus

of Pallas, which I do not know; but, if undescribed, it might bear the appellation of

L. Sclavonicus.

A species of Hare from Sardinia has lately been described by M. Wagner, by the

name L. Mediterraneus. The islands of Sardinia and Corsica are highly remarkable

in their Zoology, containing besides a peculiar Weasel (Mustela boccamela), a

distinct Stag from that of Italy and the continent of Europe (Cervus Mediterraneus ),

the wild Moufiflon Sheep, &c; nor is the botany of the same islands less re-

markable. E. B.

* Since writing this, I have been informed thata species of Hare, nearly resem-

bling if not identical with that of Bengal, is common on the Siamese hills, on the eas-

tetin blower of the Company’s territory ; and reverting to Crawfurd’s ‘‘lmbassy to Ava’’

(p. 456), I find it there stated that ‘*the Hare is not known in Pegu, but makes its

_ appearance on the high lands before the disemboguement of the Irawadi, It is a small

animal, similar, in all respects, to the Indian Hare,’’—-E. B.

+ Described, I now find, in Proc. Zool. Soc. for Jan. 26, 1841, as L. Tibetanus,

Waterhouse, and presumed to be identical with Z. otstolus, Hodgson; vide An. and

Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1841, p. 234. ;

t Vide the last No. of this Journal, x 979, for another notice of the Hares of

Afghanistan,

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 103

species has been described by Dr. Pearson from the. northern hills, which would

scarcely seem to be either a true Lepus, or a Lagomys. ‘‘ Its hair is harsh and

bristly; ears very short, not projecting beyond the fur; length 18 inches, and colour

more dusky grey than that. of the [Gangetic] Hare. Inhabits Assam, especially

the northern parts of the valley along the base of the Bootan mountains’? (McClelland,

in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, 152). Dr. McClelland adds, ‘‘ 1 am indebted. to. Lieut.

Vetch of Assam for the skin of this animal, but unfortunately the skull is wanting ;

but according to Mr. Pearson it is the same as the skull of. the common Hare.’’

Were it not for the last statement, I should have conjectured the animal to have been

atrue Marmot. Dr. Pearson names it Z, hispidus.

Fosstr MAMMALIA.

In this interesting department, I have the pleasure to record the acquisition of

another, fine head, at least the greater portion of one, of Mastodon Elephantoides,

which was purchased for the Society by Mr. Piddington. It was imbedded in a very

hard grey limestone, apparently the same as, or differing very little from, the matrix

of some of the Sivalik fossils, whence it is probable that it was derived from the same

Sub-Himalayan formation.

I have also been so fortunate as to discover, among the numerous valuable reliques

from the Sivalik ranges, which were presented to the Society by Col. Colvin (vide

Jour, As. Soc. vy. 183), part of the head and bony cores of the horns of a large species of

Ovis, nearly allied to, if not absolutely identical with, the O. Ammon of Siberia (vel ?

Hodgsonii, Nobis, seu Ammonoides, Hodgson, of the Himalaya); and a correspond-

ing portion of a true Zbez, to all appearance identical with the species (Capra Sakeen,

Nobis, ) which still inhabits the loftiest Himalayan crags. It is unnecessary to dwell

here upon the conclusive proof afforded by the occurrence of these highly interesting

remains of the existence of lofty, and even snow-clad, mountain heights in the imme-

diate vicinity of the region then tenanted by the Sivatherium and its extinct contem-

poraries; but I shall avail myself of the earliest opportunity to draw up a memoir on

the subject, illustrated by figures of the splendid fossils which there cannot be the

slightest hesitation in identifying (generically) as aforesaid. |

In the same collection of remains, is the frontlef with portions of the cores of the

horns of a remarkable large species of ruminant, which being neither referrible to the

Oxen, Sheep, nor Goats, has (as is customary in. such cases) been assigned to the general

receptacle for such non-conformists—the vast pseudo-genus Antilope ; but it is as distinct

from any of the living forms hitherto discovered and ranged in that empyrical assem-

blage, as many of the latter are from each other. At present, I hesitate as to which of

them it even most approximates. thie | tes

AVES.

In the class of Birds, our acquisitions, since the last Meeting, have been so very

considerable, that I can only notice a few of the more interesting, either as being

apparently new, or rare, or for the purpose of elucidating their‘synonymy. From

R. W. G. Frith, Esq. the Society has received a donation of 165 specimens of skins,

104 Asiatic Society. [No. 121.

referrible to more than 100 species, 20 of which are new to the Museum, and many

more equally acceptable. The greater number of them were procured in Upper Ben-

gal, or in the hills, but there are some from Malacca, and among these, it is worthy

of notice, 4 species of South American birds were received, which are as follow:—

Galbula ruficauda, Cuv: male and female.

Pipra rubricapilia, Tem.

Tanagra azurea? being the species figured in Griffith’s Animal Kingdom, vii.

490, as the ‘‘ Azure Tanager’’: two specimens, and a

Xanthornus, apparently the Oriolus Americanus, Gmelin.

These are strictly forms characteristic of the western continent : though it may be

mentioned here, that in the ‘‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’’ for 1836, p. 113,

Mr. Burton exhibited a small Himalayan bird referred by him to Pipra, as “the first

species of this genus hitherto discovered in those regions;’’ it might be equally aver-

red, on the whole eastern continent, though the oriental genus Calyptomena, Hors-

field, is unquestionably allied to Pipra and Rupicola, as also, probably, the Cratai-

onyx of Eyton (P. Z. S. 1839, 104). With respect to the Jacamars (Galbula ), it is

remarkable that Levaillant positively asserts having received his Jacamerops (the

G. grandis, Latham,) from the Eastern Archipelago, and Cuvier followed him in con-

sidering this as the type of a supposed oriental section of the genus (Regne Animal,

i. 448); but it has since been ascertained to be South American, like all of its

congeners hitherto discovered.

Among those eastern species which may be noticed, I shall distinguish such as are

new to the collection by an asterisk.

* Paleornis Malaccensis, Vigors (Zool. Jour. ii. 520), and figured in the volume

on Parrots in Jardine’s ‘* Naturalist’s Library.”

* Falcoluggur, Jerdon (Madras Jour. No. xxiv. 80) ; apparently an adult female of

this fine species, which is nearly allied to the Lanner (F. danarius. )

Hyptyopus (Hodgson, Jour, As. Soc. 1841, 27, olim Baza, H. Jour. As. Soc. 1836,

777,) lophotes ; Falco lophotes, Tem ; B. syama, Hodgson ; Buteo cristatus, Vieil-

lot; Lepidogenys Lathami, J. E. Gray: two fine specimens.

Circus melanoleucos.

Alcedo (subgenus Ceryle, Boie,,1828, Ispida, Sw.,) guttatus; two fine specimens.

Dacelo pulchella, Horsfield, male and female; at least | judge what I have termed

the latter to be of this species, though differing much in plumage from the male

(which is figured in Dr. Horsfield’s Zoological Researches in Java); there is no

blue upon its plumage, the upper parts of which are everywhere barred with rufous

on a black ground, these markings being widest upon the wings and tail, and closest

and narrowest about the neck; cheeks and ear-coverts like the crown, and under-parts

ruddy white, barred with dusky across the breast and on the flanks. Mr. Eyton (in

P. Z. S. 1839, 101,) classes this species in Halcyon, but I see no reason to follow

his example.

Merops Sumatranus.

Napophila (Hodgson, Jour. As. Soc. 1841, 29, olim Bucia, H., Jour. As. Soc.

1836, 360,) amicta ; Merops amictus, ‘Tem.

N. Athertonii, Merops A., Jardine and Selby (Ili. Orn., pl. lviii); Nyctiornis

coeruleus, Swainson; Napophilu (olim Bucia) Nipalensis, Hodgson ; Merops cyano-

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 105

gularis, Jerdon;* genus Alcemerops, Is. Geoff. (1832), apud G. Gray; of these

various names, | could wish to adopt the more recent generic appellation bestowed by

Mr. Hodgson, but his specific term, independently of its lack of priority, is objectiona-

ble, insomuch as that the bird is found both on the Neilghierries and in the Malay penin-

sula, whence it extends northward through ‘lenasserim to Assam and Nep&l. Nyctior-

nis, Sw. is inapplicable, for, according to Mr. Hodgson, ‘‘the bird is in no way or

degree a night bird” (Jour. As. Soc., 1841, 29),+ while Napophila is expressive of

its haunts, and Alcemerops (implying an intermediateness to Merops and Alcedo,

which I am quite unable to discern, ) is certainly not a felicitous compound. Both in

habits and internal structure, to judge from Mr. Hodgson’s description (Jour. As. Soc.

1836, 362), these birds are intermediate rather to the Bee-eaters on the one hand, and

on the other the Jacamars and true Todies of South America; they have much the

same puffy plumage, also, as the latter; and whereas the true Bee-eaters (Merops),

Rollers (Coracias and Eurystomus), and Kingfishers (Halcyon, Alcedo, &c.), which,

with the exception of a few large species of the last, are peculiar to the eastern hemis-

phere, have the intestinal canal devoid of cecal appendages, Mr. Hodgson describes the

present bird to have ceca of an inch or more in length, in which particular it accords

with the Jacamars (Galbula), Todies (Todus) and Motmots (Prionites), of South

America. Mr. Hodgson adds, that the stomach and intestines of Merops are similar to

those of Napophila, but this is at variance with my own observations of the former,

wherein I could never detect any trace of ceca.

Picus Sultaneus, Hodgson (Jour. As. Soc., vi. 105); agreeing, at least (as does

also another specimen in our collection), in every particular except size with Mr.

Hodgson’s description. This naturalist, indeed, remarks that ‘there is another

Nepalese species scarcely distinguishable from this by colours, and which has been

confounded with it by those who venture to describe from one or two dried specimens.

The two species differ, however, tuto coedo in all typical and characteristic respects.”’

Hence it is clear that our present bird cannot be here referred to, and little less

so that the Indian three-toed Woodpecker (P. tiga, Horsfield,) is intended,

for this species scarcely differs in colouring, except in having the back of the neck

black instead of white, and in therelative breadth of certain markings on the sides of the

neck. The dimensions which Mr. Hodgson assigns to both sexes of P. Suiltaneus,

are 15 inches long by 23 inches across; bill 23 inches long; Ist quill feather 3 inches

shorter, and 2d | inch shorter, than the 5th. In the larger specimen now before me, the

entire length could scarcely have exceeded 13 inches (may not 15 have been a mis-

print?) ; bill from forehead barely 2 inches, and in the other not 13 inch; from gape 24

inches and 2% inches ; wing from bend 7 inches and 63 inches; the first primary res-

pectively 23 and 3 inches shorter, and the second nearly 3 in. and § in. shorter, than

the fifth. Both are males, and in all other respects precisely Geeta with Mr,

Hodgson’s description. re

Cuculus (subgenus Chalcites, Swatason, fin; haipronerpho, Vigors,) ¢wetdus, Gmelin:

a splendid male. ‘The female of this species is described as C. Malayanus, Raffles

* Also, I much suspect, Nyctiornis Amherstiana of the catalogue of birds in Dr.

Royle’s Illustrations of the Botany, &c. of the Himalayas.—E. B.

¢ Mr. Jerdon has since remarked the same, in the Supplement to his valuable cata-

logue of the birds of Peninsular India.

—

«~

106 Asiatic Society. (No. 121.

(Lin. Trans. xiii, 286), and the C. metadlicus, Vigors (Ibid, xv, 302), is no other

than the young, as satisfactorily shewn by specimens in transitional state of plumage.

* Podargus ——?

* Lanius nigriceps ; Collurio nigriceps, Franklin (P. Z. S,, 1831, 117).

Picus tristis : female. ; ;

* Yunz torquilla ; taken near Calcutta,

* Pteruthius erythropterus, Swainson ; Lanius erythropterus, Vigors and Gould: a

young male, agreeing with Gould’s plate of the female, except in having a conspicuous

whitish eye-streak, like that of the adult male, while the crown and back are uni-

formly greyish brown, the feathers of flimsy texture, and slightly tinged with green-

ish on the scapularies} under-parts white, having some growing new feathers tinged

with fulvous on the sides of the breast. An adult female before me differs from Gould’s

figure of this sex in having the upper-parts darker and more inclining to cinereous-

brown, quite a different hue from that on the plate, and the crown much darker and

dusky grey; bill more hooked than in the young bird.

Muscipeta paradisea ; two males, which sex is new to the Museum.

Phenicura atrata, J.and 8. (dil. Orn, pl. lxxxvi): male and female; ng yeeee new

to our collection, and differing from the figure referred to, and the Latin definition of

the species, in wanting the bright rufous margining of the wing feathers, which are -

edged with’greyish, having buta slight rufous tinge on the border of the tertiaries

only. Of the various Indian true Redstarts, this is the only species I know of which

occurs in the southern parts of the Peninsula, * and the present are the only specimens

I have seen of it from the northern hills. It is common in the vicinity of Calcutta.

* Mr. Hodgson, in the ‘ India Review,’’ (for 1837, p. 65,) has described a

small group of birds allied to the Redstarts, but quite properly distinguished from

them, which he there styles Miltava, having since substituted the appellation Chaitaris

(Jour. As. Soc. 1841, 29); three species are distinguished by him, of which two

appear to have been previously named ; viz. Ch. brevipes, H., which is the Pheenicura

rubeculoides, Vigors, (P. Z. S. 1831, 35), as identified by Mr. Hodgson; Ch. ful-

giventer, H. which, from comparison of the descriptions, would seem not to differ from

Phenicura McGregorii, Burton (P. Z. S,. 1835, 152); and Ch. sundara, Hodgson,

of which beautiful species a fine specimen occurs in the present collection, with two of

Ch. rubeculoides, allmales. In another collection of birds now confided to my. charge

from Darjeeling are two males and a female of Ch. sundara, and two males and two

females of an additional true species, considerably larger than the others, which I

intend to describe as Ch. grandis. The group is an extremely natural one.

Turdus (Oreocincla, Gould,) Whitei, Eyton.

* Crateropus ocellatus ; Cinclosoma ocellatum, Vigors.

* Oriolus Trailliit, Hodgson ; Pastor Traillii, Vigors and Gould : a female.

* Chloropsis, J. and S., seu Phyllornis of Temminck : two species. One is the Chi.

Sonnerati, J. and 8., or Ph. Mullerii, Tem, ; two males, and new to the collection: the

other the Chl. Hardwickii, J: and S. (described in the Addenda to the 2nd volume

of the ‘ Illustrations of Ornithology,’’ from a coloured figure in the collection of the

late Major General Hardwicke), seu Chl. ‘cyanopterus, Hodgson, and CAl. chryso-

Es)

* Mr. Jerdon has lately described two others in his Supplement,

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 107

gaster, McClelland and Horsfield (P. Z. S. 1839, 167). There are two specimens

also of this bird, which form an interesting series with two others previously in the

Museum, illustrative of the changes of plumage undergone by the species. Other spe-

cimens from Darjeeling are also before me, and I avail myself of the occasion to note

the following particulars: the young male has all the upper-parts, with the breast, °

uniform Parrot-green, tinged with yellow on the throat; the hyacinthine streak from

each side of the base of the lower mandible being reduced to slight tips to the feathers,

by no means conspicuous ; the lower tail-coverts are green, and this appears to have

been also the case with the whole under plumage ; shoulder-spot as usual : the fully (?)

mature female differs in having the upper-parts a slight shade more yellowish

green, but there is no yellow on the throat, which is tinged with verditer, and has a

well-defined hyacinthine streak on each side, not quite so deeply coloured as in the

male ; below the breast, the under-parts are mingled green and buff-orange, the lower

tail-coverts being of the latter hue, and the primary wing and tail feathers are green,

the latter a little tinged with bluish on their inner webs, and the former being slightly

edged with dull verditer, towards the tips only, excepting on the three outermost: at

the first moult, when the wing and tail primaries (as in various other birds) are not

changed, the young males assume the dusky-purple, or purplish-black, colour of

the throat, fore-neck, and breast, the black lores and ear-coverts, bright hyacinthine

moustache, and golden-buff colour of the belly and under tail-coverts, and one of

three specimens before me (in different stages of this moult,) having lost one of its

caudal feathers, no doubt by accident, has had it replaced by one a little longer than

the rest, and of a purple colour slightly mixed with green ; more or less dusky-purple

also appears, at this age, on the smaller wing-coverts, and especially below the generic

verditer tuft upon the shoulders of the wings; the crown inclines to yellowish, and

in fact the mature plumage is everywhere attained, excepting on the wings and tail ;

the primaries and their coverts, with the winglet, and the caudal feathers, but not

the coverts of these, appearing, at the second moult, of arich dark purple, which is

characteristic of the fully mature masculine livery, and hence Mr. Hodgson’s ap-

pellation of cyanopterus.

Cinnyris mysticalis: Nectarinia mysticalis, Temminck; Goalpara Creeper of

Latham, and Certhia Goalpariensis of Royle’s ‘ Illustrations’ ; Cinnyris Vigorsiz,

Sykes, C. miles, Hodgson, and Nectarinia Seherie, Tickell. A fine specimen of this

gorgeous little bird, the range of which extends from the Himalaya to the Deccan,

and through Tenasserim and the Malay Peninsula to Java.

*C. Horsfielai, Nobis; a beautiful little species, allied to the last, together with

C. Nipalensis, Gouldii, saturata vel Assamensis, and several others, which I mean

shortly to describe—as also,

' * Anthreptes macularia, Nobis: a species allied in plumage to the Arachnothere.

Eurylaimus nasutus, Tem. Mr. Swainson designates this species the ‘‘ Black-billed

Gaper;’’ but I am assured that the beak is of a beautiful blue colour in the living

bird.

Eur. ochromalus, Raffles, Lin. Trans. iii, 297; the preceding species being there

described as Eur. lemniscatus, Raffles.

* Coccothraustes melanoxanthos, Hodgson (As. Res. xix. 150). A magnificent

species of true Hawfinch, unfortunately not in very good condition, and im nestling

108 Asiatic Society. [No. 121.

plumage. Length 9 inches, wing from bend 5 inches, and tail, which is slightly forked,

3 inches to end of exterior feathers; bill, in this young bird, nearly 1 inch long

from forehead, and more than 3 inch deep: plumage very like that of a nestling

Goldfinch (Carduelis elegans), tinged with yellow on the abdomen, :and especially

on the under tail-coverts which are spotless yellow; also on the inner webs of the

central dorsal feathers, forming the same mesial streak along the back as in a Siskin

or Redpole Linnet, a young Crossbill, &c.; the rest of the back, scapularies, rump

and upper tail-coverts, dusky, each feather margined with brown, which passes into

greenish towards the tail; tertiaries shaped as ina European Goldfinch, and_ broadly

edged with yellowish-white towards the extremity of their outer webs ; primaries and

secondaries slightly edged, and their greater and smaller coverts tipped with the

same, the latter forming two narrow bars across the wing; crown and neck pale buff

at the bases of the feathers, which have each a large dusky spot at its tip, causing, the

crown to appear of this colour; a pale streak over the eye, and a narrow one tinged

with yellow from the gape, above which latter a broad dusky streak passes through the

eye, and below it is a large triangular spot of the same; under-parts pale fulvous, or

deep fulvous-white, becoming gradually more yellowish to the tail-coverts, each

feather, excepting on the throat and middle of the belly, having an oval dusky spot;

a line of such spots proceeds also from each corner of the lower mandible down the sides

of the front of the neck: a few new feathers which were growing on the breast are

brighter-coloured, with the spot very much reduced in size; hence the specimen

would appear to have been a female, according to the description furnished by Mr.

Hodgson. That naturalist described another species from the Himalaya, as C.

carnipes; a third from the same mountain regions exists in the C. ictertoides, Vi-

gors (P. Z. S. 183], 8, and figured in Gould’s Century) ; and a fourth, from the

neighbourhood of Canton, is figured by Messrs. Jardine and Selby (‘‘ Illustrations

of Ornithology,’’ pl. lxiii), as C. melanura ; besides which, the European C. vulgaris

is included in M. Temminck’s Catalogue of the birds of Japan.

Pyrgita cinnamomea, Gould (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, 185), male and female—We

before possessed specimens of this handsome Sparrow from Bootan, but the present are

considerably more brightly coloured, and their plumage less worn : the sides of the neck

of the male are pale clear yellow, divided by the broad. black gular streak ; and the

middle of the abdomen also is much tinged with the same; whole upper plumage and

fore-part of the wings, anterior to the white tips of their smaller coverts, bright cinna-

mon-rufous, marked as in other Sparrows on the middle of the back: the female has

also a ‘slight tinge of this rufous, especially on the sides of the neck, the rump, and the

fore-part of the wings, and there is a faint tendency to yellowish beneath; one of two

specimens of this sex has the dark gular streak of the male moderately distinct. Iam

acquainted with five species of true Pyrgita inhabiting India (one of them new), but

have seen none corresponding to the Passer Indicus of Messrs. Jardine and Selby

(Ill. Orn. pl. cxvii).

Argus giganteus, Tem. An exceedingly fine specimen of the female, which is much

rarer in collections than the male, and bears a far higher price among the dealers.

*Cryptonyx coronatus, Tem. ; male and female.

* Otis.’ Two specimens of Bustards, alleged to be the Floriken and the Leek of

Indian sportsmen : much confusion prevails respecting the application of these two

J 842.]° Asiatic Society. 109

names, arising from the circumstance that all the species of this genus change their

plumage twice in the year, and that in many of them the breeding dress of the males

is so different from that which succeeds it, that observers are apt to regard as different

species what are merely two seasonal phases of the same bird; nor is this the only

source of confusion in the present instance ; there really are two Indian species, which

by some are more appropriately distinguished by the names mentioned ; while others

regard the males of both in nuptial livery as the Floriken, or Black Floriken, and

refer them to the Leek, or Common Floriken, when in the plumage which alternates

with the breeding dress; a third class, having observed the mutation in one or the other

of these species, and thus positively ascertained that the alleged Floriken and Leek, as

known to them, are one and the same, naturally enough conclude that but one species

is referred to by these appellations, as indeed appears to be truly the case in Southern

India, where the Leek of Bengal, or Otis aurita, is the only species included in Mr.

Jerdon’s valuable catalogue, in addition to the large O. nigriceps (figured in Gould’s

Century), which is there exclusively styled Bustard. The specimens now under con-

sideration consist of a beautiful male of O. deliciosa, Hardwicke, (or Himalayana, Vi-

gors,) in full nuptial costume (as figured in Gould’s Century), being the Black Flo-

riken, and in its other dress the Common or Bastard Floriken—as sometimes distin-

guished from the Leek—of Bengal ; anda female in summer dress of O. aurita (figured

in Jardine and Selby’s ‘ Illustrations of Ornithology,’ plates xl. and xcii), which, as be-

fore mentioned, is the genuine Leek of Bengal, at least of those who properly distin-

guish the two, species; this latter is a much smaller bird than the other, and may

always be at once recognised by the remarkable attenuation and sharp points of its

wing primaries; it is a species new to our collection.

Among the Birds which have been procured in the neighbourhood, I may first pro-

ceed to notice two fine species of Erne, or Fishing Eagle, (Haliaétus, Savigny.) One

is the Ring-tailed Erne (4. Macei, or Falco Macei, Tem.), and from which I cannot

perceive in what the H. albipes of Mr. Hodgson (described in J. A. §. v. 228, and

further noticed in vi. 367-8, ) differs, bearing in mind that H. Macei was originally de-

scribed from a dry skin; moreover the H. unicolor of Mr. Gray, founded on one of the

drawings published by him from the late Major Gen. Hardwicke’s extensive collec-

tion, 1 very strongly suspect will prove to be merely the second plumage of the same

bird. Our Museum contains two specimens of this alleged H. unicolor, one of them

being known with certainty to be of the age mentioned ; otherwise, it might have been

suspected, from the lengthened and attenuated form of its nuchal plumes, to have been

older ; it is probable that the third plumage of the species will prove to be intermedi-

ate, and I trust to be soon able to procure one in transitional state of feather, which

would settle the question beyond dispute. This fine large species, the worthy oriental

representative of H. albicillusin Europe, A. leucocephalus in North America, and

three or four more in different regions, appears to be not uncommon in Bengal, and

is included in Dr. McClelland’s Catalogue of the birds of Assam (P. Z. S., 1839,

153), appearing, indeed, to be plentiful throughout the course of the Ganges and Boor-

ampooter with their tributaries ; but it is not mentioned in any of the lists which I have

seen of the birds of Peninsular India, not even in the very elaborate catalogue furnished

by Mr. Jerdon, and published in successive numbers of the Madras Journal of Litera-

ture and Science, Mr. Hodgson mentions that his H, albipes frequently robs the Osprey

of its spoil, just as the White-headed species of the west does the Osprey of that re-

110 Asiatic Society. [No. 121.

gion ; the latter, indeed, being specifically the same on both continents. The magni-

ficent specimen of H. Mace now exhibited, as also another which I have procured and

set aside as a skin, both of them females, measured 2 feet 8 inches long by 63 feet in

extent of wing. The form is typical, as exemplified by H. albicillus and H. leucoce-

phalus. ‘

The other species I have not, been able to determine: it belongs to the group of

Osprey-like Ernes (Icthyaétus, Lafresnoy), peculiar to the countries bordering on

the Indian Ocean, and exemplified by Z. Horsfieldi (Falco icthyactos, Horsf.), I.

blagrus (H. plumbeus ? Hodgson), the Australian 7. deucogaster, Gould, and | believe

some others.* Our Museum previously contained examples of I. Horsfieldi and I.blagrus.

‘The present species is figured in one of the drawings of the late indefatigably laborious

Dr. Buchanan Hamilton, and a female procured in the vicinity of Calcutta measured 2}

feet long by6 feet 14 inch in extent of wing; the latter from bend 214 inches, and tail 14

inches: bill, including cere, 23 inches over curve of upper mandible, and 2% inches from

its point to the gape ; tarse posteriorly 34 inches; talons moderately large, with trenchant

inner edges (wherein this species differs from J. Horsfieldi, and less decidedly from

I. blagrus), and foot very rough underneath. Bill whitish-horny, having a tinge of

bluish for the basal half, and becoming dusky towards the tip ; cere scarcely differing

in hue, but slightly waxy. Irides white, or rather becoming white, being a little

suffused with brown in the specimen. Legs and toes ivory-white, as in H. Macei ;

but differing from that species in scutation, having a series of nine large scales along the

whole outer front surface of the tarse, and those on the toes, especially on the hind one,

being remarkably prominent and projecting towards the talons. General aspect, at first

glance, not unlike that of an Osprey (Pandion) ; the head, neck, under-parts, thighs,

and tail, white, tinged more or less with rusty-brown, and the new feathers, which are

everywhere appearing among the rest, more deeply so, whence these parts, excepting

perhaps the tail, would have become clear pale rufous, confusedly mottled with dusky

on the sides of the breast and upon the crown: the tail is much cuneated, and has

some irregular scattered dark spots on its basal half, while the extremity is confusedly

freckled with dusky, darkest on the outermost feathers, the extreme tips being whitish :

wings and mantle aquiline-brown ; the primaries dusky, the interscapularies slightly

tipped with white, and the small wing-feathers which are impended (more or less) by

the scapularies, conspicuously bordered with the same ; an ill-defined bar of paler

brown across the wings. The intestines of this bird were elongated, as in the Osprey :

in its stomach were found three small water-snakes, some articule of Crustaceans, the

humerus of a bird the size of a Mynah, and the remains of a small rodent. Dr. Cantor

recognises the species as one which he has examined and found aquatic snakes in its

stomach. Should it be undescribed, I proposed to designate it Z. cultrunguis.

*Athene Indica; Noctua Indica, Franklin, P. Z. S. 1831], 115; Strix Brama,

Temminck. A specimen also occurs in Mr. Frith’s collection. It is probable this

little Owl will soon be found to be admissible into the European Fauna, for it is ascer-

tained to be ‘‘common about the foot of the mountains near the town of Erzeroom’’

(P. Z. S. 1839, 119).

* The Society has since received a small species from the Malay Peninsula, nearly

allied to I. Horsfieldi, and which I shall describe as I. nanus.—Cur. As. Sov.

t+ Vide especially a notice in Mag. Nat. Hist. for October 1841, p. 129.

1842.] Asiatic Society. | 111

Alcedo (subgenus Ceryle, Boie, 1828,) rudis, Lin. ; Ispida bicincta, Swainson, Nat.

Lib., Orn., viii. $5. ‘* When we find all authors,’’ writes Mr. Swainson, “ affirming

that the black and white Kingfisher ‘ inhabits various regions, both of Asia and Africa,

Egypt, Persia, Senegal and the Cape of Good Hope—that it varies both in size and in

the particular mixture of its colours,’ it is impossible not to conclude that more than

one species is confounded under the common name of Alcedo rudis, and that in all

probability this mixture of black and white in the plumage, instead of being the cha-

racter of a species, more probably belongs to a small division of the genus. The bird

now before us,’’ he continues, ‘‘ affords at least a confirmation, in one instance, of

sucha supposition. All writers (see particularly Edwards, i. pl. ix., Buffon, Edit.

Sonnini, xx, 192, and Pl. Col. 716,) agree in stating, that the true Alcedo rudis of the

Cape of Good Hope has but one black belt on the breast, whereas the species now be-

fore me has two ; when, therefore, we find so strong a specific distinction between birds

inhabiting two localities so comparatively near to each other as Senegal and the Cape,

we may fairly conclude that the other black and white Kingfishers, of regions vastly

more distant, will eventually prove to be equally distinct.’’? The truth happens to be, that

the double-banded is merely the male, and the single-banded the female, of this

widely diffused species, which is included among the birds of Europe by Mr. Gould,

as an inhabitant of its south-eastern border. It is of frequent occurrence in Bengal,

and follows the whole course of the Ganges to the foot of the Himalaya. Dr. McClelland

met with it in Assam, and it is included in the catalogue of birds procured by Dr.

Royle at Saharunpore and in the Himalayas, as an inhabitant of the plain country.

It is also plentiful about Rangoon. Mr. Jerdon states it to be ‘“‘common all over In-

dia, frequenting brooks, rivers, and tanks: unlike the other Kingfishers,’’ he adds,

‘¢ which watch their prey from a fixed station and then dart down obliquely on it, the

Spotted Kingfisher searches for its prey on the wing, hovering over a piece of water

like some of the Terns, and then darting down perpendicularly on it.’’ (Mad. Jour. xi.

232). So, indeed, does the common British Kingfisher (A. ispida), very commonly,

and doubtless, also, its Indian near ally (A. Bengalensis, ) at least occasionally, though

I have never observed this of it. Mr. Strickland, again, who remarked the A. rudis

in Syria, informs us, that ‘‘ it may be often seen in the salt-water marshes west of

Smyrna :’’ there, however, ‘* it never seems to follow the rivers, but always remains

near the coast. It sometimes hovers for several minutes about ten feet above the

water, and then drops perpendicularly on its prey’’ (P. Z. S. 1836, 100). Such are pre-

cisely its habits in Bengal ; and it may not unfrequently be seen resting on the bank,

and jerking its tail at intervals. Together with the large Himalayan A. guétatus, this

species appertains to a well marked subdivision of true Kingfishers (the Ceryle, Boie,

or Ispida, Sw.), generally characterized by large size, chiefly black and white plumage,

and considerably longer wings and tail than in the subgroup exemplified by A. ispida,

Bengalensis, semitorquatus (Sw.), &c. ; hence they might be expected to seek their

prey more on the wing, conformably with the foregoing observations. It is remarkable

that thin-~bgenus is the only one not only of the family HaJlcyonide, but of a larger

natural group comprising the latter, which is represented by species in the New World.

The males of A. rudis vary in the developement or breadth of the second pectoral

band, and in the quantity of spotting in front of the neck, above the first band, which

latter is sometimes interrupted in the middle, as it generally is in the females; these

112 Asiatic Society. [No. 121.

have no trace whatever of the second band, and seldom any spotting in front of the

neck, but a patch on the flanks (a little anterior to the thighs) is equally developed in

both sexes. *

Cuculus fugax, Horsfield, or Bychan Cuckoo of Latham; C. Lathami, Gray and

Hardwicke, or Bhrow Cuckoo of the latter, being evidently a mode of spelling the

Bengalee form of the Hindee word for ‘‘great,’’ which is applied by the natives to

this species in contradistinction to ce?tain Others,’ as more’ éspecially the C. tenuiro-

stris, Gray and Hardwicke, which latter, I may remark, is not identical with C. Son-

nerati, vel Himalayanus, Vigors, as supposed by Mr. Jerdon, but is the same as his

doubtfully cited C. lavus, this again being quite different from the C. flavus, Aucto-

rum. Upon another occasion, I will endeavour to elucidate the various Indian and

Malayan species of the family Cuculida.

Calliope Lathami, Gould (Icones Avium) ; Motacilla Calliope, Pallas ; Turdus Cal-

liope, Latham; Accentor! Calliope, 'Temminck. A beautiful male, added to the fe-

male which was exhibited at the last meeting. This bird extends eastward to Kamts-

chatka and Japan. It is not included in any of the published catalogues of the

species of Southern India; but Lieut. Tickell notices it im his ‘ List of birds collected

in the Jungles of Borabhum and Dholbhum’ (J. A. S. ii. 575), as ‘rare, solitary,

and silent. Haunts thickets and underwood. Was found at Dampera in Dholbhum,

and at Jehanabad, west of Hoogly.’? As we had a specimen previously in the Mu-

seum, in addition to those now obtained, it is probably not very rare in the vicinity

of Calcutta during the hyemal months.

Salicaria (Selby, subdivision Acrocephalus, Naumann, v. Calamoherpe, Boie, )

turdoides (?); Turdus arundinaceus (?), Lin. ; Agrobates brunnescens, Jerdon, Mad.

Jour. No. xxv. 269. This appears to me, judging from memory, to be the Sylvia

turdoides of ‘Temminck, which according to that naturalist extends eastward as far as

Japan. Ihave seen a specimen that was purchased in the London market, where,

however, it may have been brought from Holland ; the species not having been hither-

* In the same work in which Mr. Swainson has elevated the male of this bird to

the rank of a different species from the female, finding, as he says, ‘‘so strong a spe-

cific distinction,’’ he startles the common-place observer by characterising ‘ the Spot-

ted-winged Pintado, or Guinea-hen, (Numida maculipennis, Swainson). All the ah

we have consulted agree,’’ he informs us, ‘‘ in stating that the common Pihtado, or

Guinea-fowl, has the greater quills of the wings white, and although we have not, at

this moment, an opportunity of verifying this, 7¢ cannot for a moment be reasonably

doubted that such is the universal character of the species (!!!). That, however,

which we shall now record, has the whole of the primaries spotted on a blackish ground,

precisely with the same pattern, and in the same manner, with the lesser quills. This

is the only material difference we can detect between the bird before us and the

ample descriptions which have Leen published of the common species. Of this latter,

however, we have procured some feathers, which enable us to state, that those of

the lesser quills and of the back are spotted [in a manner] precisely similar to those

of our present bird. ‘The difference, however, of the quills ¢s so important, that tt is

alone sufficient to separate them as species”!!! Whata pity ‘ the first Ornitholo-

gist of any age’ did not defer the publication of the above until he had visited some

poulterer’s shop, or farm-yard! He would then have found that domestic Guinea-

fowl with spotted primaries are at least as common as those with white ones, while

among the latter he would have remarked that scarcely any two agreed in the quantity

of white exhibited, a variation, too, of all others wherein any but a mere pretender to

the rank of a philosophic naturalist would have paused before venturing to emburthen

science after such a fashion.

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 113

to detected within the British islands. Here the present bird, which I believe to be

the same, is not uncommon.

Phillopneuste fuscata, Nobis. This appears to me to be anew species. Length

52 inches, extent 73 inches, wing from bend 23 inches, and tail 2% inches; bill to

forehead * inch, and & inch to gape; tarse above Z inch; Ist primary ]§ inch short-

er, and 2nd primary § inch shorter, than the 4th, which is longest ; tail slightly round-

ed, in which respect, as in others, this species approximates the Salicavia. General

colour nearly uniform dusky greenish-brown above, somewhat darker upon the crown ;

beneath pale, and whitish on the throat and middle of belly ; shoulders of the wings

beneath, and under tail-coverts, tinged with fulvous, as also the flanks slightly, and a

trace of the same upon the breast and ear-coverts; a pale streak over the eye, com-

mencing atthe nostril. Irides dark brown. Bill dusky above, yellowish at base of

lower mandible: inside of the mouth rather pale yellow : legs greenish-brown. Shot

in the neighbourhood.

Ibis Macei, Cuvier and Wagler; J. religiosaof Sykes’s catalogue, and confounded

by others with the venerated Ibis of ancient Egypt, to which it is nearly allied: a

male and female, of the age described as Tantalus melanocephalus, Latham, and

figured as Ibis melanocephalus, Stephens, by Messrs. Jardine and Selby, Zi, Orn.

Bi G55

Ardea Javanica.

Also numerous Totani, Tringa, &c. of which the following species occur in the

bazaars; those marked with a ¢ being common to this country and the British islands.

Totanus glottoides, very common ; 7. Horsfieldi (Limosa Horsfieldi, Sykes),

do.; ¢Z. fuscus, not rare; ¢T. calidris, very common; fT. glareola, excessively

abundant; +7. ochropus and +T. hypoleucos, apparently rare, at least 1 have seen

neither of these in a fresh state as yet, though we possess specimens from the neigh-

bourhood ; ¢Machetes pugnax, common; +Tringa subarquata, tolerably common ;

+ T. platyrhyncha, rare; tT. minuta, exceedingly abundant; +7. Temminckiti,

not rare; Eurinorhynchus griseus, aspecimen of this excessively rare and curious

species in the Museum (vide J. A. S. v. 127, and As. Res. xix. 699); Terekia ori-

entalis, occasionally met with; tZimosa melanura, common ; + Numenius arqua-

tus, do.; ~ Himantopus melanopterus, do.; tRecurvirostra Avocetia, not rare;

tScolopax Gallinago, very abundant; ¢Sc. Gallinula, much less so; Sc. heterura,

tolerably common; Rhynchea Capensis, abundant (one species only) ; + Sguatarola

cinerea, common; Charadrius Virginianus, do.; (t¢Ch. morinellus, of this we have an

old and much injured specimen, apparently set up when fresh ;) Ch. minor (v.

hiaticuloides, Franklin, v. Phillipensis?, v. pusillus? Horsfield), common ;

another and larger species of Ring Plover, as yet undertermined, do.; Plu-

vianus Goensis and Pl. bilobus, not rare*; Parra Sinensis, very common in the im.

mature plumage; P. Indica, much less so,—the young of this has no superciliary

white stripe, and otherwise differs so much from the adult that I suspected it to be

distinct before procuring a specimen in transitional state of plumage; +¥Fudica

* Since writing the above, I have met with another and (I think) a new species, Pd.

cinereus, Nobis; and there is also an undetermined species, with very formidably

spurred wings, in the Museum, which I am tuld is occasionally met with.

114 Asiatic Society. [No. 121.

atra, common; fGallinula chloropus, do.; G. Javanica vy. pheenicura, do.; Por-

phyrio smaragnotus, do.; +Porzana maruetta (Gallinula porzana, Lin.), do.; +P.

Baillonii, do.; P. rubiginosa, comparatively rare ; + Radlus aquaticus, do.; R. Java-

nicus, do.: fine picked specimens of nearly all these birds have been procured, and series

of some of them illustrating their various phases.

tPodiceps minor has been added to the collection, which previously contained

only specimens of +P. cristatus ; the former is very common in Bengal.

Lastly, several species of Anatid@ have been procured, of which the following occur

in the bazaars : t Anser cinereus (verus), not rare; A. Indicus, common; Dendrocygna

major, Jerdon, somewhat rare; D. Awsuree (Mareca Awsuree, Sykes ), abundant ;

Microcygna Girra, do.; ¢ Casarca rutila, do.; + Tadorna Bellonii, rare ; Plec-

tropterus melanotos, not common; Anas pecilorhyncha, do.; A. caryophyllacea, do.;

+A. querquerdula, extremely abundant; +A. crecca, hardly less so; fA. acuta,

common; +A. Penelope, somewhat rare; fA. stepera, common; fA. clypeata,

do. *; tFuligula rufina, not rare; tf. ferina, do.; tF. nyroca, extremely com-

mon; fF. cristata, somewhat rare. I trust soon to have handsome and well mounted

specimens of all these species in the Museum.

Altogether, 69 specimens of recently killed birds have been set up since the last

meeting of the Society, in addition to some skins. Several skeletons of birds are also

in process of preparation, a few being likewise included in Mr. Masters’s donation.

The same gentleman has also presented the Society with a few skins of birds from

Tipura ; consisting of common Bengalese species, with the exception of a beautiful

Trogon, which I believe is the 7r. Hodgsonii of Mr. Gould, unfortunately, however,

in very frail condition, as are also the others.

Reptilia, &c.

As so very many species have lately demanded my attention in the two warm-

blooded classes of vertebrated animals, it will rightly be surmised that comparatively

small progress has been made in investigating any other department, howsoever desir-

ous I might feel to neglect none whatever, but to bestow the same attention upon all.

This will, of course, become more practicable in process of time, when I shall have

successively paid that especial attention to each class in its turn, which hitherto I

have found it impossible to do in more instances than those of the Mammalia and

Birds. I defer, therefore, at least as a general rule, bringing forward what observa-

tions I may have to offer relative to objects appertaining to other departments of

Zoology, until such time as I shall have brought my mind to bear, for a while, exclu-

sively upon the particular group or groups, and thus have become more familiarized

with the state of knowledge concerning such in this country. On the present occa-

sion, I have only to mention that the skin of the Crocodile noticed in my last Re-

port has been mounted, and its bones cleaned, the latter being intended to be kept

separate, for purposes of reference and comparison ; and that the donation received

* The A. Boschas I have never yet obtained, nor is it included in the catalogues of

Messrs. Franklin, Sykes, and Jerdon; but it is found in the Himalaya, though also

unnoticed in Dr. Royle’s list.

1842, |] Asiatic Society. 115

from Mr. Masters contains a stuffed skin of a small Python Tigris, and another of a

large specimen of Tropidonotus Dora, or Coluber Dora of Russell, vel Tr. quincunc-

tiatus, Schlegel, this latter being a very common species in the neighbourhood.

In the same collection was likewise a species of Sponge : and a large Madrepore has

been presented to the Society by Mr. T. P. Harding.

I am, Sir,

Yours obediently,

Ep. BiytH,

Curator, Asiatic Society.

Thanks were voted for the various communications.

The following are the names of the Society’s Officers elected at this Meeting, for

the year 1842.

President.

The Honorable H. T. Prinsep, Esq.

Vice Presidents.

The Honorable Sir J. P. Grant,

5 $5 W. W. Birp, Esq.

4 As Sir H. W. SErTon,

The Right Rev. the Lorp Bisnop of Calcutta.

Members.

Major W. N. Forbes, Rev, J. H. Pratt,

Dr. N. WaL.icH, Dr. J. T. PEaRson,

Dr. J. H@BERLIN, Lieut. A. Brooms, —

Dr. H. H. Spry, Baboo PRosoNocooMAR TaGorRKE.

C. HurFnaG_e, Esq,,

" oe

| a Horoipiel have pes

irene Bs, SA, att hay

nN f No AIMEE v0 194 Res St

ope : ; }

‘

q '

ol >

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. By Lieut. MacGrecor,

Political Department.

The country which is subject to the controul of the governor of

Pe notice. Jullalabad is the valley of the Cabul river, but it is

generally termed Ningrahar or Nungnihar, the former

being a corruption of the latter word, which signifies in the Affghan

language, nine rivers, or rivulets, and has reference to those by which

the valley is intersected.

The Khybur mountains cross the valley at its eastern end; the

snowy ridge of Soofaid Koh forms its southern

boundary ; the hills of Kourkutcha, and Seah Koh,

and the desert of Gumbeer trace its western limits; and on the north

Boundaries.

it is bounded by the primary and inferior ranges of the Safee and

Momund hills, which are separated by the Koshkote river.

The Cabul river flows through the northern part of the valley, and

its direction is east by south, and west by north On its left bank

from Salpoorah to Kama, a distance of about thirty-five miles, lie the

Momund (Bé-doulut) hills. In some places they form ridges, which

advance and overhang its banks, and then bend back, and form the

plains of Goshta and Kama; at the confluence of the Koshkote and

Cabul rivers the valley opens out to the north, and forms the fertile

districts of Shiwah, Shegee and Beysoot ; the two latter are divided by

No. 122 New Series, No. 38, R

118 A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. (No. 122.

a low ridge of barren hills, called Tungee Phagoo. ‘The northern

boundary of Shiwah, which skirts the Safee hills, may be estimated at

fifteen miles from the left bank of the Cabul river, and the mean width

of these districts, limited on the east by the Koshkote river, and on

the west by the Gumbeer desert, at six miles. This part of the valley

is not generally considered as belonging to Nungnihar, but as it bears on

the Koshkote river, which is one of those that give origin to the term,

it seems to me, to be very properly included under the denomination.

On the south side of the Cabul river are the plains of Jullalabad,

Chardeh, Buttee Kote, Besh Boolay and Dukka. The first mentioned

are divided by the Alee Boghan hills, termed by the natives Soork

Dewar, these cross the valley and form a low connecting ridge between

the Momund hills and the Soofaid Koh. The plain of Buttee Kote

is jomed on the north by that of Chardeh, and the country to the

south of it, and-of the plain of Jullalabad, slants up to the base of

the Soofaid Koh. Besh Boolay is included in this highland, which Lieut.

Wood, of the Indian Navy, describes as embracing all the rough and

broken ground between the Khybur and Kurkutcha ranges, and esti-

mates its length at fifty-nine miles, and its mean width at fifteen.

The small plain of Dukka lies on the western entrance of the

Khybur pass, the Cabul river marks its northern

eat boundary ; it is enclosed on all other sides by the

inferior ranges of the Khybur hills (Khoond Khybur): the high road

from Dukka to Jullalabad defiles westerly through the hills, and at the

narrow part of the pass, a thanah of Momunds is stationed for the

protection of travellers; on debouching from the defile, the road leads

out on the Geerdee country, passes on to Huzurnow and Bursawul,

and opens out on the valleys of Buttee Kote and Chardeh,

The plain of Buttee Kote is little else than a stony desert, that of

Chardeh is more fertile, on the north of which flows

a eae the Cabul river; Markoh, or serpent hill, limits its

eastern boundary ; on its west are the Ali Baghan hills, and south lies

the Buttee Kote desert; its length may be estimated at nine miles,

and mean width at three and a half.

To describe the plain of Jullalabad, I will quote from Lieutenant

Wood’s report on this part of the country, submitted to Government

in 1833.

1842.] A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. 119

«A ridge of hills called Deh Koh, or the Black, rises about

Jugdulluk, and running east by north till it meets the Cabul river,

bounds the plain of Jullalabad on the north; to the south it has the

high hill of Nungnihar; east it has the hills of Alee Baghan and

desert of Buttee Kote; while its western limit is marked by ridges,

which here project into the valley of the Soorkh Rood.”

“‘The length of the Jullalabad plain is twenty-five miles, and its

width does not exceed four miles. A plain situated so high up

the temperate zone, with snowy mountains in sight on the north

and south, producing all the vegetable productions of a more south-

ern clime, is one of these exceptions, resulting from local influences,

that are often found to militate against received opinions regarding

climate. From Jullalabad to Gundummuk, the distance is twenty-eight

miles, and the difference in the elevation of the two places is 2330

feet, the former being 2170 feet above the sea, and the latter 4150.

Travelling from the plain of Jullalabad, the change from a hot to

a cold climate is first perceived at Gundummuk; so sudden is the

transition, that natives affirm it snows on one side, while rain falls

on the opposite.”

The following rivers intersect Nungnihar :—

Rivers. 1. The Soorkh Rood, or red river.

2. The Gundummuk river.

3. The Kurrusso ditto.

4, The Chipreeal ditto.

5. The Hisaruk ditto.

6. The Kote ditto.

7. The river of Momund-durrah.

8. The Koshkéte.

9. Cabul river.

The Soorkh Rood rises in Bara Koh, flows through the Hisaruk

district, joins the Gundummuk river at Tuttungi

Mahomed Acbar, and falls into the Cabul river at

Durrounta, Itis called the red river, from the colour of its water ; it is

fed by tributary streams at Tootoo, Baghwanee, Tuttung, and Bala

Bagh. The Soorkh Rood is not navigable.

Soorkh Rood.

120 A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. [No. 122.

The Gundummuk river rises in the Soofaid Koh; it is joined by

Git beads streams from Moonkhee Kheil and Koodee Kheil ; it

flows by Gundummuk, and falls into the Soorkh

Rood at Killa-Alladad-Khan ; it is not navigable.

The Kurruso river rises in the Soofaid Koh, runs through the

valley of the Wuzzeeree Khoogeeanee, passes Kujja,

Behoor, and Futtihabad, and flows into the Soorkh

Rood, close to the town of Bala Bagh.

The Chipreeal river rises in the Soofaid Koh, a little about Pucheea,

flows by Agan, Chipreeal, and Heidah, and joins the

Kurruso River.

Chi 1 River. : *

dodtad ton biol river, about four miles to the eastward of

Jullalabad at Serai-i-Khoosh Goombuz.

The Hisaruk, like the rest rises in the Soofaid Koh, above Muzeena,

runs past Hisarshaee, Burroo and Bareekal, travels on

ae dine to Chardeh, and sinks into the Cabul river at La-

choopoor.

The Kote river rises in the Soofaid Koh, its course is by Khunder

Khanee, Buttee Kote, Chardeh, and falls into the

Cabul river at Killa-i-Khalid-Khan.

The river of Momund Durra rises in a valley, from which it takes the

River Kote.

name, and which is situated among the inner ranges

of Soofaid Koh; this river flows past the Nazeean

valley, and the Sheinwaree forts of Besh Boolag, it branches into two

streams near Busawul, the larger one falls into the Cabul river at Busa-

wul, and the smaller one flows in the direction of Huzarnow, and exhausts

itself on the cultivation appertaining to that place. This river forms the

limit of the Cabul valley on the south-eastern side, paying revenue to the

Government.

The Kashkote river is said to rise near the source of the Oxus, it

flows through Kashgar, Chughurserai, Koonur and

Kashkote, and joins the Cabul river near the village

of Kama. During the summer, on the melting of the snow of the

Safee mountains, this river is not fordable. Timbers are floated down

from Chughurserai, Koonur, and the Safee valleys to Jullalabad.

Rafts of inflated cow hides also float down the river, bringing

grain, iron, and other articles, supplied from the Bajore and Koonur

countries,

Momund River.

Kashkote River.

—_—-.

———- Y

1842.] A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. 121

The Cabul river in its course receives several considerable rivers, the

Punjsheer, Ghorebund, and Loghur streams, besides

those intersecting this valley are its tributaries; in

summer it flows with great violence ; it is fordable only from November

to April. Rafts of inflated hides float with the current, and convey

people and goods from Jullalabad to Peshawur. Rafts cannot stem the

current. On the journey down the river being accomplished, the

raftsmen take the hides out of the water, allow the inflated air to escape,

pack up the hides, and return with them by land, either laden on,

jackasses, or upon their own shoulders.

These streams, with the exception of the Soorkh Rood, Kashkote, and

Cabul rivers are more properly termed rivulets, they are chiefly fed by the

melting snows of the Soofaid Koh : canals conduct their waters over the

country through which they flow, and spread fertility wherever their

influence extends. Several of these streams, during the summer at the

period of the rice cultivation, are exhausted before they reach the Soork

Rood or Cabul river, to either of which, at other seasons, they form tri-

butaries.

The distance of Dukka to Soorkhal, by the high road is 774 miles,

vide subjoined table of routes furnished me by Captain Paton.

The low hills of Jullalabad are extremely barren, but the lofty ranges

of Koond, Kurkutcha, and Soofaid Koh, are richly clad with pine, almond,

and other trees, which supply the market with excellent timber.

The highest peak of Speenghir or Soofaid Koh, is stated by Lieut.

Wood, at 14,100 feet above the level of the sea. The same officer

talkmg of the people who inhabit the hilly country, says, “To see a

stream well-conductcd along the face of a hill twenty-five feet above

the mean level of the valley below is not uncommon, and where no

Cabul River.

rivulets intersect the valleys, a running stream is procured from kar-

kezes, or wells. The appearance of these sequestered valleys is a

mixture of orchard, field, and garden. They abound in mulberry, pome-

granate, and other fruit trees, while the banks of their streams are

edged with a fine healthy sward, enamelled with a profusion of wild

flowers, and fragrant from aromatic herbs ; near the forts they are often

fringed by rows of weeping willows.”

The plains of Buttee Kote, Geedee Goshta, Chardeh, Lookhee, and

the country skirting the hills, afford good pasturage. The pastoral

122 A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. ([No. 122.

Ghilzies bring a great number of camels and sheep to these districts in

autumn, and return to Cabul in the spring.

The principal towns and villages in the valley are :—

Jullalabad,—Sooltanpoor,—Bala Bagh,—Char Bagh,

—Futtihabad, —Neemla, —Gundummuk, — Kirjja, — Herdah, — Besh

Boolag—Buttee Kote,—Huzarnow,—Busowal,—Lalpoora,—Gurdee,—

Goshta,—Sungiserai,—Kameh,—Shewah,—Killatuk,—Shegee.

On the north of Nungnihar, lie the countries of Noorgul, Koonur,

Chughurserai, Bajore, Koshgar, &c. On the west, Lughman and the

Ghilzie country ; on the south, Bungish and Koorum; and east, lie

the Khyber and Upper Momund country.

Towns and Villages.

ROUTES.

Jullalabad to Dukka.

No. Names of Stages. Miles.

1. Summer Khelil, np is ‘Uh aid es lal

2. Buttee Kote, 8 o oi a = eae i

8. Huzarnow,.. M: yf, ns a A te ale a

4. Dukka, be Be we y i a By reg

394

1. Summer Kheil, ae me a ms rs eee

2. Chardeh, .. Ph x. Py or ty oe th

3.) -pusawill, ».... ae a ie Zs Pee ORE:

4. Dukka, iM fie “a i = Me RR F

From Jullalabad to Soorkhab.

]. Futtihabad, .. ai 5 i (a bi sy fags

. Sufaid Sung, si “E ae Ac re ee

3. Soorkhab, .. ye ae ate we By eh

1842.] A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. 123

1. Sooltanpoor, s/s es rT <e ‘ie oe NS

2. Futtihabad, .. 5 off <2 od ate b tter 7

3. Neemlah, .. yy is ah 24 éu epg

4. Gundummuk, us = 6 ah: ys o) YGF

5. Soorkhab, .. Bi: vy di hh 213 ae Pe

Mistory.

As far back as a. p. 977, we find that Nungnihar was the scene of

History. contention between Sabuctagi, the ‘Tartar, who as-

sumed the title of Nasir-ood-deen, and Jeipal the

Brahmin prince. History mentions that their armies came in sight of

each other, on the confines of Limgan, now called Lughman, and the

present village of Futtihabad is said to mark the spot where a victory

was gained by Subuctagi over the Hindoo prince. His subsequent defeat

and imprisonment took place at Peshawur.

Sooltan Babur in his memoirs, thus mentions Nungnihar in the year

A. D. 1504 :—

“‘ Nungnihar,” he says, ‘‘ in many histories is written Nekerhar. The

residence of the darogha, or commandant of this district is Adinapoor :

Nungnihar lies to the east of Cabul, thirteen farsangs of very difficult

road. In three or four places there are some very short kotuls, or steep

hill passes, and in two or three places, there are narrows or straits ; the

Khiralchi, and other robber Afghan tribes, infest this road with their

depredations. There was no population along this road until I settled

Kuratur below the Kurruksai, which rendered the road safe. The

Gurmsil, (or region of warm temperature,) is divided from the Sersil,

(or region of cold temperature,) only by the steep pass of Badam

Chesmeh. Snow falls on the Cabul side of this pass, but not on the

Kurruksai and Lumghanat side ; the moment you descend this hill pass,

you see quite another world. Its timber is different, its grains are

of another sort, its animals of a different species, and the manners and

customs of the inhabitants are of a different kind. Nungnihar has

nine streams. Its rice and wheat are excellent ; oranges, citrons and

pomegranates are very abundant, and of good quality. Opposite to the

fort of Adinapoor to the south, on a rising ground, I formed a Char

124 A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. [No. 122.

Bagh, (a great garden,) in the year 914, (a. p. 1508.) Itis called Bagh

Vafa, (the garden of fidelity) ; it overlooks the river, which flows between

the fort and the palace. In the year in which I defeated Behar Khan, and

conquered Lahore and Dibalpoor, I brought plaintains and planted

them there, they grew and thrived! The year before I had also planted

the sugar cane in it, which throve remarkably well. It is on an

elevated site, enjoys running water, and the climate in the winter

season is temperate ; the garden is charmingly laid out; to the south

lies Soofaid Koh, which separates Bungush from Nungnihar. Nine

streams descend from the mountain ; the snow on its summit never

diminishes. On the skirts of the hill there are many airy and beautiful

situations. On the south of the fort is Adinapoor. The tomb of holy

law, the father of Nuh, is in the Tooman of Alishung. In some histories,

the holy law is denominated Lamek and Lamekan. The people of the

country have a general practice of changing the letter Kaf into

Ghain, and it seems very probable that the name Lamghan originated

in that circumstance.

«The Tooman of Nungnihar, Manderam, Dereh Noor, Dereh Kooner,

Noorgie, and Cheghurserai, I gave to Nasir Mirza.

“I marched from Jumdool for the purpose of attacking Bajore.

Having encamped near it, I sent a trusty man to

Se lanier a require the Sooltan of Bajore and his people to sub-

mit, and deliver up the fort. That stupid and ill-fated people refus-

ed to do as they were advised, and sent back an absurd answer.

I therefore ordered the army to prepare their besieging implements,

scaling ladders, and engines for attacking the fortress. The preparations

having been completed, it was luncheon time when the tower was

breached, immediately on which the assailants drove the enemy before

them, and entered the tower. ‘The men of the main body at the same

time also mounted by their scaling ladders, and entered the fort. By

the favour and kindness of God, in the course of two or three hours, we

took this strong castle, (Naogee.) As the men of Bajore were rebels

to the followers of Islam, and beside their rebellion and hostility, they

followed the customs and usages of the infidels, while even the name

of Islam was extirpated from among them; they were all put to the

sword, and their wives and families made prisoners. I bestowed the

country of Bajore on Khwajeh Kilan.

1842.] A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. 125

“In the hill country all the inhabitants are kafirs: in Kafirstan

grapes and fruits are extremely abundant, and it produces a great

quantity of wine, but in making, they boil it. In the hills of this

district they have the pine, the jilguzeh, the oak, and the mastic tree in

great abundance. ;

“‘T embarked on a raft, and passing the Strait of Darounta, landed

higher up than Jehan-numai; we went to the Baghi

Vafa, which is opposite Adinapoor. Kiam Urdooshah,

the hakim of Nungnihar, met us as we landed from the raft.”

On the events of the year 1525, Babur writes, ‘ On the 8th of Sefer,

(November 24th) in halting at Gundummuk, I had a severe defluxion,*

but by the mercy of God it passed off without bad effects. On Saturday

I halted at the Bagh-i-Vafa, where I was forced to wait nine days

for Hoomaiun, and the army that was with him ; the garden was in great

glory, it is a charming place; the few days we staid there we drank

a great quantity of wine. On Sunday the 17th, Hoomaiun arrived, that

evening we marched, and halted at a new garden, which I laid out

between Sooltanpoor and Khwajeh Rustam.

““On Wednesday, we marched thence, when I embarked on a raft,

on which I proceeded down the river, drinking all the way till we

reached Kosh Goombuz, where I landed and joined the camp.” Babur

proceeded to Peshawur, (Begram. )

In the year 1570, Jullaloodeen Mahomed Akbar Badshah, when

proceeding from Cabul to India, desired Shumshoodeen Khaffee to

build the towns of Jullalabad and Attock, and which were completed in

two years. His son Selim, (Jehanghire,) was for some time acting

governor of Jullalabad.

The historian, Abdool Kadir Budwanee, in confirmation of the above,

states, “‘On the banks of the Nilah, Akbar Badshah desired the town of

Jullalabad to be built: about three coss from the town is the Bagh-1-

Sufa, commonly called Char Bagh, formerly known as the Bagh-i-wufa,

made by Sooltan Babur, near which was Adinapoor, the place where

the governor resided.” ‘The same author says, “ That Nungnihar in

former times was known by the name of the Joo-i-Shaee.”

During Shah Jehan’s reign, that monarch made some additions to the

7th Jan. a. v. 1520.

* A complaint very prevalent in the summer of 1840, among the British Troops at

Kujja and Gundummuk.

126 A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. [No. 122.

town. The following is an inscription on a marble slab, taken from an

old fort, and placed in the principal musjid of the town, shewing that

the fort was built by Itimam Khan, in Shah Jehan’s reign, A. D. 1638 :—

usli, were cael, eS9y) Reape whs elai,! wh> sli obs

cotya B25 yal tgs alee Joey apy FTG Elo; howls Slopes

pool? xi Js

In the year a. p. 1735, Nadir Shah sent Scoliman Yeesawul, (stick

bearer,) from Cabul, at the head of a mission to Mahomed Shah of

Delhi, On the fifth day, Sooliman and his party reached Jullalabad.

Abaidoollah, the son of Meer Abbas of Kooner, whose power extended

over the whole of Nungnihar, desired Sooliman to be slain, and he was

killed with much cruelty. Nadir Shah on hearing of the treatment that

Sooliman had met with, immediately left Cabul with his army, and

marched to Gundummuk via Chareekur, Nijral, and Tugore; thence he

sent on to Jullalabad, Sirdars Jillayer and Vyaz, with the vanguard.

Abaidoollah evacuated Jullalabad, and fled to Kooner : he was pursu-

ed by the Sirdars, and fled to Swat. Many of his followers were

slain, and his sister and women made prisoners, and brought to Nadir

Shah.

The monarch with his main army went from Gundummuk, (where he

describes the water to be good, and the air delightful,) to Behai; thence

to Jullalabad, where he remained only thirty-one days, his Sirdars

mean while having captured Kooner and Bajore. He proceeded via

Chara to Peshawur, where Naisir Khan, the governor, submitted with-

out making any defence.

To enumerate all the important events which have taken place

in this district since that period, would take up too much space. I

will only briefly allude to a few of them.

On the 10th of September 1801, Shooja-ool-moolk marched from

Peshawur to attack Cabool. At Heshpan, he found

ae Mahmood’s force, consisting of three thousand men

drawn up, the Soorkh Rood being in their front.

Elphinstone thus describes the battle: ‘“‘Shooja had at this time at

least 10,000 men, but they were Burdooranees, and though accustomed

1842. | A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. 127

to the battles of their clans, they were strangers to discipline and to

regular warfare. Shooja’s arms were at first victorious, but his Bur-

dooranee troops eager to profit by the confusion, quitted their line as

soon as they thought the victory decided, and began to plunder the

royal treasures, which Shooja had imprudently brought into the field.

Futteh Khan seized this opportunity, and charging at the head of his

Baurikzyes, completed the confusion in Shooja’s army; the battle was

now decided, and Shooja escaped with some difficulty to the Khyber.

‘In the year a. p. 1809, June 29th, Shah Shooja sustained another

defeat at Neemla, when opposed to Mahmood Shah

and his minister Futteh Khan. Akram Khan, Shah

Shooja’s prime minister, was slain in this battle. Shah Shooja fled

over the mountains south of the Khybur pass to Hisaruk.”

On Zuman Shah’s defeat near Sireeasp, he fled to the Jullalabad valley,

and stopped at Mollah Ashuk’s fort, which is on the Chipreeal rivulet,

about 14 miles from the town of Jullalabad, near the Soofaid Koh.

“The Mullah received them hospitably, but took means to prevent their

A. D. 1809.

escape, and sent off a messenger to Mahmood Shah. Shah Zuman,

during his confinement, secreted the Koh-i-Noor with some other

jewels in the wall of his apartment, which were afterwards found

on Shooja’s accession,” (Elphinstone.) The poor monarch was blinded

on his road to Cabul, by piercing his eyes with a lancet.

On Shah Shooja being restored to his throne, the first step he

took was to release his brother Shah Zuman, and soon after Mollah

Ashuk, who had betrayed him was apprehended, and suffered the

punishment of his perfidy and ingratitude.

When the Baurikzye Khans gained the ascendancy over the Dooranee

monarchs, Azeem Khan placed his nephew Nuwab Zuman Khan in the

government of Nungnihar, and from the time of Azeem Khan’s death,

1823, until the year 1834, the Nuwab enjoyed the entire government

collections of the province. Dost Mahomed insisted upon a por-

tion of them being made over to him; this the Nuwab refused. The

Ameer collected a force, and marched against him, and on his approach,

the Nuwab withdrew his guns to Kameh, and there took up a position

near Abdoo Ruhman’s fort; negociations took place between the con-

tending parties. | The Nuwab having made some slight sacrifice of his

interests, Dost Mahomed returned to Cabool.

128 A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. [No. 122.

The Nuwab then commenced fortifying the town of Jullalabad, the

old fortifications were nearly on a level with the ground; a great num-

ber of people were collected for the purpose, the work advanced rapidly,

but ere a month had elapsed, the Ameer was again on his march to

Jullalabad, and the fort was still incomplete. The Nuwab, however,

determined to defend it. After three days’ resistance, a mine was

sprung, the town was taken by assault, and it was given up to plunder.

The Nuwab was taken prisoner and displaced from power, and Sooltan-

poor, and the transit duties of Cabool were made over to him for his

maintenance. Dost Mahomed’s brother, Ameer Mahomed, remained a

short time in charge of the province He was succeeded by the Ameer’s

son, Mahomed Afzool, who was recalled after a few months, and succeed-

ed by his younger brother, Akbar; he continued in charge until the.

arrival, in 1839, of the British troops. Mirza Aga Jan, a Kazzilbash,

was then, on the part of the Shah, appointed governor, and still con-

tinues so. 3

There are topes and extensive ruins to be found scattered over

the valley, which if explored attentively by learned antiquarians, would

no doubt reward them for their labours.

There are now no perfect buildings of any size, beauty, or antiquity

in the valley.

The royal gardens of Char Bagh, Baghwanee, Bala Bagh, Neemla,

and Gundummuk, laid out by Sooltan Babur and Alee-murdan, and

renewed by Timoor Shah and Shah Zuman, during the Baurikzye rule,

were quite neglected.

The Gundummuk garden has been quite destroyed; the fine old

plane trees were cut down by Sirdar Mahomed Akbar’s order to

build the fort of Futtung, at the confluence of the Soork Rood and

Gundummuk rivers. ‘The fort would be found strong against Afghan

troops without artillery.

There is a zearut at Char Bagh, to which Moosalmans and Hindoos

goto pray. The former suppose it to be the tomb of Shah Fyzoollah

Wullee, the cup-bearer of Mahomed the prophet ; the Hindoos, on the

other hand, imagine it to be the resting place of Hajee Ruttun, a

fugqueer of great sanctity and note. There is also a large Hindoo

temple in the town of Jullalabad, inhabited by a supposed descendant

of Ruttun. Hindoos in great numbers come from Peshawur, and

1842.] A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. 129

other places, to make him offerings, which are said to amount to the

large sum of 40,000 rupees annually.

In the neighbourhood of Jullalabad there is also Shah Murdan’s

zearut, held sacred under the supposition that Alee, the son-in-law of

Mahomed rested there; and in the temple is exhibited a large black

stone, shewing an impression of the hand of Alee. A garden is attach-

ed to the zearut, where a fair is held every Thursday, to which crowds

from the town and camp resort. Nazir Hussan, formerly in the service of

Nuwab Zuman Khan, is now expending his money on the zearut,

and garden. - The zearut was originally raised by Abdoola Khan

Khafir, in the reign of Timour Shah.

Of late years, the following persons filled the office of governor of

Jullalabad :—

Governors. In whose reign.

maool Khan Khair, ...... 00. 20. Timour Shah.

Meerdad Khan, Isakzye, ..... . Ditto.

Giunmee Khan, i... <a «cecececs Ditto.

Gool Mahomed Khan, Gurdeezye,.. Zuman Shah.

Causim Khan, Moghul,.......... Ditto.

Baba Khan Afshar, .......... 2 Ditto:

Meer Alee Khan, ..<...........-. Ditto,

Mera ANCE, 6 cnc bcos cic cecne cere WItto.

eumeree! Kham,........<.s....-... shah Shooja.

Ibrahim Khan, Jumsheeree,....-- Mahmood Shah

Shehur Dil Khan, Baurikzye, .... Mahomed Azeem Khan.

Shukoor Khan, ditto, ........+. Ditto.

Pr AAT oe og ero sieeie eee Ditto.

Nuwab Zuman Khan, .......... Ditto.

Ameer Mahomed Khan, ........ Dost Mahomed.

Mahomed Afgool, .. .....+,.. ae. ADIELO:

Mahomed Akbar, .. s0.« 6 0+ aise Ditto.

BMEOE ANal DAM, . oc 6 elalchs oe inielelale « Shah Shooja.

Weights, Measures, &c.

The land revenue in kind is collected in Tabreez weight, and the

money taxes in the nominal Tabreez (Khan) rupee.

130 A Geographical Notice of the Valley of Jullalabad. (No. 122.

Tabreez Weight.

22 Charuks; sc... — 1 Mun-i-Tabreez.

100 Mun-i-Tabreez, = 2 Kharwa-i-Tabreez.

] Kharwa-i-Tabreez, = 10 Maunds Hindoostanee,

100 Kharwa-i-Tabreez, = 1000 Maunds Hindoostanee,

Coin Table.

10 Shahees, a = 1 Rupee Khawa.

20 Rupees Khawa, = 1 Tooman Tabreez.

1 Tooman Tabreez, = Company’s Rs. 14 9 4.

100 Tomans-i-Tabreez, = Ditto. J. Eo

100 'Toomans-i-ditto, 2s: Ditto. . -- 14,583 5 4.

Second Notice of some new Bactrian Coins. By Lieutenant A.

CuNNINGHAM.

When I published my last paper on this subject, I was able to add

but one new Prince to our already long list of Bactrian Sovereigns.

Through the kindness of several gentlemen, I can now make known no

less than eight new names, of which six are pure Greek, and the other

two genuine Parthian. In addition to these, I am able to make public a

second Copper Coin of Demetrius; and a new Drachma of Azas of a type

already known on the drachmas of Vonones.

No. 1.—A round Copper Coin of middle size, weighing 106 grains. -

This specimen from my own cabinet, and a duplicate in the possession

of Lieut. Combe, were originally procured by Capt. Hay; one at

Bamian, and the other in the Punjab; but the latter was also said to

have come from Bamian.

Obv.* Bearded head of Hercules to the right, with the club behind.

The sketch was made from a sealing-wax impression, on which I did not

observe the club: it is, however, quite distinct on the coin.

Rev. Hercules naked, standing fullf ace, holding his club, and lion’s

skin on his left hand, and crowning himself with his right hand. Greek

legend in two perpendicular lines BASIAEQS AHMHTPIOY

(Coin) of King Demetrius.”

* ¢¢ The sketch of No. 1 was made from a sealing wax impression which had become

flattened on its way from Bamian. The coin itself is now in my own possession, and

the beard is perfectly distinct upon it; as well as upon the more beautiful duplicate in

Lieutenant Combe’s Cabinet.”

1842.] Second Notice of some new Bactrian Coins 131

No. 2.—A round Copper Coin of large size, in the possession of Lieut.

Combe, who obtained it from Capt. Hay. This piece has already been

published, but as the sketch given in the Journal, No. 97 was

very imperfect, I thought that the publication of a more distinct out-

line would be a service rendered to all lovers of numismatic science.

Obv. An Elephant’s head to the right, with a bell suspended from its

neck.

Rev. The Caduceus—Greek legend in two perpendicular lines as

on No. 1.

On this highly interesting piece, we see the Elephant’s head, which

on the silver coins forms only the King’s head dress, occupying the

whole field of the com. It is no doubt an emblem of the conquests

of Demetrius in India.

No. 3.—A square Copper Coin of small size, in the possession of

Lieut. Combe.

Obv. Apollo standing naked, holding in his left hand a bow which

rests on the ground, and in his right hand an arrow with the point di-

rected downwards. Greek legend on three sides BAZIAEQ>

MAYOY « (Coin) of King Mauas.”

Rev. A tripod. Ariano-Pali legend on three sides Maharajasa Mo-

asa, “Coin of the Great King Moas.” This is the only coin of Moas

which has Maharaja, his title always being rajadiraja.

The name of this King has hitherto been read as Mayes ; which is in

accordance with the Greek version: but the Pali gives Moasa unequi-

vocally ; and as the name is not a Greek one, we can have no hesita-

tion in preferring the native reading. The Greek would more properly

have been rendered MQOY.

No. 4.—A square Copper Coin of large size, weighing 143 grains. Five

other specimens of this coin are in existence in different cabinets. They

are all found between Peshawur and the Jehlum.

Obv. Apollo standing naked, inclined to the left; holding in his

left hand a bow which rests on the ground, and in his right hand an

arrow pointed downwards. Greek legend on three sides BAZIAEQS

EMI®ANOY> ZTOTHPOS STPATQNOS « (Coin) of the King,

the illustrious Saviour Strato.”

Rev. A tripod surrounded on three sides by dotted lines. Grecian

monogram in the field to the left, forming AHMHT, probably for

132 Second Notice of some new Bactrian Coins. [No. 122.

AHMHTopuae, the place of mintage. Ariano-Pali legend on three .

sides Maharajasa téjamasa tddatasa stdtasa. “ (Coin) of the Great King,

the illustrious Saviour Strato.”

The title of Epiphanes, which now appears for the first time on a

Bactrian coin, is rendered in Pali by téamasa, which I believe to be the

Pali form of the Sanskrit tejomayasya ; AMAA means made of splendor.

Professor Lassen however thinks that the affix is the Sanskrit Hd,

abbreviated into @: ¢éjama would in this way be the same as the

Sanscrit asta. “« possessing light.”

No. 5.—A square Copper Coin of middle size in the possession of

Lieut. Combe. A duplicate in my own cabinet weighs 122 grains.

Obv. Male head diademed (and perhaps bearded) to the right, with

a club over the shoulder. This may be either the head of Hercules

himself, or of the king as Hercules. Greek legend on three sides

BASIAEQS SOTHPOS ZTPATOQNOS « (Coin) of the Saviour

King Strato.”

Rev. Victory to the right holding out a chaplet in her right hand.

Grecian monogram in the field as on the last. Ariano-Pali legend on

three sides Maharajasa tddatasa stdtasa. ‘‘ (Coin) of the great King, the

Saviour Strato.”

Dr. Chapman has a coi of similar type to the preceding, but with

the addition of AIKAIOY in the Greek legend; and of dhamikasa

in the Pali: and this is the identical legend which is found on the

reverse of Dr. Swiney’s coin of the ‘“ godlike-minded Queen Agatho-

clea.” There can be no doubt therefore that she was the Queen of

Strato, Dikaius, Epiphanes, Soter. !

No 6.— A round Plated Coin of small size in my own possession.

Obv. Bare and beardless head of the King to the right, resting upon

what would appear to be a crescent. Greek legend much obliterated

Bapurs Q> ZOTHPOS * * * * * * * « (Coin) of the Saviour

King * * * * *”

Rev. A rude figure of Minerva Promachus to the left. Ariano-Pali

legend * * * * tddatasa strdtasa, ‘‘ (Coin) of the * * * * the Saviour

Strato.”

I am uncertain whether this coin should be attributed to Strato or to

Hippostratus. The type of Minerva Promachus, and the bust, which

are found on a true drachma of Strato in the possession of Mr. E.

1842. ] Second Notice of some new Bactrian Coins. 133

Thomas, C. S. would seem to give it to the former prince; but the

St. of the Pali is so immediately under the figure of Minerva, that it

would appear not to be the commencement of the name.

No. 7.—A Seal in the possession of Mr. V. Tregear. I have introduced

this seal here, because its subject is similar to the type on the obverse of

the next coin.

No. 8.—A round Silver Drachma, weighing 37 grains, procured by

Lieut. Combe at Peshawur.

The original owner must have kept impressions of the genuine coin ;

for since Lieut. Combe’s acquisition of it, I have obtained a silver forgery

of this coin from Peshawur, which has evidently been cast from an im-

pression of the genuine coin. The foregoing weighs 49 grains, and is

considerably larger than the original coin. This is even evident from an

examination of the cast alone, on which a circular line is clearly dis-

tinct, running through the letters of the title in the Pali legend ; which

are thus made only half letters, while there is more than sufficient room

for them upon the forged piece.

Oév. An ancient giant full front, with snaky legs, which curl up-

wards on each side. Greek legend around the piece BASIAEQS>

EYEPCTETOY THAE®OY “ (Coin) of the king, the beneficent

Telephus.”

Rev. A draped male figure standing to the left, his head crowned with

rays, and holding in his right hand a spear: to the right a clothed

female figure with a crescent on her head. These figures are no doubt

the Sun and Moon. Greek monogram in the field to the right,

forming ATK, Ariano-Pali legend around the piece, Maharajasa * * *

kramasa Téliphasa. ‘‘ (Coin) of the great king, the beneficent Telephus.”

The Pali version of Euergetes is unfortunately too imperfect to be

made out satisfactorily, it ends however with karmasa ; and Su-karmasa

would be “ well-doer,” a literal translation of the Greek-Euergetes : but

there are three letters before Karmasa, of which the first looks like a p.

Parankarmasa would be “ best-doer,” and might for an oriental exaggera-

tion of Euergetes.

No. 9. A square Copper Coin of middle size, in two pieces, from the

cabinet of Mr. W. J. Conolly, C.S.

Obv. The Olympian Jupiter seated in a high-backed chair, his right

hand extended to the right. Greek legend on three sides BASITAEQE

134 Second Notice of some new Bactrian Coins. [No. 122.

SQTHPOS INNOSTPATOY. “ (Coin) of the King, the Saviour

Hippostratus.”

Rev. A horse to the left. Grecian monogram in the field. Ariano-

Pali legend on three sides, Maharajasa tddarasa jaya (dharasa) Hi)pdsta-

tasa. ‘‘ (Coin) of the King, the Saviour, the victorious Hippostratus.”

Dr. Chapman possesses a large square copper coin of this Prince, of

a different type, having a giant with snaky legs as on the drachma of

Telephus. Three specimens of a third type of Hippostratus are likewise

known in Dr. Chapman’s, Lieut. Combe’s, and my own cabinets, having

Apollo and the tripod, as on the coin of Strato No. 4. On all of these

coins we find the title of Soter only; but on the coin sketched in the

plate, the Ariano-Pali legend gives the commencement of the title of

jayadharasa, which is used indifferently for the Greek Nicator, and

Nicephorus.

No. 10. A round Drachma of Azas in my own possession. I have

introduced this coin here, because the type of the reverse is different

from any yet described on the coins of this Prince. Jupiter appears

standing full front, grasping a thunderbolt in his right hand, and hold-

ing a long sceptre or a spear in his left hand. This type is the same as

that of the drachmas of Vonones.

No. 11. A round Copper Coin of middle size, in the possession of

Colonel Stacy. A sketch of this piece has already appeared in the Ben-

gal Journal, vol. vii. for April.

Obv. King’s head diademed and bearded to the left; the hair ar-

ranged in large massy curls; the neck and shoulders draped and orna-

mented with strings of jewels. Corrupted Greek legend, as read by

Colonel Stacy, BACIAEYC BACI (Acwr pey) AC NAKOPHC.

« The great king of kings, Pakores.”

Rev. A winged Victory to the right, holding out a chaplet in her

right hand. Ariano-Pali legend Ma/(harajasa) rajadhirajasa. mahatasa

Pakorasa. ‘‘ (Coin) of the great king, the king of kings, the mighty

Pakores.” The coins of Gondophares or Undapherras bear precisely

the same type, a bust and Victory; but on the coins of Pakores, there is

a remarkable change observable in the Pali characters, each letter having

an angular foot-stroke added to the left. These ornamental additions to

the Pali characters prove that the coins of Pakores are of a later date

than those of Gondophares and of his nephew Abdgases, on which the

1842.] Second Notice of some new Bactrian Coins. 135

Pali is of the simple form. The Greek legend too which is in the nomi-

native case, betrays an era certainly later than the earlier coins of

Undapherras, and about contemporary with the coins of the nameless

Prince BACIAE VE BACIAECWN CWUTHP METAC.

If this coin-is to be attributed to the Parthian Pakores, its date will

lie between a. p. 90—107: but I incline to believe that our Pakores

whose coins are found ‘in Sistan, the, ancient Drangiana, was a different

Prince. Persian tradition is uniform in its mention of two distinct

Parthian dynasties, the Ashkanians, and the Ashganians, who were

contemporary with each other. Ashg, the founder of the Ashganians,

was a descendant of Kai Kaoos ; and Khoosroo, the grandson of Ashg,

was reigning when our Saviour was born. This will make the date of

the rise of the Ashganians about 30 Bs. c. To the founder of the

Ashganians I attribute the following coins of copper.

1st Obv. Ahorseman to the right. Greek lereend BACIAEVONTOS

BACIAEUIN ATKAIOY APCAKOY. — « Coin of the governing

over kings, the just Arsaces.”

Rev. Type obliterated. Ariano-Pali legend Maharajasa rajarajasa

mahatasa Ashshakasa tddatasa. ‘‘ (Coin) of the great king, the king

of kings, the mighty Ashshak, the Saviour.”

2nd Obv. A horseman to the right. Greek legend imperfect BAZI

weeeeeeee LIY APZAKOY, « (Coin) of the king of kings, * * * *

Arsaces.”

Rev. Male figure to the left, holding out a small figure (apparently

Victory) in his right hand. Ariano-Pali legend imperfect. Mahara-

jarajasa? * * * A (shshakaia.) “ (Coin) of the great king of

ies OY Arsaces.”

I have in my possession the coins of two or three other Princes of

this dynasty, but the names are unfortunately too much obliterated to

be satisfactorily decyphered. One of them appears to be Orthamasdes.

I have now made known the names of three Greek Princes, Strato,

Telephus, and Hippostratus ; and of two Parthians, Arsaces and Pakores.

To these I will add two Grecian kings, Dionysius and Nicias ; and one

Grecian Queen, Calliope, to make up the eight new names which I men-

tioned in the beginning of this account.

Dionysius. A square Copper of middle size, formerly belonging to

136 Second Notice of some new Bactrian Coins. [No. 122.

Captain Hay, but now in the possession of Lieut. Combe. There is also

a duplicate in Dr. Chapman’s cabinet, which I have not yet seen.

Obv. Apollo standing naked as on the round copper coins of Apollo-

dotus. Greek legend on three sides, BAZTAEQ> OT Hpet o.ON-

YSlou; « (Coin) of the king, the Saviour Dionysius.”

Rev. A tripod. Ariano-Pali legend imperfect, * * * * sa Dianisayasa.

I am by no means confident of the correctness of the Pali version,

for the coim was in a very imperfect state. Dr. Chapman’s coin

is, I believe, in much better preservation ; and I hope hereafter to lay

before the public a sketch and description of his duplicate.

Nicias. A square Copper Piece of middle size, in the possession of

Lieut. Combe.

Obv. Bust of the king diademed and beardless to the . Grecian

legend on three sides, BAZIAEQ> LQTHPOS NIKIOv « (Coin)

of the king, the Saviour Nicias.” |

Rev. A horseman to the right, as on the silver coins of Antimachus.

Ariano-Pali legend on three sides, Maharajasa tddatasa (Ni) kiasa:

‘« (Coin) of the great king, the Saviour, Nicias.”

Calliope. A round silver Drachma. ‘Two specimens, one in the

possession of Lieut. Hasell ; the other in my own cabinet.

Obv. Two heads of the King and Queen to the right. Grecian legend,

BAZIAEQ> ZOQOTHPOS EPMAIOY KAI KAAAIONHS

“‘ (Coin) of the King, the Saviour Hermeeus, and of Calliope.”

Rev. A horseman to the right as on the silver coins of Antimachus.

In the field below a Grecian monogram forming NIDANAA Niphanda,

the town where the coin was minted. Ariano-Pali legend, Maharajasa

tddatasa Hermayasa Kaliyapaya. “ (Coin) of the great King, the Saviour

Hermeeus (and) of Kaliyapa.”

This is the third Greco-Bactrian Queen, with whom the coins have

made us acquainted. The only point particularly deserving notice, is

the feminine termination of the Pali Kaliyapaya; which proves that the

Pali was subject to the same inflections as the Sanskrit.

I would have added descriptions of a Tetradrachm and of two Drachmas

of Diodotus ; but a notice of a gold Didrachma of this Prince has already

appeared in the Numismatic Journal of London I intended also to

have mentioned the numerous new types of princes already known,

which have been sent to me by several kind friends; but as I am engag-

Plate

Backiaw Couns

e0200

BAXIAEAL

sO!

. MAPRRPIN

Sp YANG Y

zee 99929099000

ito

——

wIZVAVIS \

a. Cannmnghon, del,

BK. Archer Lith.

2 in

ee) ead

aches bic ae

re 1 5a ne

7s aan

9 Aaa thy

% ty 4) ay wih

fie Nags Sig Ayr

’ atic yr ane

m bey

Spe Tet eit

a ee en a Le

Sth

wate

Ph ede myth

Vs cri

wy Th an ¥

bid eet

i ah ae

i as.

aes, a

Te Le

aS 4

sAtisde.svinbs to-day heist herp halmsy

\ - = By ve

> WY

J 0 + a

hove caring gpm MPRA CN Agi cr»

ee a a

eh fenee side pagar’

/ 2

Nev Vth

1842. ] Second Notice of some new Bactrian Coins. 137

ed upon a large work on the ‘Coins of Alexander’s Successors in the

East,” I think it needless now to say more than that the new types,

which will appear in that work, are more than equal in that number to

those already known.

A. CuNNINGHAM.

On the Gem and Coins, figured as Nos. 7 and 8 in the preceding Plate, and

on a Gem belonging to the late Evwarp Conotiy. By the Evrror.

[ have already, on more than one occasion, been enabled to place in

juxta position, (though but with a casual remark,) relics of antique art

found in Central Asia, and similar remains discovered in Europe; the

former bearing too remarkable an affinity to the latter to allow of our

doubting, that they were the work of a people who had attained the

same standard of excellence in arts and sciences, who thought alike on

matters of religion, and who were ruled and influenced by similar super-

stitions. I have been much impressed with this fact by other casual

discoveries of a like nature, which have in a manner forced themselves

on me, but which, as isolated, and perhaps to many, trivial instances of

resemblance, hardly merited a separate and individual notice. There is,

however, I am certain, a new and most interesting field of investigation

open to the Antiquary, in the comparison of such identities and resem-

blances. ‘Time, opportunity of research, and a sound knowledge of

Asian antiquities are required for the conduct of such enquiry; and one

who possesses none of these indispensable requisites, can do no more,

when he stumbles on some startling fact, than cast the glimmer of his

single discovery upon the darkness of an untried subject, in order to

tempt the capable to venture on the novel path which he himself cannot

follow. It remains to be seen, whether the instances which I will now

lay before my readers, may not encourage the competent investigator to

turn his mind to the task, with strong hopes of success in the effectuya-

tion of singular discoveries.

My friend Lieut. Cunningham has, with his usual care and ingenuity,

taken occasion to illustrate by a gem in the possession of Mr. Tregear,

the singular obverse of the coin of Telephus Euergetes, No. 8 of the

preceding plate. The singular impression of this gem, used as the

Lay

138 On the Gem and Coins described in Nos. 7 and 8. [No. 122.

seal of a letter addressed to me by Mr. Tregear, had already attracted my

attention. I had written to him on the subject of its place of discovery,

and I had ascertained by reference to sufficient authorities, that the

’

‘ancient giant with snaky legs,” as Lieut. Cunningham so accurate-

ly describes it, was an emblem of Abraxas. The Ebermayer collection

of gems, as illustrated by Bayer, has no less than eight similar, or nearly

similar gems : six of these represent, a giant with a whip in the left hand,

a shield on the right arm, the head of a cock, (the head in Tregear’s gem,

has the horns of a stag, as has one of the Eber. gems: it is apparently

human in the coin of Telephus,) and snaky legs: the attitude is in

all the same ; the two other of these gems in the Ebermayer collection

differ, by having the head of a lion, and of a hawk instead of a cock.

My note book gives me the following abstract (from Tennison’s Ido-

latry, which I have not at hand for reference) of the obscure and

singular worship of this deity.* ‘* Abraxas was, according to the Basili-

deans, a visionary sect, which flourished in the second century, (taking

their name from Basilides of Alexandria, their founder,) the sacred

name of the author of the Cycle of 365 days, expressed in the value of

the letters composing it according to the numeration of the Greeks.

al. B 2.0100. a1. € 60. a1. ¢ 200 = 365.

It was the synonym of Abracadabra, a God worshipped by the

Syrians, the same who is expressed by the emblem of a year (a circle)

with the letters of his name triangularly disposed within it.” It was

essentially a Solar or Mithraic system of worship.

The learned and acute Bayer, in his illustration of the Ebermayer gems,

observes of the Basilideans, that they and others who inclined to their

doctrine, pretended to inscribe the planetary emblems, and their powers

on gems and metals. ‘<< Basidiliani, aliique eorum sectatores, confidunt

se programmata siderum, et eorum vires gemmis et metallis insculpere

posse.” (Gemmarum Thesaurus, p. 210. cap. 432). ‘This statement

he supports by numerous authorities. Now if we have before us in

Lieut. Cunningham’s plate, both a gem and a coin inscribed, as I am

prepared to shew they are, with emblems of the solar power and in-

fluence, (confirming Lieut. Cunningham’s sound suggestion as to the

* The original authorities regarding this sect are, Tertullian, ‘‘ De Reescriptioni-

bus,’? Hieronymus, Augustin, and Irenaeus.

1842. ] On the Gem and Coins described in Nos. 7 and 8. 139

character of the human figures on the reverse of the coin,) have we not

discovered a singular clue to the religious opinions of those in whose

time they were executed, and what is more valuable, have we not ob-

tained collateral evidence as to the era of the recently known Telephus

EKuergetes?

The erudite commentaries of Bayer, upon each of the gems above

alluded to, run to too great a length, and touch upon too many details to

render it necessary for my present enquiry that I should extract the

whole of them. As my object is to shew the solar character of the

emblem of Abraxas, and its identity with the figures on the coin and

gem before us, I will extract his description of, and his notes upon, the

gem, No. 438 of the Ebermayer collection, (Gem. Thes. p. 215), in

which the solar attributes are described almost as we find them in Mr.

Tregear’s gem.

« Monstrum capite galli, trunco corporis humano, pedibus in serpen-

tes duos desinentibus qui se reflectunt, scutum habeus una manu, sig-

natum literis L[AQ, altera flagellum, virtutem habere creditum est

contra inimicos, gestantemque reddere victorem ; ad venena valere et

sanguinem stringere; uti apud Commillum Leonardem, legimus,

GALLUM Lego” nAtov cova esse, et mentiore solis ortum, testatus

Pausanius, lib. v., et Plutarchus, de Pythize oraculis.

ScuTuM et FLAGELLUM significat, Abraxam suos credulos defensurum

esse, et scuto protecturum et adversantes flagello castigaturum; et

ideo ille pectus thorace tectum.

Pedes Anguinos, Macarius refert ad ortum indicandum ; quia nempe

Mithras sicut et Erictithonius, vel in lapide, vel in terra, de solo aestu

libidinis sunt generati. Gigantes etiam serpentipedes fingebantur a

veteribus, at diis insultantium miserabilem imsolentiam deriderent.

Conf. Macrobius. lib. i. Saturn apud Chifletium in Abraxa Proteo, p. 38.”

With the exception of the letters [AQ, we have in our gem the

correspondent emblems with those occurring in the one above described,

and I have extracted Bayer’s annotations on these ordinary attributes,

because given at length with the gem No. 439: our gem has, however,

one extraordinary additional symbol, imperfectly given in the lithograph,

but perfect in the impression of the gem now before me, taken from a

letter of Mr. Tregear’s; viz. the stag’s horns on the head of the cock.

Our gem is in fact a facsimile, so far as figure is concerned of No. 443,

ee hn as

140 On the Gem and Coins described in Nos. 7 and 8. [No. 122.

in the Ebermayer cabinet, with the difference, that the head of Abraxas

in ours is turned to the right instead of the left. Bayer, and other

annotators, most justly see in this extraordinary symbol another solar

allusion, as if the Basilideans laboured to crowd every possible Mithraic

emblem into their type of Abraxas. ‘‘ Ramos cervi appositos Chifletius

non male censet, ut solis symbola omnia in unum cogerent Basilidiani.

Cervus enim vivacissimum in primis animal; obid soli, vite principia

excitanti, sacrum.”’ (Gem. Thes. p. 220.)

TAQ were with the Basilideans the letters expressing the Supreme

Being,* resident in the highest heaven. The indistinct head in the coin

leaves us in doubt, as to the exact character of this part of the figure ;

it is enough to know that the hawk, the cock, and the lion are equally ~

employed as Mithraic emblems in the compound form of Abraxas, the

lord of the Solar Cycle, as shewn in instances already noted, and that it

is immaterial as to the general meaning of the figure, which of these be

employed to complete the mystical shape. Now this alternative use of

common symbols being ascertained, and the figures on the reverse of

the coin having a directly Mithraic character, I should be inclined to con-

sider the form on the obverse as not the less Basilidean, because of the

(apparently) human head which surmounts it. | Bayer applies the term

‘«¢ Abraxea Mithriaca,” to one of the Abraxead gems, (No. 438), which

he describes, and such I conceive to be the symbolic effigy on the coin.

The ‘‘snaky legs’ are the constant attribute of Abraxas; the human

head would not be inappropriate to the lord of the Cycle of 365

years in his directly Solar, or Mithraic character. The shield and

scourge are not less emblematical of the solart disk, (the “‘ clypeum

solis” of Ovid) and of Apollo Auriga, than of the minatory and protec-

tive power of Abraxas, a Mithraic form of the Deity ; while the

serpent is as observed in the above extract, directly referable to the

generative power of the great luminary. Nothing is more natural than

that the latter Grecian potentates of Western Asia, surrounded by

the professors of a Mithraic belief, should have in part admitted the

* «Deum Mosis appellatum [AQ unde vox Jovis.”? Diodorus Siculus, Bibl.

Hist. lib. i.

+ ‘* Corpus Solare seu discus solis in Libro Phark Gj. vocatur xlaws.amw i &- Pelta

Nigra,seu Clypeus niger ; idque propter rotundam formam.”’ (Hydé’s Hist. Reli-

gionis Veterum Persarum, cap. iv.) ‘his invests still more closely Abraxas with

a Mithraic character. [ty

1842. ] On the Gem and Coins described in Nos. 7 and 8. 141

Basilidean doctrines, or a modification of them ; and one is perhaps the

less surprised to find Telephus, the beneficent, acknowledging in the

generative and preservative influence of the sun, a principle of good,

which his name would lead us to conclude, he in particular professed

the practice of.* That a general tendency to acknowledge the Mi-

* I do not like to leave this subject without a few words regarding the Inscriptions

on the Basilidean gems in the Ebermayer collection. Mr. Tregear’s Basilidean seal

is destitute of letters, but others may be discovered bearing characters, and to facilitate

investigation, I will, as Bayer’s Thesaurus is excessively rare, copy in this place the

different words found on the gems figured in his book. I should premise, that all the

words are written ‘‘literis inversis,’’ or from right to left, which will prove a key to

future discovery, should we be fortunate enough to recover further specimen of these

interesting relics.

Embermayer Gems, No. 437. Abraxas; on the reverse, +: AHOJMHAX

: AHIADTOIOT!N : AHANANA : AHAPATDT : AHIDYO

>: AHATHA)] : AHAXIM.

These names are placed in the gem one above the other, beginning from the right,

being the names of the seven angels, Michael, Gabriel, Uriel, Raphael, Ananiel,

Prosariel, and Chabsael, of whom, or of their synomins in the etherial world, ‘‘the

masters of the seven stars.’’ Bayer gives in the following abstract the Basilidean creed: —

‘¢In nominibus quidem angelorum, quos Trithepines intelligentio vocat in trac-

tatu de Sepiem Secundeis, non conveniunt annotante discrimen laudatissimo Jul.

REIcHELT, N. 39. p. 48-49: quod mirum nemini videbitur; siquidem nec Saturnilo

cum Basilide condiscipulo conveniebat, qui apud Epiphanium heresi 23, angelos,

agebat, a superiori virtute descibisses ex quibus septem mundum, et que in mundo,

sunt comprehensa, condiderunt, ejusque mundi suam quemque angelum partem divi-

sione sortitum, Cassiel orbem Saturni; Sachreel, Jovis; Samuel, Martis; Michael,

Solis; Ananeel, Veneris; Raphael, Mercurii; Lune, itidem, Michael.”’ (p. 219.)

Ebr. Gems, No. 438. Abraxas, the scourge, and shield in the right hand, his left

on the head of a man, kneeling, and naked; below him the sacred name written

WAI; behind the kneeling figure EAAZAQAI, of which Bayer makes

CABAQO OE OS: on the reverse a lion, (Mithraic emblem of the sun,) a

crescent, and seven stars.

Eber. Gem. No, 439. Abraxas: onhis shield A [| : on the reverse.

IAaN: ONOTN: OFGOATAW: WIATA: AAAT.

These words are placed one above the other beginning from the right, the dots be-

tween them merely mark the termination ofa line. Bayer calls them Agyptian, and

translates, ‘‘ swmmo marti omnia vincenti.”’

Eber. Gems, No. 440. Abraxas: about him the letters NO = @O on the reverse

ADAZ, an abridged form perhaps of Abraxas.

Eber. Gems, No. 441. Abraxas: above him, (but inversed,) the words TJOYIOY

QIOYNY YOOYQ ONIOY, which Bayer translates ‘ Domini fortitudo

eterna,’”’ below him [AQAH At (inversed) translated ‘* Angelus Domini.”

142 On the Gem and Coins described in Nos. 7 and 8. [No. 122.

thraic Abraxas did prevail among the contemporaries of Telephus is

sufficiently shown by the occurrence on a coin of Hippostratus, as noted

by Lieut. Cunningham, of a figure having the most striking of the

Abraxead attributes ; I am the more inclined therefore to believe that the

present discovery will to further illustration of the presence of a

Basilidean worship, the types of which have hitherto

been inexplicable cn the coins which present them.

Another, and a very curious instance of analogy between

the usage and superstitions of the ancient inhabitants of

Khorassan and the classic nations of Europe, is exhibited

in the annexed plate. The figure No. 1, is a magnified

drawing of the gem, (No. 2,) placed below it. It is one

of a set of impressions sent to me by the late Edward

Conolly, who was killed in action in the Kohistan near

Kabul. The drawing is faithfully copied from his own,

which is accompanied by these remarks :—

“ As the original of this is very small, a drawing on a

larger scale is forwarded of the Inscription. We cannot

tell whether it be Syriac, or what; the letters seem to be

— (illegible) and to bear no resemblance to Pehlevi.

The unavoidable scantiness of our marching libraries

must serve,” he observes further on, ‘‘as excuse for

these meagre, and unimportant notes.”

I was discouraged from publishing a plate of the

impressions of the gems which accompanied the above,

from an idea that these would prove of little interest,

from the impossibility in most instances of drawing more

than conjectural inferences from their subjects. Looking

him ; on the reverse [AQ) ABPAXAS, inversed.

Eber. Gem, No. 443. Abraxas: with the addition. of stag’s horns, of which Bayer

gives a solar allusion to seven stars below him: [AQ on the shield; the words

(inversed) PAIN XIOIOIOX apout him. (?)

Eber. Gem, No. 444. Abraxas: lion-headed with a sword in place of the scourge:

on the reverse the word TITAN TOPHKTA, (inversed) translated, ‘‘forti-

tudinis martia, et gigantia.”’

Other Basilidean emblems occur on gems in this collection, but none but those of

Abraxas. Should gems be found of a similar character in Central Asia, these hints

may lead to their identification.

1842. On the Gem and Coins described in Nos. 7 and 8. 143

at them, however, as I often did, in the hope of chancing upon some plau-

sible theory regarding them, I remembered to have observed in a small

illustrated edition of Virgil, (Knapton, and Sandby, London, 1750,

2 vols. duod.), which is I believe rare, the representation of a gem, hav-

ing a subject almost similar to that of Conolly’s, a hand holding an ear.

On referring to the book, I found the gem I was in search of, Pl. VII.

Vol. I., the original being in the Florentine Museum.* The only very

marked difference observable between the gems is that the Oriental artist

has added to the lobe of the ear, what is apparently intended for a

massive ornament; the relative position of the hands in the two gems

varies slightly, but there can be no doubt that the sentiment is identical.

The meaning of the sign cannot be better given than by extracting

Faber’s Notes upon it, (Fabri Thesaurus, in voc. Auris.)

Aurem vellere: evitnern evrmapuen warnen G. avertir re-

primander. Virg. ecl 6.3.

ie —————_————. Cynthius aurem

Vellit & admonuit ;”

Sen, 4 de Benef. 36. ‘Aurem nuhi pervellem,” tich will mirs

Hinter Das Ohv schreiben G. Je mén souviendrai en tems et

lieux. Tractum ab attestantibus qui attestanti imam auriculam tange-

bant, cum hoc verbo, “ Memento.” Propterea quod auris memoria

sacra sit, ut ad Virg. l.c. Servius annotat. Plin. 11. 45 “ Est in aure ima

memorize locus quem tangentes attestantur.” Ac vidisse se Muretus

1 Var. Sect. 12. 5, testatur veteres nummos ereos, in quibus viri duo

insculpti erant, quorum unus alteri aurem vellebat; in orbem autem

scriptum erat. MNHMONEYE.—« (Fab. Thes. vol. i. p. 281.)”

It is indeed a curious fact to find a symbol, which Virgil alludes to and

Pliny explains, represented on a gem found in Khorassan, and that with

a degree of graphic fidelity not unequal to what is displayed in one of

the precious relics of the Florentine Museum, yet illustrated by the

illegible characters of an unknown language! The most interesting

point is of course the occurrence of these characters in conjunction with

a sign to which the word they form must have distinct explanatory refer-

ence, and but one of two inferences can be drawn; either that the word

MNHMONEYE occurs written in these characters on the gem, or

* The note in the work I cite from is, ‘‘ Gemma ex Museo Florent. Tom. 2.

Tab. 22. in qua manus aurem imam vellens, Spect. ecl. 6. v. 3.”

144 On the Gem and Coins described in Nos. 7 and 8. [No. 122.

that a corresponding admonition to connect this symbol with the memory

of a duty, or of an obligation, is conveyed by them in the language,

whatever it was, of which they were the vehicle. My readers will

observe, that I have not given these letters in the plate of the gem in its

natural size, and I much regret my inability to do so; it is owing partly

to the lithographer’s having failed to copy them with exactness, and

partly to the annoying fact, that none of the four impressions which

I have of the gem, contains the whole inscription in perfection. The

gem, like many of those found in Khorassan and Afghanistan, is cut

on a convex surface, which enhances the difficulty of distinguishing

any marginal impressions, and the wax on which poor Conolly has taken —

it off, is invariably of the worst description. Thus it is only by taking

the characters piecemeal from the several impressions, that I can verify

the reading given on the enlarged drawing of the original. ‘The letters

are not dissimilar to those found on other gems from. Afghanistan,

impressions of which are in my possession, and the most remarkable of

which are of a decidedly Mithraic character.

It is idle almost to hazard conjecture, as to the language which was

expressed in these letters. A sort of affinity may be perhaps discovered

between the Syriac character and this, but in the present stage of our

ignorance, nothing can be advanced on the subject beyond the vaguest

conjecture. We have established, however, that the language, what-

ever it was, either allowed of the adoption of Greek words into it, which

were expressed in its peculiar character; or that, adopting Greek habits

and superstitions, those who spoke this language translated into their

own tongue the apothegms or admonitory expressions, which accom-

panied particular symbols in vogue among a Grecian, or Grecised

people. Should circumstances admit of further research, this clue to

possible discovery will be valuable. In the mean time, not even the

most ingenious and acute could, I fear, derive definite conclusions from

the meagre facts before us. We have, however, seen a Champollion

unravel the mysteries of A¢gyptian hieroghyphies ; a Prinsep decypher

by a comparative process of, at first, apparently hopeless difficulty, the

unknown characters of more than one unspoken language ; a Rawlinson

verify the accounts of the Father of History, by his reading of the

cuneiform records of Persepolis: hence therefore I confidently believe

that, should further material for the comparison on a scale sufficiently

extensive be discovered in this unknown character, the elucidation of

1842.] On the Gem and Coins described in Nos. 7 and 8. 145

many historical difficulties by the ascertainment of the value of the

letters, and the consequent determination of the language they express-

ed, is very possible, and is very much more than probable.

My own task is accomplished, if by the brief remarks above made,

and by the curious analogies brought forward, I shall have succeeded in

awakening the attention of competent enquirers to the subject. Few,

it is true, have opportunities in this country of devoting time to the study

of such subjects. Many though have the means of forming collec-

tions, which however indiscriminately made, will furnish the material and

the means for enquiry. I sincerely trust, that no man able to appre-

ciate the importance of such an investigation, and more particularly,

that no member of the Asiatic Society, will fail to avail himself of every

occasion to further it. yy

Observations on the Genus Spathium. By M. P. Epczworrs, Esa.

Happening to meet with two species of Aponogeton (Roxb.) in this

neighbourhood, I compared them with the generic character of Spa-

thium in Endlicher’s Genera Plantarum, to which they are referable. I

observed that he describes the embryo as unknown, and therefore, espe-

cially directed my attention to that point. By Endlicher, the genus

is referred to Saururez, I am therefore not a little surprised on examin-

ing the S. undulatum, to find it distinctly monocotyledonous, with a

large fleshy cotyledon embracing a plumule of unusual size and deve-

lopment. On examining the seed of S. monastachys, however, I found

a very different structure, a homogeneous mass, in which I could find

no trace of an embryo; but on causing the seeds to germinate,* which

they do freely in water kept in a cup, I discovered that this homogeneous

mass is in reality the cotyledon and the plumule, which after an interval

of some days developes itself through a slit at the base of the horn-

shaped cotyledon.

The Sp. undulatum likewise germinated readily. The only other

point to be noticed now, is, whether these two plants are referable to

one and the same genus, while so marked a difference exists in the

embryo. The one with the plumule of unusual size, (equalled only

by the developement of that part in Nelumbium,) and the foliaceous coty-

ledon—the other with its plumule invisible even at the commencement

* TI owe this experiment to Dr. Falconer’s kindness.

146 Observations on the Genus Spathium. [No.222.

of germination, and its solid cotyledon—while there are the minor

differences of the relvaceous foliage and caducous bracts of the for-

mer, as contrasted with the herbaceous foliage and persistent bracts of

the latter. There is, moreover, a slight difference in the pollen of

the two plants, that of the former being exactly and acutely elliptic,

and assuming a globular form under the influence of acid or iodine ; that

of the latter gibbously ovoid, and not influenced in the same manner by

the iodine solution or acid.

From the description of Aponogeton pusillum in Roxburgh’s F. I.

and the section of the fruit of A. echinetum, in his Cor. Plants, t. 81,

I should judge that they would have the same characteristics as the A.

undulatum. They may perhaps be found to be intermediate, in which

case the two species I have examined may be fairly considered as the

extremes of a single genus. From the general habit, and the position of

the bracts of Endlicher resembling that of half a floral envelope, for

which reason I term them sepals in the description, the place of this

genus would appear to be next to Potamogeton among the Naides.

I have subjoined an amended generic character, and fuller descrip-

tions of the two species I have examined.

Spathium Loureiro. Endlich. Gen. 1826, p. 267.

Floris hermaphroditi, in spadice cylindraceo pedunculato spatha mo-

nophylla caduca cincto spiraliter dispositi sessiles. Sepala duo peta-

loidea sub-opposita. Stamina sex, hypogyne ; filamenta libera subulata

patentia persistentia, anthere bilocularis lateraliter dehiscentes.

Ovaria tria (vel. 4 ?) rostris erectis, stigmate apicale, mimutum ob-

liquum ; ovula basi affixa 2-6, ascendentiz. Follicule 3 (4 ?) intror-

sum dehiscentes, 1-3 sperme, semina erecta ovata; testa duplici, ex-

teriore herbacea, interiore membrancea, vel evanidaé. Embryo exalbu-

minosus macropodus, erectus, ascendens, anatropus cotyledine magno,

vario, plumula varia.

Sp. monostachys. Foliis petiolatis lineari, oblongis basi subcordatis

emersis herbaceis. Floribus in spadice dense confertis sepalis persis-

tentibus.

Rhizoma tuberosum radicibus crassis filamentosis ad apium rhizo-

matis. Folia petiolata, petiolis subtrigonis basi membranaceis interioria

amplectentibus, folia lineari, obliquus obtrusis, basi subcordatis, vel junio-

ribus cuneatis, 5 nerviis, venis transversalibus.,

1842. ] Observations on the Genus Spathium. 147

Spadice pedunculato, pedunculo cylindrico, involucro herbaceo cadu-

cissimo ; Floris densé spiraliter dispositi sepalis, junioribus sub-imbricatis,

ceeruliis basi oblique cuneati apice subcordato ovatis. Stam. 6, fila-

mentis crassis bractzis sub-longioribus antherze cerulz sub-quadrata bi-

loculari, lateraliter dehiscentes, polline gibbi ellipsoidoeo lutieo. Ovaria

erecta-levia 3-6 spermis, semina 2-4 (2-3 abortientibus,) erectis ovatis,

8 costatis. Testa exterior herbacea viridi laxa facile separabili. In-

terior ad embryonem arete adpressa brunnea leviter striata, uno latera

raphe irridi, chalaza magna viridi.* Cotyledon germinans elongatur

in cornu, plumata diutius basi lateraliter fisso evolvitur, folio elliptico,

cotyledon solidum, album, plumule basilare minimum.

Sp. undulatum. Foliis brevi petiolatis lineari oblongis, basi cuneatis,

submersis ulvaceis. Floribus in spadice post anthesin elongato sejunc-

tis. Sepalis caducissimis.

Rhizoma tuberosa, radicibus crassis paucis filamentosis ad apicem.

Folis plurimis radicalibus petiolatis, lanceolatis, undulatis a limbo in

petiolium decurrente nervo medio crasso, lateralibus, 2-4 paralleles nervis

transversalibus. Limbo plerumque petiolo longiore vernatione involuti.

Floriis numerosi in spadicé elongato dispositis ; primo confertis, ra-

chides elongata sparsis pedunculo longissimo emersi. Spatha acuta

ante anthesin decidua. Sepalis 2, sub-spathulatis basi quasi unguiculatis

coloratis (lacteo-albis) caducissimis, ad stamina 2 lateralia oppositis.

Stamine 6. filamentis erectis divaricatis carnosis persistentibus. An-

thera biloba lateraliter dehiscente decidua e flavo ccerulescente. Polline

luteo acute elliptico (in iodino vel acido globosa.)

Pistille 3, ovario superiore libero, stigmat terminal. Fructus 2, carpillis

3 follicularibus basi subinerveis demum divaricatis sistuis.

Follicula disperma, seminibus erectis umbilico brun. Testa levi, sim-

plex; vel membrum exterior tenuissima vix discreta. Raphe et chalaza

non cernabibilibus.

Embryo erectus macropodus. Cotyledone maximo concavo carnoso

plumulam amplutente. Plumula (in semine etiam) maxima bifolia, fo-

liis ineequalibus margine involutis.

* Roxburgh describes the rachis as wood. I have not seen this appearance in any

specimen I have met with.

Note.—Roxburgh describes the flowers as in monastachy, but there is considerable

difference between my two species, perhaps this may not be his Undulatum, but other-

wise it fully answers his description.

148

References to the Plates of Spathium Monostachys.

a. A single flower, seen sideways.

6. Ditto from below or front, shewing the two bracts im situ.

c. Stamen.

d. A bract. |

e. Imaginary section, shewing situation of parts of flower.

jf. Flower after inflorescence and capsules nearly ripe, with persis-

tent bracts and stamens.

g and g. Another more magnified, and resting on the side.

h. Section of ditto, shewing its two cells placed back to back.

2 andi. JI. Pollen, gibbous at one side, much magnified—in II elliptic;

j» globose under the influence of iodine.

. Pistil, with small oblique terminal stigma.

Ditto, section shewing ovaries in situ.

.m. Capsules.

. Section of ditto.

Seed.

. Ditto magnified, shewing the ribs of the outer-coat.

me SS 8S SS

. Ditto, outer-coat taken off, shewing the raphé and chalaza, in

various veins.

r. Embryo, all the coats taken off.

s. Second coat taken off, striated, dark brown, chalaza grown trans-

verse.

Section of seed, shewing the eight ribs of outer-coat.

. Embryo section.

. Seed, longitudinal section.

. Germinating seed.

Si eh Shae SS

. Longitudinal section of ditto.

a. Ditto further advanced.

y. I. Plumula, extracted from a—II. Plumula in seed before germi-

nation.

z. y. More magnified.

(3 t &. Progressive states of germinating seed.

C Part of leaf magnified.

—_— ——_¢e =e

no ae

——

— ———

, a

ee ee

apm reg —

149

1842.]

‘OMIP OTP F “ONT "Wd ZT) "AN

"uTed SUITZ

“Zp “W "dC. *07Ip ONIp ZI ‘oIIIp “Ww °V 7 |

"Apnoyo 0731p G “ea[y “Ww “a Z|

“Ieayo “Wa Z ‘Apnorg “wv 7

‘Apnoypo 0731p ¢ YnoySnory] I@a[Q ‘Wd ZI

‘Apnojo "Ww *d ¢ no

-YSnory} Teeyo ‘wa ZT] ‘ures Sul[ZZ1Ip ‘oq 9

"Te9TO “Wd ZT ‘Aay[Ns OIC Q

"s1aMoys

‘W *d G ‘Apnoyo ‘w va € Ynoysnory) Ieayo

"W'd@] “outysuns yt ures Surpzz1ap ‘oq l

“Apnoyo “wd Z] ‘ynoySno1yy teapg “Ww -v 9

OVTp O7TP *W “dE ‘ApnoTO ‘wa Z]

‘Wid p “op ‘op ‘op Zy ‘urer WySiy Ww *v 9

“Apnoyo | ‘Apnoyo "Ww ac

‘Noy Ssnoay} 1v9]0 "wa GT ‘S1oMOoyS “Ww *y 9

‘Apnoya “Wd F AeaTD “Wa ol

"Ieayo

‘W'd Z| “oulysuns oy] YyTM “op ‘op M6

“MBOTD “W “a GT ‘ured Sur[zztap OIG 7

“Apnoya

Wid g¢ “teapo ‘w ta Zz] ‘Apnopo -w -y 6

‘Apnopd ‘W ‘a F qnoysnoiy) reepo “w -a Zl

‘Jopuny} “Ww *d g ‘Apnopo ‘wa @ ‘qnoysnoiyy

Teepo “Wd ZT ‘ulel Surpzziup -w cy 9

————

"029 ‘19y]RO AA

‘OPBT *tagoza

hq sojpy ays of paysiuinf ‘asodobury pu

Gl| 0G £

€l| 0G 9

PI) 0 9

ce Pv

GI} 0G @

£1} 0G T

4G YT

—

"ze,

AZ ZaaZ, 2

om otoa ©

91) 0€ ZI

CT| 0¢ II

v1, ¢ TI

Pl] 0€ OL

€1| 0S 6

0 6

GT) CE 8

Gl] GP L

GI} 0G 9

61; 0 ¢

€I| SZ P

nZe

a ts

ry e

9 e

nD A

—_

—

NOD SSH wooo

A .

a ee,

N =

= cS lex Wo a) oY) DD %) Oo StS

ia)

—

‘ouUL],

PAL

‘pum jesuey

S19 FY

‘Wd oply, Suueaq

1) S19 sH

oo m~reOD

Le |

NO ONO

D2 25D ADR MD WORN

lop ae)

o Om

"WY4S19 FY

mud oD)

ud) CY)

Sac COs w01iQ0orm

SSio or adiguiais

ve)

—

—_

0€ OL

0S 6

‘OWL,

“IOJC AA YSTET| “1907e AA MOTT

Om s19N0 ©

Cie Car co mt cyD

aN mt wore

+ NM Om ON M—0O-

OPE

‘pum josuey

i ee

O—‘nipuy fo quamusaaocg ayy fo sapso

D puns] savy fo aourtg yo apey, ay? fo 10q pun asry ays fo sajsibaay

8 GI] S82, 6)0 T |‘depung gf

9 “1/089 |T.e\-O sen =" LI

{Za 2 CR a sap | 9I

OE GL se)? Pai 772078) OGG wee cI

O91 06° G2| 1197 70 eae FI

OS Et Geet 6-9-0681) aera

LSe9t| 0S GUT tee Ge vw" aI *

£ ST|/0 G1) 9 ZL! 0¢ 9 |‘depung [7]

0 SI} GEIllO 8i¢ g| * OL

9 Pil OC O1|S Siogge) * 6

O70 O16 84) cep | * 8

c €0 682610 610 F| “ l

O: 161) 0Gssaiep <6 pee. | 9

CANO ea we eGo: wea) oS Cc

11 O10 2/1161 0 @I\‘Aepung pF

8 Gj Sh V)/9 6/0 oL “* j

Be Gil iO aes |G ule eneelee T

m ee =

a & |o@ slack

; - “keq

"TOIL AM YSTET| “laye AQ MOT

"WV apply, Suro py

[No. 122.

150

"LOISOIY LNOQLO ET

‘NOSMVG ‘A (pausrg)

‘NOYSNOIY) LeI[d O}IP ZT *"S Woz soz99I1q

SZuois pue stemoys Ww ‘v g ‘Apnoyo OIC Z

“UTed SUI[ZZIIp ‘W'd g ‘Apnoyo ‘W'd G ‘1eaTo

"ope “op 0731p | “O1Ip "Wd ZT ““Opotd 9

“Apnoyo 0341p G

‘rapuny} ‘op ZT “Op OTP OT “VIP CNT ZL

“Apnojo ‘W'd p ‘1eo[o “Wd Z “UIed

WYSI] OFIp ZIT ‘Apuoyo “W'v Of “IweTo OIC 9

-Apnojo ‘wd Z% ‘reapo “W'd Gy ‘Apnoya ‘oq /

“Op ONIp 9 ‘OTP OTP F ‘OTP OVP ONT 9

"1apunyy ‘op pop “Op % “op “op ONT 9

‘1apunyy pue UTeL 0}}Ip

¢ ‘Apnoya "w'd & “noySnor1yy reaps OIG Jf

"SIOMOYS ‘WW “d G ‘tapunyy “wa ¢ ‘Apnoo

W'd ZI] ‘OUIYSUNS YIM UleI SUI[ZZIIp ‘og I]

"aN Wor SoZ90I1q SUAS YIM Ie9TO

OTP ZL ‘Ulex Sur[zziup pue 0771p ONT 9

"ured

SUI[ZZlIp "W'd | ‘sloMOYs “W'V Q ‘0}}Ip ‘oq 9

*qnoY.SNno1y} 03}Ip 0}}Ip ¢

sI9MOYS *W ‘d [| YNOYSnoIg} O}Ip OWI OT

*1@O]O “IW *d

p ‘ured Surpzzup oytp Zl ‘Apno[g “Ww ‘v OL

Se ee ES , AT

"O29 ‘19T]BO MA

wapso hg soppy ay) 07 paysiusnf ‘asodnburg pun punjsy sav4f fo arty DO apey, ay fo nog pun asi ay? fo

beeen

‘ANN

‘TN ON

see on

‘ad NN

‘aN 'N

‘ad NN

‘ad “NN

“M'N'N

seen on

“TN CN

“TN ON

SRMEAN

[CHa a ALS RE) (is A el

COP ES ieGe Eo" 0€S

0. -Ga SST Ose G8

re-9¢\- LP | OGG | Geek

te ENE ey OGL | Gale

£-38 "2 ell Ot 1 8 9

Oe") TG Os cht Z

[o£ 2 20 0S 11-9 2

6 91% bIKS 10 8

rm Ge Seti Sé.01) 9°38

[PP 21. 05:6. 1-0 6

T2261 hCG bg Z

0 G@i0 Zi Ss 8 0 a

jc) er| ap}

ep 1s

ml | i | €

Eri) oles eee rene ee Ae

IOC MA YSTET| “10IV AA MO'T

ne ee err

W *d Oply sutuaaq

OOO eee leo S

SEGa * Be scr.

Cr B9 caae| 2.8

0 8/A'N'N| O Z

0€eZ)/a°N'N/ T 8

0¢ 9H N'N| G §

0 9/AU'N'N| 2 Z

Oe GP) S828

Of Pi y Ni 9 ¢

¢ Pt “A CN| 2 OP

UE € THN Os

0S¢Z ANN) ZG

OD Gots aN Go G

5 Spl

‘puUIAA 9oUrIT,

ee ee ee eee

alt

ial

rey

él

Qt Oo 9 SH Od, an) co mM oO

‘Wy SioHy

cy €

cI €

cD Z

0 G

0€ T

0G GI

0 GI

O0€ IT

0S OI

cE OT

CE 6

0S 8

ve)

OUI I,

> ao om DM OD Mono N wm OS

——

D> © WOW OO we wnRUOUDONR OHO WO OD

Ven)

—

‘WS10H |

‘W "VY Oply, Surus0 jy

Se a RD Me ot PU Sh le ol ee ee

(‘panunyuoy J—oFgt 290709 —'nIpuy fo quamusaaoy ays fo

€é

a4 OF

e 6G

c¢

(iG

€é

$< 0Z

66 6I

=a Nn OM MO YS OM MORR DO DOO

*1aye AA YSZ) “TOye AA MOT

agsrebary

151

at Prince of Wales Island and Singapore.

1842.

Ont G ‘onTp O1Ip Z ‘oWIp ONIG ‘W “Vv g

“O}IP O1IP Q “Op onTp | ‘ONIPONTG “Wd ZI\"* “AN

‘puny “op G “op “op F “Op ojIp ONT, ZL

“Ivalo “Op G “Op “Wd fF ‘O}}Ip OVITP OFT g

‘ynoysnoiy} Apuoyo

"W *d G ‘OWIP “W "Vv OT “Op ‘op OIG 9

‘O}}IP 0FIP T ‘OTP ONTp OIG f

“UIA GUI[ZZIIp “W ‘d

g ‘tapunyy ‘op p “op ‘op % “op op o771q 9

*OUTYSUNS YIM Wed

SUI[ZZ1Ip ‘op g ‘op ‘op | ‘op ‘op ont Z

"0}7Tp 0331p

“Op F “ONIp ‘ope “op ‘op Zl “op op o771q g

‘UleA SUT[ZZ1AIp

"Wd G “Op “Op g “op 0111p Z “Op ‘op OIG 1

‘OTP OWIP F “Op OVIp | “op OMI “W tv g

AG)

-UNY} "Wd e “Op ‘op Z% “op oI ‘Ww ne.

‘O}Ip “W *d G “Op OYIP OIG 9

“Op Op “Op ¢ “op ‘WV [Top ong "NW 'v /

‘UIVL SUL[ZZIIp ‘W ‘d ZF

‘Apnoyo "wd € “noysno1y} OIG *W ‘ad Zl

"UIGL SUI[ZZIp “Wd pF “apunyy

"W ‘d @ ‘Apnoja ‘W ‘a Z% “AeoTO “Wty 9

ns es

ee “ol “N

acl

‘TCNCON

“a “NN

acl

Ge ee ee, GGL! fal

Yen) ite) CO ODO

calicapca

A, 'Z,'Z,

“Pur

Lapso hg

Oo mo Ore OtMO

Yo) a > SS Dl CS J

N as NOS WO

6 GI} So 9

OL @tj OL 9

9. €1|.08_¢

€ bl} oS v

6 bl 0 D

GST OGG

OT SI} 0G @

CSCI! O-Z@

Il PI} 0¢ T

Gc Uno. t

Il €1| 0€ ZI

9 €T) 0¢ OT

6 GI} 0 OI

Dd GI|O 6

8 IT! 0€ £

t 6l) cl 9

aoe ee

——

Co 8 OF shFow

0 ?v

O€ €

O16)0 @

6 OT} 0¢ ZT

8 6) cell

Om ODO we re © OK KROMOS

‘Wd Opry, Sumas

eeecd ‘Ss

eece Ss

“ACN

“AACN N

qeeoe ‘Ss

eoeooe °S

@eee °S

. °

e e

e s

° e

° .

PIB B

Ze z

A AKAAA Sa 4A

“OPLL

ie oe . | “PULA josey)

"IOV AA YSIET! 19}e AA MOT

‘OPS “aqueaaony—nipuy fo quawmusaaoy ay2 fo

OL.GT| G29 Te Ge Gece 9I

0 €11 0¢¢1]6 8 | OG TT|'sepung cl

O- Bll OG |) Se hOeeiie I

9 PILOEP!S8 Zi ogo “ ST

O-iSTl O8-EU Ls 0G-61) “ ZI

LaCie OuaGalt 22.0. OecGisines II

8 SCE 06.6:116 <6 |\:0e-8 12 = OL

G SSlO Seclteret sop e.t 6

8 FL O€ L| OL Z| 0G g |‘Aepungs

@ EN OG GIre: SuiOr gil; © 2

6 €l1¢ Tl o0L1s| o¢7r 9

E Gh) 08 Ole a) Os) ©. Ss

ES Ce Ga @ |). S| © P

0: “GUL-Onceal Or O10: a ¢

Ll 18) OF 9.) IT 61-06 Al. zj

P Zl OP P|9 610 Ol sepung T

(a>) (qr)

aah ee linge’. | oe

=a = =a -

: [ee Peo es “heq

“19JV AA YOTET! “19ze AA MOT

‘W ‘V Opty, SuruI10 py

OUP OY) 07 paysiuanf ‘asodnburig pun puvjsy savy fo aaurtg yo apy, ay) fo vq pun asty ay) fo sapsibay

[No. 122.

152

"LISD LNOQLO FT

‘NOSMVA ‘DN (peusis)

"qnoysnoay} avo[o ‘Ww *d ZT ‘Apnoyo ont 9 |"M N'N

‘lapuny} pue “op ‘opp “op op OIG 8g i**** “N

"UIeI SUI[ZZIIp “W ‘d

G ‘1apuny} ‘op ¢ “op “op % “oyTp “Op OVNI 9)"""" *S

ULBA GUITZZIAp ‘Op

e ‘Cpnopo ‘Wd Zl ‘Qnoysnoryy avopo oq, ZL ‘N

“Apnoypo OIp p ‘eo]o “W “d Z]

‘ured Sul[ZZ11p pue noysnoiyy Apnops oq 9 |"* ‘A *N

“A NON

WO] sezoaiq Suoiys *W ‘d G “QnoYysnolyy

Apnopo ‘op % “op “Op ZI “op oI “WV g |"°"" A

‘apuny}

‘W ‘d G “op o}tpZ “OVIp OMI "WH “A GT) AAN'N

aA: NE NO

Ajjenbs pue “op oytp P ‘Op ‘op OIG 9 |"°*" “N

yp Apnops ‘wd Z% Qnoysnorgy reazQ ‘op 9g |**°* “A

“read "W ‘d | UTRL SUI[ZZLIp

‘W *d G “op ‘ope “op op ‘op ZT “op “oq “Z|"""" °S

P ‘Noysnoiy} reaypo ‘ W *d ZT ‘Apnop oyiqg £\°°°* “A

‘Apnoyo ‘w ‘a | *jnoysno1y}

xeapo “op p “op “op T “op ‘op ontd 9 |'AA'N'N

‘lapunyy “W ‘d G ‘Op “opzZ “Op ‘op oq 4 | A N'N

"UleI SUI[ZZ1.Ip

pue Apnoyo ‘w ‘ag noysnorg} eapQ "WV |'AN'N

"0% “1OUILO MA eee EAN

P eG er ter © 6 te a or S

Tete. Shes Bl be 6.(-6he het Le

PoP Scere ore ore ir’ NL-O >

9 ple ell c2e|6 8! 088 \°a “N| OP

Bae) er Of T | Ge! Oe 4 |S ml Ze

1e=9: i Se-P ll Oe aa] |b 8-1-0 —2- | AARNE -9—9

6 0 | 2 Fl Gt Zr Oly ee Ont wey

6 9/6 Fer IO 8] 0S ¢cl\'' ‘a ‘N| GS 9

11¢/¢ pO 19 8/0 G/M'NNIZ G

e clo pioeoié g|cer|''’’ ‘(N|9 F

> ® it e1lieee@ le 6 | 0c 8 |\2-N O +

g e/e@ ellecsiz 6|¢ e|'AN'N/E €

O12 16 Z¢ S81 IL6| esl MANNS 2

, Gio ieee | 416 eu (2 SN en

Ha le a0 a

‘OPLL gat B a. c "SPLL

JO ES 4 B x Jo

aouey : 3

“IOJO AA YSIPT “19Ve@ AA -MO'T

‘W ‘d Opry, Sutuaaq

no A ao

€1

“PULA, eSuey)

‘1OVE AK YSIPT|“1O7V AA MOT

oo m~ Od ON

—

OND WM RN DD

DR OD OD ODD WY Be

Oo Od HG Dod

‘WSO H

ess ee

O01 oe Se

cz 6 |‘hepung 67

ggzae) * 8%

Osa. lz

OGeia\\ 9%

0¢.92). = CZ

0 ies. PZ

Oe iG, 4. ane

oc p |‘Aepung 7z

Cpa 1Z

GElGa| Se 0Z

Neig|: sol

Cok SI

G2 51 || epee LI

“eq

‘W °V Oply, SuluIOyW

(-panuyuoy J— 0FQ] aquaaony—vipuy fo quamusaaoy ay) fo

wapso hg L0pipy ay2 of payseuinf ‘aLodvburg puv punpsy sayoy4 Jo a9urtd Vv apy ays fo [vq puv asey ays fo sajsrbay

153

at Prince of Wales Island and Singapore.

1842.]

“Apnoyo ‘WwW ‘ad @

‘HOYSNoIg) eapd ‘W *d ZT Apnopo oq g

‘0¥ITP OFIP ZT *O13TP OTP ONT 9,

‘TeoTD “Wd G “Op ‘Op ZI ‘OTP ONIP ONT 9g

"0731p OVP ZT OVIP OVIP ONTG ZL

‘Op ‘Op Pf ‘OVTP O17IP ZI “ONIP ONIG "WV 9g

“LopuNnyy “Op “f “op “op Z% “OHIP O}TP ONT ZI

“UIRL SUI[ZZIIp

‘ontp 9 ‘onIp ONIp P “OTP O}TP OTC ZI

‘op “Op “op g “op 0771p g ‘ONTP OTP ONT ZI

‘Iapuny}

"W'd Gg ‘ONTP OIP Z ‘ONIP ONIP OIG ZI

‘Apnoypo OFIP G ‘OTP IvaTO ‘W ‘Ad Z]

"UIeL SUI[ZZiIp ‘Wd C Apnoyza ‘op ¢ “no

-YSno1y} Iva]d “Ww ‘d Z] “NoYsno1y} ‘op ‘oq 7

“1Lapuny} 0931p

G OTP 0771p E “OFTP O19IP ZI ‘OVP ONT ZL

"UIe SUI[ZZIIp ‘W ‘d &

Apnoyo *w ‘az ‘“teoypo ‘Wd Z] ‘Apnorg "W'¥ 9g

"N WOAZ $9Z901q

Suo0Is pue “Op O}IP E OTP OIP ONT BT

“Apnojo 0771p G noysnoiyy rea[Q ‘Wd ZI

“OTP OVIP PT

OTP OFTP OTP ZL ONTP ONIP ONT

“ApNoyo ‘W ‘d & noysnoigy

apd "W ‘d Z] ‘Ulel SUI[ZZIIp ‘W ‘Vv 9g

‘Om f1ay}VO AA

io)

ce eas

e iz lcalfca)

E Fn ae Bl

PAY Aa WAALS

ae?) ene) SoD OnVO

= — ee

Win Han

Tino ARK OO

am Oo wo

——S

—

oa)

NN NOD DO SM ODO 00 Bh

Ss Soy ee) Too Sa">

rm © O Own wre KWRWOMDS

ao od mw

Oo mesDOo Dm DMD 90 2D HD WRMONSO

OO ws ws

ee ee ee

ee eee

"19JE AA YSIFT| “19}e AA MOTT

—-=

‘W ‘d Oply, Surmaagq

"19}e MA YSIPT! “OIC AA MO'T

‘W °V Oply, SUIUIOT

‘OPS 4aquuiasaq —Snipuy fo quamusaaoyg ay) fo

mat BEN CO's 1D). SOs Vis, GG? (Oe

cekeiclace ih aGL) Sherr 6. Dele cree.

SO 6-8 G1 O- © eee tea :

ees SiGe Pal VI Gti 0 <6. | Gaaeel seen

ANN ONIEG Goh CL SNC a1 =e Srla0ceuelae

‘NN; & 9 | OF I! 0G Z| Z Z| 0G g |Aepung

See NEP L5\-Ge PicO, cil leZaleOe One

7 EES GEO: Vil (Gel ete Le\n0G Cala

poet SEC 2<9- 6G aPiic0S-O1 89 2) h0G-yala—s

M'N'N|Z 9] 0 FI] 0 O1l0TLZ/0 FY] &

M'N'N) 9 6/6 €1/086/€ 8] 0€€

AV NNT P19 Sit 0G Sze esos |)

M'N'N| > P/E SO 8! rs] oOo @ Aepung

pote ONS oe ST al ee gelege 6p Oe cl

"N16 Z| 8 G1} 0¢9/ 116 | 0 ZT) ©

RN TD Debs Gee 95) Se OT! OF GT

est N GOS OG. Br oe Gel Te OT OS. LLL.

‘ACN'NI-@ © 1 OT GT O€P 18 6 | OC OT! “

an a a 4

(a>) (a>)

mL] & | 8 | & |S

"pup lebum | ‘Aeq

sapso fg soppy ay? 07 paysiusnf ‘asodvburg puo puns, savy fo aaurtq jv apey, ays fo Yq pun asia ays fo sapsvbay

[No. 122.

154

‘LOISOIT ANOQLOET

‘NOSMVdG ‘MM (pausig)

“hep [le ‘oytp op ontq Zq1/°"°*°"*"’S|) 6 € | 8 Zs e6%),18|Sos8i°*? “Nit F | OTS, Sez) 8 8/| 088 . TE

‘Apnopa "iW ‘dg ‘noysnoiy) reatQ “Wd ZT\"M'N'N| IL P| E10 2/GS 8/0 Bi" “Nib G]Z et] OST) e 8 | 0c4 0g

‘Apnoyo *W ‘d G noysno.ayy os uy

qeepo “NW ‘d ZI ‘ured Surzzup oniq g|"M'N'N| 0 9 | OL ST] OG T| OT Z| OE LZ) A'N'N|) 9 O/T FIO LT] 2 2/0 £ 6G

“1evayo aan 66

OnIP @ “ONIp ‘W *v ZT ‘0}}1D 0791p omg g(M'N'N| © Z£/9 FI] OS ZI; e 2/069 |(>M'N'N| 0 8 | OL PI| 0€ GI} OT 9 | 08 9 8%

eV he NG OF

oIP ¢ ‘ONTP OTP ZI ‘ONTP OYIP OIG 9/A'N'N} 8 8/€ SIO ZZ 9/0 9|A'N'N| Z 6/9 GI OS TI] & 9] OG g |Aepung 7z

"MN 'N Wo. sazoaiqg Suous pue Ivazo oe: ¥

‘Ww ‘dG ‘Apnojo oIp ZT ‘O1Ip OVP OIG gi**** “A! g 6/6 SI] O€ Il] 1 9} 08S|M'N'Ni' € 6/2 GIO Il] F 9/0 S 9%

“Apnoyo ‘Wd ¢ ‘auTYysUNs YIM ured -

SUI[ZZI1p OYIP ZL oysnosyy avepo owiq z)*** "aA | 118} SI} 0S O19 9| OS F|A'N'N| £Z 8/€ GTi 0€ Ol] 8 9| OF F GG

“0V7Tp ‘

O}IP F ‘ONIP OVTP OTP ZT ‘Apnops oq 9]'*** “N| Z 8iO Sl] O OT| 019/00 F\'A'N'N, OL Z| OL FT] 0S6|6 Z) ose} ‘ iZ6

*Apnoyo ‘Ww ‘d F “noysno.iy} -

qeopo ‘W ‘d Zl ‘ured Suyzzip oniq gi'*** ‘Ni G 2/8 Flloge6 |e Z/oee|" N/O 2/9 FILO 61/9 4/0 & &@

‘OTP 0F3Tp ‘

ZI “Wet Surpzztp ‘wv g ‘oNIp oI Z\** “A'N| 8 9/h FI10S8/8 £/0G6Z%/"°"* ‘Ni P 91% PI) 088] Orz| oes] “ GG

‘Apnotg “

‘OTP OTP GI ‘ONIP ONIp ONIG Zi°° “A'N|/ GS G|Z Sl 0€ 2/4 SOT "Si 6 PIP e110 2) 4 8)0 T epung 0Z

“Op OTP F “O}TP OFTP ZL ‘0I9tP sel panies OS mir Pal Sl 08 Gero 82.08 Ghee tsi Ll Gall ol CG 95\-O° Get GeeGh 6I

a pneyo ‘

‘Wd p ‘Ieapo "Ww *d ZT “Urel Surzzup "W'v OA'N'N| 9 €/6 Zl 0 9/1€ 610 ZB “NI O €|9 ZI ShS/9 6/ GTI ; ‘ _8l

ee eee ee eee el an bee ben ar a ss

pS aa lak En = | B| 2 | &

PMD 3. ® “3. @ feet = ® = ©

“O29 ‘19YIVO AN ‘pura, josuey) ay __| ‘puraq josuey)_ } ts 25 hl ae ‘Aeq

“19}OM YSIPT| “19}e AA MOT “19JC AA WSTPA! “107e AA MO'T

4 “W0 ‘a OpUL Suluea gy ‘WY ply, Surus0 pq]

( panuruoy) )— OPQ] Staquiavag —‘wipuy fo jwawmusaroy ay7 fo :

Lapo hg Lopepy ays 07 paysiuinf asodvburg puv punsy sav 44 fo aaurmg yo apry, ay) fo 0. pun asray ayz fo sagsrbay

at Prince of Wales Island and Singapore. 155

1842.]

*1@9T9 O}}IP

cg ‘Aryns ‘w ‘a Zl HOYSnosyy reapo oq 9°°** “NO AA KTS

: G “Kpeieys Satis 9 N P| 2 20 G$|Z 8/9 Il'M'N'N' YP F{6 ZI Oh) Ss 8} Og oT “ tT

“noysnoiyy wep ‘Wd ZT ‘Apnops oIq 9/°°** “N' OL Beare:

‘lopuny) pue urea Suryzziap Apnoyo 2 a a I Oe ic omer a N) > G|€ €1) o¢e/ 12; 0¢6) © él

ee ‘dG “noysnoiyy seh ae Gl ues

UI[ZZIIp OWIpg noysnory} Apnops OIG 9°" “AN OL S ie ‘

‘hon anette veayo 0yIp G ‘O}ITP 0391p 079Ip 9 €1/ 08 € | 8 4 | 08 6 N/€ 9/8 €10 €)¢ 2/0 6 ol

ZL ‘Apnojo ‘w ‘Vv QT “ONIp OTP ONT 9)°° “AN 0 wsiszsbare ¢e

sere Suoljg “W'dG et UI[ZZ1Ip 0391p fee? ee eet) ORG, Bae 928 N/ 0 £|0 PI 0€6)0 2/088 {I

‘Kays -W *d Z] ‘HOySnosy} Avapo oq gi°** ° csiplecet ;

Sears BT emery texeaueta6.46 Ni Gos beep 0 at) Or at (uO £8 si6 9/0 PI og t|e Z| og z |‘hepungor

pue urer Suiyzzip ‘Wd ¢ ‘Apnoyo “Wd

p qnoysnosy) weapo “Wa ZI ‘OUP Ig "**’ ‘N'Z 9/6 erloOeT |Z Zi)oee lS! 6 Gi Z S110 T/OLL/0 Z « 6

g ‘TIN urea Buyzzup ‘Ww ‘v g Apnopo ontq 9/"*"* “S/ b GS] Ph EIl 0€ ZI] O 0 “MN ait <<

“ontp] ‘oT ONIP “W ‘dC € GI 8, 0€9 | M’N'N] OLP| TE S10 a €& 8,0 & 8

qnoysnoiy} Ieopo ‘W'a Z] ‘stomoys OIG Z°° “A'N| G PF tooo - se

“NI Wor soza0I1g Buoys pUe UTet SuT[ZZIIGq IT G1] O€ Tl) 9 8.| OE S N/ 11€|8 Gf 0-116 8/0 S$ L

Wa Z] ‘Apnopa ‘wv G ‘ONTpP OVTp OIG 2° M'N’N ce esere ae

px SPnoy tana jue Ni G €/¢ G1 0€ O1;0 6/ O& F STL Gh S "er OS Or S 6 | O- v 9

‘Wd p ‘Aayns otp ZT ‘outp otp omg Z)"°*" "N| ZG] IL Tl) 0€6)h 6] 06S ;M'N'N|@ @/8 Il] 0 6) 9 @) ore | | G

“Apnoya OTP E OUTP OTP OTE 9 eo EM) Gk 1 O8 n O nd) 6 GO. Gi NS | 8 ane ae OF 6 | 0S.2t); % P

So OT See I OEP ontp-Oniqd g/ AN N| 0 G|8 If OF G8 G oe til''*’ “N| @ Z| OL] O G1] Zz 6) 0 I1\‘Aepunge

‘Op OMI € “OTP ONIP-L SD ee Qi"2* NI £ -S-leG BE) Oe tail Si 6 08 OL) Ve BPO B.S Bt, Ol VP 6) Oe Ol) se 4

‘reapo ‘W *d f

‘AIMS *W ‘a 7] fnoysnoiyy Iea[Q ‘Wv ‘gg **’’ ‘Ni Z €| P C1 ccelz 6loeel: ‘si9 el9 zo elo 6/0 6 “ I

se ie = a a a a0) ar)

‘aptly f 5 om 5 Bin 2. B g. 5

rove Cue 6 see | Be Pet Beal ae & | Seb [Oe

dy ‘19}CO MA “WIN (eNO sae eee lee ee UMN efueyq| | Ro* ‘ PL -keq

| area USrAy! “zeqe AA MOT *1O}e AA USty “tave AA MOT

‘W ‘d Oply, Suiueagq | ‘6 ‘NW ‘VY Oply, Surui0 py —

‘TEST ‘Atonuvne—‘wipuy fo quamusaaoy ay) fo

wap1o hg soppy ayy on paysiuins ‘asodvbuig puv puvjsy savy fo aourtg gv ape, ay) fo nvg pun asiy ayy fo wajsubay

NN ‘Lays unog.oer ipeaaie)

a : MVC 'M pousig qe ors

= Mipjovee sae ‘ene ai | Ot 0#}Ip OVI 9 ae eG 8 FEY Wahabe @ 1018 | Mess i ae ae 9 ZI ae d 3 ae oye

2 ‘Apoyo onstp g ‘op OVIp ont 9\"" "ANZ PLL alep Z| ¢ 8! cr Pact NOP 8 Zl a

A, Be lg ee SI Be PPeop.oce got N| 8 pu O4 BpsOT £4 "enig! | 0.1 N|}0 ¢/0 eI} oh 9

“APNOTI *W *d gc ‘aurys-uns ya ae

Ulel SUI[ZZUp oNIp ZL ‘OIIp OIG YO Ot NG Gh Peer GO| Gaia! Ge BT a Set oe : ; : A % a

“Apnoyo OntP S. OUP CHIC et GE re NL OF | 20° LE1 0G. 44).G-402/-06-14 8/9 912 81/1 ¢

"N Worf $9Z901q GUIS pue Ie—aTO eae .

S Wap ‘Kins orp ZI SUP CUP OUI. 9). < N09 3-681 0. 91 1n9 1.0 ss ~ ; : I a his 8 2 be Al i o

= (ot ee ee ie ean er 6)" *" NET 2. Gs PTl"On Pal 95941 0 aaa 8 pete acted Rell Meadunale

‘ONIP ONTP E “OI ONT ONC] 9) °° NiGtid | 25Pl) O58 | Gao) O06 SNL £ | ory 5 4

Ss TBSTROMP Y OVID OUP. OMI ONTD OMIG O)-* 2° NI 21% HTlO-B TBO 8 Be eam Uae 1 ls cena [T1120 fe ee

ontp p ‘Apnopo ‘oy1p ZI “OnIp OWIP OIG O/**** “aT] G 9 | OL Ello 1 C205 $2 S| 1S] 2 et) 0€ 2118 2] 089

i) “STO MOUS “1B9TO 0331p ; ee 1

~ ie 1 ‘moysnoiyy eT Od tt" NL 6G) €l0 BI) 012; 0 9|/M'N'Nie cle eiloe tio sloeg] « 1%

Pay wa Qf ‘aren Sunzzup omg gl “mE B10 Tie 80 eee NO F411 ZT e401] @ 8 oew| oz

N away 'W “dg “Aanqs “Op 2 ‘op ontp ontal 9" a ‘N OF : G1) 0 O11 8 8/0 F\M-N'N| £4 €]¢ Z1])-0€6/ O18 | o¢e a ON

= ‘Apnoyo "w “df ‘outp ontp ont gf ** “al Zz ele silo 611610 € AAUN'N] 11@ | € GI] 08 § | F : e foes a

2 “AQqns “Ww 2D ARCHEDONG 2210 ONT Qs TN 6-96) 6 LT) 0-85) 9 6) 0. 6 VAV NN 7%) 2 TT) He ZI 9

aS “OTP OFTp “Wd g Apno[g sete £5

2 "Wo 'd @ ‘reapo ‘Wd BL sSPol0 OMI OS SN | GB | 6) Os | & 6, A NN € €/0 G1 0€9/6 8|ioezl “ of

‘Tealo “W “d ¢ “Ulel SUI[ZZ1Ip ‘W ‘a hae

= @ ‘Apnoyo Wd GI Moysnoryy wep “WV Ol-M'N'N) € € |e Z110 9106/0 Zl NS es-G Sen 08 66 “e) OSein| -f “cr

S be ieee OR gs ea oe eee

= cere eae ve eens ee alge a 4 4

2 2 |g |e | & aa eam [Be (ome

S H iS )

> kd oad cet a alesis |

- "a2 “layyes My “pura joSuey! eye ee a SPAN Ome yee as ee Rea Gi

“IVA YSIEY "LOJA MOT Bo YStET| “1978 Ay MO'T

—- —___. ___.

‘Wo ‘d Oply, Sutuaay

ae ——

"W ‘Vv ‘aptly, SuIMIOy

( panuyuoy )— $91 huonuve—nopuy fo guamusaaony ay) fo

ap1o hg wozipy ays 07 paystuun ‘asodvbuy pun puns] sevyy fo aourtd Ww apey, ay2 fo yog pun asry ay) fo agsrbaay

156

‘dIISD YL 4N0QLDT

‘NOSMVG ‘M = (‘peusig) = ‘sepunty |

157

‘wag Apnold ‘W ‘a ¢ ‘ONT OID OVI O“M'N'N( b F | 0 &F) 08 € 18 § ,08 6 TSG F 1S 8,0 8 ,F $ O 6 , ‘hepung gz

SOM IPIOIIPIOING, 9 ST SN Ss Oe CBP 1066/6. = Ce tOR = Bee N LG 8" 28 Bo -08 Gea SIN eee eee Lb

‘OVID OVID OF1G 9“ A N| TE G | 8 st }O0 6 16 £10 8 |M'N'N) S$ 9 | TE SE) oh FE) 9 £ | ob L : 9

‘OUI OTP OFC. 91°" NI OE 9 | @ FES) 08 Ob 1 Fo aes 2 ANN'N! & 2 tp cchEs' 0 Fe Peewee 1 OF ; SG

0731p 0331p 0331q 9) "a ONT ONT! GE GC |0 Cio 9 OF 99s ne aN Sa dk 6 +E) 0S 116 9 os ¢ " &@

"O7}TP 0191p ONNICT OF" NOR O | TE SE | OS TEI EP 2. | 08 ss! & 9 | 8 ke 0 UTE PO de LO 6G

z ‘Jeapunyy

2S ‘NW'dg ‘Apnopo ‘wd % ‘OVID OFIP ONTIG OV M'N'N) in ¢ | 9 €E | 0S OF} z 4 | 08 F J" CN) 9 ¢ | & SE) 0E OF) 6 L | OF F ‘Aepung 1Z

S mas ee OIG 9 MN 'N| TE # 400° SEI-O OFYE 8.10 F AN] S Pope set 10S 6 | +. 8 |) OF € 06

‘ouTYysU T Tel SUI[ZZ1LIp

SW ‘a g ‘Apnojo ‘Ww “a & ‘OUT OWI OPI O|"""| “N\-6 § |9 EES 6 a6: gay Ok Gai ts| &: 8 1G BE IO 6 | O m6 || OF 8 cr 61

<= :(079TP ONTP 9 “OTP INP OF OVP CII OFT OL: ALS. 4 | EE Oe 8 tg 6 Ob 8 ONS 2) 8 TE) 08. 8 | 96. | 08 6 7 st

ZOU O1Np.-g- Op orn OF. OMEP Crp OnE Ol A NONI OF 0 = |.9 Wr 0 98 | Bh) 610 Ge eee MOE) Gee OS a ee Oe aty T 4 Zt

mee SUPOHIP 9 OUD ONID OF CUIP CHIP OVC 9)" aN] & US So AE OR 2 |e 6 LOB a MONG ey Lh 0d he Bale oF - oF

S OTP OF9TPQ ‘0731p OF9TP OF (0791p CIID OIG O/"""" “S| zg «| E BE {OS 9 | tr 8 | OF BIM'N'N| ZL € |b @E/ 0G 9 |G 8 | OF GF] s¥

—S DUI CMP O.CIIp ONIDOL Cure IONAden! Cte ee 8S Ok | Od Or eD | RIN O) SCR Seige Ue eeee e & lives Ve Aepung +E

tS “OFVTP OUP 9 OVID OF OF CMD CUIDOMIGs"""" Ale’ £ 1S ebi 6 8 | ® | 0€ Bl aN) OF F 9 SER OG Fae MO ASE Te. &¥

S COMI OF 9 O18 OOP OE OUIDCHDOHEA CN). + 9 1 Gt er) 08 % |e gx PORoOR | aE ve OCP Ot |e Mier ior or

> {OFED. OWED 9. OVP OED OF OFT OVID ONTO)" I" “AN G 2 | So FE) OS Salar 9 10 (or “NS 2 1S (Ft) 08 8 7k | OF 6 * tL

pe EPIOU DO OF OPP OE Ge COM ea NO Ed ye Ol gee | eee 9 OR VO: MN NOP et | 82 Vb ace eee pO 6 as or

q . CHER OVID 9 OFIP OMIP OF CTP ONIP CONT gy lS ooh a Fe FROG Cole of LO 8 GNI 29 gf On thi On ey f | 108.8 a 6

se. OTD SEI SMPIOL SMP Perio a NN EO" ra OG ae eee OB | NEES 2 [30 ce Omen ger oes) Oe ot 1) 8

S CUP OMIP 9 OMIP OND OTOP OI BGM Ni feo 12 24ers 0 Ee 08. 8 M06 2s aA NONE 2 lr Lona BB Oe Aepung 4

OUD SIP BD OVIP OND :0F CHOMP OMG ATs “NI TE § | 6 ir | OS) TE 07 8 | O° 8 | "si 9 & [2 cp Os Thy e 6 || Os & - s

SS) (OTP O11 9 f079TP O731D OT (OVI OWI OMIT OF" ES YS BELO UWS (6 1 OS Si" AN OLS Yb oe OS OF) 9 G |e Ss ve ¥

= ou RUDD (OM OM OF OP OMI OIC Ve" “D6 G6 |S wT | OS OL) ¢ 6 | te & (MANN) & G@ | SE TEC OFT 8S 6 10 a g

S 39EP 0331p 9 “0991p 0331p OF ‘0771p Po veeoe | NIG -G | 8s Wp epee <9 2G | op eas. NI Ole | Un pees 6) 6 kes &

Bs ‘dg ‘Sys “w "Vv OF Gnoysnory} Iwao "WV Ol -T'N| Z ¢ |b sel oe ¢ |e 6 [oO ¢ |" CN)’ € 1a cel sh 8 | 0 6 | SF Z i I

3 | Dies oh ah i te Sg Sania Reese esa

Apo F ‘opin jol F a ‘PUI |OPTT Jo] : :

029 “TOYIES MA pur oe 3 ey oe - ee aawier : | - fag

‘IOJeM YS "IaJeM MOT "10yeM\ UST “Taye NM MOT

‘w ‘ad ‘Opry, Surueaq "Ww ‘Vv ‘Opry, Surui0

‘LEST ‘hunnsgag —‘oipuy fo quamusaaoy

ay fo sapso hg soppy ayp 07 paysmusng ‘asodnburg pun punjsy sao yy fo aomeg yn apr, ay2 fo nog puv asny ay2 fo «agsvbaay

1842.]

[No, 122.

158

Op op -OP y Op op el-op Cp ONION. © 6 arey Sa-tT 8 OP 6128'S) OLE 19 B10 €18 81o ge of

“‘JNOYSNOAY] LVI][O ‘IW *d

‘AIMS “Wd ZT Woysnosyy wep oI 9\"*** ‘Ni F P16 ZI chZ’lS 8| GPs lt****'s| OLB! oO tM Em «Sa OS cI

"OIP O}IpP "Wd G

‘Apnoyo *w ‘d ¢ ‘teapo ‘wd ZT ‘ONIp ONIG 9/°° “A N| B G|E ESI OPT | ITZ OV Z/M'N'N| OLG |} 9 €1/0 T}8 2/0 g |‘kepung Fy

*‘jnoysnoiy} Te9[O “WN °d

BI ‘ured Sutzztap “wv 4 ‘Apnoy oy 9\'MA'N°N| b 9] 6 EI] SP ZI SG Z| Sh O la'N ‘NI OL 9 TL et} 0 21} 1 2/0 9) < eT

APR Sees NER te) CO" Vi) CET G6 “S| OE Cr Wd IN) .6, 21h Ft OL £ -9 10 ee) “ : ey

“1ap oe

g ‘Apnopo oytp % Gnoysnoiyy orp OIG 9)" “A 'N| £ 918 FI OSOL LT glocri ts “—Nlo 6 0 Sl O€ 0110 9) 0EFr| “ Il

"ovIp OFIp Z ‘eIp 0791p ZL ‘OVIP O1N1G O/-M'N'N! Z 61% SIO Ol oO 200 SNL 8 TL POG 6 Ph or | oGsealm OL

"Teal “W 'd ‘Opp O39TP ZT_“OVTP OIG 9/°°** “N| IL Z| 8 1] 0€6)6 9] oeEl’''sie 21 Pp Bo 6 | ea eo 6

“A °N ‘'N JOj sazooiq Suo.s ‘Wd

p ‘Apnojo “Ww ‘d Z ‘aurysuns Y)IM urer

Surzztup pue Aqqns w ‘a ZT ‘xe9J oq gl"? “Ni Z 9] IL et OSS} Pr Zloesl slo 91 zZ eT OSS | 2 #102 Gel is 8

‘rapuny} ‘Ww ‘d G ‘Apnoya

Wd Z “eapo ZI “noysuommy Apnop oyiq gi**** “Ni 9 G} pH sIlO 8/012 /0 Z/**'a'N| OTF! O ell o¢z|z 8 | oct depungs

“aUIYSUNS YIIM ‘UTeL

Sulzziip pue Ayjns Z] ‘oytp oytp oq gi*°****s GisV |-8° Gl) 0G 2) O 85-08 139 meen) 8. 2 6 Zio 2 1-6. @ oe te) Ss 9

“UIBL SUI[ZZIIp “W “d Ff Jeapuny}

‘Wd € ‘ONIP ONIP [| “onyIp OWIP OMIT 9 M'N'N| b Z| ZS Zt} 0S 9 | OL 6 | OG BIl** “a ‘N| OL T| IL Tl og 9 I OT] 0€ ZT; “ G

sO TPSOUED iG SOU ENOU TP OUI Oo 5 a) P 1/8 10 9)/% OT)0 ZIl°"** "Ni 6 T| or tt o¢ce!7z otlogin “ P

‘Apnopo Ww ‘d } ‘0731p ONTP ONICE 9/°* “AN T G|0O G1 08S | 116 | OF IIVM'N'N| G 2/1 Z ZO ¢|6 6/0 IT * €

OVP OVI OM 9'" AN 6 B/D ZI OCP! ZL 6 | OS Ol M'N'N| % €)9 ZIlOer| PF 6|oOgOll “ Zz

Aep [Je jnoySncayy respo “Ww *V 9)" "*N'N £€|8s8 a0 V|T 6/0 OT***’ “NiO F/ OL ZL O¢e | o1rs|oce6| “ T

Bl Pi EB] eB Bp | Be) se

S 2. S. B © | B

pee 3. ® % © bee me © me 2

"229 “Layee AA “POLAK (OBR yy | ets] i toreel| “puray lepueny es tas ee ‘ ‘Ae

“TOJOM GSE | “oye AA MOT “1aje AA WSF] “1097eA4 MOT

St en See ee

5 —_—_—_— ss oO ee gy ee

‘W ‘d Oply Suruaaq

‘W *¥ OpLy, Sumo

“Ib8l Yatoy—‘nrpuy fo puamusaaong ay) fo

Lapso ho soppy ay, 0, poysiuinf ‘asodobug puv punjsy $310.44 JO a0ULtg 70 apry, aya fo 10q pun asry ay) fo sajsibayy

ior)

at Prince of Wales Island and Singapore.

1842.]

——

"LaISDJy ANOQLoFy

‘NOSMVd ‘VM (‘pausig)

‘JapuNny} pue sleMOYs *W “d &

Apnopo onrp 1 ‘ANTMS OVP ZL ‘ONT ONIC 9/'A'N'N| Z Ej F £1) 02S] % OT OE U'M'N'N O1€8)0 et1o ¢(or6|;O I | le

‘somos OFT T “OUTP BL “OP OMI g""** “N| SP 0 PLOSPI|Z 61 OSOT SB S| PF PI Okr| s- 6} 08 OL © 0€

"ULL OUT[Z

-mup wa % ‘Kpnopo opp ZI “Wap OnIG 9 AM'N'N| OLS] 8 FOF) OTS 0 OL! Ss, 9: 9.0 S1| 09.€") Oe Sq OG0 I ee 60

‘avo omp st ‘Apnop onid 9|7""7 “N/T 2) h St) see) e 8 08 6 MANN 6 2/8 Silo @| IZ | 0-6 |‘Aepung gz

“Apnoyo 0791p Z an eye] ee aes 18/0 oflo¢z|z|o0ss|*’ ‘Nj 8 8] 91 06) 8 4/08 LG

*yno YY

reap wa p ‘Aag{ns MIP ZI ‘orp OMI g/"""""""S| S$ 618 90 BPE £)0 8 Sr eNep Ol Oo J1l OG: Ie} S= 9h Oke jeage — 96

‘Apnoya "W'ad p ‘Ieop ong 9/A'N ‘N/T 1119 zi] oeT|S 9) 0eZ |" “N/€ Ups 24170 1) 0 9/0 4 CZ

‘apuny) ‘W ‘d

g ‘Apnoyo ‘Ww “a F fONTP ONTP ZT ‘ONTP OMI Q/""** |N] 8 OT, 8 OT] OS Bt O 9 OG Q5|"°=2a‘N| PF OT 9-91 OG ZTE 9108S | = te

-1eapo ONTP ZI ‘slemoys pur Apnop oq git*** “N| 116 | 90 Ilr 9/0 9, ANN] S 6) IT ST) OF 119 8 0G ¢ &%

‘Ulel SUI[ZZIp ‘W ‘d

¢ ‘Kpnoya wa “Z Moysnomyy avazo oI g/°* “A N| 118 | Z St] O€ IT] 8 9 | OES|A'N'N| S 8/€ ST) 0 TT) O19 OSS a

‘UIVA SUI[ZZ1Ip *W *d T “SG WOIT

sozosiq Suons siamoys pue Apnoyo oq g//M'N'N| IL9 | 6 FI| OG OI] OT Z| OS] S| E 4)G FL OF OTS 4 Og F |‘Aepung [z

ULGL SUI[ZZ1IAp

‘md g fen OMIP @ ONIP Omp oMNCPg| =" °°""s|.6 9 LT PO OTe 2/0 va Ne 2 Bee Ore 9.-2)0¢e) , 0

‘Apoyo oytp %, “OVP oV7tp OIG 9/-AMAN'N| 8 P/E 1/086) 2 8 Oe 61° °2G-2N 16.2 1-6 aa Oe on 0".6 1-0-8 |» = 6

Axyyns "Wd ZT See oe = ‘aiz el¢ zio¢gs|e 6/082" “N/ 8 3/%@ 2] 0€8/9 6 0 @ ST

‘Apnofa |

wo'a g ‘reap wo a gp ‘Apnop ‘Ww cv gf ANNI P Z/OLUlO 8{9 6/0 Ty's; Ts) Tt at oO 4 CG, \aeetle - =L1

ST elect) ao) =| 3in/| 3.

eee @, 5 : eed: 2 | &

029 ‘19Y}eO MA “DEAN GUEST | mn eee ae SIL AN a IO ee Se ee en ‘Ae

“IOJO AA USIPT! “10yeM MOT “Toye AA USIFT] “LOVE AA MOT

‘W ‘d Oply, Sumaagq ‘W *V Oply, SUIULOT! |

eee ee a) ee ee eS eS

(‘panuajuoa J— PSI “yao —‘wopuy fo quauusaaoy ay) fo

wapso fig soppy 2y) 07 paysrutnf ‘asodnburg puv punjsy sav f0 ats jo apry, ay7 {0 1]BY pun asry aye fo sajsibayy

Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds, with Descriptions of some

presumed new Species. By Envwarp Buiytu, Curator to the Museum

of the Asiatic Society.

A highly interesting collection of bird-skins, from Darjeeling, having

been kindly entrusted to my charge by Dr. Pearson, for the purpose of

describing, or otherwise noticing such among them as I may consider

to be new, or worthy of some remark, I avail myself of the occasion

not only to respond to the wishes of that gentleman, but to record a

variety of observations upon other Indian and Malayan species of birds,

which have recently fallen under my notice.

1. Falco Aldrovandi, Reinwardt, Tem. P/. Col. 128; F. severus,

Horsfield, Lin. Trans. XIII. 135; F. subbuteo (?), Franklin, Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1831, 114. (Rep-seLiiep Faucon.) Nearly allied to the Hobby

Falcon (F. subbuteo). Length of a male about 103 inches; of wing

85 inches, and tail 43 inches; bill to forehead, including cere, 3 inch

over the curve, and rather more from point of upper mandible to gape;

tarse posteriorly 1 inch, and middle toe and claw 13 inch. Colour

above uniform dusky-black, with a very slight greyish cast, which is

chiefly visible upon the back, and also on the tail, the medial fea-

thers of which are obscurely barred with black, which colour extends

down their middle; inner webs of the other tail-feathers having seven

or eight well defined rufous bars, which also appear more or less on

their exterior webs, excepting on the outermost; feathers at the

sides of the back of the neck rufous, excepting at the tip, which colour

indeed extends on the inner web to the tip in a very few, so that this

rufous is always more or less visible: throat and front of the neck clear

fulvous-white ; the lores, cheeks, and ear-coverts, black like the crown :

rest of the under-parts, sides, and inside of the wings to the greater

quills, deep ferruginous, comparatively dilute on the breast, and each

feather having a medial black stripe or spot: primaries barred for two-

thirds of their length on the inner web with a series of transverse rufous

spots: bill dusky-bluish, the lower mandible yellow except at the

tip: legs bright yellow: all the tail-feathers are narrowly tipped with

rufous-white ; and the scapularies, tertiaries, and larger wing-coverts are

1842.] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 161

very slightly edged with the same. The female exceeds 11 inches

long, with wings 93 inches, and tail 53 ches; colour of the upper-

parts much less dark, or of a dusky brownish-slaty hue, slightly

margined with greyish-brown especially on the scapularies, tertiaries,

and larger wing-coverts, and more broadly on the upper tail-coverts :

tail tipped with the same, having a slight tinge of rufous; its middle

feathers greyish-dusky, with all but obsolete darker bars, and the rest

marked as in the male, but with paler rufous: spot at each side of the

lower part of the back of the neck whitish, and a blackish moustache

separated from the black-brown of the cheeks, instead of the interven-

ing space being filled up with black as in the male; there is also a

narrow fulvous-white streak over the eye, and the frontal feathers imme-

diately over the beak are whitish: the lower parts are but faintly tinged

with ferruginous, which is deepest on the thighs, and marked with

larger black spots and streaks than in the other sex: primaries barred

on the inner web with very faint ferruginous. A young female has

considerably more white on the forehead, and the feathers of the crown and

occiput are dark brownish, marked with a dusky streak along the shaft:

moustache much less developed, the black merely occupying the outer

web, or only the shaft, of each feather: upper-parts dusky-brown, more

broadly margined with rufous than in the preceding; the tips of the

secondaries and of the inner webs of the primaries edged with white ;

middle tail-feathers greyish, distinctly banded with pale dusky; the

exterior successively more fulvous, and with darker bars of a more

mottled character than in the adult: upon the mner webs the fulvous is

much fainter than in the mature female: the primaries have a series of

large transverse oval white spots on the basal two-thirds of their inner

webs; and the under-parts are still less tmged with ferruginous, which

is all but confined to the belly, thighs, and under tail-coverts, these

parts being nearly without markings, while the breast and sides are

streaked longitudinally with blackish-brown, forming larger, but less

defined, markings than in the adult; the wings of this specimen are 97

inches long.

The handsome male here described is from Darjeeling; and both

females are old specimens in the Museum of the Asiatic Society, pro-

cured in the neighbourhood of Calcutta. I have seen no notice of this

162 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

bird inhabiting India, but suspect that Major Franklin’s F. subbuteo

refers to no other.* In Java it is not uncommon.

2. Syrnium Sinense: Strix Sinensis, Latham, Ind. Orn., Supp., p. 61;

Str. orientalis, Shaw, Zool., VII, 257; and figured by Hardwicke

and Gray, Jil. Ind. Zool. A young bird, in full-grown nestling plumage;

* Since the above was written, Mr. Jerdon has kindly favored me with a copy of the

printed Supplement to his valuable Catalogue of the Birds of Peninsular India, and

with a collection of beautiful coloured drawings of many of the species. Among them

is one of a bird referred by that gentleman to F. Subbuteo, and noticed as such in his

Supplement; but it exactly agrees with my female above described, and is distinct

from the European Hobby. ‘I obtained a single specimen of this Falcon,’’ he

informs us, ‘during the cold season, in a grove of trees North of Jaulnah. I found its

stomach crammed with Libellule. It was called Doureylee by one native falconer,

and Reygee by another, who said it was only a cold weather visitant in the Peninsula,

coming in and disappearing along with the Bhyree (F. peregrinus. )”’

The same naturalist has also furnished me with the following description of a small

Falcon, recently procured by him upon the Neilghierries in January, and which I some-

what incline to think can be no other than the present in a different state of plumage,

being probably the immature male. ‘ Length 114 inches, of wing 94 inches, and tail

5 inches; extent 27 inches. Bill deep fleshy-red, the tip dusky; cere and legs deep

orange-red ; claws fleshy ; irides deep brown ; orbitar skin orange yellow. Above dark

slaty-grey, some of the feathers centred and tipped darker; the dorsal edged with

rusty ; tail light grey obsoletely barred : ocular region and cheek-stripe nearly black :

narrow frontal band, supercilium, chin, throat, ear-feathers and sides of the neck,

white; breast and abdomen rusty-white with blackish-brown marks, longitudinal

on breast, heart-shaped on the sides, and narrow and arrow-like on the centre of the

abdomen: vent, under tail-coverts, and thigh-coverts, pale unspotted rusty. Habit,

insectivorous.”’

The name Falco Aldrovandi, I perceive, is applied by this ornithologist in his Sup-

plement to the Shaheen, (his previous F. Shaheen,) with the remark, that he ‘ was

misled by the description in Griffith’s Cuvier (where it is stated to be only 10 inches -

long) to consider it undescribed.’’ In the Dict. Class. d’ Hist. Nat., however, I also

find F. Aldrovandi stated to be 10% inches in length, and Temminck’s plate above

cited is referred to: again, in Stephens’s continuation to Shaw’s Zoology (xiii, pt. ii.

40), F. Aldrovandi, Tem., is doubtfully identified with F. severus, Horsfield, the

length of which, as copied from the latter naturalist, is given as the same. Finally,

referring to Dr. Horsfield’s amended list of Javanese birds prefixed to his Zoological

Researches in Java, 1 again perceive that F. Aldrovandi is identified with F. severus.

On the other hand, Mr. Walter Elliot remarks, that the Shaheen is correctly figured

by Temminck as F. Aldrovandi ; this Shaheen measuring from nearly 15 to 19 inches

long, according to the sex, and bearing no particular resemblance to the present spe-

cies in its colouring.

At all events, I suspect that F. Subbuteo may be safely expunged from the list of

Indian birds hitherto ascertained, the more especially as Mr. Jerdon has certainly

mistaken our present species for it, as 1 presumed Major Franklin had done. Another

small Falcon, which I have lately obtained in the vicinity of Calcutta, is F. Tinnun-

culoides, 'Tem., which is figured, too, in one of the coloured drawings of the late Dr.

Buchanan Hamilton.

1842. ] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 163

which exactly corresponds with the first dress of the European S,

Aluco, and certainly cannot represent the Striz Indranee, Sykes (Proc.

Zool. Soc., 1832, 82), as suspected by Mr. Jerdon (Madr. Jour., No.

XXIV, 88), who further inclines to identify this species with Str.

pagodarum, 'Tem. (Pl. Col. 230), or Str. Seloputo, Horsfield (Lin. Trans.

XIII, 140), which, to judge from the description in Shaw’s Zoology (XIII,

65), seems to me inadmissible. Mr. Jerdon observed a single specimen

“in a tope, and some large single trees, near Verdupettah, to the south

of Madura, on the Palamcottah road,” and the dimensions he has given

accord with those assigned by Col. Sykes to his Strix Indranee, and

exceed those of the immature specimen before me in the degree to be

expected. I annex a description. Length 15} inches, of wing from bend

11 inches, tail 7 inches; tarse 2 inches. Bill straw yellow, at base dusky,

where impended by bristle-like feathers, barbed and of a brown colour only

at base, the rest black ; face rufous-brown, with pale shafts to the fea-

thers, and a little mixed with blackish; the disk, anterior to the ears,

shining brown-black, and posterior to them marked with rufous-brown

near the ends of the feathers: plumage of the crown, neck, shoulders,

and under-parts, with the tail-coverts, extremely flimsy and of downy

texture ; the scapularies and interscapularies firmer and more adult-look-

ing, though also very slight : wings and tail as in the adult : crown, with

the back and sides of the neck, dusky-brown tipped with whitish, and

towards the shoulders shewing a fulvous bar on each feather; throat

and breast less conspicuously whitish-tipped, the latter having two

fulvous bands on each feather ; rest of the under-parts dull fulvous barred

with dusky, and many adult feathers appearing on the back and breast.

3. Athene Brodiei: Noctua Brodiei, Burton, P. Z.S., 1835, 152; N.

tubiger, Hodgson, As. Res., XIX, 175. (Cortuarep Ow tet.) This

very diminutive species is nearly allied to the common Azh. cuculoides,

but is much smaller, an adult male measuring but 63 inches in total

length, wing from bend 3} inches, and tail 24 inches ; tarse posteriorly

2 inch. A rather larger specimen, which I presume to be a female, measures

7 inches long ; wing from bend 3% inches, and tail 23 inches : this latter is

a young bird, retaining its nestling feathers on the head and neck, with

a few elsewhere. Plumage of the male similar to that of Ath. cuculoides

upon the back, wings, and tail, the last, however, having its pale bars

more of a fulvous hue; head and neck dusky, with the pale bars more

164 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. __[No., 122.

clearly defined and contrasting than in C. cuculoides, having also

more the appearance of spots; on the lower part of the hind-neck is

a conspicuous broad fulvous collar tipped with black, and impended by

some white feathers over the middle, and a few black ones laterally ;

throat white, tinged with straw-yellow, and middle of the whole under-

parts the same, broadly streaked with brown on the imner webs of —

the feathers of the belly ; breast and sides marked nearly as in Ath. cu-

culoides, but the barrings more brightly contrasted: tibia and tarsus

clothed with short dusky feathers, mottled with whitish ; but only a few

scattered hairs on the toes, which had evidently been bright yellow, as

is also the bill. The young (presumed) female is pure white underneath

where the male is yellowish, but in other respects generally similar :

the uncast nestling feathers are uniform dull greyish brown on the head

and neck, each having a pale speck on its shaft, and being of the ordi-

nary flimsy texture; while those of the back and sides of the breast

are purer brown, with obscure mottlings ; bill partly dusky.

A singular character of this handsome little species consists in the

extraordinary prolongation of its nares, forming a tubular external cell,

no trace of which appears in the allied species* : in all other respects, it

is, however, much too nearly related to Ath. cuculoides, &c., to permit

of generic separation. The specimens described are from Darjeeling.

The species of these small Indian Owls are rather numerous. Another

allied to Ath. cuculoides, is described by Mr. Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc.

1837, 136, by the name of Ath. erythropterus ; but it had previously been

described by Lieut. Tickell, in Journ, As. Soc. II. 572, as Strix radiata,

and some account of its habits is given by that gentleman: there is

also an excellent coloured portrait of this species among the drawings

of the late Dr. Buchanan Hamilton, who styles it Strix undulata.t

Another member of the same group would seem to exist in the Strix

castanoptera of Dr. Horsfield, Lin. Trans. XIII. 140; where also, among

these small tuftless Owls, is described Strix rufescens,t Horsfield, and at

* This was written before I met with Mr. Hodgson’s description of the species.—

E. B.

t+ Specimens of the male and female of this species, from Chyebassa, have been

presented to the Asiatic Society by Lieut. Tickell since the above was written; as also

an example of Ath. Brodiei, killed in Upper Bengal, by Mr. Frith.

t In his catalogue of birds prefixed to the ‘ Zoological Researches in Java,’ Dr. Hors-

field questions the distinctness of this from Scops Javanicus, Lesson, or Sc. Lempiji,

Horsfield ; one of the tufted species.

1842.] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 165

page 280 of the same volume, the Strix scutellata, Raffles (the legs of

which are stated to be “feathered to the toes,” whence the applicability

of the name bestowed is not very manifest, unless it allude to the toes

only). Referring to the Appendix to Shaw’s Zoology, we also find noticed

the Noctua Sonnerati, Tem., N. hirsuta, Tem., and N. Brama, Tem.,

which last is the N. Indica, Franklin (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1831, 115), and

iS’ common in this neighbourhood, where likewise occurs the Strix

lugubris, ‘Tickell (Jour. As. Soc., I1. 572).

A Noctua Tarayensis, nearly allied to cuculoides, is also described by

Mr. Hodgson, As. Res. XIX. 175, together with the Brodiet (v. tubiger,

H.,) and two species of Scops, which may have to be added to Sc.

Lempiji, Horsfield, Lin. Trans. XIII. 140.

4. Picus (Dendrocopus) Himalayanus, Jardine and Selby, Ji. Orn.

pl. CXVI., representing the unmoulted young male. (BLACK-BACKED

Wooprecxer.) I am not aware that the adults of this species have ever

been described. It is closely allied to the European P. major, from

which it differs in various details, and the adult to a greater extent than

the young bird, which latter has the under-parts streakless pale dingy

| fulvous-brown, and the entire crown tipped with red in the male, but

not in the female, whereas both sexes of the young of P. major have

the crown thus tipped. The adult male, as in P. major, is distinguish-

ed from the other sex by having a glossy crimson occiput. Length 93

inches, the female rather less ; from wing to bend respectively 54 and

5 inches; and tail 34 inches: bill to forehead 17 inch, and tarse 2 inch.

All the upper-parts, save the crimson occiput of the male, fine glossy

black, with a great white wing-spot formed by the tertiary-coverts,

and less developed in the male than in the female and young: four

middle tail-feathers wholly black, the rest successively more barred

with fulvous-white: the large feathers of the wing, except the two first

primaries, marked with white spots on their outer webs, and with larger

white spots on the inner web: vent and lower tail-coverts crimson :

under-parts from the breast golden fulvous-brown (in the adult), having

a broadish black streak along the middle of each feather, becoming

obsolete on the middle of the belly : throat and fore-neck dingy-fulvous,

flanked by a black line extending from the side of the lower mandible

to the shoulder; above this line is a triangular patch of golden-fulvous

impending the shoulder, and continued forward (generally without inter-

166 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

ruption) to the ear-coverts, which are paler ; a band of the same crosses

the forehead, immediately over the bill, and is continued backward to the

ear-coverts, surrounding the eye: bill dull leaden-blue, passing into

dusky towards the tip; and feet leaden-brown. The young have no

streaks whatever on the under-parts, which are less tinged with golden,

and incline to rufous on the breast; their back is somewhat brownish,

and the triangular patch over the shoulders dull white: a specimen

before me in this dress differs only from Messrs. Jardine and Selby’s

figure in having no crimson on the crown, whence I conclude it to be a

female, and that represented to be a male. An inhabitant of Darjeel-

ing and other districts of the Himalaya.

5. Indicator xanthonotus, Nobis. (GotpEN-BAcKED Honryeu1pE). The

discovery of this species upon the Himalaya is of some interest, as all its

congeners heretofore known are inhabitants of Africa only. Structure

typical : length of a female 54, or probably 6 inches when recent ; of wing

from bend 32 inches ; and tail 24 inches ; bill from forehead + inch, and

above “. inch from gape; tarse inch; 2nd and 8rd quills equal .and

longest, the 1st and 4th a little shorter, and also equal: outermost pair

of tail feathers 3 inch shorter, and penultimate pair 1 inch shorter, than

the rest, which latter are subequal : bill short and Finch-like, of a trian-

gular shape viewed from above, the ridge of the upper mandible nearly

obsolete, and its outline much curved; that of the lower mandible

less so. Forehead and lower part of the cheeks golden-yellow ; throat

tinged with the same: crown and back of the neck dull olive-green, as

‘also the front of the neck, which is slightly tinged with yellow : breast

dusky-ash, the middle of each feather somewhat darker; belly and

thighs albescent, with a medial dusky streak to each plume : lower tail-

coverts and above the tibiz dull black, with lateral whitish margins :

wings, scapularies, and interscapularies, dusky-black, laterally margined

with yellowish olive-green, obsolete on the outer primaries, and the

tertiaries margined on their inner webs with white: tail and its upper

coverts black, the uropygials and largest medial pair of coverts edged

on the inner web with grey, and the small external pair of tail-feathers

obliquely marked with whitish at the tip: broad medial line along the

rump bright golden-yellow, changing to fine sulphur-yellow on the back

under the interscapularies, where the feathers are discomposed, silky,

and hair-like, somewhat resembling those of the centre of the crest of

;

1842. | Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 167

a typical Regulus, but straighter and less downy; sides of the rump,

bordering the broad yellow stripe, black; and the wings underneath

whitish tinged with yellow, the feathers of downy texture: beak

horny-brown, the lower mandible paler; and legs apparently dark-

greenish. From Darjeeling, where stated to be very rare.

The affinities of this genus I have long considered to be with the

Woodpeckers, and not with the Cuckoos: their feet are formed exactly

as in the former group, not as in the latter ; and they are accordingly

known to climb the boles of trees, in the cavities of which they deposit

numerous shining white eggs, wherein also they resemble the Wood-

peckers. I am unacquainted with the conformation of their soft parts,

further than that the traveller Bruce informs us, of his ‘“* Bee Cuckoo,”

(Appendix to ‘Travels to discover the source of the Nile,’ v. 179), that

“the tongue is sharp-pointed, can be drawn to almost half its length

out of the mouth beyond the point of the beak, and is very

flexible,” a statement which I did not remark until long after I had

arrived at the opinion. here expressed. If my view be correct,

it will probably be further confirmed by the stomach proving

to have its muscular coat considerably more developed than in the

Cuckoos ; by the absence of ceca, as in the Woodpeckers (normally*),

these existing in all the Cuckoo tribe which I have examined ; and

by the sternal apparatus, the form of which is very different in the

Woodpeckers and Wryneck from what it is in the Cuckoos. The

Barbets (Bucco) are quite distinct from either, and more nearly al-

lied in internal conformation to the South American group of Toucans

(Ramphastide), which they even resemble in the peculiar character of

having short imperfect clavicles; while the African group of 'Touracos

(Musophagide), also allied, is remarkable for having the clavicles fully

developed, but permanently joined together by cartilage only to con-

stitute the furcula, as I have observed in three different species.

6. Bucco Frankliniz, Nobis, (FRaNKuin’s Barer.) Allied to B. cyanops.

meseth 8 inches, of wing 3? inches, and tail 23 inches: bill to forehead

gg mch, and to hind-angle of upper mandible 1 x inch ; tarse ¢

inch. Colour of the upper-parts vivid-green, of the under paler and

* Professor Owen once remarked the presence of ceca in a specimen of the British

Green Woodpecker (Picus viridis), several of which same species 1 have since

examined without finding any.—E. B.

168 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

more yellowish-green ; edge and shoulder of the wing deep blue, and

its under surface marked with pale buff-yellow as in B. cyanops ; fore-

head and occiput crimson; the crown and throat bright glistening

orange: around the eye black, continued backward to the sides of

the occiput, where mixed with green: the ear-coverts were being

moulted in the specimen, but appear to be coming of a mixed green

and blue, and the feathers growing at the base of the lower mandible

are crimson. Bill dusky-black, whitish at base of lower mandible;

and legs evidently greenish, or a.sort of lead-colour tinged with green,

as in B. cyanops: tail also, as in that species, verditer underneath.

From Darjeeling ; and dedicated to Major James Franklin, F. R. S., &c.,

a highly meritorious pioneer among the investigators of Indian Or-

nithology, whose still useful «‘ Catalogue of Birds collected on the

Ganges between Calcutta and Benares, and in the Vindhyian hills

between the latter place and Gurra Mundela, on the Nurbudda,” is

published in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for.1835, pp. 114

to 125, and republished in the Journal of the Asiatic Society, I, 260 et

seq.

7. Cuculus micropterus, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, 137. The

Bocuttdcko of Bengal, so named from its cry.*

8. C. Sonneratii, Latham, Ind. Orn. I1. 215; le petit Coucou des Indes,

Sonnerat, Voy. Ind. IV. 216; C. Himalayanus, Vigors, Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1831, 172, Gould’s Century, Pl. LIV: all these notices referring

to the female. I have a monograph of the Indian Cuculide in prepara-

tion, and therefore defer for the present what remarks I have to offer

on this and the preceding species.

9. Trogon Hodgsonii ? Gould (1 have no description to refer to): Tr.

fasciatus, Var. A., Latham, Gen. Hist. Birds, I. 213; but having no

white pectoral bar: marked female. Length nearly 13 inches, of wing

from bend 6 inches, and middle tail feathers 74 inches, the outermost

3 inches shorter. Colour of the upper parts, neck and breast, deep chest-

nut-brown, darkest on the head, and brightening to the rump and upper

tail-coverts; belly crimson: smaller wing-coverts and tertiaries externally,

finely undulated black and brown, the rest of the wing blackish with

* The Asiatic Society has received this species from the Malay peninsula, and it

is included in Mr. Vigne’s catalogue of his collection of birds procured in Kashmir

and Little Tibet, (Proc. Zool. Soc., January 26, 1841.)

1842. | Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 169

white exterior margins to most of the primaries; tail as in Tr. ery-

throcephalus and Tr. Malabaricus (vide P. Z. S., 1834, 25-6).

10. Edolius Crishna, Gould, P. Z. S., 1836, 5; Corvus Crishna, Bucha-

nan Hamilton; Crishna Crow, Latham, Gen. Hist. Birds, Ill, 51;

Criniger splendens, 'Tickell, J. A. S., Il, 574; Cometes (olim Chibia)

casia, Hodgson, Ind. Rev. 1837, 324, and J. A. S., 1841, 29. (Hatr-

cRESTED Drongo). This remarkable and handsome species is not rare

about Calcutta, but would appear to be more common im all three

regions of Nepal, and there is a specimen in the collection from Dar-

jeeling.

ll. E. remifer, Tem. Pl. Col. 178, apud Shaw’s Zoology, XIII.

part 2, 140. Mr. Jerdon, I presume, means this by the term retzfer

(probably a misprint), which he includes in his valuable catalogue of the

birds of Peninsular India (Madr. Jour. No. xxv. 241); but he adds

L. Malabaricus, Shaw, as a synonym, which name is founded on

an erroneous identification of two species, and has since been currently

bestowed on a third distinct from both, as all are from the present one.

This (which is not likely to be Mr. Jerdon’s bird) is distguished from

every other known to me, with the exception of one described by

Mr. Hodgson (Ind. Rev., 1837, 325-6), by having the terminal 4 inches

of the prolonged naked shafts of its outermost tail-feathers barbed

equally on both sides ; while from Mr. Hodgson’s Melisseus (olim Bhrin-

ga) tectirostris, as described by that naturalist, it differs in the Shrike-

like form of its bill, the upper mandible of which is strongly hooked, in

the comparative shortness of its tarse, and in the feathers of its crown

and occiput being of a scale-like form, and not lanceolate like those of the

neck ; length 10 inches, of wing from bend 54 inches, and tail 5 inches,

being even at the tip, except that the vanes of the outermost feather on

each side are shorter than the rest, while the shaft is prolonged and

barbless for 8 inches, having then 4 inches of barb as described, 1] inch in

width ; moreover, these stems and barbed tips are straight, without any

tendency to spire, as in most of the other species. Bill to forehead

# inch in a straight line, the tip of the upper mandible much hooked,

and its base impended by an elevated ridge of recurved feathers, succes-

sively longer to the front: tarse # inch. Colour altogether richly steeled

black, with a brilliant metallic shine, the coronal feathers scale-like, the

nuchal hackled, and the pectoral intermediate.

170 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

Among the racket-tailed species in the Asiatic Society’s Museum,

I distinguish the following :—

E. grandis, Gould, P. Z. S., 1836, 5; Cometes (olim Chibia) Malaba-

roides, Hodgson, Ind. Rev., 1837, 325 ; E. Malabaricus, Shaw’s Zoology,

VII, 293, and figured in Stephens’s Appendix to the same, Vol. XIII,

Part II, 140, which figure is taken from Latham’s General History of

Birds, II, 57, where it would seem to have been copied from one of Lady

Impey’s drawings alluded to in the text, as differmg somewhat from

the species there described. Shaw erroneously identifies his bird with

“le Grand Gobe-mouche de la cote de Malabar” of Sonnerat (Voy.

iv, 162); and Sonnerat identifies his species as that noticed by Buffon

“sous le nom de Drongo de la cote de Malabar:” referring then to

Buffon (Oiseauz, iv, 587), we read, “On trouve aussi une espéce de

Drongo, a la céte de Malabar, d’ou il nous a été envoyé par M. Sonnerat ;

il est un peu plus grand que celui de Madagascar ou de la Chine; ila

comme eux le plumage entiérement noir; mais il a le bec plus fort

et plus épais, il manque de huppe, et le charactére qui le distingue le

plus, consiste’’ in the prolonged shafts of the exterior tail-feathers, &e.

Hence the Malabar Shrike of Sonnerat, or Malabar Drongo of Buffon,

is not the Lanius Malabaricus of Shaw, who informs us, that “ on the

head, springing immediately above the base of the upper mandible,

is a large rising tuft, consisting of many plumes of different lengths, and

much resembling that of the Rose-coloured Ousel:’’ now this applies

distinctly to the EL. grandis, Gould, wherein the frontal feathers recline

backward over the occiput; but it will not apply to the species referred

to by Mr. Gould as #. Malabaricus, which again is different from that

of Sonnerat and Buffon; the latter bemg probably the EL. Rangoonensis,

Gould, which, it may be suspected, is also Mr. Jerdon’s species. Under

these circumstances, I conceive that the specific term Malabaricus had

much better be disused altogether, for which reason I have headed this

notice with the more appropriate name bestowed on the present species

by Mr. Gould. The following is a description of the specimen before

me. Length, to extremity of penultimate tail feathers, 14 inches; of

wing from bend 63 inches ; of middle tail feather 53 inches; of penultimate

6# inches, and the shaft of the outermost extending 8 inches beyond, having

the terminal 33 inches barbed externally, but towards the tip only on the

inner web, and spiring inward till the under-surface becomes uppermost

1842. ] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. ya

at the tip: bill to forehead 2 inch, and to gape above 13 inch; very

feebly hooked, and rather less compressed than in the next species : tarse

1 inch, hind-toe and claw rather more. Frontal crest about twice

the length of that of E. cristatellus (Nobis), measuring fully 24 inches,

and reclining back beyond the occiput : coronal feathers slightly hackled,

the occipital and nuchal strongly so, and those on the fore-neck shaped

as on the crown. Plumage generally somewhat loose and puffy :

and colour uniformly black, with a steel-blue gloss. I have seen this

species alive, in the possession of a native. Its song is very fine; loud

and sonorous, with the deep tone of the European Blackbird. The

specimen described is from Tenasserim; and the species is known

to range from Nepal and Assam to Sumatra.

E.. cristatellus, Nobis; EH. Malabaricus of Gould and most recent

authors, but not of Shaw, nor the Malabar Drongo or Shrike of Buffon

and Sonnerat. Shaw’s species, it would seem, remained unnoticed for

a long period, during which the name Malabaricus came to be applied

to the present nearly allied one, but it remains to be shewn that either

of these inhabits the Malabar coast, or any part of the Indian peninsula.

That now under consideration is inferior in size to the preceding, with

frontal crest but half as long, and vaguely comparable to that of Pastor

cristatellus, as the crest of E. grandis has been compared to that of P.

roseus: in the finest specimens, when pressed down, this barely reaches

to the occiput, and as usually elevated it does not recline beyond the

“middle of the head, its longest feathers measuring generally under

14 inch. Length, to extremity of penultimate tail feather, 13 inches or

somewhat less ; of wing from bend 53 to 62 inches, and middle tail

feathers 52 to 6 inches, the penultimate 63 to 62 inches, and the

prolonged stem and terminal barb of the outermost with its amount of

twirl the same as in F. grandis. Plumage also generally similar, with

the exception of the crest, the shorter feathers of which describe an equal

curvature to the longer ones of H. grandis. The young differ only in

.the looser texture of their feathers, which underneath and on the rump

-are glossless fuscous, while the forehead is not more crested than in

the next species, and the feathers of the crown and neck are not

hackled, but of flimsy texture and rounded at the tips, where alone

they are glossed: the greater length of the tail readily distinguishes

them from the species next noticed; and the specimens here described

are from the Tenasserim coast.

i et te et tee

172 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

E. Rangoonensis, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1836, 5. “ Distinguish-

able from H. Malabaricus [subcristatus], to which it is nearly allied, by

its shorter beak, and by the total absence from its forehead of the fine

curled plumes which decorate that bird; the wing also is somewhat

shorter.” Gould, loc. cit. In the catalogue of Dr. McClelland’s birds

from Assam, however, Dr. Horsfield writes: “One of our specimens .

agrees accurately with Mr. Gould’s specific character ; in two others, the

crest is less developed, and the lanceolate plumes on the throat are less

prominent” (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, 158). Mr. Gould’s description is

as follows: “EH. ater viridi splendens; rectricum externarum scapis

longissimis, vexillis laté spatulatis ad apicis marginem exteriorem preeditis.

Long. tot. (rectricibus externis exclusis), 12 unc; rostri, 14; ale, 6; caude,

52; tarsi, 1.” The expression ‘‘ ater viridi metallicé splendens” occurs

also in Mr. Gould’s definition of #. grandis ; and a slight cast of green

is certainly discernible, more especially on the back, upon all three of

the closely allied species before me, one of which (judging from the

aggregate of the foregoing notices) I presume to be referrible to this

Rangoonensis. Length as described, the middle caudal feather 53 inches,

or but 43 inches in another specimen, and penultimate 6 inches and

47 inches ; wing from bend 5? and 53 inches; and bill to gape 12 inch,

that of HE. cristatellus measuring 13 inch, and sometimes rather ‘more ;

the crest is hardly less developed than in Pastor cristatellus, or it may

be compared to that of EL. remifer, but partakes more of the character

of that of E. cristatellus, and the nostrils are more densely impended

by recumbent plumes than in either of the two species last described.

One specimen has its outermost tail-feathers prolonged 12 inches

beyond the next, and the naked shaft makes one complete spiral turn,

and the barbed extremity another, twirling till its upper surface is

again brought upward at the tip; the other specimen has much shorter.

naked shafts and barbs, and the spirature is less, though still very

decided. This twist of the outermost tail-feathers is common to many

species of this strongly marked genus, is very perceptible in a slight

degree in the common D. balicassius, and is most curiously exemplified

in D. Crishna. The plumage of H. Rangoonensis resembles that of the

allied species, and the specimens here described are also from Ten-

asserim.

In the catalogue before cited of Dr. McClelland’s Assam birds, the

E. grandis is also included, with the remark, that ‘ several specimens

1842. ] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 173

of this bird received from Assam agree with the specific character and

description given by Mr. Gould, in all points excepting the size, being

about one-third smaller ; but further observations are required to deter-

mine with precision the points by which the long-tailed Edoli are to be

discriminated.” Horsfield.

Together with the three allied species here noticed, Mr. Gould

described one without the racket-tail, by the appellation E. viridescens,

as follows : “ H. intensé splendenti chalybeo-viridis, supra magis saturatus.

Long. tot. 11 unc; rostri, 14; ale, 53; caude,5; tarsi, 1. Habitat apud

Manillam :” the form of the bill (so variable in this genus), of the tail,

the structure of the plumage, and how to distinguish it from the allied

species, are left to be guessed at; but as the tail is not mentioned

to be forked, we may suppose that it is square, and if so, there is a speci-

men in the Asiatic Society’s Museum, which may be presumed to repre-

sent this species. Length as described, or a trifle less ; of wing do., and

outermost tail-feather do., the medial 42 inches: bill to forehead 1; inch,

to gape lt inch, in shape similar to that of EF. cristatellus, but rather

more compressed, and very densely impended at base by short and un-

elevated reflected feathers, scarcely lengthened in front as in E. remifer.

Plumage nowhere distinctly hackled, but a tendency to this on the

sides of the neck ; and the clothing feathers are soft and somewhat

loose in texture, their glossed tips imparting a spotted appearance to the

neck, and a uniform shine on the back, the brilliancy increasmg on the

wings : tarsi $ inch. This species is nearly allied to the racket-tailed

group, though wanting that particular character.

12. EH. annectans: Dicrurus (olim Buchanga) annectans, Hodgson,

Ind. Rev. 1837, 326. There are two specimens of a Drongo in the

Darjeeling collection, the smaller of which agrees very well with Mr.

Hodgson’s description above cited, but the larger (and they are very

obviously identical) measures 123 inches to end of outermost tail-feather,

the wing 52 inches, bill to forehead nearly 1 inch, and above 1} inch to

gape, tarse 4 inch, and hind toe and claw li, inch in a straight line. The

bill, as compared with that of the common EL. balicassius (seu albirictus,

Hodgson), is longer, considerably less Shrike-like, not so compressed at

the terminal half, the ridge is much more angular, the point less

hooked, the feathers impending its base are shorter, and less distinct

from those of the forehead; the gloss of the plumage has less of a

174 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. . [No. 122.

greenish cast, but more of a greyish-blue, and is not very bright ; and

the under-parts especially are duller, the throat and belly being dusky

and having scarcely any or indeed no gloss. The smaller specimen

measures but 102 inches long, the wing 5% inches, outermost tail-

feather 54, the medial (which are both imperfect in the other) 42

inches: the twirl of the outermost tail-feathers is less than in #.

balicassius.

I have also a species from the Malay peninsula, which is even inter-

mediate to the last and D. balicassius, but has the tail much less forked

than in either, and in this respect and also in its plumage approximates

to my presumed C. viridescens. Bill much as in the latter, but widen-

ing somewhat more to the base, its upper ridge more elevated than in

annectans, aid the moderately hooked tip of the upper mandible inter-

mediate to those of annectans and balicassius, and nearly resembling that

of viridescens. Length of three specimens 92 to 103 inches, of wing

from bend 54+ to 52 inches, outermost tail-feathers 43 to 5 inches, medial

4} to 4 >. inches ; bill to forehead 43, and to gape 1+ inch, its vertical

depth at base exceeding % inch; tarse ? inch: frontal plumes not

lengthened, but erect and reversed anteriorly, though to a much less

extent than in viridescens ; outer tail-feathers curling just perceptibly

upwards at the tip. The plumage of this species very closely resembles

that of EL. balicassius, but inclines a little to assume the character of

that of E. viridescens ; the tail in the latter being all but square, while in

the present it is very distinctly though slightly forked, and the much

more angular ridge of the bill will always serve to distinguish it readily

from E. balicassius. As out of the host of half descriptions in Latin,

French, and English, to which I have access, there is not one that applies

satisfactorily to this unquestionable species, I must sever the Gordian tie

by styling it HL. affinis.*

* Recurring now to Mr. Hodgson’s paper on the Drongos repeatedly referred to,

it may be as well to recapitulate the conclusions at which I have arrived, concerning

the species which are there described.

The Cometes (olim Chibia) casia, yields precedence to Edolius Crishna, Gould,

and has long previously been figured and described by Latham as the Crishna Crow.

The Cometes (olim Chibia) Malabaroides, H. is the Lanius Malabaricus as des-

cribed by Shaw and figured by Latham and Stephens, but not the Malabar Shrike or

Drongo of Sonnerat and Buffon, nor that recently styled Malabaricus by Gould and

others : it is the EZ. grandis, Gould.

The Melisseus (olim Bhringa) tectirostris, H. would seem to have been previously

undescribed, and must be very closely allied to &. remifer.

1842. ] ' Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 175

13. Pomatorhinus ruficollis, Hodgson, As. Res. XIX, 182 ; where also

are described P. schisticeps, H., which is clearly the same as, and takes

precedence of, P. leucogaster, Gould (P. Z. S, 1837, 137); and P.

erythrogenys, Vigors (P. Z. S. 1831, 173, and figured in Gould’s

Century, Plate LV). A fourth Indian species is the P. Horsfieldi, Sykes

(P. Z. S. 1832, 89); anda fifth the P. montana, Horsf. (Lin. Trans.

. XIII, 165, and figured in the ‘ Zoological Researches in Java’), which

‘was obtained by Dr. M‘Clelland in Assam (vide P. Z. S. 1839, 166).

~ Others inhabit Australia, as the P. turdinus and P. trivirgatus of Tem-

minck (the latter having been figured in Messrs. Jardine and Selby’s

‘ Illustrations of Ornithology,’ Plate LXIX) ; and a third has been charac-

terized by Mr. Gould from the north-western coast of that country,

as P. rubecula (P. Z. S.1839, 144). It is probable that still other

species have been added, with which I am unacquainted; the genus

haying been originally constituted upon one only, which encourages me

to distinguish and designate the following :—

Xiphirhynchus, Nobis: allied to Pomatorhinus, but the bill much

longer and more slender, very thinly compressed throughout its length,

widening only at the extreme base, and describing a considerable incur-

vation. Plumage, wings, and tail, as in Pomatorhinus, but the toes

and claws rather more slender and elongated.

The Dicrurus (olim Buchanga) albirictus, H., is clearly #. balicassius, which

would appear to be very common throughout India; Mr. Hodgson has figured it in

the 1$th volume of the Asiatic Researches.

The D. (olim B. ) annectans, H., does not appear to tally with any previous descrip-

tion with which I am acquainted.

The Chaptia muscipetoides, H., is identified by Mr. Jerdon with E. eneus, or Di-

crurus @neus, Vieillot.

Mr. Jerdon, in his list of birds inhabiting the Indian Peninsula ( Madr. Jour., No.

XXXV., 238, et seq. ), includes five species of this genus, viz. balicassius, coerules-

cens, Vieillot (v. Fingal, Shaw, v. leucogaster), doubtful macrocercus, Vieillot,

a@neus (v. muscipetoides, Hodgson), and supposed retifer. Major Franklin’s list (P,

Z. S., 1831, 117,) contains only cerulescens ; and that of Col. Sykes (P. Z. S., 1832,

86,) but cerulescens and balicassius. Dr. McClelland’s collection from Assam com-

prised grandis, Rangoonensis, balicassius, and @neus: and finally, I may notice

that three species are mentioned in Dr. Horsfield’s catalogue of the birds of Java (Lin.

Trans., XIII, 145), viz. forficatus (? this is an African bird), cineraceus (there

described), and alleged Malabaricus. .

A monograph of this genus, with full and adequate descriptions of every species

known up to this time, would be highly acceptable to ornithologists. Various other

insufficient notices of oriental species exist, of which several may refer to some of the

foregoing.

176 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

14. X. superciliaris, Nobis : size of a Shahmour (Copsychus macrourus),

and slightly rufous brown, with dull ferruginous under-parts, a dark

ash-coloured head, and narrow white streak over the eyes. ' Length of a

male 83 inches, and of a female 83 inches; of wing, from bend 2% and

23 inches, and tail 33 and 3% inches : bill to forehead 2 inches over the

curve, and 1% inch in a straight line, the upper mandible a little exceed-

ing the lower one in length : tarse 1 inch, middle toe and claw 1 inch,

and hind toe and claw 1 inch, the latter nearly 13 inch. Colour of the

upper-parts uniform brown, the quills and tail dusky ; of the under-parts

dull or but moderately bright rufo-ferruginous ; crown, occiput, and

sides of the head, dark cinereous, having a narrow superciliary white

line continued backward to the occiput: throat whitish, streaked with

dusky grey; and breast fainter rufous than the belly, and obscurely

spotted with dusky: shoulders of the wings and tibial feathers dark

cinereous : bill dusky-black, with whitish tips to the mandibles ; and

legs apparently leaden-brown, perhaps tinged with greenish. The

female only differs in having the rufous colouring of the under-parts

not so bright. Inhabits Darjeeling, and is reported to be a pleasing

songster.

The two last genera pertain to a vast natural group, mostly charac-

terized by soft puffy plumage and its usual concomitants—rounded

wings and a graduated tail, strong feet and claws (remedying the defi-

ciency of the volar powers), in general a particular style of marking,

and the bill assuming almost every modification of form, whence, from

the undue consideration with which this organ has been customarily re-

garded, the various genera have been scattered about in systems accord-

ing to the resemblances borne by it to the exclusion of everything else.

These birds hop with the belly near the ground, taking moderately long

springs, their action resembling that of a true Tree-creeper (Certhia)

upon a horizontal surface: the greater number are gregarious in parties

of eight or ten, chiefly but not wholly insectivorous, seeking their food

much among fallen leaves as well as upon trees, and in general they

have loud, harsh, and clamorous voices ; their flight is short and feeble,

and they sail with motionless expanded wings as far as they can before

alighting. Many have the bill laterally very much compressed, as

exemplified by the two genera last noticed, (but especially Xiphirynchus,)

in which it is more or less prolonged and curved downward; the same

1842. ] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 177

tendency to curve, with strong lateral compression, is retained in the

much shorter bill of Timalia (in the species of which considerable

diversity in the form of this organ is observable, as seen by comparing

T. pileata with T. Horsfieldi); and the brevity and vertical depth

attain their ultimatum in Paradovornis, Gould, (v. Temnoris, olim Suthora,

Hodgson, and Bathyrynchus, McClelland,) where also there is consider-

able lateral compression. Other genera assume the meruline and

warbler form of bill, as Prinia, various species of which differ in no other

respect from Timalia, and even Orthotomus, where the diminution of size,

and delicacy of general conformation are carried to the extreme. Cra-

teropus (v. Ianthocincla, Gould), Cinclosoma, and their immediate allies,

vary from the meruline form of bill, passing from that of Pomatorhinus

into a corvine, as exhibited by Keropia (the Garrulus striatus of Vigors) :

and a meliphagidous modification occurs in Alcopus (olim Szbia), Hodg-

son, which in other respects borders closely upon Crateropus, while it

leads off to the tribe of Leiothriv, Heterornis (olim Cutia), Hodgson, Pte-

ruthius (with a Shrike-like bill), and others in every sort of way annec-

tant, which it would be tedious to enumerate further. A second exam-

ple of one of the most remarkable forms, I proceed to characterize as—

Paradoxornis ruficeps, Nobis. A rigid divider might, indeed, consti-

tute of this a separate division, ranging intermediate to Paradowornis

and Conostoma, Hodgson (ante, X. p. 856) ; but without having a specimen

of Paradoxornis to compare it with, I shall provisionally refer it to

that genus. Length 7 in., of wing from bend 3}, and middle tail feathers

3% in., the two next on either side somewhat longer, the rest graduating,

and the outermost 3 in. shorter than the longest: 6th and 7th quills

subequal and longest, 5th a mere trifle shorter: bill to forehead FA inch

in a straight line, and above $ inch in greatest vertical depth, the ridge

of the upper mandible describing a considerable curve, and rising some-

what from its base, while the point a little overhangs that of the lower

mandible; the sides are compressed, the section of the upper ridge is

rounded, and the general form denotes a high degree of compressive

power; nostrils round, lateral, and basal, and concealed by semi-

reflected feathers directed upwards: tarsi strong, somewhat exceedin

1 inch in length, and furnished with stout claws suited for perching.

. General colour olive-brown, darker and tinged with rufous on the wings ;

white underneath, a little sullied on the flanks and sides of the abdo-

178 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

men; and head, cheeks, ear-coverts, nape and sides of the neck, bright

rufous: wings underneath partly edged with pale rufous: the upper

mandible chiefly horny brown, and the lower pale yellowish; a few

small black vibrisse at the rictus, and legs and feet pale. Described

from two specimens received from Bootan,

16. Keropia striata, G. Gray ; Garrulus striatus, Vigors, P. Z. S.,

1831, 7, and figured in Gould’s Century, pl. XXXVII. I quite agree

with Mr. G. Gray with respect to the propriety of arranging this bird

among the Crateropodine of Swainson, and would also locate the genus

Kitta as another pseudo-corvine member of the same extensive natural

assemblage. |

17. Crateropus. Nipalensis ; Cinclosoma Nipalense, Hodgson, As. Res.

XIX. 146. |

18. Cr. chrysopterus ; Ianthocincla chrysoptera, Gould, Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1835, 186.

In the ‘Natural History and Classification of Birds,” 1. 234, Mr.

Swainson has justly identified the Janthocincla, Gould, (Proc. Zool. Soc.

1835, 47,) with his Crateropus, ‘‘ published more than four years previ-

ously.” Mr. G. Gray, however, in his “ List of the genera of birds,”

(p. 27), has ranged Lanthocincla as a synonym of Garrulax, Lesson,

and introduces Crateropus as a separate head; but most assuredly the

Cr. Reinwardii of Swainson’s ‘ Zoological Illustrations,’ is a thorough

Lanthocincla, apud Gould. Mr. Vigors referred the species described

by him to his Cinclosoma, now properly restricted to the Australian

form exemplified by C. punctatum, v. Turdus punctatus of Latham ;

and Mr. Hodgson has also described several species under the ge-

neric head Cinclosoma. The form is extensively represented on the

Sub-Himalayan regions, both as respects species and individuals. Mr.

Hodgson enumerates 14 species as inhabitants of Nepal, of which 5

have been described by Mr. Vigors (in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1831, 55-6, and

171), and a sixth, the Corvus leucolophus, Lin.; figured as Garrulus

leucolophus in Gould’s Century, was judiciously assigned by him to the

same group. Since then Mr. Gould has described 5 other species (in

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, pp..48 and 186-7), which descriptions were

unknown to Mr. Hodgson at the time he prepared his paper on the genus

published in As, Res. XIX, 143 et seg. (bearing date of publication

1836), wherein 8 presumed new species are added to those of Vigors ;

1842.] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 179

four of them, however, appearing to me to be identical with as many

of Gould’s. Lastly, in the catalogue of Dr. McClelland’s Assam birds

(P. Z. S., 1839, 159-60), two more species are added, on the authority

of Dr. Horsfield; and I now add two others, making 18 from the sou-

thern or Indian base of the Himalayan range.

The following amended list results from my analysis of the various

descriptions referred to, while a study: of the labours of foreign natu-

ralists is still necessary to establish the Homgnnloteng 3 in all cases.

Cr. leucolophus ; Corvus leucolophus, Lind, figured in Gould’s Century,

pl. XVIII. A variety, or perhaps a very closely allied species, is noticed

in one of my Reports (ante, X, p. 924).

Cr. albogularis, Gould, P. Z. S., 1835, 187; Cinclosoma albigula,

Hodgson, As. Res., XIX, 146. In both cases the near affinity to the

preceding species is remarked.*

Cr. gularis ; Ianthocincla gularis, McClelland and Horsfield, Proc.

Zool. Soc., 1839, 159: allied to the last species.

Cr. ocellatus ; Cinclosoma ocellatum, Vigors, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1831, 5d,

and figured in Gould’s Century, pl. XV.

Cr. capistratus ; Cincl. capistratum, Vigors, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, 55.

Cr. variagatus ; Cincl. variegatum, Vigors, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1831, 55,

and figured in Gould’s Century, pl. XVI.

Cr. lineatus ; Cincl. lineatum, Vigors, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1831, 55.

Cr. erythrocephalus, Cincl. erythrocephalum, Vigors, Proc. Zool. Soc.,

1831, 171, and figured in Gould’s Century, pl. XVII.

Cr. squamatus ; Ianthocincla squamata, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1835,

48; Cincl. melanura (?), Hodgson, As. Res., XIX, 147.

Cr. chrysopterus ; I. chrysoptera, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1835, 48.

Cr. rufogularis; I rufogularis, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1835, 48;

Cincl.rufimenta, Hodgson, As. Res., XIX, 148.

Cr. pectoralis, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, 186., McClelland and

Horsfield, Ibid, 1839, 160; Cincl. grisauris, Hodgson, As. Res., XTX, 146.

Cr. Nipalensis ; Cincl. Nipalense, Hodgson, As. Res. XIX, 145.

a Cr. monilegerus ; Cincl. monilegera, Hodgson, As. Res., XIX, 147.

Cr. cerulatus ; Cincl. cerulatum, Hodgson, As. Res., XIX, 147.

* At the time of writing this, I had not identified a specimen which I find that the

Asiatic Society’s Museum possesses of this species. It is considerably less allied to Cr.

leucolophus than is my Cr. leucogenys.

(eh,

180 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

Cr. lunaris ; I. lunaris, McClelland and Horsfield, Proc. Zool .Soc.,

1839, 160.

Cr. puniceus, Nobis: length 8 inches, of wing from bend 31 inches,

and middle tail-feathers 4 inches, the outermost 23 inches ; bill to fore-

head 2 inch, and to gape ¢ inch; tarsi 1} inch: streak through the eye,

ear-coverts, sides of the neck, exterior margins of the primaries, and of

the terminal portion of the secondaries and longest tertiaries, with the

lower tail-coverts, glistening crimson : rest of the plumage a rich brown,

rather paler beneath, and tinged with rufous on the wings ; the tail dusky

above, each feather tipped with rufo-ferruginous, and the lateral ones

more broadly ; beneath ruddy : feathers of the crown elongated, forming

a lax crest as in various other species ; those on the sides of the crown

margined laterally with black, forming a superciliary streak: secondaries

black interiorly, and partly margined with light grey. Bill dusky, and

legs apparently brown : locality uncertain.

Cr. leucogenys, Nobis. More nearly allied to Cr. leucolophus than is

Cr. albogularis, but crestless, though the frontal feathers stand ‘erect

and rigid. Length 103 inches, of wing 42 inches, and middle tail

feathers 54 inches, the outermost 1 inch shorter ; bill to forehead | inch,

and to gape 12 inch; tarsi 1} inch. Crown, occiput, neck, and under-

parts, dark ash-colour; the forehead, lores, orbital region, streak from

the eye backward, feathers at the base of the lower mandible, and the

throat and fore-neck, black, as likewise the tip of the tail; ear-coverts

white, and a little of this posterior to the black on the forehead: rest of

the upper parts, with the thighs, vent, and lower tail-coverts, passing

forward on the flanks, dark greenish olive-brown: primaries edged with

greyish, and slightly albescent tips to the under surface of the outer tail

feathers : bill dusky, and legs apparently greenish yellow. From Upper

Bengal.

Besides these 18 species, two others have been described by Mr.

Jerdon from the Neilghierries, as Cr. cachinnans (Madr. Jl., No. XXV,

255, and there figured), and Cr. Delleserti (Ibid, 256); but I am

unaware of any having been observed on the Malabar range, nor is any

species noticed in Mr, Eyton’s catalogue of a large collection of bird-

skins from the Malay peninsula (P. Z. S., 1839, 101, et seq.) ; neither

among the Turdi (comprising various modern genera) of Dr. Horsfield’s

list of Javanese birds (Lin. Trans., XIII, 147, et seq.), and the

1842.] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 181

Sumatran species referred to Turdus by Sir Stamford Raffles (ibid, 309

et seq.), does there seem to be one appertaining to this genus. The

Cr. Reinwardii, again, figured in Swainson’s Illustrations, and which

was formerly understood to have been received from some part of the

Indian archipelago, has since proved to be an inhabitant of Western

Africa, as noticed with three other species from that locality in the

7th Ornithological volume of the Naturalist’s Library. Nevertheless, it

can hardly be supposed but that many species inhabit the interior upland

districts of the regions adverted to.*

Cinclidium, Nobis. The genus Cinclidia, Gould (P. Z. S., 1837,

236), being identical with Pellornium of Swainson, I transfer the

former name (with a slight alteration) to a nearly allied form, charac-

terized as follows. Bill shorter than the head, straight, slender, higher than

broad, the ridge of the upper mandible tolerably acute, and its tip very

slightly emargimated; inferior gonys ascending for the terminal half,

imparting to the bill the appearance of a tendency to bend upward :

naral apertures an elongate-oval fissure in the lateral nasal membrane,

and partially impended by the short semi-reflected frontal feathers: gape

armed with a few small sete. Wings and tail rounded, the 4th, 5th,

and 6th primaries equal and longest. Legs and toes slender, the tarsi

smooth and unscutellate, and very long, as is also the middle toe; claws

but moderately curved, and of little more than mean length. Plumage

light, soft, and full, having a scale-like appearance on the crown,

breast, and belly.

19. C. frontale, Nobis. Length 73 inches, of wing from bend 33

inches, and middle tail feathers 34 inches, the outermost # inch shorter ;

bill to forehead nearly 3 inch, and to gape Fa inch; tarse 1 = inch;

middle toe and claw 1 inch, and hind toe and claw 3 inch, the last 2

inch. Plumage dark fusco-cyaneous, the rump dusky ; flanks somewhat

ashy, and middle of the belly slightly grey-edged ; lores and immediate-

ly above the beak blackish, contrasting with a bright ccerulean forehead ;

bend of the wing also ccerulean, but less bright ; and winglet, primaries

and their coverts, secondaries and tertiaries, dark olive-brown; a white

spot on the under surface of the wing, beneath the winglet: bill black,

and legs dusky-brown. Darjeeling.

* My supposed variety of Cr. leucolophus (J. A. S., X. 924,) was received from

Tenasserim.

2 B

182 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

20. Tesia (subsequently Anura) cyaniventris, Hodgson, J. A. S., 1837,

101; genus Micrura of Gould, the bird having a very distinct small tail.

Aipenumia? Swainson,

21. Alcopus (olim Sibia) nigriceps, Hodgson, J. A. S., 1839, 38. A

specimen in nestling plumage only differs in the comparative shortness

and flimsy texture of its clothing feathers, and the diminished brightness

of their colouring.

22. Prosorinia (olim Cochoa) purpurea? Hodgson, J. A. S., V, 359 ;

n. s.? Hodgsonii? Nobis. This nearly agrees with Mr. Hodgson’s des-

cription, but would appear to be smaller, with the wing-speculum not

white, but of the same hue as the crown: the specimen is marked

male. I annex a description : length 10 inches, of wing 53 inch, and tail

43 inches; bill to forehead 3 inch, and to gape 15 inch ; tarse 14 inch,

middle toe and claw 12, inch, and hind toe and claw above 2 inch.

General hue slightly purpurescent-fuscous, the tail cyaneous-grey

tipped with black, and wings mottled with darker cyaneous, pale blue-

grey, and deep black: forehead, crown, and occiput, pale blue-grey, the

feathers here being lengthened and somewhat loosely webbed, and

laterally impending a broad black superciliary streak continued back-

ward to the occiput; lores and ear-coverts also deep black, and the

whole of the under-parts uniform fuscous: outer webs of the primaries

(save the first one) pale blue-grey near the base, contrasting with

the winglet which is black, as is also the remainder of the primaries ;

secondaries and tertiaries dark cyaneous, the former broadly tipped

with black to an oblique line even with the longest tertiary ; there is

some pale grey also on the border of the wing anterior to the winglet,

and the quills and tail are wholly black underneath. Bill black, and

legs dusky. Darjeeling.

This genus, originally classed by Mr. Hodgson among the Thrushes,

has since been regarded by him as Ampelidous, and intermediate to

Ampelis and Casmarhynchus. It appears to me to bear some relationship

to the Leiotrichine. 'The Ampelide possess at least one distinct

oriental representative in Calyptomena, and an alleged Himalayan Pzpra

has been described by Mr. Burton (P. Z. S., 1836, 113). The Cra-

taionyx of Eyton (ibid, 1839, 104,) agrees with the two last genera in

having syndactyle toes, and is perhaps also referrible to the same

family; wherein the northern form Bombycilla has been generally

1842. ] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 183

located. But the whole vast series of Insessores stands exceedingly

in need of thorough revision by a naturalist of sufficient penetration

to distinguish between mere superficial modifications bearing reference

to habit, and the more immediate subtypes of form upon which such

varied modifications are especially based.

23. Heterornis (olim Cutia) Nipalensis, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc.

1836, 771. A singular form, not without some distant affinity to the

last, but nearly related to nought with which I am acquainted.

24. Pteruthius erythropterus, Swainson ; Lanius erythropterus, Vigors,

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1831, 22, and figured in Gould’s Century, Pl. XI.

Female, differing from the figure in Gould’s work by having the back

and scapularies more tinged with cinereous, and the purer ash-grey

of the head continued to beyond the occiput, and including the

ear-coverts. A young male differs in the looser texture of its clothing

feathers, in having the head and ear-coverts concolorous with the

back, and the same defined white streak commencing above the eye as

in the mature male; this being wanting, or only the merest trace exist-

ing of it, in the female.

25. Pt. rufiventer, Nobis, n. s.? Female allied to the preceding

species, but differing in the disposition of its colours, in having a longer

and more graduated tail, and in its beak being somewhat longer and

more compressed, with the terminal hook of the upper mandible rather

less developed. Length 73 inches, of wing from bend barely 32 inches,

and middle tail feathers 32 inches, the outermost 12 inch shorter; bill

2 inch to forehead, and 1 inch to gape; tarse 14 inch. Back and

scapularies vivid olive-green, a little mingled with black, which may be

the predominant colour of these parts in the male: forehead, lores,

super-orbitary region, sides of the head, ear-coverts, throat, and breast,

ash-grey, passing into deep black on the crown, which colour is con-

tinued over the occiput and nape: rest of the under-parts dull ferrugi-

nous, with an ill-defined broad zone of saffron across the lower part of

the breast, bordering the grey : upper tail-coverts, and tips of the secon-

daries and of the longest tertiary, together with those of all the tail-

feathers, deep ferruginous: wings principally green externally, the

winglet and primary-coverts black, and all but the two outermost

primaries more or less edged with whitish-grey, towards the tip only in

the more inward, the rest of the edging being green : internally all the

184 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

wing-feathers are black, the secondaries narrowly edged, and the tertia-

ries broadly, with green; the under-surface of the wings is fulvescent-

white where pure white in Pt. erythropterus: uropygials green with

black shafts ; the next pair of tail-feathers having a green outer-margin

increasing in breadth towards the base, and the rest of the tail wholly

black, excepting the rufous tips before noticed: the three outermost

rectrices successively graduate in length, while the others are sub-

equal. Bill black, and legs apparently light brown.

26. Leiothrix calipyga: Calipyga (olim Bahila) calipyga, Hodgson,

Ind. Rev. 1838, 88.

27. L. cyanoptera: Hemiparus (olim Siva) cyanoptera, Hodgson, Ind.

Rev., 1838, 88; Letothrix lepida, McClelland and Horsfield, P. Z. S.

* 1839, 162.

28. L. strigula : H.-strigula, Hodgson, Ind. Rev. 1838, 89.

The Asiatic Society’s Museum contains examples of three species of

this elegant group, viz. cyanoptera, ignotincta (Proparus—olim Minla-

ignotinctus, Hodgson, Ind. Rev., 1838, 32, seu Leiothrix ornata, McClel-

land and Horsfield, P. Z. S., 1839, 162), and Nipalensis (Hemiparus —

olim Siva-Nipalensis, Hodgson, Ind. Rev, 1838, 89). The L. signata,

McClelland and Horsfield, P. Z. S., 1839, 162, is clearly distinct from

any of those of Mr. Hodgson, who further describes L. (Proparus,

olim Minla,) castaniceps, (Philocalyz, olim Mesia,) argentauris, and

(Hemiparus, olim Siva,) vinipectus, 1 do not myself perceive the neces-

sity of subgenerically dividing them, and much suspect that several will

prove to have prior appellations. The Polyodon (olim Yuhina), Hodgson,

As. Res, XIX, 165, to judge from the Society’s specimens of P. flavi-

collis (referred with a note of doubt to this genus by Mr. Hodgson),

would seem to be closely allied. !

29. Parus flavocristatus, de Lafresnage; Mesange d huppe jaune,

Guerin, Mag. Zool., Pl. LXXX, Janvier, 1837, apud Horsfield ; P. sul-

taneus, Hodgson, Ind. Rev. April, 1837, p. 81.

30. Tricophorus striatus, Nobis. Female : the sexes, however, reported

to be similar. Length 82 inches, of wing 44 inches, and tail 4 inches ; bill

to forehead £ inch, and tarse under 3 inch. General colour olive-green,

brightest on the wings and rump, the crown and back darker, with a tinge

of cinereous on the latter, and the feathers of these parts having a narrow

white mesial streak occupying their shafts: occipital plumes elongated,

1842. | Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 185

but having no hair-like stems intermixed; chin, a streak from the nos-

tril to near the eye, the fore-part of the wings underneath, and the lower

tail-coverts, bright yellow; a tinge of the same on the throat, fore-

neck, and belly, the feathers of the fore-neck being each tipped with a

black spot: breast and ear-coverts whitish, tipped and laterally mar-

gined with greyish-black, the tips becoming obsolete on the belly : tail

dusky, having its exterior webs greenish to near the end, and tinged

with yellow underneath; the two outermost rectrices, and the third

to a less extent, tipped chiefly on the inner vane with yellowish white.

Bill blackish, and legs dusky-brown. |

This species would seem to be allied to Tr. flaveolus, Gould (P. Z. S.

1836, 6), which is also from the Himalaya, and was met with by Dr.

McClelland in Assam. “Tr. cristatus, supra olivaceo-flavescens ; genis

guttureque sordidé albis. Long. tot, 8 unc ; rostri, 6; ale, 4; caude, 34 ;

tarsi, =; Rostrum pedesque corneo-brunnet. ‘The crest,” it is added,

“consists of elongated feathers, intermingled with the hairy bristles

usual in the genus.” The same species is thus described by Dr.

McClelland. <‘ Length 8 inches. Colour yellowish-green above, with a

tinge of brown on the wings and tail, beneath bright yellow.: crested

with narrow feathers, becoming progressively longer from the nostrils

to the crown: bill strong, compressed, and slightly hooked; cheeks

and nape scantily covered with feathers.” (P. Z. S. 1839, 158).

Mr. Jerdon adds to the Indian species of this genus a bird which

he conceives to be the Turdus Indicus of the old authors, and which

he briefly describes as follows, by the appellation of Tr. Indicus, remarking

that the Tr. flaveolus, Gould, appears to differ only in being crested.

«Length 7} to 8 inches, wing 4 inches, tail 34 inches, tarsus rather

more than “ths. Above olive green ; eye-streak (extending to the fore-

head), and beneath, yellow ; bill and legs black; irides blood-red. This

bird frequents only thick and lofty jungle on the West Coast, being

found occasionally as high as 5000 feet. It lives in small flocks, flying

from tree to tree, and keeping up a continual and pleasing Bulbul-like

warble. In all the specimens I have examined, I have found fruit only

in its stomach; but from the strong bristles at the base of the bill,

I suppose it may, at certain seasons, partake of imsects. The same

gentleman assigns to this genus, at least provisionally, the [zos virescens,

Tem., and a typical species exists in the Javanese Turdus gularis, Hors-

186 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

field, described as follows: T. fuscescente olivaceus alis cauddque ferru-

geneis, guld albd, abdomine flavo. Remiges interne fusce ; vertex griseo

ferrugineus ; axille flavescentes. Longitudo 7 poll.” (Lin. Trans. xiii,

150). To these may be added Tr. crispiceps, nobis, described in my

Report for February as an inhabitant of Tenasserim and the Malay ©

Peninsula.

31. Pycnonotus (Kuhl ; Brachypus,* Swainson ;) melanocephalus, Hard-

wicke and Gray : Vanga flaviventris, Tickell, J. A. S. II. 573. ;

32. Hypsipetes psaroides, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1831, 43, and figured in

Gould’s Century, pl. x. A very closely allied species to this has recently

been discovered on the Neilgheirries, the H. Neilgheiriensis, Jerdon,

Madr. Jour. No. xxv, 245, and there is another in the Indian Peninsula,

the H. Ganeesa, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, 86, and figured in Jardine and

Selby’s Illustrations of Ornithology, pl. cxlvu. Two more are de-

scribed in the list of Dr. McClelland’s birds procured in Assam, as H.

McClellandii, Horsf., and H. gracilis, P. Z. S. 1839, 159.

33. Chloropsis Hardwickit ; Jardine and Selby, J//. Orn. ii, Appen-

dix; Chl. cyanopterus, Hodgson; Chl. chrysogaster, McClelland and

Horsfield, P. Z. S. 1839, 167.—Vide my Report for January.

Heterophasia, Nobis, n. g? A curious Meruline form, exhibiting

affinity for various distinct genera, but which cannot be immediately

approximated to any with which I am acquainted. It has long rounded

wings, a very long and much graduated tail, slender and slightly curving

bill, and rather short tarsi. Bull longer than the head, slender, taper-

ing, a little incurved, its base as high as broad, and gradually more

compressed for the basal #ths ; the ridge of the upper mandible distinct

(but not sharp) to beyond the nostrils, then rather less so, and its tip

very slightly if at all emarginated : nostrils somewhat large, and almost

closed by impending membrane, the naral orifices appearing as mere fis-

sures on the inferior margin of this, though more apart anteriorly: a

few small sete at the gape. Tarse somewhat longer than the middle

toe ; and the claws compressed and suited for perching. Wings having

the 5th or 6th primary longest, and the 7th equal to the 4th. Tail

broad and very much lengthened and graduated. 'The plumage through-

out is soft, dense, and smooth ; the wings and tail tolerably firm.

* «Previously employed in other branches of Natural History.””—G. Gray.

1842.] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 187

34. H. cuculopsis, Nobis. Length 123 to 13 inches, of wing from bend

44 inches, and middle tail-feathers 7 to 8 inches, the outermost 42 inches

shorter, and all the rest graduating ; bill to forehead { inch, and to gape 14

inch ; tarse 1 inch. General colour greyish-fuscous on the upper parts,

beneath dark ashy, becoming paler on the belly ; medial third of the outer

webs of four of the secondaries white, forming a moderately large wing-

spot; the rest of the wing, and the tail feathers, dusky, all the latter

having broad whitish-grey tips : forehead and lores black. Bill and feet

blackish. Some (females?) have a brownish cast of general colouring,

which is not observable in others. At a first glance, this bird is apt to

be mistaken for Cuculidous ; an appearance to which its large and length-

ened graduated tail, each feather tipped with whitish, its incurved bill,

and the general hue of its colouring, alike contribute. From Darjeeling.

35. Accentor Himalayanus? Allied to A. Alpinus, but little larger

than A. modularis. Length 6 inches, wing 33 to 34 inches, tail 21

inches, bill to forehead 4 inch, and tarse nearly 4 inch; scapularies

and interscapularies rufous-brown, mottled with large black terminal

spots on the middle of each feather, more or less developed in different

specimens : forehead, crown, occiput, neck, shoulders of the wings, and

rump, nearly uniform dingy grey-brown, with an inconspicuous lighter

greyish eye-streak; throat and fore-neck white, with small round

black spots disposed as in A. Alpinus ; ear-coverts streaked with fulves-

cent, and small loral and infra-orbital feathers tipped with fulvous-white .

gorget brown, more or less tinged with rufous, which latter brightens

on the lower breast, flanks, and sides of the belly, the feathers being

laterally edged with white, and some having dark streaks on the flanks

posteriorly : lower tail-coverts white, with lanceolate central dusky

spots : wings intricately mottled, having the anterior range of coverts

dusky-black with white tips, the next or great range fulvescent-grey

exteriorly at base, and dusky-black for the remainder with slight whit-

ish tips: primaries edged with grey, secondaries with brown, and tertia-

ries with fulvous : tail dusky, having a large white spot at the tip of the

outer web of each feather. Bill black, and legs reddish brown. This is

a typical Accentor, and the first which to my knowledge has been obtained

on the Himalaya range, though A. Alpinus is included in M. Tem-

minck’s list of European birds inhabiting Japan. A. modularis has been

killed near Smyrna in winter (P. Z. S., 1836, 98), where stated to be

188 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

rare. Referring to Mr. Yarrell’s work on British birds, I perceive it

remarked that a species of this genus has been received from the Hima-

laya, which is probably that here described.

36. Pitta nuchalis ? Nobis, n.s.? Length 94 inches, of wing 42

inches, tail 23 inches, bill to forehead 14 inch, and to gape 12 inch, its

vertical depth at base above $ inch, and tarse 2 inches. Above shining

dingy green, passing into fulvescent-brown on the scapularies and

wings; the back of the neck verditer-blue ; and the occiput above it

greenish : crown, sides of the head, and under-parts, dull rufous-brown,

paler on the forehead and throat ; bill robust, and carneous-tinged with

dusky ; the legs apparently pale carneous. Specimen marked male.

37. Turdus (Oreocincla, Gould,) Whitei, Eyton.

38. T. mollissimus, Nobis. Equally allied to T. Whitei and the European

T. musicus, this handsome species can hardly be placed in a subdivision

typified by either of these apart from the other, though I think it ap-

proaches nearest to T. musicus. It is, however, considerably larger,

a female measuring 93 inches long, the wing from bend 53 inches,

and tail 4 inches. Bill shaped as in the Mavis Thrush (T. musicus),

and Fo inch to forehead, to gape 14 inch; tarse 12 inch: 38rd and 4th

primaries equal and longest, the 5th a little shorter, the 2nd above

2 inch shorter than the 3rd, and the first diminutive. Plumage

remarkably dense and soft in texture, having a smooth surface, and of a

uniform rich brown colour above, with a slight cast of orange, being

very nearly that of the back of an English Robin: wing-coverts and

tertiaries slightly margined with paler, except the greater coverts of the

primaries, which are tipped with blackish ; the inner webs of the prima-

ries are dusky, and their outer webs are emarginated as in T. musicus ;

the under-surface of the wing is marked with black and white, as in the

Oreocincle : tail also displaying an affinity to the latter group, its four

middle feathers being brown like the back, the outermost pair albescent-

brown with a whitish tip, the two next having successively less white

at the tip, and the remainder of the tail being blackish: under-parts

clear fulvous, deepest on the breast, and becoming whitish along the

centre of the belly; very richly spotted with deep black, and much

more densely than in 7. Whitei, the spots forming broad transverse

crescents below the breast, and being of a triangular form upon the

latter, the throat, and front of the neck: orbits, and a streak from the

1842. ] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 189

bill to the eye, pale fulvous; but none of this passing over or beyond

the eye. Bill dusky-yellowish at the base of the lower mandible, and

legs light-brown. So far as I can remember the African T. guttatus,

Vigors, (P. Z. S. 1831, 92,) it seems nearly allied to that species.

39. T. Naumanni, Temminck ; which the Asiatic Society has also re-

ceived from Nepal.

40. T. (Merula) peciloptera, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1831, 54, and figured

im Gould’s Century, Pl. xiv.

41. T. (Petrocincla) erythrogaster, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1831, 174, and

figured in Gould’s Century, Pl. xiii. The young has a large angular

whitish spot upon each feather, which is further tipped with blackish ;

differmg thus considerably from the adult female, as the latter does

from the male.

42. Chaitaris (Hodgson, J. A. S. 1841, 29, olim Niéltava, H., Ind.

Rev., 1837, 651,) grandis, Nobis. Length 8} to 8} inches, of the

female 8 inches; of wing respectively 44 and 3 inches, and tail 3%

and 33 inches; bill to forehead 3 inch, and to gape iz inch; tarse %

inch. Colour of the upper parts precisely as in Ch. sundara, Hodgson,

except that the purple hue of the back is considerably brighter ; or, to

particularize, the crown, a large spot on each side of the neck, the

shoulders of the wing, and the rump, are brilliant lazuline, and the

rest of the upper-parts glossy dark purple: forehead, lores, cheeks, ear-

coverts, throat and breast, deep black, without any purple gloss; the

belly empurpled-black, (as much so as the back of Ch. sundara,)

and passing into ashy on the vent and lower tail-coverts: under surface

of the wings and tail black, as likewise the bill; and the legs dusky-

black. The female entirely resembles that of Ch. sundara, except in

its much larger size, and in having a rufous tinge on the under-parts

generally, but especially on the throat, while the white gorget of Ch.

sundara is totally absent. From Darjeeling, and I am informed that it

also inhabits Tenasserim.

43. Ch. sundara, Hodgson. ‘Two other species are described by that

naturalist, viz. Ch. McGregorii (Phenicura McGregorii, Burton, P. Z. S.

1835,152, Ch. fuligiventer, Hodgson), and Ch. rubeculoides (Phenicura

rubeculoides, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1831, 35, and figured in Gould’s Century,

Pl. xxv. 1, seu Ch. brevipes, Hodgson).

Dimorpha, Hodgson, J. A. S., 1841, 29, olim Siphya, H., Ind. Rev.

2.0

190 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

1839, 651. The following two species are evidently referrible to this

division, which is allied to the preceding one, and borders <i upon

Cryptolopha of Swainson.

44. D. superciliaris, Nobis. shenett 43 inch, of ante from bend 23 inch,

tail 13 inch; bill to forehead 4 7g much, and to gape - ” inch ; tarse ¥ inch.

Colour of the upper-parts, hiay and sides of the seeks veitbaied ihe

cyaneous, the lateral feathers of the forehead white-tipped, passing as a

streak over but not beyond the eye ; bases of the primaries and seconda-

ries rufous-brown exteriorly, contrasting with the hue of their coverts ;

throat and breast light ferruginous, paling on the belly, and passing

into white on the vent and lower tail-coverts. Bill black, and legs very

slender and apparently dusky-plumbeous. Fifth primary rather the

longest. Specimen marked male.

45 D. albogularis, Nobis. Length 44 inches; of wing 2 iginches, and

tail 12 inch; bill to forehead A inch, and to gape ee ie ° inch; tarse

x inch. Colour of the upper-parts, sides of head and neck, and across

the breast, uniform dark cyaneous, much brighter than in the preced-

ing species ; the throat, fore-neck, and under-parts below the breast, pure

white: bill black, and legs dusky black. Third and fourth primaries

sub-equal and longest.*

46. Phenicura frontalis, Vigors, P. Z. S., 1831, 172, and figured in

Gould’s Century, Pl. xxvi. 1; differing, however, somewhat in colour-

ing from that figure, inasmuch as the head and neck, back and wings,

are not black, but dusky-cyaneous, having terminal brown winter

edgings, the forehead and above the eye being much brighter. The |

specimens of Ph. atrata, Jardine and Selby (Jil. Orn. Pl. Ixxxvi),

also, which I have seen, differ from that figure in wanting the

bright rufous margining of the wing-feathers, which are edged with

greyish, having but a slight rufous tinge on the border of the tertiaries

only. The Museum of the Asiatic Society contains also the Ph.

fuliginosa, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1831, 31, being evidently the same as

has been since described by Mr. Gould as Ph. plumbea, Ibid, 1835,

185; likewise Ph. Jleucocephala, Vigors and Gould; and another

Indian (and presumed Chinese) species, which I do not know, is the

* The Asiatic Society has since received this species from Chyebassa, in Central

India.

1842. ] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 191

Ph. Reevesii, Gray, Zool. Mise., which was procured by Dr. McClelland

in Assam: the Ph. ceruleocephala, Vigors and Gould, seems but

doubtfully referrible to this group. In Western India, the European

Ph. albifrons (or ruticilla) is met with, and very probably also, the Ph.

tithys, though I am not aware for certain of the latter having been ob-

served further to the eastward than on the bare rocky hills about

Smyrna, where it is common; the Ph. albifrons is included by M.

Temminck among the birds of Japan.*

47. Phillopneuste reguloides, Nobis. ‘This species approaches very

closely to the Regulus modestus, Gould ; but to judge from recollection

of the original specimen of that rare bird, and also from the dimensions

ascribed to the second specimen obtained (vide An. Nat. Hist., ii, 310),

which was in England, the former having been killed in Dalmatia,

I conclude it to be different, and to be further removed from the genus

Regulus, an undescribed crestless species of which is also before me.

Length 4% inches, of wing 2+ inches, and tail 13 inch; bill to forehead

nearly } inch, and to gape FA inch; tarse a inch; 4th and 5th quills

equal and longest, the 3d and 6th a trifle shorter, and also equal. Ge-

neral colour of the upper parts yellowish olive-green, brightest on the

wings, which have the inferior margin pure yellow anteriorly, and the

tips of their greater and lesser coverts pale yellowish, forming two

cross-bands ; under-parts albescent, streaked with yellow as in Ph.

trochilus : sides of the crown ashy, mingled with olive-green, and pass-

ing into dusky on the sides of the occiput, being traversed by a con-

spicuous sulphur-yellow superciliary streak; along the centre of the head

the ashy tint is wanting, leaving a narrow greenish-yellow mesial line,

best seen when the bird is held at a little distance. Biull, which is

strictly that of the present group, and not of Regulus, dusky-brown above,

the lower mandible yellow: feet delicate, and apparently light-brown

tinged with plumbeous. The Ph. rufa, or British Chiffchaff, I may

remark, is common in the neighbourhood of Calcutta during the cool

season.

Regulus inornatus, Nobis. Length 33 inches, of wing 2} inches, and

tail 12 inch: bill to forehead 3 inch, and to gape nearly } inch; tarse

* Ph. atrata is common in the neighbourhood of Calcutta, and extends throughout

the Indian peninsula, where two new species have lately been described by Mr.

Jerdon, in his supplement, as Ph. Major and Ph. superciliarts.—E. B.

192 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

barely ?imch. General colour and markings similar to those of R.

auricapillus, excepting on the head, the black band at the base of the

outer webs of the secondaries of that species also wanting, and the

whitish tips of the tertiaries extending further up the outer margin of

those feathers: crown wholly green like the back, with no trace of a

mesial crest, nor even the lateral dusky lines seen in the nestling plum-

age of the crested species; but a pale superciliary streak, bordered un-

derneath with dusky-greenish on the upper ear-coverts, the rest of these

being pale yellowish. Bill typical in shape, but no single plume (as

usual) impending the nostrils, any more than in R. modestus ; its colour

pale, especially at the base of the lower mandible, and legs apparently

light brown. Locality of the specimen unknown, but I am told that

this bird inhabits the vicinity of Darjeeling.

48. Budytes citreola, Auct.

_ 49. Oriolus Traillit, Hodgson, J, A. S., vi, 110; Pastor Traillii,

Vigors, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1831, 175 ; Psarophilus Trailhi, Jardine and

Selby. I entirely agree with Mr. Hodgson in considering this fine spe-

cies to be a true Oriole.

50. Pericrocotus (Boie, Acis, Lesson, Phenicornis, Swainson,) breviros-

tris, Vigors and Gould. Both sexes, the female differing from Gould’s

figure, (which is now referred to P. affinis, McClelland, P. Z. S. 1839,

157,) by having the throat much brighter yellow, and more of this colour

on the forehead to above the eyes ; they are clearly enough identical in

species with the crimson-breasted males in the same collection.*

51. Cinnyris Nipalensis, Hodgson, Ind. Rev, 1837, 273.

52. C. Gouldii, Vigors, P, Z. S. 1831, 44, and correctly figured in

Gould’s Century, Pl. lvi.

53. C. saturata, Hodgson, Ind. Rev. 1837, 273; C. Assamensis,

McClelland and Horsfield, P. Z. S. 1839, 167.

54 C. rubricaudata, Nobis. A very magnificent new species, described

in a Monograph of the Oriental Cinnyride which I have lately

drawn up.

55. Linota saturata, Nobis. A large species, belonging to the sub-

division typified by L. minor. Length of a male 6 inches, of wing from bend

* I cannot help suggesting that Ph. affinis is no other than the immature male of

brevirostris, which may require more than one season to attain its livery of maturity.

1842. ] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 193

32 inches, and tail externally 23 inches; bill to forehead above 7 inch,

and tarse 3 inch; 2nd and 3rd primaries equal and longest, the 4th and

Ist successively a trifle shorter. Summer aspect of plumage uniform

dusky above, inclining to greyish on the shoulders and rump, and every-

where margined with dark claret-red ; throat, and occipital stripe com- —

mencing at each eye, with the lower parts below the breast, fine dark

roseate ; crown and breast margined with deeper claret-red ; tail a little

forked, and dusky ; wings dusky-brown, their coverts margined with

dull-red, the tertiaries towards the end of their outer webs with ruddy-

brown, and the primaries with pale brown: bill shaped as in a British

Redpole, or nearly as in Carduelis, and dusky above, paler beneath ; feet

dark brown.

56. L. fusca, Nobis. Allied to L. cannabina, but the beak more length-

ened and bulging laterally about the middle, wherein it differs from L.

saturata aud the other Redpoles. Length of a female 52 inches, of

wing 32 inches, and tail externally 2} inches, being a little furcate ; bill to

forehead 3 inch, and tarse 2 inch : 3 first primaries sub-equal, the 2nd

somewhat the longest, and the 4th shorter than the first. Colour uniform

dull ashy olive-brown, a little fainter below, and paled on the middle of

the belly and tips of the under tail-coverts: the back having a very

slight cast of orange, more developed on the rump and upper tail-

coverts, where mingled with dull red; wings and tail dusky, more or less

edged with orange brown: bill dusky above and at the tip, the lower

mandible paler : feet pale brown.

I shall now conclude by describing three other species of birds which

I suspect are new.

Pica megaloptera, Nobis. This is the fourth species of true black

and white Magpie with which I am acquainted, and it is readily dis-

tinguished from the others by its larger size, and more particularly that

of the wings, while the tail is proportionally less elongated, and by the

absence of any grey band across the rump. Length 18 to 20 inches,

of wing from bend 9} to 93 inches, and middle tail feathers 10 to 102

inches ; bill to commencement of frontal plumes 123 to 12 inch, and

tarse 2 to 22 inches. Plumage and markings exactly similar to those

of the Common Magpie, except that the glosses are somewhat differ-

ent (as I observed upon formerly comparing two specimens in the

Asiatic Society’s Museum with examples of the true British Magpie

194 Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. [No. 122.

brought by Dr. Cantor from Chusan) ; and the plumage of the rump is

everywhere broadly black-tipped, through dull cinereous within. In-

habits Bootan.

Ampeliceps, Nobis. Allied to Pastor, but the bill more sharp-pointed

and widening to its base, having the terminal third moderately com-

pressed, and the ridge of the upper mandible obtusely angular ; nostrils

large and impended by bristly feathers, and the gape unarmed. Tarse

and toes much shorter and more robust than in Pastor, the former not

exceeding in length the middle toe with its claw, and the claws also

rather short, stout, and much curved. Wings reaching beyond the

middle of the,tail, having the first primary minute, the 2d and 3d nearly

equal, the second being longest. Skin thick, and plumage rather firm

and glossy. ;

A. coronatus, Nobis. Length & inches, of wing from bend 52 inches, and

tail 28 inch ; bill to forehead 3 inch, and to gape 1 inch; and tarse # inch.

General colour black with a steel shine ; the forehead, lores, crown and

occiput, chin and throat, together with a large wing-spot on the base of

the outer webs of the primaries excepting the first one,—bright yellow ;

the coronal feathers slender ,and rigid, and those of the sides of the

forehead erect and curving over towards the mesial line, forming a

frontal crest somewhat resembling that of Pastor cristatellus: inner

webs of all the primaries yellowish-white at base, producing a large

mark of this colour on the under surface of the wing. Bill dusky

black, and legs apparently yellowish-brown. Tenasserim.

Timizxos, Nobis. A puzzling form, as regards its exact position, com-

bining the characters of many very different genera. The bill is quite

Parian, or shorter than the head, strong, higher than broad, the ridge

of the upper mandible obtuse, and its tip slightly emarginated; both

mandibles are nearly of equal length, having their outlines distinctly

accurved : naral orifices a round aperture in the fore-part of the nasal

membrane: the gape feebly bristled. Tarse elongated and slender, the

toes moderate, the outermost longer than the inner toe, and the claws

compressed, that on the hind toe much the strongest and the most curv-

ed. Wings having the 4th and 5th primaries equal and longest, the

3d being a trifle shorter: tail even, and otherwise much resembling that

of Tricophorus. 'The wings and tail are tolerably firm, but the rest of

the plumage is excessively light, soft, and unsubstantial.

1842. ] Notes on various Indian and Malayan Birds. 195

T. meruloides, Nobis. Length 73 inches, of wing 34 inches, and tail

the same ; bill to forehead 2 inch, and to gape = inch; tarse 14 inch.

General colour dull brown, paler underneath, and having a slight

rusty tinge on the rump, flanks, and belly ; throat and fore-neck whitish,

indistinctly spotted with brown; tail slightly washed with yellow, as

more conspicuously seen on its under surface; the greater wing-

coverts, and tertiaries in part, rufous-edged, and a faint trace of yellow-

ish on the margins of the primaries and secondaries. _ Bill dusky, and

legs brown, neither light nor dark. Locality uncertain.

The two last, with the other new generic forms indicated in this

paper, are all of very distinct character, insomuch that the propriety of

their separation will hardly be disputed, though it may be that at

least part of them bear prior appellations, and that some of my pre-

sumed new species have been described in works to which I have not

access. This, however, is a chance to which all who venture on pro-

posing a name must be liable, and I trust that if I have failed in iden-

tifying some species which are even tolerably well known, this will

have been compensated by the number of synonyms which I have suc-

ceeded in reducing, while, at all events, until such pre-bestowed terms

can be learned, those here applied will still be temporarily useful as sub-

stitutes, and I think I need hardly add that I have duly laboured in

every instance in endeavouring to find a name, before venturing to coin

those provisional ones which I have ultimately resolved upon pro-

posing.

Feb. 26th, 1842.

196

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

(Friday Evening, 4th February, 1842. )

The Honourable H. T. Painser, Esq. President, in the Chair.

E. B. Ryan, Esq. proposed at the last Meeting, was ballotted for and duly elect-

ed a Member of the Society.

Ordered, that the usual communication of his election be made to Mr. Ryan, and

that he be furnished with the rules of the Society for his guidance.

Sir E. Ryan and Dr. Ewaip were also elected Honorary Members of the So-

ciety.

Library.

- The followfng Books were presented :—

List of Books received for the Meeting on the 4th February, 1842. ur

ous.

Naturalist’s Library.—Mammalia, vol. 11th, Marsupials, Edinburgh, 1841, .. IL

Transactions of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, vol. 8th,.. 1

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. 8th, No. 48, .. woke mahacet 4

Programme de la Société Royale D’ Agriculture et de Commerce de Caen, .... P

The Calcutta Christian Observer, new series, vol. 3rd, No. 26, Feb. 1842, 1

The Calcutta Monthly Journal, 3rd series, Nos. 83 & 84, October and Novem-

ber, 1842, .... eeee coos eves aise

eeoe eeeo e@oeon De

The Secretary presented a model of a Ceylon Boat, casts of Zodiacal Coins, also

some casts of other miscellaneous Coins. A box of Coins collected in Kunnouj were

likewise presented by Lieut. McGrecor, 66th Regt. N. I.

Read Letter from Mr. Secretary Bususy of 31st January 1842, with two small

boxes, containing two specimens of Porcelain Clay, marked Nos, 1 and 2.

‘The specimen, No. 1,’’ writes the Principal Collector of Canara, ‘‘ was taken

from a hill on the South bank of the Baloor river, a little to the North of Mangalore,

and within a mile of the Sea. A small stream of water flows from the place whence

it was taken, which appears to make it clear, and more free from particles of Late-

rite than the other specimens. The clay taken from this spot is used as chunam for

white- washing houses, and also by the Sepoys as pipe clay for cleaning their belts.

The specimen No, 2, was taken from the face of a hill a short distance from the

former spot.”’

1842. | Asiatic Society. 197

Read Letter from G. 1, Lusuinc ron, Esq., Commissioner of Kemaon, of 25th Janu-

ary, 1842, advising the dispatch per dak bangy, for presentation to the Society, ofa

doom, or brick of Tea, which was brought to Almorah from Tuklakote by the Ex-com-

mandant of that place, by name Bustee Ram. Mr. Lusuincron writes, ‘‘ The Tea

is packed or pressed together in the usual manner, and I suspect there is Soda or Salt

mixed in it ; at least I find it rather brackish in taste. One of the merchants of this

place, (Almorah,) who engages in the Bhote trade, tells me, that this doom is of the

second quality, (Junjhoo,) and it is worth about six or seven rupees. The same

informant has given me the following memorandum regarding price and quality of

Teas brought down to Tuklakote by the Thibet traders, and there purchased by

our Bhotias.

‘1st Quality, Loodhan ; value per doom, 12 rupees.

*« 2nd Quality, Junjhoo ; value per doom, 6 to 7 rupees.

** 3rd Quality, Chinjhoo ; value per doom, 5 to 6 rupees.

‘‘ The doom weighs 33 to 4 seers.”’

Read Letter from Lieut. S. R. Tickers, of 19th January, 1842, advising depar-

ture of Gomes, the Taxidermist, who had left Chybassa, in consequence of having

caught a fever, also forwarding a bill for Gomes’s pay, &c. up to the 15th January,

1842, amounting to Co.’s Rs. 168: 1.

Lieut. TickeLu writes, ‘‘ He (Gomes) takes with him a chest full of such birds,

&c. as have been collected. I have sent a catalogue with it. I am now employing a

Mussulman to preserve whatever I can pick up in my rambles. “He gets now 5 Rs.

a month, and has been promised more when he thoroughly knows his work ; but in

case of my not being successful in obtaining really valuable specimens, I shall not

expect the Society to remunerate me for this expence, as it is a very trifling one.”’

Read observations on the genus Spathium, by M. P. Epcewortn, Esq., of the

Bengal Civil Service, which will be published in the Journal.

Read Letter of 3rd February, 1842, from Mr. E. Buyrn, Curator of the Museum,

recommending, as an able and experienced travelling Collector of Zoological speci-

mens, who could aid him very materially in investigating the animal productions of

this country, Mr. M. Horeuvertr, a former Assistant of Monsr. Duvaucel, who offers

his services for a Salary of Rs. 50 per mensem, exclusive of travelling charges,

which are to be paid to him separately.

The foregoing recommendation having been referred to the Committee of Papers,

with the proposal of employing Mr. Hotquetr experimentally on a Salary of Rs. 40

}

;

: 198 Asiatic Society. [No. 122.

per mensem, with Rs. 10 per mensem additional, should his work give satisfaction,

with a view to send him to Darjeeling to be under the orders of Dr. Camppet and

others; it was resolved to engage Mr. HotevettT, on the terms specified for six

months, subject to special report at the end of that period.

The Honourable the President having audited the accounts for the past year

(1841), laid before the Meeting of January, ordered that they be printed.

To H. Torrens, Esa.

Secretary, Asiatic Society.

Sire,

In the latter part of the month of September 1840, you did me the kindness to con-

fer upon me the appointment of Accountant to the Asiatic Society of Bengal, and the

year 184) having just expired, I do myself the honor to submit my Account Current,

closed to the 3lst Dec, 1841, exhibiting in favor of the Society, Co’s. Rs. 19,516: 1: 9;

viz.

In cash, Se oe aie 1,849 7 1

In custody of the Govern-

ment Agents in the 5 per

cent. Loans, AR -» 17,666 10 8 Co's. Rs. 19,516 1 9

I am not aware that it is necessary for me to enter into any detailed explanation as

regards the accounts, but I may be permitted to draw attention to the following

circumstances :—

Ist. That the Society have become enriched during the last 15 months in its

aa aiueoe oan Soin. py a Library and Museum to the ex-

urchase an inding Oo OOKS an able

Pe ee ; : tent of Rs. *1,521 8 6

Purchase of Cabinets and Subjects, .. .. 418 0 O

1,521 8 6

2d. That the debt of the Society to the Baptist Mission Press for printing has been

paid off, Rs. 1,912: 3: 9.

3d. That the Secretary has been paid for supplying his Journals to Members and

learned Societies in Europe, Rs. 3,888.

4th. That for paper, and drawing and lithographing the specimens of Natural His-

*Ist 1,521 8 6° tory by thelate Sir A. Burnes; under preparation for publica-

2d 1,912 3 9 F 4 i F

3d 3,888 0 o \tion in the Transactions, have been disbursed, .. 1,176 0 O

4th 1,176 0 0

Co's. Rs. 8,497 12 37 making in the4 items a total expenditure of Rs. *8497 12 3

I have the honor to be,

Sir,

Your most obedient humble Servant,

W. H. BOLST.

Catcutta, 20th Jan, 1842.

Dr.

Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1842.

Secretary's Office.

Cash paid Secretary's Establishment and Contin-

To (ences from September 1840 to December 1841.

Library,

Cash paid for Librarian, Establishment and Con-

me, riigenuiae from September 1840 to December 1841, 2,728 14

Ditto for purchase of Books. os ” we 47615

"Ditto for binding Books, sa. wwe aw ous 5509

|, Ditto for a Round Mahogany Table, with oil cloth

cover, “ ” - 70 0

Museum,

To Cash paid for Establishment and Contingencies

from September 1840 to December 1841... see

Ditto Curators Salary from November, 1840

to December 1841, 14 months at 250 per month,

|, Ditto for purchase of Sundries from the collection

of the late James Prinsep, Esq. -

., Ditto for 4 Teak wood Cabinets at 85.

Ditto for purchase of Elks... -

" Ditto for packing charges on account of spi

for the Honourable Court of Directors. w. .»

2,578

3,500

Oriental Library.

To Cash paid Establishment for the custody of Ori-

ental Hooks transferred from the College of Fort

William, from September 1840 to December 1841,

16 months, at Rs. 78 per month, ww» ww

Museum Economic Geology.

To Cash paid for Cases. ww

Oriental Publications, $c.

To Cash paid Pundit’s salary from September 1840,

to December 1841, 16 months at 16 per month.

», Ditto Nabob Tehawur Jung his half share of the

sale proceeds of Sharaya ool Islam...

To Cash paid Baptist Mission Press in full for printing

4 Vols. of the Mahabharata per Account Current, 1,912 3

, Ditto J. Ballen and Co. in advance for Lithogra-

phing drawings by Sir A Burnes. - 500 0

», Ditto J. Bennett in advance for drawing ditto. 250 0

" Ditto Rushton and Co. for paper for Sir A

Burnes's drawings of specimens of Natural His-

so 420 0

tory for the Transactions...

Journal Asiatic Sociely.

To Cash paid H. Torrens Esq. for supplying Journals

sil embers and learned Societies in Europe. in

1840. et ess es o

», Ditto ditto, in 1841 to No. ey 0

To Cash paid Government Agent for investment in

thenew 5 percent paper. .. 4. See

»» Amount of interest on Government papers per

Contra ordered to be invested in the uew 5 per

SPS) Ss soy

cent paper...

Balance in favour of the Society.” ro

Balance in the Bank of Bengal 31st

December, 1841 1,077 0 2

Ditto in Cash, eat V2 0 5

1,849 0 7

202 12 3

3,832

7,249

1,231

3,088

3,888

TL, T. PRINSEP.

By balance of Account Current closed 16th Sept. 1840

By Cash recoived from Government Agents on ac:

count Interest on Government Securities deposited

Srith i iouns wl FSi ees Ms crode cree vial Sever

By ditto for Quarterly contributions and admission

~” fees from Members from September 16th, 1840, to

December 31st 1841, we yy see

Library.

By Cash from Messrs. Ostell and Lepage for 2 Vols.

Researches, «.. on oe oo oy ”

Museum.

By Cash from Sub-Treasurer for grant sanctioned by

the Hon'ble Court of Directors for the preserva-

tion of subjects from November 1810 to November

1841, 18 months, at Rs. 60 per month, io

to from ditto salary of a Curator granted by

ditto from November 1840 to November 1841, 13

months at Rs. 250 per month. ore

}, Ditto from ditto for grant from Government for

the purchase of Instruments &c. from the collec-

n of the late James Prinsep, Esq. oa =

,, Ditto from ditto for charge incurred for packing

specimens for the Honourable Court of Directors, 18 3

Oriental Library.

By Cash from Sub-Treasurer for monthly grant allow-

ed by Government for the Custody of Oriental

‘Books transferred from the College of Fort Willi-

am, from September 1840, to November 1841, be-

ing 15 months, at Rs. 78 permonth. 4. us

Museum of Economic Geology.

By Cash from Sub-Treasurer for 7 glass cases for

above Museum...

Oriental Publications,

By Cash from Sub-Treasurer for monthly grant al-

lowed by the Honourable Court of Directors for

printing Oriental Works, from September 1840, to

November 1841, 15 months at Rs, 500 per month.

}, Ditto from Nabob Tehawur Jung, for 12 Copies

Sharaya-ool-Islam, sold by himat Rs. 20...

», Ditto from Mr, Csoma for 10 Copies at Rs. 15.

Ditto for sale of Oriental Books... ue

Cols, Rs, ve

EE,

Ist January, 1842

W. H. BOLST,

Accountant Asiatic Society,

Dependencies,

TA CAR tee

ny creek teat, ire SIE CR tS

In Government Paper in custody of

the Government Agents, 4, a. 17,000 10 8

‘As per lettor dated 27th January, 1842, and

Account Current closed 30th April, 1841, }

7,500 0 0

240 0 0

150 0 0

537 7 0

Cr.

2,253 4 6

1,326 0 0

13,694 14 10

3200

3477 7 0

31,965

H, T, PRINSEP.

nk. were

‘ A

roett hips

wigl 5 ‘ ‘ ?

ae pes. ~ita pear diets :

RARE peices wy !

er hae

Cop Te AT.

i Way i

"+ Rann’ tna

a # a wf :

ye “

OKT

Ag irears' 2

sonia

batt

g aris

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 199

The following contribution was presented by Mr. W. Masrers, of the La Mar-

tiniere, for the Museum of the Society :—

A bottle containing a double child joined breast to breast, with four legs, four

hands, one face, four ears, one on each side of the face, and two in close juxta-

position at the back of an apparently double head: the sex is male in each, and

perfect: the limbs and features are natural, and without distortion. ‘‘ This

monster,’ writes Mr. Masters, ‘‘ was the offspring of a Malabar woman, and born

about five years ago in the vicinity of Madras; it died a few hours after its birth.

After its birth people flocked from all quarters, under superstitious impressions, to

present gifts to the mother.”’

The Curator read his Report for the past month, as follows :—

Report for February.

S1r,—During the short time that has intervened since our last meeting, specimens of the follow-

ing Mammalia and Birds have been added to the Society’s Museum.

MAMMALIA.

Viverra Rasse, Horsfield, or V. Indica of M. Is. Geoffroy St. Hilaire, but not V. Indica of Bri-

tish authors; Viverricula Rasse, Hodgson, This, with its near ally, the V. Indica of British natu-

ralists, are both common in this neighbourhood, and unquestionably distinct. I also know a third

species, which I believe is from Northern India, and hitherto undescribed. For this and the next,

the Society is indebted to the kindness of Dr. Wallich.

Paradoxurus typus, a remarkably fine old male, of a much deeper ground-colour than that no-

ticed in my last report.

Meminna Indica: the female which was presented to the Society last month having died, it has

been added to our collection of stuffed specimens.

Ovis Nahoor, Hodgson. I have procured a handsome skin of this species, more deeply coloured

than usual, and having the generic markings on the limbs, &c. very black and well defined.

AVES.

Athene lugubris ; Strix lugubris, Tickell, J. A. S.i.572. A common species in this neighbourhood.

Timalia Horsfieldi, J. and S., Iii. Orn., pl. exix: male and female. The habitat of this

species is accordingly now ascertained, it being not a rare bird in the vicinity of Calcutta. The

figure alluded to is defective, in so far as that the orbits are conspicuous bright orange, and the irides

pale brownish-yellow ; bill black, having the conch-like membrane of the nostrils wax-yellow,

and the legs are of a tolerably bright orpiment-yellow. I possessed these birds alive for some days,

and noticed that they frequently placed one foot upon their food, while they picked it with the

bill. In several respects, they much reminded me of Calamophilus; but, on dissection, I found

neither the powerfully muscular gizzard, nor the large craw, or dilatation of the wsophagus, charac-

teristic of that very distinct genus; which latter Mr. Swainson still strangely confounds with the

Tits—Parus (Class. Birds, i. 43), whereto I cannot perceive that it is at all allied, either internally

or externally, in habits, nidification, eggs, voice, or indeed aught else. *

Alaudide. The species of Indian Larks are extremely difficult to identify from the descriptions

of them which have been hitherto published ; these being, for the most part, much too concise and

deficient in the needful details to be satisfactory. I have obtained four species in this neighbour-

hood, which are as follow :—

1. Mirafra Assamica, M’Clelland and Horsfield, P. Z. S., 1839, 162; being probably also the

species doubtfully assigned to M. Javanica by Mr. Jerdon, Madr. Jour. xi. 33, in which case, the

* Since writing the above, I have obtained other live specimens of Timalia Horsfieldi, which I

have kept some weeks ; and continued observation of them has satisfied me, notwithstanding the

anatomical differences above noted, that Calamophilus approaches much nearer to this group than

to any other with which I am acquainted.—E. B.

200 Asiatic Society. [No. 122.

impropriety of its topical name becomes obvious, as the species would extend over the greater part

of India. Length 5$ to 6 inches: extent 93 to 103 inches : wing from bend 34 to 3} inches: tail 1%

inch: bill to forehead above + inch, to gape a inch and upwards, and vertical depth at base ~

inch: the penultimate fourth of the edges of both mandibles strongly inflected : tarse nearly 1 inch:

the hind toe $ inch; and its claw from % to 3 inch. The form of the wing (as characteristic

of this generic group) differs much from that common to the three others, the 1st quill, which in the

restricted Larks is excessively diminutive, measuring fully 1 inch: the 2nd is shorter than the 6th,

and the 3rd, 4th, and 5th, equal and longest. Irides hazel ; bill dusky above, the sides of the base of

the upper mandible, and all the lower one except its extreme tip, whitish; legs and feet light brown

with a tinge of carneous, the joints and claws rather darker. General colour ashy-brown above, the

coronal feathers, interscapularies and scapularies, having broad dusky-brown centres, or they

may be described as of the latter hue, slightly tipped and broadly margined laterally with cinere-

ous, which last prevails on the nape and rump: wings and tail dusky, margined with rufescent

pale fulvous, a little deeper at the base of the caudal plumes: the 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th prima-

ries Successively more emarginated outwards on their exterior webs, and the unemarginated por-

tion, with nearly the whole outer webs of the other primaries excepting the two first, deep rufo-

ferruginous: underneath, the wings are almost wholly of a fainter ferruginous, and the rest of

the under-parts are fulvous white, somewhat deeper and marked with dusky spots on the breast,

and paler on the throat: a fulvous-white streak passes over the eye; and the ear-coverts are

confusedly speckled with dusky. A common species in the neighbourhood of Calcutta. It has

none of the sprightliness of the true Larks, but (as observed in captivity) is a thick-built, heavy

and inactive bird, prone to hide itself from observation by creeping under other birds, or availing

itself of whatever sort of cover there happens to offer. The sexes are undistinguishable.

The next may, I think, be referred to the genus Corypha, G. Gray, or Brachonyx, Swainson. It is

the Ortolan of Europeans in India, or Baghairee of the natives, though other species are often sold

with it under the former name, especially a large Pipit which appears to be the Anthus Richardi,

and which is brought in great numbers to supply the tables of the luxurious towards the close of

the cool season, when the present species gradually replaces it.

2. C. baghaira : Emberiza baghaira, Franklin ; Alauda Dukhunensis, Sykes. Length 6 to 64 inches;

extent 133 to 133 inches; wing from bend 83 inches ; and tail 24 inches: bill to forehead is inch ;

and § inch to gape; its vertical depth at base less than 7 inch; tarse = inch, or nearly so: the hind

toe and claw averaging § inch: representative of the usual Ist quill wholly obsolete, and what

therefore become the Ist, 2nd, and 3rd, are subequal, and 3 inch longer than the4th. In the typical

Alaud@ which follow, the first quill exists in extreme minuteness, and the four next are longest

and subequal. Irides dark hazel. Bill whitish-horny, blackish along ridge of upper mandible,

and slightly on that of lower ; legs brownish, and darker at the joints. This bird changes its

plumage in February, and the prevalent hue of the upper parts, in newly moulted specimens, is

slightly rufescent pale sand-colour, each feather having a moderately broad streak of dusky ; stripe

over the eye, and the whole under-parts, fulvous-white, deepening on the breast, and wholly

spotless in some, in the generality a little spotted, more or less obscurely: ear-coverts tinged pos-

teriorly with dusky: wings dusky-brown, with fulvous edgings, broader and deeper coloured on

the tertiaries and tips of the coverts, and a whitish edge to the first primary only: tail also

dusky, its penultimate feather having the exterior web white-edged, and the outermost feather

having its exterior web wholly white to near the base, and also a considerable portion of its

inner web. In the old or worn plumage, the dusky much prevails upon the back, from the

fulvous edgings to the feathers having disappeared, and, in general, there is a strong rufous cast

upon the crown, which isseldom very distinctly apparent in the new feathers ; the breast has

commonly a few small and narrow dusky streaks, and a patch ofthe same appears on each side

of the lower part of the fore-neck, composed of the outer webs of the uppermost exterior pectoral

feathers ; this is more or less developed in different specimens, and less observably in the newly

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 201

moulted plimage. This species, like the last, progresses on the ground as much by hopping as by

running, but has a true Lark’s chirrup. It is caught in immense numbers for the table.

The next is a typical Alauda, allied to the European Wood Lark (A. arborea), and more from

a combination of collateral evidence than from the sufficiency of any description to which I have

access, I conclude it to be the No. 185 of Mr. Jerdon’s list, referred by that naturalist to A.

Chendoola, Franklin, but which appears to me to be rather

3. A. gulgula, Franklin, P. Z. S, 1831, 119. Length 6 inches to 6} inches, by 10$ to 118 inches

in extent; wing from bend 33 to 34 inches, and tail 2 to 24 inches ; bill to forehead 3 inch, and to

gape Fe inch; tarse barely 1 inch, and hind-toe and claw averaging the same. Irides dark hazel. /

Bill dusky above, the rest whitish; and legs pale brown. Colour of the upper parts blackish

dusky-brown, relieved with contrasting pale fulvous lateral margins to the feathers; beneath

fulvescent-white, deeper and spotted or streaked with dusky-black on the breast and ear-coverts

partly, the remainder of the latter being suffused posteriorly with dusky: a pale streak over the

eye; and the erectile coronal feathers moderately elongated: some have a rufous tinge on the

small upper tail-coverts, and also margining the large quills, more especially the secondaries ;

while the coverts are edged with grey: the tail has its outermost feather almost wholly, and the

penultimate on its exterior web only, fulvescent-white. As compared with the British Wood Lark

(and writing from memory of the latter), the general cast of colour inclines less to rufous, espe-

cially about the rump, the coronal feathers are less lengthened, and the eye-streak is not carried

round the occiput. This species is common, and during February more especially, is brought to

the bazaar more numerously than the Mirafra, or than any of the other species sold as Oréolans,

excepting the large Pipit and the Corypha.*

4, A. gracilis, Nobis. The dimensions of this nearly accord with those of the preceding species,

but the shape of the living bird is considerably more slender, and the merest glance suffices to dis-

criminate them apart; yet on endeavouring to describe them separately, I find the greatest difficul-

ty in hitting upon any one satisfactory distinction. The hind-claw is certainly longer and straighter

in this, measuring = inch; and the aspect of the plumage is different, though not adequately so

describable: the colours of the feathers are much more cleanly defined apart, and the light hue all

but quite obsolete on the outer side of each scapulary and interscapulary, while in the preceding

species both sides are distinctly so marked (the outer, however, being darker and browner than the

inner side), and the mottling is a more confused character. On examining many specimens of

(presumed) 4. gulgula, I cannot find one in which the penultimate tail-feather is tipped on its in-

ner web with white; but in this species it is distinctly so tipped for nearly 4 inch, and all its whit-

ish or albescent is much more deeply suffused with ferruginous. I have seen but two examples

of this bird, the first alive in the shop of a dealer who had sold it, and the second was shot by

Mr. Frith, and presented in a fresh state to the Society, as noticed in my Report for January.

When I come to know more of its notes and habits, I shall doubtless be able to describe it more

satisfactorily than at present; but in the mean while I am quite satisfied of its distinctness, and

should never hesitate in recognising it the moment I beheld a specimen.

Besides the above, the little Pyrrhulauda crucigera is common here, as in other parts of India.t

A specimen of the Mirafra alone existed in the Society’s Museum at the period of my taking charge

of it.

* I have since obtained the young in full-grown nestling plumage, which closely resembles the

corresponding garb of the British Sky Lark: the crown is very dark, with whitish edgings to the

feathers; eye-streak strongly marked, and carried round the occiput as in a Wood Lark; a rufous

tinge to the edgings of the great wing and tail feathers : length 54 by 103 inches in extent, wing 34,

and tail 14% inches.

+ This also breeds in the vicinity of Calcutta, and the nestling plumage of the young definitively

refers the genus to the Alaudid@, or Lark family: it essentially resembles that of the true Larks,

being of a dul] greyish-brown, darker and but slightly whitish-edged on the crown, scarcely at all

so edged on the inter-scapularies, and most broadly on the wing-coverts ; under parts dull fulvous-

white, with a few narrow and minute dark pectoral streaks, suffusing part of the feathers. Length

of the wings, with full-grown feathers, 23 inches, and of the tail 14 inch. The nest and eggs have

been described by Mr. Jerdon.

202 Asiatic Society. [No. 122.

Tragopan satyrus: male and female, and a skeleton also of the latter.

Coturnix dactylisonans : male and female. ‘

Ciconia alba ; the European White Stork: male, female, and a skeleton of a third.

C. leucocephala, or umbellata of Wagler. (Double-tailed Stork.) This species, which is nearly

allied to the smaller Adjutants, is remarkable for the singular form of its tail, which, strictly speak-

ing, is merely rounded, and consists of twelve white feathers; but its upper coverts are unusually

broad and firm, and present the appearance ofa second tail overlying the first, and which is of a

black colour, and deeply forked, the outermost of these coverts being longer than the exterior true

rectrices. Ihave not observed a similar structure in any of the allied birds.

Ardea Caboga, vel russata: second plumage.

Machetes pugnax. Ihave procured a few of these birds alive, with the intention of having them

set up when they have put’ forth their extraordinary vernal livery, in which it is rare to find even

two that much resemble each other. In the dress adverted to, I cannot learn that this species has

been observed in this part of the world.

: Scolopax heterura and Sc. gallinula, male and female of each.

Totanus fuscus, fine specimens.

Porzana maruetta, v. Crex porzana, Auct : both sexes.

Casarca rutila, male and female.

Anas peeciloryncha, male.

Fuligula rufina, male.

Sterna Seena, ditto.

Carbo pygmeus, ditto.

A small collection of bird skins from the Malay Peninsula has been purchased, containing the

following species :—

Icthydetus nanus, Nobis. Allied to I. Horsfieldi, v. Falco icthydetus, Horsfield ; but considerably

smaller, being under 2 feet in length, the wing 14 inches, and tail, which is a little wedged, 84 inches ;

bill over curve, including cere, 1 inch, and 1% inch from tip of upper mandible to gape ; tarse 2}

inches ; the talons large, and all (as in I. Horsfieldi) completely rounded with the exception of that

on the middle toe ; 4th and 5th primaries equal and longest, a little exceeding the 3rd and 6th;

colour of the upper parts somewhat light purplish-brown, darker on the quills, and the nuchal

feathers having each a mesial whitish streak; forehead, streak over the eye, throat, fore-neck, and

the ear-coverts except posteriorly, white ; the whole under-parts appear to have been formerly of

this colour, which in the specimen before me is nearly altogether replaced by new feathers which

are wholly pale brown upon the breast, and more or less so elsewhere, the white being chiefly

retained upon the medial part of the feathers, and being laterally more or less freckled with the

pale brown of the rest; some of the lengthened tibial plumes have a few nearly obsolete pale

fulvous bars, the rest being white, as are likewise the vent and under tail-coverts: tail pure white

at base, where impended by deep brown upper-coverts, then suffused with brown on the outer

webs, and freckled with deeper brown on the inner webs, forming two or three dark spots on each,

or rudimental bars; the terminal 14 inch dark aquiline-brown, with paler extreme tips: beneath

the wing are also rudiments of a few distantly placed dark bars. Bill dusky : the legs appear to

have been yellow ; and talons blackish.

Alcedo Bengalensis.

Merops Phillipinensis.

Picus pulverentulus.

P. puniceus.

P. tristis.

Megalorhynchus Lathami: M. spinosus, Eyton, P. Z. S. 1839, 106; Bucco Lathami, Gmelin

apud Sir Stamford Raffles, (Lin. Trans. xiii. 284,) who describes it as follows:—‘‘ It is about

six inches in length. Bill more compressed and arched than in other Barbets, and wanting the

bristles at the base; almost black in the male, but yellowish in the female. The legs are red, but

1842. ] | Asiatic Society. 203

become yellowish by drying. It is found at Singapore, and also in the interior of Sumatra.” The

following is the ridiculous description of B. Lathami in Griffith’s ‘Animal Kingdom’ (vii. 468),

‘‘ Greenish, quills dark; face and chin, brown.” In Shaw’s Zoology (ix. 28), the B. Lathami,

or ‘‘ Buff-faced Barbet” (Latham), is described sufficiently in accordance with the specimens

before me, except that the beak is stated to be ‘‘covered with bristles at the base, which are longer

than the bill itself [!] There is a specimen of this bird,” it is added, ‘‘in the British Museum,

native place unknown ;” and a figure is given, perched on a full-grown tree no bigger than itself,

which is worthy of the taste which placed itso. I subjoin a description of three specimens before

me. The form belongs evidently to the distinct family of Barbets (Bucconide, Leach), and, as

compared with the true Barbets, the beak differs in being more compressed, and in having a sharp

upper ridge, which instead of becoming rounded off is still sharper and more elevate to the fore-

head, towards which it even rises to describe an obtuse angle in the outline; the inferior angle of

the upper mandible is continued backward to beneath the eye, and that of the lower mandible to

beyond the eye, combining thus ‘with the raised vertical ridge to impart an appearance of great

size to the beak; the tip also of the upper mandible is prolonged to overhang the lower one; the

vibrisse impending the bill are reduced to minute rudiments, but the frontal and coronal plumes

have the shaft prolonged and spinous. In other respects, the external structure is essentially simi-

lar to that of Bucco, except that the wings are rather less rounded, having the 3rd, 4th, 5th, and

even 6th primaries sub-equal and longest, and the 2nd but little shorter than the 7th. Plumage of

a glistening downy character on the under-parts, and colouring everywhere sombre, with some

faint indications of brighter hues. Length about 64 inches; of wing 34 inches; and tail 2 inches:

bill to forehead 4% inch, to gape 14 inch; and tarse rather less than % inch. Colour of the upper-parts

nearly uniform dusky-brown, deepest on the crown, and everywhere slightly edged with dull green ;

throat dingy-reddish, and under-parts glistening dull white, margined, tegether with the former,

with yellowish green; there is also a ruddy cast on the forehead and cheeks. The beak of one

specimen is nearly suffused with dusky-black, as characteristic of the male (according to Sir St.

Raffles), while in the others it is pale corneous, tinged with brown at the base. Feet as described.

Cuculus micropterus.

Phenicopheus tristis.

Edolius affinis, Nobis, Jante, p. 160.

Lanius strigatus, Eyton, P. Z. S. 1839, 103; at least according with the Latin definition

excepting that the head is concolorous with the rest of the upper-j arts, instead of being cinereous,

It is evidently a bird in immature plumage, and the character upon which the specific name is

founded would most assuredly disappear with maturity.

Muscipeta atriceps, Nobis. Very closely allied, it would appear, to M. Borbonica : length 7 inch-

es, of wing 34, and tail 35 inches; bill to forehead above # inch, and to gape 1 inch; tarse =

inch; tail slightly rounded : crown and nape of the male deep glossy black ; the sides of the head,

neck and breast, dark ashy passing into glossy-black on the throat, and into paler ash on the lower

part of the breast and flanks; the middle of the belly whitish, and vent and lower tail-coverts rufes-

cent ; the rest of the upper-parts bright rufo-ferruginous, dashed with ashy brown on the inter-

scapularies, and all the wing feathers dusky within, edged with ferruginous. The female is ra-

ther smaller, her wing measuring but 34 inches, and tail 2% inches; upper-parts light olive-brown,

tinged with greenish-ash on the crown and ear-coverts, the wings and tail as in the male; throat

and breast pale rufescent, still lighter on the flanks and middle of the belly. The female before

me appears to have been an older bird than the male, with colours more matured: her tertiaries

and the outer webs of the nearest secondaries, are wholly rufous; while in the male the tertiaries

have a dusky stripe along their middle, and the outer webs of all the secondaries are only rufous-

edged. I think it probable that the whole back of the male would become uniform bright rufous,

and the throat, sides of the head, and fore-part of the neck, black like the crown.

Eurylaimus nasutus : .Todus nasutus, Gmelin; Cimbyrynchus nasutus, Vigors; Eur. lemniscatus,

Raffles,

204 Asiatic Society. [No. 122.

Prinia pileata, Nobis. This, again, appears to be an addition to the numerous species already

established in this genus. Although the colouring is slightly different, the markings and disposi-

tion of the colours closely resemble those of Timalia pileata, Horsfield; the bill, however, being

altogether different, or strictly sylvian, and scarcely at all laterally compressed. Size, also, infe-

rior to that of 7. pileata, and tail much less cuneated ; length 5 inches, of wing 23 inches, and

tail 24 inches; bill to forehead 16 inch, and to gape inch; tarse also 16 inch. Plumage of the

upper-parts olive-brown, tinged with rufous on the wings and tail, which last is just perceptibly

barred, and has its three outermost feathers only on each side graduated; crown dark rufous (as in

T. pileata), but merging posteriorly into the brown of the rest of the upper-parts, there being no

ashy on the sides of the neck; superciliary streak and the whole under-parts moderately bright

pale yellow, marked with black lines on the throat and breast, more developed than those of

Timalia pileata; flanks tinged with greenish-ashy. Bill dusky, and legs apparently have been

greenish. Inhabits also Tenasserim.

Tricophorus crispiceps, Nobis. Length 10 or 11 inches, wing 43 to 43 inches, and tail 43 inches; bill

to forehead % to 1 inch, and to gape I$ to 1} inch, having three or four tolerably strong vibrissz at

the gape; tarse 1inch: no lengthened occipital bristles, but the feathers of the crown and of the

cheeks anterior to the ear-coverts, of very peculiar character, being short and rigid, glistening, and

of a pale golden-fulvous colour ; wings and tail dull olive-green, the former dusky on the inner webs

of the feathers ; rest of the upper-parts ashy-brown, laterally edged with greenish, having conspi-

cuous whitish shafts to the feathers, excepting on the rump; under-parts similar, except that the

whitish medial part of the feathers is more developed ; throat white, flanked by a black line pro-

ceeding from the sides of the base of the lower mandible, and another black line passes from the

upper mandible through the eye; lower tail-coverts deeply tinged with the same colour as the

erown : tail slightly graduated ; bill black, and legs plumbeous. This species is likewise found as

high as Tenasserim.

Copsychus macrourus, the Shahmour, male and female.’

C. saularis : found likewise in Sumatra and Java, as in India generally.

Vinago vernans, two specimens.

Hemipodius taigoor.

Vanellus bilobus.

Charadrius Virginianus.

Scolopax Gallinago.

I am, Sir, yours obediently,

Ep. Buytu.

JOURNAL

OF THE

MmSLA TIC SOCTETY.

Notes on the Bendkar, a people of Keonjur. By Ureut. S. R. Ticxext,

' Political Assistant, S. W. Frontier.

In the course of my last annual tour through the Kolehan district,

(January and February 1842,) I came upon a set of people, whose names

and history we have hitherto been quite ignorant of, (even within the

Agency,) and whose existence I only then for the first time ascertained.

They comprise one insulated clan or tribe, not above 250 or 300 in

number, and call themselves ‘“‘ Bendkars.”’ ‘Their habits and manners,

in restricting themselves entirely to hills, assimilate them to the Kur-

riahs, a people well known in the mountainous districts, east and west of

the Kolehan, and to be met with also in Birbhoom; but they deny

any affinity to, or even knowledge of, the latter.

The Bendkars inhabit a small range of hills, called Bendkar Booroo,

in the north of Keonjur, and close to Jamdapeer, (the southern border

of the Kolehan.) The country is exceedingly wild, being in fact one

uninterrupted sea of jungle, bounded to the N. and N. E. by the culti-

vated lands and villages of the Hos in Kotegurh and Burpeer, but whose

limits in other directions have not been, nor probably ever will be, de-

fined. ‘These people have no separate language, but converse either in

the Ho or the Ooria dialect, as occasion offers. In appearance they are

much the same as the Bhooians of that part of the country, tolerably

fair, well-made, and not devoid of intelligence ; although from the exces-

sive seclusion of their lives, they may be pronounced purely savage. By

sending one of my chuprassees, with money and fair speeches, I was

able to induce five or six of them to come into my camp in Sarndapeer.

They were minutely questioned respecting their manners, customs, &c.

but these appear to offer nothing particularly worthy of notice, being

similar to those of other Semi-Hindoo tribes, such as the Bhoomijes,

Bhooians, Sontals, &c. They worship Kalee and several tutelar

Deotas ; eat neither beef nor pork, drink water from a Ho’s hand; but

will not eat with them, nor would they touch food cooked by any

Hindoo, even a Bramin. They have neither cattle, goats, sheep, nor

pigs; but some keep a few head of poultry. Their houses are mere

hovels formed of branches, leaves, and thatched with jungle grass, these

are not built together, so as to form a village, but are scattered by ones

No. 123. New Serizs, No. 39. 25

206 Notes on the Bendkar, a people of Keonjur. [No. 128.

and twos about the base of the hill. Except on some few festive occa-

sions, such as marriages, their manners are solitary and unsociable, and

the poverty and misery of their mode of living almost surpasses belief,

it bemg a common custom for a family to leave their hut in the morn-

ing, and pick up their entire subsistence for the day by grubbing in the

jungle for roots, berries, hay, leaves of some species of trees; and then

return as night falls, like mere wild beasts to their dwellings. When

their scanty crops of maize, goradhan, (coarse rice) chunna, (gram), &c.

are ripe, they fare somewhat better, and are occasionally able to bring

some of the produce of their fields down to the nearest villages to barter

for cloth. Their mode of cultivation is miserable; they earth up

the furrows and water courses on the hill sides, and thus form small

straggling khets or fields, which are liable occasionally to be washed

bodily away, and should the crop attain maturity, the poor Bendkar is

_ obliged to share it liberally with the wild pigs, deer, pea-fowl, and a

host of such marauders, who help themselves at night to it, with

impunity.

These people are not required to pay rent in money or in kind ; but

at the requisition of the nearest Sirdar, the Keonjur Raja’s Dewan

at Kalkapershaud, they are liable to be called upon as bégars, or coo-

lies, to assist in conveying the baggage of the Raja, or of any of his

household in their annual visits to Juggernauth. These, a very few,

are acquainted with the use of money, but the majority neither know

nor value it.

The party with me consisted of three men, an old woman, a girl, and

a boy ; the two latter were pretty. They had never seen a ‘“‘ white face,”’

nor indeed even a respectable or well-dressed native. They had

never even heard the word “ Saheb,” nor knew its meaning. Every

thing of course was therefore a novelty and a source of amazement ;

the tents, horses, elephants, the sepoys and suwars with me, all attracted

eager attention, not a little mixed with alarm. Only one of them had ever

seen a gun fired off, and the grand exhibition of a bird shot while flying

past, afforded great astonishment and delight. With all this ignorance,

these poor people were pleasing in appearance, clean in person, and

decorous in manner. ‘They looked on quietly and demurely at every

thing, and after a visit of two days, rather joyfully took their departure,

not being, I suspect, quite satisfied of their safety while im my camp, al-

though much re-assured by dint of gentle usage and kindness. The su-

wars with their bushy beards and long scarlet coats, appeared to afford

them much uneasiness, and must have enforced on their minds greater

awe and reverence than my less imposing costume !

They burn their dead, but do not collect the ashes, nor destroy any

of the deceased’s property with his body, (as the Koles do.) Their

marriages are simple, being merely the bridegroom taking away his

bride to his house, when the parents of both sides have consented, and

have both added their quota to the stock supplied for the maintenance

of the couple. No-crimes (at least public crimes) appear to be known

among this people, and they have no chief, or person possessing any

kind of authority, to punish such. The smallness of their numbers, and

1842. ] Notes on the Bendkar, a people of Keonjur. 207

their confined locality is not satisfactorily accounted for, as they afhirm

they have been living on that hill alone for many generations. Nor to

their knowledge, have their numbers been ever devastated by epidemic

diseases. ‘They are a perfectly peaceable race, never having been at

issue with either Hos or Hindoos. They have arms, however, similar:

to those generally used in the country, which they employ in the

chase.

The only specimen of their handicraft, which J procured from them,

and which I beg, through you, to present to the Society, is the accom-

panying plough. It is used by the hand, as they have no cattle ; and is

capable, as may be seen, of merely scratching up the surface of the soil.

It is not handled in the manner of a hoe, or fowra, but dragged or

scraped along, as far as the sweep of the arm allows : and it will be ad-

mitted, I think, that for barbarity, the instrument is unique.

Nore.—The implement alluded to, is now in the Museum of the Asiatic

Society. itis a rough hewn stick, nearly four feet long, which has been

separated from the tree just below the off-shoot of a branch, at rather an

acute angle with it, the off-shoot being cut down to about 10 inches long,

and sharpened at the point, so as to take the ground likea rude pick axe:

this is made more effective by an iron spike or peg, driven through the

stick an inch or so above the off-shoot, and made to correspond in length

with it. The cultivator using it, would, by dragging the implement towards

him, have the soil, divided by the iron peg, and the furrow formed by the

thicker substance of the off-shoot behind it.

Captain SHORTREEDE, in continuation of his Paper, p. 28, in No. 121

of this Journal.

1. In continuation of our researches regarding the spherical excess in

terms of the two sides and the contained angle, we resume the expression

tan 3 a tan 3b sin C

formely given tan 4 Ee (ie Care SereereNe

which may be other-

° e - ulema

wise written tan 3 E = tan 3 a tan 3 b sin C (- + tan 3 ae

and the denominator within the parentheses may be expanded in the

usual way.

2. Fortan 3a and tan 3 6 substitute their values in arc to radius 1 by the

1 5

formula tan x = x 1 x° -+- = xX a X’ + &c. and we have tan 3 a

a as ad 17 a? b= ba b5 17 b7

t 2 b <r — —_—— —__—_—— — = a eee ee “

mind = (3+ 59 + aap + s57a9 + &e) (5 a ;

2 4. p2

and by actual multiplication we get tan stan ois z cus 18

6 at + 5 a2 b2 + 6 dt ie 136 a6 + 63 at b2 pee te -++ 136 56

720 ~ 40320

this expression and its powers being substituted in the expansion

208 Equations of Condition for a Quadrilateral. [No. 128.

A} E b Biche OF

of the original equation, becomes, tan 3 = = sin C {1 ais se b .

6 at + 5 a? b2 + 6 bt ab a2 + b2

—— 790 +e} 1— 7 cos€ ie “qq + &e.)

a2 b2 a2 + b2 a3 }3

. mer cos2 c(1 + pats + &c.) er cos? C(I + &e.) + &c. \ by

actual multiplication and reduction of terms with common factors, this

becomes

Bie ee es al a4 ab 6 at + 5 a2 b2 + bt

tan 3 = yr sin C Bets spines Rime ae AT a ae

ab +adbs a2 $2

Sit eae cos C + 16 cos? C + ke. }

E . | ; E E3

3. For tan 3 substitute its value in are +- Oa + &c. and transpose

EA a

OL + &c., and substituting for them their values in powers of the right

; E3 1 jab\y3. BD e 3,

hand quantity, yi a Gee sin’ C + &e. = 4 «Sin C

a2 b2 a2 b2 f ,

( Ge cos? C + &c. ) then incorporating this and multiplying

48 1 ~ "48

the whole by 2, we have

ab. a2 + b2 ab 3at — 5 a2 b2 + 3 bt

E=- > sine {1 +43 — feos + “EE

a3b +a b3 a2 62

ater Takes Ge 12 cos? C + ae.

4. The first term is the same as that for the area of a plane triangle

having the same sides and contained angle: the following terms therefore

shew the difference between the areas of the two triangles. Of these terms

we may take account of as many as suits our object; but in ordinary cases

it will be needless to regard any beyond the two first. Limiting ourselves

to these, the difference between the areas of the plane and spherical triangles

2 2

corresponds to an excess represented by a sin C coat a a cos c)

or by yz sin C i? +%—Babeosc. |

5. This expression shews that when C exceeds a right angle (cos C he-

coming — ) the spherical area must exceed that of the plane triangle.

When the two terms within the brackets cancel each other, the two trian-

gles have equal areas; and when the second term exceeds the first, the

spherical area will be less than that of the plane triangle.

6. The limits are easily assigned.

7. The sum of @ and b} being given, a? + 6? is a minimum, and ab or

3abis a maximum when a = b. In this case the triangles are isosceles,

and a2 +- 62 = ® a2, and 3 ab = 3 a2; hence the terms within the brack-

ets will cancel each other when cos C = 2, or when C = 48° 11’ 23”.

This for equal areas is the maximum of C. With isosceles triangles, if C be

Jess than this, the spherical area will be less than that of the plane triangle.

1842. | Equations of Condition for a Quadrilateral. 209

8. Again when cos C is amaximum, C = 0: In this case, a® + 02 = 3.ab

2 b he Mignon 40 ee

or 1 + “ 403 Be the solution of a quadratic will give = ae =

2618 nearly. This is the maximum inequality in the sides so as to have

equal areas. fe

9. In like manner may be found the value of the angle for any given

ratio of the sides within these limits; or the angle being given, the ratio

of the sides may be found.

10. The following Table shews for given ratios of a and b the value of C

giving equal areas :—

b 11. If the sides were so large in regard

Va Cos C |Log. cos C C to the radius, as that the terms omitted

saat could sensibly affect these results, it would

1:0 ws 9°82391 | 48.°1]/| be necessary to take those of the next, and

—, ee ee —

vi! 2 | +82588} 47°57 perhaps also of higher orders.

ig Be -83109 4:90 12. To ascertain the actual difference in

~ 360 the areas of the spherical and plane tri-

13 = ‘83869 | 46°23 | angles in an extreme case, suppose an

1:4 — *84804 45:11 | equilateral with sides of 13 degrees: the

15 | 2% -85867 | 43°46 direct formula gives the excess = 61.217;

ai am a PEE and the difference in the areas of the two

“480 triangles will be °3951 square miles, cor-

1°7 se -88238 | 40°18 | responding to an excess of 0°”005245. One-

1°8 =, *89498 138-16 | third of this would be the difference on

h angle, and were it ten times as great

Bal o==| 90788360) | great,

es ha it would still be, in Troughton’s phrase, a

2°0 “600 "92082 | 33°33 quantity less than what is visible in the

a Pe °93386 | 30°50 | telescope.

630

oe ies 94687 | 27-46 13. Itis almost needless to remark, that

660 : ;

the supposed triangle is larger than an

23; “2 | -95980/9416 | 1.1. Geiarne 4

which has yet occurred in practice. The great

2°4 | 795 ; °97262) 20°08 | triangle in the French arc, long supposed

PE on -98528 | 14°59 | to be the largest in the world, has an excess

176 of about 39”. I have had one observed

26) ~Fa¢ i, “48

i “ivhitel by day-light on which the excess was

about 41.5. This least side was 80 miles, and the largest 92°6. Sucha

triangle does not often occur, but even this has only about 2 of the area

of that on which the difference has been shewn to be utterly invisible.

14. But as the greatest difference occurs when C exceeds a right angle,

we may find the particular angle giving the maximum difference by

naa ‘ i

making 7 ; (a + b2 ) sin C — 3 a b sin C cos ct a maximum: by

differentiating, we have M4

(a2 +5 Jcos C—3 ab cos 2C bac=o:

210 Equations of Condition for a Quadrilateral. [No. 123.

. a2 +62. cos2C “1F0 8 5

.. the maximum corresponds to mae aS con ee This is an equation

which scarcely admits of a direct solution, but the indirect solution is

very easy.

15. As C is to be greater than a right angle, we may put 90 + y = C

cos2C _ cos2X a2 + 62 . cee ke

a ES — is alwa t is plain that -

* cos C sin X Suh vo fee ae Xie

not exceed 45°, nor be less than 0. Hence the quantity cos 2 X will pass

sin X

through all its values from 0 to © every half quadrant. By tabulating

this, as under, for every degree of X» we shall have by inspection for any

ratio of the sides, the approximate angle giving a maximum difference

of areas. A nearer approximation may be got by making proportion for

the differences between the tabular and actual quantities in the usual way ;

and by computing another value on each side of the angle so found, we may

by successive steps bring the approximation as close as we please.

SIS) pio 1 1, 104° 16. By means of this and the former

_ 3\8 " 32 ‘ alg Table, it appears that with equal

es iN s sides the angle of maximum differ-

Prom tes ane de Pea a ence of areas is somewhat greater

91 |1°75788 |106 | 0:48808 |121 | 9-95977 than 12409, and by another computa-

92 | -45612 |107 | -45264 |122 | - aed :

Be pit 108 as 123 Fone tion it will be found that the exact

94 | -15217 |109 | -38389 /124 | -g9604 : 0.99'-35" hej s

95 | -05306 |110 | -35020 1425 | -7754g | Value is 1249-02'-35" being the great

96 | 097117 |111 | 0°31674 |326 | 9-72076 ivi i 1 =

of 1 oobi ae ceases [doze coe est angle giving a maximum differ

a gu iia ee ee a . For any other ratio

99 | -78387 |134 | -21620 |129 | -51904 ence of areas re) y

100 | -73332 |115 | +18212 |180 | -43160| of sides the angle will be smaller.

101 | 068657 |116 |0-14750 |131 | 9-32661

102 | -64285 |117 | -11217 |132 | -19379 : cy i

103 | °60157 |118 | °07595 '133 | 8-00980 For the ratio 3+/5 the angle is

104 | +56226 |119 | °03864 |134 | 7-70105 yd

105 | °52453 |120 | :00000 |135 | —goO

Tut pan Tel wm a re er ny P20e When theiratio ik a the value of

a2 +62 101 Cos 2 C. |

Oe Te) and Log. Gos 38 0°52720, which corresponds to an angle

of about 425 less than 105, or 104°-55-'75; and so in other cases. When

the ratio of the sides becomes indefinitely great, the maximum difference

angle approaches indefinitely near 90.

17. In well chosen triangles, there are not usually any very great differ-

ences in the sides, and hence practically the greatest differences will usually

occur when C is not far from 120°,

18, If for example we suppose a triangle with sides of a degree each, and

containing an angle of 120°, by the original formula the excess is 27-210

and the difference in area between the spherical and plane triangles is

0°18214 square miles, corresponding to an excess of 0'-0024176. On a

triangle with degree sides and the maximum angle of 124°-02!-35" the

excess is 26%-035 the differences of areas 018320 square miles, corres-

ponding to an excess of 00024318. Such differences though utterly in-

1842. | Equations of Condition for a Quadrilateral. 211

visible in the telescope, are still much greater than have ever occurred in

practice; for though single sides of more than a degree be nothing very

extraordinary, it is but rarely that two such sides can be found forming

a triangle with a third side of from 118 to 120 miles.

19. The difference here treated of is, in similar triangles, proportional to

the 4th powers of the homologous sides: Hence, in an equilateral with

half degree sides, this difference would be 31 of 0”-005245, or 0’-00006475 ;

and on the isosceles with half degree sides containing 120°, the difference

would be 16 of 0''-0024176, or 0”-00001511. Triangles such as these are not

very uncommon, but it is much more common to have triangles with less

than half of their area.

20. It is thus fairly proved that the difference between the excess on a

spherical triangle computed rigidly, and that deduced by reckoning its area

as equal to that of a plane triangle of the same sides and contained angle,

is a quantity so small that, even in extreme cases, the neglect of it will

induce no sensible error; and that in triangles such as usually occur in

practice, the difference is so utterly insignificant, that to go much out of

the usual way in order to take account of it, would be a very needless

refinement.

Notes regarding the Meteorology and Climate of the Cape of Good Hope.

By Rozert Trotter, Esq. Bengal Civil Service.

When last at the Cape it occurred to me, that a few particulars

regarding the climate of a place, to which so many resort from this

country in search of health, might be found interesting as well as useful :

and particularly to medical men, by enabling them to judge how far

it is likely to prove beneficial to those patients, for whom they may

consider an absence from India necessary. If you deem the accom-

panying Meteorological Table, and the followmg cursory remarks worthy

of a place in your Journal, I shall feel obliged by your inserting them.

The table contains an abstract I prepared from the Meteorological

Registers of the Royal Observatory at the Cape, shewing the mean

monthly weight and temperature of the atmosphere, and the minimum

of each month for three years together, with the monthly fall of rain

for the same period ; and in order to compare the results with the

climate of India, I have inserted corresponding observations made at

Calcutta for an equal period, and likewise the monthly means of a

year’s observations at several other stations ; viz. Darjeeling, Dacca, and

Cawnpore, extracted chiefly from the Journal of the Asiatic Society.

The Cape observations were made at 3 hrs. 15’ p. m., being the period

of least atmospherical pressure ; the Thermometers hang on the South-

212 Climate of the Cape of Good Hope. [No. 123.

east side of the building, in the shade, and protected from solar radia-

tion ; 4 p. m. is the hour of most of the Indian observations, a few only

of those at Darjeeling having been made at 4 hrs. 30‘ and 5 hrs. vp. m.—

the time of each set of observations therefore, being about an hour

after the hottest period of the day, a rough estimate may be formed of

the usual afternoon temperature, as well as a pretty fair comparison of

the maximum temperature of the above places with that of the Cape,

while from the means of the monthly minima, a comparison may be

formed of the greatest average cold at the Cape and Darjeeling.

As Cape Town lies close to the base of Table Mountain, which,

together with the Lion and the Devil’s Peak encompasses it on three

sides, its temperature is considerably higher than that of the Observatory,

which is nearly three miles distant, and being situated on the low

isthmus between False Bay and Table Bay, enjoys the benefit of the

breeze which generally blows from one bay or the other.

The Camp ground, Rondebosch, and Wynberg, possess a similar

advantage in point of situation over Cape Town, (from which they are

distant from 4 to 8 miles.) They are the favourite abode of Indian visi-

tors during the warm months, but as they le nearer than the Observatory

to the mountain, the weather is much damper, and the fall of rain con-

siderably greater during the winter, than at that place. In the hot

weather, however, they certainly enjoy a cooler climate, in consequence

probably of the greater abundance of verdure and shade.

Table Mountain, and indeed the whole range of hills, of which the

Devil’s Peak is the northern extremity, produce a variety of interesting

atmospherical phenomena, and often times occasion an entire difference

in the state of the weather at Cape Town, which is situated on the west

side, and at Wynberg and Rondebosch on the other side of the

range.

The north-west winds which prevail during the winter, are always

loaded with much vapour, and bring much rain, but as the rain is fre-

quently not formed till the vapour, after passing over Cape Town, has

reached the cold summit of the mountain, it very often happens that

though a fine day in Cape Town, it is raining heavily at Wynberg, Ron-

debosch, and other places on the lee side of the mountain. During the

summer months, the same cause gives rise to a similar phenomenon, and

occasions the well-known appearance on the top of the mountain, called

the Table Cloth. The south-east sea breeze, which prevails at this

1842. } Climate of the Cape of Good Hope. 213

season, unlike our Indian scorching hot winds, is cool and refreshing even

in the hottest weather, and not being so highly charged with humidity

as the northerly winds, the vapour it contains frequently passes over

the mountain without becoming visible. Oftener, however, it is chang-

ed into a mist or cloud, which covers the top of the mountain, and is

seen on the lee, or Cape Town side, rolling down in large fleecy volumes,

till it reaches a warmer temperature, when it again becomes invisible.

The elevation of this vanishing point varies with the hygrometric state of

the atmosphere, and the line, thus formed, is so distinct that were

degrees to be marked on the perpendicular cliffs which over-hang Cape

Town, a gigantic, but correct hygrometer would be furnished. I may here

express my regret, that I possess no notes of the hygrometric condition

of the atmosphere of the Cape, sufficiently accurate to be recorded.

The. different eddies and counter-currents of air produced by the

influence of the mountain, and by the interruption it occasions to the

general current of air, are also interesting phenomena. Among others,

a remarkable one is often experienced by ships entering the Bay with a

fair wind. On reaching a certain point they are frequently taken a-back,

and find themselves in a strong breeze blowing right out of the Bay ; and

few who have lived at the Cape can have failed to observe occasionally,

a northerly and a southerly wind blowing at the same moment in

different parts of the Bay, a line of confused ripple clearly marking the

limits to which the adverse winds, extend ; and I may add another curious

appearance I have repeatedly observed at Wynberg in winter, when north-

westerly winds are bringing large clouds over the mountains; viz. a cir-

cular spot of blue sky in the direction of Constantia, about 10° to 15° in

diameter, and about 20° from the zenith, on reaching which the clouds be-

come invisible, but after passing it, they resume their former appearance.

It may probably be accounted for by their meeting at that point a cur-

rent of rarefied air, which having found its way through a neighbouring

gap in the range of mountains, has not been cooled by passing over

their summit. Those acquainted with these localities well understand

that the gap alluded to, is that through which the road to Hout’s Bay

passes.

I may conclude these remarks, with a memorandum of the mean

temperature of Cape Town, and three other localities in the interior,

extracted from a printed statement I fell in with at the Cape, but I can

2 F

214 Climate of the Cape of Good Hope. [No. 123.

neither attest its accuracy, nor explain how the means, there given,

have been obtained.

“‘ The mean temperature of Cape Town, inferred from a Meteorologi-

cal Journal kept there for several years, is 673°—the mean temperature

of the coldest month is perhaps 57°—hottest 79°—mean of three recent

winters 58°—of three summer months 77°—least heat during sum-

mer 63°.”

“‘ The temperature of the district of Stellenbosch deduced from the

observations of a single twelvemonth is 663°—extremes 87° and 50°.

The temperature of Zwartland appears to be 663°—extremes 89° and

54°—the exposure of the thermometers is at neither place external ; they

are suspended in spacious well-aired halls.”

“ At Tulbagh, situated in a valley of the great chain of mountains

which divides the western from the eastern provinces of the colony, the

mean temperature of the year is 663°—that of the coldest month 553°—of

the hottest 803°—extremes 94° and 92°—mean of the three winter

months 563°, of three summer months 79° ; least heat in summer 61°.”

Climate of the Cape of Good Hope.

1842.]

; eo Vi e900

GO6I : ae

O8'§ | GLE | GEG

646 | &68 | 2°69

69'T | GSP | G89

80 | 66h | 9GL

TS OF |-@°GS, |oL eZ

IeO0 | FOS | TH

beT | LES |; 902

SG 1-65 |59-99

98°0 | GIP | 8°99

LVI | 6°6€ | £49

SEG | GLE | 66S

VIG | € 98 | 66S

soyouy | :

urey | CHA | “4

"OSRIOAY

eee f | — | — | | | | | — | —____-. } -_______

89°T 19° LE P09

61°G

G9°0 |S OF |6°89

GEG

SUL rs 6 rZ

610 \9'6E |24°EZ

"GE |P'S9

“67 |S TZ

PST 9°09 |T'O4 |§66°66

6§°G |€'0G) “OL

vG'0

OST

[G’G |§'8€ |P'09

“TP |G 69

“LE |@T9

vol

“+ lgreg |

sret| -° | =

Soo 18°98 |G 69 PLT

S&V| Pri8 19 €24U

661 |G LP 8°49 TOT

91°0 8'GS | “G2 |TL0°

9°0 |8'G6S |F'SZ |F00'0E

0'0| “6S |€'PL \966°66

LGO BS LP L214 S90"

VG lL iP 8P |E'6S |180°

SPO |S OF |S° G9 I89T

IV'G| 68 |€°09 [81

I8'T| “246 \4°69 |€9T°

9T'T (8°68 |8°G9 |496'0E

** ‘gmyerodura J,

oseioae ApreaX

‘ule JO T[eF [eIO7,

‘raquis00q

** “TJaquUIaAON

** “TaqoqIIO

be ae lewee ‘loquioydag

ei eroye (ess anne \snsny

‘Aine

--<-

me me | me fs | me | ee | ee | eee | es | | ee | ee

eds,

0681

OG'T |\P' 6 |9°89)/S0G°

89'T | “68 |S E9\FIT

$0°§ {2°47} 89\TL0°

00°0 |8°L47 | TPZ \0SO°

860 |6'8F |8°E4 |Z10°

1S°0 |8°9F |§ FZ |T90°

O9'T |8°GS |T°OZ |TE0°

GLO (LLP |€'0Z TSO

O8*T! “GF I8°S9 |990°

670 |L° EP 12°69 |96T°

GL°G IP 9E |[9'6S |ZST

“su

ae UTJA[| TOU,].| “weg

‘OP-6E8T

“Su

uley

“UIP LOWT,| “UTeg

“6E-8EST

“su

uley

UI] LOU] “weg

“88-LEest

‘WM ‘d CT o& 70 apow suownasasgg fo unayy

“AUOLVAUASAO UdVO

Climate of the Cape of Good Hope.

216

“8 G42

OT v'OL

“OF8T

LLL V64

£08 8°8

“PEST

9°88 8g

£06 6°S8

6°88 “OL

"$6 G98

‘OOT "88

G6 1°68

P18 "G8

LL 8°8¢

£69 6°04

“GEST “TP8T

‘weap | map

qe -dwayiye ‘dway,

ueayil ueojl

‘anodumnng| *0090q7

“S-PEST | TP-OP8T

GLP L’°9¢

6°6€ PLP

GSP G’E¢

S'6P S°09

GGG £69

VLG G°E9

€L¢ g’é9

8°Sg org

10 “09

[87 609

Ver AGe

GPE oop

8°GE veP

unui) 79

uaanone te ‘duiay,

Tay dO uo}

"huyaaliog

“LEST

"SZ |§68" Sol \€&6 VSL |686°

eis (|6r8° 4°08 |798" €08 (698°

v98 (§62° £98 \€62 698 (STs

GL8 (069° G88 |§19" 448 \1s¢

V98 |L8P° L°S8 |80¢° GL48 Gly

8°98 |8hr G98 |SEr 6°98 \POs"

£68 \§&T ‘P6 |Z0S" ‘06 (090

8O lio 8'F6 |G8¢° 696 «cro

‘$6 {169° V6 169° 6°06 |0Z9°

G68 {492° 6°06 |GLZ° 6€8 {482°

‘68 |éL8° 618 (616° Srl Pls"

GPL |\€06°66| SL |0L6°6Z| 8°89 |\9F6°6z

“Iay,L, | “Wied | ‘ray, | ‘weg | ‘roy, | ‘waeg

“SésI “LEST

‘W ‘d of 20 Suoinasasgg fo uvapy

VELNOTVO

aseiaae <AyIeo x

ees e ao eo *Taquisv0q

oe ee ee "*JOQUIDAO NT

ee es ee 2 eo “1940190

his estepe! = ‘raquieydag

ee ee ee we "9snsny

siete Ne nteken ours ‘Areniga qT

‘Arenue ¢

217

Report upon the Manufacture of Steel in Southern India. By Captain

Campsex., Assistant Surveyor General.

The mode of making the Indian Cast Steel, or Wootz, is up to the

present time a paradox with the learned of Europe. .

Dr. Buchanan in his ‘“‘ Tour in Mysore,” published the first account of

the process, which he describes as fusing two pieces of iron in a crucible,

two pieces of wood, and two green leaves.

In the 26th No. of the Madras Journal of Science, is given a reprint of

a paper by Mr. Heath, with reference to a letter addressed by the Royal

Society to the Right Honorable the Governor of Madras, in which he

repeats Buchanan’s statement, and speculates upon the theoretical action

of the gases evolved from these two green leaves; but that he was un-

acquainted with the true principle of the process is made evident by his

notice of Dr. Pearson's and Mr. Stoddart’s opinions, that the steel is a

natural product.

As supported by the opinions of good authorities upon the subject,

it does not appear that any one has been sufficiently presumptuous to

think of doubting the fact. This I, however, have taken the liberty to

do, in some remarks published in the 6th No. of Dr. McClelland’s

Calcutta Journal of Natural History.

As it appeared to me that the native process of smelting iron was

very rude and imperfect, and admitted of considerable improvement,

without making such alterations as would be impracticable for the fami-

liar use of the natives of India, I have had furnaces constructed, exact

models of those in general use, and have had their process repeated, so

that I might have opportunities of minutely examining every step of the

process.

A result of my investigations, is, that the iron sand of India has the

property, by a peculiar modification of the blast, and proportion of the

fuel, of affording a natural steel of good quality as an immediate pro-

duct of the ore, or what is technically called, a “natural steel,” and on

examining the common iron made by the natives from this ore, I find

that it always contains 7 of steel, and often one-half of its weight.

As the iron used at the localities mentioned by Buchanan is made,

(to my knowledge,) from the iron sand, the above fact at once affords

an explanation of the process so long paradoxical which is, that the

218 Manufacture of Steel in Southern India. [No. 128.

supposed iron put into the crucible with the pieces of wood, and two

green leaves, was two pieces of natural steel, which I have found foi

experiment in my blast furnaces to melt very easily.

This natural steel has the property of welding, from which the

natives call it iron, and it must have been thus that they misled Dr.

Buchanan; while cast steel, the only one they are acquainted with, falls

to pieces like sand upon being heated to a white heat.

From its property of welding, this natural steel is peculiarly valu-

able for making axes, bill-hooks, and tipping plough shares, and the

cheap rate at which it can be made (about 2 annas for 6 pounds) is of

considerable consequence to the poor and labouring class of natives, as

the only steel now procurable in India is sold at the rate of 34 pounds

for a rupee.

For coarse purposes, natural steel is imported largely into England

from Germany, and Styria, and it is probable that from the cheap rate

at which the above natural steel can be made in India, that it may prove

to be a valuable article of export from South India to Europe; and as the

granitic tract of the Barramahal affords inexhaustible quantities of the

iron sand and fuel, there can be but little doubt of the possibility of the

manufacture.

I have no intention of concealing the mode of producing the natural

steel; but as my researches upon the subject are yet im a very crude

state, and as much further investigation by chemical analysis is neces-

sary into the composition of the iron sand, (which is a titaniferous

mineral,) the various scorias of the furnace, and the compositions of the

steel, and the theory of its formation, I shall reserve these particulars

for a more complete report upon the subject.

Royacottah, 5th October, 1841.

Report upon the Improvement of the Silk manufactured in Mysore and —

the Salem Districts. By Captain J. Campse.i, Assistant Surveyor

General. .

In the Salem district, silk is manufactured in small quantity, in

Bairkay and Bangalore, and in a few small villages. In 'Trippatore it was

formerly attempted to be introduced, but has failed for some reason not

recorded.

1842. ] Manufacture of Silk in Southern India. 219

In Mysore, silk is manufactured in much larger quantities, and it ap-

pears to be increasing very rapidly.

The manufacture is almost solely in the hands of the Mussulman

population ; and averse as the Mussulmans generally are to any field

labour, or labour of any kind which requires much bodily exertion, the

encouragement of this manufacture requiring but light labour, and only

periodical attention, may prove valuable means of making productive

a large proportion of the inhabitants of South India.

The quality of the silk as generally made is very bad, being simply

reeled from the cocoons heated in a large earthen pot upon a large, rude

reel, with four bars placed immediately over the vessel ; and no attempt

is made to remove the useless silk upon the surface of the cocoons, or to

keep them clean from dust or dirt, nor to prevent the silk adhering by its

gum upon the reel.

The value of the common silk various from two Rs. to three Rs. per

seer of 24 Rs. weight, and it is principally consumed in the country at

Wallujapet and Salem, where it is used in ornamenting the borders of

cotton cloths, and for weaving into coarse silk cloths; and I believe that

its quality is at present too bad to fetch any price whatever in the

English market.

The demand for this inferior silk in the country must be limited; and

it is probable that the only mode of increasing the manufacture is to

increase the quality, so as to fit it for exportation to the London market.

It is well known that silk of good quality can be made in South In-

dia, from the fact of the manufacture being carried on at the present

time by some European settlers. |

The machinery used in Europe for reeling silk is beyond the means of

the natives of India, who are generally very poor, but upon looking

over the plan and drawings of these machines, it has occurred to me,

that by a simple modification of the machine, I shall be able to con-

struct them of cheap materials, upon a plan which may be probably made

up by any one, even not a workman, for five rupees.

It is my intention to construct some reels upon this plan, and having

proved their efficiency by experiment, to report again upon the subject,

and to forward specimens of the silk manufactured with them.

The process of reeling silk is simple and easy, and the manipulation

though delicate, is not difficult for any native to acquire ; and there can

220 Manufacture of Silk in Southern India. [No. 123.

be no doubt that if a few models of the improved machines were distri-

buted, and a small establishment set up where they could be seen in use

by those who choose to attend to learn the process, that the necessary

information would be rapidly disseminated ; for the indigent Mussulmans,

in whose hand the manufacture now is, are generally very apt and intel-

ligent, and unlike the Hindoo population, are quite sensible of, and ready

to appreciate and make use of, the advantages of any improvement.

The principal difficulty in the improvement of the manufacture was

suggested to me by one of these persons now employed in it, which is

the difficulty of finding a market for the improved article at a remu-

nerating price.

To produce an improved article, an increased expence must be incurred

in labour, attention, and time, while a considerable loss of weight will

result from removing the outer part of the floss upon the cocoons, and the

dirt and impurities which are now reeled with the silk; and as the ma-

nufacturers possess no capital, and are so poor as to depend for a market

upon the spot, they are obliged to sell the silk to the native bukkals,

who will not give more than a very trifling increase of price, as the

present consumers are not particular about the quality of the material.

To encourage the manufacture of an improved article, it appears to me

that the only way will be to purchase it upon account of government,

when it can be shipped to England, and sold as the products of the

Bengal government filatures used to be.

It is not probable that any encouragement to the manufacture would

ensue from allowing the Native Revenue Officers to effect the purchases,

for it is probable that they would make them at a low rate, and debit

the government with a higher, or if the disbursement of the money was

not entrusted to their hands, that they would exact a premium from the

sellers before they granted acknowledgments for the receipt of the silk

upon account of government.

By appointing an European superintendent, who might travel about

the country and examine the quality of the silk prepared, and make

the purchases at stated times, disbursing the price himself, much of

the objections might be obviated, as subordinate native examiners and

purchasers might be employed under him, upon whom a sufficient check

might be kept up.

The government price might at first be fixed very high, as high as

eS es Se SS

Pitney

}

¥i

ah ey

PY EES

aay i OF

PAwae

Fie RO

PA) ePRIPe

Ny, pila

ft Boe Sa al

SNS

so HES

Lead: showing the

Elongated tongue

Lefl Fore paw

Lat Hind Foot

1842. | Manufacture of Silk, in Southern India. 221

the selling price in London would admit of, as a premium rate ; after a

certain sum had been disbursed, proportionate to the extent of the manu-

facture, the government price might then be annually and gradually

decreased until it became low enough to enable the merchants of Ma-

dras to enter into competition, and make their purchases from the go-

vernment sales in this country; as the government price became still

further decreased, the Native bukkals upon the spot would at last, by

raising their prices to the highest they could afford to give, at last take

the purchases altogether into their own hands, and the purchases upon

account of government might cease; while any immediate and con-

siderable fall in price might be prevented by the government price

being offered whenever the selling price fell low enough.

Royacottah, 5th October, 1841.

MANIS CRASSICAUDATA., (Auct.)

M. Pentavactyta, (Ibid). SHoRT-TAILED OR THICK-TAILED Manis.

In Hindustan, generally called * Bujjerkeet.”—Orissa, “ Buyer Kapta”’ and

“ Sooruj Mookhee.”’—By the Lurka Koles, ‘‘ Armoo.”—By Lieut. R.

S. Ticxeut, Political Assistant, S. W. Frontier.

Dimensions and description of a male specimen brought alive into

hybasa, March 18, 1842, preserved and presented to the Museum of

the Society, April 1842.

Feet. Inches.

Extreme length from muzzle to end of tail, .... 3 62

emotin Of heads ..0:.¢..5/. 0). « O 42

EGOS Ch i cee ane mR Re Rea |

OR El cals «ia asa va cannons, dd ts

From muzzle to inner corner of eye,.... 0 22

** Last to rim of ear, abe. Oisosl

Top of back to roots of fs ( of aks feet )

following the curve of the body,...... 0 ll

MMe Si) itn). adiasiais. cit Bane Wid... 0 32

AES 23) 0.0 Haven sstddh «6 ah det aeys ACO YR BE

Carpus to roots of fore claws,.........0 11

é. Pa

222 Manis Crassicaudata. [No. 1238.

Feet Inches.

Ouitereclayys 4 sn. yehsg O OF)

DEO IEEOs cae -dpaphee ae catece Obgiels

oF re © | Measured as chords

Maddle ditto, |s's\se4-' sienna Orne

; to the curve.

Lanes, itt, wigs ch? wielcore: Or nididrel

Phun b: dittoscniers9 + 0 03)

Demir, ..:,. cage: 0 4

TE UDI, 6 ois 5 sure fg Salita ap oes et oie aie

Os:calcis to, end; offoot,;.. Gisuih: «nadie 2

Girth round body about its centre,..... 1 8

Breadth of tail below at base,.......... O 44

Length of tongue, protruded portion,... 1 04

Teeth. None. Mamme 2, pectoral. Clavicles ?

General aspect.—Body and tail thick, the latter much flattened, the sec-

tion would be an obtuse angle, with curvilinear apex. Limbs short, stout,

very muscular; the entire figure giving evidence of the enormous power

of the animal. Head small, with elongated muzzle, a well shaped nose,

(somewhat as in a dog), small mouth ; eyes very small, placed far back-

ward, and close to the ears. Ears small, with rounded helix, scarcely

any tragus, exceedingly simple (externally) with a very small concha.

The anterior extremities furnished with long stout claws, of which the

outer ones are almost rudimentary. These claws do not expand (natu-

rally) beyond at eight angles to the sole of the paw, the animal therefore

in walking bends them in and treads on the knuckles, or rather on the

roots of the claws. The five claws of the hind foot are small, barely

touching the ground, and the foot resembles that of a tortoise, being

oval, with a thick, cushion-like sole. General outline of the figure much

hogged or curved on the back, with the tail pressed flat along the

ground.

Tongue—lIs flatly or sub-cylindrical ending in a depressed point, con-

sisting of a central cylindrical part, and two outer flattened or lamimous

edges. The tongue can be drawn above a foot out of the mouth, but it

is doubtful whether the animal can voluntarily protrude it to sucha

length. When so far extended, the skin of the tongue towards the root

in returning appears to admit the tongue back into itself, so that the

latter has the appearance out like a telescope. It is all over covered

with a slightly viscid saliva.

1842. | Manis Crassicaudata. 223

Eye—Is small, dull, pupil circular, and as in bats or moles, barely

‘distinguishable from the iris. A very strong opaque nictitating mem-

brane. No eye-lashes to either lid.

Genitals (male).—A small longitudinal slit, in the apex of a rounded

soft wrinkled bag, with the anus immediately behind. Testicles internal.

No apparent penis. The belly and the under-surface of the tail being

on the same plane, and the latter not capable of bending upwards, it

is difficult to imagine how the Manis copulates: not improbably face

to face.

External Covering—The upper part of the animal, and the outside

half of each limb are clothed with horny sharp-edged scales, not very

regularly disposed except on the tail. The nose is bare, and excessively

tender ; about 3ths of an inch from it commence series of scales, extend-

ing laterally to within } an inch above each eye: these are small and

hexagonal, and extend to the back of the head skirting the ears. From

this point the scales of the back commence, they are looser, larger and

more irregular in their order of imbrication ; they are as nearly as pos-

sible disposed in eleven longitudinal rows, five on each side decreasing

in size towards the belly, and one series along the dorsal line. On the

tail are five series, the three central of which are regularly disposed.

The scales of the lateral rows are bent or curved inwards, so that their

long apices present a blunt edge along the whole length of the tail. In

other words, these scales embrace or enclose the edge of the tail. The

under part of the tail is flat, and covered with smaller rounded scales,

which commence abruptly from a line about an inch in rear of the arms.

The scales of the anterior limbs commence on a line down the middle of

the inner side of the arm, from whence they diverge outwards and up-

wards, gradually assimilating (on the shoulder), to the order of the

series on the back. The scales of the hind legs commence just below the

knee, and the order of the series is downwards to the edge of the sole

enveloping the outside semi-circumference of the limb. The nose, sides

of the face, inside of the limbs, the entire thigh, and the whole of

the under-parts to the root of the tail are naked and clothed with a soft

whitish wrinkled skin. The soles of the fore-paws are smooth and

flabby, (as they never touch the ground in walking.) Those of the hind

feet, on which the animal rests, are black, tough, and spongy. The face

is smooth, like that of a scalded pig, eyelids devoid of lashes. From be-

224 Manis Crassicaudata. [No. 128.

hind the eye to the throat the skin lies in transverse folds or creases, of

which the most conspicuous is formed by a continuation as it were of

the helix of the ear, extending round the jowl. On the belly the skin lies

more in longitudinal wrinkles. Between and underneath the scales on

all parts of the body are brownish bristly hairs, few and scattered, here

and there a solitary one visible.

Colour.—Eyes black, nose dirty reddish or flesh-colour. All the bare

parts pale brownish-white, a little darker or smudged about the muzzle.

The claws a pale-horn or brownish-white. The scales pale-horny or

clay-colour, those on the head darker and shaded with a brownish neutral

tint. Under the tail also the scales are washed with a blackish tinge.

Soles of hind feet blackish.

Scales—The shape of the scale is, for the most part, on the head,

hexagonal: on the body a rounded four-sided outline. Some scales

more semi-circular, others more pointed. But all or most, so jagged

and broken as to be very irregular; on the tail they are more evenly

semi-circular. The series on each side the tail present two planes or

surfaces, being bent down along the middle, so as to cover both the

upper and under-surface of the tail. The scales are generally smooth

exteriorly with sharp edges, underneath they are more or less marked

with transverse ugze.

General remarks on the Viscera, &c.—On opening the body, the viscera

did not present the irregular or peculiar formation and arrangement

which might have been expected from so singular an animal, and

the general appearance of the contents of the body struck me, as

far as my limited knowledge of anatomy allowed, as very like that of

the human subject. The heart, large, shaped as in man, with two auri-

cles, and two ventricles. The lungs of proportionate size, and of a

remarkably bright colour. Diaphragm exceedingly thick and tough.

The liver small, with two lobes, resting above the centre and right of

the stomach, but not extending so far down as the latter. The gall-

bladder exceedingly large, equal in size to that of a sheep. Pancreas

and spleen situated as in man, and well proportioned. Kidneys very

large.

The stomach shewed some remarkable peculiarities. The cardiac

opening and pylorus apparently both on the same side, and close to

each other. In the region of each, the stomach immensely muscular,

a Ba ea a

1842. ] Manis Crassicaudata. 225

having the appearance of the gizzard of rasorial birds. ‘The left half of

the stomach thin, membranous, and distended with wind. Csophagus

very small. The different parts of the intestines not distinguishable.

There appeared to be a duodenum 8 or 10 inches in length, and the

rest seemed to be ileum, being of the same size throughout, slender

and much convoluted, till it ended in the rectum, which is very large.

No coecum was discoverable. The stomach is very large, extending

almost entirely across the abdomen. The two muscular portions above

noticed, felt to the hand as hard and round as racket balls, and rather

larger in size. On opening the cardiac division, it was found to be

full of gravel, quartz stones nearly half an inch long, the debris of

large black ants, and a perfect bundle of intestinal worms. These

were long, thin, cylindrical, semi-transparent, from one to two inches

long, and pointed at either end. The muscular portion near the pylorus

contained the debris of the ants, more digested and approaching the

appearance of feeces, mixed and hardened by the mixture of gravel,

but without the large stones. The left and largest portions of the

stomach was a mere thin membranous bag, distended with wind, and

here, as well as in the cardiac gizzard, and even in the cesophagus,

the worms swarmed. The feces of this animal when ejected are pe-

culiar, being in the shape of black, shining, truncated cylinders, about

25 inches long and 1} in diameter. Void of smell, and dry, with no

appearance of having been affected by bile.

The glandule renales large, and communicating by a duct, through

a double glandular-looking perforated excrescence, into the urethra,

not far from its mouth. No external parts of generation visible, except

the opening of the urethea, which is prodigiously large. On either side,

and within the skin are two well proportioned testicles; but no where

could I detect the trace of a penis. Close in front of the orifice of the

urethra, is a sinuosity or fall in the skin, resembling a shallow rudi-

mentary sac. It appeared like a navel, but I could discover no com-

munication from it inwards. These do not appear to be any secreting

glands or follicles about the anus, although the animal emits a peculiar

and offensive odour.

The subject from which these remarks are taken, died with its long

tongue protruded, and for about 20 hours before dissolution it was

unable to retract it. This prevented my being able to see the manner

226 Manis Crassicaudata. [No. 123.

in which the tongue, when within the mouth, is folded up. But a great

part of the basal portion, as before observed, appears to slide into itself,

or into the outer skin of the tongue, and probably les along under

and in front of the cesophagus.

The process of skinning the animal for preservation was extremely

toilsome and difficult, on account of the scales being deeply imbedded

in the skin, which is indented throughout by them, the hollows so

formed being filled up by the dorsal muscles. All the muscles and ten-

dons are of great toughness, the flesh having a harsh and coarsely fibrous

appearance. ‘The pectoral muscles and those of the forearm and neck

(platysma myoides) are of prodigious volume, and the latter covered

with masses of fat, which I at first took for large conglomerate glands.

The bones are short, thick, and with reference to other animals dis-

proportionably powerful. The dorsal and caudal vertebre perfectly im-

mense, ribs 13 pair, of which the last 5 pair false. The stout, solid

sternum has its ensiform process elongated almost to the centre of the

abdomen, or beginning of the umbilical region, that is, to where the

umbilical region generally is, for in this animal I suspect the navel is

quite close to the genitals. This ensiform process is in shape like a

young plantain leaf, and has a thin pair of muscles spreading along

each side of the centre or stalk. The skullis long and narrow, and

apparently without sutures. The zygomatic arch small, lower jaw

very weak; nasal bones much elongated, and suddenly truncated at

the muzzle. The brain very smallin volume. I was unable, from want

of time, to examine with sufficient attention whether the animal pos-

sesses clavicles or not; my impression however is, that they are

wanting.

Remarks.—The Manis is the rarest quadruped, I imagine, in India,

owing perhaps as much to its habits as to want of numbers. During

six years’ residence in and near the forests of Singbhoom, J have only

seen two living specimens. It is, however, not confined in locality,

being known throughout Central India, where in the upper provinces

it is called ‘“ Bajjerkeet.”” In Orissa and Bengal ‘ Bajra Kapta” and

««Sooruj Mookhee,” and in the old Shunskrit still applied to many

words further south, on the Peninsula, in the Madras presidency, ‘‘ Vajra

Keeta.” By the Lurka Koles it is called ‘“‘ Armoo,” and in the islands

of the Eastern Archipelago, ‘“‘ Pangoe-ling.” “It has been described also

1842.] Manis Crassicaudata. 227

in our books of Natural History, under the name of Phattagen, and

Manis.” ‘The Manis Crassicaudatus and M. Pentadactylus, (Auctorum,)

are I suppose one and the same.

Habits, &c.—In Singbhoom the Armoo lives principally in the neigh-

bourhood of rocks, from whence it rarely wanders. ‘The specimen from

which 'the present details were taken was captured on a pretty high hill.

Of its manners very little is known, as the animal is strictly nocturnal,

and its retreats, in the fissures of rocks, are so impenetrable, that I

have never heard of the young being seen or taken. In Shaw’s Zoology,

in Geoffroy’s Cuvier, and in other works, the Manis is represented upon

a branch of a tree; but I very much doubt whether it possesses the

power of climbing, although its fore claws are not unsuited to the pur-

pose. Its food also, which consists of large black ants, is found as much

upon trees as on the ground; but the weight and clumsiness of the

animal impeded by a stiff tail which scrapes along after it, is repugnant

to the idea, and of those people who have met with them in the jun-

gles, none ever mentioned seeing one on a tree.

Quitting, however, doubts and conjectures, I shall content myself

with describing the manners of two specimens I had alive for some days

in my possession. One was brought to me in 1838. It had been

captured by some Koles at dawn of day, on the ground, in a patch of

low jungle or bush; being unable to progress beyond a slow trot, or

to bury itself fast enough in the ground, it was easily taken. The

animal has no means of offence ; when handled or even approached

it rolls itself into a ball, tucking its nose (the only part about which it

appears solicitous) under its belly, folding in its legs, and wrapping the

tail round all. When brought to me and laid on the ground, it re-

mained for some time in this position, but at length cautiously unrolled

itself, looking about and sniffing the air in all directions. The slightest

noise, or knocking and scraping on the ground near it, would make it

instantly resume its former position, from which the united strength

of two men could not unwind it. If, however, left unmolested, it

would after a little reconnoitring thrust forth, first one leg, and then

the other, and so, starting to its feet, commence perambulating the

apartment. In walking it stepped upon its knuckles, or more strictly

upon the roots of its fore claws, which were bent closely inwards to the

leg, the tail pressed to the ground. Its gait was slow and cautious,

ee oe _

998 Manis Crassicaudata. [No. 123.

and the animal frequently reared itself on its tail and hind legs, as if

to listen more attentively. In this posture it would remain either erect

or at any angle with the ground, and nothing could give a clearer

idea of the almost supernatural strength of the muscles of the back and

loins, than the perfect ease with which the position was assumed

and retained, a strength only equalled, m the animal world, by those

species of caterpillars, well known to Entomologists, which sustain

themselves for hours in attitudes which no other animal could endure

for more than a few seconds. The annex-

ed diagram will give some idea of this

fact. The animal appears to be in an

unnatural position, out of balance, and

= as if about to fall forward, but such is

= - not the case, and the attitude here

sketched is one I have often seen it assume, and sustain without the

slightest apparent effort. On one occasion, while stumping about the

room, the Manis passing under a heavy bookstand, containing four

large shelves filled with books, (a weight which I do not think two

stout men could have lifted off the ground,) tilted the whole

affair up, so as to cause a general rush to the spot, to avert the

threatened overthrow! Being left to itself in a large room, but pre-

cluded from going out, it made several tours of the apartment, and at

length throwing itself on one side, commenced excavating into the

wall, which was of sun-dried bricks, and in about two minutes,had dug

out a hole large enough to cover itself. In doing this it disturbed a colony of

white ants, whose galleries ran along under the plaister, but I could not

perceive that it paid them the least attention. It being impossible to

chain the animal, as it suffered nothing to touch its head, I kept it

shut up in an empty beer-chest, the lid of which was rendered (as I

imagined) secure, by large stones heaped upon it, to the amount of

four or five maunds. In this manner I kept the animal about a week,

during which it got pretty tame, seldom rolling itself up when touched

or patted. It drank water freely at all hours of the day, lapping it

up with its long tongue, and seemed fond of lying in it ; but it

took no food of any kind. Earth-worms, larva of kinds, and white

ants were equally unnoticed ; yet the animal appeared in no way

weakened or suffering from hunger; and its weight, which was very

1842. ] Manis Crassicaudata. 229

great, remain apparently undiminished. At last one night, it tossed off

the ponderous lid placed on its box and made its escape, no traces

of it being discoverable the next morning.

The second specimen “I had in my possession, and which furnished

the description here given, was brought me by some Koles in March

1842. It had been caught on a hill, at some distance from Chybasa,

and in the midst of jungles. I had not unfortunately any opportunity

of enquiring into the particulars of its capture. As I was then just about

to leave Chybasa, I had it put into a box, and carried banghy fashion,

along with my petarahs. During a three days’ journey, it refused to

eat anything, like its predecessor, but drank water. About the fourth

day it began to grow more and more lethargic, remaining doubled up

in its usual posture of repose. It was placed at night on a white ant

hill; and at other times, black ants and larve were placed before it,

but it refused nourishment, and after much protracted suffering, died

during the night of the fifth day. Its tongue, which appeared paralyzed,

remained protruded for the last 20 or 24 hours, till the end had become

dry and shrivelled up. On being opened, there were found, as has been

before related, swarms of intestinal worms in the stomach, which, and

not starvation, might perhaps have caused its death, for there was a

quantity of the remains of ants in the stomach, and the rectum was full

of feces. One hind foot of the animal had also been cut off, but the

wound appeared an old one, though it still smelt offensively. The whole

body, especially on the soft skin underneath, and between the scales, was

covered with disgusting swarms of ticks, and the animal was altogether

filthy in the extreme. Both these specimens (of which the first mentioned

was much smaller) were perfectly gentle and harmless. The former one

would when handled, hiss like a snake, and this was the only sound I

ever heard either of them emit. They slept rolled up in a ball.

One of these animals, in the possession of Captain Hannyngton, As-

sistant to the Governor-General, South-west Frontier at Poorulia, that

gentleman described as having been much larger than mine, and of a

clear whitish colour. It also was never observed to eat any thing,

although allowed to ramble about the garden, (under surveillance,) and

eventually made its escape, which it effected, (curious to say,) in the

same way, and under the same circumstances as did the first animal,

above alluded to.

2 H

230 Manis Crassicaudata. (No. 123.

Hindoos ascribe great virtues to the scales of these animals in the

cure of Heemorrhoides, but how they are applied I know not.

The subject of these notes I had the honor to present to the Society’s

Museum on my arrival in Calcutta. And a few days ago while visiting

the Museum, had an opportunity of seeing the skin of a specimen

agreeing apparently with the animal described to me by Captain

Hannyngton. In this skin, there is a slight variety or modification of

form in the shape of the lateral scales of the tail, sufficient perhaps,

(if established by an examination of two or three more specimens,) to

constitute a new species. Mr. Blyth, the Curator, who brought this

fact to my notice, will have, it is to be hoped, the opportunity of being

able by and bye to examine more specimens of the kind, and thus

establish a new species, or reject a mere accidental variety. The one

I have been describing, I see no reason to suppose other than the Manis

Pentadactyla, or Crassicaudata of authors.

Calcutta, April 16, 1842.

On the Theory of Angular Geometry. By S. G. 'TottEmMacHE

Heatty, Esa.

The following paper is intended to examine the properties of angular

magnitude in a light, which has not hitherto attracted sufficient attention.

It is usual among elementary writers, to express the fundamental idea

of an angle by the phrase—* mutual inclination of its containing lines.”

These are the words of Laplace in his Lecons at the Ecole Normale, and

are in substance those of the great majority of Geometers before and

after him. When, nevertheless, we have to eliminate any property rela-

tive to angles, it is well known that this definition becomes a dead

letter ; and it is found necessary to superadd an explanation which em-

bodies as much more of the fundamental idea, as enables us to compare

angles together. It amounts usually to saying, that angles are compared

with each other by comparing the openings at their vertices : and that

the magnitude of an angle depends on the width, and not on the longi-

tudinal extension of that opening, if it may be permitted so to use the

words in italics.

A BAX a -

1842. On the Theory of Angular Geometry. 231

An advanced student, who has acquired the idea in question, will find

nothing very objectionable in thus expressing himself, for he knows

what is to be described, and mentally assigns a due scientific meaning

to the general term of common parlance. But to the beginner, there,

appears something as vague in the word “ inclination,” as in the term

« direction,” when applied to a straight line. It even appears more vague,

for the genus of a straight line is given—it is the line of direction: but

the angle, is it then inclination itself ? The student is apprised, that

his attention is to be confined to points, lines, surfaces, and solids, things

of which he has definite conceptions: but here at the very outset is a

subject introduced, which appears to be distinct from all, and to be a

quality of figure rather than an existence. It afterwards turns out that

the only practically useful explanation relative to an angle requires

merely, that it should measure this quality of position.

Considerations of this nature have induced some distinguishedly suc-

cessful elementary writers, to deviate from the usual custom in seeking

for such a definition of an angle as should appear to be a natural

description of it, to be free from metaphysical objections, and to permit

of immediate use in the investigation of the properties of angles, or

failmg that, through medium of such simple considerations as may

appear almost axiomatically deducible from the definition.

Of this class is Bossat’s statement, that the angle is the opening be-

tween two lines, with an explanation impressing the definiteness of the

conception, and the mode of comparison naturally resulting from it.

This was followed by Professor Young in England. But the nature of

the idea thus attempted to be expressed by the word opening, did not

seem to be yet satisfactorily developed, and Legendre, accordingly ven-

tured to substitute ‘‘ quantity” for “‘opening.”” The American edition

of Brewster’s translation calls an angle, ‘‘ the quantity by which two

intersecting lines are separated from each other;’’ and Francceur, I pre-

sume after Legendre, adopts a similar definition in his admirable course.

It is, however, easily seen, that very little is gained by this step, on the

score of clearness or precision, as the kind of quantity is not speci-

fied.

Leshe attempted quite another path, suggested by the cerelations of

angles and arcs ; viz., that angular magnitude is generated by the revo-

lution of a line round a fixed point: but we are not told what angular

232 On the Theory of Angular Geometry. [No. 123.

magnitude is. All these definitions then fail in strictly fulfillmg their

object. Each has been in turn severely criticised by following reviewers,

anxious to establish the validity of the most infallible of all—their own.

But all agree in this; that they are descriptions of different characteristics

of the same idea. If from any one we can obtain a definite conception

of what is intended, we immediately perceive that all are sufficiently

correct to recall it to our minds. All agree in understanding angular

quantity to be “something,” or if the expression be too bold, “ that”

which lies between two intersecting straight lines. All of them agree

further in considering, that for purposes of comparison as to magnitude,

angles must be estimated crossways, or by the width between the lines,

and not with any reference whatever to the longitudinal extension in

the direction of the sides.

Now, if we analyse the various definitions of an angle in this manner,

it is, I think, impossible to come to any other conclusion than that an

angle is the plane surface between two lines; of a peculiar nature,

partly bounded and partly unlimited, whose value could consequently be

only estimated by reference to the bounded direction, that is, the width

between the sides. And the neatest and shortest mode of expressing

this will apparently best solve our difficulty, as it connects axomatically

an explicit definition with the working one.

The first place in which I believe this idea was embodied, was Ber-

trand’s celebrated solution of the difficulty in the theory of parallels.

The principle of that demonstration is as follows: Any angle, however

small, can by repeated reduplication be made to exceed any given angle

however great, but the band of unlimited space between two parallel

lines, though repeated ever so often, will never fill up that given angle.

Hence an inter-parallel space is less than any assignable angle in value,

and therefore a line which cuts one of two parallels, must also cut

the other, otherwise the angle which it makes with the one it does cut,

would be wholly contained within the inter-parellel space, and be less

than it. The stress of this demonstration evidently rests on the com-

parison of surfaces, and it is surprising that its extreme elegance did not

lead Geometers earlier to seek the solution of the problem in that di-

rection. The truth is, that the new “unlimited spaces” were treated

as interlopers in the science of figure, and the demonstration rejected, as

‘‘ wearing only the semblance of geometrical accuracy.”

1842. ] On the Theory of Angular Geometry. 233

In Col. Peyronnet Thomson’s* Geometry without Axioms, these un-

limited spaces are for the first time distinctly enunciated. The fourth

edition of that work contains the following paragraphs :—

«“ The latest innovation has been the assertion, that an angle (or

“ the thing spoken of by Geometers under that item, whether they knew

“it or not) is a plane surface.”’ Pref. page x.

*«« The plane surface (of unlimited extent in some directions, but limit-

“ed in others) passed over by the radius vectus in travelling from one

“of the divergent straight lines to the other, is called the angle between

“them.” ‘‘ Hence,” adds the Colonel, “angles are compared together

‘by their extension sideways only, without reference to the greater or

“‘ smaller length of the straight lines between which they lie.”

After making this decided step however, Colonel ‘Thomson stops ; the

definition is registered inhis Book of Nomenclature, but he establishes

the properties of angles by the old criterion of supposition. Not only

indeed does the definition remain a dead letter, but the gallant radical

reformer in Geometry as in Politics,

“ Astonished at the sound himself had made,”

virtually doubts its correctness, when at page 14, reviewing the proof

of M. Bertrand, he says, “‘ All references to the equality of magnitude

“ of infinite areas are intrinsically paralogisms.”

The edition in question of ‘‘ Geometry without Axioms,” was reviewed

in the 13th No. of the Journal of Education, in an article which betrays

the sparkling pen of Professor De Morgan. The part relative to angles

is noticed thus: ‘‘ His is the first work, which we know, in which this

‘idea (that of a plane surface) is fairly brought before the beginner.

«« We suspect he is quite right, and that in the extension of the term

“equal to unlimited figures which coincide in all their parts, will be

“found the ultimate resting point of the theory of parallels. Had our

‘« author stuck close to his definition, the demonstration of Euclid’s axiom

«« given by M. Bertrand, ought to have been sufficient.” After noticing

the neglect of Colonel Thompson to make any use of his definition, as

well as his attack on unlimited spaces, the reviewer proceeds: ‘‘ We

“* wonder therefore that the definition should have been inserted, for it

“is in the definition only, and the difficulty which a beginner must find

* The well known Editor of the Westminster Review, and author of the Corn

Law Catechism. ;

234 On the Theory of Angular Geometry. [No. 123.

‘‘in settling his ideas of greater, less, and equal on that definition, that

‘“‘the whole objection to M. Bertrand’s demonstration turns.”

I have been minute in these quotations, not only because they contain

all that to my knowledge has been developed on a very interesting sub-

ject, but also in the hope that they may draw further attention. Led

independently to similar conclusions, by attempting to trace the natural

affinities, if we may so term it, of geometrical truths, with the intention

of forming a definite arrangement of them, I was induced to trace their

consequences in establishing the various relations of angular space.

The results of the inquiry may be thrown into a connected chain of pro-

positions, as subjoined.

Definition 1.—The plane surface between two straight lines, bounded

in the one direction, unlimited in the other,—is called an angular space.

Definition 2.—When an angular space is bounded on one side by the

intersection of the containing lines, it is called an angle.

Definition 3.—The point of intersection is called the verter, and the

containing lines are called the szdes of the angle.

Aviom.—From the definition, it will follow that two angular spaces

ABCD, and EF GH, must be compared thus : If placing the line F E

on BA, we find that, F falling on the point P, G will fall on some point

Q in CD, then according as the line G H falls within, upon or without

the lme C D—is the angular space ABCD, greater than, equal to, or

less the angular space EF GH. (Fig. 1.)

Definition 4, 5, 6.—EKuclid’s definitions of right, acute, and obtuse

angles.

Proposition I.

Every angular space is equivalent to its angle.

This follows from the axiom, since the sides of the angular space, and

of the angle are identical, and may therefore be considered to coincide.

Proposition II. (Fig. 2.)

All right angles are equal to one another.

Let the right angles A BC, EF G, be made respectively by A B with

BC and EF with FG; they are equal. Produce C B to D and F G to H,

and apply the figures one to the other, so as to make F coincide with B

and GH with CD, Ifthen F E do not coincide with B A, let it fall

1842. ] ’ On the Theory of Angular Geometry. 235 |

asBK. ThenGFE = CBK ~ CBA —=& (its = )ABD=<KBD

— EFH.

-ButGFE=EFH by definition, hence the supposition, that F E does

not coincide with B A involves absurd consequences, .*. F E does coincide

with B A, and GF E with CBA, GF E is therefore equal to CBA.

Cor. 1.—A right angle is therefore a constant in angular magnitude.

Cor. 2.—The space on one side of a straight line, considered as an

angle at some given point in the line, is two right angles.

Scholium. (Fig. 3.)

Consider a line O A fixed, and another line O R, having a point O in

common with O A, but being itself in a state of rotation round O.

When in the position OR, it will have generated an acute angle

A OB: as it proceeds, it will coincide with the perpendicular O B,

and will have described a right angle. In the position O Re, the angle

generated is an obtuse one. ‘The generating line then coincides in its

progress with OC, the continuation of OA. It will im such position

have described two right angles (AO Band BOC). Supposing the

rotation to continue, O R will fall below O C, asO Rs, having described

the whole of the coloured angular space, which is greater than two

right angles. Such angle is called a reverse angle. During the pro-

gress of the line, the reverse angle continues to increase, equals

3 right angles, exceeds that amount, and at length equals 4 right angles,

when OR has completed an entire circuit. By conceiving the line to

move on, still revolving, and with the aid of a contrivance like the

spiral twisted palm-leaf fans, used by the Natives, the beginner may

obtain the idea of angles greater than four right angles, and generally

of (2 n n + A) which some find it difficult to understand in their later

trigonometrical studies, and perfect acquaintance with which is so indis-

pensable to the comprehension of periodic functions.

Proposition III. (Fig. 4.)

The vertically opposite angles made by two intersecting straight

lines, are equal to one another.

The vertically opposite angles A E D and C E B made by the inter-

sectors AB and C Dat E are equal. For CE D being a straight line,

the angular space on the side of it towards A is two right angles. For

236 On the Theory of Angular Geometry. [No. 123.

a similar reason, the space on that side of AEB towards C is equal

to two right angles. These two angular spaces being constantly equal,

take away from both the common angular space AEC, therefore the

remainders are equal, viz. the angles AE D and CEB.

Scholium.

It may be useful to devote an angular space by two letters, one from

each side, if the angle be less than two right angles, or by three if

the angle be two right angles or more, to prevent the confusion of

direct and reverse angles. Thus in Fig. 4, C B would stand for the

angular space corresponding to CEB; ACB for the two right angles

between E A and EB: and DAC B for the reverse angular space be-

tween EDand EB. The demonstration of III may then be made short-

er, and perhaps clearer, thus: C E D being a straight line, D A C=2

right angles; also because AEB is straight, AC B=2 right angles,

Hence D A C=A C B;; take away the common part A C, then A D=C B.

that is the angle AE D=C EB.

Proposition 1V. (Fig. 5.)

If the angle contained by two straight lines is equal to two right an-

gles, those straight lines form but one continued line.

For if A B, A C including an angle equal to two right angles, are

not in the same straight line, let A D be the continuation of A B:

then D C B is two right angles, but C B is the same by hypothesis,

-. DCB =CB an absurd result; therefore A C and A B form but one

line.

Proposition V. (Fig. 6.)

If any number of straight lines tend towards the same parts, the

angle made by the extremes is equal to the sum of the angles made by

the successive pairs of lines.

Let A, B, C and D be straight lines, tending towards the same parts,

then the angle A H D is equal to the sum of the angles A E B, B F C,

C GD formed by the successive pairs of lines. For the angular space

ABCD is equal to the sum of the three angular spaces A B, B C and

CD. But ABC Dis the angle AHD and the constituent angular

spaces AB, BC, CD are respectively identical with the angles A E B,

BFC,CGD. HenceAHD = AEB+ BFC + CGD.

1842.] On the Theory of Angular Geometry. 237

Proposition V1. (Fig. 7.)

The three angles of a triangle are together equal to two right angles.

Let ABC be the triangle, produce AB, AC to E and F and the

base BC both ways to D and G. Then since the lines D B, EB, FC,

GC all tend towards the same parts, the angular space DE FG =

DE+EF+FG. But DE is the angle DBE or its vertically op-

posite AB C; EF corresponds to the angle B AC and G F is the angle

GCForACB. Also DEFG is the angular space contained by

two portions of the same straight line, it is therefore two right angles.

Hence

ABC+BAC+BCA = 2 right angles.

Cor. 1.—The exterior angle is equal to the two interior and opposite

on the same side, proved by reversing the process of Euclid in the 32. I.

or as well thus (see Fig. 7.) The angular space E G is equal to E F

andFG:EG = EBG;EF=BACandFG =FCG=ACB

~.GBE= BAC+ACB.

Cor, 2.—Euc. I. 16 and 17 are further contained in the last corollary.

Proposition VII. (Fig. 8.)

The interior angle of a polygon of n sides are together equal to

(2 n — 4) right angles.

Let ABC DE F be the polygon ; subdivide it into triangles by lines

from one of the points A. Then the angles of the polygon are equal to

the angles of the triangle taken together. Each of the polygon, save

the two meeting in A, corresponds to one of these triangles, therefore

the number of triangles, is n — 2. And the sum of the angles in each is

2 right angles, .-. the sum of all the angles is (n — 2) x 2 right angles.

That is, (2 n —4) right angles. Hence the angles of the polygon are

equal to (2 n — 4) right angles.

Proposition VII1. (Fig. 9.)

The exterior angles of a polygon, whatever be the number of sides,

are together equal to 4 right angles.

The whole angular space F GH K LF is composed of the angular

spaces FG,GH, HK, KL, LF. But the whole space FGHKLF

is the entire angular space on both sides of the line F E, i. e. 4 right

angles, and each of the constituent angular spaces corresponds to an

238 On the Theory of Angular Geometry. [No. 123.

exterior angle of the polygon. Hence the exterior angles together

amount to 4 right angles.

The above eight Propositions comprise all the properties of intersec-

ting lines which are independent of the consideration of length and size.

They shew how possible it is to translate the spirit of the principle of

homogeneity from analytical into geometrical inquiries ; for our results

being altogether free from the comparison of triangles or the length of

lines, the interweaving of those subjects in our processes raises a suspi-

cion, that we are not proceeding so simply as we might do, but are

embarrassed with matters really foreign to the direct truth. We might

extend the same course to parallel lines.

Definition.—Straight lines that never intersect each other, are called

parallel lines.

Proposition 1X. (Fig. 10.)

If a straight line meet two others, so as to make the exterior angle

equal to the interior and opposite on the same side, these two others

shall be parallel.

Let CBE meet AB and DE making ABC = DEB, then DE

must be parallel to AB. For the angular space DC = DA+ AC

and DC is DEC, and AC is ABC,

“. DEC = DA+ ABC, but DED = ABC.

.. DAis zero, or DE and AB contain no angle, therefore they

never meet, for if they met, they must contain an angle ; hence they are

parallel.

Cor.—This proposition proves the possible existence of parallels.

Proposition X. (Fig. 10.)

If a straight cuts a pair of parallels, it makes an exterior angle equal

to an interior and opposite one on the same side.

For as before DA C = DA + AC, but since D E and A B never

meet, they contain no angle, i.e. DA is zero; hence D AC = AC or

the angle DEB = ABC.

Cor.—It would be a waste of space to deduce from this, the other

usual properties of parallels.

Proposition XI. (Fig. 12.)

Straight lines parallel to the same are parallel to each other.

1842. ] On the Theory of Angular Geometry. 239

A and B being each parallel to C, B is parallel to A. For AC =

AB + BC, but A Cand BC are each a zero, .:. AB is also zero, or B

parallel to C.

Proposition XII. (Fig. 13.)

If a straight line cut one of two parallels, it must cut the other.

A C, meeting A B, not meet z¢s parallel G D, parallel to E D, conse-

quently A C, A B being both parallel to E D, are parallel znter se, which

is not the case.

The only other property of parallel lines not included in the above is,

that two straight lines which are respectively parallel to two others con-

tain an angle equal to the angle of those others. But there is nothing

peculiar in its demonstration. These thirteen propositions contain a

complete and homogenous geometry of position as contra-distinguished

from that of magnitude: I speak of course relatively to lines. It is

scarcely necessary to refer the student to the Third Book of Euclid, as

far as relates to the consideration of angles in a circle, to shew how

much this mode of treatment, and the introduction of reverse angles

would simplify the subject, as well as prepare him for analytical in-

quiries by generalising his ideas on it.

PostTscRIPT.

In looking over some of the mathematical articles of the Penny Cyclo-

pedia, written by Professor De Morgan, I have subsequently to the writ-

ing of the above, found a confirmation of my views as to the nature of

the angle under the heads, “‘ Angle” and “ Infinite.”

The former proposes to introduce the axiom, that “‘ two spaces whe-

“ ther of finite or infinite extent are equal, when one can be placed upon

*«« the other, so that the two shall coincide in all their parts.” After

which it is remarked, that Bertrand’s demonstration becomes rigorous.

This also considers an interparallel space viewed as an angle to be zero,

as I have done, since it is less than any assignable angle.

The latter has the following passage :—

“« The comparison of such infinite spaces is therefore possible, con-

“ sistently with perfect clearness in the meaning of the terms employed,

“ and a simplicity of reasoning which would convince any one who is

“ capable of the most ordinary thought. Had Euclid been accustomed

ee eee

240 On the Theory of Angular Geometry. [No. 123.

“to the modes of thinking which involve the idea of infinite magnitude

‘“‘ under any form whatsoever, it may be reasonably suspected that he

‘would admit the following axiom, Magnitudes which can be made to

“* coincide in all their parts are equal, as applicable to infiniteas well as to

‘« finite spaces. Not having done so, the adherence to his standard has

“ to this day excluded the only proof of the theory of parallels, which

“ does not assume the axiom of Euclid, or an equivalent.”

Remarks on the Essay ‘on the Theory of Angular Geometry.” By Capt.

SHORTREDE.

A definition is perfect, when it includes all that has the property

intended to be defined, while it excludes all that has it not.

If we would have a true definition of angle, or of any thing else, it is

of the utmost importance that we have a clear idea of the thing, and

then use such words as plainly to convey the idea. If there be any

neglect in either of these, our definition must necessarily be imperfect.

Geometry as commonly defined, treats of figured space. If this defini-

tion be correct, (and I find no fault with it), then it is plainly improper

to introduce indefiniteness, or boundlessness, or infinity, as part and

parcel of the definition of a thing or idea, of which the property signified

by these terms, is not necessarily a part. I can conceive of an angle

formed by finite lines: unboundedness is therefore not necessary to

the idea of angle, and therefore ought not to form a part of the

definition.

Since the idea of angle is somehow sooner or later convertible to, and

commensurable by that of circular arc, every attempt at defining angle

should be made with this in view, otherwise the definer will discover,

(or some one will discover it for him), that his definition is not perfect.

As the author of this Essay introduces unlimitedness in the containing

lines as part of his definition of angle, I do not see why the plane sur-

face of a hyperbola between its assymptotes may not be angle, as well

as the thing intended by him. If it be said, the meaning is the whole

plane surface between the lines, I rejoin that the whole plane surface

being unlimited, I cannot form an idea of how much it is.

NUeCr wy TOA

1 ve sae, Pap

“A A PEUTY OF. he

SHOUTRAOR,

w rer! ime cs allen

ue at vale Ce w DAL Dek it. aN;

iy wie ls

> anys

iar

os Wik ide ke wy Fl

defi wa will disposer, 3

a iad part =

P a , =

tnece oF A Ay pe Des

. thing inbendes hy iia, |

Bois we between Che lage, b-rejoire a

img unlinmated, | cay By forta atv Poe. of jhe

1842. |] Remarks on the Theory of Angular Geometry. 241

The definition has other faults: instead of saying ‘‘ bounded in one

direction, unlimited in the other,” he should have said bounded in two

directions, unbounded otherwise, (or elsewhere): for surely the thing

meant is bounded by ¢wo straight lines, and therefore in two directions.

Moreover, not unlimited, but unbounded, is the opposite of bounded. If any

where, surely in geometrical definitions, it is indespensible that words

should be used with strict propriety, so as to avoid confusion. With

equal propriety it might be said, that the angle ABC + the angle

BCD = the corner ABD.

As I hold that the definition of angle here proposed is a failure, so

likewise is the demonstration of the

property in Prop. VI., that the sum of

the three angles of the triangle are equal

é ‘3

to two right angles; and for the same C\ G

reason. The space E F below the line

D BC G may belong to the angle A,

or to any thing else, as in the annexed figure.

HES F

Instead of systematizing and refining till we get our ideas into an

atmosphere too sublime for them to be of any use, we may take in com-

mon sense view of the subject. In the triangle A B C lay a ruler on

the line A B, marking the ends towards A and B with the corresponding

letters. Turn the ruler about A, till the end marked B come into the

direction AC; then let it turn about C, till the end A come into the

direction C B; and finally let it turn about B, till the end B come into

the direction B A. The ruler has thus turned about each of the three

angles, and the ends marked A and B have changed places, shewing,

that the sum of the three angles of the triangle are equal to quantity

formed by turning a straight line half round, or to two right angles.

In lke manner, if we measure the exterior angles of the triangle of any

polygon, the ruler at last will have the same direction as at first, after

having gone completely once round ; or after having described four right

angles.

If I were to write a Treatise on Geometry, I should without hesitation

introduce these as demonstrations of the theorems regarding the interior

angles of a triangle, and the exterior angles of any polygon. They have

long appeared to me to be quite as evident and satisfactory as any

principles in Geometry. A good treatise should be something like a

242 Remarks on the Theory of Angular Geometry. _[No. 128.

good map, shewing not merely one high road through the country, but

also the principal cross-roads connecting the different parts of the coun-

try with each other. In point of fact, no one is considered to be master

of the subject, till he be pretty fully acquainted with these cross-con-

nections.

We may chop logic as long as we please, but after all there is pre-

cisely the same difficulty in conceiving straight lines to be lengthened

by producing them, as in conceiving angles to be increased by the con-

tinued revolution of one of the sides about a point, or by the lengthening

of the circular arc measuring them. Each is accomplished by motion.

The straight line is produced by another straight line laid partly upon it,

and partly beyond it, or by conceiving the line to move along itself, all

points between the fore-end of the old line, and the rear end of the new

being common to both lines. In like manner, an angle or circular arc is

increased either by a line revolving about a point, or by conceiving the

arc to move upon itself, so as to have all the points between the fore-end

of the old arc, and the rear end of the new arc, common to both arcs. In

this way the idea of a fixed centre is unnecessary for any but the first

part of the arc, just as the idea of a fixed direction is unnecessary for

any but the first part of the straight line.

Notes on the Recent Earthquakes on the North-Western Frontier. By

Lieutenant R. Barry Smiru, Bengal Engineers.

On the forenoon of Saturday, the 19th of February 1842, a severe

shock ofan Earthquake was experienced at different points in the

countries on our North-Western Frontier, and extending thence it

affected, although with much reduced intensity, several of the districts

of the North-Western Provinces.

The remotest pot at which its devastating influence was experi-

enced, and relative to which any authentic intelligence has yet reached

us, was the city of Jellalabad, where extensive injury was done to the

fortifications and to the buildings throughout the place. The motion

of the earth is described as having been of an undulating character,

producing symptoms similar to those of sea-sickness in many of the

persons who felt it ; and in one account it is asserted, that the ground

opened and closed again with loud noise in several places. Such a

1842.] Notes on the Recent Karthquakes. 243

phenomenon is a very common accompaniment of a severe Earthquake,

and by the extent to which it occasionally reaches, has proved one of

the most fatal causes of destruction to life and property. The details

of the effect of the Earthquake at Jellalabad are very brief and imper-

fect; this is, however, simply what might have been anticipated from

the circumstances under which the gallant force now there are placed,

but we shall probably at a future time obtain information of a more

definite and satisfactory character. Three bastions, with, I presume,

their connecting curtains, are said to have been levelled with the

sround, and a painful interest is attached to this particular effect of

the shock, from its having thrown open the defences of the small but

resolute body of troops then occupying the city, and exposing them to

an assault from the Affghans, at a time when they must necessarily

have had much internal confusion to contend against. In darker times,

superstition would have tended to unnerve still more our brave friends,

but on this occasion their courage appears to have risen even above the

level of their difficulties, and brilliant success in repelling the assault

was no more than the well-merited reward of their devotedness and

energy.

From Jellalabad the shock affecting a portion of the Suffied Koh

range of mountains, with the numerous subordinate ranges that diverge

from these, reached Peshawur. From the circumstance of General

Pollock’s force being encamped at Kawulsur, about eight miles from

Peshawur, and the communication being uninterrupted, our details are

much fuller, and more satisfactory, than would otherwise have been the

case. .

The following extracts from letters published in the Delhi Gazette,

give the most perfect account of the different effects of the Earthquake

that I have been able to find, although it is much to be regretted, that

on the most important point, that namely, of the exact time of the

occurrence of the shock, much discrepancy exists.

Lixtract from a Letter, dated Kawulsur, 20th February, 1842.

“ Yesterday a fearful Earthquake visited this part of the world. The

shock, which came on between 10 and 11 o’clock was long continued,

and men, horses, tents, even the ground under us, and the hills in the

244 Notes on the Recent Karthquakes. [No. 123.

distance, appeared to be moving. It was an awful visitation, and made

every heart quake. In the direction of Peshawur, (eight miles distant,)

clouds of dust appeared, which proved to have been caused by the

falling of very many houses and buildings. A salute was fired from

the battery at Jumrood, for the purpose of announcing the safety of

Rajah Pertaub Sing, son of Maharajah Shere Sing, who is now at

Peshawur, and of whom it is said, he narrowly escaped death; the

building in which he had been sitting, came down almost immediately

after he quitted it. The natives say, that a tenth of the city is down,

and a number of the inhabitants killed.’’

Extract from a Letter, dated Kawulsur, 19th February, 1842.

«Tt is now about 12 o’clock mid-day, and we have just experienced

a most awful Earthquake in camp. ‘The natives say, that nothing so

severe of the kind has been experienced in India for the last fifty years.

The earth literally trembled like an aspen leaf, and rocked to and fro as

an infant’s cradle, or a ship at sea. Many of the camels that were carry-

ing the baggage of the troops moving up to Colonel Wild’s camp were

thrown down, and so great was the shock, which lasted fully five minutes,

that I was obliged to support myself by holding on to the camp furni-

ture, and many of the officers fancied themselves suddenly taken ill. I

expected every moment to have seen the earth open and swallow us up,

and it is only by God’s great and merciful providence, that we have

escaped through such an awful convulsion of nature.

«Every one complains of nausea. We have just been observing

immense volumes of dust, that completely darken the atmosphere in

the direction of the old ricketty town of Peshawur, which is sup-

posed to be nearly levelled with the ground, as the houses are but

weakly built, being merely propped up by the beams of wood which

may be observed placed in different spots under large walls and corners

of the houses, and are even dangerous to passers-by at all times. I

doubt not but that to-morrow’s dawn will bring us dreadful intelligence,

and produce a fearful account of lives lost.

20th February.—“< Reports say, that only from 40 to 50 of the inhabi-

tants of Peshawur were crushed and killed among the ruins of the

falling houses. General Avitabile’s large dwelling house, which had

1842. ] on the North-Western Frontier. 245

recently been built, and was being finished, fell in, but luckily it did no

injury to any one living in the house.”

It will be observed, that the writers of these interesting letters

differ at least an hour and a half, or two hours in their estimates of the

time at which the shock was felt at Kawulsur, the first placing it

between 10 and 11 a. m., the other at noon. By comparing the

periods of the occurrence at stations farther removed from the focus of

disturbance, as at Delhi, Poojnah on the Doab Canal, Saharunpore, and

other places, to which more specific reference will immediately be made,

I am disposed to consider the fist of these estimates as the most

correct, and to fix the period of the shock at Kawulsur at very little

after 10 a. mM.

Travelling in an easterly direction, the next notices we have of the

Earthquake is its being felt at Delhi, where its period appears from all

accounts to have been about 10 minutes past 11 4. m. On reaching

Delhi, both the intensity of the shock, and the rate of propagation

of the undulations seem to have materially diminished ; and beyond

the motion of the ground, no other effects are alluded to.

Still continuing easterly, and in a direction very little removed

from a right line between the two places, the shock travelled from Delhi

to Poojnah, a station on the Doab Canal, where its effects were observed

by Serjeant and Assistant Overseer J. R. Renny, and the following

details connected with them were forwarded by him to me.

Extract of a Letter from Serjeant Renny, dated Poojnah, 19th

February, 1842.

“T also beg leave to inform you, that we felt a very severe shock of

an Earthquake here at about half-past 11 a. m., it lasted about three

minutes with intervals. My whole family felt it, as well as the people

about my place, who came running to me much alarmed. It was

first noticed, I believe by myself, as I was then sitting writing, and

found a heavy table on which my desk was laid, much agitated, which

I thought was caused by some one moving, but I soon found my

chair in motion also, and on looking about, I perceived every thing

moveable in the room in a state of agitation. A few hours before

‘a

246 Notes on the Recent Earthquakes [No. 128.

this, I observed the water in the Canal was unusually muddy, and after

the shock was over I went to look, and found the water much disturbed

by a high swell, whether occasioned by the shock or not, I cannot

say.”

These details are unusually complete and interesting, and are very

creditable to Serjeant Renny’s powers of observation. The unusual

muddiness of the Canal cannot possibly be due to the influence of the

Earthquake, since the direction in which the shock travelled was against,

not coincident with that of the current in the Canal, hence the distur-

bance of the silt in the bed could not precede the shock ; but it is quite

possible, that the high swell observed after the shock had passed, may

have been occasioned by it. The muddiness was probably caused by a

fall of rain in the upper part of the Canal. |

From Poojnah the shock travelled to Saharunpore, where it was just

felt, but attracted no particular attention. It was next experienced

at Kulsea, another station on the Doab Canal, fourteen miles to the

northward of Saharunpore, where its effects were very perceptible.

The motion here, as described to me by Mr. Sub-Conductor Pigott,

was of the same undulating character as at Kawulsur, but its duration

was certainly not more than a minute. Immediately on observing

the shock, Mr. Pigott ran to the sun-dial, and found it precisely noon,

or 12 o’clock. My camp was pitched about two miles north of Kulsea,

on the south bank of the Nowgong Row, (or Stream,) but so feeble

was the intensity of the shock, that although I was conscious of some

peculiar motion at the time, it never occurred to me that it arose

from an Earthquake, and it had passed from my mind, till recalled by

Mr. Pigott’s account of what had been felt at the same time at Kulsea.

By combining the preceding details, some interesting points may

be determined ; and first, as to the rate of progression of the undulations.

The maps I have had it in my power to consult, were not all so good

as I could have wished, and the distances mentioned may possibly be

a little incorrect, but not so, I believe, to any great extent. From

Jellalabad to Peshawur, measuring in a straight line across the spurs

of the. Suffied Koh, the distance is 70 miles. From Peshawur to

Ferozepore, measuring similarly in a straight line, the distance is

280 miles, and from Ferozopore to Delhi 250, in all 600 miles. ‘The

period of the shock at Jellalabad is not mentioned, but at Peshawur

1842. ] on the North-Western Frontier. 247

it may be taken at 10 a. m., while at Delhi it was 10 minutes past 11

a. m., hence then 530 miles were traversed in I hour and 10 minutes, or

the shock travelled at a rate of 7.571 miles per minute, or 454.26

miles per hour. This, it is to be observed, is an average rate, and the

velocity at Jellalabad and Peshawur was doubtless much greater, but

a much more multiplied series of intermediate observations than we

now have, would be necessary to enable us to form even an approxi-

mative idea of the law of decrement of rate of progress with re-

ference to distance travelled. From Delhi to Poojnah is about 50 miles,

and the times consumed in travelling from the one place to the other

was 20 minutes, consequently the velocity of the shock was 150 miles

per hour. Again, the distance from Poojnah to Kulsea is very nearly

36 miles, and the time 30 minutes, so that the velocity had diminished

to 72 miles per hour, supposing the times to have been correctly

observed, which, within a small limit, was probably the case. Hence

then we have, . Miles.

Rate of progress of shock from Peshawur to Delhi, 454.26 per hour.

< aS from Delhi to Poojnah, 150 ditto.

¥ * from Poojnah to Kulsea, 72 ditto.

We may next. attempt to form some estimate of the breadth of the

undulations, of which there appear to have been several, although

no data are furnished, from which we can learn either their number or

individual extent. We must therefore content ourselves with estima-

ting the total breadth of the zone of disturbance, as it may be called,

at different points.

The duration of the shock at Kawulsur is said to have been 5 minutes,

and supposing the velocity to have been there twice the average between

Peshawur and Delhi, or 15.142 miles per minute, the breadth of the

disturbed zone would be 75.71 miles, or in five minutes, a series of

terrestrial waves, whose united breadth was this number of miles swept

past Kawulsur. This is a horizontal measurement ; but of the vertical

height of the waves, on which their destructive influence chiefly

depends, we can form no estimate, yet it must have been considerable,

if we may judge from the ruin caused.

At Poojnah, the duration of the shock was considered to be three

minutes, the velocity 2.5 miles per minute, and therefore the breadth

of the disturbed zone was here 7 miles. While again at Kulsea, where

—_

248 Notes on the Recent Earthquakes [No. 123.

the duration was one minute and the velocity 1.44 miles per minute, the

breadth was 1.44 miles.

Whence we have, Miles.

Breadth of zone of disturbance at Kawulsur, 75.71

» 3 _ at Poojnah 7.00

3 S iy at Kulsea, 1.44

Whatever may be the effective cause of Earthquakes, whether undu-

latory motion communicated to internal masses of fluid matter, and

from thence communicated to the super-imposed crust of the earth, or

vibrations propagated from foci of disturbance through the solid crust

itself, or a combination, as some facts would intimate of both these

causes, there are two modes in which we may conceive these motions

to be spread abroad. First, they may proceed in gradually enlarging

circles, (as when a stone is thrown into water,) the focus of disturbance

being the common centre; or they may be propagated along a distinct

and defined track, (as when a string or wire is seized at one extremity

and motion communicated to the whole from this,) when the focus of

disturbance would be at one end. In the first case we would expect

the effects of the Earthquake to be felt at points equi-distant from the

centre at times approximating, but not exactly coincident both with each

other, as the rate of progress of the undulations would necessarily be

affected by the nature of the rocky crust through which they were pro-

pagated. In the second case, we would expect, that while the effects

of the shock were more or less severe within certain limits, beyond

these limits none would be experienced. All the mformation I have

been able to collect tends to shew, that the Earthquake of the 19th Fe-

bruary 1842, belonged to this latter class, and if lines be drawn through

Peshawur, Ferozepore, &c. with parallels through Jellalabad, which as

yet forms the southern limit of the track, it will be found that the

breadth of the district affected by the shock was somewhere about 40

miles, and in it are included the mountain ranges to the south, east,

and west of Peshawur, with a-considerable portion of what has been

called the Salt range. This estimate has been formed solely from the

facts collected by myself, and it may yet require to be much modified

as our information extends. The method of what may be called the

linear, in contradistinction to the circular propagations of Earthquake

_ shocks, appears to me to lead very distinctly to the conclusion, that in

1842. ] on the North-Western Frontier. 249

such cases, the original seat of the disturbing forces must necessarily fall

short of the centre of the earth, and also be unconnected with any such

continuous fluid nucleus, as many suppose to exist at no very great

distance from the surface. When from the action of any disturbing

cause, the equilibrium of a continuous fluid mass was deranged, the

resulting motions would be communicated in all directions radiating

from the point of original disturbance, and if this was near the centre of

the earth, the movements ought to affect its whole surface, so that

shocks would be experienced nearly simultaneously over the whole

world. But however extensive may be the connection of certain Earth-

quakes on record, we have nothing approaching to any such universali-

ty of effect as this, and the theory of local action (using this expression

in a large sense) appears to agree best with the present state of our

knowledge relative to the phenomena of Earthquakes and their causes.

On the night of the 5th of March, 1842, another very severe shock

was experienced, which appears to have been more limited in its range

than the preceding, and exhibited essentially distinct phenomena. The

motion in this instance, instead of being like the rounded swell of a

fluid or viscid mass, was sharp and sudden, like the effect of a concussion,

than of an undulation, and seemed indeed to be a much magnified “ jarr,”’

similar in kind to that experienced by the hand when a hammer held

by it, is struck forcibly on a hard unyielding body. One intelligent

friend, who was in his study when the shock occurred, described the

effect to be, as if he and his chair had received a sudden and severe

blow from behind, by which they were impelled forward, while to me,

it seemed as if my chair had been suddenly lifted from the ground, and

dashed down again with great force.

The following interesting detail of the effects of the shock, as experi-

enced at Berkeri, a station on the Doab Canal, about 20 miles south

of Saharunpore, was communicated to me by Serjeant and Overseer

J. Petrie, to whom I feel much indebted for the trouble he has taken in

preparing it.

Letter from Serjeant John Petrie, dated Berkeri, 5th March, 1842.

Sir,—We had avery smart shock of an Earthquake here at 9 o’clock

this evening ; so much so indeed, that every thing in this bungalow

shook and rattled again. I had just laid down to rest with a book

250 Notes on the Recent Earthquakes [No. 123.

in my hand when it came on, and I started up and called out for assis-

tance, thinking the house was coming down. Every one about the

place felt it, and came running to me. I found that the south door

of the inner room, which I had bolted before I went to bed, had been

forced open by the bolt falling down. Indeed every thing in the house

shook, and I was very much afraid of its falling, after having read the

accounts from our Army near Peshawur. At that place, a number

of houses have been destroyed, and many lives lost, from the last

Karthquake.

Although this shock did not last so long as the one of the 19th

of last month, in my opinion it was much more severe for the time.

The rate of propagation of this shock appears to have been great, since

no perceptible difference was observed in the times of its arrival at the

following places: Simlah and Mussoorie in the Himalayas, Deyrah in

the Deyrah Dhoon, Saharunpore, and Berkeri. There is, therefore,

every reason to think, that on this occasion the shock was propagated

after the circular method, as I have defined it above, and the nature

of the shock appears to indicate, that the seat of the disturbing force

was either within the rocky crust of the earth, or at a very small dis-

tance indeed beneath it. Such a supposition is necessary to account

for the peculiar “‘jarring’’ sensation characteristic of this shock. Its

effects appear to have been most severe at Deyrah, where a large house

is said have been split from top to bottom, but no particulars of this acci-

dent have reached me. I am somewhat disposed to think that the actual

force of disturbance was situated somewhere in the valley of Deyrah,

and propagated thence to the hills on one side, and to the plains on the

other ; a more extensive collection of facts would however be necessary

to give probability to this impression, and these have not in this

instance been collected. It may be stated, however, that all who had

experienced both shocks in this neighbourhood, concurred in opinion

that they came in different directions, and as the first was from West to

Kast, it is not impossible the second may have been from North to

South. The southern door of the inner room of the Berkeri Canal

bungalow, which is stated by Serjeant Petrie to have been driven open

by the shock, would on the above supposition receive the first impulse,

and the effect produced upon it, tends in some measure, to confirm

1842. ] on the North-Western Frontier. 251

the view I have taken of the direction in which the shock was propa-

gated.

The occurrence of Earthquakes throughout these provinces, and

indeed throughout India generally, is so frequent, and their connection

with geological theories of such an interesting character, that it is

highly desirable to facilitate, as much as possible, the collection of mi-

nute, well authenticated, and carefully detailed facts relative to these

various phenomena. I will therefore conclude this note, by pointing

out briefly those points on which information is peculiarly desirable,

and the attention of observers is earnestly solicited to them.

1. The Time.—The startling discrepancies that occur in regard to

time, in otherwise most satisfactory accounts of Earthquakes, indicate

the great necessity for precaution in observing it, since it is undoubt-

edly the point on which the most interesting conclusion relative

to such occurrences must be based. When, therefore, the period

of a shock is marked by a watch, means ought to be taken, whenever

possible, to verify the time shewn by this watch, by some simple

celestial observation, or some data should be given by which the time

could be ascertained independently within very trifling limits, as

for example, by a specification of the exact length of the shadow of

a vertical object of fixed and determinate length, on a horizontal level,

at a precise moment, not too near noon; or if near the coast or at sea,

the first appearances and last disappearances of the sun’s upper and

lower border, above and below the sea horizon, etc.* Without this

minute identification of time, it is impossible to maintain the connec-

tion of shocks felt at far distant places ; calculations of the rate of progress

of the undulations or vibrations can only be approximative, and other

interesting points are rendered inconclusive.

2. The Duration.—On this point also, the most striking discre-

pancies are to be observed, arising no doubt from each observer making

his own sensation the measure of duration, and estimating the latter

without reference to some determinate standard. When the mind is

intently occupied either by feelings of alarm or intense interest, it is

wholly unfitted for estimating duration correctly, and the watch ought

only to be trusted. The general tendency is to make the duration

* Sir J. Herscheil’s Meteorological Instruction, Prof. Papers, Roy. Engrs. vol. ii.

252 Notes on the Recent Harthquakes [No. 123.

of shock longer than it really is, and in most instances, considerable

deductions might with safety be made from recorded observations on

this point, to brmg them near the truth. The duration of intervals

-between shocks should also be carefully noted.

3. Nature of the Shocks.—This is very frequently twofold: one kind

throws the crust of the earth into a tremulous state. This was the

nature of the shock of the 19th February. The second kind is of the

nature of a concussion or blow, and does not always occur. Sometimes

both of these are conjoined in one and the same shock, and the latter

is felt generally in the middle of the former.

4. Nature of the motion on the Earth’s surface.-—Three different

varieties of this have been observed. First, a horizontal motion by

which bodies are, as it were, pushed horizontally forward. Second, a

vertical motion by which they are lifted up and dashed down again. The

conjunction of these two kinds of motion produces the third, which

is of an undulatory character, partaking both of the horizontal and

vertical movements. This kind is the most frequent of all, and produces

those sensations of nausea, so commonly alluded to.

5. Rents in the ground and subsidencies are very common accompani-

ments of Earthquakes, and their appearance ought to be represented

on paper, and their dimensions carefully measured. ‘These are often

accompanied by doud noises of various kinds.

6. Meteorological phenomena are highly important, and some curious

and interesting relations have been observed, between these and the oc-

currences of Earthquakes. This is especially true as regards the state of

the barometer and thermometer, and the electric condition of the

atmosphere. Such pots therefore merit peculiar attention. |

7. Geological structure of affected District—When the observer is

qualified to furnish information relative to this, his remarks will be addi-

tionally important, as it has been observed, that in localities exhibiting

certain geological features, Earthquakes always occur with much

greater frequency than in others. Wherever powerful and extensive

voleanic action has occurred, where faults and fissures communicating

with the internal seats of disturbing forces are found, there Earthquakes

occur with greater frequency and higher intensity, and they are fre-

quently observed to pursue a direction, parallel to that of the principal

faults or fissures.

1842. ] on the North-Western Frontier. 253

8. The direction of the Shock.—I am not aware of any instrument

having yet been actually employed for ascertaining this point, but the

following simple apparatus has been proposed for the purpose by Prof.

Babbage, in his admirable little volume on the Economy of Manufactures

and Machinery ; and although it must be confessed, that several of the

schemes he has proposed in that work, remind us a little of the designs

of the sages in Swift’s College of Laputa, this is not one of them, but

seems adapted to its proposed object.

« An earthquake,” he remarks “is a phenomena of such frequent

occurrence, and so interesting both from its fearful devastations, as well

as from its connexion with geological theories, that it became import-

ant to possess an instrument which shall, if possible, indicate the direc-

tion of a shock, as well as its intensity. An observation made a few

years since at Odessa, after an Earthquake which happened during the

night, suggests a simple instrument by which the direction of the shock

may be determined.

“ A glass vase, partly filled with water stood on the table of a room

: in a house at Odessa; and from the coldness of the glass, the inner.

part of the vessel above the water was coated with dew. Several very

perceptible shocks of an Earthquake happened between three and four

o'clock in the morning; and when the observer got up, he remarked

that the dew was brushed off at two opposite sides of the glass, by a

wave which the Earthquake had caused in the water. The line joining

the two highest points of this wave, was of course that in which the

shock travelled. This circumstance which was accidentally noticed by

an Engineer at Odessa,* suggests the plan of keeping, in countries sub-

ject to Earthquakes, glass vessels partly filled with treacle or some

unctuous fluid, so that when any lateral motion is communicated to

them from the earth, the adhesion of the liquid to the glass shall enable

the observer, after some interval of time, to determine the direction of

_ the shock.

“In order to obtain some measure of the vertical oscillation of the

earth, a weight might be attached to a spiral spring, or a pendulum

might be sustained in a horizontal position, and a sliding index be

moved by either of them, so that the extreme deviations might be

* Memoires de |’Academie des Sciences de Petersburgh, 6me series, tome i. p. 4.

2°85

254 Notes on the Recent Earthquakes [No. 123.

indicated by it. This, however, would not give even the comparative

measure exactly, because a difference in the velocity of the rising or

falling of the earth’s surface would affect the instrument.”

Were observers always to employ vessels of the same dimensions, as

for instance hemispherical cups of earthern-ware, painted white interiorly,

having a diameter of ten and a depth of five inches fixed on a standard

a foot in height, and filled for two inches of their depth by a fluid as

nearly as possible of the same tenacity as treacle, the observations made

at different points would be comparable with each other, and it would

perhaps be a simpler method of estimating the intensity of the shock,

than either of those proposed by Professor Babbage, were a graduated

semi-circular arc to be fitted inside the cup, and the difference between

the highest and lowest points of the wave caused by the shock, to be

observed from it. This difference would be in a certain degree propor-

tional to the intensity, being greater, as it was greater and less as it was

less; and although it would after all be but a rough approximation, still

it would be interesting, and worthy of remrak.

The discussion of all local observations ought to be undertaken by

one person, who by combining them properly, would be able to deduce

general results of the highest interest. It may be long ere we can

find any means of protection against the appalling, and apparently

irresistible effects of such convulsion as Earthquakes, but if observation

confirms the idea of their connection with a certain geological struc-

ture of country, we shall at least be able to pomt out where danger is

to be peculiarly apprehended, and by avoiding such localities, diminish

the fearful records of death and suffermg, by which the occurrence of

Earthquakes has hitherto been accompanied.

It will afford the writer the highest satisfaction to be furnished with

detailed accounts of Earthquake shocks, in whatever part of India they

may occur; and in any cases in which the expence of Postage may be a

consideration to observers, he begs they will have no hesitation in forward-

ing their remarks to him “bearing.’* The subject is one of deep

interest and importance, and the co-operation of observers in all parts

* Communications on the subject of Earthquakes may be addressed to the author at

Saharunpore, Upper India, or if preferred, he has no doubt the pages of this Journal

will be cheerfully opened to them.

Most unquestionably. Any number of copies of any such paper will be printed and

stitched as a pamphlet for (gratis) distribution, and distributed as required, or sent to

the author. ti

1842. ] on the North-Western Frontier. 255

of the country is earnestly solicited, since it is only by wide-spread

observations that justice can be done to the subject, and such obser-

vations it is quite impossible for any single individual to collect

satisfactorily.

Saharanpore, 5th April, 1842.

Notice of the predatory and sanguivorous habits of the Bats of the genus

Megaderma, with some Remarks on the blood-sucking propensities of

other Vespertilionide. By Eywarp Buiytu, Curator to the Asiatic

Society.

Chancing, cne evening, to observe a rather large Bat enter an out-

house, from which there was no other egress than by the door-way,

I was fortunate in being able to procure a light, and thus to proceed to

the capture of the animal. Upon finding itself pursued, it took three or

four turns round the apartment, when down dropped what at the

moment I supposed to be its young, and which I deposited in my hand-

kerchief. After a somewhat tedious chase, I then secured the object of

my pursuit, which proved to be a fine pregnant female of Megaderma lyra.

I then looked to the other Bat which I had picked up, and to my consi-

derable surprise, found it to be a small Vespertilio, nearly allied to the

European V. pipistrellus, which is exceedingly abundant not only here,

but apparently throughout India, being the same, also, to all appear-

ance, as a small species which my friend Dr. Cantor procured in Chu-

san: the individual now referred to was feeble from loss of blood, which

it was evident the Megaderma had been sucking from a large and still

bleeding wound under and behind the ear; and the very obviously suc-

torial form of the mouth of the Vampyre was of itself sufficient to hint

the strong probability of such being the case. During the very short

time that elapsed before I entered the out-house, it did not appear

that the depredator had once alighted; but I am satisfied that it sucked

the vital current from its victim as it flew, having probably seized it on

the wing, and that it was seeking a quiet nook where it might devour

the body at leisure. I kept both animals wrapped separately in my

handkerchief till the next morning, when procuring a convenient cage, I

first put in the Megaderma, and after observing it some time, I placed the

256 Notice of the Sanguivorous habits of the [No. 128.

other Bat with it. No sooner was the latter perceived, than the other

fastened on it with the ferocity of a Tiger, again seizing it behind

the ear, and made several efforts to fly off with it, but finding that

it must needs stay within the precincts of the cage, it soon hung by the

hind-legs to one side of its prison, and after sucking its victim till

no more blood was left, commenced devouring it, and soon left no-

thing but the head and some portions of the limbs. The voidings

observed very shortly afterwards in its cage resembled clotted blood,

which will explain the statement of Steedman and others concerning

masses of congealed blood being always observed near a patient who

has been attacked by a South American Vampyre.

Such, then, is the mode of subsistence of the Megaderms. The

sanguivorous propensities of certain Bats inhabiting South America have

long been notorious, but the fact has not heretofore been observed of

any in the old world*; and the circumstance of one kind of Bat preying

upon another is altogether new, though I think it not improbable that

the same will be found to obtain (to a greater or less extent) among the

larger species, if not throughout the whole extensive allied genus of

Rhinolophus, (or the horse-shoe Bats,) which, like Megaderma, are pecu-

liar to the Eastern world.

It may appear strange, that with the multitudinous attestations

ascribing blood-sucking habits to certain Bats of South America, natu-

ralists have been found unwilling to credit the statement, as instanced by

Mr. W. S. McLeay, who, in a note appended to the remark that a

* There are, it is true, certain vague statements, but quite unworthy of credit,

ascribing sanguivorous habits to the Pteropodes. Thus De Vaux, in his ‘ Letters

from the Mauritius,’ (p. 65), describes these animals to ‘‘feed indiscriminately on

fruit, small warm-blooded animals, and insects, as well as to suck the blood of men

and cattle.’’ But were this the case, the fact would assuredly be well known in India,

where ‘‘ Flying Foxes,’’ as they are termed, are so very abundant. Of one brought

alive into France, it is indeed stated, that ‘‘ during the voyage, on one occasion when

its food ran short, it fastened upon a dead fowl, and made a meal of part of it; and

from that time animal food was occasionally given to it:’? but I doubt much whether

this was a natural appetite of the creature, from observation of one exhibited in Eng-

land by Mr. Cross, of the Surrey Zoological Gardens, and puffed by him in advertise-

ments and hand-bills as the wondrous ‘*‘ Vampyre.’’ This animal would eat nothing but

fruit and vegetables, and constantly refused insects, a variety of which I offered to it.

It was tame, and appeared fond of being noticed. Hence I am also inclined to doubt

a statement which I have somewhere met with, to the effect that the little Kiodote is

partly insectivorous, this animal being known with certainty to feed largely on the

fruit of the Eugenia.

1842.] Megadermata and certain other Vespertilionide. 257

particular species of butterfly, inhabiting Cuba, is much preyed upon to-

wards the evening by different species of Bats, adds “ principally the

Phillostoma Jamaicense [Arctibeus Jamaicensis, Leach]. By the way,”

remarks this observer, ‘‘in the 2d edition of the Régne Animal, the

author says of the Phillostomes, ‘ Ce sont des animaux d’Amerique,

qui ont Vhabitude de sucer le sang des animaux;’ I can only say that

this is not only quite untrue as respects the Cuban species, but perfectly

impossible [!]. The Ph. Jamaicense, for instance, lives on fruits and

winged insects, in search of which latter it will be found in bed rooms.

The Vampyre Bat of South America is also a Phyllostoma of Cuvier

and Geoffroy ; but until some person having pretension to the name of

naturalist shall establish the fact on personal observation, I shall as

readily believe that it sucks the blood of men as that the Caprimulgus

sucks the milk of goats.” —Trans. Zool. Soc., 1, 187.

This is rather a sweeping denunciation of the detailed assertions of

Condamine, Steedman, and a host of others, though there is now every

reason to conclude that Mr. McLeay is perfectly correct, so far at least

as regards the Phyllostomata attacking large animals; and concerning

this genus, too, he mentions a fact which is not generally known, stat-

ing that its members are partly frugivorous. The same is, however,

also noticed by Mr. Swainson, who informs us, (Class. Quadrupeds, p.

94,) that ‘“‘ several of the Brazilian Bats are likewise frugivorous, and

to such a degree, that we remember never having been able to secure a

ripe fig from a garden we possessed at Pernambuco, and where many of

these trees grew : nets, indeed, were spread over them, but the cunning

animals seemed to have the instinct of mice; they crept under the

smallest opening, and completely baffled our endeavours to stop their

plunderings.”’ But this author also notices the sanguivorous habits of

at least some South American species, mentioning that, ‘‘ Our horses

and mules, after having arrived at the end of a day’s journey, and been

turned out to graze, would be brought in by the guides in the morning

with their shoulders covered with blood.”

To be brief, in all instances wherein the habits of the Phillostomata

have been directly observed, the result has corresponded with the above

statements. Mr. Waterton, for example, tells us, in his celebrated

‘Wanderings,’ “‘ As there was a free entrance and exit to the Vampyre

in the loft where I slept, I had many a fine opportunity of paying atten-

| 258 Notice of the Sanguivorous habits of the [No. 123.

tion to this nocturnal surgeon. He does not always live on blood.

When the moon shone bright, and the fruit of the banana was ripe, I

could see him approach and eat it. He would also bring into the loft,

from the forest, a green round fruit, something like the wild guava,

and about the size of a nutmeg. ‘There was something, also, in the

blossom of the suwarré nut tree, which was grateful to him; for on

coming up a creek, on a moonlight night, I saw several Vampyres flut-

tering round the top of the suwarré trees, and every now and then the

blossoms, which they had broken off, fell into the water. They certain-

ly did not drop off naturally, for on examining several of them, they

appeared quite fresh and blooming. So I concluded the Vampyres

picked them from the tree, either to get at the incipient fruit, or to

catch the insects which often take up their abode in flowers.

“There are,” according to Mr. Waterton, “ two species of Vampyre

in Guiana, a larger and a smaller. The larger sucks men and other

[mammiferous] animals ; while the smaller seems to confine itself chiefly

to birds. I learned from a gentleman, high up the river Demarara,

that he was completely unsuccessful with his fowls, on account of the

small Vampyre. He shewed me some that had been sucked the

night before, and they were scarcely able to walk.’’ He then proceeds

to give a humorous account of his companion, a North Briton, who

had been bitten by one of these creatures, and lay muttering impre-

cations on the whole race of them. ‘As soon as there was light

enough,” writes Mr. Waterton, “I went to his hammock, and saw

it much stained with blood. ‘There,’ said he, thrusting his foot out

of the hammock, ‘see how these infernal imps have been drawing my

life’s blood.’ On examining his foot, I found that the Vampyre had

tapped his great toe : there was a wound somewhat less than that made

by a leech; the blood was still oozing from it. I conjectured he

might have lost from 10 to 12 oz. of blood.

‘‘T had often wished,” continues this observer, ‘‘ to have been once

stung by the Vampyre, in order that I might have it in my power to

say it had really happened to me. ‘There can be no pain in the opera-

tion, for the patient is always asleep when the Vampyre is sucking

him, and as for the loss of a few ounces of blood, that would be a

trifle in the long run. Many a night have I slept with my foot out

of the hammock, to tempt this winged surgeon, expecting that he

1842.] Megadermata and certain other Vespertilionide. 259

would be there; but it was all in vain ; the Vampyre never sucked me,

and I could never account for his not doing so, for we were inhabitants

of the same loft for months together.”—(pp. 174—9).

The very obvious inference is, that the large Phyllostomata, which

Mr. Waterton, in common with Steedman and the mass of other

narrators of the doings of the Vampyre, have accused of this blood-suck-

ing propensity, are totally innocent of the charge, as regards at

least their attacking human beings or other large animals; but that

there does exist a true Vampyre, capable of inflicting wounds such as

described, which most assuredly the formidable canines of the Phillos-

tomata are quite unfitted for, is equally evident from the above cited testi-

mony alone. According to Condamine, “The Bats, which suck the

blood of horses, mules, and even men, when they do not secure them-

selves from them by sleeping under a tent, are a nuisance, common to

most of the hot countries of America, and some of them are of a

monstrous bigness [?]: at Borja, and in divers other places, they have

entirely destroyed the great cattle, which the Missionaries had introduc-

ed, and which had begun to multiply in those parts.” In corroboration

of this account, an accomplished modern traveller, Mr. Schomburgh, has

assured me, that at Wicki, on the river Berbice, no fowls could be

kept on account of the ravages of these creatures, which attacked their

combs, causing these to appear white from loss of blood. Goats resist-

ed them best, but even hogs were attacked by them.

In the report of the Committee of the French Academy, upon the

results of M. Alcide d’Orbigny’s late expedition, published in the ‘ Nou-

velles Annales du Museum,’ III, 90, we are informed, that ‘“‘ Dans l’ordre

des Carnassiers, M. d’Orbigny a surtout étudié les Vampyres, dont il

a pu confirmer les habitudes de sucer le sang des animaux, et méme

de homme, et cela sur ces gens et sur les mulets de sa caravanne.

L’avidité de ces animaux pour le sang est telle, que les naturels sont

obligées pour y soustraire de passer la nuit dans des moustiquaires, et de

renfermer soigneusement leurs poules et autre animaux domestiques. Le

Vampyre choisit, en géneral, la nuque, le cou, ou le dos de la victime,

afin qu’elle puisse plus difficilement s’en d’ebarasser; auqu’elle fait

cepandant en se roulant sur le dos.”’

Thus far we have still no satisfactory information as to what is the real

depredator, for not only is there strong presumptive evidence that this

cannot be the Phillostoma, as currently supposed, but the real habits of

260 Notice of the Sanguivorous habits of the [No. 128.

this group, so far as positively observed, would appear to be solely frugi-

vorous and insectivorous. ‘To Mr. Charles Darwin we owe the

solution of this mystery. ‘“‘ The Vampyre’, writes this accomplished na-

turalist, ‘is often the cause of much trouble, by biting the horses on the

withers. The injury is generally not so much owing to the loss of

blood as to the inflammation which the pressure of the saddle afterwards

produces. The whole. circumstance has lately been doubted in England,

and I was therefore fortunate in being present when one was caught on

a horse’s back. We were bivouacking late one evening near Coquimbo,

in Chili, when my servant, noticing that one of the horses was very

restive, went to see what was the matter, and fancying he could distin-

guish something, suddenly put his hand on the beast’s withers, and

secured the Vampyre. In the morning the spot, where the bite had been

inflicted, was easily distinguished from being slightly swollen and bloody.

The third day afterwards we rode the horse without any ill effect.

“‘ Before the introduction of the domesticated quadrupeds,” continues

Mr. Darwin, ‘‘the Vampyre Bat probably preyed on the Guanaco, or

Vicugna, for these, together with the Puma, and Man, were the

only terrestrial mammalia of large size, which formerly inhabited the

northern parts of Chili. This species must be unknown, or very rare, in

Central Chili, smce Molina, who lived in that part, says that no blood-

sucking species is found in that province.” ;

The specimen here referred to, is now deposited in the Museum of the

Zoological Society, and is referrible to the genus Desmodus of Prince

Maximilian of Saxe Nieud, or Hdostoma of d’Orbigny, differmg very

widely in its dental characters from Phillostoma, or indeed any other

animal previously known. Its entire structure is expressly modified for

the Vampyre’s mode of subsistence. It has only two upper incisors,

corresponding to the ordinary middle pair of the Primates generally,

and which, ordinarily larger than the others, here attain their maxi-

mum of development to the exclusion of the latter: they are large, and

of singular form, approximated, and occupy the whole space between

the canines, are longitudinally bent abruptly inward near the median

line, and prolonged and acutely pointed at the tip of the bend, being

received into a cavity or sheath behind the lower incisors when the

mouth is closed, the under-jaw consequently projecting beyond the up-

per: together with analogousl ancet-shaped canines, which are thinly

compressed laterally ; they form an admirable instrument for blond-let-

1842. ] Megadermata and certain other Vespertilionde. 261

ting, inflicting a triple puncture like that of a leech: the lower ca-

nines are small and not compressed, and there are four bilobate inferior

incisors, the medial separated by a wide interval. Instead of the sharp-

ly tuberculated molars of the Phyllostomes, and of that division in parti-

cular styled Vampyrus by systematists, there are even no true molars

whatever, intimating that the accustomed food requires no mastication ;

but there are two false molars immediately behind the canine in the up-

per-jaw, and three antagonizing with them in the lower, that present

only keenly cutting edges, adapted for severing in the manner of a pair

of scissors. Nor is this all:—as in carnivorous animals, wherein the food.

is more readily assimilated, the intestines are consequently less prolong-

ed than in vegetable-feeders, so in the present most remarkable genus,

where blood—warm from the living veins, and even quickened by

the vital principle,—constitutes the aliment, the intestines (as I have

been informed) proceed almost straight tothe anus. In short, we have

here an animal duly organized for the mode of life so often described,

which the Phillostomata are not; and there can scarcely be a doubt

that numerous species of Desmodus exist in tropical America, being

: everywhere the veritable Vampyres which attack man and other

large animals, as a general rule during their sleep, and inflicting

wounds so gently with their keenly poimted and lancet-like instru-

ments of incision, that no sense of pain follows to awake their victim.

Nevertheless, admitting the great probability of this, there still re-

main some matters for further explanation, to which my discovery

of the predatory habits of the Megaderma seems to afford a key.

Among the South American Vespertilionide having teeth of the

ordinary conformation, Professor Bell describes the tongue of the

Phyllostomata to have “a number of wart-like elevations, so arranged

as to form a complete circular suctorial disc, when they are brought

| into contact at their sides, which is done by means of a set of muscular

fibres, having a tendon attached to each of these warts.’* Now,

: ! for what purpose can this be? For drawing forth the juices of fruits?

| I suspect not: and Spix, it may be remarked, expressly designates his

Glossophaga amplexicaudata, (which, however, presents another modi-

fication of the tongue, this being slender and elongate, and furnished

with hair-like papille,) Sanguisuga crudelissima, a very cruel blood-

sucker ; an expression which would seem to imply habits analogous

! * Dr. Todd’s Cyci. Anat. and Phys., Art. Cheiroptera.

| 2m

262 Notice of the Sanguivorous habits of the Megadermata &c. (No. 123.

to those of the Megaderms ; for these bite away at their victim in savage

earnest, while drawing the life-blood from its veins. In short, there are

two classes of blood-sucking Bats,—one gentle and insidious, which

attack any large animal during its sleep, are expressly organized for

this purpose, and doubtless derive their whole sustenance in this way,—

and another openly rapacious, which ferociously attack (it may be pre-

sumed) any small warm-blooded creature that they can master, and

more especially, it is probable, prey on the smaller and weaker members

of their own tribe, first drawing their blood, and then devouring them,

as instanced by the oriental Megaderms ; and to this latter class, I ima-

gine, many of the large leaf-nosed Bats of South America appertain

(though also known to feed both on fruit and imsects), and probably

also at least the larger Rhinolophi.*

With regard to the Megaderma lyra, 1 am of opinion (founded

on further observation of the ‘captive animal), that it is in no degree

whatever frugivorous, and the structure of its mouth-would imply

that it is no insect-hunter; neither do I think it evinces any dis-

position to attack small birds, either at roost or moving: but I

am led to infer that the smaller Vespertilionide constitute its main,

if not sole, subsistence, and suspect that these are seized while on the

wing, and carried off to be devoured at leisure in some quiet recess,

the preyer meanwhile sucking the vital fluid from the neck of its

victim. There is more energy about it than I have observed in any

other kind of Bat, at least during the day: go when you will, it is

always lively and on the alert ; and the expression of its physiognomy

is far from dull, having comparatively large eyes for a Bat, which are

bright and prominent. The species does not appear to be rare about

Calcutta. | .

I may further remark, that the inguinal teats are well developed in

this genus, as in the Rhinolophi ; equally so, indeed, with the pectoral

teats, insomuch that no one who examined them could suppose that

they are mere sebaceous glands, as suggested by Prof. Bell in the

case of the Rhinolophi. This fact is not uninteresting with relation

to the described position of the teats in the genus Cheiromys.

* The tongue of the Megaderms presents nothing remarkable in its conformation ;

but the lips are, in this instance, expressly modified for suction, which is not the case

in Phyllostoma, It is not unlikely that the West Indian genus Mormoops, of Leach,

is another raptorial form.

. ee Oe ae es

1842.]

"I@aTO

SuIusAd “A9pUNT} YITM “MASE woxy TTenbs

"Wd fe Z ‘Ans uoou ‘teapo uooua.10,J "M'S'S

“Apnoyo

pue teaza Ayayeurtayye

“SUIUIY SI] pue

Jepuny} ‘Wd ¢Pg “op ‘op dep ‘Surujzy Sr]

pue “sepung) ‘uret yjtMm pfenbs ‘wv cp T |**-AA ‘Ss

“Apnoya

pue qeayo Ajoyeusteyye Aep ‘SurujySty pue

Jopuny} YM siamoys Aavay ‘W ‘Vv CG] Z

*ISBI1BDAO

uoou ‘stamoys Suissed ey 1] ‘Burujy Sry

pue “‘epunyy ‘ures yy qpenbs ‘wv ez p [°° ‘weg

*Apnoyo

“MSS

pue «aeepo Ayjayeuroyye Aep eee eee, | Gal

"reayo uoOU ‘Urer yYSIT yWtM Apnoyo

Uoousioy “SuMYysIT pue sopunyy yy

Siomoys Aavoy (Pp p ‘Oop “oq ‘W ‘Vv (7 F "M‘S'S

“Apnoyo pue xeeya Ayayeusayye Aep ‘1amoys

ISI] SEP “AA “S Wor TTenbs ‘w -v 0Ger |" MS

‘ulel JO sdueived

-de yjyim Apnopo ‘w -aqes ‘Apnoyo pue

qeefo ATayeursjye Aep “Aepunyy "wo ‘v eF 8S I°M’SS

‘Teo]o “W *¥ g ‘Apnopo Joyyer “Ww -¥ *g |**-YNOG

a Se eee eee LL&L LS ES eeepc: | eames eer

“02g “Tayyea MA “PUT AA

‘OPEL 4990799 —

LapLo ho Loppsy ay) 07 paysrusnf ‘atodnburgy puv pun)

Kep seoe "NI 0 9

SG eeoe | ise Ol

G6 IN 26 Gre S| SEZ

aa)

ae)

€ 9/6 Ol F€%) 1 €!] wes

O12) OT C1219 Z| ze

8 8) 6 01/98 bi t Zi ee

: = B = B

ae ® ies e

asuery

‘TOV AA YSIPT] “1078 AA MOTT

‘W ‘d eply Suruaag

“MS |

aa AN ‘Ss

ee MA Ss

ee “"JS9 AK

oe MA ‘Ss

“M'S'S

METS

“M'S’S

“Pula

TES | OL OF, © OT

4 VU) TON Si G49 etl Ze 6

¢6|6 6|/92Z/h zgleatt|] * 8

O-0-| GE6- Pere hose i een yf L

0°68 |-6 8: Ore 6 “9 Sere |< 9

Vl Gi FG. el Seley, Os ape-e c

11€ | 6|8hS/P S| EPs |‘hepung,

GP-S 6ebeat, \-T~ 28 ) OT 8 « ~¢

SP bps 18: Fi) 2 z

8 G¢|/ 116) tZT)¢e FI 6h z \'Apsanyyy

Bide | take

@y . 4} fa»)

asue yy Teeet, fea i 2 ‘keg

“IOIVAA YSIET “197e AA MOTT

—_—ooO— ——_. __._

‘W 'V Oply, Suiuiopy

‘nipuy fo quamusaaoy ayz fo

ST 89044 JO a0uleg qo apry, ay? fo wg pun asey ay) fo tagsrbany

TREO +E OF

[No. 128.

264

“Sulu

-jySt] pue tepunyy "wd PZ “op ‘op ontd|’*"M S|} 9 S$) 6 Ol] 466/e S| EFS) ‘M'N F O/S O16P8) OLS | sea) |, =

‘Lapunty ; CG

a St “Sg re gels Sea eed Se Oi er) Bea ea Ske aN OO The ee 0-0; 0° 0." 1Z

“noysnoiyy &

Apnopo Aep ‘slomoys FG g “epunyy wv Z |**"M ‘S| b €) 8 6199S) 9) GIT] WON 8 § 0 0/61 G|)% 9| OF Ol 0G

“reaTo LeyyeI UoOUIEye ‘Apnoyzo uoou =

‘ure JySIT c% OL “epunyy "wv gp Zit’ "M8 £16 6] SEE/T 9| 24201] YMON| 9 P| O16) ele |v Sj ee6 61

“ynoysnory} Apnoyo

kep ‘sepuny} ¢% g ‘ures yqSI] ‘WV CGC g MA 'S ‘S| OLS | IL OI] 483) 1T G|6hS8 | M's) Z P| T Ol €6% {9 S| ZI 8 |fepung DSI

‘Iapuny}

ZG 9 ‘UIGI SUITZZIIP “Wd QP G ‘tepunyy E

‘Ww o*d cg ‘Aphopa woou. ‘Aeejo uoousiog)**** “S| b 9) % TI] 6h T| OTP | PEL)" "A'S|% G|9 Ott |b S| OGL £I

‘lapunyy

ZC g ‘Ulet Surjzzup “Ww va Z ‘ATfenbs >

Wd PE [ ‘Apnoyo uoou “ieap> wooussog|**'AA S| 8 8/4 11) STT| 1@| 2) MIO ¢€ 9/6 O16 T/9 FP 1S L 9T

‘UIeL JUST] WOOU «

‘Aypenbs 6F IT ‘tepungy w ‘v og Tt ‘Azey |" ‘S| O16 | & ZI] 6F0|S 2) 469] “H’S/O Z| It Ol) eG 0) Ile | 2h 9 cI

‘WY Q ‘SUIUYSIT £ “lopuny} "Wd gp | . = 4

% ‘Apnojs pue seafo Ayoyeuroye Aveqy'’"M ‘S| P 6/2 TI] ZeO|e Z| 29 |. A'S/0 8/6 Mp 410)/%@ €) sro) . . FI

cAvp (je IeeiO) Ws) 2 6 ee OL 0.1 ¢1.6 9) ° M3) 0 0)0°0),0 O16 Cis 9 el

‘Apnoyo pue seepo Ajeyeurejye

uooureye ‘Apnoys uwoou ‘xeaya uooues0g/*" MS} S 6/6 II] Zbl] £ | SPS |A'S‘S| £ 8/9 TT €Z1t Wse| ees) © al

“1lopuny} “W ‘Vv

g¢-11 ‘Aep tte Anns pue ‘xeajo wooussog|**** ‘gle 2/8 II] ZE11]S b) SIG | MS) LZ 2) IT] Sl 11/6 € | ebb AepemsCOlT

: o 5 S. E — 2. 5 = B

ae S. O 8. © ae @ es ©

"O9g SLO} AN ‘pura jasuey) ss! : ‘puja josuey| | so ‘Aeq

‘LOJCAK USIPT! ‘1OIVAQ MOT ‘IOJV AA YSIFT] “Toye AK |

‘W ‘d ‘Opty, Ssuruaay ‘N ‘V Opty, SUIUIOT

(“panuyuoy )—‘OF981 4290799 —‘“vipuy fo quamusaaoy ays fo

uapso fg soppy ay) 07 paysiuans ‘asodvburgy pun punjsy savy fo aourtg qo apr, ay2 fo My puv asry ays fo sagsibay

265

at Prince of Wales Island and Singapore.

1842,]

‘UIeL "Wd

G¢ [ ‘tapunyy yy Apnoyo pue yaep uoou

‘Apnopa pue seepo Ajayeuroyze uoouas0,7

‘Apnoyo

pue aseajo Ayeyeusroyye ~Aep ‘rapuny}

‘Wd Cp () ‘stamoys AAvay "WwW “Vv 67% Z

“UreL FYSTT "W *V ZG OF ‘ontp og

"Wy stu

“pI [HUN UTeL FYSI] “Wd GL OTP OW1G

HOLE €

‘Topunyy “Wd ge ‘Aep TTR Apnoyja -—-——

“UTeL SUL[ZZIIp ‘W “ad OS J

‘€pnopo uoou ‘ure 4qSt~t ‘Ww -‘v ee G

"ured

él p ‘suruyysiy pue sepuny, ‘Ww va

LG ¢ ‘Apnopa uoousaye ‘reapo uooues0,

‘ured WYST[ Qp Z “uroyysry

pue stepuny3 ‘wa so] ‘Aep ype «eayg

‘Iapunyy ‘Wd CZ

€P IT ‘Apnoyo pue

‘rapuny}] ‘NW Vv /

‘1amoys Sutssed ‘wv

qeapa Ayeyeusoyze = Aep

a ee

“O29 ‘199 AA

(-panuyuog )

“apio ha Loppry ay, 07 paysiuans ‘atodnbuagy puv punjsy sajnyy fo 9Ut4 2D apLy, ays fo vq pun asry ayy fo sagsrbaay

ee ‘yynog,

“Mg

**-YyNOG

ree oy

eoee “WD

eeee “N

“PULA.

€ 9} OL OT, 02 T

§ 8; 11018 T

bP 6/;€ TI} 8¢0

0. 6°| T= ty] €@-0

8 8/1109 0

Gs FF Ti -8¢. 11

€ 81¢ TT ge It

G 24/0 Ill Sb Ol

6 9S Lh G. OF

a i

(a>)

i |

‘OpILL| :

jo ;

asuery

‘TOC AA YS

LE Ne GeO

eet hal 2 ©)

GL ie AGG

[SG sleGees

‘SG | OE ag

il -G 6G pb

Ge LGe

IL€ | &t Pp

GC Pi Ste

i =

(q>)

“TOPE M MOT

‘Wd opty, duruoaq

“purMm

v P| It6

SVs lee OR

9 G|@ OT

6 $/6 Ol

OS 02020

eae FS ae

6-9 Eb

8 ¢ | OF Ol

L Gie O

SOD ET pas

aoueryy

cl 1

eee

™~

sa img ae om PT es)

Gleg2ie=< its

(APE Sat 0g

qc| “ 6G

Sie he 8

a Oe) oc LG

68. BS 9%

81 F |<epuns@ez,

nee |i‘ ep

be Gu £%

“LOO AA YSTFT | “IOV AA MOrT

SS ee re ee eS Se

| ‘WY Oply, Sutus0yy

Rae ae ce ape ce ee ee at ek eT el ee

—‘Orst “1290}99—‘apu [ 0 quamusaaoyg ay) fo

[No. 128.

266

‘19p

-ung} ‘W ‘d og [ ‘Apnoyo pue ivajo Ajeyeu

-sajje Aep ‘stamoys Surssed yw ‘Vv gz II} “WIRD, €

‘OVP OFFIP OFIP OF71p OF7IP “WV 2EZ i y"°"* “S| IL

-kpnopo pue reaps Ajeyeaieze Aep ‘ures

WIM pxemjsam Wor} [[enbs ‘WwW “Vv 9G Pp 9

yseo10a0 Aep ‘uted JYSIT “WV {Ze |°° l

“Apnoyo pue aeeyo Ajayeusayye Aep ‘ures

YM premjsem wiory [[enbs ‘Ww ‘Vv /Z% G

"Ulel SUI[ZZIIp

-a'W OT Z ‘Apnoyo pue reap Ajoyeuseyye Leq|*°

“SIOMOUS JUST FZ G ‘stomoys AAvoy

‘W 'd FZ GZ “yseoteAo UooU ‘1eaTo UOOUDIOF

“ured Jo aoueieadde

yy sapunyy “wd gy Z ‘Aep qe Apnoyg

‘lapuny}

YIM urer WS] “Wa OZ E ‘ONIP ONIG

‘<pnoyo pue rojo Ayayeusezye Leq|'**

-£pnoyo pue reaza Ajayeuteyye Aep

‘sramoys Suissed sp | ‘1epunqy "WV FE T |****

“Iapuny} YIM ured

Burzzup “Wd Gf “ured yySIT “Wo “Vv fp Q |"**"

; ‘Apnoyo

pue avazo Ajayeusayte Aep ‘siamoys CT Z

‘lopuny} ‘W ‘d cg ‘Jepunyy "NW ‘v CZP|**’ “Sie G

ie odd Be EE

nN Ww Zi (Fo Fe

bi (9A) NS = ve) oO CO amr Bde

me SS ES RE ND RES | SS em | nS

“O09 ‘AaN]}e9 AA | pura, joduey

‘OPQ “aquaaony—‘wepuy fo puamusaaoy ay? fo

wapso ig Lojpy ay) 07 paysiusnf ‘asodnbuig puv puysy savy fo ours 70 ape, ys

ot AS Rd eae

@ Il) PS-1t e° S| Sv Pp

Ge? PGS GT e210

bP I 6P Ol|€ 2%) 6ee

@ It 62 0l| I €/|618¢

6 O11996|% b| EerZ

PEO! $2 61| Lich | 6e.%

O16|srsie¢o| ht

€¢ 6191910 0/0 O

Te AGGEE | 226 9F|-eGe0

~ 6\-41-% | 11¢ | e¢ 8

116] el%|/6 ¢| eZ

“Oye AM YSIFZ “AoWe AA MOT

es ees we eS

‘W ‘d Oply, SULUOAYT

‘aeg|-0 01 0 010 OS Fl Zre

Saeed a eam al fam ea 28 Lee mn «IPC ABS

pee. Pe Or Ufc eled 1. G-u Pel OS-e

SN SOE, Gli Ge Oley € 8c

eae SE Ly Pole Gino, © 1 2G 2

ace Gee es Oil eer G46, 6 oc

Se 2 Pl ell SUG 1 ObsG | Gite

Ses NGG dh G6 SsGCP eh Oe GbeO

emer £8 81619 8 Sem

asiess NE Oe 1 Gr 2 Os Ole Se te) So een

Be SSN ST Be er Gn LOSE oS 8 | OG

SEA IN 2 1@ Gols Z| 7k SG ee

SN P| 96 Be L's €, Geo

=. oe scl eS Sle:

@, =| os 5

PRL EPP a eae

pitawelesumap nok eS Ge

‘IDV M YSIEZ! ‘aoyeAy MOT

‘WW *V Oply, SUIUIOT

&é

cé

él

‘<epunge

MO Wid ©

‘<epung fF

{0 Oa pup asey aug fo wagsibaay

267

at Prince of Wales Island and Singapore.

1842.]

‘ured “Wd

zee ‘Apnop> uoou ‘uier yySIT ‘Ww ‘Vv 70 9

‘lapuny} Z% f ‘ured JYSIT

ZP 9 ‘lapuny} ¢ [| ‘stamoys AAvoy ‘W ‘d

Fe QO ‘Apnops pure areayo Ajajeusoiy~e uo0Ue10,7

‘SUIUJYSIT pue tepuny}

YIM UleL “W *d FE T ‘OVTP ONIP “WV GP OT

‘ysvoiaso Aep ‘ured SUL[ZZIIp “WV Ee TT

"SIOMOYS “Wd

CE ‘ead eyZe1 UOOU ‘0j}IP OIP ‘WV GL Q

‘lapuny} chy ‘slamoys Ze Z ‘ulel ef [ ‘lap

-UNY} ‘Wd CT YT ‘ured SulZzzup ‘WV ZT Z

‘ured

YIM pceMy}Iou wo [Tenbs ‘wd 9¢ GC

‘sutpreaaid pura Ayiajsam Suolqs ‘0}}Ip OIC

“o}IP “W “d ¢ § ‘ONTP ONT

arg cas

“ured UST]

‘W ‘d PG G ‘Apnoyo pue reayo AyTayeuroye Keq|e°** + AA

‘ured JUST] “Wd OG 9

noysnoigy Apnopo Aep ‘utet “W ‘ad Cz

‘pleajsam Woy [Tenbs QO] G ‘uel W'v ecF

‘of “19aq}89 AA

‘@eoe M

“pul

2B a LLL ehE OL) 9. GiCkG Be! scene N

OT 2Z|6 OT GLO IL @| Zp | °° “N

OO ke Ol Pelion Gea OV G | > oN

O29. heb, 61.8 |-Th€ | 99-f |=" N

9 ©) 8A\6| 22/6 9/ CE 1 |°"* N

OO, | ho 612029 0.02 0410 02 N

Oo eon ro 2) C= S3VeC- Or oN

bi) 920i CeCe e864. ao IN

Led AGS bk |-G.-S: |G 8 A ON

FL8 VS WZ Stand Gs Clk © EN:

ae eh | oe

@ 5 @. |

Jo |

asuey Sik |e Ee

‘Taye AA YSIPT | layeAy MOT aperaN

(See, es ee ee ee ee

‘W ‘d opty, Surueaq

ig ee od £Z

GI ¢ |'Aepung 7

oe ee

Ze T 02

Sasa 61

9G-Tl} ~ ST

LL6 LI

61 8 ) 9

6p Z | 'Aepung cy

69.1 =

6 9 % 11, 0t01|¢ F

a) Dee LP

IL PS -Oll Gs. es

Zz 0 aol aes 6-8

0 P 96 aL Qize

Ga i620 26e2¢-¢.4)-T1-6

GP | L=0ll Se ese

0: Ge One cien Pesce

9: -G:|- 8-0 eee

0 9| IL OI 820] IP

se 4 se

c. 8 me

og oO 09

‘opIL| & =

ie | se Se eae ee

aduey

‘WV Oply, Surus0py

(*panuruoy J—OFR] aquaaonn—‘wepuy fo quawmusaaoy ay2 fo

Lapso ho Loppy ay) 07 paysruunf ‘asodvbury pun punjsy savy fo aaurtg Jo apry, ay) fo vq pun asey ay fo sagsebayy

ial

[No. 123.

“Apnoyo pue e990

Ajoyeusayye Aep ‘stamoys Asvay “Ww vy ZT G’"M’S| 8 9/7 OL 9G 1 & SO Baa aN So Pol oP MOL Ze I

*Apnoyo

pue aeeto Ajeyeusayze Aep ‘stamoys Aavoy

Z€ G ‘premjsam woz [pends ‘Ww -v /T cl** “M's Gh) O -OUR0G Taipei ST 2 ites’ “NU TT# Or OI; S T

“UIGL JYSIT YIM prem

-yyNos Woy [jenbs ‘WV 21 6 ‘O}Ip OIG 3 Se 7246 OF ES OF 4

ae)

ven]

eo)

ANTS int Tt 8a 0

‘Apnojo pure aeopo Ajoyeusozye Aeq|**** *N) g 9} IL Ol e10/6 21219 |" *“Nio o1o0 010 0

‘reaps Aqyerzed

uoousayye ‘Apnops woou ‘oxIp onIp "WV E git*** “N) OT 8 | PF IT] 8S ttl9 2! ee

“M “N| OT 9 | IT OT) 9€ II

AT Teuoisea00 utes

Iysty yt Apnoys ep ‘ures yySip wv Fe Zittes CN) Z G1 E «LSet Tt 2/6 Gap? Nl of—-9-1 OT- OF ST-TE

“UII

"W ‘d §% ¢ ‘Aphoyo woou ‘ures qySIT “wiv Z OT) "°°" AMET S2G U1 Gl Ibe Gn) 2G * ge Nl S97! TT -o1l ee O1

ee ws ee | ee | |

; a3 e Om e We ig

epi s a ‘OPLE |

oe —_———. -| ——_ ——__-- aBneny -_——-———__-

"929 “1AYIBI AA *SpUIAA

SPEEA

“1OJO MA YOTPT | “LOI AA MOT

“1OVE AN YSTE

‘Wd Opty, Sutuaan

a) Geyer OE

I1¢|6 z \&epung ¢z

Leap os Y 8%

QS 2-9 4 oe

eS 2 oe 9%

e—p-l-eT-¢- GE

a =|

(a>)

= ;

“ke

“IDV AA MOTT

‘WV apLy, SULULO AT

(“panujuo) J—OFel “aquaaoy—‘wipuy fo quaumusaaoy ay) fo

wapso hg Loppa ay2 07 payswuinf ‘asodpbury pun puvjsy sajvyy fo aourtg yo ape ay7 fo vq pun asa ay? fo sajsebaay

269

at Prince of Wales Island and Singapore.

Kyayeurojqe Aep ‘stamoys AAvoy ‘NW ‘Vv G

“Apnoyo 2 reo] “urer YIM TTenbs

"wa gz ‘Apnozo pue reapo Ayayeusoite Aeq

029 ‘UIVI YIM pareAjsoM WoT

‘Wo'd 6 Of “Urer JySIT “WV “CZ G

‘ured YG E ‘O}ITP “W *4_CE 0 “Op ONTG

“SUIUYSIT pue

iepunyy gg [ ‘Ulet “Wd QZ 1_“ONTP OIG

UIBI CC F ‘SUINIYSTT pue top

[Tenbs

-uny} cz pF ‘Apnoypo pue seaqo Ajayeusayye Avq|

‘SUTUYSI] 2B Iepuny} ‘W'd ge CG ‘AvaTO Aeq

‘op ‘Op ‘Op ‘Op *W “d 9Z % “O}}IP "WN “V EG 9g

“SUIUIY ST

pue iapuny} yytm ‘stamoys Aavoy “Wd

ZI 1 ‘Apnoya uoou ‘urel JUST] “Ww ‘Vv CZ 7

‘IapUNY} ‘W *d Z% P ‘SI9MOYS “IW ‘Vv

ge TI ‘Apnop>a pue seapo Ajeyeusteyze Aeq

*4SBI.1BAO MOOUIAIe ‘Iap

-uny} woou ‘UTet IYSIT Zp TT “teapo ‘WwW *¥ 9

‘Apnoyo pue reayo Ajayeusleyye

Aeq. ‘Sutujysi, pue sopunygy gym ured

‘W ‘d G7 % ‘laMOYS Suissed e ‘W ‘VY QT Z

‘rapunyy

"Wd C7 Z ‘Apnopo uoou ‘staMmoys "WV /Z []

‘Japunyy

‘WwW ‘d Ze | ‘Apnopo pure seeps Ajayeuroyye Aeq

nc SE EE ED SS ND

"OR “T9YIVI AA

PACA Miia

peer

e@eee “a

lop)

~ODO DB OOD OD &

“OPLL

| pura josueyy

ONIN AN

‘WYSIEH

‘JOPOAK YSTPT “19aVV AA MOT

‘W ‘d Oply, Suusag

GP) AAs Ni iS 29

On| == MN Ge 9

G9 fe WS) 00

VEG NOES

Lin Vale pa oN bed,

GE} “M‘N|6 9

6b Z| M‘N/G 9

Lal ‘al 2 ¢

06 4 | Ni Re

GE Ou) NG ORG

0 GI °° “d| OL’

LG Olle SN Seas

eee. Ne 8

8 | N| 6 P

5 ‘Oph

_| (pula jesuey

‘W °Y Oply, SuIUIO TY

‘ORT ‘“aquiavaq —‘nipuy fo zuamiusaaoy ay) fo

cP P

93%

9€ @

= 0&0 faa) Ce oe ™~ N

bes sien os s+ os Yes) wa

—

a 2

IL S

IEG} GL G| 6 S

—_——_——

er ee

L6 L|

rf FI

eg 9 |Aepung €T

bo ¢

6S P

GG €

8S @

ce I

PS I

<¢ Zl

‘ec

¢¢ ‘@

<< Er

Aepsony, |

‘Avg

wapso hig soppy ays 07 paysiuanf ‘asodnburg puv punjsy saynyy fo aoursg gv apay, ay) fo yvq pun asvy ays fo sagsvbay

[No. 123.

270

‘qUuOpUayp LaIsopy “assvV

‘LLOOS ‘WM (‘pousig)

REESE SLE A OUTED OND trees FE Eos 00) Srigniipion | 6 pp ReN ee HEL a, 8-6 ue ee Woe) = le

"SsIaMOYS

quenbery YIM Japuny} “Ww ‘a Ye ¢ ‘sia Moys

Suyssed us “Wd GIT ‘otp orp ontq|** ‘a’s| t 912 oll cezlo pF IPB ieee SoG Or

op)

™

ie)

"S19

sMOYs "MW “d LT 9 “StaMoYs “W ‘d YT Q =

‘ured 34SIT “W “VY Ch IT NIP orp ontq|'* “asl Zz 9) 6 Ol 812)/% Pl ziesl-a'Nie ¢!z or u2Zliue 1.82) = 6%

“Apnoyo pue iveyo Ayayeusoyye Keq 2 N/ 0 6] 0 0 OOF Gare eg nr) Gig.) oa | 0. 0°| 0701 -0.0 ‘cenit 7

‘worjotay Aq no uiom Sur@ —— |°7°'°77}0 010 0 00/0 alo o eee cag (Oe ao Ose OF0 7 OPS) Os Ol AUD a

-2q e8en3-apy oy} Jo Aonq ayy jJo2 —— O10) O50 | 00.1200 9p O07 2000 -DaOg-O 2000

3q py qi J q uJ Zine @eee cece 0 0 0 r@) 0 0 0 0 0 0 eoeeeces 0 0 0 0 0 (9) 0 0 0 (@) GZ

eouenbasuoo ur uoreAdesqo ON agian 0 080 (Or on Oe ener CLP were ta me

"S19

“MOUS “Wt “4 2 € “Gnoysnoiyy Apnopo keq|"*** ‘Nig 9/€ ot] ze6lzZ ¢ BS gee 8 1 OW & O4eer Blew. €%

Otel W “d 1 9 yseoi9A0 uoou ‘urer ‘wv ZOl** "MA ‘S| OL GIT OL £68 CV ei Se C1 y oll 228i» Gi is , GG

POP aepey Met Oe cg Uek NY gE Orl "A Ber oC le 6 | eS Qe eee IN op |e Ol Be | ee er a 3 1%

oh OUP dec Aepnn Wy eT Til MA NG © 16 8 be 2 VS 2p 0)" AN] £ P1861 Fe-9' Ze oro 0G

‘Ajoyeusa}ye Apnopo pue .

‘teapo Kep ‘orp ‘w vd ‘og ‘omIp "WV EF TIM ‘S| 0 0b 8! cr 250 O30 OH Ne ie eye | 9 eee an 61

"jS@919A0 WOOU x!

~loiye “Jopuny) woou ‘sremoys ‘w ‘v ye qt|t*** ‘N/T @)¢ 8] 61¢9/}% 9 | ve qt N'i6 €/9 6)87/6 ¢/€e¢0T) | SI

"Aep qye 1eaj9 —-——|"* "mM gi gg 66 | 866 16-97 2101) mM “S| 11 21 @ 6.1 BLE | -6a°S We 2IeG LI

"yseo10a0 Aep ——-——|* “@g] @ ¢ |G @| 9¢ G4) 690 ake (°° Ne PNG 01] Ghz. 19 4c hens 2 91

‘Aep ye teapo weevils gi oF 9 Ol &%/1 9/628 \"M'NI 8 Gliroti9 zie ¢lF 8 oe

2 5 2. = oe E 2. 5

i bees @ og @ OpLL cs @ ce ®

go = + jo + ee

"om “19T]}VO AK “POLAK fooueyy) Se | PE ona es Bie eet eg

“TOVEM YSIH | “072. MOT "TOV AQ UST | “19je AA MOTT

‘W ‘ad opry, Sutueaq Sg pees oe apy, Sumo |

Se ee ge a NO,

(‘panuiquod )—‘OFg1 ‘daquiavag§7 —‘wpuy fo quawuusaaoy ay) fo

Lapslo ha Lopipy ays 07 paysiuinf ‘adodnburg pup punjsy san yy fo aU JD apy, ay) fo yO puv asry ays fo sajsibay

271

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

(Friday Evening, 4th March, 1842.)

The Hon’ble the President in the Chair.

The following Books were presented :—

Books received for the Meeting, on the 4th March, 1842.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, new series, vol. 3d, No. 27, March, 1842, .. P

The Oriental Christian Spectator, 2d series, vol. 2d, No. 12th, Dec. 184], and

vol. 3rd, No. Ist, January 1842, eeee *s Sines eo ue Bee

Yarrell’s History of British Birds, part 27, London, Gone: 184],. see

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. 7th, No. 47, se vol. 8th,

No. 49, September and October, 1841, London, ‘ Saft soca

London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosopical Meeraine. and Journal of

Science, 3rd series, vol. 19th, Nos. 123-124, September, and October, 1841,

Eondon, .... Bote sieves a eee eitace Bee hig) 54

Memoir of the Royal Astronomical wean of London, 1840, vol. 11th, eleteon st

Journal des Savants, Juin 4 Juillet, 1841, Paris, want aetels wicca ee

Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, vol. 3rd, part 2nd, No. 76,

184], oats aeiae aine Wetec see tees sete SOC i 33

Sykes’s Notes on the Religious, Moral, and Political State of India, London,

184], avicis eakts ane aes aierete sieves Rialae ep iemien |

Sykes’s Fishes of the Dukhun, sees seals alee eoee oan neal

The Calcutta Literary Gleaner, vol. Ist, No.1. .... oe “seis sao

McCosh’s Medical Advice to the Indian Stranger, London, 1841, .... Re me |

_ Three Volumes of Dewan and Masnevi, by Hakeem Rookeen- Uddeen of Kashaud,

in good preservation, perfect, MSS. complete and well written, were offered for

sale. Referred to the Committee of Papers.

The following letter from Mr. Csoma De Koros was read. The account referred

to, accompanied it :—

To H. Torrens, Esa.

Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal, &c.

S1r,—Since I am about to leave Calcutta, for a certain period, to make a tour in

Central Asia, if possible, I beg you will receive and keep this memorandum, after you

have communicated it with the Asiatic Society.

I respectfully acknowledge, that I have received many benefits from the Asiatic

Society, although I have declined always to accept the allowance of fifty rupees, which

they generously granted me in 1829, 1831, and 1841; since the Government’s allow-

ance to me, during several years, was sufficient for my support.

I intend to return again to Calcutta, and to acquaint the Society with the results of

my travels, But, in case of my death on my intended journey; since I sincerely

wish the prosperity, and pray for the long continuance of this noble establishment, 1

: beg to leave my Government Securities, as also the Books and other things now taken

with me, at the disposal of the Asiatic Society, delivering herewith to you my last

272 Asiatic Society. [No. 123.

account of the 3lst of January 1842, with the Government Agent, who is my attorney ;

and with whom the Promissory Notes are kept, and who will favour me, once a year,

with the interest on those papers.

Since I purposely decline every correspondence with those in Europe, I beg you

will kindly excuse me, if any letter or packet should be sent to me, do with it as you

think best.

I remain with much respect,

Sir,

Your most obedient Servant,

Calcutta, 9th February, 1842. A. Csoma Deg Koros.

The Secretary was requested to reply to Mr. Csoma, expressing the Society’s

willingness to accept the Trusteeship of his funds for his benefit, its earnest desire to

forward his views in India in every possible way, and torender him any assistance ;

as well as its willingness to receive any further directions as to his funds; and its

best wishes for his welfare and safe return from his enterprising expedition into

Bootan and Tartary. It was also determined, that a copy of Mr. Csoma’s letter

should be transmitted to the Government Agent.

The following letter from Professor Wiison was also read :—

East India House, 30th October, 1841.

My pear Sir,-—In a short letter I sent you by Mr. Coles, I informed you, that the

copies of the Travels of Messrs. Moorcroft and Trebeck, which had been distributed

here, were distributed in the name of the Society, and that any Societies not included in

the list to which the Asiatic Society might wish to extend the presentation copies, might

probably be supplied with them from those I had retained. They cannot be many. The

book is not of much interest to Oriental scholars, and there are not many individuals or

Societies in communication with the Asiatic Society engaged in other than Oriental

literary inquiries. The chief purpose of my addressing you at present, however, is to

ascertain the possibility of procuring subscriptions through the Society for a work I

have just published. Ariana Antiqua, an account of the Coins and Antiquities of

Afghanistan ; it is a description in fact of Mr. Masson’s Collections, and of some others

at the India House. It isa goodly quarto volume of some 400 pages, and is intended

to be a resumé of all that has been written on the Bactrian Topes and Coins. The

text is illustrated by engravings of sundry Antiquities, of all the Topes opened by Mr.

Masson, and of many hundred Coins from those of Euthydemus to those of the first

Mahommedan invaders of India. The expence of the book has been liberally defrayed

by the Court of Directors, who take part of the edition, out of which they will

send a few copies to Bengal, from whence the Society will no doubt be supplied. The

remaining portion, 300 copies, the Court has presented to Mr. Masson’s mother, and it

is for her benefit that the subscription is proposed. The price in England is 2 Guineas—

allowing for expences, &c. the Indian subscription rate should be I imagine 25 Rupees.

If you can procure any name from amongst those interested in Mr. Masson and his

pursuits, and will send them to me with information how the subscription is to be rea-

lised, (or perhaps it would be advisable to deposit the amount with some agency house, )

I will take care that all such copies as may be procurable shall be forwarded. Mr.

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 273

Lewis (Masson) has some of the copies subscribed for here, and expects.some from

Bombay, so that there will not be many left for Bengal.

Yours very truly,

H. H. Witsown.

ARIANA ANTIQUA,

Just published by Professor Witson.

An account of the Coins and Antiquities of Affghanistan, being a description of Mr.

Masson’s Collections, and others at the India House, in one vol. quarto, pages about

400. The text illustrated by engravings of sundry Antiquities from all the Topes

opened by Mr. Masson, and of many hundred Coins, from those of Euthydemus to the

first Mahommedan invaders of India.

A. few copies can be yet subscribed for in India, and the Secretary of the Asiatic

Society will be glad to register names, with references for payment in India or Eng-

land. Indian Subscription rate about 25 Rupees.

It was determined, that the work should be advertised in the Journal, and the

Society should there state its readiness to become Agents for those who might

desire to subscribe for it.

A second letter from Professor Wi1tson of ist November 1841, referring to the

incomplete numbers of volumes of the Mahabarat was read, and referred to the

Librarian and Accountant to report upon.

The Annual Statement of the accounts of the Society’s Booksellers, Messrs.

W. H. Atwen and Co. was also read, and with its enclosures referred to the

Librarian and Accountant.

Read a note from J. W. Rozerts, Esq. forwarding a highly interesting account

of the eruption of the Volcano of Kilauca, (Sandwich Islands, ) published in the

Boston Baptist Missionary Magazine for August 1841.

Read a letter from Lieut. Tickrtt, Kolehan, to the Curator, advising the

dispatch of the skins of a Gaur and a Saumer, prepared for the purpose of setting up

in the Museum. A paper of measurement of the Gaur accompanied this letter,

which will appear in the Journal.

The recovery of Capt. Herzert’s valuable Catalogue of the Himalayan Geologi-

cal Specimens, collected during his survey, was announced to the Society. These

valuable MSS. which had been the objects of most anxious search on the part

of the Secretary and the Acting Curator, Mr. Prppinton, and of which almost all

hope had been abandoned, were fortunately traced, through the assistance of

Mr. Wixxin, late Mining Assistant in Kemaon, to that district, where they were

found to be in the hands of J. H. Batten, Esq. C.S. Assistant Commissioner,

Kemaon, from whom a letter was read, stating, that they would be shortly sent down

upon his return from a tour of duty in the district.

Read a letter of the 24th February last, from Major Tuos. Witkrnson, Resident

of Nagpore, announcing the dispatch from Nagpore of a facsimile of an Inscription,

odie 2 lil

274 Asiatic Society. [No. 123.

from a large stone found at the village of Aurung in Chutteesgurh, about 200 miles

east of Nagpoor, to which place, however, the stone had been brought by him.

The Inscription has since been read; it is without date, but Boodhist, and of

about a. p. 850. The following is an abstract of it :—

Abstract.

‘«'There was a Raja named Surya Ghose, who on the sudden death of his infant son,

being overwhelmed with grief, and conscious of the instability of the wordly pursuits,

caused a magnificent building to be erected for the refuge of Moonees, ( Ascetics). After

a long series of years, he had another son, who was afterwards publicly known by the

celebrated name of Udayana.

‘*‘ Udayana had four sons, among whom Bhabadeva was the youngest. His son was

Ranakesharé, who was the last Raja of that line. He repaired the palace of the

Moonees, which had once been erected by his great-grandfather, and injured by time.

Further, he caused many gardens, tanks, wells, and many charity houses to be made

throughout.”

Read a letter of Mr. Srerano Morricanp, Administrateur du Museé Académi-

que a Geneve, addressed to the late Mr. Benson, C. S. proposing to exchange

specimens of Shells with him. This letter was transmitted to the Society by Dr.

Wise, B. M.S.; but it was thought right that it should be referred in the first

instance to Mr. BeNnson’s executors.

La Commission de la Bibliothym de la Ville de Berne, acknowledged the receipt

of the 18th volume of the Society’s Transactions through their President, M. Cuas.

TEERLEDER.

Read a letter from G. A. Bususy, Esq. Secretary to Government, General De-

partment, transmitting copy of a letter from the Military Board, with copy of one

from Capt. TremreNnneEERE, and a box containing specimens of Magnetic Iron

Ore, Sulphuret of Antimony, and of Mergui Coal.

Read a letter from Lieut. H. K. Savers, S. P. H. M. 31st Regt. offering for the

Journal of the Society, Recollections of a Visit to Madura, the capital of the Bullom

Country, Western Africa.

For the Contributions and Presentations, thanks were accorded.

on = ee ee —

i A

;

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Notice of the Mammals of Tibet, with Descriptions and Plates of some

new Species. By B. H. Honveson, Esa., Bengal Civil Service.

Very little is known accurately of the Zoology of Tibet. Having

lately received some valuable materials for its illustration from Digur-

chee and Lassa, I purpose, with the aid of these specimens, and of infor-

mation procured orally and from books, to give a cursory notice of the

subject.

CARNIVORA.

FELIp2.

1. Genus Felis, F. Uncia. Exactly answers Buffon’s description, and

is evidently the representative in high latitudes of the tropical Leopards.

Equal in size to a Leopard of the largest dimensions, and distinguished

not only by its long full pelage and very thick tail, thicker even than in

Macrocelis, but also by its massive structure and for the comparative

absence of compression in the talons, wherein there is a vague approach

to Cynailurus. Length from snout to vent about four feet, and the tail

about 24 to 24 feet. Never met with on this side the snows, and is said to

be a cowardly unenterprising animal compared with the next species.*

2. Felis Macrocelis. Found on both sides of the snow in lofty Cisal-

pine sites as well as in Tibet; osculant in habitat, and in structure be-

* There is a fine stuffed specimen of Felis uncia in the British Museum, procured, I

believe, in the North of Persia, from which locality, Col. Hamilton Smith also saw a

skin of this species, which he has represented in Griffith’s Animal Kingdom, II, 469.

I am not certain that the F. irbis, or long-haired Altaic Panther, of Humboldt and

Ehrenberg is distinct from the Ounce, but have no description of the Zrbis to refer

to,—Cur. As. Soc. 3

No. 124. New Series, No. 40. | 20

276 Notice of the Mammals of Tibet. [No. 124.

tween the typical pards of the south and of the north; agrees with the

last in its massive form, long full fur and thick tail, which last, however,

is proportionally longer and hardly so thick. Macrocelis is further dis-

tinguished remarkably by the unusual length, slenderness, and insulation

of the canines. In these hills, Europeans frequently confound it with the

Leopards, thereby increasing the difficulty of deciding how many true

pards there be, though its dull hue, and the more chain-like linear form

of its marks ought at once to prevent such mistakes. In size too it is

considerably less than the true Leopard ; but its body has a length from

snout to vent of about 33 feet, and the tail is nearly 3 feet more. I have

several skins procured in the Kachar of Nepal, in Sikim, and from

Digurchee in Tibet. ‘The animal is most fierce and destructive among

the flocks.*

3. Felis Lynchus, Lynchus Europeeus vel Vulgaris. Answers exactly

to the common type. Is never seen in India any where on this side of

the Hemiachal, but is common in Tibet. Possess two skins from Lassa,

one of which exhibits dimensions in excess of those usually ascribed to

the species by authors. Snout to rump 38 inches, tail 94 inches.

4. Felis Nepalensis, necnon Bengalensis. Possess one skin brought

from beyond the snow, where however the species is rarer much than

in the Cisalpine forests.

5. Felis Domesticus. The house Cat is common in Tibet. My collec-

tion exhibits from Lassa three skins, two black, and the third fawn and

white one, with 9 to 10 caudal rings.on the paler ground.

6. Felis Nigripectus, Mihi, new.{ Size and general proportions of

Catus, structure typical. Fur very rich and soft, consisting mostly

of the inner woolly piles, the longer and hairy ones being scanter ;

average length of the latter 1} inch, with some few hairs as much

as 24; average length of the former or inner fleece, 14 inch. General

hue rufescent pale cat-grey, like Chaus, but paler and fading into rufes-

cent hoary without any black tipt piles below and on the limbs: pads

* That this fine species, originally discovered in Sumatra, should also inhabit Tibet,

is a remarkable circumstance.—Cur. As. Soc.

+ There are four distinct species of European Lynxes; and the dimensions above

given would seem to refer this one to F. cervaria: but 1 will prepare a monograph

of the group.—Zbid.

+ Clearly the #. manul of Pallas, a description of which may be found in Shaw’s

Zoology, I, 362, and which Mr. Hodgson has thus the merit of further establishing,

inasmuch as it has been regarded as a doubtful species.—-Zbid.

1842. ] Notice of the Mammals of Tibet. 277

posteally deep rusty: whole chest and front of neck and part of belly

confluently sooty black, terminating forward near the ears hornwise

or crescentwise : on the crown of the head several series of black dots

disposed more or less linearly and lengthwise. On the cheeks from

eyes to articulation of jaws two sub-parallel zigzag lines of jet black,

five to seven straighter lines and less deep in hue laid transversly across

the lower back, and blending gradually with the caudal rings, which

are, including the small black tip of the tail, about nie in number.

These rings of the tail are narrow, with large intervals diminishing

towards its tip, as the interstices of the dorsal bars do towards the tail’s

base. The caudal rings are perfect all round, save the two basal ones

that are deficient below, whilst the two apical ones, on the contrary, are

rather wider below and nearly or quite connected there ; rings and tip of

the tail black outside the arms and thighs two or three transverse

black bars more or less freckled with the grey hairs of the body. Ears

outside grey like the back, but paler: Ears small and much rounded :

tail medial, thick and cylindric: mystaceal and other bristles, some

black, mostly rufescent hoary: outer fur or longer piles quadrannulate

from the base with hoary, blackish, pale rufous and black ; but on the

lower surface of the animal these piles are biannulate only with dusky

at base, and the rest rufescent hoary, except on the large pectoral dark

mark, throughout which the shorter piles are wholly dark, and the

longer the same, save at their mere bases : Inner fur, above or generally,

slaty black towards the roots; pale rusty towards the tips. Sexes

alike, female less in size: Length from snout to vent 22 to 24 inches,

mean height 11 to 12, length of tail 10 to 11.

Remark.—Possess three specimens, the youngest shewing the marks

most clearly, which in the others are grizzled with hoary ; in one speci-

men the tail appears thin, and shews the rings very glaringly, owing to

the outer or longer piles being wanting. Found in the wild state ge-

nerally throughout ‘Tibet, where all cat skins, tame and wild, are much

prized for lining dresses, and the animals for food by the Chinese locat-

ed there.*

* There is a Felis inconspicua, Gray, suspected to be from Nipal, and described in

Mag. Nat. Hist., N. S., 1,577. ‘* Grizzle-grey, black and white, slightly varied

with brownish streaks and waves; beneath white. Back of ears, large spots and

cross-bands on the throat, belly, and outside of the legs, black. ‘Two obscure streaks

on the cheeks, yellowish, tail elongates cylindrical, grizzled, solos grizzled,”

278 Notice of the Mammals of Tibet. [No. 124.

CANID2E.

7. Genus Canis. Tame dogs abound, and are much prized by the

men for guarding the flocks and herds and houses, and by the women for

petting. For the former purpose the Tibetan mastiff is used, of which

there are several varieties, black, black and tan, or red with more or

less of white. Some have the fifth toe behind. The breed at Lassa

and Digurchee are the largest and best. They are good tempered, but

dull and heavy, except on their night watch, and are utterly useless for

sporting. Nor are any other breeds cultivated for sporting. The la-

dies dogs are Poodles and Terriers, many of which are pretty, and have

long soft hair. The latter flourish in Nepal; the former cannot en-

dure our heat. The Chinese at Lassa and Digurchee fatten the Poodles

for the table. = Shug aL.

8. Genus Ciidén, C. Primevus. The wild dogs of the Cis-Hima-

layan regions are found also in Tibet, but rarely. I have four skins from

Lassa, but they are all of very young animals. The breed of Tibet

is large, and of a pale wolf-like colour.

9. Genus Vulpes, V. Montanus. Yet commoner in Tibet than on

this side of the snows. I have 8 or 9 skins from Lassa, which offer no

subject for remark.

10. Vulpes Ferrilatus, Mihi, new iron-grey sided Fox. Structure

typical: size less than that of Montanus, but much larger than the

ordinary Indian type. Possessed of the white tail-tip of the former, but

not of its long and silky pelage. Fur very close, thick, porrect al-

most, harsher and shorter than in Montanus, very similar to that of

Indicus vel Bengalensis. Inner fleece the more abundant, woolly

and wavy as usual, and about one inch long; outer piles straight,

elastic, and from 14 to 1} inch in length: Brush full, of average length,

with a pelage reaching to 23 inches long. Colour, above and on the limbs

bright rusty, laterally, and the tail iron-grey ; below and tip of the

tail, albescent-rufous: the lateral and inferior hues divided on the

flanks by a rufous line and on the neck by a blackish one: Ears outside

concolorous with the upper surface of the animal or rusty: a vague

transverse black bar across the upper surface of the tail near its base :

mystaceal and other bristles long, strong, and black. Sexes alike: fe-

males smaller. Snout to rump 26 inches; Tail with the hair, 12 to 13

inches. Inner fur unringed, and of the leading proximate external hue ;

;

1842.] Notice of the Mammals of Tibet. 279

outer fur quadrannulate alternately with hoary and black ; but on the

ruddy black of the animal biannulate only, with blackish at the base and

rusty at the tip.

Remark.—Possess four skins brought from Lassa; animal common in

Eastern and Central Tibet, where also Montanus is yet more frequent.

Fur prized by the furriers.

MUSTELID/E.

VIVERRINZA.

11. Subgenus Viverra. V. Melanurus.

12. V. Civettoides. Possess skins of both these species, brought fiom

the Himalayan districts, but on this side the central crests or spme of

the snowy region.

13. Genus Paradoxurus, P. Nipalensis. I have one skin obtained at

Kootee, but this and the last two belong properly to the Zoology of Ni-

pal and India, not of Tibet.

14. P. Laniger. One skin from Tingree. Its purely woolly curled

and thick fur indicates its northern locale on the verge of the habitat of

the genus.

Suseenus Musreta.

15. M. Canigula, Mihi, new. MHoary-necked red Weasel; structure

typical so far as appears. Fur or pelage thick, short, moderately appli-

ed, softly elastic, with an inner or woolly addition, and a somewhat

longer and laxer display on the tail, which is rather more than half the

length of the animal, slightly tapered and ends in the usual pointed

prolongation of the terminal hair; colour, throughout cinnamon red,

without black tip to the tail, but the chaffron and entire head and

neck below hoary. Mystaceal bristles ee rigid, and of brown red

hue; average length of the longer piles # 4 inch on the body, and on the

tail one inch : average length of the bein woolly piles $ inch: colour

of the latter somewhat embrowned and dusky towards the base ; but

towards the tips, with the entire length of the longer piles, pure cin-

namon-red, like the general external hue of the animal. Snout to rump

153 inches : head 23, tail only 74; tail and hair 94.

Remark.—Common in Tibet : rarer in the Himalayan region ;* pos-

* M. Canigula is a new addition to the Mammalogy of Nepal; and Sorex Nemo-

ricola is another, since my Catalogue was printed.

280 Notice of the Mammais of Tibet. [No. 124.

sess three specimens, the largest, above described, from Lassa. ‘The young

have the hoary colour much less developed, and the red hue duller. My

specimens want the hind molars, so that I cannot positively assert whe-

ther the species belong to the subgenus Mustela, or to that of Martes,

but I feel pretty sure to the former.*

16. M. Erminea. Common in Tibet, where the skins enter largely into

the peltry trade with China. Possess one specimen in the winter robe

of the species, which is found also in the Himalaya, I hear.

17. M. Auriventer, vel Kathia. Found on the Tibetan as well as Indian

slopes from the spine of the snowy region. Possess a skin from Tingree.

18. M. Sub-Hemachalanus. Since this species was first described,

(Journal, July, 1837,) I have obtained several specimens from Tibet, as

well as from the Himalayan districts, cis et trans nivem. 'The largest

specimen is 153 inches from snout to rump, head 23, tail only 6.

Tail and hair 73. Planta 13. The smallest is 10} inches long, and the

tail 4 more, or 5 with the hair. The former is of a bright bay or

brown red with labial edge ; whole chin and spot on middle of front neck,

hoary. Bridge of nose and last third of tail, brown black. The

latter is of a deeper and duller hue or smoky brown, with the lower

jaw and lips albescent; and the nose and end of tail blackish as

before.t

Remark.—All the above Musteline animals are much prized in Tibet

for their skins, which the Chinese located there cure, and in Nepal,

for their ability in killing vermin, though Auriventer be the species

most commonly so used. None are ever found in Nipal, south of the

Kachar, or northern region. The belly is never white in any of the

species, but deep aureous in Auriventer and invariably so; concolorous

with the back in the rest. The pale hue under the head and neck

extends with age. The fur is rather longer in Canigula, and the tail

proportionally longer.

* In typical Martes there is an additional false molar on each side of both jaws to

what is ever found on Mustela, though the dental formula of the latter exists in a

large Neilgheiry Marten, which Mr. Walter Elliot shewed to me at Madras, and of

which the Zoological Society possess a specimen marked 308 a, in Mr. Waterhouse’s

printed Catalogue of the Society’s Museum.—Cur. As. Soc.

+ The Darjeeling Mustela described in my Report for January (ante, p. 98,)

would seem to be referrible to this species, and I now think that the white mottling of

the shoulders was merely the commencement of a general charge to white, as in the

Ermine.—Jbid.

1842.] Nolice of the Mammals of Tibet. 281

19. Mustela Calotis. The only specimen I have, is from the mterior

of Tibet. It has been recently described elsewhere.“

Sunerenus MartTEs.

20 Martes Flavigula. One specimen lately came to me from the Tibetan

slopes of the Hemachal, but the species is probably confined to the

juxta Himalayan districts ; for its natural habitat is the central region

of Nepal, where it represents the true Mustele of the northern.

21. Martes (?) Toufceus, new, Mihi. Toufee of the peltry trade of the

Chinese and Tibetans, who prize the skin very highly, next indeed to the

sable. Have several fine skins from Lassa and Siling, but as they

want the teeth and talons and tail, I can but conjecture from informa-

tion and the specimens as they are, that the animal is a Marten. Thus

judging, I should say, the Toufee has much of the size and proportions

of the last or Flavigula; but its pelage is much richer and softer. In

softness it equals the Vulpes Montanus, and is much fuller of fur or

thicker ; the longer piles being very glossy. Probable length from snout

to vent 20 to 22 inches, mean height 7. Length of head about 43; of

auricle or free helix 1}. Average length of the outer or hairy piles

1# inch, of the inner and woolly 14 inch. General colour smoky

brown, darker along the spine and on the limbs, but without marks,

and paled to sordid yellowish hoary on the neck and head : head palest

except the mystaceal region and chin, which are embrowned : moustache

moderate and dark brown. There are no rings on the outer or inner

piles, which have both the general smoky brown hue of the exterior,

only paler at the roots.

* The M. Sebirica of Pallas, described in Shaw’s ‘ Zoology,’ I, 431, is another spe-

cies which may perhaps turn up in Tibet.—I may also here notice a species which

I believe to be now first distinguished from M. putorius viz. the Russian Pole-cat of

the English furriers, which is quite a distinct species from that of Germany and Bri-

tain. I had an opportunity of comparing many very large bundles of skins of both

animals at one of the Hudson’s Bay Company’s half-yearly exhibitions, those of

genuine putorius, having been imported from Germany, and being quite undistin-

guishable from the animal of Britain. The Russian species is considerably smaller,

not exceeding the Stoat or Ermine in size, with tail (vertebra) measuring 43 inches or

with its hair 63 inches. Pelage nearly similar to that of the British Pitch or ‘ Pole-cat,’

but apparently becoming nearly white in winter: and all the multitude of skins I saw

had the pale ground-tent much whiter, and more predominating, than in the very

numerous examples of M. putorius examined on the same occasion. This Russian

species may be styled M. putorinus,’’—Cur. As. Soc.

282 Notice of the Mammals of Tibet. [No. 124.

22. Genus Lutra, L. Aurobrunnea. This and another small species

of Otter are found in Tibet, but rarely, and the vast demand caused by

the Tibetan and Chinese fancy for furs is supplied from Sylhet and

Dacca chiefly, and in a less degree by these mountains, in the article

of Otter skins.

URSIN/ZE.

Genus Ursus.

23. Ursus Isabellinus. Fragments of a skin from the further and

Tibetan slopes of the Hemachal, none from the plain of Tibet, where

there are said to be no Bears. The species never wanders south of the

Kachar on this side the snows, and is represented in the central region

of Nipal by Tibetanus, (a species unknown not only to Tibet, but to the

Kachar of Nipal,) and in the southern by Labiatus.

ANAPTOTHERES.

24, Genus Sus, S. Scophra, tame. Pigs of the common Indian and

also of one or two Chinese breeds are commonly kept and eaten in

Tibet, except by the religionists. No wild ones exist there.*

Ruminantes Bovine.

Genus Bos.

25. Subgenus Bison, B. Poephagus. Found in the wild as well as

tame state in Tibet, where the tame ones abound, and are put to all uses.

In Nepal they will not live south of the Kachar.t

26. Sub-genus Bos.—Bovines other than the Yak or last named,

are rare in the tame state, and unknown in the wild. ‘There are,

however, three tame breeds of Cows, chiefly kept by the rich for

their milk, whilst the poor Yak is the beast of burden, of agricultural

labour, and of the beef market.

CAPRIDE.

Genus PANTHOLOPS.

27. Pantholops Hodgsonu. Common all over the open plains of Cen-

tral and Eastern Tibet : never passes nor nears the Hemiachal.

* In the country of the Usbegs, Wild Hogs would appear to be very numerous. ‘‘ De-

scending the eastern side of the Junas Durah,”’ writes Lieut. Wood, ‘‘ our march was

rendered less fatiguing by following hog-tracks in the snow; so numerous are these

animals, that they had trodden down the snow as if a large flock of sheep had been

driven over it.’’ Journey to the Source of Oxus.— Cur. As. Soc.

t Wild Yaks exist on the mountains towards Yarkund ; but their colour and size, as

well as general habits, remain to be described. —JZbid.

1842. | Notice of the Mammals of Tibet. 283

Genus Capra, Wild.

28. Capra Ibex.* Found on the Tibetan slopes of the Himalaya,

and in the other high mountains of Tibet, north of Lassa and Digurchee,

as well as towards the frontier of China. Have no specimen thence.

29. Genus Capra, tame. The shawl goats, of which there are three

races, diminishing in size from the common or standard one, abound all

over Tibet, almost to the exclusion of other species. The finest breed

is that of Naree or Eastern Tibet, near the snowy region : but the wool

is good all along the Hemiachal on both slopes, and some years ago the

minister of Nepal established at Katmandoo a colony of Cashmirees to

make shawls. Why not we in Kumaoon, or West of it?

Genus Ovis, Wild.

30, 31, 32. Three species, Ammon, Ammonoides and Nahoor. All

are said to be found in the mountains of the interior of Tibet, as well as

on the Tibetan slopes of the Hemachal, where, however, the Nahoor spe-

cies is the most common ; but I have lately received a fine pair of horns,

with the frontlet attached, of Ammonoides vel Ammon, (si sic decretum

Juerit,) from the same region ; viz. the Mustang district. Ammon the

monster, with the monstrous horns, is, I believe, distinct and most

common in, if not limited to, the Tartar regions confining with Tibet

on its North. Mr. Blyth’s Ovis Burrhel is no other than my Nahoor,

Mr. B.’s specimen of which was dyed brown by a preservative lotion

that was applied by the killer and curer of it, Lieut. Smith, 15th N.I.! !+

* C. Sakeen, Nobis. Distinct from the Alpine Ibex, and still more so from that

of Siberia.—Zbid.

t There is a Rowland for Mr. Blyth’s Oliver, given however in all courtesie. The

local Naturalist must be pardoned a smile when the Master of a Library and Museum,

confounding the essentials with the accessories of species, edits a new being as unskil-

fully as his unprovided ally of the field department.

Note by Mr. Blyth.—Mr. Hodgson will, I trust; consent to suppress his smile, and

thus further extend his courtesie to me, when I inform him, that I was originally in-

duced to distinguish Ovis Burrhel from O. Nahoor, in consequence of the devided

difference in the sectional form and general aspect of the horns of these two species.

I happened to be employing an artist to draw the specimen of O. Burrhel in the

Zoological Society’s Museum, when chancing to take up a frontlet of O. Nahoor that

was lying beside me, and holding it to the stuffed Burrhel’s head, ! saw at a glance

that they were distinct species, and I subsequently (as mentioned in my paper on

the species of wild Sheep) met with another specimen of a Burrhel’s horn, wherein the

Specific character was equally well marked.

The ears of O. Burrhel are also conspicuously shorter than in O. Nahoor; and the

tail appears to be reduced to a mere rudiment: it has been thought, indeed, that the

284 Notice of the Mammals of Thibet. [No. 124.

33. Genus Ovis, tame. Vast flocks of the graceful and valuable

Hoonia are reared all over Tibet, for food, clothing and carriage, and

exclusively almost of any other breed. They flourish also in the Kachar

of Nepal, though not south of it, and even in the Kachar their wool

degenerates. To procure the Hoonia from north-eastern Tibet, ought

to be an object of zealous endeavour on the part of the Agricultural

Society, which should likewise obtain the Kachar breed of the same ani-

mal, the former for export to Europe, (for it would not live in India,)

the latter for attempts at crossing with the common long-tailed breed of

Gangetic India. The Goats and Sheep of the Hemachal and Tibet have

the finest fleeces in the world: the Goats and Sheep of the plains of

India, almost the worst.* Should the rulers of the latter region not essay

to make their apathetic subjects profit by the circumstance ?

CERVID/E.

Genus CERvuws.

34. Sub-genus Pseudo Cervus, C. Wallichii. This species is alleged

to tenant the plains of Tibet in hilly and woody situations, as well as the

Tibetan slopes from the spine of the Hemachal. But I have no further

tail of the Zoological Society’s specimen had been lost, but on minute examination I

arrived at the conclusion, that the whole skin of this part was present, though longitu-

dinally divided, and what confirmed me in this belief was, the circumstance of the pale

space that should be covered by the tail being exactly of corresponding dimensions

to the size of what I judge to be the whole of this appendage; of course, I allude

to the appearance as if etoliated, which contrasts in this respect with the colour of

the surrounding parts.

Of the veritable Nahoor, I have seen some considerable number of horns, (there

are four frontlets of males in the Asiatic Society’s Museum,) but never any that I

could mistake for those of the Burrhel.—Comparative figures of them are given, along

with those of other species described by me, in the Annals and Magazine of Natural

History, for September, 1841; where, however, the names are unfortunately transpos-

ed, the appellation Nahoor bowie affixed to the Burrhel, and vice versa.

With respect to O. Ammonoides, Hodgson, should it really prove different from O.

Ammon, it will be remembered that I had dedicated this animal to Mr. Hodgson him-

self, terming it Hodysonii, some time before the publication of the name Ammonordes ;

so, likewise, Capt. Hutton’s designation Cycloceros, applied to the wild Sheep of the

Hindu Koosh ranges, and which, by the way, is equally applicable to the Corsican O.

Musimon, must yield to my prior name of Vigne.

Mr. Hodgson, in his trans-nivean researches, should strive to procure some infor-

mation respecting my superlatively. magnificent Ovis Polit, to which even the

‘‘monster Ammon’? yields precedence for grandeur, asit assuredly does for elegance and

beauty. The only locality at present known for this fine species is the Steppes of

Pamir.— E. B.

* The Agricultural Society or any other body may command my willing services

in aid of any exertions to improve the fleeces of our Indian or English Sheep.

2 eer

= ~.

1842.] Notice of the Mammals of Thibet. 285

specimen thence. That from which the original description of Hard-

wicke was taken, was obtained alive from Muktinath in the Himalayan

region of Tibet, and considerably beyond the boundary of Nepal. Than

such a habitat nothing can be more diametrically opposite to the Saul

forest of the Morung, whence our Cervus Affinis was procured; and I

therefore still believe in the distinctness of the two species, the more

particularly as I conceive that the small disparity of age between the

specimens compared is inadequate, even with the aid of other admitted

differential accessories, to account for the vast and palpable differences

exhibited by the horns. Mr. Blyth allows but about a year’s difference

of age between the specimens ; yet the horns of Affinis are much more

than double the size of those of Wallichi (as 9 to 4) whilst what he in-

sists is the median, and I the subterminal, snag of the horns of Wal-

lichii, has an interval from the basal snag as large nearly as in Affinis.

Wherefore I say the snag in question of the horns of Wallichii is not a

median; and that the species wants that significant mark of the true

Elaphoid form.* Lastly, Wallich’s stag is known to the Nepalese by the

name Gyana Mriga ; Affinis, by that of Mool Bara Singha, that is, chief or

royal stag; and I deem it generally prudent to rely on distinctions

attested by this sort of evidence.

MOSCHIDA.

Genus Moscuvs.

35, 36, 37. M. Chrysogaster, M. Leucogaster, M. Saturatus. All these

species abound in the lofty mountains of the interior of Tibet, especially

towards the Chinese frontier, where the first and loveliest, or Chrysoga-

ster, is almost exclusively found. On the Tibetan slopes of the Hema-

chal, Saturatus chiefly resides, and it is difficult to distinguish this species

from the Moschatus of Linné, belonging to the interior, otherwise than

by the coarser structure of the musk pod, and inferior quality and quanti-

ty of its contents (on an average) in Saturatus. I have specimens of

all three species from Lassa and Digurchee, whilst my garden is seldom

deprived of the ornament of several live samples of the Saturatus of the

Kachar. The trade with Europe in Musk is declining greatly of late,

probably because its repute as a medicine is becoming fast exploded.

* Mr. Hodgson should bear in mind, that the horns which he refers to are, most ob-

viously, those of a young animal which had not assumed their typical conformation,—

Cur. As. Soc.

286 Notice of the Mammals of Thibet. [No. 124.

Much is still sent to China, and chiefly from the Dokpa district, six

stages east of Lassa. It is, par excellence, the Kaghaze, that is, thin-as-

paper pod, and is principally obtained from M. Chrysogaster.

Genus Eauus.

38. Equus Caballus, tame. From China to Bokhara through Tibet,

there are found few or no horses, but a great variety of ponies, all re-

markable for their excellence for mountainous travelling. Towards

and in China, the breed appears to be the smallest and highest spirited,

shewing as much blood as the finest Java pony. Towards and in the

Himalayan districts, there is more size and bone, but less fire. The

breeds of Eastern Tibet, such as the Poomi and Gyanché, best unite the

two properties of the others, or strength and spirit; whilst towards

Western Tibet, there is a gradual increase of size till you reach the

Choughosa “Cob” of Samarcund and Bokhara. In most of the Cis-

Himalayan districts, likewise from Kumaon to Deo Dharma, “ Hill

ponies,” as we call them, are bred, but none of them equal, I think, to

the Trans-Himalayan races, among which I prefer that of Lassa, a

smallish breed, but stronger and larger than the gallant little « Chinia,”

and not materially or inconyeniently less resolute or animated. ‘The

proposed Gorkha corps of mounted riflemen should, if possible, be fur-

nished with some good breed of these ponies.

39. Equus, wild; E. Kiang, Moorcroft ; E. Hemione, Auct.? Found

generally throughout Tibet. I have no specimen.*

* Mr. Moorcroft remarks of this animal (‘ Travels’, Residence at Ladakh, I. 311),

that ‘it is certainly not the Gurkhor, or wild Ass of Sindh,”’ which is the Hemione;

see also p. 443 of the same volume for some description of this Kiang, which Dr.

Gerard met with ‘‘ in great herds’’ on the Himalaya, at an altitude of 17,700 feet ; indeed

it appears to be essentially a mountain animal, which ‘bounds up the rocks”’ with

speed and facility ; whereas ‘the Hemione is rather an inhabitant of the sandy level.

Col. Hamilton Smith, in his admirable treatise on the Equide, (Nat. Libr., Mam.,

XII,) conceives the Kiang to be one of several existing wild species of true Horse,

and suggests that the ‘‘wild Asses’? of Bell, with hair ‘‘ waved white and brown,”

some skins of which were seen by that traveller near the sources of the Oby, may refer

to no other; but this is mere conjecture, and Col. Smith appears to me to be litile

warranted in his endeavour to derive the pie-bald races of horses from this peculiar

stock.

I may take this opportunity of remarking, too, that I entertain considerable doubts

as to whether the reputed ‘‘wild Ass’’ of Prof. Gemelin be aught but a variety of

the Hemione: the female observed by that naturalist had no cross-stripe over its

shoulders, such as was found in the male, and is, so far as I have observed (and my

attention has been long directed to the subject), invariably constant in the domestic

Ass; whereas in the Mongolian Onager, M. Gmelin was informed that the mark

1842. ] Notice of the Mammals of Thibet. 287

40. Asinus Equioides, Mihi. Species wants verification, spoken of

by Moorcroft and others : called wild Ass by the Tibetans, and said to be

common on the plains of Tibet. Possess no specimen.

RODENTIA.

Moripz.

41. Genus Mus. Rats and mice are said to be common in Tibet, but

I have no specimens, and cannot therefore indicate species.

42. Genus Sorex. One small species, Tibetanus ; no describable speci-

men.

43. Genus Arctomys, A. Hemalayanus. Possess many skins from

the interior of Tibet, where the species is very common, and where also

are found some rarer murine forms that I have no means to illustrate,

such as the one adverted to by Moorcroft (I. 312). The traders of

Nepal of the Newar race, who are often domiciled in Tibet, upon seeing

my specimens of Rhizomys Badius, assure me, that this is the ordinary

house rat of Tibet, and no other than the animal indicated by Moorcroft.

referred to is by no means constant (as his two specimens testified), and sometimes

there is even a double cross-band over the shoulders. Now with respect to the undoubted

Hemione, I may remark that an uncommonly fine male, which is probably still living

in the Surrey Zoological Gardens, has a very distinct incipient cross over its shoulders,

more developed on one side than on the other, though not above an inch or so on the

former; and therefore it is probable enough, that some examples of this species

may have the same mark further developed. Whether the Khur of Sir R. K. Porter

(‘Travels,’ I. 459), be specifically different from the Ghore-khur or Gurkhor, i. e.

the Hemione of modern naturalists, remains also to be ascertained. Of this we are in-

formed, that ‘‘ no line whatever ran along his back, or crossed his shoulders, such

as are seen in the tame species with us ;”’ but ‘‘the mane was short and black, as was

also a tuft which terminated his tail:’’ and it is worthy of notice, that this traveller

completed the sketch which he has furnished of this animal from a second individual.

Certes, a wild Ass, or Hemione, of some kind, exists at the foot of Taurus (Ainsworth’s

‘ Travels in Assyria,’ &c., p. 41) ; the same or another ‘‘is common in the districts of

the Thebaid”’ (Wilkinson’s ‘ Domestic Manners of the Ancient Egyptians,’ III. 21) ;

and a ‘* wild Ass’’ is mentioned in the narrative of Lander’s Expedition (p. 571); but

of the genuine and indisputable wild Equus Asinus, we really possess no definitive in-

formation whatever, that should satisfy us of its present existence, however little

reason there may be to doubt this; the Onager or Koulan, as we have seen, being very

probably no other than an occasional variety of the Hemionus, and the Hamar or

Hymar of Sir R. K. Porter, if really distinct from the last, which is very probable,

being still more different from the common tame Ass, since it has no dorsal marking

whatever, and the cross stripe of the so called Onager even was considerably less

developed than in a domestic Donkey. I look to the establishment of Mr. Hodgson’s

Asinus Equioides with much interest; and indeed all the aboriginally wild Equine

animals of Central Asia, if we except the modernly termed Hemionus alone, are but

very vaguely known at present to Zoologists, and should be minutely described by

whoever has the good fortune to meet with one.—Cur. As. Soc.

288 Notice of the Mammals of Thibet. [No. 124.

Lagomys Nipalensis, again, they allege to be the ordinary field rat of that

strange land, Sed qguere ? Rhizomys is too tropical a form for Tibet.

44. Genus Lepus, L. Oiostolus. Common in Tibet near the Hema-

chal, and expressly pointed out by Moorcroft (I. 225) : but not so com-

mon in the central and eastern provinces of Utsing and Kham, as the

next and much larger species.

45. L. Pallipes, White-foot, new, Mihi. Essential structure perfect-

ly typical: particular conformation approximated to that of Hibernicus

and Variabilis : fur very soft and full, as full as, and much softer than,

the English hare, and of two sorts, the inner rather more abundant and

wavy, the outer, not much longer, straight, and possessed of an uni-

form structure with very little rigidity, or rather with a slight elasticity

and no rigidity. Size of Variabilis, but with ears equal to the head.

General colour the ordinary hue of the English species, but paler,

with less of red and still less of black in it, and the pads yet more com-

pletely enveloped in their socks: Groove of the front teeth very deep :

whiskers medial, black or white. Body above, except the buttocks, with

the whole toes and a list down the fronts of the limbs, pale rusty yellow

or ruddy luteous, very moderately sprinkled with black. Ears outside

towards the back on the distad opposed halves, with the nape, the

buttocks and the limbs, bluish hoary, white almost on the ears and limbs ;

body below rufescent hoary; rufous on the chest and white under the

chin. Ears largely tipt with black (for half an inch) : Tail white. Inner

fleece inannulate and bluish hoary. Outer piles triannulate with two

black rings and one intervening pale rufous zone, none of these latter

wholly black, nor longer nor harsher than the rest. Snout to rump 22 to

23 inches, head 43, ears 43: Oscalcis to longest toe, 44 : Scut without

the terminal hair, 4 inches, with it, 6.

Remark. Possess two skins from Lassa and one from Sikim, which

however came, no doubt, from beyond the snows originally. I am in-

debted for it to Dr. Campbell’s kindness. The species is that common to

all central and eastern Tibet, (Utséng and Kham) : but in the higher and

more mountainous sites of Western Tibet, or Naree, and also in Ladakh,

Oiostolus is the more prevalent species. Macrotus, or the Indian type,

(up to the Himalaya) never crosses the snows, nor is known in Tibet.*

* The Lepus tolai of Pallas, ‘* an inhabitant of open hilly places in Dauria and

Mongolia, and said to extend as far as Tibet,’’ should be enquired for by Mr. Hodgson.

A description is given in Shaw’s Zoology, IL. 203.—Cur. As. Soc.

- — _————— eee - a

ee ee ee

4B) OA Mypor

ere

Se!

Sree,

ao ads

seen seen

tat Tibet.

abi

mick

bus wuhi.+ natural size

€

Felis Mh gripe C

n. i ne 5

Prt RT ee

LR Ree aa

A) ORL

singh

sth ey

Pantene!

OTS Kex2ra03T §

ia : DEA,

1842. | Notice of the Mammals of Thibet. 289

46, 47. Genus Lagomys, I.. Nipalensis et Royli. Both are said to be

very common in Tibet, even much more so than in the Himalayan dis-

tricts : but I have no specimens from beyond the snows, and trust to °

native information upon sight of the skins in my possession. ‘The whole

ground on the way from Kooti to Digurchee is said to'be often covered

by immense groups of Lagomydes, whose burrows render the roads un-

safe for horsemen. ‘The Arctomides collect in the same manner, but in

much smaller numbers.

Nepal, 2d April, 1842.

N. B. Those who would consult this Tibetan Catalogue with advan-

tage, had better first refer to the Catalogue of Nipalese Mammals, pub-

lished in the last No. of the Journal.

Plates attached to this Paper.

1. Vulpes Ferrilatus.

2. Felis Nigripectus.

3. Lepus Pallipes.

4. Ovis Hoonia, tame.

Some concluding Remarks forwarded for insertion with Capt. 'TREMEN-

HEERE'S Report on the Tin Ground of Mergui.

Of the existence of tin in considerable quantities in the province

of Mergui, there cannot, from the facts above stated, be much question ;

and from the trial of the produce of one man’s labour in a given time,

there appears to be sufficient to justify every expectation of a pro-

fitable employment of labour on an extensive scale.

The places at which the trials were made, were not selected

as the best from previous information, but were arrived at more by

accident than design, and the stanniferous gravel and sand collected

where the bed was tolerably level, stream slack, and where the greatest

deposit appeared to have recently occurred.

No part of the bed of the Thabawlick, which was examined, was

found wholly destitute of tin, and it is reasonable to conclude, that the

ore exists in numerous spots, especially in the vicinity of the hills from

which the streams arise, in far greater abundance than is shewn above.

The results, therefore, which are given in detail, can only be

considered rough approximations to the quantity of tin these streams

would afford, and to the probable out-turn with an establishment pro-

perly superintended. Much economy in labour might be effected in

collecting the sand and gravel for the washers, but no better mode

could, I think, be adopted in separating the tin in the first instance,

290 Report on the Tin Ground of Mergui. [No. 124.

than by people accustomed to work with the flat conical-shaped troughs

before described. The quantity obtainable, would fully repay the em-

ployment of men in this operation.

The tin, as produced by the washers, should be placed on slop-

ing boards, and water conducted over it from a trough pierced with

holes for the purpose, in order to get rid of foreign particles ; and it

would then, after being finely pounded, be ready for smelting. Of all

metals tin is in this process the least troublesome, after the ore is freed

from the earthy and silicious particles with which in other countries it

is often mixed.

The crystallized form in which it here occurs, renders its separation

extremely easy, and the whole processes of stamping and dressing,

which in England are tedious and expensive, can thus be dispensed

with. No arsenic or sulphur being mixed with the ore, it need not be

roasted before it is placed in the smelting furnace.

It would thus appear that the tin of the Mergui province offers

no ordinary inducement to the outlay of capital, without much of

the risk, uncertainty, and large previous outlay usually attending mining

adventures.

G. B. TremenuErreE, Capt.

Superintendent of Forests, Tenasserim Provinces.

Errata in the printed Report.

Page 846, line 10, et passim, for Thengdon, read Thengdaw.

a 848, ,, 16, for Pak chum, read Pak chan.

»ys—— 849, ,, 17, for Loundoungin, read Londamgin.

ys. 849, ,, 18, for Wolfran, read Wolfram.

ys 850, ,, 33, for 63-176 grains, read 6 oz. 176 grains.

»s—— 851, ,, 14, for Kohan, read Kahan.

On the Cotton called *‘ Nurma,” in Guzerat. By A. Burn, Esq., Super-

intendent of Cotton Cultivation, (in reply to Mr. Prppineaton’s Que-

ries.) Communicated from the Secretariat, General Department.

The plant yielding what is called Nurmah cotton in this part of

the country, is the same as is described by Dr. J. F. Royle as Glossy-

pium Arborium. It is to be found growing wild, I believe in different

parts of India, and from some experiments I made when at Kaira, I

have very little doubt that it will be found to be the original stock from

whence the Barbadoes, Bourbon, Egyptian, and Sea Island varieties have

originally sprung,

It grows in every kind of soil that is met with in Guzerat. But

it obtains the greatest perfection in light sandy soils, to which a little

old cow-dung manure has been added, and where it can have a proper

drainage, in the black clayey soil, known as ‘the cotton soil” of the

indigenous G. herbaceum ; it grows, but with diminished vigour in pro-

1842.] On the Cotton called ‘‘ Nurma,” in Guzerat. 291

portion to the purity of that soil. Ina state of nature, and when fully

developed, the seeds are nearly as large as a particle of grain, and

are closely covered all round by a strongly adhering bright pea-green

coloured fur, and enveloped in a fine silky wool of considerable strength,

and fully an inch in length.

Hedgerows, gardens, groves of trees about the abodes of devotees

and temples, are the places where this plant is found. I don’t know

of its being cultivated in any other way. In these places it is a peren-

nial, lasting for four or five years or more, and being cut down to with-

in two feet of the ground in the end of June, or a little before the set-

ting in of the annual rains; this also is the best time for sowing the

seed.

The natives appreciate this cotton, from its fine staple enabling

them to spin finer thread than from any other kind with which they

are acquainted. Muslins and long pugries for the head are made from

it; but since the introduction to this country of European products of

the loom, its use and its culture have been so reduced, as hardly at

this day to afford sufficient evidence to save their being classified along

with the fabulous stories of Hindoo history.

Of the quantity produced per acre, I can give no estimate; but

in the first year, it could not be over 100 ths. of clean cotton. In the

second year, as the plant then comes into full bearing, it might be from

three to four hundred pounds. The great extra labour and expense

over the common crops, of protecting the fields during the whole year,

which the cultivation of this plant would entail, is, I believe, the main

obstacle to any attempts being made to cultivate it. Here we have

no hedgerows, and nothing that is well calculated for such a purpose ;

all the agricultural produce being from annuals, the ryot protects them

from cattle, thieves, &c. by living in his fields during the few months

they are ripening, and which he could not do for a longer period. The

price of this cotton in the bazar, is always double that of the common

country article. However, there is never more than a few pounds

procurable,

I have for several years back entertained great hopes in regard to

‘this cotton, particularly that it may be improved, so as to become of

value, by attending to modes of culture. That from it new varieties,

suited to different soils and situations as regards climate, may be

obtained, is more probable than from any of the cultivated kinds, and

I have hoped that circumstances might some day admit of my being

able to attempt its culture as a perennial, in the same way as cotton

is grown in Peru.

Samples of the Nurmah cotton are forwarded with this letter,

procured from different places in and about the city of Broach. As

regards soils, 1 cannot at present obtain any such as could be of use to

Mr. Piddington; but when I am relieved from the medical charge and

duties of this place, I shall then be able to select, in visiting the coun-

try round, proper specimens.

Broach Office of the Superintendent of American

Cotton Planters, 6th January, 1842.

292

On an Ancient Magic Square, cut in a Temple at Gwalior. By Captain

SHORTREEDE.

As every thing tending to throw any certain light on the antiquities

of India has an interest, I send you the following inscription of a Magic

Square, which I copied last year from an old temple in the hill fort

of Gwalior. It bears the date WHIA WYBo = a. v. 1483.

The temple is on the northern side of the hill, and at one time it has

been a very magnificent edifice, though now it be sorely dilapidated.

It has formerly suffered from the rude hands of the Musalmans, and

more lately it has been excavated under the site of the image to the

depth of twenty or twenty-five feet, in the vain hope of finding hidden

treasure.

There is another and larger ancient temple in the fort, of a peculiar

form, which the Musalmans have converted into a Musjid.

If I remember rightly, the Magic Square is cut on the inner side of

the northern wall, close to where the excavation has been made. I did

not measure the dimensions ; but the form is as follows :—

GATT CY8o

WS cy AA ara The properties of the square are, that in

Bi} € | mire every way, whether vertically or horizontal-

ate ly, or diagonally, the sum of the numbers is

34; the diagonals may be summed either in

2) o/s] rar one line as usual, or in two parallel lines;

—_|__|___|___'_ containing together four numbers thus :—

34= (164641411 =341241445=134744410=24941548

pee ee 4+7=94348414=446413411=2412415 45

It will be observed, that the places of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, form

a rhomboid, as do also 5, 6, 7,8; 9, 10, 11, 12; 18, 14, 15, 16. It may

be remarked also, that the sum of every two alternate numbers taken

diagonally is 17: and that all these properties will hold good if the

lines be transposed vertically or horizontally in the same order; that is,

if the top line be brought to the bottom ; or if the left hand vertical line

be carried over to the right.

1842.] On an Ancient Magic Square, cut in a Temple at Gwalior. 293

The whole displays considerable ingenuity, and in connection with

the date, may be of use as indicating the former state of arithmetical

knowledge.

8th April, 1842.

I add a copy of the inscription in our comnion numerals, in case it

}16, 9) 4] 5) 16] may be wanted, as also a sample of

3) 6|is|10| 3) the way in which it may be extend-

cues Scots ae ed, which probably is similar to that

erie aa isl aa, mies Dr. Franklin’s Metin Square of

—_|——|—__ _|__|_|_|—__ Squares, but on this point I cannot

Saal ot! WO |) 4 ve sips

ee ||| speak positively, as I donot distinct-

eee eet Sy dy remember the’ particulars of “Dr.

et eT ed Eee

—————

| have at present no means of reference.

_ Report upon the Construction of Philosophical Instruments ix India. By

Captain J. CampsBEL, Assistant Surveyor General.

It is, I believe, the intention of Government, that the proposed

_ Madras University shall be an institution in which the principles, or

even a complete knowledge, of the Physical Sciences, shall be taught to

those who are willing among the Native community.

For this purpose, as apparatus for the lecture tables, and for the

_ exhibition of the principles of machines and the various experiments in

_ Chemistry, Hydrodymacis, Pneumatics, and the effects of Light, a set of

instruments will be required, which as adapted for any institution called

| an University, cannot be procured at a less outlay than £10,000 at least.

It is this set of apparatus which I propose making up in India by

the hands of native workmen only, at probably an outlay of little

more than 5,000 rupees for the whole, and of such workmanship and

294 Report upon the Construction of [No. 124.

finish as to be comparable, if not as good, as the best which London

can produce.

I believe no one, either youth or adult, who was at all interested

in the pleasures of the pursuit of science, has ever left a lecture room in

London without a secret wish, that he could himself repeat the experi-

ments he has seen performed, and a regret that the apparatus, required

were beyond his means; and no one intimately acquainted with the

character of Natives, and with the keen vivacity with which they regard

any thing new or wonderful, will doubt the feeling of regret and humili-

ation with which they must regard the beautiful apparatus as finished

by European workmen ; while they examine a balance which takes

nearly two minutes to perform a single oscillation, and wonder how it

can be made to move so slow and regularly, and which is capable of

rendering sensible a quantity no greater than the millionth part of the

load which it sustains; when they are told that such an instrument

cannot be purchased for less than 500 rupees, and that its execution is

utterly beyond the capacity of the Natives of India, and that no instru-

ment submitted to their inspection can they ever be permitted to handle

or to use, and if not in affluent circumstances hardly any of the simplest

can they ever hope to purchase. It may happen that the idea may

strike them, that under such circumstances, what may be the value of

listening to an abstract detail of philosophical facts, which they can

never hope to investigate themselves, or to prove to their own satisfac-

tion, that they are founded upon truth.

Besides this, the practical application of scientific knowledge can

never be turned to account, without a familiar knowledge of the

technical mode of exemplifying it.

On the contrary, how much it must assist a teacher of science in

being able to fix the attention of his auditory by telling them, that there

is not an article exhibited to their view, beautiful and wonderful as they

at first may appear, which has not been made by Natives of India, at a

price which any but the most indigent can afford, and which any one

may become capable of constructing, if they pay attention to the ex-

planation of the principles upon which the instruments have been

formed.

That Native workmen are capable of this I have endeavoured to

shew in a former report, and have instanced in the allusion to an in-

1842.] Philosophical Instruments in India. 295

strument with regard to the powers of which I may mention, that Sir

John Herschell, in his Discourse upon Natural Philosophy, has thought

it necessary, for fear the fact should be doubted, “‘ to assure the reader

that balances have been constructed capable of rendering visibly sen-

sible, a quantity of matter to even the millionth part of the whole ;”

yet this, which by the passage is evidently considered a great effort of

mechanical skill, I have been able to effect by the hands of an Indian

workman, totally untaught, except by myself; and with regard to its

outward appearance, no one who has yet seen it but has remarked,

«« How beautifully it is worked,” or that “‘ no one would for an instant

believe that it was made in India.”

It might be remarked in contravention of my propositions, that I

endeavour to assert the possibility of rivaling in India the productions

of the genius of Ramsden and Troughton, and that the idea is absurd ;

but however, such it is my intention to assert.

However preposterous the proposition may at first appear, yet it

may be shewn, that there is nothing impossible in its execution, for

it will at once be seen by any one acquainted with the subject, that the

instruments by the aid of which the investigations by which our pre-

sent knowledge of the laws of matter and unponderable substances have

been conducted, owe their excellence not so much to the skill of the me-

chanical workman, as the ingenuity and talent in adopting means of

product to the desired purpose, as shewn by those who directed the

construction.

And in fact, what are the beautiful and costly instruments, the

expense of which is only within the means of nations, and to which

are due the proofs of the profound investigations of modern Astronomy,

but large masses of metal, the true form assumed by which at each

change of position, has puzzled the investigation of the most penetrating

and ingenious, and has caused a competent judge to remark, ‘‘ that the

“* observations made by a circle of only 12 inches diameter are better,

“and more worthy of confidence than those procured by all the 3-feet

* circles, and even the 8-feet circle of Ramsden, which have yet been

** constructed,” and what are the divisions upon them, but a rude

attempt, (as referred to what future ages may produce), to divide the

circumference into 189,600 parts, which instead of being equal parts,

often differ to the amount, “S of the circumferences and always to 1”.

296 Report upon the Construction of [No. 124.

From their unimpassioned character, their slow and quiet habits, their

delicate appreciation of touch, and their untiring application, it is pro-

bable that a clever Native, if once taught properly the art of dividing

the circumference of a circle, might very probably surpass the best

effects of the most celebrated workmen of London.

It is supposed by many, that modern discoveries in Optics have im-

proved refracting telescopes by the lenses being better made; but such

is not the fact, the lenses of the present day are not in the least better

than that Galileo and Heygens were able to make, and it is probable

there is hardly a Chinese workman, who does not possess a great deal

more skill in polishing a lens, than the best optician in London.

I once bought in London a Chinese toy, an imitation of a compound

microscope, from which I took lenses so beautifully polished, as to be

admired by one of the first opticians in London ; and I have little doubt,

that a clever workman in India could fashion lenses, with which a refract-

ing telescope could be put together, quite as good as the best which

Tully or Dolland ever made.

The above may appear a startling assertion, but no optician will

deny the possibility of its being correct ; for the fact is, that workmen

are totally unable to give a particular required figure to a lens, and

lenses of required focal distance for forming the achromatic object

glasses of the best telescope, can only be procured by selecting the best

among numerous failures, (whence the high price), and modern science

has only improved these instruments, by teaching the proper theoretical

principles upon which to compound their various parts.

In the above, it is by no means my intention to attempt to detract

from the merit of the constructions of our best artists, but merely to

shew, that the perfection of modern instruments is due more to the skill

by which their parts are contrived and arranged, than to the mechanical

skill by which the parts are executed. |

It is generally imagined by Native workmen, and by many gentle-

men in India, that with a pattern to copy it is easy to make any thing,

this is, however, very far from correct; for unless shewn how to do it,

it would be as impossible to construct the simplest philosophical instru-

ment, as it would be to copy a telescope, ora chronometer, by the aid of

a pattern only.

It is possible, besides, that the country may afford many advantages

1842.] Philosophical Instruments in India. 297

for the manufacture of philosophical instruments, which have not yet

suggested themselves to me; but among these, prominently occurs to

me the opportunity of constructing a suferior glass for forming the lens

of telescopes, a desideratum, which in England opticians have sought in

vain, from the obstacles thereto in the way by the operation of the laws

of excise, while in India no obstacles of this kind exist. The materials

for making the finest glass are cheap and plentiful, and it is well known,

that the famous glass made by M. Ginnund, of which the great Dorpat

telescope is constructed, was made in small experiments upon less than

two hundred weight of materials at one time.

For making a complete set of philosophical experimental apparatus,

India affords all the materials required, with the exception of glass,

whence it will be necessary to purchase in London all the glass chemical

apparatus for the electrical apparatus, receivers for air-pumps, and for

the lenses of the optical apparatus ; but as the expense of these articles

at the glass-house is but little, it will form probably but a very small

item in the outlay.

With the modes of executing the proposed instruments, fitting electri-

cal machines and grinding lenses, I am perfectly acquainted, from hav-

ing made them for my own use while in England, and from having

had the advantage of inspecting, and using the best which have been

in London, and from having had the opportunity of seeing the work-

shops of many of the most eminent philosophical instrument makers.

Rayacottah, 5th October, 1841.

Manual of Chemistry. By Capt. J. Campseut, Assistant Surveyor

General, Madras.

PREFACE.

This work was planned several years ago, in consequence of the

difficulty which I found in procuring practical information in fitting

up a small laboratory for investigations in the Chemical composition

of rocks and minerals. Some parts have been for a long time compiled

as a set of notes for ready reference, and have been altered and cor-

rected, as further investigations and experience rendered it necessary.

It was my intention to have published the part upon Action of Tests,

but it was laid aside upon finding that the late Lieut. Braddock of

298 Manual of Chemistry. [No. 124.

Madras, had compiled notes for a similar purpose; his death having

unfortunately prevented a revision of his first valuable, though crude,

little publication, I have therefore made use of his able abstract of

Rose’s work, with such corrections and alterations as I considered neces-

sary, and it has been necessary to rewrite nearly the whole.

It was not my intention ever, with my present experience, to have

so soon undertaken the authorship of a compilation upon the subject;

but having been applied to by the Rev. Mr. Garrett, of the Wesleyan

Mission, for a work adapted for the Natives of this country, who might

be anxious to acquire an elementary knowledge of chemical science,

and finding that Dr. O‘Shaughnessy’s excellent little Manual was out of

print, and there being no work printed in England, at all adapted for

the perusal of Natives, I have determined on commencing at once the

preparation of a work adapted for the purpose.

As the labour and time required for writing a complete work of this

kind would be greater than my pursuits and official occupations would

enable me to spare for the purpose, Mr. Garrett has agreed to share

with me the labour of compilation, and he has therefore undertaken to

draw up the part descriptive of the chemical elementary substances.

While so many excellent treatises upon the different branches of

Chemistry exist, no originality can be expected in a work of this kind,

and it must be therefore regarded, merely as a compilation of the in-

formation from other works, abstracted, condensed, and made as practi-

cal as possible.

In endeavouring to lead the Native student on to a general view of

the useful application of Chemistry, it has not been forgotten, that the

subject may combine with that brief and assorted information which

renders the work a ‘“‘ Manual of Chemistry,” which will be useful, as

it is hoped, to those gentlemen in India, who possessing an elementary

education upon the first principles of Chemistry, are yet deterred from

the practical uses of the science, by the remembrance of the extensive

and costly apparatus which they have seen used by their instructors in

Europe.

The Native medical practitioner will find a knowledge of this sci-

ence of the utmost value in assisting him im arriving at a knowledge

of the composition of the various mineral productions which the coun-

try affords, so as to enable him to ascertain what may be useful to him,

ahi pA

1842. ] Manual of Chemistry. 299

and also enable him to prepare economically and independently of the

manufacture in Europe, those chemical preparations which are found so

valuable in European medical science. It will enable him to correct

and to apprehend the absurdity of many incongruous preparations now

ignorantly made use of by Native practitioners, and understand the

effects of many which are very mischievous.

A knowledge of Chemistry will enable him to ascertam the quality

and properties of the juice of plants, and the decoction of leaves and

bark of trees, many of which have been found very valuable in Native

practice, and which afford to the skilful chemist a cheap and econo-

mical substitute for the more costly chemical preparations employed

by Europeans. !

It will enable him to prescribe antidotes for the frequent attempts at

murder, perpetrated but too often with impunity by poison, among the

Native community, upon the slightest personal pique, or feeling of

revenge or resentment ; but which will receive a severe check from a

certainty of detection and conviction, if persons competent to examine

into the circumstances were at hand.

To the European amateur, extensive opportunities for the useful and

gratifying practices of Chemistry present themselves, with investigations

of the mineral resources of the country. In the investigations of

the properties and composition of the juices of numerous plants

and trees indigenous to this country, but which in Europe cannot

be obtained, except in a state of partial decomposition ; and the oriental

chemist has thus laid open to him a vast field of research, in the pursuit

of which he may find the highest gratification, and engross to himself

opportunities, which the perhaps more generally skilful chemist of Europe

may envy in vain.

If his ambition lead him to seek a higher field, and measure his skill

against that of European proficients, there are numerous chemical com-

pounds which have been as yet but imperfectly examined, and upon

which his analytical researches may be most usefully employed ; while

the extensive leisure which many of the officers in the employ of the

Government possess, the cheapness of fuel and labour, may enable any

one, if he is diligent and enterprising, to seize upon some of those

honors which distinguished scientific knowledge has ever received in all

countries.

yin

300 Manual of Chemistry. , [No. 124.

In Europe, where the works of authors are offered for sale, the public

have a right to criticise their value, and manner in which the

authors have executed their task. In the present case it is far different,

the purpose of the work is above criticism, the execution beneath it.

The expediency of an attempt to diffuse knowledge will be denied by

none, and is indeed the object of the press from which it issues. The

imperfections of the execution is a necessary consequence of the limits

of the work, and will be attempted to be improved, should public

opinion call for another, and more extensive, and of course more ex-

pensive edition.

The practical applications of chemical science for the purpose of trade

and gain are very numerous.

Carbonate of Soda can be readily and cheaply made by ‘simply

crystallizing the solution obtained by lixivating the Soda Earth, (Chour

Munnoc,) of the soils of many parts of South India.

Carbonate of Potash can be made by deflagrating Saltpetre with char-

coal in an iron pot, (vide description of process under head of Potash

from Cocoanut Leaves, Indigo Stocks, &c.)

Prussiate of Potash can be very readily made in India, as well as in

England, and as it costs there 7d. a pound, and the material required,

and the labour are very cheap in India, and the iron pot required easily

procured from England, or may be even made in India, it may be madea

profitable article of manufacture, (vide description of process of Manu-

facture.) :

Acetic Acid may be made from the decomposition of Wood, (vide

process), or by the decomposition of Alcohol by powdered Platina, as

Dr. Ure informs us is actually and profitably employed in some parts of

the Continent of Europe, where Alcohol is cheap, in converting it into

vinegar ; it of course can be still more profitably used in India, where

Alcohol is still cheaper. Acetate of Soda might be manufactured for

importation to England, for the purpose of decomposing it for the ma-

nufacture of Acetic Acid, in case the Excise Laws in England should

cause a difficulty to the import of the Acetic Acid, or in case Sulphuric

Acid cannot be procured at a sufficiently cheap rate in India.

Muriate of Morphia may be readily made in India, for 1-100th part of

the price in Europe, as Opium is sold in many parts of India at a very

low price.

1842. ] Manual of Chemistry. 301

Indian Steel or Wootz, is very lightly prized in Europe, and the ob-

jection to it is the great expense required to fuse it in England, in con-

sequence of the imperfect state in which it is manufactured by the

Native workmen, who are ignorant of the principles of the process.

Sulphuric Acid may be made in India much cheaper than in England,

because the Sulphur and Saltpetre required are both mineral products

of this country, and of course its application in the manufacture of Nitric

Acid, Muriatic Acid, and Acetic Acid. In making Chloride of Lime for

use in bleaching, in dyeing, &c., and numerous others will follow of

course.

Pyroxalic Spirit is another product in the decomposition of wood,

which fetches a high price in England, and might be useful for producing

light in India, where wood is so plentiful and cheap.

Acetate of Lead is another form in which Acetic Acid might be

combined as an article of commerce, (vide process.)

Acetate of Alumina is another form in which Acetic Acid might

be combined as an article of manufacture of great request in dyeing.

Phosphorous is a product which might be made in India, and afford an

instance of the application of Sulphuric Acid.

Citric Acid is very expensive in England, being made exclusively by

decomposing an Alkaline Citrate, but which might be cheaply made in

India from Limes.

Citrate of Soda or Lime might be cheaply made in India, (vide pro-

cess), and as the fruit is so abundant and cheap, could be made at less

expense than Tartaric Acid.

Vinegar cheaply and readily made by the fermentation of a solution

of sugar, and as the sugar is so cheap in India, the coarse inspissated

juice selling in many places for eight annas per maund, which yields by

fermentation — parts of vinegar of the common strength, it can be

made for — a gallon.

The Pipe Clay of Arcot, and probably of other parts, affords the means

of making Pottery of the finest kind in India.

The Kaolin of Mysore affords the means of making the very finest

kinds of Porcelain at little expense, and may be more generally employ-

ed in making crucibles and melting pots for metals, or fire bricks for

lining furnaces.

Glass also may be an article of manufacture, as the finest kinds of

302 Manual of Chemistry. [No. 124.

quartz are abundant in South India; and soda required for a flux and

wood-fuel are abundant.

Tartaric Acid may be produced as an article of manufacture by

saturating the excess of Tartaric Acid in the [illegible] of the fruit

of the tamarind tree with lime, (vide process,) and will be a useful

article much required in dyeing ; or perhaps the Tartrate of Lime might

be introduced into England as an article of commerce.

Alum might be made from the Aluminous Shale said to abound upon

the Western Coast.

Prospectus.

Part I. Introduction, Principles of Chemistry, Explanation of No-

menclature.

Sect. lst. Chemical combination.

Modes of

Solution

Chemical mixture.

Effects of

Change of form.

Change of density or bulk.

Change of temperature.

Alteration of the action of Heat.

Change of Colour.

Sect. 2d. Affinity and tables of,

Sect. 3d. Laws of combination—Atomic.

Theory.

Theory of volumes.

Sect. 4th. Table of equivalents and use of.

Part II. Description of chemical elements and their properties.

Part III. Dictionary of tests.

Part IV. The use of tests, and the practice of quantitative analysis

of inorganic substances.

Part V. Description of apparatus.

Part VI. Chemical manipulation, and mode of operation generally.

(Signed) J. Campspety, Captain,

Assistant Surveyor General.

Royacottah, 5th October, 1841.

305

Report of the death of Mr. Csoma pr Koros, made to G. A. Bususy,

Ese., Officiating Secretary, Political Department, from A. CampBett,

Esq. Superintendent, Darjeeling and communicated to the Society.

It is with much regret that I repor the death at this place, on the

11th instant, of Csoma de K6rés, the Hungarian traveller and Thibetan

scholar. He fell avictim to fever contracted on his journey hitherto,

for the cure of which he would not be persuaded to take any medicines

until it was too late to be of any avail.

Mr. De Kérds arrived here on the 24th ultimo, and communicated to

me his desire of proceeding to the residence of the Sikim Raja, and

thence to Lassa, for the purpose of procuring access to stores of Thi-

betan literature, which he had been taught to believe, from his reading in

Ladakh and Kansun, were still extant in the capital of eastern Thibet,

(Lassa,) and might have thence found their way into Sikim.

As the eldest son of the Sikim Raja is by the usage of the family

a Lama, and as the present Tubgani Lama is a learned priest, and said to

be in possession of an extensive library, I had some hopes that by mak-

ing the Raja acquainted with M. De Korés’ unobtrusive character, and

known avoidance of political and religious subjects in his intercourse

with the people of the countries he has visited, I might have contributed

to procuring him permission to proceed into Thibet, and to this end

I sent the Raja’s Vakeel to visit M. De Korés, that he might satisfy

himself as to the extent to which he had prosecuted his studies into the

language and literature of Thibet, as well as of the objects he had in

view in desiring to visit the Tubgani Lama and the city of Lassa. The

Vakeel, who is a man of intelligence and some learning, was altogether

amazed at finding a Feringhee a complete master of the colloquial lan-

guage of Thibet, and so much his own superior in acquaintance with the

religion and literature of that country. I endeavoured to answer his nu-

merous questions about M. De KoGrés, by detailing the particulars of his

early life and later travels in Asia with which I was acquainted; by

stating his devotion to the prosecution of his lingual and literary stu-

dies ; my certain knowledge that in permitting him to visit Sikim and

Lassa, the Raja would have nothing to apprehend from ignorance of the

usages and religion of the people, or an indiscreet zeal, in the attain-

304 Report of the death of Mr. Csoma de Koros. [No. 124.

ment of his objects; that he was not at all connected with the service

of our government, or any other power in India; but, that the Governor

General had granted him his permission to travel through India, and

that any facilities afforded him by the Raja, would be noted approvingly

by His Lordship and myself.

The Vakeel at my desire addressed the Raja, explaining fully my

wishes, and Mr. De Kérés resolved to remain here pending a reply

from Sikim. He was full of hope as to the favorable result of the refer-

ence, and in the most enthusiastic manner would dilate on the delight

he expected to derive from coming in contact with some of the learned

men of the East, (Lassa,) as the Lamas of Ladakh and Kansun, with

whom alone he had previous communion were confessedly inferior. in

learning to those of eastern Thibet. He was modest and almost silent

on the benefits which might accrue to general knowledge from the

results of his contemplated journey, but, “‘ what would Hodgson, Tur-

nour, and some of the philosophers of Europe, not give to be in my

place when I get to Lassa,’ was a frequent exclamation of his during

the conversations I had with him previous to his illness.

He had arranged, in the event of his getting permission to proceed, to

leave with me all his books, papers, and bank notes to the amount of

Rs. 300, to be cared for on his behalf; and a complete copy of the

Journal of the Asiatic Society, which he had received from the Society.

He said he should ask me to keep in the event of his never returning.

How soon were all his enthusiastic anticipations clouded, and his

journeyings stopped for ever !

On the 6th instant I called on him, and found him feverish, with

foul tongue, dry skin, and headache; I urged him to take some medicine,

but in vain. He said he had suffered often from fever and other ail-

ments, from which he had recovered without physic, that rhubarb was

the only thing of the sort he had ever used, except tartar emetic. The

former had been recommended to him by Moorcroft, and the latter by a

Persian doctor. He took out of his box a small bit of decayed rhubarb

and a phial of tartar emetic, and said, with apparent distrust in their

virtues, ‘‘ As you wish it, I will take some to-morrow if I am not better,

it is too late to-day, the sun is going down.” I sent him some weak

soup, and returned to see him on the 7th. He was then much better,

1842. ] Report of the death of Mr. Csoma de Korés. 305

got off his pallet, entered into conversation, chatted animatedly with me

for an hour on his favourite subjects of thought and enquiry. For the

first time since I had seen him, he this day shewed how sensitive he was

to the applause of the world, as a reward to his labours and privations.

He went over the whole of his travels in Thibet with fluent rapidity,

and in noticing each stage of the result of his studies, he mentioned the

distinguished notice that had been accorded in Europe and India to the

facts and doctrines brought to light by him. He seemed especially grati-

fied with an editorial article by Prof. Wilson, in the Supplement to the

Government Gazette of 9th July, 1829, which he produced, and bid

me read ; it related to the extreme hardships he had undergone while at

the monastery of Zemskar, where with the thermometer below zero for

more than four months, he was precluded by the severity of the weather

from stirring out of a room nine feet square; yet in this situation he

read from morning till evening without a fire, the ground forming

his bed, and the walls of the building his protection against the rigours

of the climate, and still he collected and arranged forty thousand words

of the language of Thibet, and nearly completed his Dictionary and

Grammar. Passing from this subject, he said, in a playful mood, “I

will shew you something very curious,’ and he produced another num-

ber of Wilson’s paper of September 10th, 1827, and pointing to an

editorial paragraph, desired me to read it first, and then hear the

explanation. It run thus: (after noticing some communications to the

Asiatic Society from Mr. Hodgson:) “In connexion with the literature

and religion of Thibet, and indeed of the whole of the Bhoti countries,

we are happy to learn, that the patronage of the Government has

enabled the Hungarian traveller, Csoma De Korés to proceed to Upper

Busahir to prosecute his Thibetan studies for three years, in which

period he engages to prepare a comprehensive Grammar and Vocabulary

of the language, with an account of the history and literature of the

country. These objects are the more desirable, as we understand Mr.

De Korés considers the recent labours of Klaproth and Remusat, with

regard to the language and literature of Thibet as altogether erroneous.

Mons. Remusat, indeed, admits the imperfectness of his materials, but

Klaproth, as usual, pronounces excathedra, and treats the notion of any

successful study of Thibetan by the English in India with ineffable con-

306 Report of the death of Mr. Csoma de Koros. [No. 124.

tempt.” “ Now I do not recollect,” said Mr. De Kords, “ that I gave my

opinion of Klaproth as it is given here, but oh ! Wilson was very, very,”

and he shook his head significantly, ‘‘ against Klaproth ; and he took this

opportunity to pull him down, and favour Remusat. It is very curious ;”

and he laughed heartily. Not being of the initiated in the curiosities

of Thibetan literature, I did not fully appreciate the jest; but others

probably will, and I was greatly interested with the keen enjoyment

produced in the mind of the Ascetic, by this subject.

At the same visit, he produced ‘‘ Hodgson’s Illustrations of the

Literature and Religion of the Buddhists,” and asked me if I had seen it ;

on being told that I had a copy, and had been familiar with its contents in

progress of collection, although unversed in the subject ; he said, ‘‘ He

sent me this copy; it is a wonderful combination of knowledge on a

new subject, with the deepest philosophical speculations, and will as-

tonish the people of Europe ; there are however some mistakes in it.” I

think he then said, “In your paper on the Limboos, you asked if the

appellation ‘ Hung,’ distinctive of families of that tribe, had any re-

ference to the original ‘ Huns,’ the objects of my search in Asia. It is

a curious similarity, but your ‘Hungs’ are a small tribe, and the peo-

ple who passed from Asia, as the progenitors of the Hungarians, were

a great nation.” I replied, that as the original country of the Limboo

“ Hungs” was undoubtedly north of the Himalaya, and as he believed

the same to be the case as regarded the ‘‘ Huns,” it was at all events

possible, that the ‘“‘ Hungs” of this neighbourhood, might have been an

off-shoot from the same nation. ‘“‘ Yes, yes,” he rejoined, “ it is very

possible, but I do not think it is the case.”” And then, as if preferring to

- luxuriate in remote speculations on his beloved subjects rather than in

attempting to put an end to them by a discovery near at hand, he gave

a rapid summary of the manner in which he believed his native land

was possessed by the original “‘ Huns,” and his reasons for tracing them

to Central or Eastern Asia. ‘This was all done in the most enthusiastic

strain, but the texture of the story was too complicated for me to take

connected note of it. I gathered, however, from his conversation of this

day, and of the previous ones since our acquaintance, that all his hopes

of attaining the object of the long and laborious search, were centred in

the discovery of the country of the “‘ Yoogars.” This land he believed to

1842.] Report of the death of Mr. Csoma de KGros. 307

be to the east and north of Lassa and the province of Kham, and on the

western confines of China ; to reach it, was the goal of his most ardent

wishes, and there he fully expected to find the tribes he had hitherto

sought in vain. The foundation of his hopes, to any one not deeply

imbued with enthusiasm, or accustomed to put faith in philological

affinities, will probably appear vague and insecure. It was as follows,

in so far as [I could gather from his repeated conversations. In the

dialects of Europe, the Sclavonic, Celtic, Saxon, and German, I believe,

the people who gave their name to the country now called Hungary,

were styled Hunger or Ungur, Oongar, or Yoongar; and in Arabic,

Turkish, and Persian works, there are notices of a nation in Central

Asia, resembling in many respects the people who come from the East

into Hungary. In these languages, they are styled Oogur, Woogur,

Voogur, or Yoogur, according to the pronunciation of the Persian let-

ter, and from the same works it might be inferred, he said, that the

country of the ‘‘ Yoogurs” was situated as above noted. There were

collateral reasons which led him to this conclusion, but he did not lay

much stress on them, and they have escaped my memory. It has since

occurred to me, that at the time of the conversations now detailed, Mr.

De Korés had some presentiment that death was near him, for on no

former occasion was he so communicative, nor did he express opinions,

as if he was very anxious they should be remembered. On this day he

certainly did so, and I feel it due to his memory to record them, even in

this imperfect manner. To give his opinions point, it would require a

knowledge of the subjects on which he discoursed, to which I cannot

pretend ; yet such as they are, they may, as the last words of an extra-

ordinary man, be prized by those who honoured him for his acquire-

ments, and admired him for his unwearied exertions in the cause of

literature, languages, and history.

Although so much better on the 7th than on the previous day, I

dreaded that a return of fever was impending, and I again urged him

to take medicine, but in vain. On the 8th I did not see him, but on the

morning of the 9th, on visiting him with Dr. Griffith, I found that fever

had returned ; he was confused, and slightly delirious ; his countenance

was sunken, anxious, and yellow, and altogether his state was bad and

dangerous. After much trouble, we got him to swallow some medicine,

308 Report of the death of Mr. Csoma de Korés. [No. 124.

and had his temples rubbed with blistering fluid. On the morning of

the 10th he was somewhat better, but still unable to talk connectedly

or distinctly ; towards evening he became comatose, and continued so

until 5 a. m. of the 11th, when he expired without a groan or struggle.

On the 12th at 8 a. m. his remains were interred in the burial ground of

this station. I read the funeral service over him, in the presence of al-

most all the gentlemen at the place.

The effects consisted of 4 boxes of books and papers, the suit of blue

clothes which he always wore and in which he died, a few shirts and

one cooking pot. His food was confined to tea, of which he was very

fond, and plain boiled rice of which he ate very little. On a mat on

the floor with a box of books on the four sides, he sat, ate, slept, and

studied, never undressed at night, and rarely went out during the

day. He never drank wine or spirit, or used tobacco or other stimu-

lants.F iF 1%

Annexed is a detailed list of the contents of the boxes. Among his pa-

pers were found the bank notes for Rs. 300, to which he alluded before

his death, and a memorandum regarding Government Paper for Rs.

5,000, which it is stated in transcript of a letter to the Government, dat-

ed 8th February, 1842, it was his wish to leave at his death to the

Asiatic Society of Bengal for any literary purpose. Cash to the number

of Rupees 224 of various coinage, and a waist belt containing 26 gold

pieces, (Dutch ducats I believe,) completes the money part of his effects.

From this I shall deduct the funeral expenses and wages due to his

Lepcha servant, and retain the remainder, along with the books and

papers, until I receive the orders of Government for disposing of them.

As the deceased was not a British subject, I have not made the usual

advertisement of the possession of his effects, nor have I taken charge

of them in the Civil Court, but in my capacity of Political Officer in this

direction.

From a letter of James Prinsep’s among the papers, I gather that he

was a native of the town of ‘“ Pest,” or Pesth, in the province of Tran-

sylvania, and I have found transcript of a letter addressed by him to the

Austrian Ambassador in London, apparently on matters connected with

his native country; I presume therefore, that the proper mode of mak-

ing his death known to his relations, if such there be, and of disposing

a5 hey ir a

> * 1 ead is pe Fr nT SSM I .

ae te a Pre h , , Ti PACD Mix vier , Pee ah

AA SENT INS oer Mia RR Ta naira More ithen ATLA: wie ae) 5 LAE arabe

a eo » a Tae ee hy ei aT

Pay Sina cd oe y hott ‘ if ¥ Py, ev +

rh ‘ cei Ay E

> A ‘ Mi fon / on ¥ -

Lae * - y

} :

5 er

’ ' f uf i ;

; Penh cas nett a Bs wd mie * ih Sas « -

at |

+ tga *

fsianD oF NSS ee

_-asee@ South of the

taker from a single point

a . . xe t vegetable moula and

on the Arracan Coast

Jered uneh grass From >

ea TL

fos eor(Riva fase high 4

Grule ruck; ge Wolo: WVU

thor

ter

Scale of Inches to 1 Mile

Descriptive remarks on the Island.

The Island of S* Martin situated South of the entrance to the Rt Naafe ts about

gon length, ucluswe of tts South End which ws detached and almost entirely rock ut

led by coral “refs, erleruting to sea on its West sude, about 2s’ anc across to the

ts ferro

lapel on its East side, tt is very narrow, its widest part not bang more than a

20. 37_N

prea

ut width, le average width about & of w mile, it ts lughest at ts WMortherm ened

Where et us generally at 7 te 10 fet above Jugh water mark, tere is a good channel on

sarah

is East side within half « mule of the shore and perfectly % for a vessel drawers 12 feet

ater, al all times of tide its while vxtent. and Nerth of the [sland tuo miles where the

- sheals suddenly on to a shallow bar, separating it from the Naale, the channel hus

A? te 6 fathoms on it low water springs, the tide rises 9 feet; there es good anchor

above high

ge ground its whole length of a stiff mud> in the South Western Monsoon I should judge

this anchorage a perfectly safe roadstead to ride out a gale in. The Island has fresh water

im abundance and the drift wood with whic the shoresicre covered afford excellent fuel ; the sort

Elevations

qmerally speaking appears aspable of profitable cdluvation, in many parts of the [aland

i oe rich, especially lowards its North end, and appears to hawe ben im cultwation al

we listant perwd from the presence of the plantain and tamarind trees, and water tanks

renvarhes.

The jungle is no where dense, but consits of large trees with very little underwood, the Gai

Serena tree flourishes on all parts, in the moxt exposed situatone on scarcely any sol run

we the

ng to upwards of a hurdred fee hugh, the open lane is covered with a Grass at 4 to 5

been

feel hugh. The posttion of the Island in relation to the dangers on this part of the coast

t@ wel adapted for the site of a light house. I should not however recommend its berg place

«fits Worth end aa tt could not be placed near enough the Naafe bar to render thet mvt

GF safe access at might, and rught be productive of fatal acadents by leading vessels lu

atinipt it the passtage into the Naafe is much too wmitricate and dangerous to be mode

stated to have

of cacy entrance by a single light in any position under the most favorable curcur-

as on any other part of the Island for the purposes of the coast and moreover tn

ares of emergency when vessds were driven om to it by stress of weather would-affora Ty

Est

twas falter whilst sailing down its length, and when abreast of the portions of the Island rpreaented; which gives

& sure and easy guide to them into the anchorage under its lee.

® A sand bank at C has an ‘clemation of ILA.Gin. above high water mark, this i= the

rly excepuen to the above remark, the yeneral appearance of the East side of thi [elas

w sen from D is shewn in the margin urth elevations Wea,

(Sianed) FB.

“E 6faln.

EGhsin ESA

Elantin 6

This Sketch.

1842. ] Report of the death of Mr. Csoma de Kérés. 309

of the money not willed by him, will be through the Austrian Am-

bassador at the British Court. In some documents I found his ad-

dress to be “‘ Korasi Csoma Saudor.”

I have the honor to be, &c.

(Signed) A. CampBELL, Superintendent.

Norr.—I may add to Mr. Campbell’s interesting paper such confirmation as my

memory enables me to give of the opinion held by the deceased philologist on the

origin of the Huns, which with singular opinions on the Boodhist faith, constituted

his most favourite speculations. He on more than one occasion entered on the sub-

ject with me at great length, detailing in particular the Sanscrit origin of existing

names of places and hill ranges in Hungary: my constant request at the close of

these conversations used to be, that he would record these speculations. He invariably

refused, alluding darkly to the possibility of his, one day, having it in his power to

publish to the world something sounder than speculation. In proportion as I pressed

him on the subject, he became more reserved with me on these particular questions.

He seemed to have an antipathy to his opinions being published. I remember his

giving me one day a quantity of curious speculation on the derivation of geogra-

phical names in Central Asia. Some months afterwards, I had occasion to annotate

on a theory of the nomenclature of the Oxus, and writing to him, recapitulated his

opinion on the subject, and begged to be allowed to publish it by authority. His

answer was, ‘‘that he did not remember.’’ His exceeding diffidence on subjects on

which he might have dictated to the learned world of Europe and Asia, was the most

surprising trait in him. He was very deeply read in general literature, independently

of his Thibetan lore; but never did such acquirements centre in one who made such

modest use of them. 1

Note to accompany a Map of the Isle St. Martin’s. By C. B. Greun-

Law, Esaq., Secretary to the Marine Board.

It is some time since the annexed map of a Survey of the Island of

St. Martin’s, south of the River Naaf on the Arracan Coast, has been

prepared for publication in the Journal. It is by the late Mr. Frederick

Bedford, who commanded a schooner employed on that Coast for the

prevention of salt smuggling.

The survey of this and other islands and places on the Coast, formed

no part of the established duties of Mr. Bedford’s office, but he under-

took them and executed them with a zeal and spirit that won for him

the good opinion of his immediate superiors in the province, and with an

ability which would assuredly have obtained him the future support and

310 Note to accompany a Map of the Isle St. Martin’s. [[No. 124.

countenance of the Government, had he lived to carry on the further

surveys which were in contemplation.

Unfortunately, however, the Osprey, the beautiful schooner which

he commanded, was lost on the night of the 15th of November last in a

gale of wind.*

The survey of St. Martin’s Island, however, formed but a small portion

of what he had already performed. He made a similar survey of Oyster

Island, and of the mouth of the Myoo River, and his maps and charts

formed part of a lengthened Report from the Commissioner of the pro-

vince, Captain Bogle, on the propriety of establishing a regular chain of

lights on the coast. I have no purpose, however, to go into that ex-

tensive question, although in connection with the increasing prosperity

of the province, arising from its rapidly increasing growth and export of

rice, as also with the consideration of the probable eventual establishment

of a naval port at Kyouck Phyoo, it is an interesting, if not an impor-

tant question.

My present remarks are necessarily confined to St. Martin’s Island,

and in addition to what is stated by Mr. Bedford in the sketch itself,

in respect to the nature of the soil, I am enabled to add the following

from the Commissioner, who says, I think justly, that this Island

appears to be capable of being turned to profitable account.

Captain Bogle, after adverting to Mr. Bedford’s remarks on the best

position for a Light House, observes, |

“It is not only as a light house station that this Island appears to

be deserving of attention ; as a Sanatarium for the people of Calcutta,

it would I have no doubt be found invaluable ; it cannot be at all subject

to the evils of the climate of Arracan, for it is too far north, and is

besides six miles from any land; it is about four miles long by one mile

broad at the north end ; it has plenty of excellent fresh water; turtle,

and doubtless oysters abound ; the sea around it supplies large quantities

of the finest fish; the soil is in part excellent, probably well adapted to

the growth of vegetables; it possesses some pretty undulating scenery,

the northern portion of the Island being a perfect park; there is space

* It appears that the Osprey left the Naaf on the 15th of November, and has not

since been heard of, but as a sudden and severe gale occurred during the night, there

is no doubt she foundered. He himself had only on the 9th of the same month written,

that she was as fine a craft as could be, and that he considered her equal to any service.

1842. ] Note to accompany a Map of the Isle St. Martin’s. 311

for ten or twelve bungalows with compounds, as well as for Natives’

houses. The beach affords a beautiful ride and splendid sea-bathing,

and in the N. E. monsoon, the climate is superlatively fine, as it must

also be in the months of March, April and May, when the sea breeze

blows most refreshingly ; in short, it is described as a very agreeable

Island, and one which owing to its proximity to Calcutta, and its re-

moteness from external evils and temptations, might possibly be found

a most admirable location, not only for the higher classes, but for Eu-

ropean invalid soldiers.”

I can add nothing to this very interesting, though simple notice of

Captain Bogle, beyond the expression of my hope, that some parties may

be found sufficiently enterprizing to make trial of the capabilities of the

Island, bearing in mind, that there is a regular established intercourse

between Calcutta and Arracan by means of the Amherst, and that there-

fore there would always be periodical opportunities of coming and

going ; add to which, it is to be hoped, that another vessel will shortly

be sent to take the place of the ill-fated Osprey, which by her visits

would help to enliven the place, and add to the means of communication.

On the Cotton called ‘ Nurma,” by Dr. Irvine, Residency Surgeon at

Gwalior. Communicated by Cotonet Sriers, Resident at that Court.

I have the honour to forward to you the result of my inquiries re-

garding the Nurma cotton, which I have only now been able to com-

plete. I send the information I have obtained in the form of question

and answer.

I beg to call your attention to the fact, that Nurma is the name ap-

plied to this cotton by the Mussulmans only; and that the real name

from time immemorial is ‘ Burari,” and that it is in all probability

indigenous. The Nurma is not produced as a crop at Chanderee, but is

imported as required from Cholai Muhasur on the Nerbudda, where it

is regularly cultivated.

A few years since, an experiment was tried at Chanderee of growing

the Nurma cotton, but as the cotton yielded was not so good as that

imported, and as insects and frost injured the plants, and as the cotton

adhered very firmly to the seed, the ryots at once gave up their inten-

312 On the Cotton called «« Nurma.” [No. 124.

tion of cultivating the Nurma plant. This abandonment seems to have

been very premature ; as it is most likely that a little more care and

perseverance would have insured success. The present demand for

Nurma cotton is, however, so very small, the trade in fine Mamoodies

being little or none, that no encouragement is afforded to the cultiva-

tors. The present supply of Nurma cotton from Cholai Muhasur

at Chanderee has been five years in the godowns there, and is far from

exhausted, and can be had there at three seers per Chanderee rupee.

It will be observed, that the Nurma cotton is naturally of a dirty

yellowish colour; it is also gathered very carelessly ; the wool adheres

strongly to the seed; and the fibre though fine, is not long in the sta-

ple. It is vastly inferior to Sea Island cotton in every respect.

I take the liberty of sending another specimen of common American

cotton grown by me at Gwalior last rains. This cotton, it will be seen,

is finer, and in every respect better than the Nurma cotton; the Chan-

deree people themselves say so, and this common American cotton can

easily, under proper treatment, be introduced into India. The Nurma

cotton can no doubt be spread over the country in suitable places ; but

it will never equal the American cotton. The fineness of spinning is

no criterion, as the invisible thread of Chanderee has been far surpass-

ed by the Manchester machine spinning, where one pound of the best

cotton has been extended to 8 skeins of 180 yards each, but this degree

of fineness is not a desideratum in England, and has been effected only

as a curiosity.

The labour, delay, and expense of the Chanderee Mamoodie manufac-

ture of any degree of fineness is exceedingly great. The finest Ma-

moodie piece of five yards costs Chanderee rupees 100; the breadth

being only half a yard, while for this sum ten pieces of fine Scotch Cam-

bric can be purchased even up-the-country of beautiful even texture,

7 yards long and a yard wide.

The greatest trouble and time is taken in collecting skeins from the

different spinners of equal fineness.

lst Query.—What is the kind of cotton called Nurma; is it of this

country or foreign ; and if foreign, in what way has it been introduced ;

who brought the seed first, and from what country ?

lst Answer.—Nurma cotton is foreign according to universal belief

at Chanderee ; has always been brought to Chanderee from Cholai Ma-

= eee ee

an a a a ee Ne eee ee

1842. ] On the Cotton called “‘ Nurma.” 313

hasur beyond Kidore on the Nerbudda; the best Nurma cotton is

alone brought from that place. ‘The Cholai Muhasur seed has on one

occasion been sown at Chanderee as an experiment, and though the

cotton produced was fine, it was not at all equal to the real Nurma

cotton of Cholai Muhasur. The inhabitants of Chanderee have no

idea of the time of the introduction of Nurma cotton into India. For

the last 25 years, the present fineness of thread has been spun ; formerly

the thread spun was so very fine as to require a blanket on the ground

moistened to receive it as it came from the wheel, when the thread was

scarcely visible; and it is said, that a skein placed loosely in a saucer

of water, might have been drank unknown to the person swallowing it.

Mussulmans and Hindoos of all classes equally employ themselves in

spinning this cotton. Nurma is the name given by the Mussulmans ;

the real name from time immemorial is “‘ Burari,” which would indicate

Berar as the original country of this cotton; or the word may have

arisen from the cotton drawing easily out into a thread, from ‘“‘ burana,”

to draw out.

2nd Query.—Is Nurma cotton produced in the common fields, or

does it require peculiar ground and treatment ?

2nd Answer.—Nurma cotton has always been imported into

Chanderee, and has only once been sown there about five years ago.

The Nurma seed was sown at the villages of Keerawul and Sersode,

four miles from Chanderee; the cotton produced was not so good as

that of Cholai Muhasur, the crop was besides injured by insects, the

ryots therefore did not sow it again. It appears, however, evident, that

the Nurma cotton would succeed about Chanderee, but there being

very little demand, there is no encouragement. At present Cholai

Muhasur supplies amply more than is required at Chanderee. As

stated, three beegahs were sown at Keerawul, and two beegahs at

Sersode, and the cotton produced, though fine, was like common country

cotton in adhering firmly to seed, and hence was rejected by the

spinners. The soils at these villages are light brown loams. In these

native experiments, the Nurma seed was sown in the same way as the

common country cotton. After the first rain in June, the ground was

ploughed, then allowed to imbibe a heavy shower, the seed was then

sown, then harrowed with the wooden “‘putela,”’ then exposed to a few

days’ rain, after which the young plants were weeded by the hand, the

314 On the Cotton called ‘* Nurma.” [No. 124.

ground was then hoed, after which common manure was spread over

the field by the hand amongst the plants, the weeding and hoeing

were repeated at intervals several times. The crop was nearly destroy-

ed by small insects, and by frost. ‘The Nurma cotton produced at

these villages on this occasion, required the seed to be separated from

the cotton by the churkee, or rollers; while the seed of real Nurma

cotton from Cholai Muhasur is easily and immediately separated from

the seed, merely by rolling it lightly with a wooden pin, or by picking

it with the hand.

3rd Query.—Do the natives largely manure the fields for Nurma

cotton ; and is a peculiar manure used ?

3rd Answer.—This I have written to inquire at Cholai Muhasur.

4th Query.—At what season is Nurma cotton sown, and in what

manner ; when is the crop ready, and after gathering, how is it cleaned ?

4th Answer.—After the first fall of rain in June, in the same method

as country cotton. The crop is gathered about October or November

at seven or eight intervals, according to the favourableness of the season,

and is cleaned by the hand, or a small wooden rolling pin. The clean-

ing is evidently very much neglected, as the Nurma cotton is brought

from Cholai Muhasur in the same dirty state as the specimen sent.

Before spinning, the Nurma cotton is pulled out for six hours by the

fingers, and then is drawn out and dusted by a small apparatus, (or

“pinjurs,’) of a catgut thread struck by a mallet, and is then rolled

on small sticks, from which it is placed in paper sheaths to spin off,

each sheath having a leather wrapper to give a firm hold, and also

to prevent the perspiration soiling the contained cotton. It is spun

by very small wheel, having a very fine spindle.

5th Query.—What is the price of the best Nurma cotton, and to

what country is it exported?

5th Answer.—Formerly as there was a great demand at Chanderee, and

as the supply from Cholai Muhasur was in a degree limited, the Nurma

cotton cost Chanderee rupee 1 per seer ; now the demand has so greatly

fallen off, that three seers can be had for the same sum. This cotton

is alone imported to Chanderee from Cholai Muhasur ; it is not known

to be imported into any other place; for several years Nurma cotton

has not even been brought to Chanderee ; the finer cotton Mamoodies

bemg in very little demand, the trade has vastly diminished. Rich

1842.] On the Cotton called “ Nurma.” 315

natives only make inquiries for this fine cloth, which is sold im a very

few shops. The Nurma cotton of which these Mamoodies are now

made, has been in the Chanderee godowns for five or six years past,

and does not spoil by keeping.

6th Query—How many years does the Nurma cotton remain in

the soil?

6th Answer.—One year only.

7th Query.—What soils are deemed the best for the Nurma cotton?

Specimens of the soils are required.

7th Answer.—The light brown loams are deemed the best cotton

soils. The Sersode soil is only sent; one specimen from the surface ;

one from 8 inches deep ; one from 14 feet deep.

8th Query.—The nature of the soils and minerals around the cotton

fields ?

8th Answer.—These specimens for reasons stated have not been

brought.

9th Query.—Are the Nurma cotton fields watered or not; and if

watered, how often ?

9th Answer.—They are never watered, being left solely dependent

on the rains.

10¢h Query.—When the Nurma cotton plants are about to flower, are

the tops broken off or not ?

10th Answer.—The plants are always left in their native luxuriance.

11th Query.—A specimen of Nurma cotton is required.

11th Answer.—The specimen of Nurma cotton is one imported at

Chanderee from Cholai Muhasur ; there is also a specimen of the deterio-

rated Nurma cotton from seed, as stated, sown at Chanderee.

12th Query.—When the Nurma crop is ripening, is the plant liable

to disease ?

12th Answer.—The Nurma plants produced at Chanderee were much

injured by insects and by frost. The insects were like those moths

that destroy woollen cloths.

13th Query.—When the fields of Nurma cotton produce plentiful

crops, what tax is paid per beegah ?

13th Answer.—From eight annas to one rupee a beegah, as for other

crops.

14th Query.—At Chanderee how deep are the wells, and in what

stratum is water found ?

316 On the Cotton called «« Nurma.” [No. 124.

14th Answer.—About forty cubits deep the water is found in sand-

stone: the water is excellent.

15th Query.—Specimens of the thread of which the fine Mamoodies

are made are required ?

15th Answer.—Two skeins or “‘ pucheries’’ of the thread are sent,

the finest weighs 24 mashas, and costs 4 annas; the coarser weighs 22

mashas, and costs 32 annas; one of these “ pucheries” cannot be spun in

less than four days. They are spun by all parties, and when collected,

are arranged according to their fineness.

Gwatior, March 17, 1842.

Norr.—My readers may recollect, that ‘‘ Nurma’”’ cotton from the neighbourhood of

Herat, was one of the samples of the staples of trade between Sinde and Khorasan,

and that ‘‘the foreign origin’’ of the Nurma grown in Bundelkhund was then account-

ed for by me by the natural supposition, that the fine cotton was brought into the

country by the early Mussulman invaders ; an opinion which [I still adhere to. we

On a Cylinder and certain Gems, collected in the neighbourhood of Herat

by Major Pottinger. By the Eprror.

I have selected the gems figured in the annexed plate from among

a collection placed in my hands by Major Pottinger. The cylinder

(Fig. 1,) is a very curious relic indeed. It was found on the hills close

to Herat by an Eimauk woman, from whom, I believe, Major Pottinger

purchased it. The material of which it is composed, as well as the

figures, and Cuneiform characters upon it, having equally baffled conjec-

ture and ordinary investigation, I sent the impression, taken in sealing-

wax, to Major Rawlinson at Candahar, requesting him, acquainted as he

is with some of the forms of the Cuneiform character, to give me his

opinion upon it; while I applied to my friend, Mr. Piddington, now

Curator of the Geological branch of the Museum of the Asiatic Society,

to determine, if possible, the material of which the cylinder was com-

posed. His opinion, in which Professor O’Shaughnessy concurred, was

given me as follows :—

« At the request of our Secretary, I have examined this precious relic

as to its physical properties. Its dimensions are,

Inches.

Height, ng’ -9 63 . as 1.1

Diameter, .. % he) i a 0.5

Diameter of the hole, os ah As 0.2

1842.] On a Cylinder and certain Gems, &c. 317

“‘ The hole is not drilled through the exact centre, and, as may be seen

by looking into it, has been drilled from opposite ends. Its hardness

is very considerable, as a good file will scarcely touch it. It is magnetic,

but not strongly so, and its spec. grav. by two trials at a temperature of

82° is 4.97. Neither nitric nor muriatic acids produce any effect on

its surface. Its colour is a dark black grey, with minute shining specks,

(probably of magnetic oxide of iron or mica,) only seen in a strong light,

or by a magnifier.

“As it is by far too valuable to take even the minutest portion for

a blowpipe analysis, I am deprived of any farther means of ascertaining

what it can be. Its high specific gravity places it far out of the class

of basalts, to which it would at first be referred on a cursory inspection ;

and its hardness out of the magnetic iron ores. I am inclined to think

it a ferruginous titanite, analogous to that described by Klaproth from

Aschaffenbourg, in Silesia. Perhaps, though not exactly a physical pro-

perty, I should not omit to remark the admirable sharpness of the cha-

racters, which it is doubtful any metallic tool could have produced.

“¥ add here from the London translation of 1801 of Klaproth’s Essays,

p. 504, the chemical characters of his fossil :—

‘ Colour.—Iron black, accompanied outwardly by a moderate, in-

wardly by a stonger, metallic lustre.

‘ Fracture.—Uneven and of a fine grain; fragments indeterminately

angular.

‘ Hardness.—Very brittle and hard, and only with difficulty ground to

a subtle powder, which is black.

‘ Specific Gravity, 4.74.—(This was probably at 60°.)

‘ Magnetism.—Not attracted by the magnet even in the small splinters,

nor does it attract the least particle of iron. The more remarkable is it,

therefore, that it attracts and repels the poles of the magnetic needle, or

any moveable magnetic bar.

‘ Composition.—Oxyde of Iron, 78. Oxyde of Titanium, 22=100.’

“So far Klaproth. I may add, that the degree of magnetism which he

here describes, is that which our cylinder also possesses, and which is

now well known to be merely an inferior degree of the same element.”

The character Major Rawlinson informs me, is the third, or mixed

order of the Cuneiform writing. He supposes the inscription to express

some formula of prayer, or adjuration. ‘The cylinder being evidently an

amulet to be worn suspended round the neck, or the arm, or perhaps

318 On a Cylinder and certain Gems, [No. 124,

on a string round the middle, as with the amulets of a somewhat similar

shape worn by children in this country, his conjecture is im all pro-

bability correct. The figures and emblems on the cylinder have yet

to be explained. The man holding a dagger, is perhaps in the

act of binding himself to some compact, religious or civil, the con-

ditions of which are expressed in the inscription in the presence of a

priest, some emblem having reference to the rite, being apparently

the image of a bird, being set up between the two? Or is the supposed

priest in the long striped robe a female figure? I have taken much

pains to arrive at even a plausible conjecture respecting the up-

right emblem, as a clue would be readily found to the meaning of the

whole, could this type be traced. All I can say on the subject is, that

such an emblem is figured in Rich’s Memoir on the Ruins of Babylon, in

No. 1. a. of the plates which illustrate that interesting notice. ‘No. 1,”

says Mr. Rich, “ isa black stone of an irregular shape (in part broken and

defaced,) about one foot in length, and 73 inches in breadth. ‘The figures

on it a and b, have been supposed to represent the Zodiac. of the Baby-

lonians ;”’ an inscription is partly legible, I should observe, on the stone,

written in the first form of Cuneiform writing. The figures on the

stone (a) are those of a dog, or wolf, and of a bird seated upon a staff or

rest, set upright in the ground. 'The shape and attitude of the bird

would incline one to conclude that the artist intended to represent a

crow or raven. The ideathat the emblem is Zodiacal, is, I think, borne

out by the nature of the figures on (0), the other part of the same

stone, which represent an antelope, a human head with ram’s horns, an

altar, two human figures, and others which are indistinct. I am more

impressed with the theory of the Zodiacal character of the bird emblem,

from having found it with other similar figures, in a plate Vol. II. of

Kerr Porter’s Travels.

I have by me drawings by the late Edward Conolly of several similar

rude figures of birds, of which he gave me the following notice: ‘“‘ These

are from Seistan; these small copper images are however found in the

ruins of old cities in all parts of this country, and have been dug out of

topes.” Mr. Rich observes, “small figures of brass or copper are also

found at Babylon :” (?) of a similar description with the above. (?)

This suffices to establish the fact, that such an image as that figured

on the cylinder, was for some purpose as yet unknown to us, but having

reference, probably, to a religious rite, in common use among the ancient

———— ————————

1842.] collected in the neighbourhood of Herat. 319

Parthian (?) inhabitants or invaders of Khorassan. Even this meagre in-

dex to a solution of the meaning of the type might give an able antiquary

the means of following up the investigation with success.

The cylinder, figured No. 12, in Rich’s Memoir of the Ruins of Ba-

bylon, differs from that before us as respects the inscription, but with

regard to the human figures, is precisely the same. The priest in the

striped robe, with his arms raised in the manner (vide Kerr Porter’s

Travels,) depicted on many of the ancient Persepolitan sculptures, the

man with the dagger, as if in the performance of a rite, are exact in

the one asin the other ; the emblem between these figures is however

different from our’s; it is also differently placed, and not as

standing on the ground ; it is in this shape, while the indistinct

emblem, which is given in our’s above the heads of the figures,

is replaced in Rich’s by a directly solar type, as I conceive it to be.

cS This variation in the emblems may account for the inscription

\LZf of a different written formula. Mr. Rich’s brief notice of

these curious relics, I extract for readier reference.

‘The Babylonian cylinders are among the most remarkable and in-

teresting of the antiques. They are from one to three inches in length :

some are of stone, and others apparently of paste, or composition of

various kinds. Sculptures from several of these cylinders have been

published in different works; and Nos. 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14, are

specimens of my own collection. Some of them have Cuneiform writing

on them, (as Nos. 12 and 13,) which is of the third species ; but has the

remarkable peculiarity, that it is reversed, or written from right to left ;

every other kind of Cuneiform writing being incontestably to be read

from left to right. This can only be accounted for, by supposing, that

they were intended to roll off impressions. The cylinder No. 11, was

found in the site of Ninevah. I must not omit mentioning in this

place, that a Babylon cylinder was not long ago found in digging in

the field of Marathon, and is now in the possession of Mr. Fauvel of

Athens. The cylinders are said to be chiefly found in the ruins of

Jerbouiya. The people of this country are fond of using them as

amulets, and the Persian pilgrims, who come to the shrines of Ali and

Hossein, frequently carry back with them some of these curiosi-

ties.”

Having done my best to offer some explanation of this curious relic, I

have, with inexpressible regret to state, that it is no longer in my posses-

320 On a Cylinder and certain Gems, | [No. 124.

sion; a friend to whom I entrusted it, for the purpose of examination,

having mislaid, or lost it.

My readers will at once detect on Fig. 2, characters similar to those

of Conolly’s gem of the hand and ear, noticed by me in No. 122 of

the Journal, and of other gems already published in this Journal.

They are boldly and elegantly cut, as are also the wild goat’s

head, and the palm leaves (?) which complete the device. The gem

is on basalt, which has been cut down to form a surface for the

execution of the carving. The whole has then been roughly polished,

and the stone drilled, to allow of a string or ribbon being passed

through it. The perforation so made, is about a third of an inch in

diameter, and is cut in a clean and workmanlike manner. Its large

size, compared with that of the gem itself, is perhaps indicative of the

value attached to the amulet, its wearer being desirous of securing it by

as strong and thick a ligature as possible ? I conjecture the device to have

some planetary allusion. Might one suppose it zodaical, and detect Capri-

com in the goat’s head? It is given in its full size in the plate, but

without a side view, which would have ee the perforation, and the

whole bulk of the gem.

No. 3.—Is on crystal, the head Sassanian; a variation of the charac-

ters (?) the execution good.

No, 4.—Red cornelian, a man driving before him a humped bull.

The characters are indistinct, and the execution coarse: the reverse of

the gem plain and highly polished.

No. 5.—Sardonyx, the characters similar to those of No. 2, and

beautifully executed. I fail, however, entirely to make out what the

central object is intended for ; a conch shell ? This stone by its shape and

size, appears to have been intended for a seal ring.

No. 6.—Red cornelian, it is carved on both obverse and reverse, and

carefully polished: the former slightly convex, the latter flat. The cha-

racter is evidently the ancient form, used for the earliest Pali inscriptions.

My Pundit, Sarodha Prasad, professes to read the reverse in Pali,

HEAT eATAATST which rendering Pundit Kamala Kanta concurs

in. The obverse is perhaps the abbreviated form of some ordinary man-

date, as the characters appear arbitrary, and the meaning of the reverse, (as

read by the Pundits,) maha mohe maga samadesh, carries out the infer-

ence, it being, ‘command of him who is first in dignity.” (?) I give the

oe Pb

Nene reidtetmmctns

2 “ biol Wow, i nate — seerhons ; A Shei cher sar

age fertas despa PY,

; hit i ing !

a i é

st ae : = ah Swtieilad: Beit

Lf ery ry conte at, the

‘Z

ee,

—.

te " iad ee Cah

ab uk

te bet

7 »

Bs dc

wy bre ny ay

A Jolee, oF

5 Bad Syist. enablers

linia the. sre

ee OP ee by

—

1842. | collected in the neighbourhood of Herat. 321

reading (quantum valeat) on their single authority. If it is a correct

one, we have before us the signet of some bye-gone potentate, who used

it to authenticate his written orders.

In the numbers which follow, I have given specimens of the ruder and

unlettered gems found in numbers in Khorassan, as in the upper part of

the plate are shewn various descriptions of lettered gems from the same

quarter, giving inscription’ in ¢hree, if not four, of the forgotten languages

of the earth.

No. 7.—Pink cornelian : it is roughly polished, and drilled for thread-

ing. The subject, a stag with branching antlers, is perhaps the com-

monest among the devices on such gems. Nos. 10, 14, 17, and 22

give proof of it. A solar type is perhaps intended.

No. 8.—Red cornelian : a lion very coarsely cut, the stone however is

carefully shaped and polished.

No. 9.—Crystal : the subject (?)

No. 10.—Fine red cornelian, highly polished ; apparently a flower.

No. 12.—Red cornelian : a humped bull; this stone is rudely perforated.

No. 13.—Crystal: a horse rudely cut on the convex side of the stone.

No. 14.—Pink cornelian.

No. 15.—Ditto, the stone rudely perforated : the subject (?)

No. 16.—Ditto: a bull.

No. 17.—Veined brownish cornelian: the stone has been ground

down to form a surface, and is roughly perforated.

No. 18.—Serpentine : a mounted horseman.

No. 19.—Crystal.

Nos. 20, 21, 22, 23.—Red cornelian: all these gems are merely

given as specimens of the rude emblematic devices found in numbers

about the sites of ancient cities in Khorassan.

No. 24.—Is a lump of white agate, rudely ground down in one place

for the reception of the device, and as rudely perforated. A Jotee, or

Jain priest, who saw this gem, professed to recognize a Budhist emblem

in it, declaring it to be the conventional mode of representing the sruthi

sthaponi, or desk-frame from which the Budhist scripture is read: he

brought me an ancient Pali illuminated inscription to prove his asser-

tion, by pointing out to me a similar device ; but by no means succeed-

ed in convincing me of the resemblance. The supposition is however

perhaps worth mentioning.

~).

322

Museum of Economic Geology cf India. By H. Prppinetoy, Esa.

Sir,

I am authorised by the Committee of Papers of the Asiatic Society, to for-

ward to you the accompanying Memorandum relative to the Muszum or Economic

GEOLOGY OF INDIA now forming, in the confident hope that you will personally, and

through your friends, kindly assist their views and those of Government, as far as lies

in your power.

With respect to carriage of Specimens, such small ones as may not exceed the usual

dawk banghy weight, say 500 Tolas, may be sent at once, addressed to the Secretary

of the Asiatic Society, and those above that weight dispatched by the nearest water

carriage, preferring the Steamers if obtainable. I am, Sir,

Your obedient Servant,

H. Pippineron,

Curator, Mus. Econ. Geology of India.

Calcutta, 184 .°

The objects of the Museum of Economic Geology of India, which has been establish-

ed by Government at Calcutta, under orders from the Hon’ble the Court of Directors,

in conjunction with the Asiatic Society and at its Rooms, are the following: They are,

as scientific men will perceive, generally those of Economic Geologists in all countries,

but there are some peculiarities connected with India, and the situations of Europeans

in it, which will oblige us to go into a little detail, to explain to those who may not

already take-an interest in these matters, our wants, our wishes, and our hopes of the

advantages which may accrue to the community from this new establishment. Its

objects then are briefly these :—

1. To obtain the most complete Geological, Mineralogical, and Statistical knowledge

possible of all the mineral resources of India, wrought or unwrought, so as to make

them as publicly known as possible; to shew how they have been, or are now wrought,

or how they might be so to the best advantage.

2. To obtain a complete set of specimens, models, and drawings, relative to the

Mining operations, Metallurgical processes, and Mineral manufactures of all kinds, of

India and of Europe and America; so as to afford to the public information of every

thing which can be turned to account here or in Europe, and perhaps prevent loss of

time, waste of capital, and disappointment to the Indian speculator.

3. To furnish the Engineer and Architect with a complete collection of all the mate-

rials, natural or artificial, which are now, or have formerly been used for buildings,

cements, roads, &c. and of all which may possibly be useful in this department, whether

European or Indian.

4. To colleet for the Agriculturalist, specimens of all kinds of soils remarkable for

their good or bad qualities, with the subsoil, subjacent rocks, &c. and by examination

of these, to indicate their various peculiarities and the remedies for their defects.

9. To collect for Medical men, the waters of mineral springs, mineral drugs, &c. &c.

1842.] Museum of Economic Geology of India. 323

6. And finally, by chemical examinations of all these various specimens, to deter-

mine their value, and how they may be best turned to account for the general benefit

of the community.

With objects like these the Museum of Economic Geology may be said to be placed

between the purely scientific geologist and the merchant, the miner, the farmer, the

manufacturer, and the builder, or in other words, the merely practical men, who may

desire to know how the knowledge of the geologist and mineralogist,—to them often

so recondite, and apparently so useless,—can forward their views: and its office, to be,

if possible, to answer all questions of this nature which may arise, for public benefit.

This may sometimes to be done from books, but the great library must be the collec-

tions of our Museum, which are in fact a library of examples, to which the commentary

is the laboratory ; where, aided by the resources of the collection, questions may often

be solved in an hour, a day, or a week, which it would take half an Indian life to

obtain the mere materials for investigating. An extensive collection, then, is the first

requisite, and this should, if pussible, comprise every inorganic product of the earth

from which mankind derive any advantage, with every information relative to it. It

will readily occur to the reader, that in India, owing to her infancy in some of the arts

dependant on these products, as in mining, agriculture, &c.; and her singular pro-

gress in others, as in peculiar branches of Metallurgy and the like, our almost absolute

ignorance of what her methods and resources are, the peculiarities of situation in which

these resources may exist, those of climate, workmen, and many others, we have almost

every thing yet to learn; and that to accomplish our objects, we cannot be too well fur-

nished with all the knowledge and examples of Europe and the Americas, and all those

of India, or of Asia. Without these, our progress must be very limited; but in propor-

tion as we obtain them, we may hope, without presumption, to see the day when the

mines, the quarries, and the soil of India may be done justice to, which assuredly, has

never yet been the case.* In this all classes are so clearly interested, that it would be

superfluous to shew it, as it is to shew that the resources of every country are far more

readily developed with public means for investigating, preserving, and publishing all

knowledge belonging to them, than where none such exist.

It is therefore hoped, that those who may be desirous of assisting this great public

work, will bear in mind, that nothing, however familiar it may be to those on the spot,

is indifferent to us; for if not wanted for the institution, it may serve to procure that

which is; and the following note is given rather as a general memorandum than as

specifying all which is desired. The general rule is, that details cannot be too

numerous, nor specimens too various, particularly if purely Indian.

* It is curious to find that upwards of 140 years ago, the ores of the precious metals were an

article of export from the Dutch East Indies ! This is clearly shewn by the following passage from

Schlutter’s work, as translated by Hellot, and published by him under the title of ‘‘ Hellot sur les

Mines,” Paris, 1753. In Vol. II. p. 285, Chap. XLVI. ‘‘ On East Indian Ores and their Fusion by

the curved Furnace,” he says—

“In 1704, Schlutter received by a private channel twenty-five quintals of ore from the East

Indies, &c.” And again: ‘‘ These sorts of ores (of gold and silver) sent from India by the Dutch

were frequently smelted at the foundery of Altenau in the Upper Hartz, but had never been

smelted in the Lower Hartz. This ore was in lumps from the size of a nut to that of walnut, and

by trials it was found that the quintal of 110lbs. contained 1 oz. 8 drs of gold and 34 oz. of silver.”

324 Museum of Economic Geology of India. [No. 124.

DESIDERATA FOR THE MUSEUM OF ECONOMIC GEOLOGY

OF INDIA.

MINES AND MINiNG PropuctTs.

1. Specimens of all crude ores, just as found. If possible also, of the rocks or matrix

in which found ; of those indicating the vein at the surface; of the walls of the veins ;

of the strata or beds passed through before reaching them ; and of the rocks of the sur-

rounding country.

2. The ores after preparation for the furnace by picking, washing, stamping, roast-

ing, &c.

3. The rejected ores, gravel or stones found with those used ; which often go. under

odd names, as those of ‘‘ mother, devil,’’ or the like.

4, The fluxes used, if any.

5. Memorandum of the kind of fuel used, samples of it if coal or coke, &c.; names

of the trees, as bamboo, &c. if charcoal; and if not too far, send specimens.

6. ‘[he roasted or half smelted ore.

7. The pure metals, as obtained in a merchantable state, of all the qualities.

8. The slags, of all kinds, from the furnaces and smeltings.

9, Drawings or models (to scale of possible) of all furnaces, machinery, and im-

plements used in any of the processes, with drawings, plans, and models of the mine.

Earthen models of the furnaces, &c. may often be well made, by the native image

makers for a mere trifle.

10. Specimens of any tools used.

11. Traditions, history, and statistics of the mine or mineral products, as (1.) How

and when found; (2.) Produce, gross and net; (3.) Rent if farmed, or what tax pay-

able on the product; (4.) Price of daily labour ; (5.) Amount of labour obtainable for a

given price ; (6.) Estimated profits, past and present ; (7.) Reasons for decay or increase ;

(8.) Whatis now required tomake the mine more productive ; (9.) Copies or notices of

any books or accounts of the mine; (10.) Health, comfort, morals, and condition of the

workmen employed, average of ages, and of life among them if thought unhealthy;

seasons and hours of work. Superstitious notions, peculiar diseases, &c. &c.

II.

Buitpines, CeMENTS, PotTery, Cotours, Roaps, &c.

1. Specimens from the quarries, of all kinds of building stones, useful or merely or-

namental.

2. The same of limestones, shells, corals or other articles, used to make lime or ce-

ments of all kinds.

3. Specimens of the strata above and below the quarried stone.

4. Any fossil shells, bones, fish, plants, insects, or other appearances of organic

remains large or small, found in or near the quarries, or amongst the rubbish and water-

courses of quarried spots. If specimens appear too large to move, please to give a

notice, with an eye-sketch, and estimate of the expence of moving, and preserve it till

a reply is sent.

1842.] Museum of Economic Geology of India. 325

5. Specimens of the building stones or remarkable bricks used in any public edi-

fices, monuments or tombs, with the date of their erection if known, and a note to say

if exposed to weather or protected by stucco, paint, or roofs.

6. Memoranda and specimens of any plants or animals destructive to masonry, as

boring worms and shells in water, and the like, with specimens of their work.

7. Ornamental or stucco-work : specimens of it, new or old, interior or exterior, with

the best account procurable of the materials, preparations, and working of them.

8. Specimens of stones and marbles, shells, &c. used for image or ornament-making ;

of earths for pottery, and varnishes of coloured earths of all sorts, whether used as

pigments or not.

9. Specimens of peculiarly good materials used for roads, whether ancient or

modern, with prices, methods of using them, and other Memoranda.

10. Prices of all the above; rates of labour, carriage, &c. from the rough to the

wrought state, and all other statistical details as in the case of Mines and Mineral

products above mentioned.

III.

AGRICULTURAL GEOLOGY.

1. Specimens of soils of good, and the best qualities, for all kinds of produce, as

sugar, cotton, tobacco, &c.

2. Of infertile soils or veins of earth.

3. Of the subsoil or rock.

4, Of the stones scattered about these soils.

5. Memoranda relative to the height of these soils above the water of wells in the

rains and dry season, and of its drainage, shelter, exposition, &c.

6. Of any kind of earths, mud, or stones used as manures, as peats from the jheels,

kunkurs, &c.

7. Of the deposits (fertile and infertile) left either by the common inundations

or by violent floods, with memoranda of their effects on the cultivated soil.

8. Specimens from any separate spots, where gravel or stones are collected in

quantities after inundations or floods.

9. Accounts of remarkable floods, and average heights of the rise of rivers, of the

raising of the soil, alterations in its produce consequent thereupon, and all other details.

10. Memoranda relative to the formation or destruction of river-banks, islands, &c.

with measurement if obtainable.

11. Samples of all kinds of efflorescent salt-earths, with specimens of the different

salts prepared from them, prices of preparation, selling rates, and accounts of the

processes and uses of the salts.

12. Specimens of brine springs, with details of manufacture if boiled for salt, and

statistics of labour and produce, &c. as in the case of mines.

IV.

MEDIcAL GEOLOGY.

1, Specimens of mineral medicines of all sorts, whether produced on the spot or

imported, crude and prepared, with notes and samples of the process of preparation in

all its stages.

2. Of the water of mineral springs, their temperature, incrustations about them,

account of their uses, and specimens of the rocks or soil in which found.

eee

326 Museum of Economic Geology of India. [No. 124.

Vi:

NaTivE MetTaLtureicaL Processgs, ok MINERAL MANUFACTURES.

1. Exact descriptions of them, however rude or simple they may appear, with

samples of the ores, fuel, fluxes, products, slags, &c.

2. Models or drawings (to scale if possible) of the furnaces and implements of all

kinds ; specimens of these last may be sent.

3. Memoranda and samples of the earths or sands used for moulds in castings, of the

crucibles and beds, raw and baked, and of the raw material from which made.

4. Prices of raw and wrought materials. |

9. Drawings of machinery used for turning, boring, polishing, &c.

In conclusion : It is not supposed that any individual, unless wholly devoted to

the research, can supply the whole of the desired specimens, or even of the knowledge

relative to any one product; but any single item of the foregoing may be of import-

ance, at sometime, to some one; and it will be the special duty of the Asiatic Society,

and of the Curator of the Museum, to see justice done to every contribution ; whether

relating to the Geology of India in general, or to this peculiar branch of it.

H. PippineTon,

Curator, Museum Economic Geology.

Correspondence respecting the Society's Museum of Economic Geology.

Nore.—The institution of our Museum of Economic Geology is neces-

sarily of such interest, that the publication of the Correspondence having

reference to it, and to the appointment of a joint Curator, will be read with

satisfaction by many of my readers. |)

To H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

S1z,—In continuation of my letter, No. 433, dated the 24th March

last, on the subject of the formation of a Museum of Economic Geology

in India, I am directed by the Right Honorable the Governor to trans-

mit, for the information of the Asiatic Society, Extract Paragraphs 2d

and 38d of a despatch from the Honorable the Court of Directors, No. 18

of 1841, dated the 8th September, and to invite the Society’s particular

notice to the requisition therein contained, with a view to its being com-

plied with whenever practicable.

2.—I have been further desired, in connection with the 2nd para-

graph of my letter dated the 14th April last, to enclose for the Society’s

information, copy of a circular addressed by the Military Board to the

;

1842.] Museum of Economic Geology. 327

Superintending Engineers, forwarding a copy of Captain Tremenhecre’s

Memoir, agreeably to Mr. Piddington’s suggestion.

I have, &c. &c.

G. A. Bususy,

Secretary to the Government of Bengal.

Fort Wixu1am, the lst December, 1841.

Extract from letter No. 13 of 1841, from the Honorable the Court of

Directors, in the Revenue Department, under date the 8th September.

2.—We have transmitted a copy of Mr. Piddington’s Report to

Mr. Delabeche, the Director of the Museum of Economic Geology

in this country, and we have informed that gentleman, that we shall be

happy to receive from him for transmission to you, any communication

which he may desire to make on the subject of that Report, as well as

any further specimens which it may be in his power to add to the col-

lection.

3.—We desire that you will transmit to us any specimens which

you may be enabled to collect of objects, which in your opinion may be

appropriately presented to the Institution over which Mr. Delabeche

presides.

(A true Extract,)

G. A. Bususy,

Secretary to the Government of Bengal.

Crrcutar No. 31.

To the Superintending Engineers.

I am instructed by the Military Board to send for circulation to the

Officers of Public Works under your control, the copy of Mr. Secretary

Bushby’s letter No. 482 of 24th March last, and copies of a Memoran-

dum drawn up by Captain Tremenheere, regarding the establishment in

Calcutta of a Museum of Economic Geology, and to request that you

will invite the co-operation of the Executive Officers of your circle in

the attainment of the proposed end.

2.—The Memoir contains full instructions as to the manner in which

the co-operation of officers may be best effected. It shews what speci-

OO rt —_

328 Museum of Economic Geology. [No. 124.

mens should be collected, and what information should accompany

them.

3.—The Board desire me to express their hope, that officers will

turn their attention to the objects contemplated in the formation of the

proposed Museum, and they desire me to request, that when any box of

specimens is collected the circumstance may be reported to you, and

your orders taken as to its transmission before any actual expense is in-

curred. A copy of the descriptive papers which are to accompany the

box should also be sent to you, in order, that if the information appears

deficient in any essential point, you may have the deficiency supplied

before the specimens are actually sent to Calcutta.

4.—The Board would wish you to exercise your discretion as to

having the boxes sent in the first instance to your own office and

thence transmitted to Calcutta, or in desiring Executive Officers to send

the specimens direct to the Presidency ; but in either case, they should

be sent to the Board’s office for transmission to Government.

5.—The Board request particular attention to the 2d paragraph of

Mr. Bushby’s letter, but they do not conceive it to be the intention of

Government, that useful specimens should be entirely withheld, when

opportunities of sending them free of expense do not occur. The Board

trust, however, that the most economical mode of transmission will

always be adopted.

I have, &c.,

(Signed) A. Broome,

Officiating Secretary Military Board.

Military Board Office, 6th November, 1841.

To G. A. Bususy, Esa., Secretary to Government, General Department.

S1r,—Your letter dated the Ist ultimo, with its enclosures, was laid

before the Meeting of the Asiatic Society held in this month, and the

Meeting referred the subject to the Committee of Papers, in order that

full consideration might be given to the important subject urged by the .

Honorable Court of Directors upon the attention of the Society, in

connexion with the formation of a Museum of Economic Geology for

India, and the collection and arrangement of specimens here, of which

duplicates should be transmitted for preservation in appropriate Museums

in England.

1842.] Museum of Economic Geology. 329

2.—The Governor of Bengal is aware, that a suitable room of our

premises has been assigned for the specimens brought to India by

Captain Tremenheere, and that the Society has a large assortment of

Mineralogical and other specimens, collected from various parts of India,

from which, with care in the arrangement, and particular attention to

the localities from which the articles have been procured, a valuable

Museum of the kind desired, might now be commenced upon, so as to

form nucleus of an Ciconomic institution, to which all public officers

might refer for information, and into which all further objects of useful

discovery might, as collected by the Officers of Government, be brought

for safe deposit and investigation.

3.—But for the arrangement of the specimens we possess in the scienti-

fic order requisite, and for their discrimination and proper ascertainment,

the entire services of a gentleman versed in somewhat more than the

rudiments of sciences of Geology and Mineralogy, and a proficient in

Chemistry, and the use of tests for purposes of analysis, will obviously

be indispensible ; and it would be a great advantage that this gentleman

should also not be a stranger to the Geography and languages of the

country, and that he should be known to, and in habits of correspondence

with, persons engaged in similar pursuits in different parts of India.

4.—The Curator the Society has recently obtained from Europe, Mr.

Blyth, is eminent in all departments of Zoology, and his indefatigable

exertions in this line, have already increased largely the value of the

Museum, as well by the addition of an infinity of new specimens excel-

lently set up, as by the discovery amongst our neglected stores of

objects valuable to science which had escaped the less accurate investi-

gation of his predecessors in this line. But Mr. Blyth’s whole time is

occupied in this very extensive branch of the Museum, and he does not

profess at present, to be sufficiently acquainted with Mineralogy

and Geology, to be able to superintend the formation of the desired

(iconomic Museum ; besides that being new to the country, and unac-

quainted with its localities and languages, he would feel greatly at a

loss in the attempt to arrange and investigate the affinities of soul, and

other characteristic peculiarities of provinces and districts, which it

should be the aim of an G&conomic Museum to display.

5.—The Society has been indebted to Mr. Piddington for all that

has yet been done in this department; the qualifications of this gentle-

——— ae

330 Museum of Economic Geology. [No. 124.

man as a chemist and man of general science, are well known to the

Governor of Bengal, but his attainments in the branches of Geology and

Mineralogy, and the attention he has given to these sciences in their

special application to India, may not have been antecedently represent-

ed to his Lordship. He is regarded by the members of the Committee,

and by the Society for which they are acting, as eminently qualified to

undertake the particular duties and charge to which their attention has

been thus directed.

6.—Circumstances at the present juncture enable this gentleman

to give to the Society a large portion of his valuable time, but render it

impossible, that they should be accepted without remuneration. On

the part of the President and Committee of Papers of the Society there-

fore, I am directed to request you will submit to his Lordship, that if

importance be attached to prosecuting researches in GAiconomic Geology,

and to the careful examination and arrangement of specimens and

objects connected with this science, they see no means of satisfying the

wishes of the Government and of the Court of Directors, except by

securing the services of Mr. Piddington, on a separate salary equal to

that now assigned to the Curator; viz. 250 Rupees per mensem. We

cannot hope that Mr. Piddington will engage permanently, or for any

given period on these terms, but we doubt not that his exertions for the

time of his devoting himself to this branch of our Museum, will place

the department on such a footing, as will much facilitate its being after-

wards carried on by less competent persons ; and in this manner, a basis

will be laid for a Museum of infinite value to science and to the public

service.

7.—Mr. Piddington’s services, if engaged, will be of infinite use to

the Society in other branches also, for he is versed in Numismatology,

and proficient in all the knowledge required for the discrimination and

arrangement of scientific objects. ‘The Committee would propose for

him the title, ‘‘ Joint Curator,” giving to his special charge, as well

the Geological as any other parts of the Museum, that we might consi-

der him specially qualified to arrange and report upon.

I have &c. for the Committee,

(Signed) H. Torrens,

Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

Asiatic Society’s Rooms, Calcutta, the 27th Jan. 1842.

1842. ] Museum of Economic Geology. 331

No. 265.

To H. Torrens, Ese. Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

General Dept.

Sir,—I am directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter, dated the

27th ultimo, conveying the recommendation of the President and Com-

mittee of Papers of the Asiatic Society for the appointment of Mr. Pid-

dington as Joint Curator to the Museum of Economic Geology, with

reference to the orders for the formation of a Museum of Economic

Geology for India.

2.—In reply I am desired to state, that the Right Honorable the Governor

of Bengal, with the concurrence of the Government of India, has been

pleased to sanction a payment from the Treasury of 250 Rupees a month

for the remuneration of Mr. H. Piddington in the appointment of “ Joint

Curator’’ to the Museum of Economic Geology, which the President and

Committee propose to confer on that gentleman. ‘The accompanying

Extract, Paragraph 5, from a letter dated the 23d June 1841, in the

Revenue Department, from the Honorable the Court of Directors, will

inform the Society as to the views of the Honorable the Court of

Directors respecting the appointment which has been thus constituted,

and the duties that he is expected to perform in connection with the

Museum of Economic Geology.

3.—I am directed to take this opportunity of transmitting for the

information of the Asiatic Society, a copy of a despatch from the Court

of Directors, No. 14 of 1841, dated the 2d of November, and of the

Letter and Memorandum from Mr. Delabeche therein mentioned.

Iam, &c. &c.

G. A. Busuey,

Secretary to the Government of Bengal.

’ Fort Wiuuiam, the 26th February, 1842.

Extract from letter, No. 10 of 1841, from the Honorable the Court of

Directors, in the Revenue Department, dated the 23d June.

5.—We cannot doubt that much benefit may be derived from such an

institution under proper superintendence. In order, however, to make

it practically useful, we apprehend that it will be necessary to place it

332 Museum of Economic Geology. [No. 124.

under the charge of an individual sufficiently versed in Chemistry to be

competent to make the necessary analysis of ores, soils, &c. and to

suggest the means of turning those analyses to account. To this

individual might also be assigned the care of the Mineralogical records

deposited in the Museum, which will probably in no long time become

so voluminous as to be altogether useless, unless properly classified and

arranged. In our despatch of the 27th May, (No. 5,) 1840, we antici-

pated the necessity of the appointment of such an officer, and we shall

not object to your assigning a moderate salary to any individual who

may be found competent for the discharge of the duties of such a

situation.

No. 14 or 1841.

Our Governor of the Presidency of Fort William in Bengal.

In continuation of our dispatch in this Department, (Museum of

Economic Geology,) dated the 8th September last, (No. 13,) we trans-

mit for your information copy of a letter (dated 9th Sept. 1841;) which

we have received from Mr. Delabeche, and of the Memorandum which

accompanied it, on the subject of the establishment of a Museum of

Economic Geology in India.

We are,

Your loving Friends,

(Signed) Gzorcr Lyatt,

& J. L. Lusuineton,

H. Linpsay,

a Joun Locu,

- H. Suang,

ys J. Perry Muspratt,

es C. Mitts,

4 J. W. Hoae,

Y F. WarDEN,

va Joun Corton,

3 ARCHDEACON ROBERTSON,

BR Henry ALEXANDER,

London, the 2d Nov. 1841. ms Henry WILLocK.

1842. | Museum of Economic Geology. 333

Ordnance Geological Survey, Haverfordwest,

South Wales, 9th Sept., 1841.

James Me tvitt, Esa. &c. &c. &c.

Srr,—I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your communi-

cation of the 2d instant, accompanied by the report to which it refers of

Mr. Piddington, on a collection of specimens taken to India by Captain

Tremenheere, as a basis for a collection for a Museum of Economic

Geology in India.

As the Court of Directors of the East India Company were pleased

to say that they would be happy to receive any communication on the

subject which I might make, I have ventured to send the accompanying

memorandum, and have therein given a brief account of the Museum

of Economic Geology, established under Her Majesty’s Government, for

the information of the Directors.

Permit me through you to return the Directors my sincere thanks

for their kind offer of sending specimens from India to our Museum.

Every thing which relates to the Metallurgical processes of India would

be highly valuable: specimens of steel, such as is used for arms, would

be particularly so. Ores of the useful metals, and any information

relating to their mode of occurrence would be very acceptable. Models,

or drawings from which models could be constructed, of any of the

native mining machinery, methods of reducing the metals, or tools used

im mining, would be valuable, however simple these contrivances may be.

Perhaps you will do me the favour to assure the Dirrectors, that if

they may consider any service I can render in the formation of the pro-

posed Museum at all desirable at any time, I shall esteem myself fortu-

nate in being able to afford it.

(Signed) H. F. Denaszcue,

Director, Ordnance Geological Survey.

Memorandum respecting a Proposed Museum of Economic Geology in

India.

Not being aware of how far the Directors of the East India Company

may be desirous of forming in India a Museum of Economic Geclogy,

similar to that established under Her Majesty’s Government in this

country, modifying it only to suit the difference of conditions existing

in the respective countries, or may be informed of the exact character

334 Museum of Economic Geology. [No. 124.

and design of the Museum of Economic Geology in London, perhaps

it may be useful, and not altogether out of place, briefly to state the

objects for which the latter were founded, and to shew the manner in

which we endeavour to attain them, before I venture to offer any ob-

servations which Mr. Piddington’s Report may have suggested on the

proposed establishment in India.

The Museum of Economic Geology was founded, in order to obtain a

more perfect and general knowledge of the mineral wealth of the United

Kingdom and its colonies than now exists,* and to render the knowledge

thus obtained readily available to the public, endeavouring to promote

an increase in the advantages to be derived from our mineral wealth,

by shewing where and in what manner mineral substances at present un-

touched in particular districts may be profitably worked ; by pomting out

that by adopting the mode of working elsewhere either in this or other

countries, mineral substances may be more profitably raised than they

now are in certain districts, and by preventing an useless expenditure of

time and capital in researches which can only end in disappomtment.

Another chief object is to shew the application of Geology to Agricul-

ture, and to afford to the public the facility of obtaining correct analysis

of soils at a rate so moderate, as to bring them within the means of the

many, and thus, by obtaining a multitude of facts relating to soils, be

enabled to arrive at conclusions which may be of very material benefit

to the agriculture of the country, and which might not otherwise have

been rendered so readily apparent.

In fact, the Museum may be considered, without further detail, as an

establishment founded to shew and promote the application of Geology

to the useful purposes of life in a variety of important ways, and thus

aid in advancing the general welfare of the country.

Though the establishment is termed a Museum, from containing col-

lections of mineral and metallurgical specimens, models, &c., these

collections only constitute a part of the general whole, and are solely

intended to render that whole effective. Under the same roof, there is a

well appointed Laboratory, an office for the accumulation and preservati-

on of the mining documents of the United Kingdom, and a work-shop

* Itself an object of great national importance, as even at present it is known that

the annual value of the Coals (taken at the pit mouth, and of the metals, and of a few

other mineral products) in their first merchantable conditions raised in the United

Kingdom, exceeds £20,000,000.

1842. ] Museum of Economic Geology. 335

for the construction of models from working drawings, both British

and foreign. Mr. Richard Phillips, F. R. S., long distinguished as an

analytical chemist of the first order, has charge of the Laboratory and of

the mineral and metallurgical collections, and Mr. Jordan, a gentleman

of considerable ability, and previously Secretary of the Polytechnic So-

ciety of Cornwall, superintends the Mining Record Office and the Model

Department. Both gentlemen receive pupils under certain regulations,

the former in analytical chemistry, metallurgy and mineralogy ; the latter

for mining, section and plan drawing, and mining machinery ; it being

considered a great object to teach as much as possible by aid of the

establishment, its collections of mineral and metallurgical specimens,

models, &c. being freely employed for the purpose, and not intended for

mere shew, though eventually the public will be admitted to view them

gratuitously in the same manner as the collections of the British Mu-

seum are exhibited.

The establishment may be considered as forrned to a certain extent of

distinct parts, though they are necessarily much blended with each other,

and may be said to consist of the Mineral and Metallurgical Collection,

the Laboratory, the Model Department, and the Mining Record Office.

The Mineral and Metallurgical Collections are divided into,

a.—The various ores of the useful metals at present raised in the

United Kingdom and its Colonies.

b.—Specimens to illustrate the mode in which these ores occur, and

the general conditions under which they are found.

c.—A metallurgical series, shewing the mode of reducing the ores to

the metallic state, as practised in the United Kingdom or Colonies.

d.—The foreign ores of the useful metals, in order to accustom the

eye of the British miner to all known appearances of the ores of the

useful metals.

e.—Specimens illustrative of the mode of occurrence of these foreign

ores, so that the British miner may see wherein this may differ from, or

agree with, the manner in which ores are found in the United Kingdom.

f.—A series illustrating the manner in which the ores are reduced to

the metallic state in foreign countries.*

* The British specimens of ores and metallurgical processes are kept distinct from

the foreign, to shew at one glance what is really known or done in the United King-

dom, and therefore what more or less is known, as relates to the same subjects in

other countries.

336 Museum of Economic Geology. [No. 124.

g.—A series illustrating the manufacture of steel, brass, and other

metallic compounds or alloys.

h.—An extensive series, illustrating the rocks which either have been

or may be advantageously employed for Architectural or Engineering

purposes. '

i.—The various cements, bricks, tiles, or other artificial mineral

compounds which may be, or have been, employed for the same pur-

poses.

k.—A series of the substances used in the manufacture, and illustrat-

ing the manufacture itself of British porcelain, earthen-ware, and the

coarser potteries.

1—A series of soils, with their analysis attached, and a notice of

such circumstances connected with the climate and the situation of

the localities where they occur as can be obtained, accompanied by

such specimens of the subsoils or rocks in which they rest as can be

procured.

In the Laboratory, analyses of mineral substances, such as ores,

rocks, soils, &c. are made at a regulated price for the public, who not

only thus obtain correct information without fear of fraud from interest-

ed motives, but also do so at moderate cost. Analyses are also executed

for such Government Departments as may desire them ; and pupils, as

above mentioned, are received.

The Model Department will consist (and numerous important models

are already in the collection) of models to illustrate mining operations,

from the most simple conditions up to the most complicated of mining

machinery, and of such operations connected with mines as can be well

shewn by models, not only British but foreign, and of furnaces and

other works for the reduction of the metals. The tools and instru-

ments used in mining in different countries, with specimens of the ropes,

chains, &c. employed, form also part of this collection.

In the Mining’ Record Office, not only will the plans and sections

which relate to British mining be accumulated, but all documents relat-

ing to foreign mines which can be obtained, will be added to the collec-

tion, and it is expected, from the arrangements which have been made,

that much important information will thus be brought together. Geo-

logical maps and sections of various countries will be here assembled,

and it is intended eventually to form a Library, containing works in

1842. ] Museum of Economic Geology. 337

various languages, which may relate to the application of Geology to the

useful purposes of life.

It might, at first sight be supposed, however desirable such an esta-

blishment as this, which has been thus briefly noticed, may be in India

or elsewhere, that it would require considerable expenditure and much

trouble to form. From experience I can say, that I believe the contrary

would be the case, provided it were placed directly under a Govern-

ment, which necessarily in almost all countries, possesses the means

of carrying out the objects of an institution of this kmd in a manner

which cannot be within the reach of any body of men formed into a

society, however active the members of that body may be.

The collections in the Museum of Economic Geology though no doubt

valuable, have cost the country a mere trifle, having been chiefly pre-

sented by persons anxious to promote the success of the institution,

because it was national, and belonged to the public, under the controul

and care of Government. At the same time it must be admitted, that a

large portion of the collections have been formed through the exertions

of the Ordnance Geological Survey, during its progress through the

country, causing the Museum to be more known and appreciated than it

might otherwise so soon have been, and thus inducing many influential

persons to make extensive presents to it.

It would appear from experience, that in such establishments outlays

of money are at first less requisite than arrangements by which the

various means of information at the disposal of a Government can be

rendered available, and at a suitable place set apart for the reception of

the different specimens, models, and other objects of interest that can be

collected, waiting, as was done at the Museum of Economic Geology in

London, until the accumulation of information and of specimens, models,

or other objects of interest should be sufficiently great to carry out the

design of the establishment on a more extended scale; it being at the

same time observed, that a laboratory and a good analytic chemist ap-

pointed to it, may be considered as among the earliest requisites.

The collections taken out to India by Captain Tremenheere, were

necessarily incomplete, and were merely intended as a foundation for

a more extended series of specimens, illustrative of the applications of

Geology to the useful purposes of life ; but like all such first collections,

they are most valuable as constituting such a foundation, and in this in-

338 Museum of Economic Geology. [No. 124.

stance, they have been the means of calling forth a very able report from

Mr. Piddington, as to his views respecting the requisites for collections

of this kind in India. Though Mr. Piddington’s catalogue of desiderata

may appear large, and refer perhaps, more to a complete series of col-

lections, than to what may be sufficient and essentially required for the

well-working of a Museum of Economic Geology in India, yet a large

part of them could be supplied at a very moderate cost. Time and op-

portunity will be required far more than money for a very large part of

the desired collections, though no doubt, some small outlays may from

time to time be necessary. It would be our earnest desire, as well as

our duty, at the Museum of Economic Geology, to aid an institu-

tion of the like kind established under the East India Company in

India, and it would be very easy to endeavour, as much as possible,

to obtain duplicates of Foreign as well as British specimens, likely

to be useful in India, when we collect them for ourselves. Copies

of the plans and sections of the Metalliferous and Coal mines in our

Mining Record Office could readily be furnished at the expense of ;

the copying, and care could be taken to select only such as would be

likely to be useful in India.. Arrangements might be made to find

competent persons to construct copies of such of our models as

might be thought valuable, particularly those required in the earliest

conditions of a mine. In fact, much could be accomplished, at once and

readily, in this manner, should it meet the approbation of the Directors

of the East India Company ; and as regards the applications of Geology

under consideration, we might be rendered available for what is done in

the United Kingdom and in many parts of Europe; at the same time it

would be desirable that applications to the friends of India, resident in

this part of the world, should not be neglected.

The most important part of the collections must necessarily be made :

in India, and can probably be best accomplished in the manner pointed |

out by Capt. Tremenheere and Mr. Piddington.

I would venture to suggest, that it would be very desirable by any |

methods that may be deemed most expedient, as early as possible to

procure an estimate, however rough it may be, of the mineral resources

of India, 7. e. that those points which may appear the most promising,

may receive the required attention, and the real state of knowledge on

this subject be shewn by something like effective and trust-worthy docu-

1842.] Museum of Economic Geology. 339

ments. By the same means, the collections might gradually become

considerable, comparisons be instituted where comparisons were likely

to be useful, both as regards the parts of India with each other, and with

foreign countries. Analysis of soils, which should be made as well with

regard to their physical as chemical conditions, due attention being paid

to climate, would accumulate, and eventually a mass of information

would be collected, which could not fail very materially to assist in im-

proving the agriculture, and developing the mineral wealth of the vast

territory under the Government of the East India Company.

(Signed) H.F. Drxasecue,

Director of the Museum of Economic Geology.

9th September, 1841.

To H. Torrens, Ese., Secretary Asiatic Society.

Sir,—With reference to our conversation on the subject of a Labora-

tory for the Museum of Economic Geology, I set down here as requested,

such Memoranda as occur to me for the information of the Committee of

Papers and the Society.

1.—* A laboratory and a good analytical chemist appointed to it may

be considered as amongst the earliest requisites for a Museum of Eco-

nomic Geology,’ says Mr. Delabeche, in replying to the Court of

Directors on their referring to him my report of February 1841, and he

is writing in England. We may add here, I think, “in India far more

than in England ?”

2.—The arrangements for a laboratory require a room, and I cannot

see how to obtain one of improper size, without adding to our present

accommodation.

3.—The arrangement proposed by you, would give us additional room

for many things which now become much crowded: and for models,

records, &c. which will gradually accumulate in the Museum of Economic

Geology, in which, be it remembered, we have to collect both Indian

and European knowledge and specimens.

4.—We require room for coarse furnace work, and for our more deli-

cate analytical operations, which cannot (be it remembered) be carried

on in open rooms, or left to chance-meddling, or exposed to theft if of

value. Room for the Superintendent, where he can work undisturbed

2¥

340 Museum of Economic Geology. [No. 124.

by visitors, is also highly desirable under existing arrangements, and at

the very best time for work, a morning is often lost by the indispens-

able civilities to. chance visitors. Where laboratory work is going on,

this is out of the question.

5.—It may appear, that I am asking for means and appliances more

extensive than our present Museum of Economic Geology requires ; but

to this it may be replied, that there is no lack of laboratory work even

now, and when we make known our views and desires, there will be

plenty more: add to which, that the first reference to us from Govern-

ment may be our requiring all the resources of a good laboratory to

reply to it creditably. I may be excused, if I remark in conclusion, that

it belongs to the Society, with such an opening as is now afforded to it,

to shew its readiness to do honour to the patronage it meets here and at

home.

H. Pippineron.

16th March, 1842.

Nore.—The means and appliances to which Mr. Piddington alludes, as

necessary for the efficient establishment of the Museum, have been afford-

ed by the Society in the same spirit of liberality and zeal for the cause of

science, which actuated the Honorable the Court of Directors and the Go-

vernment of India, in contributing so eminently to the formation of the in-

stitution. The Honorable the President of the Asiatic Society, (H. T.

Prinsep, Esq.) at once proposed to make such additions to the spacious

building which contains our Library and Museum, as might not only

supply a proper Laboratory, but also give additional room for the Geolo-

gical and Mineralogical department, as well as allow of the appropriation

of a new and handsome apartment to be added to the upper story of

the house to a better disposition of our Books, or to our Ornithological

Collection, which daily undergoes augmentation. These works are in

a forward state, the President’s proposition having been warmly adopted.

541

Museum of Economic Geology.

1842.]

‘ampuvzey ‘indkepy 0}

eporeg wosy Aijunod jo Asojoay| 78

‘panyyno) “rnysiq

Joseg oy} jo uoyeumiog dery} /p

“UNYUDAT

“92 ‘punoetpung jo Asofoax| 9%

"Aap] OD

“‘etpuy jo sojoax) uo suotjeAdasqg| T

Td TAX

"SLONJ0 AA

‘SIII}] enpueg ssorse Aouinor] 660 “JIAX

sese -g4aquazy ‘sureyunoyyy Jo

Joel] DJaSueD-Opuy 9qj UI [ROD] /6E

fess ee ep eT

qioquar suo enpamta'** ioe Japtleoae oak coool t, CUTE SUF JO O7tUSIT pue TEA Lee ve

hasho4 “eidy jo oresomy 2]... are os

pue sauojg SuIpiing eq} uC 660

; sos ** hashog “erpuy | OZI “AX

aiies UlsyINog jo saul puotmeIg

‘sorvuag 4e TOyO AA [e1sUl eooe ece @aeeojesene eece @eeslecne eeee eeee ty \4 8° ‘ddy

havg ‘auo}g ayeus aseeo e@eoe @eeoel*ee0 eaoce @©@eenleecoa e@eee eeoe LI€ al fd [it .4

‘uUaudoy ‘OIVeUIeD oY}

pR oe eee Ul BIOYIAVILY, LeIaU SuUOTIRIIIJag! T eX

‘saskyeuy ‘[eoISoToOJUORe g ‘[edISoTeI9UITY ‘[BOISOTOIaH ‘ase gq ‘OA

ee Eee

“ALHIOOG OILVISY SNOILOVSNVYT,

‘

‘WAASAT S,ALBIOOG OILVISY ‘ADOIONL OINONOOWY WAXSAT YOLVUND ‘NOLONIGGIg ‘f{ AT dn NAVUG

"HONTIOG AO SONINVETD FAL ANV ‘ALAINOG OILVISY

THE 40 TYNUNOP GNV SNOILOVSNVUY, SHL NI SYAdVG TVOIOOTOLNOW IV ONV “IVOIDOTVUANIW ‘“TVOIN0TONN NVIGN] FNL o£ XQANT

‘dasuidd ‘eay Wolj eurjetg |°°*° sre tee! -dasuiigd ‘eAy Woy eunetTg |**** eres esos (Aye

‘puna ‘Sayer Widg ey) UO} gez

‘ploy ‘sueuag jo ASojoaxy| GPT

"uosLaya

-onpy “efnsutueg 9y} Jo ASoT0ey| CTT

[No. 124.

"JSILOU

‘eXeyeull Ey oq} Ul STTPusS [tssoW ecce eoee eooel|eeee eoee eece LOU

-aIpAvET

‘erpuy yeajuag jo Asofoay) 77,

= ‘II 3d

S ‘quaquazy ‘seXeTeulzy

3 94} jo suotjonpolg [eloulyy |°°** inte screed aw 463

S ‘guaquazy ‘seXepewrpy ut unsdéy! 917

‘alodse nN Wolf spe1oul 2 — kaa?

2 Ne alone s[eieury -fashog SrtT cé6l

= yMsMeD Url ses peyijed| set

S ‘uwojgburp

“5 ‘ i = eecee e@oee eecelecce eeoe @eve |eece ecee e@eee

SS pig ‘WweMpiNng Wo se10-U0IT ns RR ILI

ulaIsaM YON Jo uorjdriioseq) egy,

> ‘moT “ejnsutua gq here Jossopoay| 97,5

ns ‘hashog ‘oR

= STITH 9rpinqyeys jo eanjoutys) Zt

% [ae a te

S UY Uday

‘euund jo soutul puowriq e@rcoee econo eeee OOT IITAX

a as a a ee) eee ae

‘sashTeuy | ‘jeatsopojuoxye q “[ed1soTeAoUr PY *[ed1soT0a4) ‘aneg ‘TOA

*“SNOILOVSNYH YJ,

342

343

Museum of Economic Geology.

1842.]

‘quaguapy ‘wnsdry Jo Aytpeao7y eee eee sees) 977

‘undogy ‘SauojsoumIry jess sees eee | CET

‘aupunpy ‘i0odkepy x» ep

-o1eg usemyaq A1UN0d Jo ae SPE

unyunsg punsetpung Jo | 01%

oF ‘10odAepy) 30 e1Z

‘hashog ‘s|[t¥q yans eAvleuEy ay} Jo ASo]0an)| GPT

‘}10,J 04} Ul tojzem TTO AA [TEMUH) OY} UI sUTeMIaL OIURSIQD [see hian wip.omilee e's Utes --=+! ogg

*J40 J 94} Ul Sutiog] ZoT

hasho, YANSTIMey S[[9Ys peytijag| gee

eeoea @e@eeeo eeeC; eecee

‘ayIWMO[Od ese0 eeee eeoe eees eeee C9Z

: pa%f4ab

“UD d01 Z1 = e@ocse eoae eecse

‘pofmosy dq i JAN D-9UO0}suLO FT 61Z

“AY ur SUIVUOL d1Uued1Q) e@oece @eee @eecl|eecne ec0eo @eee OSL

“pAnyynoy ‘uoryeutioy dery| 977,

“eAeTeUI FT ey} Josoutmtisddog |*°*° “ge eee! Qez,

‘sauor

‘eSueg jo suotonpoad jerourpy =|***° speiaiy snes T 707

‘sauor “UeMPING JO 49II}SIp [eOD] 19z,

*“MOWT SouUlUt 20 eece e@ecoe eeee

fag ‘CAV jo uopoj}se yy cove led mel 9, ecne eone eves et

*u00u eleyyg eeeo eeee e@eece b0E

- ‘SIILH eIseyy WOIy jadser eoee eeee eece Pe

‘suouttoadg

Jo oensoyeyeQ pue si[tpy eisey| zez,

uo syieWlay ‘InyquNny| ege

“S1oJemM z[es quale Ip JO sec0 eoce eceol|eenen eoeeo e@occel|sece go DOHA RDO was poe: LVG

“eISaUSe JA] 8h

pue omy jo oyeuogIeyg JO eoee eeoe eece|eecee ecco @ceelcece eene eee ¢

F *LOJUNET 193 [9G

UVNITAA HOY Ul 1a7eM TTaAA [eee hah Egan tae es She “URITIIMA WO,J Ul Sullog Lot ‘ZOL 'T

‘sasheuy *[eotso[ojuoRyeg *[eoISoTeA19UI |] *[edIso0TOax) ‘aseq ‘TOA

SSS ad eee OE £0 OIUIUSSIS Sy. Va

“HONAIO§ NI SONINVATY)

‘

[No. 124.

Museum of Economic Geology.

344

“ssOy ‘a10-UTT,

‘uogbuipprg ‘sai10-U01]

“elsouse py JO oyerpApy|*-e°

‘aT pure vIsoU

-3vJq JO oyeuogieg jo uoryeredag|+ees

‘sosh[CUuy

eoeoe eeeoe eeoe

‘ploy [eos uemping

‘jesueq Jo siapi0q ‘A ‘N

‘ay ———

“plDsay

‘eXeyeullfy Ul suleuer o1UesIC

“Inoe'y ye

2209.5 ‘IlISeqory ye soztpNULUIN NY

punjpyIng UO pojyse A JosotaadsMma N

eevee eeoee

a ee SS

*[eoIsoTOJUOReg

“WILIOSSeUa J, WOIJ 010-UL],

eceoe -eee eeese

‘jesuog ul UINe[O.1}0g

UNYUDAT “CUUL J JO SOUTUL*pUeTy

e@eeee eevee eevee

*sUId}

-sXg [eoisoTe19uly, UO s}ysnoyy,

‘Veqty,L JO

‘erpuy Jo seuojs o1ydeasoyqy

unyunig “punsetTpung jo —

‘ayfAg JO suo}soUL'T

—

‘eXe|eulpy ‘SouUIUL pee]

‘eXeleul py oY} UI souUIt UOI]

‘quaquapy “eXeTeuUlpT Jo speioutpy|****

*[BOTHOTeAIUT A

‘Davy

-79n0y “etpuy Jo uorjeuios dea,

‘funstuey ye eyeng

‘qejyeyy Jo autjuedieg

‘punde[p

-ung jo euojspueg snoulsniia 7

‘aIpPeMeLT

JO JOATL 94} JO Joyem Surkyujag

eee @eete e@eee

"eIpuy JO syxoo1 SurATIIAG

eoees eoee e@eer

eeeo eeeoe eece

eee esoed eeee

UNYUDAT “eIpUT Ul 9UO}SOTII] SEIT

*LOpID ‘UOIYEUIOS 93110} e'T

*moT ‘Aoaey, ye Sutids 407]

‘eAeTVULLFT OY} UI OUITOA

eaee

"[ROTSO[0AN)

966 ‘GIS

ePl

*C1Z

SS ee ee

‘PONTING NI SONINVATY

ble)

‘L9U0IIDT “WAY UWOIJ S9U0 [ISSO.T

‘dasuiug ‘{eog uerpuy]| *+* sees eee

‘dasuug ‘ayrqdery ysttsug]|***s sees SB

‘das

“Ug “eXeTeuUly ay} Jo aytydein|**:* Ns ka bees

‘dasursg ‘uojhag wor aytydeing|**** tees eee.

“das

-urig ‘funsiuey woiy pueg uory|**°- sees sees

‘dasuidg ‘InyUNy 100dizeyH| ++ sees bees

‘dasuid

‘IpuesuInyye yy jo sutidg 10 eeee eeoee econ

quaquazy “eXeyeulTzy josaytuowuy

Museum of Economic Geology.

‘sasATRUy *[ed1SOTOJUONTeg

eUeYSUIG Jo sytom 1addog

‘a10daz0.18,J JO SYIOM OI]

eeee eeee Seeoe

«eee e@ece eeee

a@eeae eeesn eeee

‘eee esece eoeee

‘Yon Ul syIOAA WUNTY

‘asoy ‘SYIO AA UOIT YRopuy

‘uoxrg ‘oiamily Jo sautut peo'T

‘uolye19}[Npe uly, loodesuig

‘dasutg “bs ‘sutt

“IG “gq Aq pazdaT[oo spereuryy

‘nvajig “eisy Jo auoj}spues

*[ROISoOTeAOUT PL

‘HONAIOS NI SONINVATY)

ns ae sere eeoce ests

a8 Be eee e@eee 8ZE :

Bo: wees tee! FOr ‘car

Soo, eens

sen e@eee e@eeere O8Z%

e e e@eee @ees G

e@eeve @e@eee @eee 61%

+89 @eeese @eee 694

ee e@eee eeee BRE

seee wees eee! Qoe

eeece Oe ee @eee LIf

bare e@ees e@eee GEE SG

SIUH IPINGeig Jo oinjonyg) 2Z

eoeee eeee e@eer cle

“elpuy

jo ASojoar) ay} Ur eyerapisaq| OZ

*SUOTJVAIASGO [RITSOTOIN) ‘

Jo souepINS 94} 10} suoNoaIIG ¢ Lce “IP

‘unyuvig ‘[e0D 1oy sayoieasay| L1Z

Q4aQguapy ‘eAeyeullzy ayy

UI WNIANTIG jo Uolje{nuUNo.y} FOT

QhOQLOET

‘uooyg eyo UI {eM jo uoNDeg! FOT

‘nuleled JO play [eoD| 1%

AOYSUT

Jo yystoyy Ssureyunop visey) ¢9

eee e@eee e@ee SST

Jo1tjstq] 100djinygq jo {Sopooy| EFT i!

"[RdISOTOeN ‘aseq ‘JOA

+ ‘uosunmory ‘a}I[O19 Y ie : 5

oe “uojtburp

So -pig ‘ueyry jo JoyeMQ [eIoUrWI|*°**

Zz ‘das

— -uttg ‘a210TT JO Joye AA Terourpy|****

*"dasutsd

‘oapeyeyy jo AayeAy [esoutpy|**°°

‘dasuihd

‘st[tq] Aoaey, jo raze, yesoutyy|°°**

‘dasutug ‘eay wor euyelg|****

Museum of Economic Geology.

“uojbuippig ‘Saatiyy

‘saskieuy

346

‘a10IULARLI, § spaag———_ °° °°

“$StT f STTOUS TIs80,q)°***

‘aqam ‘seuog jIssoyq)***°

“sauaag ‘stisso,y eAeyeull fy

“sau0q [ISSOJ| **°*

|S A RD SS

‘[ed1sojo}UoRleg

‘uosunmoy don ‘aytjo1ay|°**e

‘gnseg jo soynpony snojasgq|°**

eoee e@eee

"[e0g siodaseyog

‘teog e1odiun yy

‘Aydeisoyyy 10f auo0jg

‘QAeQ CISL JO a}IUISeTRIG

‘auo}som'y] ATUpnsrier

eeee eeeve

eoce e@eoe

‘peqeutessn Fy

‘eAY Woy [eog

‘yeog euryg

*ADUING

‘tofeyy Aq pajussatd syerouryy

‘upunyong ‘jewlery Jo sje1ulyy

eoee eee

*[BOLSOTAIUT IY

“HONAIOS NI SONINVHATY)

“pjoqungey ‘souedfOA WeIpuy

UNYUddT

‘auojspueg ueIpuy

‘puny ‘Bueuseg jo ASojoary

“salar ‘auojspueg UC

“saLaag ‘1oodizeyx) 0, Aouinor

eeeoe ecee eeoee

‘t{uoog ely ye [Rog

“eynoyeg ‘19}eM Oy Sutog

“enyqueg jo ASopoax)

‘[BoTSoTOaN)

‘10%

‘Gol

‘ane g

‘ToA

347

Museum of Economic Geology.

1842.]

‘dasuiud ‘sokeg indinqer

‘peqeiaphpZ ‘sauog TIsso,q

e@aee

‘dasutdd ‘{e0d jo siskteuy]+-

‘qsauaag ‘ekeTewmrpy woz [TaYS\***°

\ eccee @ecsoe eeee

‘dasuisd ‘asteyyry eay|****

‘dasutug ‘sauog [Isso ****

“S[PIOUIPY, BPAY) °° **

‘saskjeuy "[VoISOTOJUOR]e J

eoeoe eeeoe zeee

‘Rausing ‘saulyl VAY

‘uosuaaayy ‘eyeyding snourunypy

‘naqdungy aq “ylepes

‘hashog ‘auo\soui'y

QfouInsg “ekisey TROD

‘sauung ‘qefung seulul y[eVeg

‘unDpp ‘puels] usl1eg

‘UOTJIET[OD SAY

‘dasuug “eay eurye[d

"[eoLsoTe1d ul PY

“ALAIOOS OILVISY AHL 40 TYNUOOL

‘gaqnwmwuoy burs

-og ‘Uuoljeg WNtTan[ly eyNI[eVO

aphoay ‘s[tssoy ayqejasa A

‘fudg ‘syisodep autres

‘uaysig ‘IaMsey pue inopueT

‘ajhoy ‘uooyq eisoq

esee OP eile

IER EI f

‘fajynny “ekeyeutpy jo wnsdixy

esee eeee

eeee eeee eevee

*[RITSOTOOX)

Z29 ‘S8S

COZ ‘TST

Go ‘IZE

Z8P

ZOP

Lt9 ‘96

6PS ‘89

£9% ‘£9%

Eg. Il

8hZ

€0S

e61

96 ‘6bZ

ZG ‘OS

99€

68% ‘OSP

[No. 124.

Museum of Economic Geology.

348

"uosuaaary “ylepeg U0 9}0N\°°°* eeee eee

‘hingspdy ‘yweydely ose st PS deg ie ones — ps

‘huds ‘reseg ‘sq]eus [tssoJ neee e@ece @eevleceen @oeve Reee 69 WAS ‘ole

addasiny oP ‘eAY jo Sauly ecoe ee0e aes CL Pa

‘oj0uP .p | ‘s}tsodap

aulfeg SpeqeiepApy reau soaeg| 77

urnjdn) ‘wt1asseua ie

. i IJ SIO

‘udayy ‘sueutroeds 1addog|***- ae Be

noysuaan xy | ‘hasho, ‘sour wory|** °° eons sees! cor

*JOIISIP peqepeloy, UI pueg|**ss seee s29+! coz

‘1ydQ juno; jo sour ploy|*°* cece hn WY. 3

‘pjoqnagy | dasuang ‘oohyg aot Woy [20D] 96¢

ose

-od1yqo1y mmet86iey so LCI

‘aupaqghuoy “etpuy Jjo————| 999

‘ysaLag “peqeiaps Fy Jo Z6E ‘86%

‘Seg 0} andezatyy Jo ASojoaxy| cp

“YSDOAT ‘kSo[007 ——— eeeo e@eooe e@eoo ‘hashoyg | eoee eeee CoP

*hadsy ‘stays eoces ee2oce ecoeleece alelee “a8 4 eS a

“souod [Isso e@oeo eeoce ecosleece ereleie snenll one a ee

*syreute F) (

"u1ajoy ‘WIN -WNG je sau0g) ++ eee cccclecee A 10nd a

‘hasho,g ‘sovutyq puourerq)***° eee soe! Cop

"UdaYy ‘al0T[AN ‘soutryy teaddog|**** sree coool FG

‘JaYTAS Jo sautf]——|*"** Se seer! 7p

‘dasutug ‘suopesog ———|**** sees see! ooo

"SLIIIDM ‘suoky yy sunig eeee eee0 eccee 69¢

‘hajog ‘ookyg yooAy]——|**** eee +++] o6c ‘ZEC

“SIUANG ‘INMEYSS J sisi bg 130 sree! 707,

“moysuaany ‘peqepei1of sree pice see+! £07

‘fazasng ‘peqesurysof]——|***° coe 29°! 759 ‘Cop

"shaqumy ‘WweselIy—[eog)|*°** oes see! Coz

: § ‘umranty oniq|***: aah seceleeee tee e+! 659

WMS Y ‘euwIne S[ISsOy|**** sane seeslscee coos 29°] 679 ‘IT

‘soskteuy ‘[Ro1So0TOJUORTe *[ROISOTRAVUT TT *[eo1s0T09 ‘asegq “OA

pd led eetet [e9Tso09s) | d

“ALAINOS OILVISY AHL AO IVNUNOL

"wOsmj0I) 0 ‘peqeipAzy SS iri (eee eveccloces eeee ae: | 70e

*dasuttd

‘L ‘HT ‘puey sueuw

2G f ueA wody sTtseqs ———j"°"° eroe e@ceelroecen @ece eres 10¢

“PU019ID W.

4styag ul suotssoidwy OK eoae eoerleoce @eror e@ece 829

-0G ‘unqeyy Woy q1007, e@eee @eeo @eopelecea eeo0o eevee eg

"Lay | “dasutig

‘peq BUuIaso FY jo aoreyng ———|°°** eccve ecoelsece secs coon! BRO

‘hangspdy “e

-pnqion oq} jo yuey aq ———|*°"° eowe eeresiesecn e@see eeose 96E ‘ege

‘YnuUS 7T ‘euune ‘sauog — eee areas Ro Oo ee seer! Bre

‘fajog ‘qnaryT ‘sjjaqg ———|°°°- sess ceceleees coe ores] vp

‘uUDIGg ‘sauog [Isso] coco eeee eoeol|eece eeee eeoes 06S ‘Z0E

“‘yinseloyg ‘[e09 eeee eeooe eees c6Ee

“peqeulessopy eees eeoe eeee 99g

‘hayynoy) ‘xyesag ‘syssoq|** ss eee Arcs one nose eres] 7eG SZC

“hayynvg ‘

a ‘qeoogq Ul UMO} JUsIDUY ‘s[ISsO,J cece ccee eocelecce eoce cose] oF ‘C7,

ah *hauuyy ‘adoing ‘sqTeqS ———| * e060 e@ eo erecleceoe eeoe eeoe cge

= "hauung ‘eay ‘sauog [Issoq|-*°* eoee cceeleree eeee ee**1 coe

§ | Aungspdg ‘jooyreg pue rey

Q|-ynpusy, ‘eppnqian jo Aat[eA| FEE

“7fOLIDAD

, ; ‘MOTYUN NY 0} Wessy ‘SI[IF] VIsey]| CGz

“YIOPPDLT ‘erpuy ulayynog cece e@eee eee F6I

‘hauung jooweg 2 peqesunysoy| C/-[L

"Yong UI ssullog] OP

‘sulyuar ‘auojsawlt'y wessy|***° aoe eoee| GOL

‘uosuaydaiy “JOOYATT, ‘[LOs aUTTeS cace eooe eeoeeleeece eece eeceleooeeo eocee eeee R81

"uosuaydaay ‘alodizeyry ‘sy[eS esee ecee CE Ree e@one ececeleecve eece eeee 9g

‘soy TOMY e@oee e@eese . e@eeeoleeee e@eee eeee ene

"a}T[OIBY e@ooe @eee coos €IP “‘T1hT

rm) ‘saskyeuy *[ROISojO}UOR eq *[ROISOTeIIUT A "Jed HO]OIL ‘aseq "OA

oy)

2 ‘ALAINOG OILVISY FHL 40 TYNUNOLS

= “fiajasng ‘yeog eppnqiaN

= ‘haynog

5 ‘aiofulq ye sallaaoostp [Isso |**** see cee

° ‘hajinngy ‘ssuiysea-pjoxy oytUeID

““ayDg ‘S[Issoq yIpemMog|***° ere sees

‘uojbuipprg ‘suryuar ‘yeog wessy

‘souylyO ulejunoyy 10 ‘eamop|**** eierets overated |iettsste oes cece

‘dasutug ‘iaddog ai0j[an|**** aiPia seca levee ress woes

‘dasuiug ‘winejpo1jeg woosuery|"*** afar er eelecee cece cree

dasuitg ‘wnuepqhop eyeydjng|***° pee sree leece sees sees

‘dastidd ‘[eloulyy Ulew Nop sees ecco eoeceleseoee eeee ecsza

“dasuthd ‘s1aye AA [R1OUTTA seee ecce eoeelecce cece sees

‘dasutug “eooejeyy Wooly uryp|"*** sees eee levee cees ater

‘dasuiig ‘ersause py “uoqieg!**** siaraie see loces sees eee

‘dasutud ‘lye Ay beg pay|***° i eee leoee eee oes

S -uaydag ‘JOOYAL T, “epos ‘yd[us vece secs seeceleave ee m2 eretare

o «= uos | ; Mosuanarg ‘{log 100dIzeYx)

“YIU GS euuin ye? S[ISSO Hf e@eee een e@eene

"fajasno ‘[e1og eoee evece Btenele

“UOSULOIIDIY ‘S{[EYS [Isso |**° OG sees

SM)

"Uuatdoy ‘aiosk{{ ‘81Q por)

‘YDYS ZOLA kq ‘souoq SN 0 8X6, eocee @ees

"hao ‘QO1We Y jo s]Teqs [tssoqie*° eoee pt fo

‘sashyeuy *[RO1S0[O}UOR]eq "[BOLSOTLIOUT IN]

eaes @etee @ees

eecoe @eeeo e@eeoe

"UOSUOY, TL,

‘equioq Jo syo0y uvoddery

DZUIT ‘SIMISTIN JO ASoTOex)

"Yqlaquopy ‘eIS1d J ‘SUOTYETAIOJ BIN J,

‘ampunzey “YONUIIaN

eeee eevee e@eee

eceee e@eee eeeeo

gfOLIDAI

‘SIT!H ese yy oq} Jo ————

‘hungspdgy ‘Sete A

Jooyeg pue eppnqiaN jo ASojoer)

"eMC JO YNOG ——

‘qoyng jo ASsojoax

a i i a

*[edLsoT0an)

869 ‘Cgc

gge ‘TL

8&Z

alv “Ill

—_——_—- C- --

‘ase “JOA

“ALHIOOG OILVISY FHL 40 TYNYNOL

dol

1842.]

‘uvaq (‘pa

-soddns) ‘souog uvuinyy jissoq|***s

‘NV nuDsay YYeg snoing

e@eoe ea

eeortleovee seee

‘Tuznyy ‘suoepnxiy

oulye

‘uogbuipprd | ms

eeec e@cee eeee

‘day Dg ‘STISSO.J YITeEMaeg stsdoudc

“ayn g ‘jaueq —

“wayng ‘seXey

“CULT J¥914) BY} JO souog [Issoq

‘PUDI1919. ,.W

‘STH esey ‘syTayg yissog

‘fajynoy ‘4auoajng ‘uNIIayyeAtsg

‘uosuaydary

‘soyesy jo salqejasa,

(ie.

‘amng “peefy s,s0yeyng [issog

‘reunyy “eajag ‘oyIp 0331q

“hauing ‘oyytp oniq

““auoa

eeee eee eeeod

eeee eeee ceee

eee @ereve e@eee

eeceoeo eeee e@eeoset

-J0q ‘sauog [Isso,J Jo anSoreyeg

eooe e@2ee eose

‘unag “euunr ‘sauog |Issoq

*haonj9 “eueysuig

“ULI Y SOLOT[ON

‘uomg ‘eiewly ‘sauty 1eddog

"U1aj0D ‘sauog [ISsO,q|*°**

‘among “apy ‘payuasaid sttsso.7

‘saskyeuy ‘[eo1SoTo}UoKeg *[ROLSoTe19UI AY

"ALAIVOG OILVISY FHL do I¥YNuAnor

‘o}1aye'T UO SuOTjsany

“210719 NT |

‘eo0e[e A] ———|

‘ozuag | “Aequiog

*SIBIIIQ) UW1OYJION

‘DZzUuag ‘syeyxy ay} Jo snotyeas[qy

"PUDIINDIN “PINT, SNOLTTIS

‘uvag ‘WNIANTTY qeoq

e@eee eeee

eeee econ eaeer

eeoes eeee eoee

eeoe eaese e@eee

eeeo eeee eeee

eese eeee eete

“WSOLIUT

*‘TANOSUeL) 0} JISTA

eeee eeer

‘unag ‘UINIANTTy euune

‘[ed1s0[0eH

Ceb ‘Ltr

969 ‘089

L6P

669

esc

OFS

ZES

CEP

eeP

19%

90L

£69

c9¢

06S

LTS

LOG

90S

9€%

€8I

6LT

069

00¢

19%

08S

DLS

ZES_ ‘C62

‘60P

‘6LI

‘C6P

‘19%

‘EST

‘19%

1G69‘9&Z‘9S ‘AT

‘aSeq ‘JOA

[No. 124.

302

‘sas{yeuy

‘puping pue wayog ‘u0t}

-oa][0g andnpeq ‘e1euer) [Isso]

‘uauooajug ‘snviejododdi yy [Isso]

‘amog ‘peiuasaad sjIsso 7

pue auoa2ng ‘mINTIayIOAIYD

“hapynng j | *fian

-7n0ZQ ‘peay] pue 44997, Uopo}se

-0q pue hagnvg ‘wWNTeyVeATS

"49u0d |

puving

pue vayog ‘euewmnipen?dy

‘puvung pue wayng ‘sng

“puving

‘e10AIULeQ, ———

pue wayog

‘uayog ‘solaoouryy [Issog|***°

“ayn g ‘S[Isso,y ‘1oodnpeq

“py ‘wiessy jo sTjeqs [sso

punyag9 |

‘syITeEMag JO sy[Issoy sisdouds

‘hayinog pue 4au0njD7 }

‘hangspdg ‘souog jIssoq}****

Ce EET

fe oe ee eee d

"KLIIIOG

uo.) ‘s[issoyy|°***

sveeo eoeee eeoece

eooe eoee eeoe

veeoe eees e@ocoe

eoceoe eeee

“hajog

‘uramnoy ‘Auownuy jo sao

,eoe e@oee e@eoo

‘pjoqmany ‘eo0e[e YW JO SOUT, UL],

“JOQUL, BPW] JO e9eTVIS

“uosuaa

Yoqty, jo ayjor[eig eeq

-918

*[BoLSo[e.LAUI TA]

OILVISY HHL do = ee ES OR co I se

jee ee

-fajog ‘ulewpnoy, jo Asojoar)

"UOSWOIIDIT

‘yedeppng jo Joystiq, puowriq

‘ysnT ‘jo ASojoox) ‘ueau0g

eeee e@eeoe e@oee

“PUDlT

Yseog epeny wor suewiedg

"100dSeN Je9aU JRL, II}[eseq

eeoed eeese eece

a@eee eeoe

@eee ecee

e@eee @eece

eoee e@eee

*[@0150]095)

16%

69%

6¢

r8I

192

Lol

892

6€

621

cl¢

OIT

199

6LS

98P

16%

61S

GLE

90L

EPS

96S

06S

‘9BR d

‘6G

‘se

‘8S

“AI

—

pies

'YSNT ‘S[ISSO WIIIag U0 saJON|**** feos cose cece cece

“0OnET ‘s[IssOy Ula g UO S2}J0NT coco ere eeeslooee eee eocee

: *uOSUlOd

10 ‘qedeppng jo ssutidg yopIe°*° eocoe eevee

“Nan ‘ajodmoyr jo Soul Ploy eoce eoee eoee

‘p109 | ‘UOSmonI DIT

‘1oodse NY pue peqeisapA Fy ———

‘punjg ‘syveyg ———

"edde[LIA JO SHleygQ ———

“Avuungy

‘suemtoedg vay jo ASojOar)

*49U09

704 ‘WUMeYsYS Wo} suewidedg

W193 J ye punoy eee e@eooe eeeoee e@eee e@eee eecee

"Aungspidy

‘eppnqian WO Pore ee BE ve see | OKO eeoe eooojeeee @eoe eee

"unaq

“euun au} WOT e@ooe esee0 eeeoleteee e@eecne e@eeee

"L904, ‘ado fy poor

jo adeg ay} wWoiy sauogy ——|***° oe ens ened eevee onee

"‘PUDLNG 5

Ss pue AOYOT ‘sodin A. stueg Se STOR RO eeoe eeoos*eee @ece e@eceoe

ine) “‘puving pue “ayng ‘ojng, ——|°°°° eeoe @eaalseee e@coe eeee

‘puoung pue uvayoug ‘sijaq ——|°°°** e@eece wpeerleoee eee e@eeoe

‘haynog ‘uopo}se FI pee 5 BOI a e000 eooeleote eeece e@eoe

*PfOLIDAD

‘save AA ‘Ss "Ni jo poo“ ——|°°** eecee eeeaeljeeee eevee @eeoe

‘PUOlT

‘epa'T ond jo ee a eeee @eeel|eoeve e@evne @eeee

EO A's aq Ag jo .ece seee w@eccleone eece eee.

‘punz| “uosuoa

LOA ‘(ULI NY jo eeece e@eece eeee | cece eeoe eoee

*uosmod

“70K ‘Jooun | jo STI?qS [tssoq eeeo eoeoe eseee eet®8 @eee eeee

‘saskyeuy *[Bd1S0TO}UOBleg ‘[ROLSO[eIOUI *[BOISOTOIN)

1842.]

‘ALHIOOS OILVISY AHL AO IVNUNOL

19Z

88%

cIl

09%

96 ‘6S

6L¢

8eP

Lev

SEP ‘ELE ‘887

EL9 “928

68S

SIS

18S

6LS

P62 ‘89L

Kal

¢L9

61S

Tél

801 "A

ne ee

‘eSeq “1OA

[No. 124,

454

‘uosuaydajgy pue Ajyjouog

*“SYI[VMIG: SY] WIOL-—— se

"J10,q 94} UI ——-————_| °°

‘hangsnds

‘1oodinqqne ‘seuogq ———|°°°°

*L9U0I) DT

‘1eMpiN Fy JO yseq ‘souog

‘Saud GIN ‘pueyS] WI1dq S[ISsOJ]****

"LOU0I) DN

*AaUuU0IID ‘S{ISSOT I[EMAC]****

‘hangspdy “ep

-pnqiaN ay} jo yueydoyy [tssoq|*se:

‘among ‘payuesaid souog [Issoq| +++

‘hayynog “euewmnipen?y [Isso,q|+*+s

‘auojspueg dI}se[q

“SULIOg 410.7 94} WIOIY ——|,

"2072LY SYeWYND Ul [eog

"punj7a77, jy ‘speieulyy, UoeMey

‘woqung ‘STITH

YYeMsg jo ueiryoeieq |issoq]-**s

*hauing

‘yong “STITH WeyO wos s[foys]++°-

"hauing ‘Soys MoU ‘s[ISsOy VAY] +eee

‘abbig ‘uressy 1eddy ut peop

“ayr'y yes (anyques 10) Ie@WeEg}+*° ssee seoclecoe

‘sasA[CUYy

‘haying

‘UOpo}seyY pay}oo}-MOIIeN|***°

*[ea1s0TO} UO [eg

“ALUIOOS OILVISY AHL AO TVNUNOL

es |

eece

“yeo1soTeavulyy

‘AY JO SoUlyY saquy

‘among “eyeljg 1oodpueyg,

eeoe eeee ees

eeed eeee eecse

‘eSOn) ye UOTIIIG

"eynoeg “uoutliedsy Sullog

eeee eeee eeee

“Layo

TI2AA dtoodpueyg jo uonsag

‘PUvI}IID, WW ‘surey

“UNO ogy ey} Wor suamIoedg

eeee e@eee e@oee

eoeeoe e@eee eeeoe

"[ed1S00ax)

16Z “A

‘ane “JOA

Lo —————$ =<. ——— ©

1842.]

‘sosdTeUy

(ore es | ee SS es an

‘haynny ‘eFeity) pIssoq|****

ope “splot Uerpuy ‘JeserT [e09

| ‘PUDyayy —_,

“AhaUIng ‘suamtoadg yeo9 eoae eevee eee a

‘poaTayy ‘uq ‘suemisedg epurg

‘hauing ‘ueMny Ysey

‘uosuag ‘SS@q MIN 24} 0} JISTA

"apvu mM

‘puoyy eyo] jo sutdg 10] ecoe ecoe eeee

"Lophn, ‘Sulog WO

‘sureyunopY [eden jo sopnqy,y

“hangspidg ‘Kaye A

eppnqianN ‘sezIg [Isso MaN| "°°? cece Ceetlevee ecce erce

*paqsjay “eas

poy ey} UI UleyUNO; Sutpunog

‘UINIIOMJVATS JO syuotsel7|°°*° susie SEAN sie are coe °°

"eAY JO syooy outjuediag) ++ sage esos

‘das

“Ug ‘SUULO 110,J Wo stissoy|***° gare a si ltesayaie sees cee

‘ahT ‘sureu

“9 dIUeSIO) uelpuy uo ajJON eeee e@eee @aee aecee e@eeee eeee

“Avuuvey

‘eAY jo auojs-nx Jo Jaodser|:°:: sami weirs

“hnuunzy “eay jo souly soquy|***: OLE oe

‘TYyJ9q_ Jeu UOTJIEg [RdISOTOL)

09 = | 'amoq |

-sant ‘dks ‘819 Uoly pue Teog|*** sane Sato:

“UuapNojr_d ‘eUuojspueg s{qIxapq\°°°° “se oes

“buno x

‘fangsndy ‘Kay °qnNavTy \dAsq WO] S[eLIUT IA] eeoe cone eee

“TRA eppnqiaN ‘saz1g [Isso] MAN |****

‘Un ADFT ‘sninesoyiseq|****

"[RdISOTOJUORTe

‘[ROLSOTR.AOUI TAT

“ALGIOO§ OILVISY AHL JO TYNUNOL

"89" MoshuvT ‘sniyuneyy pue u0q

-Inog Wo} suettloadg o1uedI0 A

‘sampling ‘sutiog yerefny

_——<———SS| | ————— =

*[BOTSOTOIN)

869

8F8

99P

DOE

Ol€ ‘IIA

ecl

PEs

669

L8P

€0P

GST

926

168

C9@

CVG

£86

98Z

L9G IA

‘asegq ‘JOA

iid ks ae _ — — _ ——— — =

+ ‘09 pun dossar ‘wen |

oN “ping jo a9 uojy Jo Sunjeutg|**** baled ee) Gag

: ‘hajasng

° ‘puoyyeiea fy ye spuomviq pue

Z ISN POX) 10} Surysem Jo ssavorg|**** eens eee COT

i ‘uosauMne “eTUIIg pue eyg

uaemjoq Aljyunos ay} jo ASopoaH| seny

*hangsndy

‘eppuqioN 94} UO sazIg [Isso see? = miei eck ee wear: vee’! 066

*hangspdg ‘satsopli19,}, eppuq

-18N puke LOSneg UT S][aYg [ISso,J)°*** ates SUBsrS SS ise sco) SUE

ERAS Be genet ;

I eee eoee eevee

aR eee cone bos laolt “haf/aFy ‘WALLasseUua J, JO platy [209 ose ‘THTA

‘dO c

‘199YO[e J, JO SOU UOIT pue Teog|**** Sh) ieee? | gee

-unoy edsey 043 jo £80[000 69

"PLOT ‘SoUuTIAT pueqioyy -eee e@ees eree [ze

= ‘PLOT “qsooy Copulpy| [ZC

29 ‘PAoT “ueUeC-1-YOH| 176

20970 ‘ YOVHNOU [TLY BJO UoIWIaG} ZC]

‘swqqny ‘yes equinyeg **** ar se) See

‘suryuar ‘wessy ‘sSurysem pjoy,"*** rahe C79 129

*PUuoWUNLG

‘uoorwlay ~=jo saul aaddog|***’ APSR = tee

. cy: eoccoe eeee e@eece

“23219 WW ated Jo ce ae so ae eeee eoee eecee P96

“2919 WW ‘yTAS Jo ———_—— 696

Bc Wake] eeee e@eee e@eee

"2970. “Wessy Jo spag] ——— "| 86

"aUusogsg ‘ynisefprq ———| °°° ace gh 6€8

‘dafjayy ‘Wilasseuay, ut [Rog|*** T° = 7 | TOZ

‘dasuitg “eog uerpuy jo a[qe|**** i er iaeel =| CATA

‘saskTeuy "[BoISoTOJUOReg *[COISOTVAIUL AY *[ROLSo[OaN) ‘aStq ‘OA

‘ALGIOOG OILVISY HHL JO IVNUNOL

357

1842.)

‘unqung ‘ug ‘yseq

"May)0M ‘hq ‘AlOVWAIAT, s we7z

“IN ‘Yepuooyununyzy jo AS0j00nH

‘abbig '1navT ‘sodtyoN ‘sI[UEY eSeN

a -9018Z0 FY eou eol[ug ye Te99 eevee e@eee eeee

“AOY70M

mM wq ‘Atideuunung

ye ojlovAyjuy pue ‘Ye}oy ye [eOD

"ung

-ung “iq ‘yseqooreze py ye [eop

‘Ane ‘qnavy ‘ueyst

-ueysyy ‘yesleg Jo sjjayg qisso,q|** °° ehelawe 64%

hangspidgy “aq ‘seyuokopy [issog|**** sais PF

“OOHTUUMOD [VOD ay} Jo ysoday

‘aJSOFT 0) aq

‘sashyeuy "[eoISOTOJUOReg *[RolsoTeAaUl fy

“ALHIOOS OLLVISY AHL AO TVNYNOL

dn) “ejag xeou zn'T ut saddog

‘mnybuuuny pure

awMoolg ‘sqnarTy ‘siaaty qel

“UN J SY} JOsadIN0g ay} 0} ono

‘uojbuppidg "FA ‘kSojoa45) o1u10Uu

-oo Unesn yy posodo.d uo y1odayy

eeesn e@eee e@eer

‘P0aTIW

709 Yoeysqy yodoxy ‘urery

“TIAA WOT Jo saqyIUIMIOg Surl10g

‘aysiu ‘7d0_D ax ‘xeyqoey Yayfdg

*hangspidgy “iq “eppnqiea ny

04} JO sd1nos oy “YNJuNyANwE

0} yey ueqUIg wWoIy sajoN

‘adaayuawMmady ‘7dnQ “eipuy

Jo ASojoax o1MIOUON Jo wnasny

‘abunugyy ‘ynarvy

‘SITE, eSeN 04} Ul uoTIpadxa

“wozInET *qnary ‘wy1dg pue Suni

“Suny “inmeuny ysnoiy} diy,

‘qlor “ydog ‘zu'qT ut fey

-SUIFY 0} doyovuunymMoy Aauinor

*TBO1SOTOEL)

IZF ‘98¢

00€

921

IPE

[No. 124.

398

-uaumaty ydvQ ‘mS1aqq Jo uty|'s*: ihies od

‘uojbuippid ‘Fy ‘oaxey | yp ay WW JO, Ur] CES

-[ooyd pue yeamyong payed sjeg e@ore esee GSR iRallalelanw eoee e@evelieoe weet wate 686

"poop, ‘navy ‘supuy uo j10dax7| STC

‘uq “‘uejsueysyy uo jtodey] 1/6 ‘L6L

"auswyy) LG "YIYPIAY |

‘alOpesue fl ye kel UIe[II10g e@ece e@oee eeee L196

‘YRUS pw g ‘ynavT

‘SQDUIAOIG “AA “N 0Y} 10F

ASojoex) orwou0sq Jo wmasny] 622

yd0Q ‘“MSiayI jo asouvSuey|***: asia * ee“! 268

‘uojbupprg “Ey ‘a10d ‘QUadYUIW AT,

-[nqqne wor hungsndy -ig

Aq juas ‘mer euljueydaly [ISso.7 eee evec eeeclcove eeee eece )Z9

“hangspdg -uq “eppnq

“ION 293 Jo AaT[eA ay} UT s[Issoy evece eece eoeeleeee e@ere eeer 979

‘uoqne ‘ydog ‘anys

“Oy pue yidg ey} Jo AoTyeA) S61

‘uopburpprd “EH

‘eqnpeyg Wory sjiog uo y1oday)***- a Peas bey 41g

‘uojbuppid ‘H “equp

-9T KE) WOlZ [LOG U0}0H pur[s] bag @eeoe e@oee @oeol*®ese @eeoe @eeolreeere eee: eeee OCP

‘eyeueledq ou} jo S]IOS epog eeoe eevee 2860 6ST

‘gnaqduny ‘1dvZ | “mnybuuuny

‘P ‘gnary ‘staary qefung

942 JO sadinos ay} 03 Aauanor| COL

‘uopbupprg "ET pe wauoajng ‘Aq

‘90TJON ‘snpuy ay} Jo wsAjoRyeg| 479

“uo,burp

“Pid ‘H ‘veyoedg worj souojsoury ***° ole ner ries

“PUuoUwunsg

‘gdog ‘ueysiueyspy u19ay1410

JO SoOINOSAY [VIIUTT) pure SoUTyAT)**°° .* us Seep Be

| ‘naqdupy “f

| ‘ydnQ ‘eroskyq jo yyeg uroey)'*:: oes so sel GOT

| "pays

| “20H “3dnQ “equpeyg uo ytodey} 6IF ‘6FE “X

, ‘sas{Teuy | "JRoISofoyuoeKyeq *‘TROTSoyeA9UT "[ROTS0]0an) ‘a8eq “IOA

“ALAIOOS OILVISY AHL AO TYNYNOL

309

1842.]

Apnoyo pue aveza Azayeusayqe Aep ————*" ‘A “N/ 0 &

‘Lepuny}

Je | sdomoYs ‘Wd CT [ ‘Xeazo wooueiog) ‘AjseM| Z E

ULE SUI[ZZUp JUST A1OA “NW “d HC

‘Kpnojo pue sevazo Ajayeusazze Aep ——-——|°° “@]“S| 0 E&

‘opp opIp ————| “ANT 9

"SLOMOYS

Aavay YIM preajsom wor ppenbs -w “d

ZG ‘urer “W ‘Vv fp [[ ‘Apnoyo Aep ree: FAA ETA

*SIOMOYS “NW ‘d CFE

‘pnopo pue avazo Ayayeusayze Aep——|** ‘G'‘S| 8 L

‘ured JUST] ‘W “d C7 p ‘Apnopo Aep aa ol 3

UIeL

‘NW 'd QT G ‘Apnojo uoou ‘urelt "WV QG F/°°°* “Ni Z@ 6

"Uled ‘IW ‘d CT [] ‘Ayeuotsess0 stamoys

YS] YM Apnoypo “W ‘v Cp TT “eeyo “Wev gi"*°* “N) @ 6

‘hep 1 IVITO voce “N 6 8

‘ured ‘W ‘d QC G ‘Apnoyo uoOU

‘ured UJIM “AA 'N Wow [fenbs ‘wv ¢ gi***’ “N| 6 Z

“OPED: OUD n= nae V9

OPP OUD = ——— EN GG

“Kep [[e teajo ——-——|*""" "aH 8 GZ

“Apnoyo pue reayo Ajayeusaype Aep ——-——|**** “Ni [ &

*IOMOYS JYSIT & ‘WW “d

‘ce "p seo19A0 UoOU ‘uIeL JUSIT ‘WY CT Z/°*°* “NI OQ GC

“OPLL

"Omg “LOY AA "PULA josuey

oO NOa=O AHH

—

ee ee

1aye AA USTET

eee

‘NW 'd ‘aply, suluaAq

L ¢ 6rOll*** “N

Us Salil Aol a

Goer eer ga EN

Olb | Z1si°°*’ ‘N

6 P SP Z eeee 'N

Poy | Slee aN

7 SOOO PN

€2/t1¢} AN

i-2 tne aN

Le Si ew

6 %|22%| “A'N

=e Leb Tas" ON

SF |e 01° Ni

OL. ect ee N

1: 9 | ola Ss

@ @! we 6 | secu N

= Ee

a>}

be 5

Ps .

“purAA

"aye AA MOT

[

O18; Ge

Je)

vb OL 6146

Il 01, 6 @

COD

oat NN AN

Om as

Wim Oo O

H; Glt

IL, €P al

0;0 0

ZI) St U

ZI) 8t Ot

—=0O =e

— —

ITlj ZE 8

OI) 8& Z

6 | 419

8 | 8I¢

—_

Mm AMOmo Ore OD OT O

—_

mW inwtowst Wet Oo “Ost oS

VYoOOooOwW

9c €

SI €

SF BaOtrN OF OD OY” MM

for)

Oo OaBTerDmD 6D DD ON &

oom,

°o

‘qYS18H

‘SIH

“

e=]

‘W ‘V OpLy, SuIULO[

‘IPS ‘Avonuve—‘vipuy fo guamusaaoy ay) fo

sapso hg soppy ayn of paysruins asodvburg pun puns] sajoyy fo aura yo apes, aya fo og pun asry ayy fo sapsibay

"JOJO AA q3tq| ‘19J@ AA MOT

Lb 6 91

ee cI

ie aeons weer

9 8 eT

2) A | ss ral

Chao cs AE

Zz 9g |‘Aepung of

ke BAil-oe 6

coed = 8

8S Z ©.z

Ue eae

eet} S G

0 0]. P

61 11)‘Aepung ¢

So 6 %

oT 6 |‘Aepuy

“Aeq

[No. 124.

360

‘quopUayp LaISvyy ‘1SISSV

‘LLOOS "*M _ [‘pausig]

“Apnoys pue aeapo Ajayeuseyze Aep ————

“UIe1 Y}IM TTenbs ‘Ww 'd QC T

‘Apnoyo pue aeayzo Ajayeusayve Aep ————

‘Apnoyo pue ree

Ajeyeuseype Aeq) ‘ures Sutjzziap ‘w *v 7c 7

"UIeL “W *d QC °Z ‘Apoyo pue AvaqTo

Ajoyeusayye AeqyY ‘ured Surzziup Ww “Vv Ze CG

‘Apnoyo pure zeayo Ajoyeuseyze Aep ————

‘yseodaAo AVE ‘ured SUITZZIUIp “WV CCQ)"

“ulel YIM [Tenbs "w 'd 0g T ‘sia

~Moys Suissed “Ww a Bp ‘0}1p 0331p ——

‘oVIP 0141p ————

‘0731p, 0)91p ———=——=

“1apuUNny} YIM slaMoys

Aavay “W ‘¥ 0% IL ‘ONIp OnIp —-——

"ulel

Sul[zzip “WN ‘d Lh % ‘oWIP OTP anion

“Ap

-nojs pue seezo Ajayeusajye Aep ————}:

‘O}Ip 0FIp “Lepuny} “Ww a |

‘ured Y4SIT ‘W “¥ CG OT OFIP OWIP

‘IeaTD UoOULeyye ‘sdorp as.1e] Ut

ulel ‘W ‘Vv Og [[ ‘Apoyo Joy}eI UoOUAIO,T |

“Aep [ye 1eelg.

O29 ‘LOY COA

NOOO" Gere | 8 OT OO N/S$ 0/8 6/% €/€ G| 9¢ 8 |‘hepung Ig

oe NEV PT ET SORE Peale | SY S|" NTS PY Oe eg cite etecst € ve

~ ET NY-OT 9) G07, REM | SeSup U8 ("°° ONT 2 V1 S00 2t-&! S..o06 8) “* © 62

fore Ole | 6 10 6) e818 PMN SEP) 6 Ol 9ST) e@ 9) Z| “eecgz

‘AN 4S) 0 6/6 11/001|6 Z| a Z|°°° ‘NI Z P| rot ZL1/6 91 “Lt Z pa ae

‘AN OS) 9-6 | Go.11] 621) S| GEL |" NI 8%! OF OL P21 | 291 6 Z£ 9%

Bite 6602 11 EG |e | ee 9 |" NT | Tf onl eeo |_ots 6 TO aaa

se IN) 9 6/6 11/8 0) € | SI9\"* “A'N)O 0/0 0/0 O| £ G/F Q |‘Kepung zz

"N/T 8/6 Of 96 11] 8 &| 6G |ATesed) 6 9/9 T116 TI6 Fl PTE €%

ON) 8 242 Ol 2 A121 sel AN > O91 e alleorlaty!s.%| @ ez

, we N| & 2) 8 OT BEG 11-8] ep e la Ne S19 oF 8261 oe | Stel" IZ

ee Ht B= 81 Oo Or Sbbalabe Bi t-6 1 Ys CNP Pl 6 ele eer et “a2

2 NS 8b 6: ere |e @ ard | wy Ni & e@ 6 | Zed) ¢ Bl eta “er GI

Lo NDS Sere. 6 Cha 68 ge0 | a NO 0} 7 6) ce 910 O10 OF Bt

a 'N| 6 8) 2 6:1 66S) & 8 | Gr Ill" Ni Lb) eG] 926) 8 ¢| ze Or Aupung £1

; o 5 ©, = ; @. 5 ©, 5

OPH cs @ = © oe es ® ie =

‘PUTA, (asuey) 2. ey asuey ‘ i ycheg

‘IOAN YSTET “197e AA MOT

"W ‘d aply, suruaagq

‘IOI MA YSTET! ‘oye AA MOT

‘W ‘VY Oply, Surmi0yy

(“panuyuog )— {P3| huvnune—wrpuy fo quamusaaoy ay) fo

49p..o hg wopepy ay) 07 paysrusntl ‘asodvburg pun puvjsy sans fo aU JV apey ay? fO VJ pup asey ayz fo rajsebay

“49INM HAIG JOY JOLT ANY GOK MOT JOY st OMY aN} ‘sTONDaITp OANy Aue ax9T} AIM Spats aq) JO WoNSaIp oy) Jo uMNIOD ayy aN

x | HE ZIP YN" fuox8) 9 ARAM AN|T-o €] or Z| 99 Z\6r0 P| wo S| Nka-a'w'Al to 2! 10 6! ce 1| 6o tl 68 a

ZNHYN| S-ZNoo* ‘oung} Oo ARAN -NI9‘G0 9 /9-10 6| et t] or ze] pr £920 6! IF 00z60 1] so 9] 9%

~ HY) ZN ge) yezeN) co [A RaQ NIGzO 2! 80 6| 6% 00/560 2 |c-oF 2/80 G| st oee0 a] ato]

se Iza yul s+ [ees Gsnozag| 9 ae) oe es So ilccol ey er Z|r10 ot] tS tT] of ©] 92 GS] Fe

: dé ral eattrears! 6 ‘a EN BcAles ' nt} 9° see AR: 9 ) oom 2

Prindege 'ieny NeaS 4 19 Z 0 AEN BAGO £/810 6] zo alot ty 828 ARN) 80 9] OF 6 m0 e@

“eabug a Pe LOVITA “WA (PS) He) 4s ce (he Poe N] ** |s'60 8] eF 1 estar ms “AB NEO! GS} oO 6] IS ofz90 €] se P| ae

pe a * Op CNR ALLIE 9/290 8] 9 TI] OT] 99 PhAR"ACN-N] OF Ploto 6! Zt olla ¥| so £1@ Iz

4 ood ", eee ow .

‘ouai9g ZNYeV |" feuang] 9) N®A/S60 9] 90 8] ef I1¢2o tT] St bP) AR a fq-N] 80 Elc6o 8] BP Gic10 s| see] of

; “wurod poxy wo) oauorojox] ++ ZY YN S 0 |aka-naaloz 9 /z00 8] of otc z| o efaw-mE-NIZI zloco a} or isco c| 9 €| ot

Mim ‘oHong opry, om josqtus ony ur sysem) = E ‘ .

om) £q poureyoore m yuted o1vz on, “pal t"7!240 ZNye io 4b O)NAQ'a RAlsHO GS iczo 8] ze or 90 2] at el: Tioor 2] e sicto 9] se z| st

=HyWH9}9p G99q JOU ery L9FWA YONI Jo ome] s ZN a 0 = |\a°NN-w-ale00 ¢ lec 2] et or 90 2} ee a oojzzo 4! s¢ oleto 9] tt] ar

9q) paw MaaLND oN} Jo Jos ONY ‘sUOTTAIDS ‘ouosag ZH sus} 9 [e+ -N-e-altoo F loon clogs 6 |KO ©] GI Tr “Al ot 90 2! st F . o or

=o SqVUONT 993g) JYFw Jno opunr oq [TIM F 7 i wou ; -

JwomneHTQUIE ON, “sXvssgq WOLFoJo109,0 py euoueR po Smeroyes fms} oP AEN RN] frderriier £)290 9 )anFon|---- nz-aleso pleco s| me! o ¢| a ul or

sry Uy preMo ny “spy Aq renee bf cece 2 : 9 yo" “AB'N|960 0)860 9] zt s\¢00 9] 80 Gi: nacaleeo sleeo 8! te clog e] os 6] nm

peala ee ane me oe yee ORL, ‘auoiag HmpzyNy- uses} 9 [ cawN| 9 z [680 2] 4 elec | a 9/120 6| 60 &| 10 ©) 9 B/D er

PHL JO som om] tes took oArse

Peg user yd pypita amy\golueroatnasa ‘ouai9g $Y AWPZ YN ‘ousag} 9 ARN] 1 Pb] 10 8] 8 Z| oo F| cp 9} 1 6| 4 t] 0 3] 18

SMG OM HO VLE _YOO Fe oom Joo 3 Fa} MUMO!ZMamM YZ AwIPZ YX) ZV sp 4! O |" -Aw-NioM clon 6| oF 1| 9 €| sz 9/801 G| e& T\rs0 €| st Zz

49M TE YZL IW Woo oT OF Burund) 4sv21049) ZY | Sevan + 4spoa94) os “wile, y see

Eases uksy nd TUR aae oer era en 0 0} 0 ‘AR 'N|860 9} pb or] ts 00790 £| gp 9 svura) 90 9} It 6ieec ol9s0 £| wz 9] oF

OM Uo vDUMsFUI 10,J “tINOY oAfomy aM uy] —MPHPAO! -YYZY—| ZUN yess Geog] 9 AM F Noto 8|29 ot] s 0410 2! op 9 MAQ'*NI1920 9 l920 6] ce 0] 00 €| FOS 6

a | 887988) OTN UH

WIEN AN990 sop, HAIy O49 Ay wAOIeRI9— ZN4- fen ZYNYO\"""* Sswa049) 9 sees -g haem] ose ” = 60l 0)¢80 9)*AR'M'N'N| TOO Z| fo on of TT 6e0 £1693 ¢ 8

‘aatL om jo) s+ EEO oo ED 9% OFNR a UN} M8] » G] ct at] 8 Olpe cl -a-Nlezo oleeo ot se ol oo rl] wl 2

(Nout om moj soMINy 3nq ‘ono pjo aq oy

arm perme sfenp opty, woe ony | mgaiy| | uy fees amimnol ox gta“ 9A ened) Cee || te |) a, Hove

“Kqoa

Sata eee acl — =

eae Be one pea WS yt 4 wai

“syavmoyy ow °a Hoyuoag | sy Foymoyy eo “pur ay “POTAN ’ ear | aoa wT “WRT

OTA AL, i owey 4 =

5 ‘ a

198 THBT ‘Aevnsgag— mipuy fo purriusavon a fo 4apso hg woppy ay) 0) paysrusnf esodvbursy puv Punjsy sayv44 fo ara jo ape, ay) fo og pun asry ayy fo aaysibayy Corer

‘soyouy

'S poe “mM 4q “5

AMON “ALAIN,

‘sAq-a Ra ‘NI

“AR ‘a fan

ARAN A

ces ‘MON

(NNR ase’)

“VANNUN @ 5!

NN Adan

NAVAN RA

A AUN RA

a'S's¥A

‘NWA

AN ADA ON RA)

Sq a ow)

nec ‘qu0N

“AUNUNTA'N'N

NAG NY a N'N|

AB MON'N

ARM AVN,

00 bara

aN ¥ a‘Neq

NAQacN yA

dNONA

| unap z ye! v CON paw

vs fonaag] yoy — ZN ye ‘ouosag] «=

freee os] ZUN ye v ‘eva19A0| .

ewe a |e *

AR ieee inaz] yey — ‘onssag] 42 9

| zxye 4“ yee wag z}

ZN YY! WHPAO!*-4EaI Z] =»

| svoj 2 y— We TE |

Fe ‘mqmN| ZN y— cob 0

zN Z\4- | o> 00

) Senou049) (Ye YN oo

‘ets ‘omoiog|** Yeeou0ag| ZUN | ag

** “mazag!"* asvouag| _y— . 10 0

ese | ¥IZuNyS 0 0

euodoburs: ybopy “rds ‘avayo Z)-* "aseosoa, MN [ere* ouaga

OWE PE LOVTAA WA (18) 19 Z, 0] S| It 1

—# Mp ZI)" AeA) ye * fous] gt

= oF ‘ouaiag] 16 9

Ss04040) * ‘ounsag] or 9

oqnurm ** 4m9A9) ZN yw yy, Z\y-] *

Worwou 9q) oF ot HOM Bt am a4, |

' Gemai99) ‘snqmuy v 9% 0

aouwNe) ysvr7_)) |

Ssuoaag, lg ENS N % OO

HOON tN O

—\ Cy ad ee) ZNjo** ‘ousig] «+

wou BL |

2°NY-\\—yyzy x ”

noOW NON @ |

a3 x BN 35 reap)

‘9F0%) J0 suoHwurqmos

M8 syrRUL somo om) Te — eynmng | ZN YA) top Z YY) ZN 4-4 ‘ouosag] ++

HSRZN PZ y+ “

ye —\. |i touneg| =

HY fwAPZYA!+*-4v019 Z|»

9 19 TOM 94) “Mxay] + ‘ouaiag] +

lo om sv

He ZY |'vosu0 ) *‘ausiog] ++

| 1a 8 1%

“syavmoyy “soqouy

‘PEL ON]

soqyna A,

“TPST WAV N—'oipuy fo RAUMBIOD ayy fo Aopao fig AOU PT

AUN A

NAVE NA

FAUNA

N4q-a “N'A!

“FCN ON CN

Para,

| |

fr} 2} 9} os | weil: MAUNA] C09! 8.908] 10 ¢ G10Z] wor! te

4901) G02] OFF |c6os | Ize AMUN NM] 4.002! 106 SST /e00%] 616 | o¢

set} ue |owelces! ie “a 40-N-x A! 380 2 | 90.6 | U1 | 8601] mre | oz

4100] S608} core} econ} Gos fre 4 NA) 9208 16206! seo] stor! oz se

heos | 006 | stt |osoe | geg |r AB M'N $08) 206 | zon] e101 69 |

(7505) 28 6 esi] 108 | org | ‘a'N| 2 “ |szoT] iss | 9

LIT9 | $906) ZeTT| RLo% OGG jr S41"! 8:10 8 | 8.20 6 4611] SCOT | age ¢

S102) 06 | etm} stro} ore | AZ MON N] 50 2

4119 fens | sssor crt | op ‘ARN ATTN] 119

£609) 1808 | 9% 01 | sor 1 “ASA TN] OL

oe “A'S 'S) 9.60 p

ston] p20 ¢

Nha avon! 10g

o£ 76 £803 EST [MAO sy 8) 80 00

see | e809 | 6006 | cro os "N¥-A) 260 ¢

$00.00) S009 | #18 | o9 “ACN NRA! Or

$60.00) 209 | OOF | ec INN WAl ZIT S

Ste) szo2| coe | orp AV AGN) £609

Site /eme | 89% | oop “MUN T-0.2

S$) eo08 | eet | oune | oy | AACN) TTL

: et coat fra,

a Set} erg PAR aN! oro8 | oI G S851) tol] ee | or

9902 orl 9S | “ARN Aq I°N| S£08 | Fro Ol} tz 9:00 % ors 6

2602 TJ ors ft Ag aN 260% | sor | 8

601 2 BOT! sow Paya Sq-m oN £0

880 2 40 U! Ise |-a ¥-N Sag <x 9

2202 920T | Oe fA aa Sa-y ]

9709 h6OT | oct ft" -_ daca ny v

br 1.00 @ NAA £

6-80 00 £015} tor |i NWA a

"ON 3°N 1

aTavy AL NOT

- I

Wa ‘opuy Surmvag Ke-v ‘opty, durwoyy

°F paysuanf a4odvburg PUD purl say

D4, fo aT WD apey,

9) 0 IM pun asry a) fo tajsabayy

JOURNAL

OF THE

AOLATILC, SOCIETY.

Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary.

By Lieut. A. Gzrarp, Bengal Native Infantry, in 1818.

From Soobathoo, in latitude 30° 58’ and longitude 77° 2’, situate.

about twenty miles from the plains, and 4,260 feet above the level

of the sea, I marched to Mumleeg nine miles, three and a half miles

from Soobathoo,~ crossed the Gumbur, an inconsiderable stream, but it

had swollen so much from late rain, that its passage was effected

with great difficulty. The road was a descent to the Gumbur, from

which it slightly ascended.

22d September.—Marched to Simla thirteen and half miles. The

road for the first eight and half miles was almost plain, then there was a

steep ascent of one and half mile, and the last three were excellent, wind-

ing near the top of a range 7,000 feet high, and lying through a noble

wood of many varieties of oak and pine.

23d September.—Marched to Bunee eleven miles. The road was level,

leading amongst deep forests of pine, at the height of 8,000 and 9,000

feet above the sea. Thus far the path, which is practicable upon -

horseback, has been made by a company of Pioneers, for the facility of

communication with the cantonment of Kotgoor, thirty-four miles

further to the north-east.

24th September.—Marched to Pulana ten miles. Left the made-road

six miles from last camp, and descended by an indifferent and slippery

footpath to the village, which belongs to the Rana of Theog.

No. 125. New Senizs, No. 41. 3

364 Narrative of « Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

25th September.—Marched to the Kotkhaee eleven miles. The road

lay along the bank of the Giree, one of the branches of the Jumna, and

was often rocky and dangerous, the footpath being frequently over-

grown with grass, and seldom half a foot in breadth.

Kotkhaee is the residence of the Kotgoor Rana, a hill chief under the

protection of the British Government. It is situate on a most romantic

spot, upon the point below which, two streams unite to form the Giree ;

on one side the rock is 182 feet perpendicular, and on the other there

is along flight of stone steps; neither of the streams, which are only

twenty feet broad, are fordable, so by destroying the bridges, the place

might be well defended against musketry. The Rana’s residence is

three stories high, and has a most imposing appearance; each story

projects beyond the one beneath, and the top is crowned by a couple

of handsome Chinese turrets, beautifully adorned with finely carved

wooden work.

26th September.—Marched to Gujyndee eight miles. The road at

first lay up the bed of one of the branches of the Giree, and there

was a very steep and tiresome ascent of 2,400 feet to Deouree Pass,

8,885 feet high, from whence there was a descent to camp.

Gujyndee is in Nawur, a small district of Busahir, famed for its

numerous iron mines ; there are few spots here fit for cultivation, and

the inhabitants, who are miners, live chiefly by their trade in iron.

They work the mines only about three months in the year, and com-

mence digging them in March, after the snow has sufficiently melted ;

at other times, they say, the earth falls in, and it is unsafe to work.

27th September.—Proceeded to Rooroo, a fatiguing march of thirteen

miles, crossing a high range of mountains. Here we first came upon the

Pabur, one of the feeders of the Tonse, which falls into the Jumna, and

is a stream of considerable size. Barometrical observations give the ex-

treme height of its bed 5,100 feet.

Rooroo is situate in Choara, one of the large divisions of Busahir,

and the most populous and best cultivated spot I have seen in the hills ;

the dell is broad, and the ground is well adapted for rice fields, being

watered by many canals cut from the river which winds through it.

Three marches more, or twenty-six miles, brought me to Jangleeg,

the last and highest village in the valley of the Pabur, elevated 9,200

feet above the sea. The road latterly was extremely rugged and dan-

1842.] to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 365

gerous, at one time many hundred feet above the river, with a horrid

precipice on the right, at another dipping down to the stream which

rushes with violence over the rocks interspersed in its channel; as

you advance, the dell in which the Pabur flows becomes gradually more

contracted, the mountains assume a more naked and abrupt appear-

ance, and the rapidity and turbulence of the river increases. From

Jangleeg proceeded ten miles to a halting place called Moondoor, within

two miles of the Brooang Pass over the great snowy range. The road

was good, and lay in a broad grassy glen, between two spurs of the

Himalayas, with the Pabur running through it. The soil of this valley

is composed of black vegetable mould, which produces endless varieties

of Alpine plants to the height of 13,000 feet. Belts of birch and pine

- reach nearly the same elevation, beyond which, scarcely any thing is

seen but patches of brown grass.

The height of my camp, which was pitched beneath an immense pro-

jecting granitic rock, was 12,807 feet. We left the last cluster of birch

trees 3 miles behind us, so had to send back that distance for firewood.

The thermometer was 38° at night, and water froze hard.

Next day, 2d October, we pitched our tent on the crest of the pass,

15,095 feet above the level of the sea; the road was of the worst

description, crossing the Pabur, which has its source near this, by an

arch of snow of some extent, and then leading over huge detached

masses of granite, hurled from the peaks above, and piled upon one

another in the utmost disorder, with here and there some snow. ‘The

ascent was steep the whole way, and almost the only vegetation we

noticed was grass in small tufts, which grew more scanty as we advanced

to the pass, where it almost disappeared ; above it was still seen thinly

scattered, and interspersed with a few mosses.

Here I met my brother; who had left Soobathoo some time before me

and travelled by a much more circuitous route.

We sent most of our servants down about five miles to a more genial

climate, where wood was procurable, and remained ourselves at the top.

The peaks immediately on either side of us were not more than 1,000

feet above us, but there were several not very far distant, which we

could not then see, 18,000 feet high. We were lucky in getting the

altitudes and bearings of the principal mountains across the Sutlej,

which rear their white heads to the height of 20,000 feet and upwards.

—_--

366 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

The thermometer in a tent got up so high as 50° during the day,

but at 4 p. m. it fell to the freezing point, and at 7 Pp. m. was 8° below

it. We sat up till past 10 for the purpose of making astronomical

observations, which in such a temperature was rather an uncomfortable

occupation ; our situation indeed in other respects was none of the most

agreeable, we had but a scanty supply of firewood, which when kindled

in the middle of the tent involved us in smoke, and we were somewhat

incommoded by having to share our accommodation, such as it was,

with our servants, whilst every now and then we were alarmed by the

crash of rocks split asunder by the frost.

We had all severe headaches during the night, owing probably to the

rarefaction of the air, but attributed by the natives to a poisonous plant

said to grow most abundantly at the greatest elevations.

This pass is situate in latitude 31° 23’ and longitude 78° 12’, it -se-

parates Choara from Koonawur, another of the grand divisions of

Busahir, which lies on both banks of the Sutlej, extending from lati-

tude 31° 30’ to 32°, and from longitude 77° 53’ to 78° 46’. It is a

secluded, rugged and barren country, seldom exceeding eight miles in

breadth. It is terminated on the north and N. W. by a lofty chain

of mountains covered with perpetual snow, upwards of 20,000 feet high,

which separates it from Ludak ; a similar range of the Himalayas bound

it to the southward ; on the east a pass almost 14,000 feet high divides

it from Chinese Tartary ; and on the west lies another of the principal

divisions of Busahir.

The villages, which are elevated from 8,000 to 12,000 feet above the

sea, are very thinly scattered, not more than two or three occur in a

stage, and sometimes none at all for several days. In the summer

season, from the reverberation of the solar rays, the heat in the bed of

the Sutlej, and other large streams is oppressive, and quite sufficient to

bring to maturity grapes of a delicious flavour, of which raisins and a

spiritous liquor called Rakh are made. The inhabitants wear a frock

of white blanket, often two-fold, reaching down to the knees, and having

sleeves, a pair of trowsers and girdle of the same, a cap of black blanket

like a bonnet, and shoes of which the upper part is woollen, and the

sole alone leather. The people are very dark and extremely dirty, but

they seem to enjoy a much greater degree of comfort in their habita-

tions than any of the other mountaineers we have seen. The villages

1842. | to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. | 367

are generally large, and the houses spacious and even elegant ; they are

built of stone and wood, and either slated or flat roofed, the last is

most common. The temples of the Deotas (deities) are magnificent,

and adorned with a profusion of ornaments. There are two or three in

almost every village, and sundry miraculous feats are ascribed to the

gods to whom they are dedicated, scarcely one of whom but has the

credit of having removed some mountain or vast rock for the purpose of

rendering the roads passable, or of some other like achievement.

The level spaces of land in Koonawur are few, the crops are extreme-

ly poor, and a want of grain pervades the whole country. In time of

scarcity, small pears and horse chesnuts, after being steeped in water to

take away their bitterness, are dried and ground into flour. There are,

however, no marks of poverty, and the natives subsist by exchanging

raisins and wool for grain; they have little else to do but look after

their vineyards, and attend to their flocks, which in summer are sent to

pasturage at some distance from the villages. Bears are very numerous,

and commit great ravages ; in the grape season, during the whole night,

several people from each village together with their dogs, are employed

in driving them off. !

The dogs are of a large ferocious breed, covered with wool and ex-

tremely adverse to strangers, whom they often bite and tear in a most

shocking manner; they are commonly chained during the day, other-

wise it would be dangerous to approach a village. ‘The winter is rigor-

ous, and for three months there is no moving out of the villages owing

to the quantity of snow; during this season the inhabitants employ

themselves in weaving blankets. They early begin to collect their

winter stock of fuel and food for their cattle, which latter consists

chiefly of the leaves of trees, and they pile it upon the tops of their houses.

The Koonawur language, of which we made a collection of nearly

1,000 words, differs much from the Hindee, most of the substantives

ending in — ing and ung, and the verbs in — mig and nig.*

3rd October.—The thermometer was fifteen degrees below the

freezing point and the cold intolerable, we therefore waited till two

hours after sunrise, and then proceeded to the village of Brooang, dis-

tant eight and a half miles; the road lay over a thick snow bed for the

* This vocabulary has fortunately been preserved, and will shortly appear.—Eb,

ae >

rie,

368 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

first mile, and then led through extensive woods of various sorts of

trees, amongst which we recognised the hazel, plane, horse chesnut,

and many other European plants. The way was often rugged, and a

steep descent of 7,600 feet perpendicular height. On the road we found

black currants and raspberries in the greatest perfection, of which we

preserved a large quantity, and on our arrival at camp we feasted on

grapes. Brooang is a small village in Tookpa, one of the subdivisions

of Koonawur, under the Wuzeer Teekumdas. It is situate near the

Buspa river, and about two miles from the left bank of the Sutlej.

4th October.—Marched to Pooaree,a distance of twelve and a half miles.

The road was extremely bad, lying often upon the face of a naked

stone inclined to the horizon at a considerable angle, with a precipice

of many hundred feet on the outer side; it was no great ascent or

descent, but so much caution was necessary to prevent the traveller

from slipping off the rocks into the river Sutlej, which lay close upon

our left, that the journey took us up twelve hours. ‘To-day we crossed

the Buspa, a large stream forty two feet broad, whose source is amongst

snow, five or six marches 8. E. of Brooang.

5th October.—Proceeded to Rispé, a march of thirteen and half miles,

likewise occupying us the whole day. The road which lay through

thin forests of pine was not so dangerous as yesterday’s, but consisted of

several steep ascents and descents upon rocks of crumbling granite of

2,000 feet each. We had a grand view of the Kylas or Ruldung

mountains from the large town of Reedung or Ribe, three and half miles

before we reached camp; some idea of it may be formed by imagining

an assemblage of pointed peaks presenting a vast surface of snow,

viewed under an angle of twenty-seven degrees, and at a distance of

not more than five miles in a direct line. The height of our station

was 8,000 feet, and the Kylas peaks were 12,000 higher.

At Rispe we first saw Lamas, and near this place we passed several

tumuli from ten to forty feet in length, two broad, and about four high,

they are constructed of loose stones without cement, and upon their tops

are numerous pieces of slate of all shapes and sizes carved with strange

characters, they are called mané, like the manes at Yuyat Twy vexpor,

or souls of the defunct, see verg. 3. AL. n. v. 303. and are erected

over the graves of the Lamas. There are invariably roads on each side

of them, and the natives, from some superstitious custom, always leave

1842. | to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 369

them on the right hand, and will rather make a circuit of half a mile

than pass them on the wrong side. .

6th October.—Marched to Murung five miles. The road was pretty

good along the left bank of the Sutluj, crossing a river named Teedoong,

whose source is in the Chinese dominions four day’s journey to the

eastward.

Murung is a Lama town of considerable size, consisting of seven

or eight distinct divisions, and beautifully situated chiefly upon a

southern exposure, in a glen which forms the greater part of an ellipse,

through it runs a transparent stream, upon the banks of which are ex-

tensive vineyards and orchards, abundantly supplied with water by

numerous rills. The dell is encircled by lofty mountains at an angle

of twenty-five degrees on every side, except on the westward, where it is

open towards the Sutlej, on the bank of which there is a small fort.

The situation is extremely fine, and the approach to it highly pictur-

esque, leading along the bank of a canal, and through an avenue of

apricot trees. Near this place there are a great many piles of stones

with inscriptions, and afterwards we met with them almost at every

village, until we reached Pangee, on our return where they end. We also

saw a number of temples called Chosten, which are likewise to be found

in the vicinity of every Lama habitation ; they consist of an enclosure

formed of three walls with a roof and open in front, in the inside of

them are one or more small white-washed buildings shaped like urns.

It was our intention to have proceeded further, but the people told us

the next village was at such a distance, and the ascent so fatiguing, with

no water on the way, that we could not possibly reach it that night.

7th October.—Marched to Nisung eight miles. The road commenced

with a very tiresome ascent of 5,300 feet perpendicular height ; here we

were delighted to find numerous beds of juniper and some gooseberries,

which were the first we had seen for a long period of years; we were in

great hopes we should have met with heath, but saw none. At the top of

Toongrung Pass, 13,739 feet high, it began to snow, and the thermo-

meter was below the freezing poimt, so we were glad to make the best

of our way down; the foot-path was good, but a steep descent through

juniper and thyme of many kinds to Nisung, a small Lama village

situate near the Taglak’har, a large stream which rises in Chinese

Tartary three or four marches to the eastward. The extreme height of

370 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

this village by corresponding barometrical observations is 10,165 feet,

and grapes do not ripen here. There are many gardens of fine large

turnips belonging to the village, fenced around with hedges of goose-

berries; the latter are of the red sort, small and extremely acid, but

make a capital tart.

8th October.—We were delayed till 2 Pp. m., in order to get grain

ground for the consumption of our people, there being no village at the

next stage. We marched only one and three-quarter mile, and the

road at first was a descent to the Taglak’har, and then a steep ascent

of 2,000 feet, most part of the way up a slope of forty degrees, and over

rugged rocks. We were obliged to halt here, there being no water for

many miles in advance. 7

9th October.—Marched ten miles to the bed of a mountain torrent,

and did not arrive till an hour after dark. This day’s journey was one

of the most tiresome we had experienced, crossing two mountains of

12,000 and 13,000 feet, the ascents and descents, one of which was

full 4,000 feet in perpendicular height, were steeper for a longer con-

tinuance than any we had yet seen, and the path was strewed with

broken slate, which gave way under the feet. Neither tent nor baggage

arrived, and we had nothing to eat but cakes of very coarse meal, which

hunger however made palatable ; upon this kind of food, together with a

few partridges which our people occasionally shot, and without either

plates and knives or forks, we lived for five days. We should have

afforded an amusing spectacle, seated upon blankets near a fire in the

open air, surrounded by our servants, dissecting the partridges with the

kookree, or short sword worn by the Goorkhalees, and smoking plain

tobacco out of a pipe little better than what is used by the lowest

classes. Novelty however has its charms, and our being in a country

hitherto untrodden by an European, gave us a delight amidst our most

toilsome marches, scarcely to be imagined by a person who has never

been in the same situation.

10th October.—Marched to Dabling six and three-quarter miles. The

road was pretty good, lying near the river. We went a mile out of the

direct way, to visit the Namptoo Sango, a wooden bridge across the Sut-

lej. The river was here 106 feet broad, with large rocks in its bed, and

the bridge seventy-eight feet above the stream, which rushes with rapid

violence between blocks of granite. We in vain tried to measure its

1842. ] to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 371

depth, and although we had a heaving lead for the purpose, of no less

than ten pounds weight, we could not effect it, for the force of the

current was,so great as to sweep it down long ere it reached the bottom.

We found the bed of the river 8,200 feet above the sea.

11th October.—Marched to Numgeea nine miles. The footpath

was good and even, lying upon the left bank of the Sutlej. To-day we

made a circuit to look at the conflux of the Lee with the Sutlej. The

Lee is a river of considerable breadth, coming from Ludak on the

northward, but it is not very deep, and flows in a clear stream with a

moderate current, whilst the Sutle] is muddy, and rushes with great

velocity and a stunning noise.

Since leaving Pooaree, the trees had gradually become more scanty ;

in the vicinity of Numgeea there is little vegetation, grass and thyme

are but thinly scattered in small tufts, and a solitary dwarf pine ap-

pears here and there.

12th October.—Marched to Shipké nine miles. The road ascended a

little, and then there was a steep descent into the bed of the Oopsung.

Here the rocks are more rugged than any we had yet seen, they are

rent in every direction, piled upon one another in wild disorder, in a

most extraordinary manner not to be described, overhanging the path,

and threatening destruction to the traveller. From the Oopsung, the road

was a tiresome and rocky ascent to the pass which separates Koonawur

from the Chinese dominions, 13,518 feet above the level of the sea; here

the scene was entirely changed, a more marked difference can scarcely

exist. The mountains to the eastward were quite of another nature

from those we before met with, they are of granite broken into gravel,

forming regular slopes, and neither abrupt nor rocky. The country in

that direction has a most desolate and dreary aspect, not a single tree

or blade of green grass was distinguishable for near 30 miles, the

ground being covered with a very prickly plant, which greatly resembled

furze in its withered state; this shrub was almost black, seeming as if

burnt, and the leaves were so much parched from the arid wind of Tar-

tary, that they might be ground to powder by rubbing them between

the hands.

The brownish tint of the furze, together with the bleakness of the

country, have the appearance of an extensive heath, and would strongly

remind a Scotch Highlander of his native land. Our course from

3 D

372 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

Brooang was about N. E., here we found we had reached the northern

point of the Sutlej in latitude 31° 50’, it lay about two miles upon our

left hand, and from this place its direction all the way to its source in

the celebrated lake of Mansurowur is nearly E. 8. E.

The wind was so strong, that we could with difficulty keep our feet,

and it is said to blow with almost equal violence throughout the

year. We saw some snow on our right a little below us, and beyond

it a peak above 20,000 feet high, off which the snow was drifting

in showers, from the force of the wind. From the pass to camp, the

road was a moderate descent upon gravel, winding very much.

Shipké is a large village in the district of Rongzhoong, under the

Deba or Governor of Chubrung, a town, or rather collection of tents on

the left bank of the Sutlej, eight marches to the eastward. The houses

here are very much scattered, and are built of stone with flat roofs,

there are gardens before each hedged with gooseberries, which give

them a neat appearance. This is a populous place; we counted up-

wards of eighty men, who on our arrival came to meet us, being the first

Europeans they had ever seen.

The Tartars pleased us much; they have none of that ferocity of

character so commonly ascribed to them; they have something of the

Chinese features, and their eves are small; they go bare-headed even

in the coldest weather, and have their hair plaited into a number

of folds ending in a tail two or three feet long. Their dress consists

of a garment of blanket, trowsers of striped woollen stuff resembling

Tartan, and stockings or boots of red blanket, to which are sewed

leather shoes; most wear necklaces, upon which are strung pieces of

quartz or bone; they have also knives in brass or silver cases, and

all carry iron pipes of the same shape as those used by labourers at

home, and the higher classes have them ornamented with silver ; in com-

mon with the inhabitants of Koonawur, the greater part of them

have a flint and piece of steel for striking fire, attached to their apparel

by a metal chain. The women whose dress resembles that of the men,

were literally groaning under a load of ornaments, which are mostly

of iron or brass, inlaid with silver or tin, and beads round their necks,

wrists, and ankles, and affixed to almost every part of their clothes.

13th October.—Halted. My brother took a walk of about a mile farther

on, with the perambulator and pocket compass, for we did not think it

1842. ] to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 373

advisable to use the theodolite in the presence of the inhabitants, knowing

their extreme jealousy; he had proceeded a little way from the village

before he was perceived, when immediately the people dispatched a

couple of horsemen after him, and crowded round the tent, making

a great uproar. My brother had begun to return before the horsemen

overtook him; they told him they had come to bring him back, but

seemed in perfect good humour, laughing whilst they spoke ; they insisted

upon his going before them, and would not dismount when he bid them.

About 9 o’clock, the Chinese Officers, of whom there are several

to regulate the affairs of the country, brought sixteen seers of flour,

which they requested us to receive as a present, and it was no unaccepta-

ble one, for our people had had but little food for the last three days.

In the forenoon, the principal Officer shewed us a long piece of parch-

ment, written in what we supposed the Chinese character, and gave us

to understand it was an express order from the Garpan of Garoo, under

whose authority the Debas are, prohibiting strangers from entering the

country; he at the same time said, we had so many people with us,

(having nearly 100,) that he could not oppose our progress, but it would

cost him his head if he gave us the means of going on, so he would not

supply us with provisions, which was the most effectual mode he could

have adopted to stop us.

During the time we were at Shipke it blew a complete hurricane, and

the aridity of the wind dried up every thing exposed to it ; the leaves of

our books were more bent than I ever remember to have seen them in

the hot winds, and no dew was observed.

The lat. of Shipké by meridian altitudes of stars is 31° 48’, and the

long. 78° 48’, its extreme height is 10,527 feet, and the thermometer

ranged from 38° to 60°.

The people are affable and good natured, and allowed us to handle

their pipes, knives, &c.; they thronged round our tent from morning

till night, and we found it the most difficult thing to understand them

even with the aid of interpreters, for the Koonawur words we had

picked up, which were of the utmost use to us during our tour, were

not intelligible here. This evening the articles that had been so long

in the rear came up.

14th October.—At sunrise, when the thermometer was 31°, and before

the inhabitants had risen, I set up the theodolite and took the bearings

‘i

374 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

and altitudes of the remarkable peaks; one of them covered with snow

above 20,000 feet in height, is only 4 miles from the village from which

it subtends an angle of 28 degrees ; another called Tuzheegunj, 22, 488

feet high to the north of the Sutlej, was seen under an angle of 23° —

31’, these elevations were observed with the sextant and artificial

horizon.

We exchanged a gold button for a goat, which we took with us

to Soobathoo; the wool is extremely fine, and almost equal to what

is used for the manufacture of shawls; we were informed the best was

procured further to the eastward near Garoo, which is the famous mart

for wool. The goat scarcely differs from the common one, and it does

not appear to be a distinct breed that produced the shawl wool, but its

fineness seems to depend almost entirely upon the elevation and coldness -

of the climate. We ourselves had an opportunity of seeing this at

Soobathoo, 4,200 feet above the sea, the wool is little better than in the

plains of Hindoostan, but it gradually grows finer as you ascend, and

in Koonawur; where the villages are more than 8,000 feet high, it is fit

for making coarse shawls.

Garoo or Gartop, by the accounts of fifteen different people, is reckon-

ed 11 marches from Shipké, and the road consisting of gentle swellings,

is described as being so good, that the trade is cayried on by yaks.

After breakfast, we returned to Numgeea by the same road as before,

and on the 15th of October struck off to the N. W. towards Ludak,

crossing the Sutlej a mile from the village by a crazy bridge, constructed

of ropes made of the bark of a tree, with basket-work of twigs forming

a curve almost the sixth part of a circle. ‘The breadth of the river was

74 feet, including a large rock in the middle occupying 42 feet, the

extreme height of the bed is 8,600 feet. This day we travelled 72

miles, passing over a mountain of 13,186 feet, the ascent of which was

very steep upon rugged rocks, and above 4,500 feet. We encamped

near a stream at the height of 12,800 feet, and had but a small supply

of fire-wood, the country producing nothing but the prickly bush be-

fore-mentioned, and another not unlike broom.

16th October.—Seeing high mountains to the eastward, which ap-

peared to be practicable, and thinking the distance short, we resolved to

attempt them whilst our baggage proceeded direct to Mako, only about

3 miles from our camp. We accordingly set off after an early break-

1842.] to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 375

fast, and went up the face of a steep hill for 1} mile, sometimes over

large misshapen masses of granite, sometimes upon a gravelly soil cover-

ed with brown furze and various kinds of aromatic shrubs. There was

not the least trace of a foot-path, and the prickly bushes impeded us

not a little, every moment running into the feet through the shoes

which were of the kind used by the natives, our own stock, from

the badness of the roads, having been long since worn out. The

height of this station was 14,900 feet. There being another higher

peak without snow that seemed near, we moved towards it, but

were never so much deceived in distance, it took us full three hours

to reach its top, and the ascent was very tiresome, lying over enormous

detached blocks of stone, often resting upon small bases, tottering

under the feet, and seeming ready to overwhelm us ; the last 200 yards

were still worse, and we were obliged to use both hands and feet, now

climbing up almost perpendicular rocks, and now leaping from one

to the other; a single false step might have been attended with fatal

consequences, and we had such severe headaches, and were so much ex-

hausted, that we had hardly strength sufficient to make the effort,

and it required no inconsiderable one to clear the deep chasms which

we could scarcely view without shuddering. I never saw such a hor-

rid looking place, it seemed the wreck of some towering peak burst

asunder by severe frost. After much delay, we got up the theodolite

and a couple of barometers, at 4 p.m. the mercury stood at 16.170

inches, and the thermometer was 29°, which compared with correspond-

ing observations made at Soobathoo, gives the height 16,921 feet.

We observed all the surrounding peaks, and then proceeded to the

village of Nako at a quick pace, the road for the first mile was a steep

and rocky descent, afterwards a more gradual one to camp, where we

arrived at dusk. The distance by perambulator was ten and half miles,

but we must have travelled upwards of eleven, for the wheel could not

be rolled to the top of the highest peak.

17th October.—From what we saw yesterday, we were convinced we

could reach a more elevated spot, and thinking the attainment of a

great height more desirable than a high latitude, we resolved to try

it again, and rather defer our intended journey towards Ludak, than

let slip such a favourable opportunity. From our experience of the

slowness with. which the perambulator can be rolled over the large

376 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

stones, we sent it together with the large theodolite a-head at 8, and

moved ourselves at 10. The road at first was tolerably good, lying up-

on turf and passing some lakes which were frozen over, latterly it was

rocky and the ascent fatiguing, but not near so difficult as yesterday’s.

We stopped several times to look out for our people, but not seeing any

sign of them, we dispatched a man to Nako with orders to bring our

bed clothes, a few bundles of fire-wood, and some food to meet us,

whilst we proceeded on to a kind of break between two peaks. The last

half mile was generally over snow, and both my brother and I felt com-

pletely debilitated, and were affected with severe headaches and pains in

the ears; the highest vegetation we saw was a plant with leaves like

sage, but without smell, it grows at the height of 17,000 feet, beyond

which elevation we found no soil. At the top of our station between

the peaks, the barometer shewed 15.075 inches, which gives the height

18,683 feet. ‘Ihe thermometer when first taken out of the case was

30°, but in less than a quarter of an hour, it fell to twenty-two degrees

below the freezing pomt. After taking a few bearings, with all possible

haste, we set out on our return, and at dark met our servants with

our bed clothes 14 mile from Nako, and halted for the night at the

height of 13,724 feet without a tent. Our people had brought wood,

but not flint to strike a light, we therefore sent them back to the village

for some fire. It was past 11 before they returned, and during an in-

terval of near 5 hours, we sat shivering with cold, for the thermometer

was 6° below the freezing point, and we had only a couple of blankets

each to wrap round us. After we had lighted a fire, we made a large

quantity of punch, which we continued drinking till near two in the

morning, and I do not recollect any thing that ever refreshed me so much.

The length of our march to-day was about ten miles, and we as-

cended 6,800, and descended 5,000 feet perpendicular height. The

people with the perambulator and theodolite missed the way, and did

not arrive till midnight, and their hands and feet were almost frozen.

18th October.—The thermometer at sunrise was 16°, and the cold

intense, we could not sleep much owing to it, for excepting a few sticks

which we kept for the purpose of preparing breakfast, our firewood

was exhausted.

We wished much to see the barometer below fifteen inches, and de- —

termined to make another attempt to reach the summit of a peak north

1842. ] to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 377

of our yesterday’s station, which appeared 600 or 700 feet higher.

Being now one and a half miles nearer to it than before, we had every hope

of succeeding, so sent off the articles we required there as soon as we

could prevail upon our people to move, which was not, however, before

9 o'clock. We were well equipped with instruments for making all

requisite observations ; we took three barometers, two thermometers,

a large theodolite and a small one, a perambulator, a telescope magnify-

ing eighty times, and a smaller one, together with a bundle of sticks to

try the boiling water, and a sextant and artificial horizon, with us. We

marched a little after ten, and overtook our people not a mile from

our halting place ; we had infinite trouble in getting them to go on, and

were obliged to keep calling out to them the whole way, at one time

threatening, and at another coaxing them; to tell the truth, however,

we could not have walked much faster ourselves, for we felt a fulness in

the head, and experienced a general debility, which together with

headaches and pains in the ears and breast, affected us more than the

day before. A cold wind that benumbed our hands sprung up,

and increased with our height till about 3 p.m., when it died away.

After much annoyance, we reached the place where we put up the

barometer yesterday, here the man who carried the bundle of sticks sat

down and said he must die, as he could not proceed a step further, and

neither threats nor the promise of a handsome reward could induce him

to move ; we accordingly left him, and after an ascent of 700 feet, attain-

ed the top of the peak, 19,411 feet above the level of the sea. The

road latterly lay over disunited blocks of granite, between which we

found large lumps of ice transparent as crystal; we got up the last

ascent without much difficulty, which is somewhat surprising. It was

4 p. mM. when we gained the summit, so we had no time to make half

of the observations we wished ; the thermometer was not below twenty-

two degrees, but from the wind on the way up, our hands were so

numbed, that it was not until we had rubbed them for sometime that

we got the use of them. Whilst I was setting up the large theodolite,

my brother tried three excellent barometers, which we had the satisfac-

tion to see stand exactly at the same point, 14,675 inches. The Tur-

heegung mountain had an elevation of seventeen degrees, and was not

more than two miles distant ; the ink froze, and I had only a broken pencil

with which I got on very slowly. It was twenty minutes to five before

378 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

we had finished our observations, the thermometer was eleven degrees

below the freezing point, the cold increasing every instant, and we had

7,600 feet to descend, over a bad road, in a distance of six miles. We

cautioned our people against delay, and moved downwards as fast as we

could walk; we passed the bundle of sticks where it was left, but the

man had disappeared, and we next day understood he had reached camp

before us. Night overtook us two and half miles from Nako, and my

brother had the misfortune to fall and hurt his leg so much, that we

greatly feared he would be obliged to remain where he was until

assistance could be obtained from the village ; after sitting down for half

an hour, he found himself able to proceed at a slow pace, so we moved on,

and shortly after lost the road by going too far to the right. We got in

amongst a confused jumble of gigantic masses of rock, from which we

found it no easy matter to extricate ourselves; we wandered about

amidst them almost as chance directed for one and half-hours, many

of the stones shook under us, and we passed places frightful even in day-

light. About nine we espied a light below us, and heard the roaring of

the Lee river, which seemed quite close; it bemg then calm, this made

us imagine we had gone beyond the village, but judging from the

strange structure of the surrounding mountains which we could scarcely

mistake, we thought it impossible we could have done so, more especi-

ally as we had seen no cultivation, and there are a good many fields

around Nako; we therefore went on and arrived at a Lama’s temple that

we recognised about a quarter of a mile from camp; we called out, and

were answered by some of our people, who came to meet us with a

couple of lights. We reached camp at half-past nine, not so much tired

as might have been expected; only four of our servants arrived that

night, the rest stopped without firewood at our former halting place,

and came up late next day, having their feet so much swollen by the

frost, as to be unable to carry loads during the rest of our journey.

The distance to-day was ten and a half miles. Our last three marches

were fraught with accidents ; three barometers, a perambulator, and ther-

mometer were smashed in pieces, and the small theodolite, a very neat

instrument by Dolland, was rendered unfit for taking elevations, the

nonius having been broken off; we had remaining two theodolites, a

surveying compass, four barometers, and as many thermometers, a strong

perambulator, a couple of sextants, a reflecting circle, a repeating

1842. ] to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 379

one, and a chronometer, so we were still very well supplied with instru-

ments.

We had great reason to be thankful, that during these last three days

there was very little wind, and none at all when we visited the highest

peaks, for had there been any when the thermometer was so low, it

must have chilled us, so that we could not have moved, and to have

remained at such heights for a night, would have been almost certain

death.

19th October.—As many of our servants were unable to walk, from

fatigue and sore feet, we halted. The village of Nako is situate about a

mile to the east of the Lee river, and is the highest we met with during

our tour, bemg not less than 11,850 feet above the sea; it is pretty

large, and inhabited by Lama Tartars, rather different in appearance

from those at Shipké, and not so much resembling the Chinese; there

is more cultivation about it than would be expected considering its

elevation, the fields which are chiefly wheat and a kind of pulse, extend

: to the height of 13,000 feet, and have stone dykes around them; yaks

are used here in the plough, they are hardy animals, but often vicious.

The grain produced, as at most other villages in Koonawur, is insuffi-

cient for consumption, and the people subsist by their flocks; there is a

| pond near this, surrounded by apricot trees, upon which in winter the

boys amuse themselves by sliding, but they do not know the use of skates.

This morning the thermometer was eighteen degrees below the freez-

ing point, a shower of ‘snow had fallen upon the adjacent mountains,

and every thing indicated the sudden approach of winter; it was now

| time for us to think of returning, so we decided upon going no farther

| than Shealkhur. We here received a visit from the Wuzeer Loktus,

who has charge of Hungrung, one of the subdivisions of Koonawur, con-

| taining ten or twelve Tartar villages, which lies on both sides of the

| Lee river from Shealkhur to the Sutlej]; he came here to collect the

revenue, and brought us a couple of chowrees, and some fine purple

grapes from Soongnum.

20th October.—Marched to Chango nine miles, the road was in gene-

} ral good and broad, lying about a mile from the left bank of the Lee

a pleasant spot between two rivulets near the Lee.

3 E

380 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

21st October —Marched to Shealkhur, a fort and village belonging

to Busehur, under charge of Loktus ; its distance from Chango is three

and half miles; the road was rocky upon the left bank of the Lee, until

under the village, where we crossed it by a bad wooden bridge, the bed

of the river is here 10,000 feet above the sea, and the breadth of the

stream 92 feet; but it is not nearly so deep or rapid as the Sutlej.

The fort of Shealkhur is situate in latitude 32°, and longitude 78°

38’, upon the confines of Ludak and Chinese Tartary ; it is in a most

ruinous state, and the village is a poor place.

The first Ludak village was said to be a day’s march to the north-

ward, but as a single fall of snow might have shut the passes, we gave

up the idea of visiting it.

From Koonawur to Garoo there are three roads, one from Shipké

has already been mentioned, another from Shealkhur not so good as the

former, lies through Choomoortee, an elevated country under a Deba,

where the people dwell in tents, do not cultivate the ground, but sub-

sist by their flocks ; the third road from Nisung crosses part of the Hima-

laya range at a pass called Gangtung, which is represented as being ex-

tremely difficult. It is worthy of remark, that the Koonawurees esti-

mate the height of mountains by the difficulty of breathing they expe-

rience in ascending them, which, as before noticed, they ascribe to a

poisonous plant, but from all our enquiries, and we made them almost

at every village, we could find nobody that had seen the plant, and

from our own experience, we are inclined to attribute the effect to the

rarefaction of the atmosphere, since we felt the like sensation at

heights where there were no vegetable productions.

The traders who cross Gangtung Pass put on so many clothes to

defend themselves from the excessive cold, that they can scarcely walk ;

they wear a large garment with sleeves reaching almost to the feet,

he Se ne a en ae eee

made of sheepskin with the woolly side inwards, trowsers and stockings

of the same material, a kind of rude gloves of very thick woollen stuff,

and caps and shoes of blanket; they likewise occasionally wrap three

or four blankets round them, and thus accoutred, set out on their peril-

ous journey. No herbage is met with on the way for two days, and

travellers are said to have dreadful headaches, and pains in the ears

even when at rest; many goats and sheep die annually, and it is no

uncommon thing for the people that attend them, who also some-

1842.] to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 381

times perish, to lose their fingers and toes. This road leads past

Chubrung, and crosses the Sutlej at Chuksum Sango, a wooden bridge

with a railing of iron chains, under Tooling a large collection of tents,

where there is a temple with a gilt cupola roof held in great repute

amongst the Lamas. Leh, or Leo, the capital of Ludak, on the right

bank of the Indus, is reckoned sixteen day’s journey from Shealkhur.

There are several roads from Koonawur to it, one from Wangpo,

another from Soongnam, and two from Shealkhur ; they are rocky at

first, but afterwards improve. Leo is about midway between Kashmeer

and Garoo, being eighteen marches from either.

22d October.—Proceeded to Lee, a village on the right bank of

the Lee river, near the junction of a small stream with it. The dis-

tance is twelve miles, and as it was late when we started, we did not

reach it until upwards of an hour after dark, and half our baggage

did not arrive that night. ‘The road was bad, crossing two rivulets,

the ascent from the latter of which was extremely tedious and

dangerous, being very steep upon sand and gravel that seemed to have

but lately fallen; it was a natural slope, and much caution was requisite

to avoid putting the loose earth in motion, for there were no marks of

a foot-path; with all our care, however, it was not unfrequent to slip

back many yards, and sometimes near a hundred feet of sand gave

way at once, carrying the traveller with it, but not very quickly;

the greatest danger arose from stones displaced by our people who

were a-head, which every now and then whirled past us with astonish-

ing rapidity.

23rd October.—Marched seven and a quarter miles to Hango, situate

on the bank of a stream flowing to the eastward to mix its waters with

the Lee. ‘This valley contains five or six villages, around which there is

more cultivation than we had often seen in Koonawur. The road

commenced with a steep ascent of 2,500 feet, and then was good and

even to Hango, 11,468 feet above the sea.

24th October.—Marched to Soongnum nine and a quarter miles; at

first we had an ascent of 3,400 feet by a good but steep road to the top

of Hungrung Pass, 14,837 feet in height ; this pass separates Hungrung

from another of the divisions of Koonawur, named Sooé or Shooung,

under the Wuzeer Budreedas ; the mountains immediately on either side

might be fully 1,000 feet above us, but there was little snow upon them,

———- eee ee ”

————

382 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

and none at all in the pass itself. The wind blew with irresistible vio-

lence, and although the thermometer was four degrees above the freez-

ing point, it chilled us so much, that the numbness of our hands con-

tinued almost until we reached camp, to which we descended by a good

broad road cut into long zigzags, and crossed by some rivulets entirely

frozen.

Soongnum is a town of considerable extent and beauty, it is situate

on the point under which the Darboong and Bonkeeo unite, the former

is a stream of some size, and comes from the N. W.., the latter is small,

and has its source near Hungrung Pass. The dell through which the

Darboong flows is broad and level, and almost an entire sheet of cul-

tivation for about three miles; it is a beautiful spot, and the extensive

vineyards and number of apricot trees have a fine effect ; it is shut in to

' the north and south by mountains not under 14,000 feet, to the N. W.

is a steep and high pass to Ludak, and on the eastward lies the Sutlej,

which the Darboong joins under the village of Sheasoo, four or five

miles further down the glen.

Soongnum is inhabited chiefly by Lamas, and its extreme height is

9,340 feet. Trees which we had not seen since we left Numgeea,

appeared in this vicinity thinly scattered upon the surrounding moun-

tains, they consist of keloo or kelmung and ree, both varieties of the

pine; the last kind which produces the neoza almond in shape, resem-

bling the pistachio nut, and in taste not inferior, is peculiar to Koona-

wur, and does not grow to the westward of the Buspa or Wangpo

rivers.

In the evening we were entertained with a Lama concert, which was

far from disagreeable, the music was high and low alternately, one set

singing the bass and another the treble.

25th October.—After crossing the Darboong by a good sango we

marched to Lubrung, a distance of ten and a half miles; the road was

good, winding very much, and crossing the Roonung Pass, 14,508 feet

high, at the top of which the wind was as strong and cold as yester-

day. We found a great deal of juniper on the way, and the berries

were large and well tasted, having little bitterness.

Labrung is a large village upon the right bank of a rivulet called

Zong, a couple of miles from the Sutlej, and 9,296 feet above the sea;

opposite to it, and a mile distant, is the populous town of Kanum, where

1842. ] to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 383

the Wuzeer Loktus resides during winter; there are two brothers,

named Buleeram and Busuntram, but they are both generally called

Loktus, which word properly speaking, should be applied to their house,

a building of great extent.

26th October.—Marched to Leepé six and a half miles, the road was

bad, lying upon sharp rocks. The houses here, as well as at Labrung,

are wholly composed of wood, they are small, and in shape exactly

resemble cisterns. Leepé consists of an upper and lower division, both

of which contain a good many inhabitants ; it lies upon the left bank of

the Tetee, a large stream, having its source amongst snow twelve or

fifteen miles to the N. W. The vineyards are numerous, and the grapes

large and of a delicious flavour.

27th October.—Marched to Akpa ten and three-quarter miles. The

road was rocky, passing the village of Jangee, and for the last four miles

led through forests of pine upon the right bank of the Sutlej, about a

mile from the stream.

28th October.—Proceeded to Pangee ten and three-quarter miles.

The footpath was rugged in the extreme, lying a great part of the

way upon fragments of granite and gneiss, which appeared to have but

lately fallen, and exhibited a heap of gigantic ruins, amongst which

we saw many a noble pine lying prostrate, whilst a few with their

branches broken off and otherwise disfigured, just barely peeped above

the stones. Large portions of rock fall yearly, and their effects are

truly dreadful, they sweep every thing with them, and sometimes stop

the channels of the largest rivers for weeks. :

From Leepé to this place there is a direct road not exceeding four-

teen miles, but we chose to go round by the Sutlej, in order to have a

better view of the Kylas peaks.

29th October.—Marched to Rogee nine miles. The road was first a

very steep descent of 1,000 feet to the Mulgoon, a large stream descend-

ing at a considerable angle, rushing over rocks with rapid force, and

forming a series of cascades ; we crossed it by a couple of sangos, the

current being divided into two; the ascent from it was fatiguing for

a mile, the road then for the next five miles was excellent, leading upon

soil through woods of pine, the trees of which attain a large size, but not

quite equal to those near Brooang, one of which measured thirty-three

feet in circumference ; the last one and half mile was of an extraordi-

384 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

nary nature along the brink of a tremendous precipice, and often upon

unsteady scaffolding that has been constructed with very great labour,

this continues for several hundred yards together, and is formed of spars

driven into the crevices of perpendicular faces of rock, with their other

ends resting upon trees or posts and boards across. Now and then you

meet with a rude stair of wood and stone, which must have required

much trouble to erect; the rocks project above the path, and the tra-

veller is frequently obliged to stoop in order to avoid them, whilst

at the same time he must pay equal attention to his footing.

Part of the road was destroyed last rainy season, and had not up-

wards of twenty people been early sent off to repair it, we should have

been forced to go by the Sutlej, which is nearly a whole march round ;

by the time we arrived at the place that had given way, they had made

several clumsy wooden ladders, which answered our purpose tolerably

well. The mountains latterly on either side of the river are craggy,

rent in every direction, almost destitute of soil, and thinly wooded, but in

the vicinity of Kushbeer, which we passed half way, the ground slopes

gradually to the Sutlej at some distance, and is thickly studded with

hamlets and adorned with vineyards.

There are several orchards belonging to Rogee, which contain apples

of an excellent kind, nearly as large as those brought from Kabool,

which they far excel in flavour.

30th October.—Proceeded to Meero eight and half miles. The road

was very uneven upon angular pieces of quartz, gneiss, and granite,

often bordering upon a precipice about a mile from the Sutlej, here

called Sumudrung. The rocks on our right hand were of the same

cracked appearance as yesterday, frequently overhanging the path, and

menacing destruction to the left; towards the river the declivity is more

gentle, and generally clothed with pines, unless where they have been

buried amongst rocks dislodged from above.

Meeroo is situate in the district of Rasgramee, and is 8,550 feet high.

Besides the subdivisions of Koonawur already noticed, there are three

more, Utharabeesht on the southern bank of the Sutlej to the westward

of Brooang, Pundrabeesht opposite it on the north side of the river, and

Wangpo, containing only seven small villages to the N. W. of Meeroo.

31st October.—Marched seven and three-quarter miles, and encamped

near a cave close on the right bank of the Sutlej. The pathway was

we Pel

1842. ] to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 385

indifferent, ascending and descending alternately, and passing the

village of Chegaon or Cholang, pleasantly situate near a stream five

miles from Meeroo; half a mile on this side of it the road led through

an arch formed of two stupendous rocks of granite, which meet at an

angle.

lst November.—Marched to Nachar eight miles. The way was

rough for four miles to the Wangpo, a large mountain torrent that

rushes down a steep declivity, forming a succession of waterfalls in its

course, and dashes against the huge masses of rock in its bed with

a noise like thunder, throwing up the spray to an amazing height ;

we crossed it by a good sango, and proceeded half a mile upon level

ground to Wangtoo Jhoola, a rope bridge over the Sutlej; it consists of

five or six cables close together, upon which is laid half a hollow fir

tree, about two feet long, with pegs driven through it to prevent its

coming off; from this hangs a loop of three or four ropes in which the

passenger takes his seat, it is pulled across by two pieces of rotten

twine, that from constantly breaking occasion this to be a tedious mode

of transporting baggage. The conveyance is a pretty safe one, but

greatly alarming to a novice, for the Jhoola is elevated twenty feet

above the stream, which runs with great rapidity and a deafening noise.

Near this are the remains of a wooden bridge, such as described in

Captain Turner’s Narrative, that was destroyed on the Goorkha invasion

of Busahir. We found the breadth of the Sutlej at the bridge eighty-

eight feet, and the height of its bed 5,200 feet, in some parts it is

scarcely fifty feet broad, and it was in attempting to swim over at a

narrow place that one of my servants was drowned here last year.

After much delay, we got every thing across without an accident, and

ascended for three and a half miles to Nachar, where there are a few

grapes which seldom ripen; the degree of cold does not depend nearly

so much upon the absolute height of the place, as its elevation above

the bed of a river, for vines come to maturity upon the banks of large

streams, 9,500 feet from the level of the sea, and Nachar does not ex-

ceed 7,000 feet in height.

2nd November.—Proceeded eight miles to Turanda in Utharabeesht,

and three miles from the western limit of Koonawur. This day’s march

was beautiful, for the first three and a half miles upon soil and through

shady groves of lofty pines, from twenty to twenty-seven feet in circum-

= ————

—_

386 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

ference, the road then was a rocky descent of one and a half mile to

the Syldung, a rapid torrent dashing over large stones, and coming

from the Himalaya mountains to the southward; we crossed it above

the union of two streams by a couple of bad sangos, and then ascended

from its bed by a rocky footpath, winding amongst extensive forests of —

oak, yew, pine, and horse chesnut to camp.

3rd November.—We were detained by a heavy fall of snow and hail,

which lay around us in large quantities many hundred feet below the

village; had this shower come on ten days ago, we should have been

prevented from crossing the passes near Soongnum, which together

with those above 13,000 feet, are blocked up for four months in winter.

4th November.—Marched to Soorahun thirteen miles. It took us

almost the whole day to perform the journey, for the path which is at

all times dangerous from often lying near a precipice upon smooth

stones, by the late shower of snow, now frozen hard, had: become so

slippery, that we could get on very slowly.

We crossed four streams of some size, besides many smaller ones,

they are all rapid, but of no great depth. The mountains near this are

heavily wooded to their summits, the cultivation increases at every

step, and the villages are most thickly scattered.

Soorahun is 7,248 feet above the sea, in Dusow, one of the large

divisions of Busahir; it is the summer residence of the Rajah and most

of his Wuzeers, who stay here six or seven months in the year to avoid

the great heats at Rampoor; it contains several good houses, and a

temple attended by Brahmins.

5th November.—Marched to Dhar nine and a half miles. The road

was bad crossing the Munglad, a rapid torrent, by a rotten sango, con-

sisting of two fir trees, about a foot apart, with small twigs and slates

laid across, one of the spars is much lower than the other, and the

bridge is both unsteady and unsafe; the descent to the stream was at

such a great angle, that we frequently slid many feet at a time, the

ascent was equally bad, lying upon pure mica, shining with a bright

lustre, and extremely slippery.

6th November.—Marched to Rampoor, distant eight and a quarter

miles. The road was sometimes rugged; but more commonly even;

part of the way it was a complete swamp, lying through rice fields

intersected by many rills.

————

Se ee OS ee ee ee

1842.] to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 387

Rampoor is situate in latitude 31° 27’ and longitude 77° 42’, on

the left bank of the Sutroodra or Sutlej; although the capital of Busa-

hir it is not near so populous as might be expected. There are several

fairs here during the year, to which the Koonawurees bring blankets of

various sorts, coarse shawls, wool, raisins, salt, borax and chowrees, and

exchange them for wheat, tobacco, sugar, swords, &c. The houses

may be about a hundred in number, they are large, well built, and cover-

ed with thick slates of a brownish colour, which form very heavy roofs ;

upon a few of the houses the slates are cut into oblongs, and laid regu-

larly, which give them a neat appearance, but by far the greater number

are of all shapes and sizes, and put on without any regard to order.

Under the rajah’s palace, a handsome edifice at the northern angle of the

town, there is a rope bridge similar to the one at Wangtoo across the

Sutlej leading to Kooloo, the breadth of the river is here 211 feet, and

the jhoola is elevated thirty feet above the stream, which in the rainy

season is said to come within four feet of it. In December and January

when the river is at its lowest, people sometimes cross upon inflated

skins. We found the bed of the Sutle] by barometrical observations

3,260 feet above the level of the sea.

The site of Rampoor is low and much confined, and one of the

worst that could have been fixed upon, and from its being encircled

by high mountains subtending an angle of between twenty and

thirty degrees, a breath of wind can scarcely ever reach it; there is

little soil and no wood upon the surrounding hills, and large por-

tions of naked rock appear on every side of the town, which being

once heated, retain their warmth for a long time, so that in summer

the nights are not much cooler than the days, and from there being

no circulation of air, the place for several months in the year is like an

oven.

7th November.—Marched to Nirt upon the left bank of the river.

The distance is twelve and a half miles, and the road for the first four

and a half consisted of short rocky ascents and descents to the Nou-

guree, a large stream coming from the eastward; we crossed it by an

excellent high sango with a railing, and the rest of the way was quite

plain, lying near the Sutlej.

The extreme height of the bed of the river opposite to the village is

2,912 feet, and as this is the last place where we had an opportunity of

388 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

measuring it, I shall now endeavour to give some idea of the probable

height of Mansurowur Lake.

The Sutlej has a variety of names, being called Sutlooj, Sutroodra,

Sumudrung, Sampoo, Langzhing-kampa, Muksung, and Zung-tee in

different parts of its course; Sutroodra is most commonly used, by

which name it is known from its source to the plains. In the Koona-

wur language, the words Sampoo, Sumudrung, Kampa, Muksung and

Tee, all signify river. Zung means gold, and with the addition of the

latter word is applied to the stream at a sandy place near Murung,

where gold dust is found. By the accounts of many people who have

travelled along its bank to its source, it issues from Lake Rawunrud,

called also Rawathud and Lanka, which was confidently said by every

body I saw that had been there, to communicate with Mansurowur,

although Mr. Moorcroft could not dicover the outlet of the latter lake ;

the circuit of Rawunrud was represented to be no less than seven days’

journey, but it is most likely both lakes were included.

From Nirt to Sundum Sango under Numgeea, the horizontal dis-

tance by the map is seventy-two miles, although by the road it is

almost 140, the difference of level of the bed of the Sutlej in this space

is about 5,690 feet, which gives the fall of the river nearly eighty feet

per mile in a direct line, from Numgeea to Mansurowur, which is placed

agreeably to Major Hearsey, (I fancy not far from the truth, as its

position with regard to Shipké agrees well with the accounts I received,)

the horizontal distance is about 167 miles ; if therefore only thirty-five

feet per mile be allowed for the fall of the river from Numgeea up-

wards, it will give the extreme height of Mansurowur or Mapang Lake

above 14,000 feet, and I am inclined to think this estimate rather under

the truth than otherwise, for Mansurowur is unquestionably very

elevated, from the circumstance of four large rivers, and perhaps five,

taking their rise in that quarter.

ist.—The Sutlej issuing from the lake itself.

2d.—The Sind or Sing-kechoo, known likewise by the name of Sind-

ke Kampa, has its source N. E. of Mansurowur. It is described as a

very large river, and the principal branch of the Indus, being frequently

called Attuk even near Caroo, three marches to the eastward of which

it passes, running close south of the capital of Ludak, and three or

four days’ journey to the northward of the valley of Kashmeer.

1842.] to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 389

3d.—The Tamjoo Kampa springs from the mountains east of Mapang,

and at first flows towards the eastward.

4th.—The Manja-choo, or Kampa, rises south of Mansurowur and

runs §.E. The latter two rivers I conclude to be the Bruhmapootr and

Gogra.

I likewise heard of a fifth river (but only from the accounts of one

person, which however I have not the least reason to doubt, as he tra-

velled the road twice,) said to be crossed eight or ten marches E. N.E.

of Garoo ; its source is reckoned near Mapang, and it runs N. E., so is

perhaps one of the great Chinese rivers.

8th November.—Marched eight and three-quarter miles to Kotgoor,

where there is cantonment for two companies of the lst Nuseeree

Battalion. The road at the beginning of this-day’s journey lay close

upon the left bank of the Sutlej, and then was a steep ascent of 3,500

feet, latterly winding amongst beautiful woods of oak, yew, and pine.

10¢h November.—Proceeded seven and quarter miles to Kutoo, in

order to make some astronomical observations, and get the bearings

and altitudes of the surrounding objects. The ascent from Kotgoor is

not less than 4,000 feet, the road at first was good, but afterwards steep

and rugged. Kutoo consists of two small forts upon the top of a hill,

10,600 feet above the level of the sea, connected on the N. E. with the

snowy mountains. The prospect from this spot is very extensive ;

upwards of fifty forts, with from four to six towers each, may be distinctly

counted in the Rajships of Kooloo, Sooked, and Mundee, N. W. of the

Sutlej, beyond these are seen high mountains covered with eternal

snow ; to the N. E. and East, appear the outer range of the great Hima-

laya chain, extending until it is lost in the horizon, whilst to the South

and 8. W. the hills decrease in height to the plains, which are clearly

distinguishable at a distance.

We were detained here until the 16th, for we were involved in

mist for several days, during which time we could not see half a mile on

any side; the thermometer did not get above 34° in a house, with a

large fire for two snowy days, and at sun rise was 28°, but when the

clouds cleared away, it rose to 40° and 41° at noon.

' After completing our observations, we returned on the 16th

to Kotgoor, where we stayed a couple of days, and on the 19th

marched to Jeemoo nine and half miles. The road for about four

390 Narrative of a Journey from Soobathoo [No. 125.

miles was generally good, passing many villages, and lyg upon the

face of a left hand range covered with dark forests of various sorts of

trees to a small stream, from whence there was a steep ascent of 2,400

feet through a thicket to Nagkanda Pass, 9,000 feet high, here we

found a great many hazel trees, but all the nuts were rotten ; from the

pass to camp, we had a moderate descent of three miles upon the slope

of a grassy range that lay upon our right.

20th November.—Marched to Muteeana nine miles. The road for

near six miles was good, upon the right bank of a rivulet, and crossed by

many brooks to Mandunee, where there is a handsome temple built in

the Chinese style; after leaving it, we crossed the Kuljehur, a stream

coming from the northward that divides Koomarsaen from Keoonthul,

two small states under chiefs called Ranas. Keoonthul is largest, and

extends from Muteeana to the vicinity of Soobathoo. The descent to

the Kuljehur was steep, and the ascent equally so, each about 1,000

feet. The mountains we passed are wooded with pines and oak in the

vallies, but above produce little except grass.

22nd November.—Marched to Bunee fourteen and three-quarter

miles. ‘The road consisted of easy ascents and descents near the top of

a range upon soil, and through a very highly cultivated country abound-

ing with villages.

23d November.—Proceeded to Simla eleven miles, and next day

made a forced march of twenty-two and a half miles to Soobathoo; the

latter part of the road has already been described.

Throughout the above mentioned tour, the road was surveyed with

some care, and a number of points were fixed trigonometrically, which

agree well together; we were very lucky in having clear weather, and

always managed to get two, but most commonly three or four meridian

altitudes of stars, both north and south, contained in Dr. Pond’s cata-

logue, at every halting place except one.

We had two sextants, and a Troughton’s reflecting circle having a stand,

with the last of which instruments the latitudes were usually observed.

We carried no less than fourteen excellent barometer tubes with us,

only two of which returned in safety. The mercury was revived from

cinnabar, and was well boiled in the tubes, the last indeed was a most

laborious business, for we broke upwards of a dozen of tubes in the

operation. The most convincing proof that the air was entirely expelled,

> AF) =~ SS ah

1842.] to Shipke, in Chinese Tartary. 391

is, that the mercury in the tubes of thirty-two and twenty-six and a

quarter inches stood exactly at the same point, although the vacuum in

the short ones was not more than three-quarter of an inch, and on ap-

plying a candle to the top, the mercury rose a little, whereas had there

been the least air, it must have sunk from the expansion, which would

have been clearly perceptible in so small a space.

The largest theodolite was constructed by Troughton, and is gra-

duated, both vertically and horizontally, to twenty seconds; the elevations

of most mountains subtending small angles were taken with it, and

those above ten degrees, were observed either with the sextant or circle

and artificial horizon.

At every camp we tried the height of the boiling point with two

good thermometers, which very seldom indeed. gave the altitude of the

place 300 feet different from the barometer, and had we arrived at our

ground in sufficient time to distil water, I have every reason to think

the disagreement would have been less, for wherever we had an oppor-

tunity of using snow, the coincidence of the two methods was most

satisfactory.

The height of the colossal Tuzheegung, whose summit is almost

22,500 feet above the level of the sea, was determined by angles of

elevation between four and twenty-four degrees, taken at eight different

stations, varying from 9,000 to 19,000 feet in height, and from two to

about thirty miles distant from it, and allowing one-fifteen terrestrial

refraction, the extreme difference between any two of the observations

does not amount to 250 feet. ‘The Kylas Peaks, besides several others,

were calculated from many stations at various distances, and none of them

differ above 500 feet from one another. The next highest peak to the

Tuzheegung is above 21,000 feet, it was seen from Hutoo fifty-three

miles distant under an angle of 1° 47‘, and its altitude deduced from this

comes within 200 feet of what the observation at Rogee gives it, where

the distance was eight miles, and the elevation about fifteen degrees.

The altitudes of our stations were calculated by M. Ramond’s method

above Soobathoo, where the barometer was observed five or six times a

day during most part of our absence, and the height of the column was

invariably measured from the surface of the mercury. By the mean of

a whole year’s barometrical observations, Soobathoo was found to be

4,205 feet above the level of the sea.

392

Memoranda on the Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. By Dr. J.

Avam, B. M.S.

The following paper has been found amongst some old records, and it

has been thought that its contents well entitle it to be rescued from obli-

vion. I am happy also to add that the collection to which it refers is now

safely placed beyond risk of loss in the Society’s cabinets. Being No. IV.

of our Geological Catalogues. py

The observations I have now the honour to lay before the Society,

were originally intended to accompany a series of geological specimens,

for the purpose of illustrating their relative positions and localities,

or (according to the technical phraseology of the day) their geognostic

and geographic situations, without a knowledge of which, no collection

can be of much value. At the time, however, of dispatching these, I was

still prosecuting a long march in a remote part of the country, and

could not then command leisure sufficient to enable me to throw

together the detached memoranda I had committed to paper in the

early part of the route. Other circumstances afterwards interfered to

prevent my putting this intention into execution, and it is only lately

that I have been reminded of it, by finding in the Museum below, the

collection to which the notes refer. |

While, with all deference, I solicit the attention of my fellow members

to the subject of the following pages, I must at the same time crave

their indulgence for the imperfections in the manner of treating it,

necessarily arising out of the scantiness of my materials. In moving

along, from day to day without intermission, I could only take a very

hasty survey of the geological features of the districts through which |

I passed, and was often thereby precluded from obtaining all the infor-

mation desired. I trust also, they will make allowance for the want of

interest inherent in such details. The objects of geology present

little to allure a general enquirer ; and indeed taken singly, may be said

to be the least attractive that can engage the attention of mankind. A

bare rock, or a clod of-earth offers in itself nothing interesting. But

when viewed in combination with surrounding objects, when contem-

plated in its relation to these, its local site duly considered—and the

influence which it may exert in the mass on the animal and vegetable

world ; it then assumes a higher degree of importance, and the study will

1842.] Geology of Bundelcuud and Jubbulpore. 393

be found not only a pleasing one, but a source of great public utility.

Observation pointing out the path, the geologist ascends from facts to

inferences, gradually but surely ; and though the way may be said to be

long and wearisome, he obtains at length, in the great truths which it

leads to, an ample recompense for all his toils. To trace the changes on

the ever-varying surface of this globe; to compare the present with

the past, and thus to study the history of its inhabitants in their several

epochs of existence, from the shrub and insect up to man, the proud

lord of all, constitutes the paramount aim of this research; while the

discovery of new minerals, or their compounds, and new applications

of them to the arts of life, stamp on his labours an additional value that

they would not otherwise possess.

To qualifications leading to any such results, I have not the smallest

pretensions, nor dare I aspire to the title of geologist from merely

noting down a few simple facts and deducing the most obvious con-

clusions from them. Should the detail, however, prove the means of

exciting those to prosecute the study of Indian geology, who possess

greater ability and opportunities, I shall feel that my time has not been

wholly misemployed. I need urge no stronger plea than this expecta-

tion for again bringing before the Society a collection apparently so

little worthy their notice.

These specimens comprise all the rocks met with, between the

Jumna and the Nurbudda, by the route of Banda, Lohargong, Bellary

and Jubbulpore. ‘They commence with the hills in Bundelcund, after

crossing the Jumna at Chilly-terrah Ghaut. Between the hills and the

river is situate a plain of considerable extent, the aspect of which differs

so widely from that of the opposite country in the Dooab, as to merit

particular notice. It may be observed, generally, that the soil of the

plains of Hindostan intra Gangem, is alight coloured mould, consisting of

a due proportion of argillaceous, siliceous, and calcareous earths, the

last being most abundant above Monghyr. Its chief character is

derived from the quantity of mica which it contains in minute grains

“and scales. This also prevails in the district I passed through from

Allahabad to the Ghaut on the Jumna. ’ About half a mile from this river

we descend a bank, which at one time may have formed its boundary in

the rainy season, and enter upon a low flat, where in place of a fair,

shining, attenuated mould, the eye meets nothing but an uniformly

™~

ieee

ee ee ee ee

_—

394 Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. [No. 125.

dull coarse black earth, not unlike the half-digested soil of moss-lands

at home. This dark soil is still more striking on the Bundelcund side,

and continues almost the whole way to Besseramgunge. It seems to

contain a larger proportion of argillaceous earth and vegetable recrement,

than the lands on the left bank of the Jumna, and that generally observ-

ed in the Upper Provinces of India.

The Jumna, where the passage is made, is a smooth gently flowing

stream. The banks shew no rock, but are high and perpendicular, and

when viewed from the opposite shore along with the Kane, (which here

joins its waters to the Jumna,) they look rather interesting, and are

devoid of the dullness which characterizes the banks of the united

rivers below Allahabad.

On approaching the town of Banda, distant two marches or about

twenty miles from the river, several small hills are seen in the West,

like erections for flagstaffs posted at regular intervals. ‘They are ofa

conical, or rather pyramidal figure, and appear to run in one line from

N. W. to S. E. One of these rises from the plain close to Banda. It

is about three or four hundred feet high, and divided at the upper part

into two or more smaller elevations, of which the central alone termi-

nates with a pointed summit. The appearance of this hill from below is

singular and fantastic ; huge masses of stone presenting themselves in

every position, and seeming quite unconnected the one with the other,

while the few shrubs growing out from between them, serve as a

contrast to the nakedness of the rock. On ascending the hill, we find

this to be a reddish small-grained granite, having no regular arrange-

ment, but lying in blocks of great size, some perpendicular, and others

horizontal, with a convex or rounded surface in general. Many of these

are scaling off; but the greater part remain perfectly entire, and

possess more compactness of integrant structure than any rocks of the

kind I have met with.

This hill at Banda may be considered to be the termination of the

first of many series which traverse Bundelcund from W. to E., as no

more are observed here. Following that line, soon after leaving Banda

to the South, other hills come into view, and at first sight appear

larger than-the one at that place. This is chiefly owing to the effect

distance, increased by the dewy air of the morning; for on a near ap-

proach, we find these not to exceed the congeries at Banda, or the

’

1842. ] Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. 395

highest does so only on a small degree. ‘Though evidently enter-

ing upon a mountainous country here, we are surprized to observe no

general elevation of the surface; the same flatness of the plains

continuing as on the opposite side of the Jumna, and the hills rising

abruptly from a common level, like so many islands rearing themselves

out of the ocean. They are, in fact, mere pictures on dry land of

the rocky Madeira, Porto Santo or the Canaries, as seen in the voyage

from England to India. At the village of Gerawah, twelve miles from

Banda, we reached the second series. ‘The general figure of these hills

like the former mentioned is pyramidal, and they may be said in this

respect, to resemble a fragment of the granite which composes them. They

stretch from the village of Gerawah* in two or three directions, the

line of some crossing that of others, and notwithstanding their irregu-

larity as a range, they appear to follow individually particular series, and

we can trace a succession of isolated rocky elevations, forming a sort

of chain across the country. ‘The largest of these situate to the right

of the village, has at its summit a rock of a white colour like chalk,

which I regretted the distance prevented me from examining. The

others are composed entirely of granite similar to the rock at Banda,

and present in general, the same deficiency of arrangement. ‘There

is, however, one apparent exception at the highest part of the hill

immediately overlooking the village; there the piles have assumed

the appearance of basaltic columns standing perpendicularly with

four sides, and at a small distance, seem to be a superincumbent

stratum of a different formation from the others underneath. On

approaching as near as I could, I found the rock essentially the

same however, but was at a loss to account for this peculiarity in

its outward form. As I moved along the projecting blocks and ledges of

this hill, I was particularly struck with the extreme heat which they

retained. Although the sun had gone down some time on the op-

posite side, this was still so great as to be barely tolerable to the hand,

and the atmosphere over them was proportionately elevated in its

temperature.*

The country around here displays a thousand charms, compared with

the district near the Jumna. The roads are dry, and the rocky eleva-

tion in front having a covering of beautiful shrubs entwined with every

variety of climbing plant, which give quite a new feeling to the mind on

* Sp. No. 1 to 3.

o G

396 Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. —— [No. 125.

viewing the prospect. New animals too, inhabitants of these, present

themselves. The peacock arrayed in all Iris’ gorgeous hues, and shin-

ing in his native plumage, is not unfrequently seen perched on a block of

granite, while herds of antelopes bound along the plain below, and the

shrill cry of the Indian partridge heard on every hand, first cheers the

traveller with the opening day.

At Pungrawah,* the second stage from Banda, we findthe rocks on

every respect similar to those described. In the march from Pungra-

wah to Kurtal, the next village on the route, a range of hills is seen in

front, and on the left hand, much higher than any previously met with,

and which, in place of the peakeds ummit, are crowned with a flat

table-land. On one of the most conspicuous of those to the left stands

the celebrated fort of Callinger. On reaching Kurtal, we still find peaked

hills composed of granite, having the same characters as that at Ban-

dah, Gerawah, and Pungrawah: and besides this, masses of a bluish

coloured trap and large boulders scaling off in concentric layers. This

trap rock appears to have been at one time extensive; and I could

trace a superficial stratum over the granite for some way up the hill.

What remains of it rests on that rock, without any distinct arrange-

ment. The whole seems much affected by the operation of the elements,

and it is probable, that from this cause a large formation has been

removed and reduced to soil. Many of the granite blocks here are

also fast going into decay, and the soil of the district adjoining is

entirely formed from them. Its colour is sandy red, that of the felspar,

and in this red sand, as a basis, are contained a great many small quartz

crystals, which still remain entire, and unaltered in their structure.

Chalcedonic pebbles are also found at the bottom of the hills at Kurtal,

which appear to have been imbedded in a rock that had likewise rested

at a former period over the granite. They possess the same characters

as the pebbles found in the river Kane, that are so much admired on

account of their beautiful variegated appearance and lustre when cut.

After leaving Kurtal, the road strikes into a wood of low trees,

flanked on both sides by hills with flat summits ; and for the first time

we observe pieces of sandstone strewing the path, mixed with broken

blocks of granite, and the more complete detritus forming the soil.

On one hill, which is nearer than the others, we can distinctly see a

horizontal position of the superior strata; and under the table face, a

* Sp. No. 4 to 8.

1842.] Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. 397

sort of projection enlarging the diameter of the hill, and gradually

increasing to the base. The upper formation is evidently of the same

nature as the detached pieces of sandstone found at the surface, while

the great body of the hill is composed of granite, (and also perhaps trap,)

similar to that of the pyramidal hills formerly described. Some fu-

queers, or religious devotees, have taken up their abode on this hill, at

the junction of the sandstone with the granite formation, and the face of

their caves cut out of the solid rock, and chunamed over, with the ele-

vated platform on which are placed the objects of their idolatrous wor-

ship, present altogether a very striking and conspicuous appearance

from the plain below.

On passing the fukeer’s hill, we came in sight of the eastern ex-

tremity of Adjeeghurh.* This fort like Callinger, crowns the summit of

an isolated hill, and derives its principal strength from a table-face of

sandstone’ rock. The sides of the elevation are covered with thick

jungle, composed of beautiful low trees of every shade of green in their

leaves, and of every size and shape, from the pinnated peaked leaflet of the

tamarind to the broad expanded foliage of the teak, which, according to

my knowledge of Indian dendrology, is very abundant in all these hills.

As far as my limited observation enabled me to determine, granite

forms the great body of Adjeeghurh, and sandstone lies over it

at the upper part, presenting all round a perpendicular face of

rock to the height of between thirty and fifty feet, and constituting

a natural barrier of defence, that of itself seems to render the place

impregnable. The sandstone has a slight reddish tint, and is of the

formation termed the old red sandstone Its position is perfectly hori-

zontal, and its structure in general quite sound. The view from

the ramparts of the fort displays well the peculiarity I remarked before,

respecting the want of general elevation in the whole of this moun-

tainous tract. Hills are seen in every direction covered with jungle,

and rising abruptly out of an intervening flat country, the dull and

cheerless aspect of which conveys to the mind the idea of an uninha-

bited waste, or the haunt of savage beasts only. It is precisely the

expression Daniel has given in his delineation of a fort in the Mysore,

where a sort of sombre stillness reigns, (if I may be allowed so to term it)

that no language can pourtray. Adjeeghur and Callinger are no less

* Sp. No, 9 and 10.

398 Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. [No. 125.

interesting to the antiquary and mythological enquirer, than to the

geologist ; and the lover of arts will find abundant subject of admira-

tion in the beautiful remains of ancient Hindoo architecture which

still exist within the walls of both these forts.

The country for a short distance from Adjeeghur is open, and the

soil which hitherto had partaken of the qualities of the prevailing rock,

again resembles that on the other side of Banda. It is ofa dark colour

and soft, what by agriculturists at home would be termed rotten soil, the

“< nutre soliem” of the Poet.

“« Nigra fere, et presso, pinguis, sub vomere terra”

“« Et cui putre soliem-—————_—

‘“‘ Optima frumentis ; non ullo exzequore cernes,”

‘« Plura domum tradis, decedere plaustra juvencis.”

A few miles further on, we came to the village or hamlet of Besseram-

gunge, beautifully situated at the foot of a wooded hill over which are

the Ghaut passes to the upper district. This Ghaut leads from the

low country of Bundelcund to the elevated table-land on a level with the

hills last mentioned. The path is cut through, or carried over granite,

trap, and sandstone. At first the ascent, though pretty steep, is not diff-

cult, as there are few large stones, and no rock rising from the surface.

Soon, however, it becomes steeper and more obstructed; granite, trap,

and sandstone masses presenting themselves in succession, and in many

of the last, may be perceived quartz nodules included, like those found

in the sandstone of Table Mountain at the Cape. The arrangement of

the sandstone is in general horizontal, but at some points it appears to

rise from the surface, in the form of ridges almost vertical. The trap

rock exhibits no well defined arrangement at the several poimts where

it is found in the Ghaut; and I could not penetrate into the jungle

here to examine the strata more extensively. It may, however, be

inferred, that it is in every respect similar to that rock at Callinger,

which I afterwards found lying chiefly in rounded masses of various

sizes, occupying the middle of the elevation, and composing the greater

part of it. These were in general mouldering at the surface, and many of

the smaller boulders could be reduced to powder without the assistance

of the hammer. The larger masses were more compact, and possessed

great hardness. This rock belongs to the transition trap of Werner, to

pia ee se Ap - a = 4 =

‘

which class may also be referred that formerly met with at Kurtal, lying

immediately over the granite of the peaked hills. The elevation may be

altogether from 1,000 to 1,200 feet above the plain of the Jumna.

On reaching the top of the Ghaut, we cross one or two clear running

1842.] Geology of Bundeleund and Jubbulpore. 399 |

‘streams, and some oozing rills and pools of stagnant water are met

with, most of which indicate, by their blue slimy and iridescent surface,

an impregation of iron in the adjoining soil. This is indeed composed

of ferruginous gravel and reduced sandstone, and if we may judge from

the luxuriant grass growing over it, it must be one of considerable ferti-

lity. The town of Punnah is distant about eight miles from the Ghaut,

and the whole of the surrounding country here derives an additional

interest from its being the source of the diamond. In my march thither,

I passed several of the mines close to the road, but having resolved to

halt a day at the town, I deferred my examination of them till the

following morning.

Having started early next day, I soon reached the scene of opera-

tions, distant about three miles to the westward of the town, and in a

situation corresponding to that on the other side. It was a thin

jungle, with long delicate grass growing out of a reddish soil. The

mines are mere narrow pits, four, five, or more feet deep, according to

the distance of the subjacent rock from the surface, and dug out of a

ferruginous gravelly soil, of a dark brown or blackish colour, like he-

patic cinnabar.* It feels moist, and consists of fine sand, with a large

proportion of small dark red and whitish, or yellowish-white pebbles,

the former appearing to contain a large quantity of iron. When J arriv-

ed at the ground, two men were engaged in searching for the precious

mineral, the chief of whom very readily replied to all my questions,

and explained and exemplified the series of operations gone through.

These are extremely simple. The soil,f as it is brought from the

neighbouring pit, is thrown into a small square excavation in the

ground, about two or three feet deep, the sides of which have been well |

beaten to prevent the gravel from adhering to them ; a quantity of water :

being added, a man steps into the place with a small hoe and mixes

the whole together, using his hands also for that purpose, and tossing

away all the larger pebbles. This movement being continued for

some time, the water is then thrown out by means of a small wicker

* Sp. No. 1. ¢ Sp. No, 12.

: ‘

7 ” ia a ———

400 Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. [No. 125.

basket, and carries with it the sand, leaving the gravel behind. After

repeated application and discharges of water, the gravel is removed into

another small basin of a circular figure, where it receives the last

washing. From these it is conveyed to a large floor on the surface of

the ground made of hardened earth, and there left to dry ; the finishing

operation consisting merely in a minute examination of this dry gravel,

by a person acquainted with the external characters of the jewel in its

rough state. Judging from the condition of the people employed, one

would hardly believe that they could be able to detect a stone, but

they assured me, they did so with the greatest ease, and it appears to

be the transparency and lustre, even in this state, which directs them.

The chief man picked out several pieces of transparent quartz from the

gravels which he said resemble the diamond, “he had found them of

‘‘ all colours and sizes, but the discovering of these, he added, did not

“depend upon his own skill or exertions, it was altogether the

“work of God,’—salaaming at the same time respectfully; and

pointing with a most expressive manner to the heavens.

From the inquiries I made, diamond mining appears by no means a

profitable concern at Punnah. Any one may dig, subject to paying

the common duty of a fourth part of the produce to the Rajah, who is

here, (as is the case every where else in Hindostan,) paramount lord of

the soil. All stones, however, beyond a certain carat, are exclusively

claimed by him; but it may be supposed, where the means of con-

cealment are so much in the power of the workman, that the prince’s

treasury very seldom benefits by this source of revenue. In the farm

or spot which I examined, two diamonds only had been found during

the preceding year, and these fetched each 200 rupees. The number

of workmen commonly employed, (in the various operations of digging,

carrying, washing, and searching,) is from four to five, though I saw only

two. Of these, the sirdar or chief, has a salary of five rupees per month,

and the others have four, and when a valuable stone is found, some pre-

sent proportioned to that, is generally made them by their master. So

that after paying the duty and expence of working, it is obvious

his gains in this imstance must have been very small and not suf-

ficient to induce him to persevere much longer in these operations.

Indeed, the business of mining appeared altogether at a stand when

I passed the spot ; and judging from the remains of pits in every direc-

alll a tte

wine ee

1842. ] Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. 401

tion, it must have been carried much more extensively in former years

than at present.

Red ferruginous gravel, the matrix of the diamond, may be consider-

ed as terminating the regular formations of the hills in this part of

Bundelcund, the order from below being granite, trap, or basalt sand-

stone and gravel.

In taking a comprehensive view of these four formations as develop-

ed at the different sites mentioned, whether singly or in. combination,

we must at the same time consider the qualities of the soil in the inter-

mediate and adjoining districts derived from them.

The prevailing soil in Bundelcund, and indeed all the way between the

rivers Jumna and Nerbudda, is the black coarse earth already alluded

to, consisting apparently of a larger proportion of clay and carbonized

vegetable remains than is found in the lands to the north of the for-

mer stream. It retains moisture more perfectly than the common

soil of Hindostan, hence its miriness in the rainy season, and its disposi-

tion to unite into masses, and form rifts and cracks during the dry and

hot weather. Even in its driest state, however, it has not the stony

compactness of pure clay soils, but when separated in small pieces

from the mass, is found to be friable and easily reduced to powder.

I think it probable, that this contains a proportion of magnesian earth,

though never having subjected it to chemical analysis, I am not

warranted in drawing this inference from any accurate data. It is

reckoned exceedingly fertile, and the richness of the Bundelcund

lands, where this soil predominates, is quite proverbial in India. From

its quality of retaining moisture, the process of irrigation is not so fre-

quently resorted to, and the labour of the husbandman becomes thereby

lessened. Greater exertions, however, are necessary for preparing it for the

seed, and in keeping it clear of weeds, than we see applied to the lands

in Hindostan generally. A long grass, not unlike some of the trouble-

some varieties at home, was then springing up every where, at the time

I passed through the district, and formed the only obstacle to the

ploughing then going on in all directions.

One would imagine that the above characters of the soil would affect

the atmosphere, and render the climate of Bundelcund moist and un-

healthy. As far as my own observation extends, agues are very

prevalent in the whole of the low country, and sometimes prove so

402 Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. [No. 125.

severe in European habits, as to require a change of air for their re-

moval, but the native population do not seem to suffer from any

endemial diseases of this class in a greater degree than the inhabit-

ants of other parts of India; and their appearance upon the whole, as

presented to myself, was rather prepossessing, and indicated general —

good health and comfort.

This black soil has evidently been derived from the decomposition

of some of the many varieties of trap rock, most probably amygdaloid

or green earth, which appear to have rested at one time over the gra-

nite in the hills of Bundelcund. The trap rocks at Gerawah and

Besseramgunge, and the globular variety observed on the hill of

Callinger, may also have had a share in forming it. As I remarked be-

fore, many of the trap boulders are now in a soft state bordering

on earth, and can be reduced to powder with the greatest ease.

The soil immediately around, there can be no doubt, is formed from their

debris, and as the plain in general resembles that, we may reasonably in-

fer, that it also acknowledges a similar source.

Extensive forest, which it is not difficult to conceive had flourished

here at no very distant period, may have furnished the vegetable

matter ; and the successive increase of a heavy moist soil covering

the wood with each return of the rainy months, had prevented its com-

plete decay. For the amelioration and improvement of such a soil in

Europe, the agriculturist would have recourse to lime, as rendering it

drier, and reducing the vegetable matter it contains to a state more fit-

ted for supplying the requisite nourishment to the growing plant.

In India, however, such an expedient would not be attended with

success, from the peculiarity which calcareous earth displays here of

uniting into small masses, termed kunkur, and not mingling well with

the other component parts of the soil, unless where siliceous sand hap-

pens to exist in an unusually large proportion. A mixture of this sand,

either derived from sandstone rock or the debris of granite, and similar

compound rocks, might be attended with the desired effect. We should

certainly expect a favorable result from reasoning on the subject, but

I am the more induced to think so from actual ‘observation of another

part of the same district, between Cullinger and Allahabad via Tur-

rowa. ‘There, a considerable change is indicated in the colour and pro-

perties of the soil. It becomes lighter as we proceed, and more attenu-

| ll. Sin ita

1842.] Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. 403

ated ; and seems to have been formed by the commingling of the alluvial

deposit of the Jumna, with the black earth of the plain. Its fertility, if

I may judge from the richness of the crops at the time I saw them,

must be very great. The whole country towards the river presented

one aspect of bountiful nature, and might well vie with the poet’s ‘‘ Gar-

gara,’ in the ease with which it is cultivated, and the ample produce it

yields the husbandman in return.

The appearance of the first hills in Bundelcund has been already

described. It is quite characteristic of the granitic or purely primitive

formation. Their outline, contrasted with the table-face and summit of

those in the interior, exemplifies in a striking manner the effect of rock

on the figure of mountains in general, from which we can often

determine at the distance of many miles, the nature and position of

strata forming extensive ranges. Hence too, we perceive the connection

between geology and painting, and the advantages to be derived to the

artist from an acquaintance with the elements of this science. The-

tops of the Himalya mountains, as represented on the splendid views of

Mr. Fraser, may be inferred a priori to consist of granite from the mere

circumstance of their form. They exhibit precisely the same outline,

‘“ magna componere parvis,” as the isolated primitive hills in Bundelcund,

but having their cliffs so softened by distance, as to present a uniform

line at the various angles visible.

As to the manner in which the primitive hills in Bundelcund have

been formed, it might seem presumptuous in me to hazard an opinion ;

the question involving in some measure the two grand theories of

Hutton and Werner, that have so long divided the geological world.

Yet it is impossible to contemplate the eminences at the same time with

the ranges in advance, and not form some conclusion on the subject.

They appear to exhibit the cores of large hills, the exterior of which

has suffered in the lapse of time; their more compact granitic interior

still enabling it. to resist the natural causes of decay. I think it

most probable, that the whole of the district from which they rise, had

at one time presented an uniform flat consistency of the three formati-

ons of granite, trap, and sandstone, in the same order as they are now

found on the hills, and that some force from below had elevated the

primitive rocks, causing also a disruption of the secondary strata.

Where this force was but slightly impressed, and on a limited area, a

3.4

404 Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. [No. 125.

small elevation would be formed. The granite would then only break

through the superincumbent strata, without carrying any part of them

along with it, while the broken strata would rest on the sides of the

mass after the impelling force ceased to act. The figure of the hill,

then, would not be a pyramid which it now resembles, but would ap-

proach more to that of a core; sandstone, trap, &c. lying on, and sur-

rounding the granite and fillmg up its inequalities, and the direction

of the strata of each of these deviating, more or less, from the horizontal

line in proportion to the elevation of the central mass.

We could thus picture to ourselves a hill more extensive than any of

those now existing in the first series, the sides of which were composed

of sandstone ledges, and the summit of a pointed block first, or mass of

granite, or crowning the whole, may have been a table of comparatively

small dimensions. Their original height in this case, may have been

from thirty to fifty feet greater than their present, that being the aver-

age of the sandstone strata on the hills in advance. The process of re-

duction or diminution of bulk may be conceived to have taken place

in the following manner. The sloping sandstone being acted upon

by the elements of air and water, joined to the heat of the sun, had

first undergone disintegration. The sand thus produced, would be

washed down by the torrents in the rains to the base of the hill, and

there spread out and form soil. This operation being continued, in

course of time the whole of the inclined sandstone would be removed,

and the trap or other rock immediately beneath it, come to be exposed

in its turn. From the same cause which acted on the sandstone, this

would also undergo a change, and ultimately be reduced to soil, cover-

ing the detritus of the former as it was deposited. The small table on the

summit, in the course of these operations falling into fragments and roll-

ing down the hill, would be exposed to the same successive changes as

the sloping strata, and thus after the lapse of ages, nothing remain but

the central primitive granitic mass as it is now displayed, forming, to

use an anatomical illustration, the skeleton of a body which once ex-

isted. Both the ranges then, (the peaked, or primitive hills, and the

tabular,) have been produced by similar causes, and at one time have

been composed of similar materials, the only difference arising from

the size of the primitive or granitic base. The sandstone so often

mentioned, and the ferruginous gravel lying over it, are of very fre-

1842.] Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. 405

quent occurrence in what are termed the Vindhya chain of mountains,

from the centre of Behar to Malwa. The hill of Chunar consists en-

tirely of the former, and in the range to the south of that station, the

gravel is met with, as I have been informed, in great abundance.

The same association is observed in Bundelcund, and all the way to

the Nerbudda ; so that it may be inferred from this connection subsist-

ing between them, as well as their coincidence in chemical properties,

that the one is formed from the other.- In what manner the chalybeate

impregnation has taken place is not very evident, nor the source from

whence the metal has been derived; but there can be little doubt the gra-

vel is a secondary formation of the sandstone rock, and one too in all pro-

bability going on in many situations at the present day. _It is interest-

ing, as being the matrix of the diamond, both in the old and new world,

and much speculation is necessarily connected with it on that account.

It would, however, be foreign to the object of this communication to

inquire into any opinions not obviously suggested by the facts. detailed,

and nothing occurred to me at the time I examined the gravel forma-

tion at Punnah and elsewhere, that promised to elucidate the origin of

this highly prized jewel.

In proceeding southward from Punnah, we very soon approach ano-

ther series of small hills, or cliffs, that rise out of the table-land to the

height of one hundred feet or upwards. These elevations are also flat at

the top, and composed entirely of sandstone, in every respect similar to

the strata at Adjeeghurh and on the Ghaut, of which indeed they are

but a part. For eight or ten miles the road here ascends occasionally,

and we seem to cross over a low ridge connecting the hills to the

right and left. The soil in the whole of this course is formed from the

debris of the sandstone rock. It is of a light red colour and very dry,

imparting rather a pleasing character to the aspect of the country, as

well from its own sensible qualities as the vegetable productions it affords.

It appears admirably fitted for the culture of the vine; and should

this ever be attempted on a great scale in India, perhaps no better situ-

ation could be selected for the purpose, than at the bottom of these

sandstone hills in Bundlecund. Near the village of Cuckurettee,* a

slight descent occurs; and we again enter upon an extensive plain,

whose soil resembles, in some degree, that of the country below the

* Sp. 13 to 15.

(

406 Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. [No. 125.

Ghaut. Here for the first time, traces of limestone are discernible.

These increase as we advance, and bring us at length to the great cal-

careous formation, at the military cantonment of Lohargong.* The first

intimation I had of this new field of geological research, was the disco-

vering several species of shells on the banks of a nullah at Cuckurettee,

from which I inferred the near vicinity of calcareous rock; as it has

been observed by naturalists, that the Testacee are only met with in

soils abounding in this elementary earth. Between Cuckurettee and

Lohargong, pieces of rock are found at the surfaces, striated in an un-

common manner, and disposed into very thin layers. It appears to be a

mixed formation of sandstone and limestone, the latter predominating ;

but whether it is extensive or not, I am unable to say, as the masses

were quite solitary and detached, nor did I observe any projecting

from below the surface.

At the cantonments of Lohargong the calcareous rock shews itself

decidedly, and impresses a striking character on the country around.t

It is quite near the surface, and in many places even forms it, having

no earthy covering whatever. It is evidently a secondary formation,

and as I afterwards ascertained, one of considerable extent. In a jour-

ney which I made from Saugor, I could perceive indications of it six or

seven miles to the westward, and in the other direction it is found in

combination with clay schists, as far the bottom of the Kopah hills,t

distant twelve miles from Lohargong. This rock is not distantly strati-

fied, (as far as it was possible for me to observe,) but lies on the same

general level with the plain, having its denuded surface convex or

slightly rounded off. It possesses great compactness, and exhibits no

signs of disintegration. On the contrary, exposure appears to harden

it, by communicating to the bare surface a sort of semi-crystaline,

or stalagmitic crust.

From this arises I conceive the bleakness, and inhospitable character

that pervades the district, the ground being little cultivated, and bear-

ing only a reed-like grass. By reducing the lime to the quick state, and

mixing it with the neighbouring soils, some improvement might proba-

bly be effected ; and at all events, as far as a horticultural experiment

may afford evidence, it seems worthy of trial by the residents on the

* Sp, 13 to 15. + Sp. No. 15. { No. 16 and 17.

1842.] Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. 407

spot. This calcareous rock is of a formation posterior to the sandstone,

and it is not improbable, rests upon the latter.

Casting our eye over the plain here, and surveying the hills that rise

on each side, in a manner surrounding and enclosing it, we natu-

rally conceive the idea of an immense basin that had at one time been

filled with water, and formed an extensive lake. ‘Some river, we may

suppose, had burst through the hills to the south, and diffused its

waters over the plain. These, as they gradually accumulated, would at

length equal the level of the range on the northern side, and force a

passage to the country below.

We should thus have a lake, like that of Geneva, with a river enter-

ing at one side, and passing out at the other. In process of time, the

lake fillmg up by the deposit of alluvium and animal recrement, a con-

tracted channel only would be left for the stream to flow in; while the

earthy contents of the basin would gradually acquire the form and

solidity which they now possess. What the mere aspect of the

- country suggests, may be said to receive some degree of confirmation

from the circumstance of the Kane actually following the course here

described. It issues from the hills to the south of the plain, and

descends over the rocky barrier on the opposite side, hollowing out a

channel in the stone as it proceeds, and shaping it into every variety

of fantastic form. These falls of the Kane, as they are called, are

situate a few miles off the direct route from Lohargong to Saugor, and

distant about two marches from the former. They are well worthy the

_ notice of the passing stranger, on account of the singular forms present-

_ ed by the rock which receives the river, and conceals its course for many

_ miles; the bed of the stream above the falls also abounds with beauti-

_ fully variegated pebbles which admit of a high polish, and are much

_ sought after for ornamental purposes.

_ The pure calcareous formation at Lohargong, succeeded by a scissile

rock, is apparently consisting of argillaceous sand, mica and lime, and

_ may be termed a sandstone slate. It divides with great facility into

thin lamine, and has a regular horizontal stratification, as is well

displayed at the ford of the Kane near Kopah, where both banks of the

river are composed of it. The only effect I observed this rock to have

on the soil, was to render it less pervious to moisture ; and thereby to

cause the water to stagnate on the surface in the form of marshes and

408 Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. [No. 125.

shallow pools, which were more general here than in the preceding

district.

After fording the Kane, here about hundred feet wide, we reach

the village of Kopah, and enter directly on the range of hills form-

ing the southern enclosure to the Lohargong basin. ‘These are

of various heights, but though less striking in their aspect than the

range of the opposite side, they often afford the most beautiful and ro-

mantic prospects. They are entirely composed of sandstone of the

same general characters as that so often alluded to. I picked up some

specimens with dendritic impressions on the surface,* and occasionally

found a mass of a different shade of red marked with white dots,+ but

these varieties seemed to be quite accidental. The strata were horizon-

tally disposed, with the exception of one or two points, where they shew-

ed considerable dip. Many ferruginous pebbles are met with, which ap-

pear to contain a larger proportion of iron than the gravel at Punnah.

They are of the same essential characters, however, and only differ in

that particular in being rather larger. On the hill immediately above

Bellary, they are found united together in great masses, exceedingly

compact, and apparently quite indestructible by the operation of the ele-

ments. From Kopah to Bisseinee is a distance of eighteen miles ; from

Bisseinee to Jyenuggur ten or twelve; and from this last place to

Bellary as much more. The whole of this tract is hilly, and presents

nearly the same general features throughout. We cross many clear

running streams with rocky beds, ascend and descend moderate eleva-

tions, and between these, occasionally pass over a grassy plain. Around

Jyenuggur the country is cultivated, and a patch of corn may now

and then be met with in the early part of the route from Kopah,

but with these exceptions, it is a continued jungle all the way to Bellary.

On descending to this plain, the country again opens to the view, and

a large plain with trees scattered thinly over it is seen extending in

all directions. Having travelled by night from Bellary to the next

stage, Koreah, I could not observe the appearance of the intermediate

country, which was nearly as flat as the low country in Bundelcund.

Between Koreah and the town of Sehorra, we find a new formation al-

together, consisting principally of quartz. Some of the rocks are

* No. 18. t No. 19.

1842. | Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. 409

pure quartz, and disposed in vertical strata. Others have a peculiar

striped arrangements in the mass, and in colour, lustre, and compact-

ness, are not unlike the limestone of Lohargong. On arriving at Se-

horra, I found these two rocks composing a small hill on which the

fort or gurree is built. They appear to be primitive blue slate and quartz

lying in opposition,* and in almost vertical and very thin strata, each

layer not exceeding four inches in breadth. In several of the schistose

strata, the stone has metallic lustre, and may with ease be reduced to

powder. The quartz shews nothing peculiar; it lies close on the

slate in continuous strata, and veins or thin laminze may be observed

intermingling with schistus. It bears, however, but a small proportion

to this rock. In some specimens, the slate is striped with variously

coloured materials differing in hardness. The town or village of Sehor-

ra, where these rocks are met with, is prettily situated on two or three

small gradually rising eminences, having a good deal of open grass

glade, terminated by mango groves, in such a manner as to give to the

whole the air of an English scene. The soil of the district around is

of the same black colour as that of Bundelcund, but more clayey.

It is extremely fertile, and the appearance of the surface at the time I

passed, indicated that great care was bestowed on it by the ryots. For

miles to the south and west, not a spot could be perceived which was

not cultivated, and laid out in square pieces, with an intervening low

mud dyke, similar to the paddy fields of Bengal. Rice too appeared to

be a common crop here.

A few miles from Sehorra, we cross the Hirn, a stream of consi-

derable width which falls into the Nerbudda, a little to the westward.

The bed is not rocky like the Kane at Kopah, but formed en-

tirely of sand without any gravel or pebbles. At a sweet little

village named Gosulpore, which rises out of the surrounding miry

soil, like an oasis from the desert, we again meet with large masses

of the ferruginous concrete.t It is here more decomposed than on

the hill above Bellary, and the ground on which the village stands,

has evidently been formed from its debris. The natives, I was

told, reduce the rock to the metallic state, and in the neighbouring

town of Punnahghur work it very extensively; but not being aware of

* Sp. 20. ¢ Sp. 22, 23.

ve a

410 Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. [No. 125.

this at the time of passing through the place, I could not make any

enquiry as to the mode of accomplishing the reduction. I should

reckon it of very difficult fusibility, with all the assistance which art

can bestow. In the dark clay soil around Punnahghur is interspersed a

good deal of the well-known calcareous concretion, termed kunkar

by the natives. It does not seem to be so pure as that found on the banks

of the Ganges, but contains a greater mixture of argillaceous earth.

All these combinations of lime with the other elementary earths, are of

a secondary formation, and are continually going on in such soils

as abound in the former. It is not easy to say, how the process of

union takes place, but it would appear to be dependent on the alter-

nate action of the sun's rays and moisture, and to resemble very closely

chemical, or electric attraction, as influenced by similar means. We

meet with nothing like this calcareous concretion in the soils of Great

Britain, as far as I am aware of, and whatever the cause may be which

produces it, we may reasonably conclude, that its operation is limited to

the hotter regions of the globe.

Between Punnahghur and Jubbulpore, we cross a small river named

the Periot or Praca, (as laid down by Arrowsmith,) the bed of which

abounds in every variety of agate and siliceous pebbles.

Near Jubbulpore is a low ridge of granite rocks,* in general qualities

resembling that of Bundelcund, but approaching more to the gneiss

formation, and at present undergoing a rapid decay. The whole district

here is rocky, and presents a fine field to the geological enquirer ; but my

short stay only permitted me to give a cursory glance around the can-

tonment. Directly to the south of these, there is a formation of old red

sandstone that appears to have been extensively quarried, and exhibits the

peculiarity of being arranged in vertical strata, contrary to the usual

position of this rock. A large mass of a whitish clay rock, containing

quartz pebbles, forms the base of the hills to the east of the plain. It

has been washed down by rains to powder, and formed anew into a

boulder or cake at the surface. It probably has been formed originally

from the disentegrated felspar of the neighbouring primitive rocks.

The ridge lying over it, to the north and east, presents the primitive

outline, and I concluded, was composed of similar granitic blocks to those

* Sp. 34, 35.

1842.] Geology of Bundelcund and Jubbulpore. 411

I had observed on approaching the town from Ramnughur. At Jubbul-

pore, we may be said to enter upon the extensive valley of the Nurbudda,

the river being distant about four miles. It is a clear mountain stream

with a rocky bottom, in width here not much exceeding the Kane, but

greatly deeper at the time I crossed it in the month of October.

The rock of Tetwarra Ghaut, judging from detached pieces, seems to be

a species of trap, and lower down the river, I was informed, passes over

a formation of primitive limestone. Some blocks of this marble I have

seen. It is of a pure white colour and close structure; and for all the

purposes of the statuary might be reckoned not inferior to the celebrated

Parian or Carrara. The natives, aware of its excellence as a material for

sculpture, employ it in making images of their gods, and various

ornamental appendages to their temples.

Report made by J. Mout, in the General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of

Paris, 31st May, 1841, on the labours of the Committee during the six

last months of 1840, and the six first months of 1841, translated from

the French. By Dr. BE. Roxrr, Librarian to the Asiatic Society of

Bengal.

Note sy tHE Epitor.—The publication of the following article, in

which allusion is made in much too flattering terms to myself, might be

considered presumptuous, were not my readers apprised of the feeling with

which I peruse this complimentary notice. It is a just acknowledgment of

the talents, the industry, and research of my contributors, and it is in this

character only that I lay it before them. This Journal is solely dependent

for its name upon those who contribute to it, and it will be gratifying

to them to find, that their support has not been unattended by the ap-

plause of men of the highest literary character in Europe, recorded in the

proceedings of a Society, which ranks among the most eminent of the Wes-

tern world. ty

Though the past year has not been marked in the annals of your

Society by any peculiar event, yet it must be considered as a fortunate

one, as it has afforded a slow, but constant increase of your resources,

relations and labours, the most evident sign of the life, and most certain

presage of the continuation of a Society. Your Journal has been regu-

larly continued, and has been the store-house of numerous labours. The

contribution of memoirs, received by your Committee of the Journal,

, S51

412 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. (No. 125,

has been greater than usual, so that it will soon become necessary to

increase the size of your periodicals, to meet the activity of the

members of the Society. We ought annually to haye three volumes of

the Journal, and one volume of the Collection of Memoirs, and though

the resources of the Society do not admit our doing so at present, we

may hope to attain this object hereafter.

The Committee would have desired to lay before you the first pages

of the Voyage of Schulz, but could not command time. You will

moreover observe, from the account which is to be given to you of the

state of your finances, that the printing of this work, too long time

already postponed, does not admit of any further delay. The great

expences we defrayed for the printing of the Chronicle of Kashmir and

the Geography of Abulfeda, are covered by the kind assistance of M.

Villemain, Minister of Public Instruction, and the resources of the

current year will allow us to send to the press the Voyage of

Schulz.

The Society has sustained severe losses during the past year, especial-

ly among the foreign members. Mr. Gilchrist died on the 8th January

at Paris. Born in Scotland in the year 1759, he passed a part of his

early life in India, studied afterwards medicine, embarked as ship-

surgeon to Bombay, entered there the service of the East India Com-

pany, and was transferred to Calcutta. He devoted to the study of

the Hindostani, which he acquired with rare perfection, living for some

years in a Mahommedan family. His systematic mind suggested to

him the idea of forming that dialect into a language, which in Dehli

and Lucknow had gained a great elegance as the language of conver-

sation and poetry, but which in other parts of India, like the Lingua

Franca, fluctuated between the Persian and the provincial dialects of

the Hindus. He fixed the Hindostani Grammar, published a very good

Dictionary, and translated a number of English works into that tongue, to

furnish to its students works in prose, which were entirely wanting in

the Hindostani literature, by which he rendered a signal service to

the East India Company, giving a common language to their army,

and the means of its successful study to their officers. Lord Wellesley

made him Professor at the College of Fort William, where he had many

pupils to attend upon his instructions. He afterwards retired to Edin-

burgh, where he established a bank, and some time later to London to

1842.] General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. 418

resume the teaching of the Hindostani, and he lastly repaired to France,

where he was occupied to his death with his favourite theory of an

universal language. He was rather distinguished for the activity than

for the exactness of his mind, and for an ardent character, which threw

him during his whole life into endless literary and political disputes,

though he had a large fund of benevolence.

Another very distinguished member, the loss of whom the Society

has to complain, is, Monseigneur J. L. Taberd, Bishop of Isauropolis,

Apostolic Vicar of Cochin-China. . Born at Saint Etienne in the year

1795, he took orders in 1818, and went two years afterwards as Mission-

ary to Cochin-China, where he arrived in the year 1821, just at the

moment when the position of the French missions in that country

became involved in difficulties. The Archbishop of Adran, who in

Cochin-China had exercised an almost royal power, expired, when

the reaction on which the Anti-French and Anti-Christian party a long

time since contemplated, forthwith broke out, and thence continued to

rage with increasing fury until this day. Under these difficult circum-

stances, M. Taberd was elected in 1823, Superior of the Mission, and in

1827, Bishop of Isauropolis, and Apostolic Vicar of Cochin-China. ‘The

persecution having dispersed the Bishops of Cochin-China, he was

| obliged to remove to Siam to be consecrated. The king Ming-Menh,

_ however, by fixing a price during his absence on his head, prevented

| him from re-entering his diocese. Then taking refuge to Pulo-Penang,

_ he founded the Catholic College for the missions of Transgangetic India,

_ and went from thence to Calcutta to print his Cochin-China Dictionary,

_ the fruit of the accumulated labours of a large number of missionaries,

_ which was completed by himself. The generosity of the Governor Ge-

_ neral of India, and of the Protestant Missionaries at Serampore furnished

him the means of accomplishing his great undertaking. Some time

afterwards, he was elected Apostolic Vicar of Bengal, but he could not »

| discharge the functions of his new appointment, as he almost suddenly

| died on the 31st July 1841, and as he had not previously received his

| definitive nomination.

The year, the labours of which occupy us, has not been very favour-

able to Oriental studies, especially in Asia, where war has paralysed

so many undertakings. These circumstances indeed will latterly turn out

to the benefit of Oriental literature in Europe, because the more and

414 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. [No. 125.

more increasing political importance of Asia must naturally claim the

serious attention of the European nations ; but for the present, the liter-

ary progress in the small number of places where it has been developed,

has been retarded. The presses of Constantinople, Teheran, Cairo and

Canton, have produced nothing worthy of remark, and those of India,

though not altogether unemployed, have been less active than formerly.

The Asiatic Societies have everywhere continued in their efforts to

make known the discoveries in the languages and histories of the East.

The Asiatic Journal commenced by the late Mr. J. Prinsep, is now edited

by Mr. (Henry) Torrens, who conducts it with great zeal and ability. The

Society of Madras continued its Journal with much regularity. The Ger-

man Oriental Journal commences a new series, and the excellent Journal

of the Geographic Society of London, becomes more and more a powerful

ally to the collections, specially designed for the East. The number of

these collections has been augmented by the Orientalia, published by

Messrs. Juynbull, Roorda and Weijers. The first volume of these collec-

tions has appeared in Amsterdam ; its destination is to become the organ

of the excellent school of Leyden, which displays in its Asiatic studies,

the same spirit of learning and of conscientious research, which has for

so long a time distinguished the classic Philology of Holland. ‘The Orien-

talia do not exclude any department of research concerning Asia, but

they are more especially destined for the Semitic languages and litera-

ture. The first volume contains a Posthumous Memoir on the collective

Nouns of the Arabs by Hamaker, and a Poem not previously published,

of Montanebbi, edited and translated by Juynbull, and a continuation

of the Catalogue of the Oriental Manuscripts of the Library at Leyden, by

M. Weijers. I should perhaps mention also as a new Asiatic Journal,

the one published by the Society of Jesu in Lyon, under the title of « Let-

tres du Madure,” of which six numbers have appeared.t It is com-

posed of Letters of the Missionaries of this order in the South of India.

Though its chief end is to give an account of the state of that mission,

yet it contains a mass of details on the customs of the Hindoos, and

would undoubtedly find its place in the libraries of the learned, if the

Society were to allow the sale of it.

Two new Asiatic Societies have been established during the past

”

year, one in Paris, “‘ La Société Orientale,’ whose principal object is

1. Lettres des nouvelles Missions du Madure. Lyon, 1840, in 8vo. Vols. I. and If.

1842.] General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. 415

to publish the monuments of art of the Asiatic nations, the other in

London, under the name of “ Society for the Publication of Oriental

Texts.” It is now constituted and has commenced its labours. It forms

the necessary complement to the Committee of Translations, and we

sincerely hope, that it may be favoured with the support of the learned

men and of public institutions ; which is so necessary for the execution

of its great and difficult enterprise, as there is no chance of its becoming

popular. It cannot be too often repeated, that the publication of the

most important Oriental manuscripts is the greatest and most urgent

want of our studies. Only when the critical labours of the learned have

passed over the master-pieces of every literature; when the press has

facilitated the material use of books, and obviated the immense loss of

time, occasioned by the reading of manuscripts; when it has diffused to

all corners of Europe the materials which must now be searched for

in some collections of manuscripts, only then can European intelligence

really penetrate the East, and by disengaging the historic truth from

the thick layer of fables and contradictions involving it, reconstrue the

history of mankind. ‘The accomplishment of this object is indeed far

distant, yet the way to attain it is distinctly pointed out, and every year

we advance a step to it.

The number of catalogues of oriental manuscripts in the European

libraries which are being published or prepared, may be considered as a

very good idea for this purpose. The Bodleian Library at Oxford has

a short time since finished the publication of its catalogue, fifty years

ago commenced by Uri, and finished by Nicoll; it has been published by

Purey.? It is a great and beautiful enterprise, worthy of this celebrated

library. Mr. Prinsep, a short time before his death, edited in two

volumes, the Catalogue of the Manuscripts of the Asiatic Library. of

Calcutta. Mr. Fleischer, to whom we already owe the Catalogue of the

Oriental Manuscripts at Dresden, has also published that of the Library at

Leipzig. Mr, Brooset has edited in Petersburg the Catalogue of the

Armenian Library of Edchmiadzin.* For a long time it was the regret of

2. Bibliothecee Bodliane Codicum Manuscriptorum Catalogin, confecit Nicoll

edidit Purey, in fol. Oxford, 1836.

3. Catalogus Librorum Manuscriptorum Bibliothece Senatoria Lipsionsis, ed.

Neumann. Codices Orientalium Linguarum Descripserunt; Fleischer et Delitih,

1838, in 4to.

4. Catalogue de la Bibliotheque d’Edchmiadzin, publié par M. Brooset. Saint

Petersbourg, 1840, 121 pages,

416 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. [No. 125.

those who took an interest in the Armenian literature, that the trea-

sures contained in the Library of the principal place of the Armenian

hierarchy, were inacessible to Europeans. At last the influence of M.

de Flahn, Imperial Commissioner of the Caucasian provinces, has obtain-

ed from Catholicus the catalogue of his library, and the Academy of;

St. Petersburg hastened to communicate it to the public. We there

may observe, that the disasters which during so many centuries op-

pressed the Armenian nation, equally retarded the progress of their

literature ; for the library of Edchmiadzin contains only 181 manus-

cripts, among which there are a hundred, which treat about history or

geography, while the others are works on theology or scholastic philo-

sophy. M. Schott has printed the catalogue of the Chinese books of

the Library in Berlin, which is a continuation of the catalogue presented

by M. Klaproth.5 M. De Hammer edited the catalogue of his splendid

collection of Arabian, Persian and Turkish manuscripts, and also that

of the manuscripts of the Ambrosian Library.6 M. Fluegel has like-

wise inserted in the annals of Vienna, a list of new acquisitions of

Arabic manuscripts, which the Royal Library of Paris has made during

the last years. The catalogue of the oriental manuscripts of Tubingen is

published by M. Ewald,’ and M. Dulaunier has inserted in your Journal

the list of the Malayan manuscripts of the Asiatic Society of London.

Lady Chambers has given to the press the catalogue of the magnificent

collection of Sanscrit manuscripts, which her husband had made in

India.’ This catalogue is one of the last works of Rosen, whom death

has so untimely taken from the prosecution of his oriental studies,

The Academy of Lisbon has been sometime occupied with the preparation

of a complete catalogue of all the oriental manuscripts in the Libraries

of Portugal, which is of an incalculable value to literature, as the long

dominion of the Portuguese in various parts of the East must have

enabled them to collect a great many manuscripts. The Academy of

Portugal will honour your Society with the charge of publishing the

d. Verzeichnsis der Chinesischen und Mandschu, Tungusischen Biicher der Bib-

liotkek in Berlin, von Ed. Schott, 1840, in 8vo.

6. Inthe Wiener Jahrbuchern, and separately printed in a small number of copies.

7. Verzeichniss der Orientalischen Handschriften der Bibliotkek zu Tubingen,

von Evald, 1839, in 4to.

8. Catalogue of the Manuscripts of the late Sir R. Chambers, with a Memoir by

Lady Chambers. London, 1838, in fol.

ee ee

aw 2

‘eter

1842.] General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris.. 417

catalogue. The British Museum, a long time since one of the rich-

est depdts of oriental manuscripts, is about to publish the catalogue of

its Syrian manuscripts, prepared by the late Mr. Rosen, and we dare

hope, that this excellent institution will make known the rest of its

treasures, which the want of a repository, as well as the existence of

very annoying. regulations, render of a difficult access. Lastly, your

Society proposes to publish among the papers of Schulz, the catalogue of

Arabic manuscripts relative to history, which are in thirty-two public

libraries of Constantinople. It is extremely desirable, that not only large

libraries, but also those which possess only a small number of manuscripts,

as well as learned men, following the example of Sir W. Ouseley and

M. De Hammer, print their catalogue for the purpose; that every one

may be able to know what is to be found in Europe, and accordingly

to guide himself in his publications, and especially, that Europeans

settled in the East, in full knowledge of the existing wants, may procure

manuscripts to complete the collections of the Western world, and

may save important works from destruction. A vast number of works,

which are considered as lost, are undoubtedly extant in some obscure

libraries of the East, but we must hasten to obtain them, as every

thing conspires to accelerate their destruction. Everywhere in the

East, excepting in China, learning is disappearing ; manuscripts are no

longer copied, and the libraries are dispersed by the accidents of war,

and by the poverty of families. In looking over Musulman manuscripts,

every one must have observed the seals of some member of a family

effaced, which has become too poor as to retain the books, inherited

from its ancestors, and is too proud as to let it become known, that

it was obliged to sell them. The introduction of the press also contri-

butes to the destruction of manuscripts by decreasing their prices and

lowering the respect paid to them at former periods. It is, however,

still time to save many of these treasures, and the publication of the

catalogues of the European libraries, by directing the purchasers, must

greatly contribute to the accomplishment of this purpose.

We will now state the progress which has been made in the

literature of the: different nations of the East. We observe, that the

Arabian literature has been most actively cultivated. The Committee

of the Oriental Translations of London has published the first volume of

the History of the Arabs in Spain by Makkari, translated and accom-

418 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. [No. 125.

panied with notes by M. Pascual de Gayangos, an erudite Spaniard.’

Ahmed-al-Makkari-al-Telamsani is a Mogrebin author. Born about

the end of the 16th century, he died at Damascus in the year 1631.

After having composeda very detailed biography of the celebrated and

learned vizier of Granada, Mohammed-Ibn-al-Khatib, he added to it in

the form of an introduction, a General History of the Arabs in Spain, from

the conquest to their final expulsion. The importance of this work has

not escaped those authors who have occupied themselves with this part

of the history of the Arabs, and Cardonne, Conde, as well as Shakespear,

Reinaud, Lembke, and Fauriel, have made an extensive use of it in their

works, It was of course designed for the study of Spanish orientalists ;

the more so, as Makkari is among the small number of authors who

embrace the whole duration of the dominion of the Arabs in Spain. The

first volume of M. de Gayangos’ translation, which is a very consider-

able work, is now in your hands, and must be received with gratitude

by all the persons who devote themselves to the history of the Arabs.

The notes, which by the bye are of very unequal merit, are very numerous

with regard to Spain, and contain extracts from a great number of

Arabian historians. M. de Gayangos does not exactly give a translation

of the original work; he transfers some chapters to introduce a more

logical order into the narrative ; he omits the life of the Vizier, of which

he, however, retains extracts for illustrations; he excludes the fifth

chapter, containing the lives of the Spanish Musulmans who travelled to

the East, and also the 7th, which gives extracts of the poetry of the

Arabs in Spain. It is difficult to judge according to a general principle

about this system of translating Oriental works ; it is certain, they often

contain passages of little interest for the European reader, and relate

the facts not in a very natural order; moreover, there is a rage among

the Arabian writers, especially at the decline of their literature to quote

verses, which is often very annoying for the translator, and of little

benefit for the reader, and we may easily understand a doubt of the

propriety of translating the whole, yet mature reflection will convince

us, I think, that the system of complete translations involves into less

difficulties, than that of incomplete ones. By this last method indeed,

a work is produced much more agreeably to the general reader ; those,

9. History of the Mohammedan Dynasties in Spain, from the text of Al-Makkari,

translated by Pasc, de Gayangos. London, 1840, in 4to. vol. i.

eed

1842.] General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. 419

however, who would use it for particular researches, cannot consult it

but with mistrust, not knowing, whether the translator have not omit-

ted the very facts which they are mostly anxious to obtain. Are there

no readers who may regret that M. de Gayangos has rejected the first

chapter? For the Spanish Musulmans who travelled in the East, un-

doubtedly were the most eminent men among their nation, so that their

lives must naturally excite our curiosity.

The first book of the Kitab el Aghani, has been edited by Mr. Rose-

garten,!9 and the second is nearly completed. He has accompanied it

with the first part of a very curious dissertation upon the music of the

Arabs, in which he endeavours to prove, that they borrowed their music

from the Greeks. Whether his assertion be founded or not, will be as-

certained by the end of the dissertation, which is to appear with the

next book of the text, when the reasons adduced for its validity, will

enable the reader to form his own judgment. Great care is be-

stowed on the text of the Aghani, and there is perhaps no other Arabian

work which so much demands it as this collection of the lives of the

poets, as it is one of the most curious documents of the political and

literary history of the Arabs; for it is generally known, how much

poetry had penetrated their whole life, and how almost all the informa-

tion we have of their social and moral condition before Islamism, is

derived from their poems and the commentaries on them. Mr. Lane has

completed his translation of One Thousand and One Nights," illustrat-

ing it to the end with notes, derived from so intimate an acquaintance

with modern Egypt, as perhaps no European has ever possessed. The

importance of these fascinating tales in oriental literature is incal-

culable ; for they are even at our days the only work of Asia which has

become perfectly popular, and these very tales have surrounded it in the

eyes of the public with that poetic glory, which inspires so many with

the curiosity of studying more deeply the literary treasures of Asia. It

is especially this consideration, that every thing contributing to in-

crease the attractions of this book, becomes important for oriental

studies, and we must feel indebted to Mr. Lane for his having so well

attained this object.

10. Alii Isfahanensis liber Cantilenarum Magnus. Ed. Rosegarten. Gripesvaldiz,

1840 in 4to.

11. The Thousand and One Nights, a new translation from the Arabic, with copious

notes, by E. W. Lane. London, 1839-41, 3 vols. in 8vo,

o K

—

420 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. [No. 125.

Mr. Veth has published at Leyden the first half of the text of Lob-

bal Lobab by Soyouti.” It is a Dictionary of patronymic names, and

of others under which the Arabic authors are much more frequently .

quoted than under their proper names. The confusion under which the

Arabs labour themselves to identify men known under different names,

has induced them to prepare dictionaries for obviating this difficulty.

Samani in the sixth century of the Hegira has published one, in which he

does not only explain the sense and origin of these names, but also men-

tions with regard to every word the true names of the authors who

have had them. ‘This work was abbreviated in the succeeding century

by Ibnal-Athir, and this extract again shortened by Soyouti. The work

of Samani is at present unknown, if not lost, and the extract of Ibnal-

Athir is only known by the specimen given by Mr. Wustenfeld, accord-

ing to an incomplete manuscript of Gotha. Under these circumstances,

Mr. Veth has resolved on publishing the text of Soyouti, who has pre-

served the definitions of the names, omitting, however, the enumeration

of the authors who have borne them, and also the literary details his —

predecessors had added. The work of Soyouti, is therefore, far from

containing all we would wish, but the excellent edition by Mr. Veth is

nevertheless an acceptable present, not only because the Lobbal-Lobab

explains the often bizarr surnames of the authors, but especially be-

cause it contains a great number of names of places, which we in vain

are searching in the most complete geographical treatises. It is here

perhaps not out of place to call the attention of Oriental travellers to

the importance of the treatise of Samani, entitled ‘“‘ Fil-Ansab,” the

discovery of which would much contribute to the progress of Arabic

bibliography.

This brings me back to two editions of [bn Khalli-kan, which at this

moment are printing at Gottingen and Paris. Mr. Wustenfeld has

published the 7th book of his, while Mr. Slane has finished the excel-

lent text he is editing.14° A pamphlet has been lately published by Mr.

Cureton, on an autograph manuscript of Ibn Khalli-kan, discovered by

12. This work has appeared in the form of an academical thesis under the title “‘Spe-

cimen Litterio Orientalibus exhibens majorem partem libri. As. Soyouti de nominibus

relativis inscripti —— proponit Johan. Veth. Lugduni Batavorum, 1480 in 4to.

13. Kitab Wefayat Al-aiyan; Vies des Hommes illustres de |’ Islamisme en Arahe,

par Ibn-Khalli-kan, publiées par M. le Baron MacGurkin de Slane. Paris, Fermin

Didot, 1838-40, in 4to. cahiers i. iv.

‘

fore Signe

1842. ] | General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. 421

him, and he would have fain entrusted it to Mr. Slane, as it seems

to contain the second redaction of that work.

Mr. Freitag at Bonn, advertises the third volume of his Proverbs of

the Arabs; the two first ones contain the classic work of Meidani,

which the third volume will complete, with additional proverbs, not

mentioned by this author, and which Mr. Freitag has for the greater

part taken from an unedited work of Scherefeddin, and from the pro-

verbs of the Bedooins by Mr. Burckhard. The work will be closed by

very copious tables of contents, to enable the reader to find the pro-

verbs which the Arabian authors often indicate by a single word.

Mr. Sprenger, under auspices of the Committee of Translations, has

edited the first volume of his English translation of the celebrated work of

Masoudi, ‘‘ The Meadows of Gold.’’!4 Masoudi wrote in times most fa-

vourable for a historian ; the Khalifat in the beginning of the 4th cen-

tury of the Hegira had obtained almost its largest extension, the in-

tellect of the Arabs was not yet put down by the grammar, the

rhetoric, and the controversies of the sects, their genius was still stimu-

lated by the remains of the ancient civilisation, and by the literature of

the conquered nations, and the position of the Khalifat facilitated the most

distant travels. Masoudi availed himself of all these advantages ; his read-

ing was immense, his travels uninterrupted, and very extensive. Accord-

ing to the custom of the learned men of his time, he has written on almost

all subjects which then could interest Musulman readers; but for us his

historical works alone are of interest. The first of his compositions is

Akhbar-al-Zeman, an enormous work of at least twenty volumes ; the

second is the Kitab-al-Aouscth, beg the complement to the Akhbar ;

and the third, the “‘ Meadows of Gold,” forming at the same time the

extract and the supplement of the two others. This last work alone is

known in Europe. Written with a singular want of order and method,

it contains the most curious information on a great number of subjects.

Not being a mere compiler, as.are most of Oriental historians, Masoudi

made a great many personal observations and researches on subjects

neglected by his predecessors. Mr. Sprenger has compared for his

translation the manuscripts of Leyden, Paris, and London, and always

added the Arabian orthography of the names, which is of great assistance

‘14. El Masudi’s Historical Encyclopedia, entitled Meadows of Gold and Mines of

Gems, translated by Aloys Sprenger, vol. i. London, in 8vo.

fie

492 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. [No. 125.

in the use of a work, abounding with names of men and places ; and

he also joins to it a certain number of critical and explanatory notes.

This work will require much more extensive commentaries, if the variety

of subjects to which allusion is made by Masoudi, shall be elucidated ;

but the first thing is a complete translation, and it is highly desirable,

that Mr. Sprenger should continue his useful and excellent undertaking.

Since the conquest of Algiers by the French, the history of Northern

Africa has become a subject of great interest, and we are presented in

the past year with many works relating to it, and others we are pro-

mised, so that this portion of the history of the Arabs, about which we

only possess the very imperfect labours of Cardonne, will soon be num-

bered with those best known to us. Mr. de Slane has published in the

Asiatic Journal, the history of the first Masulman dynasties in Africa,

and has advanced it to the Aglabites, where Mr. Noél Desvergers takes

it up in a work entitled “‘ Histoire de ]’Afrique sous la dynastie des

Agilabites, et de la Sicile, sous la domination Musulmane.”!5 He gives

the text and translation of the narrative of Ibn Khaldoun, accompany-

ing it with notes, principally taken from Nowairi and Ibnal-Athir.

The Aglabites, after having governed the eastern part of the coast of

Barbary during the whole third century, were dispossessed of it by the

dynasty of the Fatimites, which in their turn for nearly three centuries

possessed the greatest part of Moghreb. Mr. Nicholson‘® has edited at

Tiibingen, an English translation of the history of the establishment of

this dynasty, taken from a manuscript of the library at Gotha, errone-

ously attributed to Masoudi. The work of the unknown writer seems

to have served as basis to the narratives, as well of Nowairi as of Ibn-

Khaldoun, and he enters into more details than these two authors have

done on this great event of the history of the Khalifat, an event which

threatened the existence of the Arabian empire, and to which Europe

perhaps owes its escaping from a Musulman conquest.

The French government, well aware of the importance of the history

of North-Africa, has for some years made efforts to procure all the

means for elucidating it. With much propriety it has attached a great

value to that portion of the great work of Ibn-Khaldoun, which under

15, Paris, chez Didot. 1840, in 8vo.

16. An account of the establishment of the Fatimite Dynasty in Africa, by J. Nichol-

son, Tiibingen and Bristol, 1840, in 8vo.

DS Ee eS ES eS

1842.] General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. 423

the title of the “ History of the Berbers,” treats all that during the mid-

dle ages refers to the Moghreb. It has charged Mr. de Slane with the

publication of this important work, which will be printed at Algiers,

and form two large volumes, containing the text of Ibn-Khaldoun,

a French translation, and a historical commentary. The editor has

succeeded in collecting a sufficient number of manuscripts, and the

unwearied kindness of Mr. Weijers, has placed at his disposal the manu-

scripts of the library of Leyden. The printing of this work has com-

menced, and from all circumstances we may hope, that this excellent

undertaking will be brought to a close as speedily as possible.

Mr. Cureton, conservator of the manuscripts of the British Muse-

um, has commenced printing the History of Religions by Scharistani,

written in the first years of the sixth Hegira. The labours of Pococke

and Hyde had a long time since spread the fame of this work, which

successively treats respecting the orthodox and heretic sects of the Mu-

sulmans, the philosophic schools, the Persian and Sabean sects, the

superstition of the antient Arabs, and especially contains on these last

subjects a mass of facts, which elsewhere in vain are to be looked for.

It is one of those Arabic works, which in our time, when the history

of religions has become the object of so much research, will excite the

most vivid interest of the public, and we cannot help congratulating the

Society for the printing of Oriental texts, to have selected this as their

first publication. As Mr. Cureton has no intention of giving a trans-

lation, it is a fortunate circumstance, that Mr. Schmecelder at Bonn has

been since some years occupied in preparing a translation and edition of

the same work, and it is possible, that the undertaking of Mr. Cureton,

from which he may derive so many facilities for his translation, may

induce him to relinquish the publication of the text. Mr. Schmeelder is

eminently qualified for a labour of this kind by his studies of the philo-

sophy of the Arabs, the first result of which he has given in his ‘‘ Dom-

menta Philosophiz Arabum, Bonn, 1836,” promising at the same time a

new work of the same kind, which is to contain some memoirs on the

philosophy of the Arabs, preceded by a treatise of Ghazali. This labour

has met with the approbation of the Academy of Inscriptions, which

has been recommended to the Minister of Public Instruction, to

add it to the number of works encouraged by the French govern-

ment.

424 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. [No. 125.

Mr. Dernburg is preparing an edition of the Tarifat of Djordjani, to-

gether with a French translation and a commentary. The Tarifat is

a dictionary of the technical terms of Arabic Grammar, Philosophy, and

Theology, and you all know, what value Mr. de Sacy attached to this 4

work. Mr. Dernburg takes as basis of the redaction of the text, the

edition of Constantinople compared with the manuscripts of Paris. I !

should besides mention a work of Ibnal-Beither on the medicine of

the Arabs, which Mr, Sortheimer is translating into German.

The Semitic dialects have furnished this year a subject of new and

Pe ah Be Oy SS pl eka

curious studies. Every body knows, that on ascending Mount Sinai

from the Gulf of Suez, one may follow some collateral valleys, inter-

secting the foot of the mountain, which exhibit on the walls of the

rocks they traverse, inscriptions not yet decyphered. One of these val-

leys abounds so much with them, that it has received the name of

“« Wadi Mokatteb,” the valley of inscriptions. A great number of them

have been published in different works, and Mr. Beer at Leipzig, who

has already distinguished himself in other branches of oriental paleo-

graphy, has undertaken the task of decyphering them. He has printed i

the first part of his labours, forming the third part of his ‘“ Studia ;

Asiatica,”!” and the conclusions at which he has arrived are, that these

inscriptions date from the fourth century, that they are written in one

of the Semitic alphabets and dialects, and that they are the work of

the Nabatenés. |

With regard to Persian literature, only one work referring to it

has become known to me; viz. Sadi’s Galistan, translated into the

German, by Mr. Wolff, in a most elegant manner.1® Other works are

a ae iw 3 -< war

commenced or advertized. Your associate, Mr. Troyer, has under the

press an English translation of the Dabistan, a work which has a long

time excited the curiosity of the learned. It is a history of religi-

ons, written in Akbar’s time, by a Guebre, Mobed Shah, who turned ;

Musulman. The intention of the author appears to have been to fur-

nish to Akbar, a pretended historical basis of the religion which this

emperor had invented, and which he was desirous to introduce. For

17. Studia Asiatica, edid. Beer fasc. iii. Lipzig, 1840, in 4to. The first two numbers

of this work have not appeared, and the author unfortunately died since the publi-

cation of it.

18. Sadi’s Rosengarten, ubersetzt durch Dr. Ph. Wolff. Stuttgart, 1841, in 12mo.

1842.] General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. 425

this reason, the author commences with a very long chapter on the reli-

gion of the Mahabadians, which is a mere web of incoherent fables.

He then thoroughly enters into his subject, treating on the religions of

the Persians, Indians, Jews, Christians and Musulmans, on the Illumi-

nati, the Sofis, and some other sects. This work cannot be used with-

out a certain mistrust; it contains, however, on those obscure sects an

infinite mass of details, which will serve to complete the history of

religions. Sir W. Jones, I think, first mentioned this work. Gladwin

published in the ‘‘ New Asiatic Miscellany,” its first chapter, together with

an English translation. Leyden in the 9th volume of the Asiatic Resear-

ches, translated the chapter on the Illuminati, and the text of the whole

work was published at Calcutta in 1809. The Committee of Transla-

tions charged Mr. Shea with the translation of it ; but as he died with-

out having made a considerable progress in the work, Mr. Troyer has

engaged to complete and to publish it.

The English Society for the publication of Oriental Texts, advertises

three Persian works, of which it prepares editions; viz. Khamschi Ni-

zami, that is, the collection of five poems, half epic, half romantic, by

Nizami, of which as yet only one, the Secander Nameh, is printed ; the

second is the Youssef and Zuleikha by Furdusi, which Mr. Morley has

undertaken to publish. It is Furdusi’s last work, written during his

flight. It was considered as lost, but was found again a few years

smce by Mr. Macan. The third, a part of the great work of Ras-

chid-eddin, is the History of India. You know, that Raschid-eddin de-

posited copies of his work in a certain number of libraries, and Mr.

Morley was fortunate enough to discover one of these authentic copies.

He intends to publish that part of it which treats on the History of

India, as it is one of those which are not met with in the manuscripts

of Raschid-eddin in the libraries of the continent.

We have here the best oppportunity of mentioning a remarkable work,

which is indebted for the new and important facts it contains to the

Persian historians, consulted by the author ; we allude to the History of

the Golden Horde by M. Hammer de Purgstall.19 It is well known, that

the Golden Horde has reigned in Russia for more than two centuries,

exercising the greatest influence on the formation and fate of the Rus-

19. Geschichte der Goldenen Horde in Kiptschak dar ist der Mongolen in Russland,

von Hammer Purgstall. Pesth, 1840, in 8vo.

426 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. (No. 125.

sian empire ; however, a detailed and special history of this important

branch of the Mongol empire was required, and the work referred to, in

which M. de Hammer displays his vast learning, has fully supplied this

want. He does not only follow the History of the Golden Horde, from

its origin to the destruction of the empire founded by it, but he also

adds new and important facts on the general history of the Mongols,

among which the reader will certainly distinguish the description of the

organisation of the Mongolian court, forming the fifth book, and the

collection of patent letters, addressed to a considerable number of Mon-

golian civil and military officers. The author, who intends to prosecute

this subject, will soon publish a History of the Mongols in Persia, for

which a long time he has been collecting materials.

Before leaving Musulman literature, 1 cannot omit mentioning the

French-Turco Dictionary by Prince Handjeri in Petersburg, which will

form three large volumes in 4to., and the first volume of which has

appeared.

All persons, most advanced in the Turkish language, are unani-

mous concerning the great merits of this beautiful work, which is a

complete translation of the Dictionary of the French Academy. It is more

especially destined for Turks who are studying the French, while the

Franco-Turkish Dictionary, which M. Bianchi is publishing in Paris, and

of which the printing is nearly completed, appears especially to be des-

tined for European students in Turkish.

In speaking of India, we have received the fourth volume of the Ma-

habharat, containing the end of the text of the Mahabharat itself, and

the continuation of this grand epic, known under the title of Harivansa.

We venture to hope, that the Asiatic Society has not relinquished the

purpose of completing this work by an onomastic index, to facilitate the

use of this immense magazine of Indian traditions.*

The Vedas, now very imperfectly known by the Memoir of Colebrooke,

and the first volume of the Rigveda by Rosen, are at this time every-

where the object of the labours of Indian scholars. The Committee of

Translations have accepted the offer of Mr. Stevenson of Bombay, to

* Such an index has been prepared. ‘Fhe Mahabharat is published by

the Asiatic Society of Bengal, with the assistance of the printing fund

allowed by the Government of India. py

1842. ] General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. 427

publish a translation of the Sama Veda, which in the ceremonies of the

Brahmans, seems to occupy a similar place as the Mass in those of the

Catholics. Mr. Wilson prepares for the same Society the texts of the

prayers and hymns of the Yadyur-Veda. These hymns composent

the real body of the Vedas ; they are, to say so, of a primitive formation,

and give the first seeds by which the Indian race since that time has

exercised such a great influence upon the progress of the human mind.

Much later were added to the Vedas a certain number of Upanishads,

which are in fact like so many appendices, some of them being com-

mentaries of the hymns, while others contain a systematic explanation

of the doctrines of the Vedas, the first result of the tendency of the

human mind to reduce religious tradition to a system. You are aware,

that Mr. Poley some years ago commenced a lithographed edition of the

Upanishads, which he was unable to complete on account of his depar-

ture to London; but he is determined to resume his labours, and now

advertises an edition of Vishadaranyaka, one of the Upanishads of the

Yadyur-Veda. The print of this work is also commenced at the expence

of the Oriental Text Society.

The Indian drama, to which so much attention has been attracted by

the labours of Jones and Chezy, and especially of Wilson, has occasioned

some publications. Prema-chunder, Professor of the Sanscrit College

at Calcutta, has published a new edition of the Sakontala, which con-

tains no other additions to the text than a Sanscrit translation of the

passages written in Pracrit, and appears to be destined for the natives

of Bengal. To judge by the adoption of Bengalee characters, Mr. Boeth-

lingk at Bonn, promises a new edition of the same drama according to

the manuscripts of London, which considerably differ, and this in impor-

tant passages from the text of Chezy. This translation is to be accom-

panied with a Latin translation and notes. Another drama ascribed,

but probably erroneously as so many other poems, to Kalidasa, the

author of the Sakontola, has been published at Bonn by M. Tullberg ;

viz. the Malavica and Agnimitra.2° Text and variation only as yet ap-

peared, but M. Kullberg promises likewise a Latin translation and notes.

A third work, attributed to Kalidasa, the Meghaduta, of which Mr.

Wilson had already published an edition, and a very elegant English

20. Malavica et Agnimitra, edidit Fr. O. Tullberg, Fascicular prior textum San-

scritumtenens. Bonn, 1840, in 4to.

3 L

428 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. [No. 125.

translation, has been reprinted at Bonn by M. Gildemeister, who has

added to the same volume a little erotic poem of the title ‘‘ Sringari-

Tilaka.” Both texts are accompanied with a complete dictionary. Raja

Kalikrisna at Calcutta, advertises an edition an English translation of

Maha Nataka, that is to say, the great poem. It is a half dramatic nar-

rative of the Ramayana, which is at present known in Europe by the

short analysis only of Mr. Wilson. This work, of which the ape

Honuman is believed the author, enjoys great popularity in India.

Mr. Heepfer has published at Leipzig a small volume, containing the

first series of translations of Indian poems, the metre of which he imi-

tates in German.

The Indian Grammar has been the object of some labours, of which

the most important is the second volume of the edition of Panini, edited

by Mr. Boethlingk,?! and the tables, arranged by the editor, much facili-

tate the use of it. Mr. Heepfer has published a dissertation on the

infinitive in Sanscrit,22 considered under the view of the comparative

Grammar and of the Synthesis. Mr. Westergaard has edited the second

part of his Sanscrit roots.2? The progress of Indian literature since

the print of Rosen’s Radices, enabled Mr. Westergaard. to extend the

pian, and to fill out the sketch given by Rosen. Mr. Johnson lastly, has

published in London the first volume of the Hitopadesa, together with

a grammatical index of all the words. This book is destined for be-

ginners. | |

The religious controversies, always disturbing India, which from the

intercourse of the natives with Europeans had recommenced with renew-

ed ardour, especially at Bombay, have caused some curious publica-

tions ; I shall offer, however, a remark on only two of them. The first

is an antient Sanscrit treatise under the title of ‘‘ Wajrah Soutchi,?4 by a

Buddhist of the name Aswa Goscha, who therein attacks the Brahmini-

cal institution of caste. Mr. Wilkinson, political agent at Bhopal, who

discovered it, intended to print it as a work, attacking caste, but the

Pundit Soobaji Bapoo, whom he employed for this purpose, requested his

21. Panini, 8 Biicher Grammatischer Regeln, horausgegeben von Ur. Boethlingk, 2

vols. in 8vo. Bonn, 1810.

22. Vom Infinitiv, besonders im Sanscrit, von Dr. A. Hoepfer. Berlin, 1840, in 8vo.

23. Radices Lingue Sanscritae definivit, Nic. L. Westergaard. Bonn, 1840, in 8vo.

24. The Wujra Soochi, or Refutation of the arguments upon which the Brahmanical

institution of Caste is founded by the learned Boodhist Arhwa Gorhn. ch.

Se eS ee

1842. ] General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. 429

permission to add to it a refutation under the name “ Tanka,” also

written in Sanscrit, and thus appeared this small volume in Bombay.

The second theological publication is the Ta’limi Zerdusht, a (Mobed)

Parsee Dasabhai. ‘This work, composed in the language of Guzerat,

and printed in Bombay, contains a defence of Zoroaster’s doctrines

against the American Missionaries, together with a refutation of Chris-

tianity, in which he adopts the arguments of Voltaire against the doc-

trines of the Catholic Church.

When the progress of a science is very rapid, a scholar would not

like to publish a general work to represent the actual state of this

science at his own time. This repugnance is very natural, as we know

that such a labour will be soon superseded, although works of this

kind are eminently useful, not only for the general reader, but also for

the learned to whom they represent the history of the former periods,

and indicate the wants which they are called for to supply. This service

has Mr. Benfey in Berlin, afforded to Indian studies, by selecting and

combining the most positive information which we possess about the

antient geography, history, and literature of India.2 In this consci-

entious work, we observe interesting researches on the study of the

antient navigation of the Hindus, on the importance of the study of

Buddhism for the History of India, and we are sure, that every one,

consulting this work, will derive great benefit from it.

Chinese literature has not given occasion to a great number of

works. Mr. Pauthier has under the title of ‘“‘’The Sacred Books of

the East,” edited a large volume, containing a collection of works,

on which the religion and legislation of some great nations of the East

are founded.”® In this volume are embodied the Chou-king, (according

to) in the translation of Gaubil, revised by the editor according to the

manuscript of Gaubil himself, the four Moral Books of Confucius’ school,

translated by Pauthier, the Laws of Menu according to the translation

of Loiséleur, and lastly, the Koran, translated by your associate, Mr.

Kasimirski de Biberstein. This work is destined to render some of the

most fundamental works of the East more accessible to the public, while

25. Indien, von Th. Benfey. Leipzig, 1841, in 4to. partly taken from the Cyclopedia

of Ersch and Gruber. ;

96. Des Livres Sacrés de l’Orient, traduits on revus et publiés, par M. Pauthier.

Paris, 1840, in 8yo.

—— eee eee

430 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. [No. 125.

at the same time it affords the evidence of the interest the public have

in such undertakings; for the translation of the Koran by Mr. Kasi-

mirski which it contains, is already the second edition within a year,

and the printing of a third one is commenced. Mr. Pauthier has also

occupied himself with a new edition of the Moral Books of the Chinese,

contained in the volume of which I am speaking, and moreover publish-

ed the Statistical Documents on the empire of China, translated from the

Chinese, (Paris, 1841, in 8vo.) They are taken from the official statistic,

entitled ‘‘ Tai-tsing-hoeitien,’ which give a detailed account of the

state of population, and the revenue of each province.

Mr. Bazin advertises the speedy publication of a work, which will

highly excite the curiosity of the public; viz. the complete translation of

the Pi-pa-ki, a drama of twenty-four pictures, written by Kao-tong-kia,

in the fourteenth century under the dynasty of the Youens.

Tsai-yong is a historic person, who at the commencement of the third

century of our era, was president of the tribunal of the historians. He

is one of those savans, often presented to us in the history of China,

who became martyrs to their patriotism; for not being allowed by the

emperor to finish the history of the dynasty of the Hans, he died in pri-

son of mental anxiety, arising from the frustration of his purpose. The

Pi-pa-ka, however, not treating this catastrophe, introduces Tsai-yong

in his youth. The Chinese critics cannot find adequate language to

praise the elegance and the varied merits of this drama, which in their

eyes has no other rival than the Si-siang-ki, and they raise it even

above this, as in the Pi-pa-ki they find with equal poetic beauties a

more pure morality. Whatever value may be attached in Europe to

the Pi-pa-ki, it must always be highly estimated, considered as a picture

of the customs of the Chinese in the fourteenth century.

Round the four great literatures, the Arabian, Persian, Indian and

Chinese, must be placed the literature of other Oriental nations, which

have not become themselves centres of civilization, but borrowed their

ideas from one or the other of those great nations. In them we must

therefore not expect works, stamped with originality, which have made

an epoch in the history of mankind. Nor may we hope, that a great

number of learned men will cultivate them ; but it is desirable that they

may not be altogether neglected, and that the wants of government, of

commercial transactions, the enthusiasm of the Missionary, or the zeal

1842.] General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. 431

of the learned, will gradually put them into fuller light, and give the

historian access to the facts which may be derived from them, since

almost each of those nations, according to the international influence it

has enjoyed, is possessed of more or less important chronicles; most of

them have also a popular poetry, and their work in theology and in ge-

neral literature give at least evidence, how far the influence of those na-

tions extended, from which they have borrowed their leading ideas and

forms of art. The grammars and dictionaries of their languages by

furnishing historic facts, not recorded in the chronicles, are indispensa-

ble for ethnography ; lastly, each of them has an importance of its own,

and fills a corner in the general picture of the East. '

Some of those languages during the last year have given occasion

to publications. ‘The study of the Georgian language, which the Asia-

tic Society has first encouraged, has now taken root in Russia, its

genuine soil, where it can flourish under the influence of the wants of

government. Mr. Brosset, under the title of ‘ Matériaux pour servir a

lHistoire de Géorgie,’’2” has edited a new redaction of the translation of

the Georgian chronicle, the first edition of which was published some

years ago at the expence of the Society.

Mr. Tchoubinof, employed in foreign affairs in St. Petersburg,

and a Georgian by birth, has edited a Georgio-Russio-French Dic-

tionary,”® infinitely richer than vocabularies we previously possessed.

The basis of it is that of Soulkhan Saba, which in Georgia was

considered as the best, and together with the additions of Mr.

Tchoubinof, contains about 35,000 words.

Mr. Dorn in Petersburg, has published an Afghan Grammar ;?? more

exact than Klaproth’s, and more detailed than that of Ewald. The

literature of the Afghans being scanty, and to our present know-

ledge mostly consisting of imitations of Persian poetry, the scien-

tific interest in the Afghan language is essentially ethnographic, for

the problem of the origin of this people is not yet resolved, and the

elements of its solution are to be found in the grammar and dictionary

of their language.

The Malayan dialects, almost entirely neglected on the continent of

Europe, have lately attracted some attention, and Mr. Dulaurier has

27. Taken from the Memoirs of the Academy of St. Petersburg, 1840, in 4to.

28. St. Petersburg, 184). in 4to.

29. Taken from the Memoirs of St. Petersburg, 1840, in 4to.

432 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. [No. 125.

opened a course of lectures on the Malayan language in the school

of the living languages. Not to mention that this language has its

own literature, it is of great importance for ethnography, as the restless

and trading race of the Malays is spread over an immense range of

coasts and islands, and the history of this idiom for the greatest part is

also that of the maritime population of the Eastern and Southern seas.

A great scholar, the late Mr. W. De Humboldt, had seized on the

solution of the problem which the origin of these people offers, and

most thoroughly investigated it in his masterly work on the Kawi

language ;°° the last two volumes of which have appeared last year under

the auspices of the Academy of Berlin by the care of Mr. Buschmann.

He founds his researches on the Kawi, the antient language of Java,

reconstructing its grammar by analysing the text of Brata Yuddha.

Then proceeding to a similar analysis of the other Malayan dialects

from the Philippines to Madagascar, he supplies the insufficiency of his

resources by the strictness of his method, and by the astounding pene-

tration of his mind. The grammatical investigation is enriched in all

parts of the work by memoirs concerning the influence of India on the

Malays, on the antiquities of Java, on the influence of writing on

language, etc. memoirs which render this work a mine of new and

important ideas, and where the penetration and the mental power of the

author are equally displayed.

Mr. Buschmann advertises, that he intends to publish the text and

translation of Brata Yuddha, which will form the complement to Mr.

De H.’s work. It is an epic poem, an imitation of the Mahabharat, of

which Raffles had already given a part in Latin characters. Written

in Kawi, it dates as the Indian Poem to a period when the influence of *

ee ee eae = eae —=— = —

Indian ideas in Java had not yet submitted to the Musulmans.

| ADO AT LS

| After having presented to you this sketch, unavoidably incomplete,

of the progress that Oriental literature has made since our last meeting,

I would desire to add a few words concerning a subject which has

. occupied, and is now occupying a great many learned men, and which

t deserves the whole attention of a Society, destined for the interests

a of Oriental literature. I allude to the variety of systems, at present

iY 30. Uber die Kawisprache auf der Insel Java, von W. Humboldt. Berlin, 1826, 39,

" 3. vols in 4to.

es ——

1842.] General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. 433

adopted, to express the Oriental by Roman characters. At the first

intercourse of Europe with the East in the middle ages, oriental words

were rendered in a most barbarous manner, and thence arose the origin

of a certain number of monstrous names, some of which have been

retained in all languages of Europe, as Mahomet, Mosk, Tamerlan,

Gengiskan. Since the last half of the seventeenth century, the Latin

translations of some Arabian works by Pococke, Golius, and others, and

a little afterwards the popular works of Herbelot and Galland introduced

a more exact orthography, by rendering the Arabian words as faithfully

as the comparative deficiency of this alphabet permitted. A long time

people were satisfied with this method of writing, but at last, and espe-

cially since the discovery of the Sanscrit had enlarged the circle of

oriental studies, the want of a stricter method became apparent. A

degree of exactness was aimed at to render again in the original charac-

ters, what had been previously expressed by the Roman alphabet ;

the systems, however, previously adopted, were unfit for this purpose,

and whosoever attempted to reconstrue in Arabian characters verses,

quoted by Herbelot, must have been convinced of this.

Since that period, systems rapidly succeeded each other. Founded

on the most different principles which were calculated to avoid difficul-

ties of several kinds, they have produced the most opposite results.

Sir W. Jones so early as the year 1788, complained of almost every

author having a system of orthography of his own. What would he

have said of the number of systems, and the still greater number of

orthographies without any system in the present day. Historians, geo-

graphers, travellers who never study the languages of nations, take at

random the different orthographies and confound them, so that it is

impossible to trace them to their sources, and hence ensues a mass of

confusion. Of this I shall give some examples by taking the easiest

familiar names I at present recollect. For instance, the name of Ali in

works of our time is found thus: “‘ Ali, Aly, Ali, Alee, Ulee, Ullee, Alli,

Aliyy, Ahli, Alee.” I find nine ways of expressing the word Koran:

“ Kuran, Ckooran, Alcoran, Alcorawn, Qoran, Coran, Koran, Ckoran ;”

six ‘to write the name of Aboulfeda: ‘“‘ Aboulfada, Aboulfeda, Abulfeda,

Abowlfida, Abowlfeda, and Aboulfidéi,” and seven for the name of the

legislator of the Arabs: ‘‘ Mahomet, Mehemet, Muhammed, Mohammed,

Muhammad, Mohhammad, and Muhummud.”

434 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. [No. 125.

In names so well known as those just quoted, there can hardly arise

errors from these discrepancies in orthography ; but in names of obscure

men and places, the confusion arising from it, may be easily imagined.

I shall give an example. Mr. J. Prinsep quotes an official and modern

map of the Duab, where the road from Akbarpore to Cawnpore, a road

very much frequented, is doubly entered, because the topographic

bureau of Calcutta had found two routes with names, written in such

different ways, that their identity not being recognised, they were

believed to refer to parallel routes.*4

It would perhaps have been better never to have deviated from the

old system, however imperfect it was, as the thing of real importance is

uniformity. But now it is too late to retrace our steps; the want of

exactness having once been perceived, we must endeavour to supply it,

hoping the introduction of a system, infinitely superior to the others,

will re-establish that unity from which we are so far at present.

It is, meanwhile, I hope, not without use to classify the difficulties

which such a system offers, and the attempts which have been made to

remove them. These difficulties, it appears to me, are the following :—

1. Oriental alphabets have a much greater number of letters than

ours.

2. Orientals do not always pronounce according to the rules of

orthography.

3. They disagree in the pronunciation of the same letter in every

country.

4. Europeans disagree in the pronunciation of the same letters.

1. Oriental alphabets have a much greater number of letters than

ours. This especially has application to the Arabian and Indian

alphabets. The means to obviate these difficulties, may be reduced to

three classes.

a. The attempt has been made to enrich the Latin alphabet with some

new characters. Thus has Meninski introduced the Arabian Ain;

Volney modified the form of some Roman characters; Mr. Gilchrist

invented a short u, and other learned men at a still later period used

some Persian and Greek characters in their systems of rendering.

31. See the Map in ‘‘ The application of the Roman Alphabet to all the Oriental

Languages.”? Serampore, 1834, in 8yo.

‘

1842. | General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. 435

None of these systems, however, were universally adopted, and

the European public is not willing to tolerate the introduction of new

characters into its alphabet.

B. It has been proposed to represent Arabic and Indian sounds by

groups of European characters, as dh, th, kh, tt, ss, etc. This system

has produced a great number of essays, but it has real imconveniencies ;

for if partially applied only, as the greater part of the learned do, the

object which was in view with regard to it, is not attained; and if

carried to the extreme, it renders strange the form of Oriental words,

affording combinations of characters, which must appear barbarous to a

European reader, as ‘“‘ Ckasr or Qasr, Hhadrat, Hadjdjadj,”’ ete. More-

over, the system of expressing by double characters the simple ones

which we do not possess, has the great drawback of leaving the reader

in the dark concerning the orthography of the original, because he can-

not know, whether the double character represent two characters, or be

only the conventional representative of a single one.

C. Lastly, others have tried to modify the Latin alphabet by marks,

not very apparent, which without producing new characters, exhibit

various forms, by which the letters of Oriental alphabets may be easily

exposed. This system, I think, was first proposed by Sir W. Jones,

and adopted by the Asiatic Society of Calcutta, which, however, did not

always adhere to it. According to it, the vowels are multiplied by

accents, when they are short or long, and the consonants by points

above or below. This system has had many imitators, and almost all

Indian scholars have made similar ones for their rendering. Gilchrist

has partly preserved it ; the Geographical Society of London has adopt-

ed it with a few modifications ; Mr. Erchhoff in France has made use of

it in his parallel of the European languages ; and lately, has Mr. Brock-

haus proposed a similar one in Germany ; Mr. Weijers has published

another, resting on the same basis, and Mr. Arni, of Turin, has formed

characters, on which he marks the different t, d, s, etc. of the Arabs

by the same points, by which they are distinguished in the Arabic

language. This method has the inconvenience easily to occasion errors,

and to require a much larger printing apparatus, but it atones for these

material difficulties by evident advantages. ‘The European is not in-

convenienced in his reading, for if he do not know the signification

of the points added to the characters, he may easily overlook them, and

436 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. {[No. 125.

without their introducing an error, the reading of the words is not cram-

med with a mass of supplementary d’h and other characters; lastly,

it approaches much nearer to that which only attempts to render the

simple sound, without pretending to imitate all its shades, so that it is

easy to identify words, written by a scholar, with those which a tra-

veller, according to the mere pronunciation, has written down. The

great mischief at present is the variety of systems, founded on this

method ; for we cannot expect, that the public shall become accustomed

to this modification of the alphabet, unless the signs be generally »

adopted.

2. The Orientals do not always pronounce according to the rules of

orthography, and this difference between the manner of writing and

of pronouncing especially arises from euphonic laws. They, for instance,

write al-Raschid, while pronouncing ar-Raschid. Mr. Weijers pro-

poses to distinguish a character, subject to such a change, by putting

it in italics; but this expedient displeases the eye, without indicating

to the reader the real pronunciation. This problem is evidently indis-

soluble, and we have the choice between the sound and the orthography.

The custom of the European nations with regard to this has established

the excellent principle of submitting ourselves to orthography ; thus

is written in all European languages ‘‘ Shakespeare, Bordeaux” etc., —

though the sound to be derived from this combination of letters, be

much different from the real pronunciation. To follow the ortho-

graphy is the only means not to efface the etymology of a word, and to

preserve a chance of unity in renderings; yet there always remains

a great confusion in the representation of short vowels, so differently

pronounced in different words of the same language, that it becomes

dificult to express them in all instances by the same vowel of our

alphabet.

3. One and the same letter is differently pronounced by every Orien-

tal nation. The Turks, for example, generally substitute for the short A

of the Arabs and Persians a short E; the Musulmans of India in

many instances pronounce an E long, when the Persians pronounce

a long I; in Persia a long A is substituted for a long Ou.* The Ara-

* My readers will remember to give the sound of these vowels as in

French. tL

1842.] General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. 437

bian z is differently pronounced in different countries. The era of Maho-

met, for example, is pronounced Hidjret in Syria, Higret in Egypt,

Hijret in Arabia, etc. The confusion, arising from these variations,

is often very great ; for instance, the name of the present king of Lahore,

is pronounced Schir Singh in India; the first part of this name is,

however, of Persian origin, and is pronounced in Persia Schir. How

then to render? The most logical method, even in a similar case,

would perhaps be to adopt the pronunciation of the country where the

word originated ; but there fortunately are not many so complicated

cases, and ordinarily, the renderings of a word may be without inconve-

nience in conformity with the orthography of the country from which it

is borrowed.

4. The last difficulty is, that the European nations likewise differ in

the pronouncing of one and the same Roman character, and at the first

glance, this appears an insurmountable obstacle to a uniform system.

Sir W. Jones was well aware of the confusion connected with this

question, especially for the English, whose orthographical system is so

complicated, irregular, and so deviating from the usages of all the rest

of Europe. He had the wisdom to propose the adoption of the Italian

pronunciation, and persuaded the Asiatic Society of Calcutta to consent to

it, which since that time has continued to follow this system, the only one,

by which the English Oriental scholars can be in conformity with those of

the continent. Subsequently Mr. Gilchrist unfortunately did all in

his power to undo the work of Sir W. Jones, by substituting the com-

plicated English diphthongs for the simple vowels of the Italians.

Almost all his pupils have adopted his system, and the Oriental geo-

graphy and history have too much resented this unfortunate alteration.

The 00, ee, u, have taken the place of the u, i, a, in most of the modern

books of the Anglo-Indians, and the authority of all the learned Socie-

ties of England and India has in vain up to this time. opposed this

nuisance, though it appears to have lost ground, and we must hope that

the principles of Sir W. Jones will again take the lead. There remain

some other difficulties; the letters g, j, e and ch, (v, w, s, z,) have in

every European language a different pronunciation, so that a congruous

alphabet could not be adopted with uniformity in all European lan-

guages. ‘These difficulties, however, not being very numerous, would

not occasion much confusion, if every nation, as much as its idiotims

438 General Meeting of the Asiatic Society of Paris. [No. 125.

allow, try to approach to the others, and not prefer the extremes of its pe-

culiar pronunciation, as the school of Mr. Gilchrist has done.

All these mutual concessions being granted, and all precautions taken,

I do not think, that a uniform alphabet will be obtained, by which

Oriental characters should be mtroduced into the text. It is generally

known, what importance Volney attached to this idea, and the Com-

mittee of Public Instruction in Calcutta for some years thought to have

so clearly solved this problem, as to encourage the publication of a great

number of works in what is named, the Roman alphabet in India, and

that this Committee for some time has suggested the truly monstrous

plan of substituting, even for the natives themselves, this alphabet for

their original ones. This experiment has not succeeded, and could not

succeed ; a system of expressing intelligibly an occasional passage of

a language, and which may be useful for quotations, or when the ori-

ginal characters are wanting, may be applied to some languages, as for

instance, has been done to the Sanscrit; but there are other lan-

guages which do not admit this expedient, as for instance, the Arabic

language, where the orthography not only expresses the sounds, but of-

ten also the grammatical and etymological peculiarities which do not

touch the ear, and would be lost by any rendering; thus I doubt,

if any combination of Roman characters could represent the orthogra-

phy of the word Koran. But there is fortunately no necessity for sup-

planting oriental characters ; from this might arise some economical ad-

vantage in printing Oriental texts, but it would be infinitely less than the

inconveniencies of every kind produced by it. We are rather in want of a

system of expression sufficiently exact to reproduce the names of men and

localities in a way which may approach to the ordinary application of the

Roman alphabet, so that it is not repulsive to the mass of readers and

authors, and only requires slight modification in its application to the

languages of Europe. The adoption of a system, correspondmg to

these conditions, would be a benefit to literature, and no*public body

holds a better position than a Society such as yours to encourage and

to direct discussion on all the points connected with it, and to arrive

at a result which could obtain the assent, if not of all, which cannot

be expected in such a matter, but at least of the majority of authors.

439

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

(Friday Evening, 6th May, 1842.)

The Hon’ble H. T. Prinser, Esq. President, in the Chair.

G. Cuerap, Esq. C. 8. was proposed a Member of the Society by the President,

seconded by the Secretary.

Books received for the Meeting on the 6th May, 1842.

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. London, 1841,

vol. vi. No. 12, 1 vol.

Proceedings of the Committee of Commerce and Agriculture of the Royal Asiatic

Society of Great Britain and Ireland. London, 1841, (5 copies,) pamph.

The Calcutta Literary Gleaner, May, 1842, vol. Ist, No. 3rd, pamph.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, May, 1842, new series, vol. 3rd, No. 29, pamph.

Report on the Settlement of the district of Seharanpore, compiled by E. Thornton,

1840, 1 vol.

Actes de L’Académie Royale des Sciences, Belles Lettres, et Arts de Bordeaux.

ler, a 4e. Trimestres. Bordeaux, 1839, 4 vols.

Read a note from Dr. R. M. Tuompson, presenting a Human Skeleton for the

Museum of the Asiatic Society.

Ordered,—That the thanks of the Society be accorded to Dr. Tuomrson, and

he be requested at the same time to state from whence the Skeleton is.

On the 22d April last, enquiry was made through Mr. Secretary Busnsy,

as to the number of copies of Dr. Canror’s Report on Chusan, (under publica-

tion as an article in the Asiatic Researches,) would be required by Government.

Read letter of 27th idem from Mr. Deputy Secretary Bay ey, intimating that the

Government would require 50 copies with the Drawings in illustration. The

Secretary at the same time submitted to the inspection of the Meeting the drawings

referred to.

Read letter of 4th May 1842, from Reverend J. Tuomas, submitting Bill for

printing the Index to the several volumes of the Mahabharut, and for binding the

same, amounting to Co’s. Rs. 2,012: 7: 9. Ordered to be paid.

Read the following two letters of the 15th February, and 10th March 1842, from

Captain W. Macurop.

Moulmein, 13th Feb. 1842.

My pear TorrRENS,

The accompanying Image is one of two just sent me from Rangoon, (where it was

dug up,) by order of the King’s uncle, the Mekhara Prince.

The Prince is an honorary member of the Society, (vide his letter on his election

oth February, 1836, page 433,) and has a philosophic turn. He assisted greatly in

the compilation of Mr. Lane’s Dictionary of English and Burmese. If circumstances

440 Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

permitted, (for though he is the King’s uncle, and a member of this present Govern-

ment, ) he would willingly add to our information about his own country, but unfortu-

nately, he is obliged to be very cautious in his intercourse with us. Indeed the

manner in which the Images were sent shews this. Mr. Sarkies, to whom the Prince in-

trusted the dispatch to me of the Images, first proposed forwarding them through Mr.

Browne, but after the departure from Rangoon of the King and Court, and finding a

person, an Armenian countryman of his own, to whom he could trust, he sent them

to me with a note from himself, and a memorandum from the Prince.

Mr. SarKIEs writes,

‘* While the Prince of Mekhara was here, he gave me two ancient Idols, which he

“ordered me to send to you, and which I now accordingly beg to forward by Mr.

‘* Catchatoor. The object of so doing is to inform you, that this kind of Idol has been

‘* also found in various parts of the world at different times. He hopes they will serve

‘* you as a curiosity.’’

The Prince’s Memorandum is to the effect, that ‘‘the Images are the same as those

** found by Captain Hannay at Tagoung Myo, the inscription the same also in old

‘¢ Deva Nagari characters, and that they must be at least 1800 years old.”’ .

I have just received them, and will make enquiries as to the localities where they were

found, as Mr. Browne mentions a number of the same description were taken up. Ran-

goon is the site of an old city, and we may be able to trace some connexion between

its foundation and that of the old city of Tagoung.

You will find an account of the Tagoung Images in the vol. of the Journal of the

Asiatic Society, for 1836, page 157. I never saw the images therein referred to, but

conclude they are with the Society.

Should you think fit to notice the subject in the Journal, perhaps the less promi-

uently the Prince is brought forward the better. We are certainly much indebted to

him for sending them.

Yours ever sincerely,

W, Mac.eop.

P. S. I got a vol. of the English and Burmese Dictionary for him from Bayley, but

if you have any at the disposal of the Society to spare, | am certain he would esteem

it a favour if you would present him with one. The copy he has, in that case I fancy

he would place at the disposal of the King.

My pear ToRRENs,

Since writing to you with the Image, I found a Plate of the one brought down by

Captain Hannay, in the Journal ; it differs from the one I sent you. The principal

image in Captain H.’s is supported by two figures, whereas the Rangoon one has

two Pagodas. The Mekhara Prince in his note mentioned, that those he sent me

resembled some Dr. Bayfield brought down from Tagoung, but never having heard

of these, I erroneously supposed His Highness had confounded Dr. Bayfield with

Captain Hannay; but Dr. Richardson has put me to right. Both Dr. B. and Captain

H. visited Tagoung, and both appear to have found images with the Deva Nagari

inscription, though Captain Hannay’s discovery only has been recorded.

I have not been able to hear any thing further on the subject.

Yours very sincerely,

W. Macveop.

Moulmein, \0th March, 1842.

1842.] Asiatic Society. 441

The Image referred to, has been received, and placed in the Museum.

Read letter of 23rd March 1842, to Secretary to the Military Board from Captain

G. B. Tremenuerre, forwarding some concluding Remarks by him on his report

on the Tin Grounds of Mergui.

Read letter from Mr. Secretary Bususy of 9th March last, forwarding Corres-

pondence containing information on the Nurma Cotton Ground in Guzerat.

Read letter from Lieut. Colonel A. Srrers, Resident at Gwalior, of 25th March

last, and enclosures on the subject of the Nurma Cotton Ground in Gwalior.

Read the following papers by Captain R. Suorrreepe, First Assistant, Grand T'r1-

gonometrical Survey ; viz.

On the calculation of Barometric Heights with Tables.

Remarks on some of the disturbing causes in Barometric Observations.

Remarks on an Inscription of a Magic Square, copied from an old temple in the

hill fort of Gwalior.

The Secretary intimated that the subjects of the foregoing papers would be

noticed by him in early numbers of the Journal.

Read letter of 9th April 1842, from Lieut. Baird Smith of Engineers, forwarding

a ‘‘ Note on the recent Earthquakes on the North-western Frontier.’’ Lieut. Smith

writes, ‘‘ My object being to attract attention to these interesting occurrences,

“« and to secure some more methodical and carefully detailed information relative to

‘* their various phenomena than we have hitherto had.’’ The ‘‘ Note’’ referred to,

the Secretary intimated would be published in an early number of the Journal.

Read following Letter of 16th April 1842, from Dr. A. Campegtt, of Darjeeling.

Darjeeling, April 16, 1842.

My DEAR ToRRENS,

I had not time to make a memorandum for the Society of the last hours of De Kéris,

but in my report to Government, forwarded this day, you will find almost all I could

have said. You can readily get it from Bushby’s office, and make any use of it you

think necessary. It concerns you to look after the bequeathment of Rs. 5,000. I hope

the Society will not think me an unworthy member for not having furnished you with

a report, but to have attempted one formally, and for a learned Society, would have

led to the notion that I believed myself capable, from a knowledge of the pursuits of the

deceased, to do justice to his merits. Whereas in my official report to Government,

this is not looked for, and still it may serve to communicate some interesting particu-

lars to the world and his friends. I hope the Society will erect a monument over

him, Here we would subscribe to it. What a pity it is that he did not die near

Hodgson !

Yours, &c.

A. CAMPBELL.

449 Asiatic Society. fINio. 125:

The Official Report referred to by Dr. Campsect, has been forwarded by Mr. Se-

cretary Bususy, for the information of the Society, and will appear in an early

number of the Journal.

The report having been read, it was proposed by the President, and seconded by

Colonel H. Burnsy—That the Society record its deep regret at the death of this

most able and eminent philologist and enterprising traveller, the loss of whose

services in the exploration of countries so little known as Thibet, and its circumja-

cent regions, and in the elucidation of historical and philological questions, con-

nected with the races which inhabit those interesting and almost unknown tracts,

may be looked upon as a calamity to be deplored by the learned world of Europe,

and that the sum of Co’s. Rupees One Thousand be placed at the disposal of Dr.

A. Campse.t, for the erection of a Monument, adding thereto a Tombstone, with

suitable inscription to the memory of the deceased.

Read a letter of 12th April 1842, from Mr. G. T. Lusuineton, intimating

that he had on that day ‘‘ forwarded another specimen for the Society’s Mu-

‘*seum, which [I hope and believe will prove acceptable. It is the Skin of a Fox

‘* brought down by the Jowalier Bhotias this year, from the vicinity of the great

‘¢ Himalayan Chain. The fur is, in my opinion, and indeed in that of all who

‘‘have seen it, very beautiful, and as it seems to have been well preserved, I

«« hope your Curator will be able to make a good job of it.”’

“« I do not know whether you have any other specimen in the Museum, but think

‘‘ it notlikely that you have one, unless Hopcson may have sent one from Katman-

‘‘dhoo. The under-hair of the animal is something like that of the Shawl Goat in

‘* fineness of texture. Its habitat may be said to be the lofty mountains of Jowa-

‘* ier and other Bhote Mehals, in the vicinity of the eternal snows.”’

‘‘ T have another article ready for you, but want to know whether it is worth

‘* sending. If you already have it, of course it is not worth the carriage, but if it is

‘* new to you, I think it will be prized.

** It is the Steam Blow-pipe used by the Sonars of Almora, and other parts of the

‘‘hills. Itisof copper, about five inches in height, and of this shape.

“*« The globe A being first slightly heated, the nozzle B is inserted Ba |i

‘into a cupful of cold water, which it rapidly sucks up, thus

‘‘filling itself. It is then placed in a brazier, and the steam

‘‘formed by the boiling water contained in the globe is expelled at the nozzle

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 443

‘“«B with considerable force, and thus produces a continued and powerful

‘* blast.

‘¢ The people here say it came from ‘‘ Cheen’’-—and believe one of the Nepalese

‘© Soobahs first introduced it, about forty or fifty years ago. The curious part of it, I

‘‘ fancy, is the distinct application of Steam to one art so many years ago, among a

‘* people so utterly devoid of mechanical knowledge in other\ matters as our hill

‘« men are.”

The specimen has been received, and placed in the Museum, being previously

mounted.

Read letter of 18th April 1842, from Lieutenant J. Brockman, H. M. 50th

Regiment, presenting two Tartar Bows, &c. Quiver of Arrows taken at Amoy,

also a kind of Sword taken at Chinhae.

The Secretary submitted to the Meeting private Seals and Seals of Office found in

the house of the principal Mandarins of Amoy at the taking of that place; a

Silken Belt, a Chinese Soldier’s Uniform with the name and number of his corps on

breast and back, taken at Ningpo from the Chinese Arsenal, and a curious Under-

Shirt for wearing next the skin in hot weather, taken at the storming of Chinhae.

The whole presented by Mr. Dalrymple of the C. S. to whom the best thanks of

the Society were voted.

The Secretary at the same time presented a Standard Colour of a Chinese Marine

Regiment, and a Sword taken at the storming of the Bogue forts in China.

The following list of specimens were presented by Colonel H. Burnzy :—

An Echinite, from Jebel Jaise, near Cairo. ,

Specimen of a portion of the stem of a Fossil Palm, and samples of fossil exogen-

ous wood, from the petrified forest near Cairo.

Ditto of Limestone, of which the great Pyramid is built.

Ditto of close Stalagmitic Limestone, whereof the splendid mosque now building

by Mehemet Ali is constructed.

Ditto of the coarser of two kinds of Granite met with in the vicinity of the

Pyramids, and of which some of the latter are partly constructed, together with

various Sarcophagi.

Read petition of 2nd May 1842, from Sree Ram Govinda Sormona, praying to

be presented with the last vol. of the Mahabharut for correcting the proof sheets of

Sanscrit Books, The presentation ordered.

444 Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

Read letter of 28th April 1842, from Lieutenant A. Cunnrncuam, intimating that

he was ‘“‘ busy with a very long article on the Coins of Kashmere. Fourteen

plates are now finished, and the fifteenth is now being lithographed. A supernu-

merary plate must be added to contain the coins of various new, besides some curi-

ous types of known, kings, and the last plate will be one of Monograms, so

arranged as to shew at a glance the names of all the kings who used any one

Monogram, and all the Monograms which any one king used.”

Read letter of 14th April 1842, from Dr. T. A. Wise, assenting to the proposal of

printing his Commentaries on the ancient Hindoo System of Medicine,

Read Mr. Lovett Reeves’ letter to Mr. Bryru, requesting proposal for the

purchase of his book, (Systematic Conchology,) by the Asiatic Society. Ordered, that

two copies (with colored plates,) of the work be subscribed for the Library of

the Society.

The Curator read his Report for the month of April 1842, as follows :—

Sir,—I have the pleasure on this occasion to congratulate the Society on the varie-

ty of presentations made for their Museum during the past month, and on the number

of different persons who have thus contributed to its enrichment. ‘These donations

have principally consisted of Mammalia, Birds, and Shells, with a valuable box of

Insects from Afghanistan, and are as follow :—

MamMMAaALta.

From Dr. Parson, the Society has received a number of skins, but unfortunately

not prepared for being mounted, which are referrible to the following species :

Ursus Tibetanus, the Black Bear of the Himalaya, figured by Mons. F. Cuvier.

Cervus (Styloceros) Muntjac, v. Ratwa of Hodgson: the Kakur, or Barking

Deer of sportsmen.

C. (Rusa) Hippelaphus : the Sambur, adult and young.

Nemorhedus Thar, Hodgson: two skins of males.

Bos ( Bison) grunniens : the Yak, a particularly fine skin.

B. (Taurus) Gaurus, vy. Bibos cavifrons, Hodgson, and Bos aculeatus, Wagler :

the Gaour ; a very large skin, from Arracan. The Gaour, I may remark, ranges south-

ward into the Malay Peninsula, from which locality there is a horn of this species in

the Museum of the Hon. Company in London: the dimensions of one killed on the

Keddah Coast, with a figure of the head, are given in the Royal Asiatic Society’s

Journal, L11.50; and there is a skull of a female, understood to be from the South of

China, in the London United Service Museum. Dr. Helfer states that, in Tenasserim,

‘the great Bos Gaurus is rather rare, but Bison Guodus* very common ; besides

another small kind of Cow, called by the Burmese F’ hain, of which I saw foot-prints,

but never the living animal.”? J. A. S., VII. 860. Of this latter more presently. In

* Evidently a misprint for Gave@us, the Gayal; for the words may be written to look very much

alike.

te Ae ee —

re eta fae” eee on Ss ee

fee ee ee

PSC Reese

Ee F

= 1

~ == =

1842.] Asiatic Society. 445

the Indian Peninsula, the Gaour inhabits all the extensive forest tracts from the

Himalaya to Cape Comorin, and there can be little or no doubt that the Guavera of

Ceylon, noticed by Knox, refers to the same species. Major Forbes, in his recently

published ‘Journal of Eleven Years’ Residence’ in that Island (II. 159), informs us that

it has been extirpated in Ceylon for more than half acentury. A correspondent of the

‘Bengal Sporting Magazine,’ (for 1835, 217,) writing from the southern Mahratta

country, remarks, that ‘‘ the Bison of this jungle differs materially froin those of the

Mahabuleshwer hills. The latter is merely a blue Cow of the colour of a Buffalo, but

of large size. The regular Bison of Dandelly is a tremendous animal, its highest

point being the shoulder.’ From this it might be inferred, that the North-western

animal had not the same elevated spinal ridge; but I am little inelined to suspect

that they are different, the more especially as I find the following passage

in the ‘ Transactions of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India,’ VII. 112.

‘** The only wild cattle we have,’’ observes the writer, J. Little, Esq. ‘‘is the Gowha of

the natives (Bos Gaurus). This animal is found in the dense jungles, along the

whole range of the Western Ghauts from Assurghur to Cape Comorin. A male was

shot at the convalescent station of Mahablesher, near the source of the Kristna, which

measured at the shoulder fully seventeen hands high.”’ I have credible information of

a Gaour which stood not less than nineteen hands in vertical height. That the Gaour

varies much in size, I can assert from personal observation of about forty skulls of this

species*:; one of an adult male taken to England, by the late Honorary Curator of

this Society, Dr. Evans, is quite a pigmy in comparison with the enormous head in

the United Service Museum. A head of a female, with the skin on, in that of the

Hon. East India Company, was presented by the late Major-General Hardwicke, as

the As’/ or Asseel Gayal of that naturalist, (who figures it in one of the volumes of

the ‘Zoological Journal,’) and of Dr. McCrae (‘ Asiatic Researches,’ VIII. 495). The

latter author speaks of it as the Seloz of the Cucis, or Kookies, and P’hanj of the

Mugs and Burmahs; which last name is doubtless identical with the F’hain of

Dr. Helfer, applied to another species.

In the passage 1 have already quoted from Dr. Helfer’s list of Tenasserim animals,

three species of this group are mentioned, the second of which I conclude to be the

Gayal (B. frontalis, Lambert, Lin. Trans. VII. 57 and 302, v. B. Gaveus, Cole-

brooke, ‘ Asiatic Researches,’ VIII. 487, v. B. Sylhetanus, Duvaucel, F. Cuv. Mam-

mal), which Baron Cuvier strangely suggests to be a breed between the common

Ox and Buffalo (‘ Régne Animal,’ I. 280, and again in his ‘Ossemens Fossiles’), but

which is a genuine species, of which splendid living examples were, not long ago, in

the park at Barrackpore, perfectly tame and gentle. This animal has never been

found to the westward of the Boorampooter, and its skull has lately been figured by

Mr. Hodgson (Journ. As. Soc, 1841, 470). I am unaware that any trace of it exists

in any Museum.

Another very fine species of this group is the Banteng of Java and Borneo (Bos

Sondaicus, Muller, B. Bentinger, Temminck, and B. leucoprymnus, Quoy and Gay-

* In London alone, there are specimens in the British Museum, that of the Hon. East India

Company, of the Zoological Society, Royal Asiatic Society, Royal College of Surgeons, London

University, King’s College, the United Service Museum, besides many in private collections, as

that of Professor Bell, Mr. Blofeld of Middle Row, Holborn, &c,

446 | Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

mard), though, as regards the last, I have the authority of Dr. Schlegel of Amsterdam

for asserting, that the individual described by these naturalists was a hybrid between

the Banteng and the domestic species, such as are very commonly produced in Java,

and especially in the Island of Bali, being trained there for domestic purposes.

Sir Stamford Raffles notices, in his ‘ History of Java’ (I. III), that ‘the degenerate

domestic cows [of that island,] are sometimes driven into the forest to couple with the

wild Banteng, for the sake of improving the breed’’; and in Moor’s ‘ Notices of the

Indian Archipelago,’ p. 95, we are informed that, in Bali, “the breed of cattle is

extremely fine, almost every one of these beasts being fat, plump, and good looking ;

you seldom, if ever, see a poor cow in Bali: it is a breed of a much larger size than the

common run of cattle in Java, and is obtained from a crossfrom the Wiid Cow, with

the same animal ; they are generally ofa red colour, and all of them are white between

the hind legs, and about the rump, so that I do not recollect seeing one that was not

white-breeched. The people have no land expressly devoted to grazing, but let their

cattle eat the old stubble, or fresh grass of the rice-fields, after the crops have been

taken off; and while the grass is growing, they let the cattle stray into the commons,

and woods, and pick up what they can get by the road-side. The rude ploygh is

drawn by two oxen abreast, which the ploughman drives with one hand, while he

guides the plough with the other.’ There isa figure of a hybrid half-Banteng Javanese

Cow in the collection of drawings bequeathed by the late Major-General Hardwicke

to the British Museum, and of which I possess a rough copy.

The colour of the pure Banteng is similar to that of the Gaour and Gayal, or earthy-

brown passing into black, with the four limbs white from the mid-joint downward, in

addition to which this species has constantly a large oval white patch on each buttock,

whence the name lewcoprymnus bestowed by M. M. Quoy and Gaymard. Sir Stamford

Kafiles mentions, that ‘‘a remarkable change takes place in the appearance of this

animal after castration, the colour in a few months becoming invariably red’’ ( Hist.

Java, I. IIL). Its frontal ridge has little tendency to become elevated ; and the

following is a description of the finer of two frontlets of the male in the Museum of this

Society, presented by Prince William Henry of the Netherlands (vide J. A. S. VI.

987). Horns very rugous at base, flattened as in the Gaour and Gayal, but in a less

degree, and somewhat similar in flexure to those of the Gaour, though approaching more

in this respect to those of the Cape Buffalo, of a black colour, and twenty inches and

a half long over the curve, fourteen and a half round at base, their widest portion thirty-

five inches apart measuring outside, and tips returning to twenty-seven inches ; at

base they are six inches asunder across the vertex, widening anteriorly. According to

Dr. Solomon Muller, ‘ the Banteng is found in Java in territories which are seldom

visited by man, as well in the forests of the plains and of the coast, as in those of the

mountains, where it is pretty common. We have likewise seen traces of it in Borneo,

and have even received a calf from the Dujaks about a month old. According to

Raffles it is also found in Bali; but in Sumatra it does not appear to exist.”? Sir

Stamford Raffles states, that ‘it is found chiefly in the forests eastward of Pastiran,

and in Bali, though it also occurs in other parts of Java.’’ .

To the same distinguished statesman, we are indebted for the following piece of

information respecting the domestic cattle of Sumatra:—‘ There is a very fine breed

of cattle peculiar to Sumatra, of which I saw abundance in Menangkabu when I

1842. |] Asiatic Society. 447

visited the capital of that country in 1818. They are short, compact, well-made ani-

mals, without a hump, and almost without exception of a light fawn-colonr relieved

with white. The eyes are large and fringed with long white lashes. The legs are

delicate and well-shaped. Among all that I saw I did not observe any that were not

in excellent condition, in which respect they formed a striking contrast to the cattle

generally met with in India. They are universally used in agriculture, and are per-

fectly domesticated. This breed appears to be quite distinct from the Banteng of

Java and the more eastern Islands.”,—( Lin. Trans. XIII. 267.)

It is, I suspect, no other than a domesticated race of the ‘* Wild Ox’’ of Burmah;

an evident species, of which abundant notices may be found in various works, but no

satisfactory description. A skull of such an animal, but unfortunately deprived of the

horns, and which is very distinct in form from that of either of the foregoing species,

exists in the London United Service Museum, and is labelled ‘‘ Bison, from the Keddah

Coast.”’ I possess some very carefully prepared drawings of this specimen. Captain

Gason, of Her Majesty’s 62nd Regiment, who has himself been at the death of a

Burmese wild bull, has favored me with the following particulars concerning this

species :—‘‘ These animals stand about fifteen hands and a half high, are very game-

looking, with a heavy body, but fine limbs. ‘Their colour is bright yellowish-

buff with a black line from the vertex to the tail, the legs black in front, the tips

of the ears, muzzle, and tail-tip also black, and the belly perfectly white. There is

little or no difference of colour between the sexes. ‘Ihe horns are cylindrical, rather

' long, and curve round in front to point towards each other. They are excessively

timid, and are generally seen feeding in the valleys, often about a large tank.’’

Captain Gason observed them at a place called Nathongzoo, about 250 miles east-

ward of Moulmein.

This is doubtless the species which is also mentioned in one of Colonel Hamilton

Smith’s letters to me, as a ‘‘ Wild Ox, inhabiting to the eastward of the Boorampooter,

and very different from the Gaour and Gayal. It is simply described,’’ writes Colonel

Smith, ‘‘as a fine-limbed and deer-like animal of great size, and of a bright bay colour,

exceedingly like a Devonshire Ox, very active, fleet, shy, and watchful; living in

small herds in the wooded valleys, with watchers on the look out, who utter a shrill

warning sound on the least alarm, when the whole dash through the jungle with

irresistible impetuosity.”? He elsewhere mentions their having white horns; and in

Pennant’s ‘ Hindostan,’ I remember a notice of a wild species with white horns occur-

ring somewhere further to the Eastward; this same work containing also the earliest

mention of the Banteng of Java.

In a late number of the ‘ Bengal Sporting Magazine,’ (for 1841, p. 444,) we are in-

formed, respecting the Burmese Wild Cow, or ‘Sine Bar,’ that ‘herds of thirty and

forty frequent the open forest jungles [of the Tenasserim Provinces.] ‘They are noble-

looking animals, with short curved horns, that admit of a beautiful polish. The

cows are red and white, and the bulls of a bluish colour. They are very timid, and

not dangerous to approach, Their flesh is excellent. ‘They are the only cows

indigenous to the provinces:”’ yet the preceding paragraph mentions—“The Bison’’

(Gaour) as attaining a great size in the East.

One more quotation apropés to the foregoing observations, and I shall have done.

Mr, Crawfurd informs us, that ‘The Ox is found wild in the Siamese forests, and

fal

448 Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

exists very generally in the domestic state, particularly in the southern provinces.

Those we saw about the capital were short-limbed, compactly made, and often with-

out horns, being never of the white or grey color so prevalent among the cattle of

Hindostan. They also want the hump over the shoulders which characterizes the

latter. They are used only in agricultural labour, for their milk is too trifling in

quantity to be useful, and the slaughter of them, publicly at least, is forbidden even to

strangers. Hence, during our stay, our servants were obliged to go three or four

miles out of town, and to slaughter the animals at night. The wild cattle, for the

protection of religion does not extend to them, are shot by professed hunters on

account of their hides, horns, bones, and flesh, which last, after being converted into

jerked beef, forms an article of commerce with China.’’—Mission to Siam and Cochin

China, page 431.*

From Dr. Wallich, the Society has received another specimen of Paradoxurus

typus, recent.

From P. Homphrey, Esq., a recent young specimen of Pteromys Oral, Tickell,

procured at Midnapore.

From T. H. Maddock, Esq., Secretary to Government, four heads of Rhinoceroses,

from Tenasserim; two of them belonging to the common Indian species (Rh. Indi-

cus), and the others to the oriental double-horned Rhinoceros (Rh. Sumatrensis ).

The fact of all three of the Asiatic species of this genus inhabiting the Tenasserim

Provinces was first made known in Dr. Helfer’s list of the animal productions of

that region, published in J. 4, S. VII. 860; and that ‘a double-horned Rhi-

noceros is said to have been seen by the natives in the neighbourhood of Ye,”’ is

stated in the ‘ Bengal Sporting Magazine’ for August, 1841; where, however, it would

accordingly appear to be much rarer than the single-horned, ‘‘ of which latter several

have been shot by Europeans. They frequent the large jungles to the Eastward, but

are more often met with in the jungles South of Ye.’’ According to Dr. Helfer, it

would, on the contrary, appear, that the double-horned is the prevalent species in that

range of territory. ‘‘The Rk. Indicus,’’ he informs us, ‘‘is found in the northern

parts of the provinces, in that high range of mountains bordering on Zimmay, called

the Elephant’s-tail Mountains; the Rk. Sondaicus occupies the southernmost parts ;

while the Rh. Sumatrensis, or double-horned species, is to be found throughout the

* It is difficult to comprehend what animal can be meant by the Gyall of Bishop Heber’s

Journal, briefly noticed, and very rudely figured, as having been seen by that prelate in the Go-

vernor’s Park in Ceylon; and equally difficult to understand what the following passage alludes to,

in Mrs. Graham’s work. At the Governor’s house in Ceylon, this lady “‘ saw, feeding by himself,

an animal no less beautiful than terrible,—the wild bull, whose milk-white hide is adorned with a

black flowing mane.” Let me mention here, also, that there is a wild race inhabiting Madagascar

that merits investigation. In Mr. Ellis’s History of that Island, we read, that—‘‘ horned cattle are

numerous, both tame and wild: many of the latter resemble, in shape and size, the cattle of

Europe,” whereas the domestic are all humped like those of India. Pennant notices this wild

Madagascar race by the name of Bowry. There is also some animal bearing the appellation of

‘* Wild Cow,” which is met with in herds on the route from Agra to Barielly ; and there are many

wild humped cattle, of the common Indian species, said to be merely the descendants of domestic

individuals, found in herds in certain of the jungles of the province of Oude, which are extremely

shy and difficult of approach, and are of some interest as solving the problem in the affirmative as

to whether the Zebu could maintain itself wild in regions inhabited by the Tiger (vide Journaté

of the Asiatic Society, IX, 623, and Transactions of the Agricultural and Horticultural Soctety

India, Vi. 112.

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 449

extent of the territories from the 17° to 10° of latitude.’? Now, from what is known

of the habits of these animals, it is probable that the Rh. Sondaicus will prove to be

the principal mountain species, though by no means limited to the mountains. In

Java, according to M. Reinwardt, this animal ‘‘ is found everywhere in the most

elevated regions, and ascends, with an astonishing swiftness, even to the highest

tops of the mountains’ (vide ‘ Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine,’ XIII. 34); and

Dr. Horsfield notices, that ‘‘it prefers high situations, but is not limited to a

particular region or climate, its range extending from the level of the ocean to

the summits of mountains of considerable elevation.*** Its retreats are discovered

by deeply excavated passages, which it forms along the declivities of mountains and

hills. I found these occasionally of great depth and extent.’’ This species is also an

inhabitant of Borneo, where it is styled Bodok ; but, according to Sir Stamford Raffles,

(‘Linnean Transactions,’ XII. 269,) it does not appear that a single-horned species in-

habits that part of Sumatra with the productions of which he was best acquainted ;

‘‘and the single horns which are occasionally procured, appear to be merely the

larger horns of the two-horned species separated from the small one;’’ this, however,

may be doubted now that the Rh. Sondaicus has proved to be common to Java and

Tenasserim, and it appears probable, that while the latter only inhabits Java, it wili

be found to exist together with RA. Sumatrensis in Sumatra, as both of these are said

to be found together with the Indian species in Tenasserim. Whether more than one

exists in Borneo we have at present no data for forming an opinion, and the discovery

of the formerly supposed exclusively insular species on the Burmese mainland, casts

a doubt upon which is: the Chinese species noticed by Du Halde to inhabit the

province of Quangsi, in latitude 25 degrees.

From M. J. Athanass, Esq., the Society has received a head, with the skin on, of the

ereat Jerrow Stag of the Himalaya (Cervus Aristotelis), which I exhibit together

with a very fine head of the Sambur of India generally (C. hippelaphus ). On compa-

rison, it is seen that the former is of a lighter colour, with the hairs more conspicuous-

ly tipped with pale fulvous or yellowish-brown ; but there is little marked difference

between the specimens that would induce a suspicion that they appertained to different

species, although the Jerrow is somewhat broader in the forehead, and its antlers are

more divergent. Had these antlers belonged to a fully mature animal, however, they

would have exhibited a size such as is never attained by those of the Sambur; a mag-

nificent pair in the Museum of the Hon’ble Company in London are nearly four feet

in length ; whereas it is rare that those of the Sambur exceed two feet and ahalf. This

I am enabled to assert with more confidence, since I have examined numerous

bales of Stag-antlers imported from this country, in the hope of discovering among

them some belonging to new or little known species; but I have invariably found

these packages to consist solely of those of the Sambur and spotted Axis, generally in

about equal proportion, and have never once thus met with a specimen of a Sambur

antler that approached in magnitude to that of an adult Jerrow. Mr. Hodgson has

distinguished these species in the Society’s Journal, (I. 66,) together with another

which I am enabled to state positively is the C. niger of Prof. de Blainville (Budd,

des Sc. 1816), and which is styled by Mr. Hodgson Rusa Nipalensis. The latter na-

turalist has supplied representations of the antlers of all three species, which are pub-

lished in the Journal of the Asiatic Society, lL. 115. ‘The Nipalese,” he remarks,

450 Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

** distinguish them with reference to the different shades of their, in general, uniform

dark colour, by the epithets Phusro, Rato, and Kalo, or grey, red, and black, Jaraz

{Jerrow.] The Phusro is the largest, being not less than a Horse in size; and has his

dark hide copiously sprinkled with phusro or hoary. The Rato is the next in point of

size, and is of a redder hue. The Kalo is the smallest, and of a shining clear black.

* * * All but the Kalo species have a subterminal, as well as a brow antler.’? M.

Blainville described his C. niger from adrawing which he saw at the India House,

together with certain other drawings upon which he has founded his Capra cossus, C.

imberbis, &c., and although these drawings could not then be found when I applied to

see them some two or three years ago, I have since met with duplicates of them among

those of the late Dr. Buchanan Hamilton, in charge of Dr. Wallich, marked, too, as

having been (i, e. the originals) delivered at the India House in 1806, and the names

are in Dr. Buchanan Hamilton’s own writing which have been adopted by M. Blain-

ville, except that the Goats are better styled Capra Agagrus Cossea and A gagrus

imberbis, being clearly and obviously mere varieties of the common domestic species.

The colour of C. niger (Buchanan Hamilton and Blainville) is represented brownish

black, and the antlers, in accordance with Mr. Hodgson’s description, have no subter-

minal branch or tine; indeed they so nearly resemble the figure in the Society’s

Journal, X. 722, that it might be supposed that both were drawn from the same

individual. |

With respect to the C. eguinus of Colonel H. Smith, (which is not the Malayan spe-

cies so denominated by Baron Cuvier, ) if it really differ from the Sambur, it is proba-

bly the C. Leschenaultii of Baron Cuvier (‘ Ossemens Fossiles’, [V. 32.) I have exa-

mined and possess figures of the frontlet of the identical individual described and figured

from life by Colonel Smith, which is now preserved in the Museum of the London

Royal College of Surgeons. The antlers measure two feet four inches in length,

and eight inches round above the burr, with a brow-process fourteen inches long ;

their widest portion apart is twenty-two inches and a half, the tips returning to twenty

inches, and those of the upper tine to fourteen inches; they have a differently granu-

lated surface from ordinary Sambur and Jerrow antlers, being angulated and prickly

instead of smooth to the feel, however coarsely tuberculated may be the others; and

the tail of the animal is represented in Colonel Smith’s figure to be slender and not

bushy, in lieu of presenting that appearance which in the others has been compared

to the tail of a docked horse that has been neglected* ; the caudal disk, likewise,

would appear to be more conspicuously developed, though it is doubtful whether

either of these characters is of constant or normal occurrence: still it is worthy of

remark that Colonel Sykes, in his Catalogue of the Mammalia of the Dukhun, (‘ Pro-

ceedings of the Zoological Society,’ 1831, 104,) considers the large Rusa Stag which

‘** abounds about the ghats of Dukhun and in Khandesh as no doubt the same as

the Malayan Rusa figured in Griffith’s work. It wants the size of the C. Aristotelis

| Hippelaphus| of Bengal, and is not so dark in colour’’; and it should be observed

that C. Leschenaultii of Cuvier was received from the Coromandel Coast. But Mr.

Walter Elliot, in his recent Catalogue of Mammalia in the Southern Mahratta Coun-

try, (‘Madras Journal,’ No. XXV, 220), asserts, that ‘‘ there is only one species of

* This difference might depend, however, upon the animal being then, perhaps, shedding its coat.

1842. | Asiatic Society. 451

Rusa found in the western forests, which is common also to all the heavy jungles of

Southern India.’? None of the descriptions given by Hamilton Smith to the different

Indian species under the names of Hippelaphus, Aristotelis, Equinus, apply exactly

to it, but I have little doubt that all three are varieties of the great Indian Stag referred

to Hippelaphus of Aristotle by M. Duvaucel, and to which it is not improbable that

the C. unicolor, or Gona of Ceylon, is likewise referrible, &c.’? For my own part, I

had an opportunity of examining several pairs of antlers of the peninsular animal

while at Madras, and I considered them to be genuine Sambur, and I much incline

to agree with Mr. Elliot in the opinion that there is probably but this one species of the

group inhabiting Peninsular India, though it is quite certain that there are two others

in the northern hills, as was first satisfactorily shewn by Mr. Hodgson.

From Lieutenant Tickell, a highly interesting collection has been received of

specimens procured at Chyebassa; viz.

Cheiroptera: Twelve skins, referrible to five species; viz. a Rhinolophus, two

specimens; Vespertilio pictus, four specimens* ; another and much larger species,

allied in its colour and markings to the preceding, but very different in the quality of

its fur, three specimens; a small dark species, apparently the same as is very com-

mon about Calcutta, two specimens; and a beautiful Scotophilus, of a bright golden

fulvous colour on the under-parts, one specimen. ‘These I shall endeavour to deter-

mine as I find leisure to undertake the task, but the descriptions to which I have

access are, for the most part, too meagre to permit of arriving-at satisfactory conclu-

sions from them.

Pteromys Oral, Tickell: five specimens; suggested by me on former occasions to be

identical with Pt. petaurista, to which it is very nearly allied ; but its size is inferior,

and colour comparatively devoid of any rufous tinge. On comparing the skull, that of

Oral is shorter and smaller, with the superior orbital margin and post-orbital process

conspicuously less developed, the upper rodential tusks are directed more abruptly

downwards, and the series of grinders are more than proportionally smaller. I have

had the skulls prepared of both the adult and young Pé. Oral.

Cervus (Styloceros) Muntjac : a nearly grown female.

C. (Rusa) Hippelaphus : skin of a fine male, prepared for stuffing ; but unfortunate-

ly too much injured by insects to be available for the purpose. The head of this speci-

men has already been noticed, and compared with that of the Himalayan Jerrow.

Tetraceros chickera: labelled Antilope chickera, and I believe correctly referred to

that species of Major General Hardwicke, (Lin. Trans. XIV. 520,) though being a

young kid, the species is difficult to determine with absolute certainty. The skeleton

of the original specimen described by Hardwicke, and beautifully figured from life

by Hill, is deposited in the rich Museum of the London Royal College of Surgeons :

as often happens with captive sheath-horned ruminants, the blunt-tipped superficial

sheathing which temporarily invests the harder permanent sheath of the horns of the

young animal, had been retained in this adult specimen, which Dr. Leach not under-

standing, he was led to consider as belonging to a different species, the froutlet of a

wild-shot specimen in the same collection, which he has styled 7. striaticornis. A

true second four-horned species, however, has been described by Walter Elliot, Esq.,

* This occurs in the neighbourhood of Calcutta. —E, B.

3.0

452 Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

(‘Madras Journal,’ No. XXV. 225), as Ant. subquadricornutus, being characterized

by larger size, and by having the anterior pair of horns scarcely developed,

while the posterior pair is longer than in the preceding species. Both of these

animals were known to me in England. The name Chickera, according to Mr. Elliot,

is applied by all natives to the Gazella Cora of Colonel Hamilton Smith, which I have

the authority of that learned naturalist for identifying with Ant. Bennettii of Sykes,

rightly referred by Mr. Elliot to A. Arabica of Hemprich and Ehrenberg; though

Colonel Smith’s appellation takes precedence. The Museum of this Society contains

a stuffed specimen of the kid of G. Cora, and numerous heads of adults; and I have

seen many fine examples of the species, and among them a pair now living in Cal-

cutta: nor is this the only species of true Gazelle inhabiting India. Mr. Gray has

described, or at least named, a Gazella Christi, founded on a pair of horns obtained,

if 1 remember rightly, in the Thurr, or great sandy desert north of Cutch, and depo-

sited in the British Museum; and there is a stuffed specimen of the same species in the

United Service Museum, received from Bombay, which satisfactorily establishes its

existence. The G. Christii is a typical Gazella, inferior to G. Dorcas in size, and

remarkable for its very pale colouring; the horns are smaller and much more slender

than in G. Cora, less freely thrown out, and take the usual curve backward in this

group, having the tips very abruptly bent inward. Proceeding westward, another

species, the G, subgutturosa, inhabits Persia and the foot of the Caucasus; while

G. Dorcas is found in Arabia in addition to G. Cora.

Respecting the present species, or Tetraceros chickera, a writer in the ‘ Bengal

Sporting Magazine’ mentions, that ‘it is found in the forests at the bottom of the

Sivalik hills, and is considered a rare species: as the places it inhabits can only be

beaten by Elephants, and this animal generally breaks cover at the distance of eighty

yards, bounding off in a succession of short leaps, it is not very easily shot. The

back pair of horns are about four inches, and the fore one inch and a half in length.

This species,”’ it is added, ‘‘ is called Chouka or Chousinga, while Chickera is applied

to either swbulata or acuticornis.”’

Captain Brown states, in the same periodical, that—‘* The Shikara, a small antelope

yet undescribed, is found in Hurriana ; both sexes have horns, of a slender form with-

out rings, and about eight inches in length; the animal is about half the size of the

common Antelope [A. Cervicapra.]| There is another Antelope also found in Hurriana,

with slightly compressed horns, having rings, bending backward, and ten inches in

length : both these species being unknown to naturalists.’’ The latter is perhaps

Gazella Christii, and the former doubtless identical with ‘‘an elegant small-sized

Antelope, with horns in the females, numerous about Delhi ;’’ as noticed by another

observer in the same work.

These diminutive Antelopes of India are greatly in need of elucidation. In the

Royal College of Surgeons, London, there exists a frontlet from this country, to

which Prof. Blainville has assigned the name of Ant. subulata, and a single horn of

another species, which he has designated A. acuticornis. These are described in

Colonel Hamilton Smith’s valuable treatise on the Ruminantia, published in the 4th

volume of Griffith’s English edition of Cuvier’s ‘ Animal Kingdom,’ and I possess

original drawings of both specimens, which I shall take an opportunity of publishing

in the Society’s Journal.

1842.] Asiatic Society. 453

Bos Gaurus.—The specimen prepared for mounting, as noticed in my last monthly

Report to the Society, has since arrived, in a condition sufficiently uninjured to render

it probable that we shall be able to set it up,—an undertaking which is now in progress. *

The only portions injured are the forehead, which unfortunately has been partly denud-

ed of its hair, and the back of the neck, which latter will however not be very observa-

ble in the stuffed specimen. If we succeed to my anticipations in mounting this enor-

mous animal, it will certainly forma highly attractive object in the Society’s Museum,

and it will be the first example of the species which has been thus set up in any col-

lection, as our skeleton of the same beast is likewise the first, and I believe still the

only one, that any institution can boast of. Our late Honorary Curator, Dr. Evans,

tock with him, however, two skeletons of female Gaours to England, but had not

succeeded in disposing of them when I left that country.

Manis pentadactyla, Lin. : a specimen remarkable for the unusual degree to which

its hard scales have been worn down, probably from the narrowness of the rocky crevice

that may be supposed to have led to its customary retreat, as those of the croup are

thus ground away to the greatest extent. Moreover, the animal had lost one of its hind

limbs, in consequence of which part of the weight of its body fell on the corresponding

side of the tail, so that the series of lateral caudal scales on that side are so much rub-

bed away, that a sectional view of them is exhibited, wherein the expanded inferior

surface no longer exists, and the apical point of each scale is considerably above and

extends laterally beyond the side-angle. The general colour of this specimen is

browner, or less glaucous, than is usual in the species.

Our Museum contains two other strongly characterized species of (presumed)

Oriental Pangolin, of which one is, I suspect, undescribed.

For a long while, two species only were generally recognised of this genus,—the

Long-tailed and Short-tailed Pangolins, or Manis tetradactyla and M. peniudactyla,

Auctorum, which Cuvier was the first to refer distinctly to the continents of Asia and

Africa respectively. The judicious Pennant, however, in the last edition of his

* Quadrupeds,’ referred to an animal killed in Tranquebar, as described and figured in

the 60th Volume of the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ as probably representing a

distinct species, which I think there can be no reasonable doubt of. M. Desmoulins has

also described one, in his ‘ Mammalogie,’ as M. Javanica : and the Cape species has

been distinguished by Mr. Smuts, in the ‘South African Journal,” as M@. Tem-

minckit, since more fully described and compared with its then known congeners by

the late accomplished Secretary to the Zoological Society, Mr. Bennett, in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings of the Zoological Society’, 1834, 81. Mr. Hodgson, next, described the Ne-

palese species as distinct from the currently admitted Indian one, by the appellation MZ.

auritus, inthe Journal of this Society, V. 234; but it is clear that he misappre-

hended the meaning of the description of the Indian species in Griffith’s Catalogue,

where the expression ‘‘ eleven longitudinal series’’ of scales is intended to signify the

central and successive lateral ranges, counting obliquely down each side of the body.

The identification of Mr. Hodgson’s alleged species with the ordinary Short-tailed

Pangolin, Auctorum, has already been announced by Mr. Ogilby, in the Zoological

Memoir annexed to Dr. Royle’s ‘ Illustrations of the Botany, &c. of the Himalaya

* And which has succeeded beyond expectation.—E. B.

——

(

454 Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

Mountains’. Unquestionably, it is the species described as Manis pentadactyla in

Shaw’s ‘ Zoology,’ I. 81, and it is as clearly the Manis Indica, v. pentadactyla, Lin.

of M. Lesson, in the Dict. Class. d’ Hist. Nat., where the following synonyms are

appended; M. brachyura, Erxl., M. macroura, Desm., and M. crassicaudata, Geof-

froy: but the ‘ Pangolin” of Buffon (Hist. Nat., X. 187, pl. XXXIV), as distin-

guished from his ‘‘ Phattagen,’’ is obviously a distinct species from any now recognised ;

and the passage which that illustrious naturalist quotes from the traveller Desmar-

chais, and which has been copied by every subsequent writer on this genus, descrip-

tive of a species called Quogelo by the Negroes of Guinea, which is said to attain

to eight feet in length, of which the tail measures four, very clearly denotes another

species of Pangolin as yet unknown to modern cultivators of Zoology. The differences

of Buffon’s ‘‘Pangolin’”’ from the ordinary species of this country, is noticed in the

first volume of the ‘ Asiatic Researches’ (p. 376), where a figure is given of the Indian

animal, and there is a notice of its anatomy in the second volume of the same work

(p. 353), but containing no details elucidative of specific distinctions. Dr. Cantor

informs me, that the geographic range of this species extends eastward to Chusan; and

Pennant quotes Dahlman (in Act. Stockh. 1749, 265), noting its existence in China,

where it is termed Chin Chian Seick, and also mentions its occurrence in Formosa. In

Assam I have been informed that there are Pangolins of very large size, in all probabi-

lity a distinct species: and from the same region a still more interesting species of

edentate animal may be looked for by zoologists.

With these preparatory observations, I now proceed to notice a species which ap-

pears, so far as I can find, to be undescribed; but I regret to add that I have been

unable to learn its native locality. It approaches very near to the ‘ Phattagen’’ of

Buffon, or Long-tailed Pangolin of Africa, but has the tail considerably less elongated

than in that species, though more so than in any other known to systematic Zoology.

I shall designate it Manis leptura. Length of the specimen thirty-nine inches,

of which the tail measures eighteen, and the head four; on each foot are five claws,

the innermost on the fore-feet minute: although considerably larger than two speci-

mens before me, which I refer to WU. Javanica, the claws on its fore-feet are smaller and

more curved, while those on the hinder are longer: in (presumed) Javanica, the middle

fore-claw, though worn at the tip, measures fully an inch and three-quarters, and the

next externally one inch and three-eighths; whereas the corresponding measurements

in the new species are one inch three-eighths, and one inch: but on the hind foot, the

middle claw of Javanica scarcely exceeds three-quarters of of an inch, and the next ex-

ternally is under five-eighths of an inch; while in the new species these measure, respec-

tively, an inch and a quarter, and one inch: following out the comparison, the head of

leptura is considerably more slender and elongated, measuring two inches and three-

eighths from eye to snout, and having no trace of ear-conch; in Javanica there isa

distinct ear-conch, and the distance from eye to snout is but an inch and five-eighths;

the animal, however, being considerably smaller, though not in that proportion. In

Javanica, the scales upon every part are comparatively uniform in size, and there is no

abruptly marked difference of dimensions between those of the head and neck; in the new

species, as in pentadactyla, those of the head are very much smaller: in the former,

the lateral scales of the body are strongly carinated, while in the latter they are but

very slightly so indeed: the scales on the fore-limbs are much smaller, more nume-

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 455

rous, and differently disposed, in the new species from what they are in Javanica,

appearing as hexagons instead of lying in quincunx order; on the hind-limbs the same

diversity exists, but is less strongly marked. Protruding from beneath every scale of

Javanica are seven or eight conspicuous bristles; while in Zeptura one or two only

can be discerned here and there, scarcely more than in pentadactyla. The number

of series of scales consists in deptwra of nineteen, and in Javanica of seventeen; the

central row from the occiput to the tail-tip of the former consists of fifty-three, to

which may be added ten upon the head. Lastly, the under-parts are less hispid in

leptura than in Javanica, and the tail is both narrower and longer. The general

colour of the scales in Jeptura is deep rufous-brown, while those of Javanica are

blackish-brown, and of pentadactyla whitish or glaucous-brown. In the specimen

now presented, however, of the latter, as before remarked, the colour of the scales is

darker and less glaucous than usual. *

* Since the above was written, the extremely interesting account of the ordinary Indian Pangolin,

by Lieutenant Tickell, has appeared in the Journal (ante, p. 221, et seg.), and the analogies pre-

sented by this animal and the Great Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata) of South America, of which

so interesting a notice has been published by M. Schomburgk, (P. Z. S. 1839, 24,) are worthy of

being studied.

The retension of the foeces was observed in both instances ; and M. Schomburgh supplies us with

a hint as to what food the Pangolin may not improbably be maintained upon in captivity. Of an

adult Myrmecophaga, he writes: ‘‘ It began to feed on the third day ; we gave it ants and farina ;

the latter, a preparation of cassada root, it never refused. The ant’s nests in the neighbourhood were

soon exhausted, and more by way of experiment than out of persuasion that the animal would eat

it, some small pieces of fresh beef were placed before it; to our greatest astonishment it ate the

meat with avidity, and has since been chiefly fed on fresh beef and fish. We observed that in the

course of three weeks it evacuated only twice, and then very copiously ; this was likewise the case

with the young one; and before I noticed the same circumstance with the adult, I thought its

death was partly caused by constipation.” So, likewise, in Lieutenant Tickell’s Pangolin, after

it had fasted several days, ‘‘ there was a quantity of the remains of ants in its stomach, and the

rectum was full of fceces.”

The Myrmecophaga ‘‘ secretes a liquid substance, transparent like water, which drops almost

constantly out of its nostrils and mouth ; this is the more remarkable, as it used very little water.”

It does not appear that the same was noticed of the Pangolin.

The prodigious strength of both animals is sufficiently attested by the osseous and muscular

conformations subservient to its display.

Both raise themselves on the hind legs to reconnoitre ; but the Myrmecophaga exhibits the more

usual structure having reference to this habit, as it possesses plantigrade hind-soles ; while the

weightiness of the tail may be inferred to afford considerable aid to the Pangolin in enabling it to

maintain those remarkable attitudes observed by Lieutenant Tickell. While the latter crea-

ture, however, would appear to be wholly incapable of active defence, the former rises on its

haunches, and strikes with the sharp claws of one of its fore-feet at its enemy, while the other

remains pendent, and only in cases of great danger throws itself on its back, and strikes with both

fore-feet, or embraces with its fatal hug. The little two-toed Anteater has likewise been observed

to defend itself by striking with one of its fore-limbs.

The very curious little animal last noticed has been ascertained to feed on the nymphe of

arboreal Hymenoptera, which it seizes with great address by means of its nipper-like fore-claws;

and M. Schomburgh relates, of the Great Anteater, that—‘‘ It attempted frequently to take up

objects with its paws ; in which manceuvre its long claws assisted wonderfully. * is * It

climbed up the palings of its pen with great agility, never using both ofits arms at a time, but

first one and then the other; and if it had taken hold sufficiently with its claws, it raised the whole

body, and brought up the hind-feet. We may conclude from this fact upon the strength of the

muscles of its fore-limbs. The great muscle of the arm, of one which we dissected, was two inches

wide, and three-eighths of an inch thick.

456 Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

Among the specimens procured in the neighbourhood, I shall only notice

Pachysoma marginatum, which I find is of common occurrence in this vicinity.

AVES.

Lieutenant Tickell’s Birds consist of 120 specimens, which are referrible to eighty-

one species, twenty-seven of which are new to the Society’s Museum, and have ena-

bled me to identify many of those described by Major Franklin and Colonel Sykes,

(in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1831 and 1832.) I distinguish such

as are new to our Museum by an asterisk.

Paleornis Alexandrinus: female.

P: torquatus, ditto.

Falco luggur, Jerdon, ditto.

F. tinnunculus.

* Aquila Vindhiana,* Franklin, P. Z. S., 1831, 114.

* Spizatus (Vieillot) albogularis, Tickell; genus Nisdetus, Hodgson, J. A. S., V.

228. Length twenty-two inches, or rather more, of wing from bend sixteen inches,

and tail ten inches; bill over curve (including cere) one inch and three-quarters to

forehead, and one inch and five-eighths from point of upper mandible to gape; tarse

three inches, and feathered to the toes. General colour of the upper parts black,

with a shade of brown; the nuchal feathers white at base, and the occipital prolonged

to form a crest two inches and a half in length: throat, fore-neck, and breast pure

white, the sides of the last having a narrow black central streak to each feather: belly,

flanks, under tail-coverts, fore-part of the under-surface of the wings, and plumage of

the legs, deep rufous, darkest on the lengthened tibial feathers, aad streaked longitudi-

nally with black on the sides, the posterior feathers of which (under the wing) are

wholly dusky-black ; rest of the wing albescent underneath, the terminal portion of the

ptimaries, beyond the emargination of their inner vanes, barred inferiorly with black,

and chiefly on the inner vanes, the outer but very faintly so; and tail brownish above,

the central feathers darkest, and albescent like the wings on its under-surface, which

‘¢T have already remarked how fond the young one was of climbing, and this, coupled with what

I have just now related, makes me not doubt that, if circumstances should require it, they climb

trees in the wild state with the same agility.”

The mode of walking upon the knuckles, with the claws bent upwards and inwards to the leg, is

common to both genera, though confined to the fore-feet in Myrmecophaga, whereof the trenchant

claws are however better protected, being received into a groove, while a callous pad projects to

increase the surface upon which the animal treads. The fossil genera Megathertum, Megalonyx,

and Ceelodon, would appear to have advanced on the ground in the same manner as their recent allies

the Myrmecophage, being intermediate to these animals and the Sloths, and especially, it would

seem, approximating the diminutive two-toed Anteater; and as this South American group is

represented in the Old World by the Pangolins, which likewise have enormous fossil congeners,

so the other great American group of Armadilloes, with their huge fossil allies (the Hoplophorus,

Lund, vel. Glyptodon, Owen, &c.), is represented in Africa by Orycteropus; and who shall say,

when the fossil treasures of that grand continent shall have been exhumed, what mighty creatures

of the past bearing that affinity to the existing Orycteropus, which the giant Pangolins and huge

Edentata buried in other continents do to their existing analogues of the same regions, may once

more glory in the light, to uphold the classic fame of Africa as the ‘‘ land of monsters ?”

* I regret to add that this and several other specimens have since been utterly destroyed by

the Dermestes, their skins not having been poisoned, while other and poisoned skins that

were with them have totally escaped injury.—E. B.

1842.] Asiatic Society. 457

has aseries of narrow dusky bands indistinct on the outermost feathers, and succes-

sively more developed to the central; above, these bands are also seen, but obscurely :

the ear-coverts are white towards the eye, and elsewhere rufous, each feather having a

medial streak of black. ‘ Irides dark ; beak leaden-blue, its cere and base wax-yellow ;

toes yellow, and talons black,”’ the latter large and powerful. The plumage of this fine

spec men had been newly renovated, and a few of the old feathers remaining on the

wings and among the upper tail-coverts are of a moderately dark brown colour, con-

trasting with the much darker or blackish hue of what is evidently the livery of

maturity.

Circetus (Hematornis, Vigors,) undulatus, Vigors, P. Z. S., 1831, 170, and

figured in Gould’s ‘ Century,’ part 1: male and female.

Circus melanoleucos : marked female, in dress precisely resembling that of the male.

This species is not rare near Calcutta.

C. Swainsonii, A. Smith, S. Afr. Journ. 1831; C. pallidus, Sykes, P. Z. S., 1832,

80: female.

Otus brachyotus.

Ninox lugubris; Strix lugubris, Tickell, J. A. S., Il. 572; Ninow Nipalensis,

Hodgson, Madras Jl., No. XIV. p. 23.

Athene Indicus ; Noctua Indica, Franklin, P. Z. S., 1831; 115; Stria Brama,

Temminck.

* Ath. undulatus ; Strix undulata, Tickell, J. A. S., 11.572. <Ath. erythropterus,

Gould, P. Z. S., 1837, 186; Noctua perlineata, Hodgson: male and female.

Strix flammea.

* Buceros Malabaricus : two fine specimens.

*B. gingianus . two adults and a young specimen.

Coracias Indica: two specimens.

Merops viridis, v. Indicus.

* “ Bucco viridis, Gmelin; B. Zeilonicus, Latham, Brown, Zl. Zool. pl. XV.;

Kettorea, Vieillot; B. Lathami, Vieillot, Encl. Method.; B. caniceps, Franklin,

P. Z. S., 1831, 121.’ Jerdon, Madras Jl. XI. 217.

B. Indicus: two specimens.

Picus (Brachylophus) Bengalensis: male and female.

* P,. (Dendrocopus) Mahrattensis: male.

———_—_—_—_—— nanus, Vigors, P. Z. S., 1831, 172: male.

— (Meiglyptes) badius: female.

Centropus pyrrhopterus: female.

* C. lepidus, Horsfield, Lin. Trans. XII. 1807. Length fourteen inches, of wing

six inches and one-eighth, and middle tail feathers seven inches and three-quarters, ex-

ceeding the outermost by three inches and seven-eighths; bill to forehead one inch, and

to gape one inch and a quarter; tarse one inch and three-quarters; long hind claw

an inch one-eighth. General colour dark chestnut-brown above, pale fulvescent

underneath, passing into white on the throat and belly; wings principally bright

chestnut-rufous, and tail black, more or less rayed across with rufous. The plumage

+ I have recognized this species from Dr. McClelland’s drawing of an Assamese specimen

transmitted to the India House, and referred by Dr. Horsfield to this species ; the description above

referred to being insufficient for the purpose.

458 Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

of the upper-parts, to the inter-scapularies and scapularies inclusive, and of the lower

parts to the breast inclusive, is of the usual character in this genus, having rigid and

pointed shafts, which are yellowish-white, contrasting on the upper parts with a

dusky border; while the feathers on the hind-part of the back, rump, and on the belly,

are short and downy : scapularies indistinctly barred with dusky, as also the feathers on

the sides of the neck and breast, the bars on these being contracted into spots: sides,

tibial plumes, and under tail-coverts, fulvescent-white, and more distinctly barred

with black. The specimen described is a young male, which had nearly assumed the

adult plumage, but has a few feathers of the juvenescent garb remaining; the adult

primaries and secondaries are thus shown to be uniform chestnut-rufous, while the

immature are barred with black ; and the adult tertiaries only differ from the pri-

maries in being tinged with dusky: tail black, with a slight green shine, and tipped

with whitish, the uropygials and upper coverts barred with rufous: rump dusky,

tipped with rufescent and whitish, and belly pure white. ‘‘ Irides carmine. Bull light

horn: and legs dark leaden-blue.”’

Macropteryx longipennis, Swainson ; Hirundo klecho, Tem.: male,

Crypsirina vagabunda.

Pastor tristis.

P. cinereus, Jerdon: two specimens.

*Edolius cerulescens.

Lanius Hardwickii.

Graucalus Papuensis; G. Nipalensis, Hodgson, ‘ Indian Review,’ I. 327: male

and female.

Pericrocotus (Phenicornis, Sw.) princeps : a male and two females.

Muscicapa melanops, Vigors, P. Z, S., 1831, 171, and figured in Gould’s Century,

plate VI.

M. cerulea, Vieillot ; M. occipitalis, Vigors, P. Z. S., 1831, 97: female, being the

M. ceruleocephala, Sykes, P. Z. S., 1832, 85,

*M. picata, Sykes, P. Z. S.. 1832, 85: two males. This species is erroneously

identified by Mr. Jerdon with the M. hirundinacea, Reinwardt, v. M. obscura,

Horsfield, Lin. Trans. XIII. 146, and figured by him in the ‘ Zoological Researches

in Java’; but the latter is at once distinguished from it by having no white on the

Wings, nor on the sides of the neck; neither are any of its tail-feathers white-tipped.

The African M. picata of Swainson was subsequently so named, and must conse-

quently receive another appellation. :

* M. Poonensis, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, 85.

* Muscicapa (?) superciliaris, Jerdon, Madras Journal No. XXVI. 16; Dimorpha

albogularis, Nobis, ante, p. 190.

*Hirundo filifera, Stephens; AH. filicaudata, Franklin, P. Z. S., 1831, 115;

Wire-tailed Swallow of Latham. .

Ixos jocosus : male and female.

—— pusillus; Haematornis (Sw.) pusillus, Nobis, Report for last September, J,

A, S., X. 841: male and female.

Chloropsis aurifrons, Jardine and Selby ; Chi. cesmarhynchos, Tickell, J. A. S. IL.

577: two specimens marked female, and not differing in plumage from the adult male,

further than that there is less yellow surrounding the black of the fore-neck. This

handsome species is no despicable songster, and lives and sings well in confinement.

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 459

fora typhia; I. scapularis, Horsfield ; Motacilla subviridis, Tickell, J. A. S.

II. 577.

* Parus xanthogenys, Vigors, P. Z. S., 1831, 92, and figured in Gould’s ‘ Century,’

pl. XXIX, fig. 1.

*P. Nipalensis? Hodgson, Ind. Rev. Il. 31 (P. cesius, Tickell) : two males.

This bird agrees minutely with Mr. Hodgson’s full description, excepting in being a

trifle smaller. Length about five inches, of wing two inches and a half, and tail two

inches and a quarter; bill to forehead (through the feathers) seven-sixteenths of an

inch, and to gape half an inch; tarse five-eighths of an inch.

* Dendrophila frontalis, Swainson.

*Sitta castaneoventris, Franklin, P. Z. S., 1831, 121, and figured in Jardine

and Selby’s ‘ Illustrations of Ornithology,’ pl. CXLV, the beak being represented much

too short : male and female; the latter having the under-parts very much paler rufous

than in the male. Although I entertain no doubt that this is the species indicated by

Major Franklin, still our Museum contains a specimen of another species to which the

Latin definition furnished by that gentleman equally applies. This latter is altogether

a stouter bird, with the bill especially much broader, and not—as in the other—distinctly

and conspicuously compressed for the basal two-thirds: length of wing three inches

and one-eighth, and of tailan inch and three-quarters; whereas in the male and female

castaneoveniris, these measurements are respectively three inches and two inches

seven-eighths, and aninch anda half. The generic markings and coloration are so

similar, that really I do notsee how the dry specimens can befurther characterized apart ;

yet a glance suffices to shew their non-identity as species, and the one now indicated is

considerably more allied to the British Nuthatch than is the other, which last displays

a close affinity with Dendrophila, not observable in that with which I am comparing

it. With respect to colour, the hues of castaneoventris are altogether softer and more

delicate, and in both sexes the grey of the upper part of the head and neck is conspi-

cuously paler than that of the back; whereas in the other, although the head and nape

are seen, on particular inspection, to be somewhat lighter than the back, this would

scarcely be noticed, unless attention were expressly directed to the observation. In

castaneoventris, the upper tertiaries are uniformly bluish-grey, and in the rest there is

no strongly marked distinction between the dusky of the inner web, and the grey

external margin; but in the other species, the external blue-grey contrasts abruptly

with the black of the internal portion of the feather, which last, too, extends over a

considerable part of the outer web, as is not the case in castaneoventris: this dis-

tinction may perhaps vary somewhat in amount of development in different speci-

mens, but I suspect will always be found to prevail more or less decidedly. In

the male S. castaneoventris, the colour of the whole under-parts, from the white

throat to the mottled under tail-coverts, is of a deep dark ferruginous; while in the

female it is not very much darker than in a British Nuthatch, having the fore-neck

and breast a sort of dull isabelline hue tinged with ferruginous, and the belly and

flanks darker and more deeply tinged with the latter. Inthe new species (sex un-

known), the fore-neck, breast, and lower parts are uniformly coloured, and much

paler than in the male castaneoventris, but deeper than in the female, being of a

dull rusty cinnamon tint, with the throat and beneath the eye white, as in the

others. Ishall venture to designate this bird S, cinnamoventris.

3 P

tt tte en i

460 | Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

A species is figured and described by Messrs. Jardine and Selby, Zi. Orn., pl.

CXLIV, as S. Himalayensis, which, if not the same, must be very closely allied to

that described by Mr. Hodgson (in Journ. As. Soc. V.779,) as S. Nipalensis* ; the

latter naturalist also describes an S. coradlina (loc. cit.), which would appear to border

closely upon Dendrophila frontalis, and there is another Dendrophila adverted to by

Mr. Swainson as D. flavipes, with which I am unacquainted. ‘These are’ all the

Indian species of the present group I as yet know of, and as many as three are now

ascertained to inhabit Europe, besides several in North America.

Oriolus Hodsonii, v. Asiatic melanocephalus : a male in mature plumage, and one

in second plumage, or that which succeeds to the nestling garb; this second dress

representing the O. McCoshii, Tickell, J. A. S., II. 577, and being generally mista-

ken for the female livery of the species.

Turdus unicolor, Gould, P. Z. S., 1837, 136, but not T. unicolor, Tickell, J. A. S.

Il. 577 ; which latter having been first bestowed, it is necessary to rename the pre-

sent species, which I therefore propose to designate T. modestus.

*T. (Oreocincla, Gould, ) parvirostris, Gould, P. Z. S.,:1837, 136: two males.

Petrocincla Manillensis (?,) ; Turdus Manillensis, Gmelin; le Merle Solitaire de

Manille, Buffon, Hist. Nat., Ois., 11. 363; P. Pandoo, Sykes, and the female P.

Maal, Sykes, P. Z. S., 1832, 87-8. Accordingly, this species would extend to the

Phillipines, Tenasserim, and Peninsular India; but I am not yet certain that the

Indian bird has ever any rufous on the under-parts. A specimen from Luconia,

which I adjudge to be a young male once moulted, has the whole upper-parts, throat,

and breast, cyaneous, tipped with dusky-brown on the crown, with greyish—across,

which passes a blackish bar—on the interscapularies, and with whitish—having a

similar black bar—on the scapularies and small wing-coverts ; throat, fore-part of the

neck, and breast, also broadly tipped with fulvous-white, having a black subterminal

cross-streak ; belly, under tail-coverts, axillaries, and fore-part of the under-surface

of the wings, deep ferruginous, the abdominal feathers broadly edged with whitish,

having a narrow black subterminal band, and above this more or less cyaneous, espe-

cially on the flanks; wings and tail dusky-black, more or less edged with cyaneous

and whitish: in this state of plumage it is the Turdus Manillensis, Gmelin. A spe-

cimen from Tenasserim, minutely agreeing inall other respects, has the feathers of the

upper-parts less bordered, the axillaries and under-surface of the wing have merely

a few slight traces of the rufous colouring, which is replaced by cyaneous, the large

under tail-coverts are partly of this latter hue, which is also considerably developed

on the abdominal feathers, and almost wholly supercedes the rufous on the flanks.

Another specimen from Tenasserim has but a very slight trace of rufous left towards

the vent and bordering the under tail-coverts, being elsewhere wholly cyaneous,

excepting the dusky black of the large wing and tail feathers, and the tips of some of

the wing-coverts, which are whitish. Finally, the Chyebassa specimen is totally devoid

of any rufous trace whatever, but has most of its clothing feathers slightly dusky-tipped,

with minute pallid extreme tips, in which condition of plumage it accords with P. Pan-

doo, Sykes. A female, being the P. Maal, Sykes, before me, (locality unknown, )

corresponds in plumage to the same sex of the Himalayan P. erythrogastra, but has

* The Society has since received S. Nipalensis from Mr. Hodgson, and it is distinct.

1842. | | Asiatic Society. 461

the upper-parts of a dingy bluish grey-brown, the large wing and tail-feathers prin-

_cipally dusky, coverts more or less whitish-edged, and under-parts mottled with whi-

tish, having a dusky black subterminal cross-band to each feather. In P. erythrogas-

tra, the deep rufous tint of the under-parts of the male is permarent and constant, but

in a very few, I have seen an additional slight rufous patch surrounded by the cyaneous

of the fore-neck.

*Motacilla variegata, Latham, Gen. Hist. VI. 320; M. picata, Franklin, P. Z. S.

183!, 119: a male in summer and another in winter plumage.

Anthus arboreus. ;

Cinnyris Mahrattensis : adult and young.

C. Sola: male.

Zosterops Maderaspatanus : two males.

* Pyrgita flavicollis : female.

* Amadina punctata : young male.

* Estrelda formosa; Fringilia formosa, Latham, Ind, Orn. I. 441, 23, as quoted in

Shaw’s ‘ Zoology,’ IX. 466: male.

Erythrospiza—? (rosea, apud Hodgson). A species very different from the #. rodo-

pepla and EL. rodochroa, figured by Gould, and which is commonly sold alive by the

dealers in Calcutta. I have now several living specimens of it. Lieut. Tickell names it

Pyrrhula roseata, but I doubt much if a prior name might not be found, although I

have myself been unsuccessful in satisfactorily determining the species. Length five

inches and three-quarters, of wing three inches and a quarter, and tail slightly fork-

ed, its outermost feathers two inches and a quarter; bill to forehead above three-

eighths of an inch, and considerably bulged ; tarse five-eighths: general colour, in

_ Winter aspect of plumage, deep ruddy on the upper parts, passing into dusky-

roseate on the forehead, rump, and upper tail-coverts; the nuchal feathers tinged

with ashy, and the dorsal margined with dusky-olive; throat and breast roseate, pal-

ing below the belly, and lower tail-coverts rosy-white; wings and tail dusky, the

feathers edged with ruddy-brown, a little albescent on the outer edge of the tips

of the tertiaries; bill and feet horny. In summer aspect of plumage the feathers

have lost their marginal edgings, the back appears greyish-brown, and the crown,

throat, fore-neck, and rump, are brilliant crimson. The female is altogether olive-

brown, paling below, and whitish on the belly; the wing-coverts and tertiaries are

tipped with pale yellowish-brown, and the clothing feathers of the upper parts,

excepting on the rump, with those of the fore-neck, breast, and flanks, are

centred darker. Song a feeble twittering, but soft and pleasing, intermediate to that

of the European Goldfinch and that of the small Redpole Linnet; the call-note much

resembles that of a Canary-bird, which group indeed this species nearly approximates

in its conformation.

Columba Javanica : an injured male.

C. (Alsocomus) puniceus, Tickell: six specimens. A splendid species of Dove,

allied to the last, and also nearly related, it would seem, to the Javanese C. lacernu-

lata of ‘Temminck ; but differing from that species, as described, by having dusky-

black upper tail-coveris, in the bill not being ‘‘ wholly black,’’? but vinaceous-purple

at base with a greenish-yellow tip, and presenting some other minor discrepancies.

Length fifteen inches and upwards, of wing eight inches and three-quarters, and tail six

ae eee wee

ai a >

462 Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

inches and a half; bill to frontal plumage three-quarters of an inch, and tarse seven-

eighths of an inch. ‘‘ Irides orange with a red outer circle ; feet dull lake.’? General

colour rich and deep vinaceous-brown, having the whole top of the head, including the

occiput, whitish-grey ; primaries and secondaries, with the coverts of the primaries,

winglet, and tail and its coverts, black, most of the large wing- feathers inclining to grey

towards their margins; rump also black, the feathers margined with glossy’ dark

amethystine-purple; interscapularies broadly edged with the same, changeable to

green, which latter predominates, while a reddish gloss prevails on the edges of the

scapularies and wing-coverts; throat paler in some specimens, and the under-parts

generally less glossy than those above.

Gallus Bankivus: male and female. The latter remarkable for bearing powerful

spurs, which is very unusual in this sex.

Francolinus vulgaris: two males and two females. Vhe Perdi« Hepburnii of

Gray, with its alleged variety, appear to me to be meant for females, or perhaps

young males, of this common species.

Pondicerianus : male and female.

*.—— Nor thie ; Polyptectron Northie, Gray and Hardwicke : female. Length eleven

inches and a, half, of wing five inches and a half, and tail three inches and five-eighths ;

bill to forehead three-quarters of an inch, and to gape seven-eighths of an inch ; tarse one

inch and ahalf. ‘‘ [rides dull orange, bill horn-coloured, legs and feet vermillion.’’

Space between the bill and eye almost nude, and deep coral-red in the dry specimen.

All the upper parts rufous-brown, with two or three black bands on each feather, beyond

the last of which the tip of the feather is less rufous; there is also a number of minute

black specks on each plume, in addition to the bands; rump and upper tail-coverts

minutely freckled; the tail-feathers chiefly blackish, with mottled rufous bars tending

to become obsolete; primaries, their coverts, and the winglet, spotless dusky; crown

blackish and subcrested; the neck olive-brown, albescent on the throat; on the lower

part of the fore-neck the feathers become rufous in the centre and tipped with black,

being laterally margined with olive-brown ; and on the breast and flanks they are bright

ferruginous with narrow black tips, somewhat like those of an English cock Pheasant ;

belly fuscous-brown, and under tail-coverts resembling the upper; wings and tail

dusky underneath. The Perdix oculea of Hardwicke and Gray would seem to be

nearly allied to this species.

Coturnia dactylisonans : three specimens.

C. textilis, Tem.: a female.

* Hemipodius Dussumieri.

Cursorius Asiaticus.

Pluvianus Goensis ; two specimens.

P. bilobus.

Limosa melanura.

Totanus ochropus.

Anastomus typus, Yem.: young.

Ardea Javanica : adult and young.

* Porzana Akool: Kallus Akool, Sykes, P. Z. S., 1832, 164.

* Mergus serrator : female.

Sterna seena, Sykes.

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 463

* Carbo albiventer, Tickell; female. Length about twenty-nine inches, of wing

eleven inches, and tail (consisting of fourteen feathers,) seven inches; bill to forehead

(in a straight line) two inches and a half, and to gape three inches and seven-eighths ;

tarse two inches and a half; longest toe and claw three inches and three-quarters.

Colour of the whole under-parts white, but apparently changing to dusky on the fore-

neck and breast ; flanks dusky brown; upper-parts dingy dark-brown, but a number

of new feathers appearing on the scapularies and shoulders of the wings, dark silvery

grey with a moderately broad black margin, analogous to what is observed in various

with whitish; bill dusky above, the rest pale; gular skin yellow, and feet and mem-

branes black.

From M. M. Liautaud (Chirurgien de Marine) and Reymoneng (Eléve) of His

French Majesty’s Corvette, the Danaide, I have to announce the presentation of

a collection of bird skins and of shells from various regions; the former consisting of,

firstly, the following European species, killed in France :—

* Alcedo ispida.

* Turdus torquatus : female.

Oriolus Galbula, ditto.

Sturnus vulgaris.

* Charadrus pluvialis.

: From Panama (Republic of New Granada),

* Tanagra episcopus.

From Chili (neighbourhood of Valparaiso),

*Turdus Magellanicus, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1830, 14; being a new locality, I be-

lieve, for this species, which is allied to the well known Robin Thrush of North

America.

From Bone Bay, in the Caroline Islands,

* Ptilinopus purpuratus, Swainson: the example of which most elegant species,

heretofore known as an inhabitant of O Tahiti, has unfortunately been denuded by

insects of the skin of the fore-part of the forehead and throat.

From Lucgonia, of the Philippines,

Petrocincla Manillensis : being the specimen before noticed in my account of the

collection of bird-skins presented by Lieutenant Tickell.

*Ceblepyris caerulescens, Nobis. Length nine inches and a half, of wing. four in-

ches five-eighths, and tail three inchesand a half ; bill to forehead (through the feathers)

fifteen-sixteenths of an inch, and to gape an inch one-eighth; tarse three-quarters of an

inch: fourth, fifth, and third primaries successively longest; outermost tail-feathers

not half an inch shorter than the middle ones. Colour of the upper parts black, the

feathers edged with bluish dusky, paler on the forehead, and inclining to greyish

on the rump; tail and greater wing-feathers wholly black; lower parts uniform

dark greyish-dusky; the tips of the outermost tail-feathers paler underneath: bill and

feet black, as are also the lores.

From Captain C. S. Bonnevie, of the Norwegian Royal Navy,—

Specimens of Lophastur*, Nobis, n. g? Allied to Pernis, but wanting the peculiar

* This may possibly be the genus Buteopernis adverted to by Mr. Jameson, in Cale, Journ, Nat.

Hist,, No. III. page. 320.

el -——-

464 Asiatic Society. [No. "125:

character of that genus, the loral feathers resembling those of most other Falconide :

beak also distinctly, though feebly, toothed; and the cere much less developed than in

Pernis : talons very feeble, and the anterior tarsal scales but semi-reticulate.’ Rest as

in Pernis, and the medial occipital feathers elongated, as in P. cristatus, Cuv., v.

Falco ptilorhynchus, Tem.,—as also in the genera Hyptiopus, Hodgson, v. Lophotes,

Lesson (pre-occupied in Icthyology), v. Lepidogenys, Gray, and Spizetus, Vieillot,

v. Nisetus, Hodgson.

*P. Jerdoni, Nobis; adult and young. Length about eighteen inches or nearly

so, of wing twelve inches and a half, and tail nine inches; bill, over forehead, including

cere, an inch and ahalf, and from point of upper mandible to gape an inch five-eighths ;

greatest vertical depth about five-eighths of an inch, and arcuation (as in Pernis) very

moderate ; tarse anteriorly one inch and three-quarters, having the upper half feathered ;

middle toe and claw two inches, the latter barely exceeding three-eighths of an inch, and

hind claw little more than half an inch. Lengthened occipital feathers of a spatulate form,

and two inches and a quarter long in both specimens. Plumage of the adult, on the

upper-parts, of a hair-brown colour, each feather broadly terminated with dusky-brown,

having a fine reddish-purple gloss, which terminal portion is alone externally visible

on the back and scapularies ; primaries, secondaries, and tertiaries, crossed with a few

bars of the same, and the latter edged at the tip with whitish; tail light hair-brown,

with a broad subterminal dusky band, and three successively smaller ones, likewise

successively less distant to the base ; its extreme tip whitish : beneath, the wings and

tail are whitish-grey, with only the terminal bands as much developed as above.

Lengthened occipital plumes dull black ; and the nape and sides of the neck rufous-

brown, with a medial dusky streak to each feather, more or less developed. Lower-parts

whitish, somewhat broadly banded across below the breast with rufous-brown; the sides

of the breast rufous ; and a mesial line on the throat, fore-neck, and breast, composed.

of feathers which on the throat are almost wholly blackish, becoming less deep and

mingled with rufous on the fore-neck and breast, where laterally margined with white.

Beak horn-coloured, with a pale cere; and legs have probably been yellow. The

young merely differs in having each feather of the upper-parts slightly margined with

whitish, and those of the lower-parts are analogous to the immature plumage of the

genus Accipiter ; the mesial dark streak flanked with whitish may be traced almost

to the vent, and this is merely the same, further developed, as exists upon the throat

of a common Indian species of Accipiter, viz. A. Dussumieri, v. Dukhunensis of

Sykes. I dedicate this handsome species to a naturalist to whose persevering re-

searches students of Ornithology in this country are deeply indebted, and whose in-

vestigations, I am happy to say, now extend throughout the series of the animal

kingdom, and may be expected to add considerably to our information on the Zoology

of India.

Picus leucogaster, apud Horsfield, Catalogue of Javanese Birds prefixed to

‘ Zoological Researches in Java’: P. Javensis, Horsfield, Lin. Trans. XILI. 175; but

not P. leucogaster, Reinwardt, apud Bory, Dict. Class. @ Hist. Nat. XIII. 507, if

the size be there correctly stated; the breast, too, is described as ‘‘ noire, rayée de

roussatre,’’ but this may be the case in some specimens, as a few of the pectoral

feathers of a female in the Society’s Museum have slight rufous-white edgings, and

the colouring of the female bird is otherwise correctly enough described by M. Bory.

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 465

Dr. Horsfield strangely describes the P. pulvereniulus, Tem., as the female of this

species, but we now possess both sexes, and the female only differs from the male in

having no crimson moustache, nor on the crown but only on the occiput. This fine

species is closely allied to the P. Hodgsonii, Jerdon, Madras Journ. vol. XI. 215, and

there admirably figured, but is not quite so large, having the wing but eight inches

and ahalf, and tail but six inches and a half, and it differsin having scarcely any trace of

white above the tail, but only a narrow incomplete cross-band just above the coverts ;

there is also a very slight lateral margining of this colour to the feathers of the throat,

and to the posterior ear-coverts; and the wings inside anteriorly, with the axillaries, are

also white; the white of the belly being somewhat deeply tinged with fulvous. The

present and our previous specimen are both from Bengal. A much injured skin from

Tenasserim has considerably more white about the croup, thus further resembling the

magnificent P. Hodgsonii: and I make no doubt that the so called Picus maximus

Malayensis, described by Dr. W. Bland in J. A. S. II. 952, refers to no other; the

colouring exactly corresponds, if fudvescent be read for ‘ yellow’’ on the belly and

under wing-coverts; but the dimensions there assigned considerably exceed those of

our specimens.

Gracula religiosa.

* Vanga cristata, Vieillot, badly figured in Griffith’s Animal Kingdom, VI. 486.

Euplocomus erythropthalmos : female.

Captain Bonnevie being desirous of putting this Society in communication with the

Collegium Academicum of Christiana, for the purpose of exchanging duplicates of

Indiam specimens for such as could be procured for us in the North-west of Europe,

I have gladly assented to his request by sparing for that body certain duplicate Zoolo-

gical specimens, for the most part procured in this immediate neighbourhood, and not

required for the Museum of the Hon. Company in London; and I have also furnished

him, at his kind request, for transmission to the Norwegian institution, with a list

of such desiderata procurable in Northern Europe, as would enrich and add much to the

interest of our own Museum.

From J. J. Athanass, Esq.,

Phenicopierus ruber: a beautiful adult specimen of this Flamingo, forwarded

alive from the Upper Provinces, and which reached us before life was quite extinct,

and consequently in a favorable condition for being properly mounted, its plumage

being uninjured, with the exception of the wings.

Also skins of

Gypactos barbatus, Storr; considered by Captain Hutton to be a distinct species—

G. Himalachanus, J. A. S. III. 22, but which I agree with Mr. Hodgson (Jbid. IV.

458,) in inclining to regard as that found in Europe and North Africa, the more

especially as among the drawings of the late Sir Alexander Burnes, I find one of a

specimen devoid of the dark pectoral cross-band, which Captain Hutton presumes to

be characteristic of the Lammergeyer of the Himalaya: a splendid adult.

Circetus undulatus.

From Dr. Pearson,

** Accentor Himalayanus’’ ? * ; vide J. A. S., ante, 187.

* Distinct from two species of Accentor recently forwarded to the Society from Nepal by

Mr, Hodgson,

466 Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

From David Ross, Esq.,

An egg of the Cassowary ( Casuarius galeatus ).

From J. P. Hampton, Esq.,

Plotus Vailiaintii v. melanogaster: the Oriental Anhinga. A magnificent adult

male, in finest possible condition of plumage. The anatomy of this bird I only very

cursorily examined, from pressure of other occupation, and rather regret that I did not

put the body aside in spirits; though I doubt not I shall soon obtain others, as L

understand the Anhinga is not rare within a few miles of Calcutta. However, the

general conformation of the soft parts was essentially that of the Cormorants, as might

be anticipated ; the capacious stomach possessed the accessory sac (analogous to that of

the Crocodile) found in other Totipalmati, Cuv.; the intestines were long and furnish-

ed with the two small ceca usual in this group; and the sternal apparatus, which has

been preserved, is absolutely similar to that of a Cormorant.

From J. L. H. Gray, Esq. I have the pleasure to record the donation of skins of a

very fine pair of

Argus giganteus, ‘Tem. : male and female ; and one of

* Phaeton ——--—— ? or Tropic bird ; species undetermined.

From Mr. J. Keirnander,

* Aptenodytes Patachonicus: Patagonian Penguin; the brightly coloured portion

of the fore-neck and breast.

From

Borradaile, Esq.,

Strix flammea: the common Barn Owl of Europe, which is of very frequent

occurrence in Bengal : a living specimen, since dead and added to the Museum. _

From E. B. Ryan, Esq., two living Hawks; viz.

Elanus melanopterus ; and .

Circus rufus : both mounted in the Museum.

From Lieut. Phayre, through Dr. McClelland,

Ardea purpurea: the common Purple Heron ; a specimen from Arracan.

' Among the Birds procured in the neighbourhood, or from the dealers, I may briefly

notice—

Paleornis Alexandrinus, v. nipalensis, Hodgson, As. Res. XIX, 177: young

male, purchased.

P. Malaccensis : ditto.

* Lorius ornatus, Stephens : ditto.

* Falco tinnunculoides, Vem. : adult female.

Circus rufus v. eruginosus.

C. Swainsonii, v. pallidus.

C. melanoleucos.

Cuculus fugax, Horsfield, v. C. Lathami, Gray : a good series.

C. canorus : the true British Cuckoo, which | have now living in a cage.

Phenicura atrata.

* Budytes citreola ?

* Coturnia textilis.

Grus cinerea.

Parra Indica : adult and young, which latter totally wants the conspicuous white

eye-streak of the adult, and is otherwise so different, that until I obtained a specimen

in a state of change, [ rather inclined to doubt their specifical identity.

5. ae

1842.] Asiatic Society. 467

Dendrocygna major, Jerdon.

Tadorna Bellonii v. vulpanser, Auct ; the European Shieldrake, of which this is

the second specimen I have met with in the bazaar; and lastly, I shall only further

mention

Glareola torquata ; the Collared Pratincole : a specimen of which I had the good

fortune to procure alive, leading me at a glance to perceive its true affinities, which

heretofore had constantly puzzled me, in common, I believe, with every student of

Zoology who has bestowed attention on the classification of Birds. Linnzus arranged

this bird as Hirundo pratincola ; and Baron Cuvier included its genus among his

Echassiers or “ Stilt birds;’’ viz. the Gradlatores, or ‘‘ Waders’’ of modern English

systematists, remarking—‘‘ Nous terminerons ce tableau des échassiers par trois genres

qu’il est difficile d’associer 4 d’autres, et que l’on peut considerer comme formant —

séparément de petites familles.’” The three genera adverted to are Chionis, Glareola,

and Phenicopierus ; which are associated also by M. Temminck in his heterogeneous

assemblage of odds and ends, styled by him Aleciorides. Now, of these three genera,

the first, or that of the Sheathbill (Chionisy, has been satisfactorily referred by M.

Blainville, on anatomical data, to the immediate proximity of Hematopus, an associa-

tion of which the propriety is readily seen when once suggested*, and on similar data

I have long been satisfied that the Flamingoes (Phenicopierus) should be ranged

among the Lamellirostres or Anatidee, a position which has also been assigned to them

by Mr. Swainson: this latter author, in common with most of the recent British

writers on Ornithology, has referred the Pratincoles to the Charadriade, or

Plover family, associating them more immediately with Cursorius; but Mr.

Jenyns (in his British Vertebrata), really as if selecting the most ouwtré posi-

tion he could find, has included this genus in his Rallidet! There, too, Mr.

Yarrell (in his ‘ British Birds’) has followed him in grouping it; but this natural-

ist was so fortunate as to obtain an egg of our present species, which he has figur-

ed, and remarks that ‘‘the Pratincole has been arranged by some authors with the

Swallows, by others near the Rails: but I believe, with Mr. Selby, that it ought to be

included in the family of the Plovers; and had I known its Plover-like habits and

eggs sooner, I should have arranged it between Cursorius and Charadrius.’ ‘The fi-

gure of the egg which he has given, however, appears to me to accord still better with

- my view of the affinities of this genus. Several years ago, Mr. Gould called my at-

tention to the fact that the Collared Pratincole had a slightly pectinated middle claw,

and suggested to me whether, after all, the great Swedish naturalist was not right, at

least in bringing this bird among the dnsessores Fissirostres of Vigors; but at that

time I inclined to hold a different opinion, and so far as the structure in question is

concerned, that alone could scarceiy influence the systematic position of the genus, as

it occurs in widely separated familiest; and as I have further always held the opinion

* Allied to Chionis are the remarkable genera Attagis, d’Orbigny, and Tinochorus, Vieillot, from

_ the South American Cordilleras, and the anatomy of these equally refers them to the same system-

atic station. Vide Zoology of the Voyage of the Beagle under Captain Fitzroy.

+ I need not ask what character it has in common with the Rails, but rather what it has not in

direct and obvious opposition to them?

t EZ. g., in many Caprimuigide, Ardeade, and Pelicanide ; its intent being apparently to cleanse

the rictus from such fish-scales, &c. as may adhere thereto, or, in the instance of the Caprimulgide,

to detach the legs of beetles which may ditch, and thus impede the bird’s swallowing them.

3 Q

468 Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

that the Pressirostres and Longirostres of Cuvier (corresponding to the Charadriade

and Scolopacide of modern English systematists) composed but a single great series,

essentially distinct from the Cultrirostres, Cuv. (vel Gruide et Ardead@), which the

illustrious French zoologist interposed between the former, an analogous conforma~-

tion was not wanting in that series, as instanced by the Black-tailed Godwit (Limosa

melanura), while no trace of it occurs in the Bar-tailed Godwit (L. fedoa). Examin-

ing, however, the entire foot of a recent Pratincole, it will be seen that the resem-

blance it bears to that of Caprimulgus extends to the peculiar scutation, to the gene-

ral form of the toes, and especially to the circumstance of the back-toe being

directed inward; and whoever has witnessed the creeping gait of a British Moth-hunter

(Caprimu/gus) on the ground, will not fail to recognise in that of the Pratincole

an exact similarity : moreover, many species of Caprimulgus have the tarse, as much

elongated as in Glareola, and I have been informed that certain of these assemble

numerously on the mud flats near the shores of some of the West India Islands, where

their habits would appear to resemble those stated of the Pratincoles. The mode of

flight, too, of the latter is absolutely that of the Moth-hunters, and not by continuous

flappings, as in all the Charadriade. But what first led me to perceive the affinity

which this genus bears to Caprimulgus, was the expression of the physiognomy of the

living bird, as I held it in my hand, and, to descend to particulars, the semi-tubulate

form of its nares, and downward curvature of the short bill seen alike in both, though

the latter is so much larger and stouter in Glareola; then, looking to the feet, the

similitude was at least equally striking, while the form of the wings and tail, and mode

of flight, were such as might be expected to occur in a diurnal modification of the family

Caprimulgide, and together with the wide gape helped to remove this genus from the

grallatorial order altogether. Even the egg, as figured by Mr. Yarrell, has not the

pointed form at one end, characteristic of those of the Snipe and Plover series ; but

would appear to resemble nearly that of a Caprimulgus, in shape as well as in mark-

ings. On the other hand, the discrepancies of Glareola with any of the varied forms

of nocturnal Caprimulgide* are sufficiently obvious externally, while internally there

are some very strongly marked differences ; such as the configuration of the sternum,

which is doubly emarginated posteriorly, and otherwise more approximates the form of

this important portion of the skeleton of the Charadriada, while the tongue also is

broad and flat, with a thin serrated tip, and the muscular coat of the stomach is consi-

derably developed,—particulars at variance with the type of Caprimulgide, but which

I only now briefly advert to, since I have not lately procured an example of the latter

family with which to institute an anatomical comparison. Upon the whole, I have

arrived at the opinion that the Pratincoles are more nearly related by affinity to Capri-

mulgide than to any other family in the class, but [ hesitate as to whether they should

be actually included therein, though, if so, I think that they should be regarded as at

least constituting a very distinct sub-family, apart from the nocturnal genera, and thus

I incline provisionally to arrange them.

REPTILIA.

All that I have to notice, in this class, among the donations of the past month, con-

sist of two specimens of Testudo geometrica, very young, which were packed with the

* Caprimulgus, Gigotheles, Podargus, Steatornis, Nyctibius.

1842. | Asiatic Society. 469

other specimens received from Lieutenant Tickell ; and a small banded Gymnodac-

tylus, from Afghanistan, nearly allied to a species formerly transmitted to the Society

by Lieutenant Tickell from Midnapore, and for which we are indebted to Dr. Thom-

son. This I shall characterize when I come to notice certain others of the Gecko

tribe, which I am now trying to collect.

PIscEs.

For the only specimen of a Fish, the Society is under obligation to Dr. Spry, who

has presented us with a small recent example of Zygana laticeps, Cantor, (‘ Quar-

terly Journal of the Calcutta Medical and Physical Society,’ for July, 1837, p. 316,

and beautifully figured at p. 318): it was taken in the Hooghly.

Mo.Luusca.

The interesting series of Chusan Shells presented by Dr. Cantor to the Society,

have already been enumerated in his letter, and accordingly need only here to be

thus briefly mentioned.

Those presented by M. M. Liautaud and Reymoneng, consist of the following

species, of which such as are marked with an asterisk, bear the names with which

those gentlemen have favored me: in determining some of the others, I have received

the kind assistance of Dr. Cantor :—

From Toulon,

* Natica castanea.

* Helix variabilis.

* Pupa cinerea (Mink ?)

* maculata.

* Cyclostoma maculatum,

From Algiers,

* Bulimus decollatus, Draparnaud.

From Teneriffe,

Caracolla pyramidal.

From Acupulco, Mexico,

Fissurella —— ?

From Panama,

Bulimus —— ?

From Guayaquil, Equatorial America,

* Bulimus depuna, Sowerby (?)

From Monte Video,

Planorbis ——- 2

From Lima,

* Physa Peruviana, Sowerby.

From the Sandwich Islands,

Bulla fasciata, Lamarque.

From Bone Bay, Ascension Island (of the Carolines),

Bulimus —— ?

From the Phillipines,

Bulimus gracilis, Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (n. s.), VII. 458, and pl. XL,

fig. 6; being the third or white variety described by that naturalist; Luconia.

470 Asiatic Society. [No. 125.

Helix gigantea : Lugonia.

Hi. polychroa, Sowerby, P. Z. S., 1841, 87, subgenus Cochlogena, de F.; Bulimus

virido-striatus, Lea, loc. cit., ante, p. 406, and pl. XI. fig 2.

Hi, luteo-fasciata, Lea, Ibid. p. 462, and pl. XII. fig. 13, but of a less flattened

form than is there represented; Puerto Galera.

Cyclostoma Woodianum, Lea, Ibid. p. 465, and pl. XII. fig. 1.

Mytilus —— ? (Brackish water. )

From J, G. Heatley, Esq., I have the pleasure to acknowledge the presentation of

a large and interesting collection of Shells, chiefly marine, procured from both the

Asiatic and Australian shores of the Indian Ocean. The number of species comprised

in this collection is far too great for me to attempt a catalogue of them on the present

occasion. .

INSECTA. me

A valuable box of Insects, collected in Afghanistan, and especially interesting from

the attention which has been alike bestowed on all the orders, has been presented to

the Society by Dr. Thomson. The general character of these, I may briefly remark,

and as may be supposed, is European, with an admixture of tropical forms, analogous

to those found on the Himalaya. A variety of British species occur, and among the

very few Lepidoptera sent, are included the extensively distributed Cynthia cardui,

little Polyommatus Alexis verus, which the Society also possess from Kumaon,

Hipparchia Megera, of which also we have a Kumaon example, other species of

this group—one common in the vicinity of Calcutta, and a handsome white-bordered

species allied to H. Semele,—a Thecla, which appears to be the European Beetica

figured by Boisduval, Thestia Pirene, Sphinx convolvulus, the domestic Bombyx mori,

and five or six other species undetermined. The number of Hymenoptera, Coleoptera,

Orthoptera, and even Diptera, as well as Hemiptera, is considerable ; but I cannot at

present do more than notice them thus generally and briefly.

Again congratulating the Society upon the extraordinary number of donations with

which it has been lately favored, indicative of the rapidly increasing interest taken in

its Museum, and which, it may readily be conceived, has found me pretty ample

employment in determining so many species as have been enumerated, not to mention

various others, it now only remains to subscribe myself,

i sea

Your most obedient Servant,

Epwarp Biytu.

Accompanying plate Figs. 1, 2, 3, Skull of undescribed Bos, from the Keddah

Coast, in the London United Service Museum (vide p. 447); 4, occipital view of

Gaour’s Skull; 5, Horns of the Banteng, or Wild Ox of Java (p. 446); 6, Head of

Cervus niger, Blainville, from one of the late Dr. Buchanan Hamilion’s draw-

ings.—E, B.

Museum of Economic Geology.

Read the following report of the Superintendent of the Museum of Economic Geo-

logy on a specimen of Limestone, from Darjeeling, referred to the Museum by

Lieut. Broome, and his report on the Museum for April, 1842.

sic cea tet

atin

i i ~ ~~

1842.] i Asiatic Society. 47)

H. Torrens, Esa.

. Secretary, Asiatic Society.

S1r,—I have to report upon the specimen of limestone from Darjeeling referred to the Museum

by Lieutenant Broome, that it is a very pure stalagmitic limestone, containing ninety-eight

per cent. of pure carbonate of lime, the remainder consisting of traces of iron, minute portions of

silex, and some animal and vegetable matter, to which its colour is owing. K

2. On a large scale, the produce may be somewhat lessif it is found that fragments of other

rocks are imbedded in it ; ours having one or two small fragments of common serpentine; but this

will make but little difference in its value as a useful limestone.

8. As this is so very pure, and differs so much from the kunkurs in appearance, and by the

absence of silex and iron, I have called it a stalagmitic limestone. If found in a cave, it is possible

the original rock may not be far off, and that organic remains will be found beneath the floor of the

cavern: both should be carefully searched for.

a I am, Sir,

Your obedt. servt.

Calcutta, 4th May, 1842. H. FippinerTon,

Superintendent, Museum Economic Geology.

Report of the Superintendent of the Museum of Economic Geology for the

month of April.

Museum Economic Geology.—We have nothing to report here for the present month, it being use-

less to undertake any arrangement when we should have to break it up again in the approaching

removal of our cases to the rooms downstairs which are to be appropriated to them, and these

must first undergo considerable repairs.

I have drawn up a Circular, explaining in a popular style the beneficial objects of the institution,

with its wants, which our Secretary has sent to the Press, and I hope it will be ready to be sub-

mitted at our next meeting.

Geological and Mineralogical Departments.—We continue our arrangements here, and I am glad

to report amongst them, that after a persevering search, the recovery of sixty-eight specimens out of

seventy-seven, comprising the splendid and unique chronological series of Lavas from Vesuvius,

from the Cabinet of the King of Naples, which was presented to the Society by our late President

the Honorable Sir Edward Ryan. The catalogue of this series, with a translation, is in the hands of

the Printers, In anticipation also of our now receiving Captain Herbert’s catalogues from Mr.

Batten, I have commenced arranging his series according to their numbers. I am also pro-

ceeding with the large Geological series mentioned in my last.

Museum Economic Geology.—The donations have been two bottles Sulphur water from the White

Sulphur springs of Greenbriar County, Virginia, by the Agricultural Society.

A specimen of the best German Lithographic Stone, from Messrs. Ballin and Co.

Geological and Mineralogical.—A specimen of silicified wood from Van Diemen’s Land; and

A stalagmitic ball from Chirra Poonjee, from F. Heatley, Esq.

‘ ; H. PIDDINGTON,

30th April, 1842. Superintendent, Museum Economic Geology.

For these Presentations and Contributions the thanks of the Society were accorded.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

A few Instructions for Insect Collectors.* By V.'Trecear, Esa.

Entomological collections are now-a-days rather numerous in India,

and would be more so, if the mode of preserving insects were generally

known. There are many better qualified than myself to give in-

structions on the subject, but as the few directions I am able to give

may be useful, I do not hesitate to offer them for the Journal. Inde-

pendent of its scientific value, a well-preserved collection of insects

is an object of attraction and interest to the most apathetic; the

elegance and brilliancy of colouring, in some equalling the rainbow

hues of the most beautiful birds; and the ‘‘ shapeless” shape of others,

in which they exceed, perhaps, the most fantastic formed monsters

of the deep, with the wonderful variety of both colour and form,

create those agreeable sensations of surprise and admiration, which

constitute a large portion of the feeling called pleasure. Such a collec-

tion is not to be formed without trouble and attention, and if the

necessary share of the former be bestowed on the first preparation and

setting up, but little will be subsequently required. The great annoy-

ances are damp and insects; the former is avoided by making the

cases of dry wood, well varnished, or painting them in dry weather,

* There is a paper ‘‘ On the preservation of objects of Natural History,’’ in the 4th

vol. of the Journal of the Asiatic Society, by Dr. Pearson, an excellent authority on

all such subjects.

No. 126. New Ssrtes, No. 42. 3k

474 A few Instructions for Insect Collectors. [No. 126.

and keeping them in a dry place; attacks of the latter are prevented

by the application of arsenical soap, and having a quantity of camphor

constantly in the cases; but this last is an expensive article as it readily

evaporates, and some cheap and efficient substitute is a desideratum.

The articles a collector must be supplied with are, pins, arsenical

soap, a pair of fine pointed scissors, a lot of bristles from a large paint-

ing brush, a solution of lac in spirits of wine, a hand net, a collect-

ing box, a drying box, and glazed preserving cases.

The pins are made expressly for the purpose in England, France, and

Germany, and are, there, very cheap; their sizes are various, from one

inch and a half to three inches long, and of corresponding thicknesses ;

they are absolutely necessary, for the common pins are too short even

for middling sized insects, and too coarse for smaller ones; another

great advantage in the proper pins is, their allowmg the insects to

be kept at a distance from the bottom of the box, by which they are

removed somewhat from damp, and placed out of reach of any insects

which may breed in the lining.

Arsenical soap is easily made according to the recipe given in

Dr. Pearson’s paper. [Vide p. 478,] I have made it with native soap,

which if of good quality, loses its offensive smell when mixed with the

other ingredients.

The bristles are very useful for strengthening such insects as from

slenderness would be liable to break, and for joining broken legs

or antenne ; for the latter purpose a bristle dipped in the lac solution

is inserted lengthwise into one of the pieces, leaving enough to go

similarly into the other piece, the rest is cut off, and then the two

jomed together. For large insects a slip of bamboo peel is better,

as being stronger, and in some cases cotton must be wrapped round it

to give the size and shape of the body. I would generally advise

the use of one or the other.

The lac solution is made by pouring on the pounded lac a quantity of

strong spirits of wine, and placing it in the sun (close corked) till

dissolved ; it should be thick, and is useful in joining broken insects,

and fastening on limbs.

The net is of gauze, eighteen inches long, and sewn on a wire or

rattan ring one foot diameter, the handle of any convenient length.

The collecting box which I use is thirteen inches by eleven, and three

1842. | A few Instructions for Insect Collectors. 475

inches deep, a pane of glass forming the front, and divided in two

by a partition, which is again crossed by two others, making six divi-

sions in all, each having a door one inch in diameter, closed by a disc

of copper which swings on a small screw; each division opens behind

also, to remove the contents, the door there being the whole size of the

division. A box with many partitions is also very useful for sending

to a distance, allowing each insect to be kept by itself, preventing their

injuring each other, which they would do if many were jumbled to-

gether. It is a very bad plan to let the native collectors pin the insects

as they catch them, for it is sure to be ill done, and moreover, as little

pain as possible should be inflicted.*

Any box will do to dry the insects in, provided it excludes light and

ants, the former having a very injurious effect on colours, particularly

of Lepidoptera, which lose much of their brilliancy even from com-

mon daylight, and the cases containing them should therefore be

kept covered. ‘The form of cabinet is a matter of taste, but I think

none will be found better than the one contrived by Dr. Pearson,

for the Museum of the Asiatic Society. When open, it shews four per-

pendicular rows of boxes; of these two rows are in the body of the

cabinet, and one row in each of the doors, the latter being made

deep enough to receive them; when shut, the boxes in the doors face

the others, and thus light and dust are excluded, and the contents of

the whole exhibited at once when required. The individual cases may

be of any convenient size ; my own are twenty-two inches by sixteen and

three quarters, and half an inch deeper than the longest pin; the top

half fits into the bottom by a rebate three-quarters of an inch broad,

* A word or two on the “ cruelty”? of which Entomologists are accused. If by that

word is meant ‘‘ infliction of pain,’’? I must plead guilty, but who are the accusers?

Surely not you, my good Sir, who boast of the forty brace of snipe, or the fifty ditto

quail have fallen before you. Nor you, my dear Madam, who, since this day last year,

have delivered to the tender mercies of the cook, heaven only knows how many times

365 sheep, ducks, geese, fowls, &e. &c.—‘* Oh! but that was necessary’’—Indeed !

‘* we'll argue the point’’ some day, or if my accuser be of Wordsworth’s ‘‘ creed,”’

That every flower

Enjoys the air it breathes ;

then are we equally guilty ; for believe me, the fragrant rose which Chloe received with

such a smile and blush—did, when you plucked it,

Feel a pang as great

As when a giant dies.

476 A few Instructions for Insect Collectors. [No. 126.

and the box opens at about half its depth; the sides are five-eighths of

an inch thick, and the bottom a quarter of an inch, the

former well varnished, and the latter painted, inside and

outside ; if made in dry weather no injury is to be feared

from damp. A single pane of glass is best on all ac-

counts, and when let into the top, a slip of paper should

be pasted over the edges of the box and glass, and a beading

nailed or screwed on it. ‘The bottom may be covered with cork,

(which is good, but dear,) sola, or wax; the sola is prepared in

sheets in Calcutta, and the paste used should always have some

sulphate of copper dissolved in it; wax is excellent for the purpose, but

(here) very dear. I have two boxes lined with it, and have not yet

found any “ uninvited” insects in them, while many have appeared in

those with sola; the commonest wax is the best, as its strong smell

may be in its favor, and it is cheapest. To line the box place it as level

as possible, melt the wax, and pour it through a coarse cloth; it will,

(if at a proper heat,) spread all over the box, which must be moved

as required, if not quite horizontal: one-fourth of an inch is thickness

sufficient, and all but large and heavy insects may safely be trusted

in it, even with the boxes hung against the wall.

When an insect is caught, the first operation is to kill it, which, with

all but Lepidoptera, may be performed by putting them in spirits of

wine, or into a tin box placed in boiling water; large ones may be

thrown at once into the water, which kills them instantly without

injury, but this mode is for those only of strong make and dull colours,

at least I have not ventured to adopt it with any but such. Butterflies

and moths die on pressure of the thorax below the wings, taking care

not to squeeze so hard as to burst it.

When dead they are to be cleaned, which in very many species is

best done by raising the wing cases and wings, and removing the soft

skin underneath; the whole of the entrails must be taken out, and the

shell wiped with cotton; diluted arsenical soap is now to be applied

with a camel hair brush, and some should be thrust into the thorax

and head also if possible; close the wings and elytra, and through the

right one insert a pin of fit size, bringing it out between the legs;

about half an inch of the pin must be left above the insect for the con-

venience of holding it, and the whole length should be such as to keep

‘

;

1842. | A few Instructions for Insect Collectors. 477

the legs well clear of the bottom of the box, and allow a good hold in

the ling. Those species in which the upper part of the body is expos-

ed, must be opened below, either by a longitudinal cut, or removing a

triangular piece; if the body be soft, the bristle or slip of bamboo put in

it is to be wrapped with cotton to its size and shape, and the skin care-

fully placed over it; this is particularly necessary with the Orthoptera

and Neuroptera, which, otherwise, lose very much of their natural ap-

pearance. The Coleoptera alone are pinned through the elytrum, all

others through the middle of the thorax, and there are many of every

order too minute to admit of being stuck either way. Dr. Pearson uses

a strip of quill, one end being inserted between the rings of the abdo-

men, and through the other a pin isrun; but as the quill is

liable to curl and twist, I prefer using a bristle or fine pin,

which is placed in a piece of cork, and by having the lat-

ter one inch long and quarter inch square, three or four small insects

may be put side by side on one pin; a bottle cork will

make several slips. The legs, wings, and antenne, are

to be placed in their natural position by pinning the in-

sect to a loose piece of sola, brought conveniently near the body

of the insect; the feet are fastened down by pins bent to a bayonet

shape, or by slips of card pinned over them, which latter are also

used to retain in a proper manner the wings of butterflies, &c. For

Lepidoptera, the sola to which they are temporarily attached, should

have a long hollow to receive the body, that the wings may lie

quite flat ; the upper pair in butterflies and some moths should be carri-

ed well forward to expose the whole of the lower ones, and may

be held so by fine

them. In those moths

wholly hidden by the

would recommend that

pins stuck through

whose under wings

are upper in repose, I

the former be drawn

forwards, and the latter opened so much only

as to shew the body, as in the following sketch; this i

method exhibits the natural form of the insect, as }{; |

well as the under-wings, which are often very beau- {|=

tiful.

When the insect is pinned, and its limbs properly arranged, it is to be

placed in the drying box till sufficiently rigid to allow of removal

478 A few Instructions for Insect Collectors. . Ne: “126,

to the preserving cases. I do not advise sun-drying, as it often causes

a shrivelled appearance, particularly with soft-bodied or delicate insects.

In the cabinet, they are to be kept as far from the lining as possible,

and the feet should on no account be allowed to touch it.

Insects are sometimes preserved in spirits, but I have always found

them liable to become mouldy when subsequently set up in boxes, which

however may have been from the weakness of the spirits used; when

the plan is adopted, I would advise their being cleaned out as elsewhere

mentioned. Large insects with strong mandibles should not be put

alive with others, as they will probably destroy their legs or antenne.

Practice will suggest many minutiz which I omit. The directions

given will, I am certain, be found useful to those who wish to commence

facility is soon acquired, and as the number of specimens increases,

the labour is forgotten. A few boxes full have such a satisfactory ap-

pearance, that the pursuit will certainly be carried on with redoubled

activity, and perhaps a taste for Natural History in general created,

employing pleasantly time, which may otherwise pass but heavily.

Books on Entomology are expensive. I would recommend ‘‘ Westwood’s

Text Book,” as a cheap and useful work for a novice, and Boitard’s

“* Manuel D’Entomologie,” which is an excellent aid, as it gives a descrip-

tion of some thousand species, and contains an analytical table, by means

of which the species to which any insect belongs, can be soon found.

Recipe for preparation of arsenical Soap.—As. S. Journ. Vol. iv. p. 462.

Take of Arsenic in powder, 2 lbs. White soap, 2 Ibs. Salts of Tartar,

12 oz. Lime in powder, 4 oz. Camphor, 5 oz.

Cut the soap into thin slices, and melt it in a little water or spirit of

wine over the fire; then add the salts of tartar and the lime. Take

the mixture off the fire, and add the arsenic, taking care to mix it well

by trituration in a mortar, or other convenient vessel ; and when nearly

cold, mix in the camphor, previously reduced to powder by the help

of spirit of wine. When thus made, keep the arsenical soap in a glazed

earthen pot, or a wide-mouthed bottle, and when used, dilute it with

water to the consistence of cream.

The principal materials for both the above preparations may be pro-

cured in every bazar in India.

478*

A Vocabulary of the Kunawur Languages. By Captain

GERARD, B. N. J.

The following vocabulary was found amongst some old

papers in the Society’s records, and it was deemed an act of

justice to the memory of its highly talented and industrious

author to publish it, as well as one of public and scientific

utility.

For the ethnographical importance of the study of these

various dialects, or languages, is now so well appreciated, and

the materials collected are turned to so good an account, that

it becomes a prominent duty to allow no collection of this kind,

whether well or ill executed, to remain buried; and for us

especially so, where it may relate to that highly curious subject

of research, the aboriginal languages of the various parts of

India, and their relations to the great parent stocks, towards

which the patient labours of men like the lamented W. Hum-

boldt,* are gradually tracing them. We quote with satisfaction

in this department of Oriental research to the labours of Lieut.

Leach, in the Pooshtoo Language; Lieut. Tickell on the Hos ;

Mr. Edgeworth on the Cashmiri; Dr. Campbell on the Moos-

mi and Limboos, and on the Mechi dialects; and to this

on the Kemaaon languages, all of which have enriched our

Journal within the last three years, and to the many which are

preserved in its earlier volumes. We have now in hand in

* We refer here particularly to his splendid and laborious work “ Ueber

die Kawi Sprache auf der Insel Java.”

4:79* Vocabulary of the Kunawur Languages. _[No. 126.

addition to these, a brief vocabulary of the Goand language,

from the MSS. of the late Dr. Voysey, and we trust that

the friends of science, and we will add, of humanity, (for the

knowledge of the language of the savage or the half-civilised

man is the first step to the humanizing influences of civili-

sation,) will not fail to remember that even a few hours spent in

noting down, from time to time, words of any dialect of any

tribe, may throw an invaluable light on this complex but ecu-

rious problem, and perhaps furnish one day to the political

agent, the military officer, the traveller, the trader, and the

philanthropist, the most effective means of forwarding, each

in their sphere, the power, the knowledge, the wealth, or the

moral influence of our noble father-land.

479

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

184

‘sarsooy‘d ‘aaysny‘g

‘ajaq-oyoy

‘sunyyg

“901YSq

‘oI

"20

‘odynyg

‘ou.

‘sunyzy

Soy;

‘ayOg

‘oulsuns ‘Suseyg

‘edg

“oyoy

‘sody

‘oody

“OUT

“OUoTAT

“SUNYO-s918 7]

‘dunyo-aarsny‘g

"yeTOX

‘eydoyy)

“eur y)

“Boy “edy

“COAMSUNATHS TL

ee o- ‘oosy

ee ee “e[O0g

‘008003 “ezood ‘ooqoo 7

‘sainoyo ‘aauoour ‘owlog

‘uoyyoya “efood ‘aay

ee eo ° BC) /\i

‘“odyopurur ‘odynyg

Se ss un

= “dunyze ‘aoqy

= as ‘00300

‘oulsuns ‘owe

‘ousu0} ‘ourou ‘aayzy

= oh ‘ON

‘OYZV

‘vady

“OULOIT

“QUA TT

* ‘oosooyo ‘eured ‘omog

re “eyoo0g

“QOUOOT[

‘ody.seq

“BUI ()

‘oose ‘no ‘edy

‘UVIUVT, XO VAELON

= ‘0999

se ‘ekq-ayy

a! ‘ounyo

‘SouLYsTyD)

‘souLdUNOY ‘soy

ie ‘O0IN

os ‘odynyg

as “OUR NT

ee “eUlOJy

eS “Ooly

Cary ‘qovdg

‘sdudar ‘oody

ee ‘ekg

‘aye ‘oyoy

= ‘sopoog

‘M099 J,

"* Q200p00q

= O49L,

‘JowWsoyo ‘auasy9

‘sunyg

‘sek “ren

ee “yorqd

= “eu ()

“equa

[NVHOTIT

‘sabonbunry unnnuooy ay) fo hanjnqnoo, fr

ee ‘OTR

oars ee ‘suonelayy

= ; ‘PIO

ee ee “UBULO AA

ee ee URI

ee e- ‘puryyueyy

: “AC Ul-1oyOIg

‘juny [euslojeg

‘OWTp [BULa}ePWy

‘epouy) [eurayeg

‘0}4Ip Jasuno X

= “TO4STS TOPTY

sf ‘0}4Ip Josuno X

ais ‘IaYJOIG JOpypy

= ‘OF4Ip [BUIOeIT

‘Teyjowpuriy [eustozeg

= ‘0}4Ip [eUIoze Ay

‘TOYZeJPUL.LL) [eUutazeg

a “* Tayysneq

ee ee ‘Uog

‘OFLM.

‘pueqsnyy

a aye “OO

‘eae ao yey

"HSITON

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

HEC OTL

“edyeyy

‘uooduioz “ysIq

‘Qo1epwWloyY

“eS NUpIy yy

‘gosleq ‘ooTeunyy

“eduooyp ‘edey

‘odyooys ‘snja07

“sousueyg

‘snqze

“uISng,

‘sunureyg

Teoy’sng Ly,

areal

-undsuoy)

“snIeuog

“SUNULOCT

‘Sunweyg

‘SIO

OOIW J,

‘duo0y yy

“oUNYSyeY

“Buooys “Ysnysyery

“Un

° a Kr €

GANSUNAAH,

as ‘aoyZiey “eqqnyy

ee ‘Qayosuooy’ TF,

pe ‘anyey ‘uoodsuoz ‘uooyTeyy

“3 ‘s ‘UIZeN]

“+ ‘uoduitz ‘us0wl7z

‘ouleg

Es “eyyog

ae ‘Tne08 < te)

‘eduooyo ‘oqv'T

ay -* ‘uns0AI0N

ee . ‘oupiyqy

‘snieyo ‘ese, ‘oquo'y

‘eoop ‘odyni “aAstp]

“eq‘aoyy “aaqaayG

‘odyop ‘soyzsoo'7

‘undsuoy)

‘OZ[OOJ

‘e1eVd ‘O07

ee “eqaoy gd

; ‘ossulyg

ie “OOI€ J,

‘edjon

ee ee ‘oumussyS

"* ‘oduseys ‘oquea,y,

ee oe ee ‘Ouy

AVLAVY, WO VATLOH'G

° “eqqnld

ow “qYsiq

is “eajoq

‘reSynuplyy

* QayoresulN

‘QSoF]

c ee N)

oe ‘opuegd

nt ‘snjoo7

< ‘souleqd

‘snqzeyy

“‘UISnNE

‘cunweyd

* Teoy‘sag’ TL

eo. ‘sT[eg

“elOg

‘snIvuog

-* Sumute cy

‘sunweyg

oe e 8 °° SIIO

‘OOIB T,

qo e- ‘sySu00yy

ee * QounysyNny

“ysnysyey

‘YOUuoojy

"NVHOTIJAL

ee ee *10}90q

oe ** Jojyord1aquy

* *JaeZzZNM IO IBIZA

ee ee ‘yoog

oe ee ‘IOPVA

Sek °* “JaurUINIG

* ‘gym s Jojodun1y,

‘rojodwn17,

ee ‘QARTS

"* QueaIeg

aN “I9qSe]l

‘UeW JeoIS Y

"* QseTIIA @ Jo JoryO

= "* “Feppoypuery

oe ee ‘19410

‘I9YOJCI-pPIIG

ee ae 0) Jaydays

ee et ‘queyolayy

"* “YaULsppoy)

** “ysraas oe Tg

‘I9AVIM IO JOYVUIOOYG

‘mosvut 10 tojuedie9g

‘uew Alay

ee “qsoyy)

‘aTemay £0731CT

‘oeul ‘IoyBVOUR]Y

‘gTeUlI

“HSITONY

48]

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

“ery

“edyooq

"BULGUION

*edooyax)

"equie’y

“eyeunz

‘uodory

“edyey‘g

“svodueg

“BW[OO(]

“UNYSTS]

"24996

‘unuIyoN’y]

"Wey

*9d[009N

spt tae

‘uodory

-edurey ‘yy

“omoyg

* SUOTAX)

‘vfoy‘ysoy “esoyvoy

"480

‘oosueg

"snyoys

“sousayovoy‘ T,

‘snloy)

’ €

TAYSUNGAH’ J,

pe “ery

es ‘edyooq

‘eooyes “eULdU00N

‘ewoodaaq “edoojax)

ee ‘equie'y

*s “epeun 7

‘uodoryT

‘TppsayZ- eIsueyy

‘seodueg

oS “eul[ood

‘Teas1OOSYI-doYsoy

‘ooqoop-oofooy,)

‘OosIY ‘-INSOy

‘eupnd-souny

‘souley T,

ee “ynjqo'y

‘uNnqoT ‘001004)

e- ‘edwey‘ yy

°* Saue ‘oumoyO

“GUOTOX)

‘WnZe T,

‘eapuoo7y

‘QYSuOL)

‘ep ‘edpnpeyyy

“UISTL “YOUN

‘eulpooy “euluo0yG

‘AVLUV], YO VAALON’G

ee ‘ooys

Su! “edsjooq

ae “eULSU99N

‘edyoojes “edoojexy

‘equiny “equie'y

on ‘eyeun 7

‘oopeyeyl

‘ey‘d

‘1o0yey‘ Y,

“a0qe(,

oe ‘unysiyy

eo. “21999

Bs ‘unwyon'y

be “Wey

“QdT009 NT

ce ‘ynqqo'y

4 ‘001004)

‘edueyy

oe ‘omoyyg

‘SUOTEX)

(‘INMBUOOY Ul 9UON)

3 ‘stToyIN)

ra “4s0q

‘oameq ‘000q ‘oadureg

‘100eeq “snij0O4S9

‘syo0TIUOG

‘snioyg

‘NVHOTIPN

(‘eJ09q) ‘poy V

‘Soyjo]O pol YIM 0731

‘OUJIP POL YILM 0931Q]

‘sdvo moped Y}IA seure’y

‘eule’y

‘AOULYIN'T

‘oapnyv yy

‘unnbnyg

‘a1daney B JO ‘“ooynYy 7,

‘2agaq

“UnY SET

ak “pjaay

‘UNWY INT

ae ‘UD

‘sureyd oy JO quezyiqeyuy

: ‘re[OYIS

“jUATIGo e Jo peo]

‘WLISTIg

‘UnN

“UO

‘ueujsod asi0py

oe ‘rev'y

ee ‘puoi

ie ‘preMoy

pee te ‘AULOUT

‘reddoq

PULL

*HSITONG

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. [No, 126.

482

"gaysoog

“90004 3]

“ey daoyy

"Imsu00g

*$}07

‘oureu “Te

“OWUR,T,

‘ood

"Udd3J

‘oud

‘OW07

"OJO7,

“owls0IG

“yed “SUX

“eT

"JOOO¥]

"0099,

‘yoy‘d ‘qoou'd

"M009

‘eUL “SURIG

“Sueleg

‘Suoje ‘Suocosuey]

‘Sunys

“WOH

“mmpng

“rey L,

. €

aAUMSHNAAH J,

‘gaysood ‘“epsed

Es ‘sou

“ey daoy

> ‘yeyd ‘eji00 J,

‘equ ‘ayoudoy

ee i ‘ered

ee ‘oor

‘uvau ‘Sud0yf

ee ares “ONT

ee ee ‘OUl07

‘OqOZz ‘07

‘oulso(]

‘Sek ‘Yyea

‘euley =e

coqeyy

= 099} “OJ,

‘oduog ‘ooul00g ‘U00g

*S00'T

ee ‘oulR fy

‘Sueeg “ed

‘Suoosue'y

= “UeL

"+ Buoy ‘osreg

‘yaos ‘908 “IZ

‘ueyo “ey,

AVLIUV], LO VATLON'A

= ‘Q04S800q

es ‘90003

“ysayo nen ‘sni00g

“yoo

ae ee ‘Ie

oe ‘sn1yey

ee ‘o0qS

es ‘usa3S

ee ee sue

ee ee ‘Oul0Z

‘oF,

‘ouls01g

‘Sel “eR

‘020 I,

= ‘yoou'd

ee ‘snyy

e ‘jooy

2 ‘Suey

; ‘snunqd

‘Suny

‘woy]

‘399g

ee ‘seul:

ee ‘oa0y4S

‘NVHOTIJ

‘30q

“prs ‘0791

ee ee ‘SO

" *Yaaq YSN

os + Ron PITAL

5 ee Jayyoue jo £0z1qG

= -*OVqIp Tews ‘0971G

= | ‘Suton omy YA ‘1907

= 199]

‘opeutoy ‘0731p OF

‘mOog pues yVA UseMjoq poolg

‘gyeur | + ‘gyeuley ‘0931

ee ee ‘ge Ul ‘yen

oe oars *7e03-34G

ee ; : “ye08-3F]

ee ee ‘ONIN.

ae = ‘SS

= ‘daoys

= ae ‘uey

te oe ‘MOO

ee ee TWA”

2 ‘OSIOPL

Be 5 ‘reog,

ee 2 ‘predoary

we 2. ‘IOSLI,

=" ah ‘TemIUuy

‘HSITONY

ke) 9

483

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

‘00g

‘snIEyS

fol,

‘ooaqeisuel ‘ooqeysunyg

"oqdyy,

"Joo1g

“snyonyy

‘oved ‘oo0a0g

“SuOyooyY

“eleyseuery

Ze) pohecoley 7

“INYIO7,

“yen yy

“sunyoyoo00y ‘yy

“My “yoo KN)

*SURdy]

“suo

“yooyoey you'd

‘yooyoey sunyg

“eUlU04)

“eulooyy

*snipung

"snuyox

“COANSUNaTH< J,

eo 2° ‘00g

‘ooqeisunys

a “WOOpoo J,

. Cay “eq {ied

. ‘ood,

ee es “BOON

@e ee “B90g

‘SuoyooyY

_ ‘SunISOO'T

o 2e “OJ

‘09g

“00.999 J,

‘00.8007]

‘oosaay yy

‘my Yoox)

- Bueoyy

oe <Su0gd

‘300}UL00g

“oo100Y‘ T,

* "*BUITOL)

‘eulso0o0yy

= + “o90qg

o. 7° “099 J,

‘UVLUV YT, XO VARLOH ‘GE

a ‘SUOPT

oe. ‘snjpeys

"* ‘UaTqS

‘muayy

‘snyovy7

oe ‘a08YS

‘ynqdry,

ee ‘seqeg

‘snyonyy

** “(Q099g

‘Buoyooy

‘my Yoox

Suvoy

"+ uog

“sy yooyoey oy.

"*sqyooyoey Suny

“eUlUOx)

* Sunirz,

‘snipung

‘snuyox).

"NVHOTIJ

‘yosseut 10 ‘reqpid103e9

ss snoo'y

‘raddoyssei4y

e- o. ‘plezvy

22 ‘gpedyuag

‘guidno10g

‘BOLT

** “exeUg

me |

* “9snopy

‘qexy

ee) :) © |

"+ ‘daayg jo xoory

ae ‘oTeuay ‘0991

a ‘ayeur ‘JTeg

‘qug s Aayuoypy

74 * opi

Ss fans

i ‘SSY 0F31G

Pes ‘aslOP 0391

“eX PIM

‘ssy duno x

‘190

‘ale IT

‘szeox) pue daayg

‘TTeus ‘01

"+ Qsrey ‘Aoyuoyy

‘HSITONG

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

484

"B13

*eooy qd

‘29UB][

*100}CAX)

"BYysaog

“elqe

"eq.cueN

paid 21a)

‘yoioy‘d ‘ey

‘oIny

“UN "SY

"20Z8q

‘991OOY

"Coq

seoite

“Suns0y]

“yorodooysg

"294 99JN]

“suns0q-s0e(T

"993009

“ooqsunsof

‘duvsoq-soyouelg

‘Sunoog

“C#OMSUNATH ‘7,

oe ‘ous “eu

ee “eurey “BMT,

fe ‘SU0JUOL)

ass ‘myoyn fT,

ey “ey ‘OX)

‘eyodeur ‘elqoyy

“ “Suny[I04)

°° ‘3003800 J,

“oumeyoedool

‘eyodooyo ‘eqioow “eqsuen

me ‘yesueys

‘yo1oy‘d ‘yore ‘o1ey ‘osyey

“ed ye J,

‘UN.ISOOW ‘OOOO]

ee ‘eu L

ee ‘e"ug

oe ‘yoo

2s ‘SunI0y

fee RELI)

ey ‘aaysooyg

ay “O0qyOse]]

°° <Zuoosuey‘qd

ss “sunq

‘AVLAV YO VERLOH A

“B13

‘eo0qd

“019

‘SUI[OTAI

‘Sn1oy[

‘Bunypaex)

‘Tn100y ‘snIy

‘snpfoy

‘yey

“314 99,

‘eoodeyy

°° “99Zeq

“20100

“ead

‘yooy

‘asayovyg

‘yovedooys

-* Soodg

‘you'y

*xnjoog

“99}00G

‘sund sn

‘Sun x

‘NVHOTIJN

“SICHT

‘peoyo1o

‘208

‘peoy jo UMOID

“pes

‘yqoooveg

“yong

‘UBMG

“9S004)

“OU

‘MOIO

“IoNGO

‘uoasIg

‘MeH

‘TAO

‘pad

‘asnory

‘oymmbsnyy

‘Apioyqng

“BOT

“TION

‘rapidg

‘sug

‘Aporty

— Bag

‘ATA

"HSTIONG

485

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

TFN]

“sundysoog

*sunjoog

“Sunjoog

‘ny ysung

‘edsuo0g

pots

“suelg

‘ooyZoo]J

"0303009 5]

“e[-SUNIO

‘ey-sunYyNZ

“ery

BG)

‘SUNYOIIIA

‘sundny

"20]A

"W000 N

“SunuUOoO J,

‘eyoooul ‘Sunse AA

“syed

bodies!

"20g

‘ay

‘Sunjos ‘osueyg

‘Tnyo.s00yy

‘CAMSUNEHH ST

eo TY VW]

‘oomyood ‘ousag

ams “easery

e8 ‘edyaox)

‘oqoyy ‘eqsuny‘sy

ze ‘edsuoog

ee ‘OOWIpIG

‘ayury ‘008007

"* “EETOOIOOJ]

te ‘uofoures J,

>* ‘euruods-edyery

+e ouarer-edyery

‘yey ‘osoodyey ‘edyery

oe ‘OTRI

2 ‘ood yao

‘oasmmeu ‘yoyouy

‘saul.d00p “ya0]/NJ

ee “EN

‘oJOOYs ‘quyefAy

+ ‘edooyy

‘ooqaoy‘y ‘oodey‘y ‘Moony

ee ‘eyo

“ytuay “oyoyo “eqpryy]

“UOS “ey ‘Og

ee 10 fe)

ee ‘310

‘AVLIUV TY, YO VATLON ‘GY

"+ unmnysnyy

>: ‘Sund-ysoog

sat ‘ul00'y

‘Sunyoeg

ee ‘sung

se ‘Tey ‘yuey

ee ‘us0qQ

e. ‘yoelg

‘ooyooos ‘oy‘4oo;yy

° ‘YOOOIST

‘yo3-Sun1eq

‘03-unsn7

‘poos “pos 40x)

‘sunyyoyO

‘SuNyoyoo JJ

‘dunueyy

:2 ‘JOT

Ss *s00384G

‘SuNUOOT,

‘eyooou ‘sunsn A

‘aoy ‘ied

‘Sunsey'y

‘OSYRI ‘SPV Y

‘sunq “1x

‘arT

‘sunpnx)

‘OO1Z)

‘NVHOTIJ

°* Suey jo weg

‘2ouy

‘USTyL,

‘S9T JO TTewug

4ooy

‘Ioprnoys .

"* ‘asuy jo Tren

*90} “19.dUL J

“481

“MOTT

‘o74Ip YJo"T

‘puvy 3qSry

‘puey ‘wiv

‘uIyQ

‘preAg

‘ey

‘oA

“OSON,

‘sdvy

‘orgoejsnyyy

‘parvog

“qNoy]

‘JOON

‘4300,

‘onsuo J,

‘qeOIUT,

“rey JO yoo'T

‘HSITONG

ye)

rot

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

486

"00g

“ery

‘Ty 4suey

"29T}99 J

“edureq

“SUIOPOMIOOIN,

“LOOZYO2F

“JdylULy]

"youig

“20009

“UeYOYoo II

“BURY

“SUNICTT

gle

“sun.1aa¢

“godooy

iilerS,

‘oyy “ou y

“0003

pibiest9)

vedyyed

“‘edpoy

‘[nSuoY‘y,

‘oy.3U0yD

‘SuOIy YIU “SuNYOyxso I

° €

GOMSaNaaH 7,

ee *YOOF ‘aqa'T

ee ‘ood

ws “elnsuery

‘eqsuey ‘Ipsueyy

°° = Sunopsuryy

‘equiep “eqsurz

oe ‘SUOOeN

te Sao0g

ee ‘qey.cn N

‘ayoourpsyy ‘oqoysy, ~°

°° gyovyosuny sy,

sie ‘eq L

fe “UBD Ysa]

a “Suey

"* ‘eqoor ‘edoy

es ‘oopseq9

oe ‘yes

‘sadoy ‘aadooy

ee ‘deaxy

‘edo, ‘edoy‘d “edpoy,

:2 | Gor sas

é ‘Suryy

— ‘edyyeg

2° ‘edpayy

“eqsuly ‘oSurly,

ze ‘oydu0yy

‘ewuow ‘oy‘dyyoyy

“AVLUV], XO VARLO A

ee ‘oodg

a *sjoooy yf

ee ‘sunpyog

“* “sysajooy yy

x ‘sus0g

<SUITOOS ye}

a5 TS 901

"- ‘Suljoosuey

°° ‘yoerd-snyzopy

> e ‘oyeqd

‘young

“WeYO a9]

~ “Yoon

as ‘SuNIC TT

: ‘Zaaul “snyg

‘sun.Iaeg

‘gadooyy

Bt ‘SulyYysoog

ee Raita a

“0048 ‘310039

es ‘SIueg

4 ‘eys

‘oy ‘Sunyons ‘oxy

‘{asuoy‘ 7,

f: ‘oysu0y)

‘SuoIyyU “Sunyoyoe py

"NVHOTIP

‘sIIIA Wnpuepng

‘* ‘Apoq jo mepy

“* “ure Jo [Teas

“JOOJ JO afog

qiduay

‘yaoqQ

‘TH3SON

‘ako Jo pidng

“va JO ao]

‘qunyy,

“qyeaIg

‘poolg

‘Morgadgy

‘MOLIG IAT

‘ou0g

‘qe 7

“Ula A

“Topprlg

‘org

‘ATPEg

“‘qSBolq

“‘qurlor

‘ULI

“qsIe AA

‘22H

‘dummy

‘ysepodyy

‘HSITONG

487

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

“sunqoyy

“oouns)

"yo00g

-gaysoop ‘sunqey

“OYoIeI “OYDO0YY

“o0yI00g

“sunuoys

qoe"d

“myeox)

“SuNIO J,

*"UO39I

"WOOT,

“ed yous

"Jooo yy

‘g0da0g

“MYA,

‘PON

“WIS ‘BYsoys “eory

sag ENS,

“sundsoo7

‘utsood ‘Suedysoog

“yeyng

sbi

° a €

GOAMSungaH 7,

“90190 J,

"° “eqie7

ee “JOON

‘gajyysoop ‘odpeyg

‘AVLUV], XO VASLON ‘|

°° “OYyoRyy

“eulou ‘oqooV

‘ojooyo foojooyy

“edyooys ‘loog

‘mMyoye

aSBUeD)

eo “eoyy

‘edyoys

°° <oWl00g

‘ooqed ‘eunN

‘mMyoAe TL,

‘Teou “THD

‘edyoy ‘edyyory

‘WIS ‘Bory

“equiy9

‘odyooz ‘S007

‘saqryo “UIT

el BUI]

‘oy “eLoWdUO']

“e994 “8Q9a, J,

eo coh

eo ‘UO

‘sunun4y

‘sunind ‘yo0og

‘SunipuddN,

“90jSoo0(]

eo 400%]

‘ooyoaed ‘poog

‘sunuoyg

ee ‘ood

‘Suljoyn

‘1OOZ,

‘Sunuloog

*qoo9] ‘99'T

‘Sunsryng

‘qooooy Yj

‘ooqgadk ‘vadaog

‘edyey

‘Jaeu “T8839

*3U99}G

‘us0qS

«Sunoq

‘saqryo “uly

‘yooyo.curoy

“‘qeynug

‘SuIIVN

‘NVHOTIJ

“is ‘rosunyy

eo ee ‘QIPLOK)

Zi ‘SUITES

eo ‘daajg

ee ‘eam

‘suIOY S.190q] 10 SMO

“Wee ‘atddiny

. ‘yeoq-s pag

=* “19 JCI

sri “4SaI0-S YOON

& ‘qaaqop

ee ee BILLA BF

_e° ee ‘S37

eo ee ‘SUI

‘ue jo yred soddq

‘s]SvoIq SUBTIO AA

‘gsoutyg Aq UO ‘ong

ee ‘suuny)

a “991989, T,

eo ee “‘q1eaFy

ee ee “IOAVT

ee oe ‘Apog

ee ee ‘OuUII)

‘QoUy AMOTEG MOTIOFL

ee ce ‘OpP[uy

-° 7? JOAeN

‘sLIoI]NU wnpuspng

*HSITONY

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

488

“su0yg

*BsUl00 J,

piel

“oyong

“Od

‘oumuop “e1j03J

“oayyey ST

“Byjooy ys]

‘OTWI90q,

"00997

‘Sunyooy-eusaqq

e ooy‘ MV

“OO1Y

gigas

“20}B13]

"eUlsa(]

“2aysooy Y

‘suny‘yoo) ‘Sunqen

‘sunjeyuy

‘ay

“SunqimMyo07

“CO NSUNaaH' J,

ee ‘suoyy

‘oopsueyo ‘yo}00q

ee ‘puoco7

2 ‘odsuv y,

Sa “Try

°° ‘ouluop

‘euuooy‘p ‘oulpop ‘apaf

ae ‘OULSUR J,

oF ‘BOOyl

ies ‘odSuecy

ee ‘JOT,

°° ‘eques-euloop ‘syonyoeyy

‘edpoop ‘edjooy,

e@e ‘oou L,

is ‘edpoo'y

ee “SoUleY

ee ‘equny ‘yy

se “emloay 9

ze ee ‘Yoo

ee “eqpooyy

‘euloy 4 “eutood

es “uryed

‘jestioop “eyoen

ae ‘sunjeyuy)

oe “eooys

ae ‘291UL00 YJ

_UVINVy, XO VERLON.A

eo ¢ su0yO

re “e3u0o J,

ae ‘Sunjoyly

=2 ‘soumnyong

ee ee ‘oq

‘sueyz ‘Sunde y,

ee ‘ySvy]

‘SunWeIOY ‘oays00y yf

‘Sulueqiiu

‘suNWeep ‘seTayonG

flag “eMo07

‘sunqoop ‘sunwoog

cae ‘Ud0y]

eo ‘ooyy

oS “suNyzOO J,

aes ‘canuey)

2 ‘aoysoy yy

‘sunysop ‘opoy ‘oyyoyD

ae ‘sunyeyuy)

‘1o0y‘d ‘syaoyooyy

oe “yseeyD

‘NVHOTIPT

‘asIpUeYoIO]A

‘jOuUy,

‘avy

‘oorjsne

“IIAIT

‘yeOTT

“plod

“FOUL,

“YnLy,

“oyvT

“yUyS

“ayousg

Cure)

‘ysnog

“MOAvL

“QA0'T

‘apaidg

ee ‘SSL

‘SUIZI0UG

TPUS

‘aInseo[g

‘ule

“OUIWIe

‘puno

‘SIT,

‘HSITONG

489

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842]

"Ud9I

‘Sunny

SEEDY

"200 K

‘SuLeoy

‘dunq.iean)

“sunwey’g

"eYysooyy

‘sunuog

"Wasysoog

“Sunqyseerq ‘orqnyy

‘Od

‘JOosToey ‘yy

“SUNUIGaG

“Sulyex)

‘owur y,

‘ged ‘1004 ‘J,

“oy ‘suey,

"e300 J,

"SIUO.SO"T

“VOT,

"[NaaN

‘yodjory

“COASUAGTHS Ty

ee ‘usay IW ee

eo ‘ey

= ‘Su00y7,

ee ‘Sulsey’ 7,

°° ‘oulurYyo-e yy

ee “ey

vs ‘Sunsereg

= ‘S9047,

eg “suLOOYS

Be ‘odyeyo

"+ eqsuooy “reayy

"* qooqumtysy

“edyooy') ‘ouruey‘y

‘YOR

‘ooey‘y “oyey yy

ry ‘tunssung

oe ‘ouunyy

“- ‘Oulu J,

ee “IOOYT,

“ered ‘uad ‘ueoy ‘19x

es “ueooysg

oe “OOUW9N

‘Suljood ‘uoojoog

‘mydeesd ey‘ 7,

“‘Wntnd-yerryo “107

“UVINV YT, XO VaELOn Gg

= ‘oyso0oi1n °°

a2 ‘Sunuey °°

az. ‘peyg °°

i ‘Sunyznyy °°

ee “eeu T, ee

°° “OpemMjzeysuinqg °°

°° ‘esuns ‘Suny °°

°° “Su00q IeSq °°

‘dueag °°

°* “osasyoury‘g °°

e° “sq yooyy ee

By ‘sunuog °°

‘ ‘woaeaysoog °°

“UITYsep ‘wIysey °°

e@e ‘od ee

ee [Req ee

2s ‘Sunuisag °°

ee Buckyay ee

ee ‘Sulpey) ee

= “eyseuny, °°

eo ‘dnyz ‘suooys ee

ee ‘Suey ‘Suny ee

“fh “ewdu00}g °°

ae ‘stuodory °°

ee ‘usay ee

oe ‘TNeaN @a

ee “yodj0r7 ee

“NVHOTIPY

eo ‘yeog

ee “OUIe Ny

ee “OSION

= “OTPPLN

es ‘Aelaq &

°* ‘astou pnory %

ie TH

a ‘Taypuey

ee ‘ea

ee “‘yeajoqd

id ‘qovig

ee ‘Aryunog

°° gurerdut0g

ee ‘oped

ee *m10}}0q

ee ‘doy,

* ‘Arepunog

ee ‘ody

ee ‘asnqy

°° = ‘Fuowssnuy

sue “yus08a(q7

e2 ‘quoosy

Bey “wey

‘uosiad @ 10} AqIINoag

ee 4q9q

* “SUIeTg ou,

_ ‘odesseg

°H SITING

Je) ‘ovy‘y ‘oyseyeyy “oopayy °° °° ‘euvut ‘Sueyy °° ‘yoooy’y “nyo “pooyg °° °* — “Sulyjeutog

oF Tang hiey {3 2° ‘euuo0g °° fis ‘wnzng °° zs ‘odensur'y

S ‘Sunqeey) °° Mita ‘edjeox) °° *oy90}00Z “oaatAK) °° re ‘AIOJOLA,

A, ‘oy‘yel ‘Sunjog °° ‘essunp ‘“esnp vseu ‘ay, °° ‘eSez ‘Sunisnd ‘eig °° os ‘201g

‘soyouUlVey ‘yey ‘urez “eyoey °° ps ‘sunyeg °° ‘? - “PIO

‘uaT -° “eye “ey yey ‘SUNUILY] “SSouIsng

“ ‘snq ‘ozsuoyy ac ‘yoz “ION qsnq °° “SUuIyy,

S ; “edulox) Es “ed ulox) “eduinox) ee =)

= ‘Suvsoy re ‘yeyooy ‘GULIOS] °° Sredg

S ‘aS °° ‘daap “ural, {008 ‘Mopeys

S ‘eyyues ‘Osu0L) ‘Qourcy TH Tews

S ‘4e7, Ba ‘TAN ‘987, 4889

s ‘uny x ‘Un ‘Pus ‘QUTDIPof

= ee ee ‘soy In] ‘dexy,

ke Suny‘ yuog ie o3 ‘Suny ‘yuod ‘goidtoar1g

2 ‘wun JOOP], eo ee *eX] ee ee “un sJOOFT ve oe “I9pi1O

< -edey °° -* ‘yyeu “edyox °° ‘goryeyo ‘sueq °° oe ‘Q0TAIOG

= ‘Suso0q °° ‘Su0csow “SuNSo0yPy °° a ‘sus00qi °° 4 [OH

= “‘Suryeq-‘sulplpyy °° qTnyyoy “emeysy °° oe ‘edsngq °° “.° ‘soysy

3 ‘Sunivy sie Arn ‘yoyo Ue] ‘Tey eo eo “‘eljap ‘Suniey oe ee ‘OUIL],

= "eq eo ‘yeq ee ‘u00gd ce POW

~ ‘uaayeys “ood ie “eyoxog ‘s300g ‘oTpung

~~ "qaIs ‘qIIe+) -: ‘oo'y “GULIIOL) ‘SU0G

°° oe ‘gouey‘q ‘oSuey

*Sunso0y ‘J eg ek ‘sundy yy qsnyy

‘we ‘WO me ‘wey ‘WO ‘peoy

“esuny’ J, “ ‘eouny' J, ‘snpjog Ue

S ‘C@ANSUNdAH‘ T, ‘UVLUV], YO VARLOH'G "NVHOTIJ “HSITONG

491

1842.]

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

"[oosueg

" SUOOYZIG

‘29100.8.1004)

"BULLE yy

“sSuns[ny

"39N

“Suljooq

"1007,

“UId0I “99}]

‘ooL00Y ‘Sf

‘unsues ‘pnzoeg

“sunyeg

‘ued

eld

“ery

TOUL

SPP

“weg

“IMssu0g

‘sun.MIo(7

“Suny °

“sunny

‘suny ‘yng

“ SunOyy

‘CAYSUNAAHS T,

me ‘joosueg

‘MUIYSOT ‘feusuory

‘suoop ‘oop “xooy, °

aes “CULIGS]

od ‘reseq

ag “BUI99 NI

ae ‘edypaayg

ee Korey a |

as ‘SUIIY7,

ca “oo100Y yy

‘uNnSuOS ‘uIUIS00T,

ee ‘0099 J,

cee ‘ued

‘eop-odsueyo ‘suooyoo ys,

ee ‘eod

oa ‘suomny‘g

cs ‘ynquinqg

ee ‘Nad

‘mssuop ‘Insyood

“‘OWIVU “OYOTIYAL

pied ‘OOYoIe]Y

pe ‘qnsooyy

“uleay "4 ‘ys[Oory

°° ‘unuIsuseA

‘Suse ‘ULL “Su0L)

** Surys ‘aurz

“UVLNV, YO VaRLON'g

°* ‘Sutpooyouoog

‘Tltq “suooyzig

°° *93100.9.100L)

‘sIdvyo-suns[ny

oe “eleyS

ey ‘sunsmn4)

‘youood ‘au00 X

8 ‘qoogq

ee EAA

ee “Way

ae ‘Suniegq

ee | Suneeg °°

a ‘sunied

oe ‘ued

ee ‘yey

as ‘yer ‘ony

= ‘SULUOO0Y

‘sunied ‘sny “ynTey

oe *‘Jo0q

eo ‘Q038y‘G

28 ‘sunqooq,

a ‘Suny

rae ‘sunny

oes <‘SuUNIOJ

‘NVHOTIJAI

2s ‘Sunyyng

“* gyenbyyreq

* Surayysry

: ‘Iopuny J,

* Qysty-wooyy]

; “IRS

: “UOOTAT

: ‘ung

: ‘Opts “TEM

. ‘IguIOD

P ‘PPM

: ‘usping

° “paaG

: “pues

° O}eTS

: ‘o1999d

: *9U04G

° ‘yooy

° ‘pny

3 ‘Ug

°° <durery JO OLA

"* OIL JO IST]

: ‘mojfoy9

** (‘SojnuTU OZ JNoqe) ‘MoPy

<2 “ul0jsny)

52 “Bold

‘ool

3 ‘Te}LOJN)

*HSTIONY

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

492

“sunpooy' yy

‘sunumnyg

“Su0g

"Wl00dy ‘Sud yy

“sunysoq

‘Suooyosusay]

*yjoou ‘100Z00q. ‘

“mys ‘oo100q

‘surjooduez

“SUNY,

‘OPPS

“OPTets

‘ooy Ny "SI

“opuoos ‘opues)

‘edyoou ‘“sunpoy

“sug

“oo10y4S

‘Sundjnueys

‘sunueysg

“WEN

“dunyzeyA

‘OW

‘uery

‘eulsudep ‘00UZ

"29}100UI-SUNLOOJ/J

"BMOL ‘GUNUOIL)

‘C@ANSUNGAHS,

°* ‘Bunpooy‘yy

bas ‘SUIYZI0Y

7 “e1d00'T

‘Buooyoos ‘eqsuey‘ yy

°° *yoou “exanyS gq

ss “mys “eyeySg

*+ <Sutpoodue7z

"3 ‘SunYyZ

"* ‘~eSu0} “eyre x

22 “esuo fT,

eee ‘qyopeul-sueqg

og “eyqoog

3 “equi

ee “eu yy

2 ‘901049

ee “‘YyVay

ie SOD

ae ‘Te NT

“eyons ‘es “Bayes

ee ‘SIN

°° *100Y Eevee

‘uaa T,

pai ‘UNZedY 7,

aE ‘uooluez

‘AVLUVT, XO VAALOH A

ce = <Sunpooy ‘sy

°* ‘Sunpunyg

ee = Bun100y yy

°° “qrooey “Way

oe ‘sunysoq,

ee ‘ Sul N

Pes ‘SON,

‘suny ‘sel ‘sucoyg

‘sunjop ‘duso1 ‘peoy‘y,

5 TAYS

oe ‘somieyy

oe ‘u00K)

: ‘UInUdyy

ansop ‘sunpoy

‘mod ‘Sund ‘ung

Ss ‘oo10yg

‘gjsnd ‘uniseg

“3 ‘sunueys

oe ‘SuNnSING

°* ‘oys ‘dunqeyy

ee “ysey

ee ‘OI

ee ‘ue'y

<a ‘oouZ,

** ‘sygaure199,7,

oe ‘SUNUOL)

‘NVHOTIJA

‘OLT4sTq

9981309

‘asnoy-MOd

‘asnop{

‘OSeTILA

“JSOM-Y}ION,

“4S

“qseqy

“yg

“UION

‘uosves Autrey

‘aunny

“ToVUL MA

‘sutidg

“‘uley

‘MOuUG

‘TeH

“SOL

‘207

‘ANS

“yey

“IV

‘oan

“pul

“pnolg

‘MOqutTey

‘asdipoy

"HSITONG

493

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

"eulsueyZ ‘Ieaq °°

“eT ee

‘Sunsing °

‘sunyseg °°

"yyny ‘suooy, °°

‘suuing °°

a =

‘sunieyg -°

‘ynyoing °°

“SULLOYUO

‘Sunieyny ‘aeyJoy °°

‘Sunidnyg °°

‘meaty “Wey °°

‘2078 °°

"100100 Y °°

“epjon °°

ealqry °°

“yoouog °°

‘sunjyoog °°

‘Bunsrepinyz °°

‘Sullo10g °°

‘[nusey, °°

“esuvg °°

TOL

‘dunjdnyg °°

“Suniox) °°

"90mx) °°

‘CAMSUNGTH ST,

‘ez ‘odyeys ‘u1ez BUlo0Ny

se “eavep “eqed

ee ‘ory

os ‘edyaoq9

‘elULOOp-yOpue]y

‘ayooqinp ‘ayoindg

°°. SSunigoyid

ee ‘youd ‘Sue,

= “Iperf

ee “moy* L

‘Bulpoed ‘100Z00Y YT

ve “MPlO‘)

zs ‘salqra

ee ‘UN yIv yy

°° — “edyaas ‘oxy

°° ‘ooTnp ‘ooreg

‘eulsuoop-9ad0Y‘ J,

KA ‘Tasdny

at “esueg

es ‘ey

o ‘gLoueg

re. ‘My

rs fosyyooyp

“UVLUV], WO VARLOH'G

= ‘Qoey ‘Ievaq

25 ‘TOD

a ‘sunsing

ie ‘Sunyseq

uo “dU00}S

‘ouny‘p ‘sung

ee a ‘ iy 9

es ‘sunIeys

= ‘qnyor1eqg

5 ‘904 JOY

us ‘sunidnyg

7° Buny‘yfooy

ee 90381]

ee ‘240049

“8 ‘SunI1OOPy

iss ‘daIIaYO

is ‘suluog

‘Suvjooq ‘Sue

°* BunsrepmyZ

‘Surusog ‘sunsrey‘q

ae ‘Sunso J,

ee “‘meyy

‘Sunwsuny 4 ‘sunduny‘ J,

mn ‘my‘d ‘oy

ae ‘SunIOL)

ye “90104)

*NVHOTIJ

eo ‘keg

ee ‘yqUuoyy

ee “Tea XK

‘0JIP TOF INoqIy

"> ‘sodeis 10g sjsod yysudq

‘ayiqg

ee ‘gaspar

aie ‘Mapreny

ee ‘ BR] a

as ‘gidura J,

> ‘0431p sutdotg

a? JOOU FL

ee ‘doys

‘O}TP OFIP 1OF OO

‘OOP SUTMI}SLF OJ UTRYD

29 *qsod-100q

ee “MOPUTAA

oe “100q,

ee ‘1ayey

ee ‘WIveqg

a ‘qo1ly

ee ‘rappe'y]

‘+ Geld “380g

ee “pivogd

eo 4107

‘JOLASICL @ JO WOTSTATPGNG

"HSITONG

[No. 226.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

494

‘oun ee

"eU00S ‘I0OOX °°

"eM ‘OOD °°

-eouq: °°

‘edSuooN °°

‘oodwes ‘sunipnung { :

‘oy **

‘Ieap-jaosaoyy °°

“dunys-Ieepopriyg °°

"eoasUooyT °°

‘orhus ‘1004 ‘oloay °°

‘suvoyoog °°

*O]GUB A =

‘sulq °°

“Sunqi1oquieny

"oIqNUnN

‘Sundjooase0n °°

‘SundiooyzoonN °°

‘eauooul ‘OpUuOoOop, °°

‘sulyeI-sunpy °°

"IOON °°

“Suluoy‘y, °°

“SUIUON °°

“ayOIQ °°

“CANSUNAAH ‘T,

co ‘SUIT, eo eo ‘sunooy

oo “ewloys J, oe ee ‘ooy‘y004)

‘ayoie} ‘Suljooyg °° be ‘ooyy)

eo ‘Sullooyy ce ee ‘Q0Kq

‘odyo} “eqsuooy ‘odyoq °° Pe ‘SUNIL

‘ooduvs ee

eduvyy ‘sunsynur ‘odsueg eae pests

ee ee ‘ooug e w ee rh

‘U00.300} VUISONT °° 2 ‘WOOL

‘OGSULI-eUIs0NT °° aE ‘ays

-* SSaRem We NK) a “‘QOUL0y]

‘ousueu ‘oun °° ite ‘WnSnN

ee “BYS sully ‘ 3] ee ee ‘207

eo ‘duep ‘ued ee ee OTN

** ‘oulsou-SuLIay, °° £2 aj019. S010}

“Ul ¢ “4 “xnqooys

es ‘ereug °* ‘oopodsuvs ‘uns ‘sasulog

ee “ed -BUI90 NT oe ee “epoy

°° ‘“IMYS-BOlaeN °° ae “8TIZ,

‘oulsuos ‘ueyd ‘omURYyD °° ae ‘SurzeyY

Smmosiyd-ueyg °* ‘Surlyei-sunpy

-* ‘gy‘d-ewaeN °° -- gaey-suNpY

° foreq °°" ‘sunsing Sur[OT,

a ‘SUlUnNy °° ‘Sunsinq SulloN

ay ‘mqsunn °° ‘Sunsing vIuMpepy

‘eusueyz ‘yanz °° 3

AVIUVT, XO VIALOH | “NVHOTIJ[

‘puog

°° ‘SoyJO[D SUIYSVM OJ 07317

**° ‘O9}IP UapooM YAM 071

-* — qnods 9103s ITAA [TO AA

oe ee ‘oTNAty

“IOATY

19}O MA

“0391p 40S

‘eq Suory

ue ‘MOIIOW-03 Joqze Ae

a °° “MOLIOUI-O F,

ae ‘AepioysaX o10jaq Ae

os F ‘Aep1ojso X

‘fep-o,

ee ee

=e rig ‘SUIUOAG

‘SUIUIOTA]

‘yasuNnG

‘aSTIUNG

‘4SIN

“3 STUpIN

‘WOON

‘o3Ip STULL,

‘op 4se'y

‘Ted K FXON

"HSITON

EEE —<—_

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

“osuvoN °° aS Pe ws ‘9dUtoN

ee eo "I}0q ee oe

‘euleg °° --unleds Uo igh <° ‘SuNSTopiq ‘Ooty. T,

“ediooys ‘ooxooys °° oa ‘edyooys °° sed ‘1004S

‘Tnysnyy °° ase ‘eqsuey °° ‘eqsury “equey “Urey

eo . ee ee ee ‘oinq ‘oolg

‘yynys Yndooys °° “edyey ‘rey.so} ‘uedyeyg °° =e ‘yeys

‘qool “say °° = ‘eyounseuoy ‘ayouluny °° °° Qoysunys ‘90x

"uean) °° eae ‘mBaK) °° ‘woo, ‘Sundr ‘sunwyy

“dusoyg °° - ‘susoyg °° = ‘sus0yS

‘SuNTIY7 ce ce ‘ysupng ee ee ‘SUNTIY7,

“sunyng °° ‘ewoy ‘ooydey ‘dary °° ‘sunijynd ‘sunyyng

“Bs eee ee “est XK oe ee “eon X

‘qnjou‘y, °° oe ‘eduoy °° Fis ‘mq “ng

“Sunuog °° ig ‘edoy °° ‘Sunreuny ‘sunung

‘Ing eo eo ‘odsuog ee ee

is ‘odSuo0y ‘suo \e 5

oUF { -durys ‘sued ‘yyousurys os ) sumo

“SUNIVMT, °° (UALS “SOOT, .** fs ‘sunIn Y,

‘edurezy ° a° 5 TZ ens <5" 05 ‘Wes T,

AI Geass oa = = ‘SunysO

“edyjout “edyyoyy, °° ee ‘edyyoyy °° ie ‘Sus000(]

‘,ayoyoyo ‘sey3JoyD °° = “ed yi oue ae ‘aa 70D

“edjay ee ee ‘edjoyy ee ee ‘Qo YSN

‘yyooys °° ‘yyooys ‘sueoyy °° 4 “99997,

IGOR °° ~* “e008 “eODix °° nh ‘SuN[OOy

‘oud ee eo ‘oud ee ee ‘o"u9

‘C@AYSUNGATH ST, ‘AVLUV], XO VAALON *“NVHOTIJN

se — ‘KI I9qasoo0xy

°* Glos JeYyjoUuUy

. ‘sutdaa1g

-* odrune osrery

2: ‘re[dog

ei ‘IeO

ee ‘qolg

°° “DhOoanT ‘OUIG

ce ‘oulg

oe ‘poOM

oe Joo"

ee ‘yea'T

= ‘qouvig

ee ‘yieg

= “4So1O J

oe “‘ysng

ee ‘OoL],

2s ‘adoy

‘aspliq Uspoo AA

°* ‘sdorq Tews

ee ‘BOT

led ‘doiq

‘SIOATL SUISSOIO OJ UTS

*QuaLINg Su013¢

ce ‘jeueg

ee ‘aye

“HSITONG

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. [No. 126.

496

0110 “B105y

ee)

“1M Bay

"ovlg

“‘pnzoy

"001g

‘owloy

00d

Vey

“u00n

"199'T

"ey Z100q ‘aajooyy

‘Bunye} “ooysooy

“OYysog

"00500

‘990

-edeyy

‘olasung

‘O1U9 TA,

Soup

‘20d

eat

‘COMSUNMAH |,

‘010NJ

‘ooyIaeq

vk ‘190 4‘ yoreed ‘eptivss)

wigi

oe ee . ‘od

‘odysne

‘ayoyey

ee ee “yes

ee ee ‘00g

— yer “eye y,

= ‘ml00puoos ‘u00y

ve eierced ‘gaooyo

‘ooysoo sy

‘ooqinq

‘ewooy‘g

ee ee ‘eg

‘jedey

“YO19 TY

“eulyD

‘005009N

“eUl009 NT

“AVLUVY, XO VAILOH

eo, ee

‘OIpoy

‘Inyueg

‘os

eel

*yoz ol ‘pnz

‘Boyp

‘ooulay

ee ee ‘yes

ee pad ‘mmouny‘y

ee e ‘ey

us Hatiiep ‘Suny ‘yeq

3 "* 9Qaulaq ‘yay

ee ‘o1vayny ‘sSunsopy

‘yaaory

‘snisig

5S “a9]00yo ‘fooyD

‘yored ‘ajeg

se ee ‘ous

‘sunsoog

‘9240

‘ede yy

‘sey

‘oops

eo oe 0O

ee ee ‘ooya[ooy ‘ou9

si one ‘ooquieqg

‘yn yoy

ees «@

‘NVHOTIPY

°° “GIN E[NIIgQoIIG winyjedseg

ee “‘euvypieuy SnyjUeIeOYy

ne ‘UNIVUISIeW A 0G

mee ‘UINdIe}Iey, WNoUeg

eo ee eau A

ee *"s ‘Ulery

ps aD oay jo au01S

are ‘OUT

one “nusay) aso Fy

2s “8 “nue AA

= °° ‘uistey ‘oderg

“[[eus ‘o11G,

‘asiRl ‘yYoeag

[Tews ‘ov

‘asaey “teag

‘ood y

‘ajddy

qindy

‘Mel}S

‘sselg

*u03}09

‘dwiapy

“ala

‘MOLT

pe rT OTST,

“proy

‘ooquieg

ee ee

“HSITONG

‘te ..) Foon

_ —

ted t) )s 2!» Try Ae wi

497

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.)

‘soyouelg

Jor ‘aarse,7,

‘poy‘dseay ‘Tig

°9940q “Bled

“Pd

“Te TN

“me1005)

‘Sunsyeys

“‘sunqez

“un ysaayg

‘ooje'y

‘suoyg

“saTTV0Y

"esaqO

‘aa[doog

‘Ue yy

“InseyS

"19900 X

‘sonynuny yy

sunykg

‘m7

‘pnzsury,

‘aon MSUNGHTH ST,

‘sessuey ‘Suey’

* Sarye) “ISL,

° ‘ous

: ele T,

° ‘eulo

e “TV TAT

; “WIe1005

: “BIB YT

+ *so9speq ey,

° ‘eys

: ‘apo y

; ‘edyyou

: ‘su0yO

; “‘eya1ay sy

: “es3yQ

° “esund100g

‘ “eulunyg

‘eusuood “ewSuooany

" “equins ‘oy‘g

. + SENG

° “eq

‘eurnyy “euuny,

° “80g

: “0090 N

UVLEV], YO VaaLON‘G

“suna19yq ‘Sunseay yy

e ‘SN AA

° 0q

: ‘suno0q

“qUl oq

“Te TAT

: “‘ule1005

: ‘Suniyeys

* ‘owlez ‘youre

: “edooy‘ J,

: “OZO4)

° ‘sunjsory

* “zeaved ‘suoyg

; ‘soulaay ‘gq

e ‘u0YS

: ‘setdoagq

* “teys ‘pueys

: ‘Imseys

c “9a1 YOO ST

e ‘100K

* Sunynunyy

; ‘Suesaayg

e ‘Tey

: ‘unjsnyy

; ‘sunysg

‘e} ‘Woos ‘yn 7,

vs ‘200 ‘eog

“NVHOTIP

: ‘Aauopy

: ‘peoig

* “0111p parpang

* “SH [IUT-s94yng

+s “MTU

ee ‘13}jNg

* ‘9sueoo “resng

‘° 9uy “resng

° “poo.

ee eat

SPITED PIL

“YOrTey)

: ‘SuOL—UG

ee ‘unidg

2 ‘TosulLy

* “raddog pay

ye “‘susaIyy

: ‘sdiuin J,

: ‘Taquinong

‘UleIQ payoreg

‘JBaY MA JO AnopT

“INO TJ

° ‘QoIy

: ‘suevog

; ‘asvag

, ‘Aapqeq

‘9}89[0Q Wnap.so Fy

‘HSTTON

‘

No. 126,

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

498

“iev99Y ‘Y

ese “edyery

“eqoouD

*sOOUS U9 NT

‘ga10(]

‘aou0yd

"unzjeq ‘WwnyZing

“Wed

“sunday,

‘sunysoog

"U90g

“euag

“SunijVy

“aay YO

*30N}096G

90U Ve

‘SOOqAINT

°99Z00 JN

“e10YS

“eS

“Test NT

‘ooy‘yeans ‘ooyeuin J,

“ooh ‘Sunpooysg

“Wey

‘BUD

“CAMSUAATH ‘J,

pis “Teaay YY

s ‘edyery

MG ‘es00u)

‘soousuvou “yoo[suUva Ny

°° ‘oduez ‘UeZ

‘oysooy‘g “ooyous yy

‘eysjny ‘aa1a0YS0o0 yf

ee “Wey

78 ou" L

*g9qa0} ‘ouleys ‘oeyg

ee ‘04 (Ley @ |

os ‘us0d

a ‘moope'y

‘gaZ1e] ‘voZte']

°° F1se) ‘Suse yz,

ag “OOy IV IN

eg ‘esuod

os “a Z00 IAT

by ‘eJOUS

ee “es J,

eS “UeN

‘Sueuny ‘yeun 7,

- + ouIBYya-sueyO

a) ‘yely

ee ‘eu

‘aVLUV J, AO VARLOH |

‘eyoroyy “arvooy yy

ee ‘UlI0g

fe “esooyg

‘sgojsued ‘anpeyg

ie ‘9010

‘elaysooy ‘al[0og

er ‘uods

ee ‘Sed

‘sunqo} ‘sunday,

ge ‘sSunysvog

sip “YSeTlS

°° ‘euaq ‘euaeg

Z ‘SUNIJe yy

eoe ‘syug

* ‘Sunjv0g

: ‘SuNIIT,

ve fgaaqaiNy

ee ‘yluny

‘eroys ‘oesun7y

ee ‘eS TL

a “resn N

‘ooysyeins ‘ooyewn 7,

et ‘o0us

ca ‘YU yey

pa ‘eyo ‘fog

"NVHOTIP

“AVY SBOE) JO OFC

‘urysdaayg Jo o11q

‘ayuelg jo JUeWIeD

"* “0731p [[eUIg

‘yayuelg soley

‘gsouryg Aq usom sdep

‘IayyeaT Jo 0131

‘oyuelg Jo s0ys

oh ‘ueqin J,

ee ‘dey

= ‘uo0slog

ee fon [ID

-* Jo pod ‘oq

ee ‘ySU I

°* ‘utjuedin J,

7s “XBAA SOOT

ie TO

e ‘Are0paz

= ‘imyding

a ‘gayadyes

ee q[BS

ee ‘qnug

re ‘o00eBqo J,

3 ‘oul

‘syttidg SUI}VOIXOIUT

ee ‘eo 1

‘HSTIONG

499

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

"dog

“‘WINYo-suvag

‘wunyd ‘weYyD

ORE

‘qnsye'y

°ZJU98 ‘u9005)

“euopiny’ yf “eulsar

“Soop ‘eueyue ‘oofuean

“euler yg

“OOLY YOY “Suosog

“yooyoseg

“ey

‘epuinu ‘edsusey‘g

“299 M00'F

“esoot SY]

‘joing

‘OYlig

"e[09 ‘oojos ‘ynjon

‘Joqsury,

‘wey

“YOpurery

"edsusag

"e[0OD

‘qnz00xy

‘unj00¢

“CAMSYNGEH ST,

‘ewmyeu “edjooy

"- “Inq-sunyg

Se [hq “(Ud

&° “o0s00q

; *YO0}100G

o° ‘ooquooy

‘ulysosem ‘aefueey

7° ‘unyndzoyy

‘eyuoy ‘su0s0g

* gee ie

‘ey

ehesuc epuinN

‘Suopeyy ‘aesuoory

ee ‘ovy‘ VO

ee ‘epueyg

“‘eloy ‘Yyeloyy

+4 ‘ooqsny

‘yNjos “yn[ysog

S ‘[OqouLy,

eo ‘Ue’y

pai “Yyopuey

a ‘edsulg

bls ‘You

= ‘dooysyeT

-* “eul100} \

‘unusuey “eaoureN

“UVLIUVT, YO VARLON

ee¢ ee “ey

‘ °° “UINnYo-suveq

ee eo ; ‘unyyg

os 2% ‘olseq

2 ‘IMOeY “VIpoo;T

‘$]99100 YJ

oe ‘uaysos ‘aafueay

‘early <q

‘ey tooul ‘ooryns ‘oojainq

‘yooysaeg

2 fe ‘erdny

23 one d ‘epuinN

ee ‘905 U00'T

oe ee ee

“esooU ‘yy

‘Suvypoeg

‘ooytooyg

ee ee ‘sey

‘JoqsuLy,

= eS yng

: ‘o1sU0g

‘edusay‘g

ee ce ‘esuyy

‘qnzooy

e ee

‘unjo00g

‘NVHOTIP

+3 “paisi0

‘daayg jo OMI.

#2 ‘OOM

ee ‘sja[aoRIg,

‘SUly

°*“ST[PYS elMmoD

"* “HTIS BUIyD

a ‘speag

‘ssuliieny

‘UMOX) 10} dsepD

on “YIO[D

ee eI EA: |

= * JoNPIaypue Hy

ee ‘yodieg

Ss Jay

“IOGISTEAA “OTPIED

‘SIOSMOIJ, IOJ SUIS

cet ‘soqyo[g

os ‘SSULYIOIG

22 ‘sj00q

a *S104.1Bcp

1008 Jo 34ed Suryo0}9

Taos jo pury Auy

‘saA0[9

ree *STOSMOL J,

‘HSITONG

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

500

2apey

‘SUNSo fT

"yooiqe'y

eon)

‘SUTfOWOYD

2010]

*eduoy ‘sy '

“BOS

001005)

"es u00yD

‘SuNAMY “esajasg

‘uayodod ‘unyodo x

‘dey,

"Bp

vedyynd ‘jooy" yy

“yod ‘fey,

‘0qey

“BoquIn J,

"20

“SuNQOL ‘ey

-edpag

[eu

“yynyon Sy

“euary

“edyey’ 1,

*CAMSUNAGAHT,

"* “ofoy‘y-e19qS

e eo ‘YSsOYZe IT

° 2° ‘yooiqe'y

: iS ‘@syoug

; ‘> ‘Suljomoyg

; ve “eq uoyy

: ‘equioos ‘eduoy‘y

: a “efous

J ¢ ‘gooey

* ‘edyooos ‘eysid ‘edyoy‘g

. > “egalaas “elaag

: Ss ‘doX ‘dog

° oo ‘deys

° os “ey ‘en

s : ee ‘Jooy yy

° 2° ‘eoyy

e ee ‘oqay

. "* "1008 ‘100 5y

: = ‘Imssuoog

e oe ‘ooyey

e ee ‘Tey

ve ee ‘edpag

° ee ‘Tey

; > ae pete M

3 : ‘euary

‘edyey‘T,

‘AVIUV], YO VAALOH'G

are ‘s0peyy

Vy ‘sue

a8 ‘syoarery

eo ‘asyouy

-* Suljomoyg

> “epaay “SUl0

-° “eduoy sey sy

os “WHETALYO

wie ‘OU,

ee 4a0Ug

°> “ems u00yO

°. ‘sunaynyg

°F ‘unyodo x

es ‘deus

eo “ess

ee ‘joou’ y

4° ‘Sunn,

a ‘eoquin J,

s ‘eoquny, °

oe ‘qeq

°° Q9ar ‘OIseyg

a ‘sunqoy

ee ‘oojoyu yy

=e ‘sunqoy

< Bd Ls xu

‘eur’'y

ee ‘edyey‘ L

"NVHOTIP

ee reg

7e eles SUIAIS IOJ syong

Se ‘INO

ae tr ‘qe Teg

ae ‘SUNNY JO} 1USATOD

eo ee “‘sayseq-yoeq

Be de a IO} raeeee

he a) 8a

ef =2 ‘[eooreyg

ee e° ‘YSBojly AA

a3 "* SPS SUryTe AL

>= oe “ey[eaquay)

oe ee ‘dnaing

ee ee ‘a plug

ee ce ‘aT ppes

aa ce *0}}1p Seon

E ss “TayyBayT S.MO0D

equelq ey 8, yeVX Jo og

"7 OTD JO 909 T,

ee oe ‘peartpy,

ee ee ‘OUI J,

es ee ‘op Ss 3e0y

y 3 ‘WepT § eA

-* OOM [MBYG SuOWe Ile Ey

a ‘OUIP INOYIIAM OFFIC

eae SSE oe JOOM [Mes

£3 ‘odoy

*HSITON

501

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

‘Suoyueys

aaysaeyg

“OZUR IT

‘ung

‘unsae “UI0ID

‘Suoopouey

‘SuNWISUI0YS

"BIST INT

‘Ooy ST

‘suny ‘gq

ny ‘a

“YY

"a10g

‘OWOo yy

“ALOU

‘ooyse “sayoyy

‘suNnQqooqy

"eqiooy’ gq

ey PIL

‘uny

“BUNNY 08-0 7,

‘suny4oy

‘Sueyg

“SUITS TT

‘wore

“dOMSUnNaTA ‘rE

ce ‘ouoyueg ee

ee *‘Teys ese

oo ‘ozueyT °°

oe wns ‘eun7 ee

ee “UINnsany ‘s)s

fe ‘suooyouer °*

eo “eI STA ees

“eq[eay ‘oyoooy yy *.°

ss ‘eqsueyy °°

ee ‘ny ce

ee “oq [9° ee

"* feyseau ‘arog

** “OUI[ooy ‘yoI[og

ve “80S

o% ‘SuOleTV

ee ‘ommu0YyD

ee “‘eqi1ooy’g

= “YYOOoy [004)

es ‘wny

Nes “YyxeOoD

"* “epuel ‘yeyuey

poe ‘9a190Y ST

° ‘dey‘y,

‘Sueyoyoos ‘Sueyodoy‘g

‘AVIUVY, YO VAIRLON'G

‘unsunys °° oh “M0Q-391[9q

‘aaysoayg °° e ‘ssely

‘ozue yy oe ee ‘peg

ee ‘OJ ee ee ‘yun. y,

°° “Toon °° ; “MOQ -SSOId

‘YoooI0 sy °° "+ ‘Siodeg Joy 0711

‘20qoq ee ve ‘xoq

*Yo10g °° ‘pooM Jo Areuery

‘MOSIG °° < ‘sapoejoadg

‘jooyy "* “INO Toy uryg

‘suny‘g °° “* 8lqey, Jo 1007

‘garoya ‘yny‘d ee ce ‘seq

‘sping °° ¢ TPE

‘soyIn7y °° “e ‘dexy,

‘olOgy -*.° "* “sapeog jo eg

‘ouluey °° ° *TeVOPT 9039

‘Suny ysany °° 2 ‘quiog

‘ooysy °° "* “sse[y Sulyoory

‘sunqsesq °° es ‘dure'y

‘s}100q °° = ‘UIg Uspoo A,

‘Sunsuny‘y, °° °° + gy JOroOer

‘oun paeg ee ee ‘pT

‘SuNnjO0S-a07, °° ae ‘T[TULIA}2 Ay

‘OuNJOX) <° me “[[lupue fy

‘O01 “paysio Ay Sunjsty 10y e[puidg

‘Sulpayy °° e ‘goe[d-ad1 7

‘asoyleg °° 5 ‘uinbueyeg

‘NVHOTI ‘HSITON

[No. 126. :

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

“euLlod

‘900[ING

‘Sulueg

‘sW0O

‘e1UN] ‘UsYI0O

‘OY Zo

‘unfeysnu ‘suocoyeN

"eSHeN

‘SUIYSHOOON

“0OSOOYS ‘HI10Y J,

‘go[sny ‘Sunsyye ‘esoq

-gaj0d-9050YQ

-gajoed ‘aayseull J,

"ela

“emquay

ry EY 6 |

-gadoor ul00g

‘eadood aaYsan

*e9ad001-99 J,

-eoad00y

‘eyosuey

9aJBN

‘doy‘y “unypiyp

"9910 J,

"eB YOO FT

“eISUNYS

. o ¢

GNUSHNaaH 7,

ee a “Bul IO(]

os oe ‘SIC

+4 ‘ynysoou ‘yaysSOONy

ee es ‘aW0Q

=. ‘eruny ‘aayd0O

ee ee ‘OU Zouy

in fs ‘Su00yeN

ss -* “TITS “VSYBNT

*+ ‘"ooap ‘oasurp ‘uoXkua

me es “00500YS

“s ‘yyoozee ‘sesenT

.° ‘gajod ‘wndyn'y

°° "+ ‘moos ‘MOUZ

ee ee ‘emqnuad

mas ‘eyuey “essuey,

oe ** — *WUO00S-[00 FAT

= eae ‘29U-]00 JT

es ‘yaeyo-[0OW ‘aas-[O0 FT

ee ee , *[OCTA

os -* ‘emlgou ‘eqeqd

= ‘essuny‘y “essuny

ee e- ' ‘Oo[eN

ee ee oyoey’ yy

eas oe ‘doy,

ee ee “eyooH

ee es ‘suooyooy

‘AVLUVY, WO VARLOO |

5 ‘euLlagd

, ‘aooring

: ‘SULLeg

: ‘smog

: ‘uayo0g

: ‘azo

- ‘unfeysn yr

; ‘2aYeVvaG

: ‘OpOON

: “edleyny

‘gojnsey ‘oa[sny ‘sesoqy

Oe ‘aay Od

‘gajoed “eyseumn J,

ee ‘Vlog

ae ‘emqnu(y

ve ‘20/9

> ‘eadoor ur00g

- ‘egdoor YsooN

> eadood 497

: ‘eaado0y

e ee

- - ~ *esgutiz)

* ee ‘O[UN

: ‘aaupoog

: £99104

‘eyooy “Wn[tYD

e ee ‘Ssunys

‘NVHOTIJ

°* Jaoneg eulyg

"* oq sulyoog

‘Spuly [[@ Jo s}og

ee “19}3or]

‘TaIVIVYD SNOs![9y

‘radegq Weil AA

; ‘pueysyuy

e ‘yu

: ‘Usd

: - fedeg

. ‘19}19'J

- ‘yoog

‘UlOd AIATIS SVUUY fF 03%

-- ‘Kuuadsye py

: ‘Auuag

‘oud f

; ‘ond €

: ‘OIE G

: ‘old T

- vodny

* — ‘STPPUS Bg

-‘adig sulyoug

* ‘gyeug BVyooyy

‘ ‘ysoding

: “CUNT EGO

- ** “Bxyoo FT

e ee OT[ed

*HSITION GY

503

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

*J0S

“‘SUNUINAT,

“UAeYO

“LOOT

‘SuNnZ

“suluey yy

‘esuns-owo0y)

*ulpaeling

‘Suoopyooyoureyy

"9aSVURIOO

‘joid “emsoy‘g

‘Sanuepory

“undo

"Jooy

“TNqLy,

“mOpqeyy,

‘aa[eu00 yy

4ai

“SUNN

*98140'T

‘207

“Ul0zZ ‘UINZ

‘SUN{O] ‘Sueoy‘y “eooy‘y,

‘[Nooiey

° ¢

GCAMISUNAGHH ‘I,

°° ‘osnqinyueg

°° ‘osuez ‘Sueg

‘Yynyo ‘syyeyo

ee *[00 TAT

6 “II

°° ‘Sueyouooy

‘esuns-owlo0y9

is utpaefing

‘suoopyooyomeyy

pa ‘QoSBURIOO

“4 ‘EMO.

aS *yeas00U9

ee ‘ued

‘eullooyy “oyayeug

ey. “WLOOPLYD

ee ‘queg

ee “CUZ

ee qeig

<3 “BUIL9([

‘oosoo] ‘Suooyosicg

ee ; “B09

‘yofuroos ‘ozorep ‘un

“eooy) ‘asdueyy

%¢ ‘{heale yy

“UV LEV 7 ao VARLOH

eo 409

a ‘sunuresy,

‘noid ‘uns ‘Suny

“* foour “TryAT

oo ‘sun7Z

‘sunTeIeq

ee ‘Suruey ‘yy

‘esuns-emooyy

"* furpaefing

‘Suoopyooysmeyy

ms ‘dase yy

Hy “emIOY‘q

°° Sunuepory

°° ‘aunduoa ‘ueg

oe ‘yooay ‘yy

= “WOOplyg

ae THLE

es ‘Tey Ng

ee *Jo[euoo yy

ee yeg

eo ‘BURN

ss _ aat1ory

us . “eoor

ee ‘un?

** Ine Sueoyy

zs “[hooie yy

‘NVHOTIJN

ee ee ‘IyMog UL,

eo ee ‘taddog

oe ce ‘uOlyT

ee ce “TIATIG

es ee ‘ploy

ee ee VIO

eo ee “OUI TAT

°S °° ‘esuey ayy,

ee ee “eky

a °° “qyeuInsn ¢

= a ‘sorvuag

zs ‘[[@uIs ‘[assaA uapoo M

Ss 40q t0J ‘podiay, uoary

"* “pealg suryeq soy uosy

ee ee ‘uoodg

oe 7 ‘uoodsea y,

ee ee “yodea 7,

as “*Yayseq dueg

ae ‘* Inoy Sur

sates Joy ‘aje[q uapoo,y

33 ‘JOd ssviq [jewg

ee eo ‘Neg ong

$3 ‘as1e] “Og sseig

" 4nods yjtM Jessa, uapoo A,

ae ‘aoue] “[assa A Uspoo MA

ee ee 10d uayyleq

ee ee ‘dng eulyg

‘HSITON

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

504

-99U90(T

‘sunjuey

-eyodasy

*suNn|suNng

: ‘doy

‘Suns00y'y ‘oadeyg

*9ap5000N

“ey Ter]

‘ooseuo0y

“100U ST

001eq]

“‘mIaYS

9900 K

‘ueuny ‘wWo0oy

‘suney

‘dooys

*[BOOL J,

Tey

‘oyoing

TEN

‘yndoy,

‘doy

‘eyey yo

oOYoN IAT

‘[Nja0g

“CAwsundaH 7

‘SULUIOYP “SI[OO YY

= ‘oojaeqq

‘eyoyour ‘eyoda yy

#8 ‘yeiyeyg

‘qey‘y ‘qny‘yey‘y,

ae ‘g01nsey sy,

x ‘99 Pd009N

°° gare) f9oIn F

ee ‘equil'y

ee ‘90,

os ‘Ue ‘eZ

i, Sa ep ay

ee ‘OouZT

aS ‘aap[aet

°° ‘dooys

‘sunseq ‘sapley

54 ‘dooy‘g

si ‘Su00g

“eq00} ‘ynqood

fe “ey 100 J,

=" ‘ex 100 J,

54 ‘oyequo

+ 9Qaq[LI ‘saueyg

a “‘ooyo[n JT

el ‘ueysey

‘UVLUV], AO VATLOH'G

. ‘SUNT,

- ‘suny4suey

es ‘oy *yuoy

‘sunjsns ‘sunjung

‘yorooy‘

: ‘day

* ‘syuns00y‘ y

; ‘yooayuegd

‘iInqn} ‘eisueq

: ‘ey yse'y

: ‘oseuo0y

y ‘Yd1IO0y ‘10057

: ‘oo1eqd

: OW

‘ueuny “UI00y

: ‘sun[eyg

: *qooys

4 ‘[eOo.l J,

: Ted

; ‘oyoing

; TEN

: ‘yndo J,

‘doy ‘Sunyowey

; ‘eyeyyD

: ‘Y9ag

3 ‘ooyo[n IT

‘ ‘(niaag

‘NVHOTIJ

ee ‘hoy

ee TT

‘oI SULYLIYS OJ ‘Ja01g

"+ ‘areyQ wor]

ee ‘aTP2ON

< ‘IOZEY

oe eyaydeg

{ —poom suryynd Joy ‘0V1G7

“ sgpeumtue Surypry dog “oxy

eo ‘OFLU

‘+ Japmoduny

<* ‘MOLIY

“‘systers “oIG

** Dayoora ‘mog

°° Teg Uapeary

a “pleqqeog

ee ‘aiqes

é ‘Plays

‘readg “jauodeq

7s “yooTyore yy

°° “qyeurs ‘0711

ee 9sreT ‘UND

=3 ‘xelog

LE ‘pvary

3 ‘AIN9.19 JA

+7 ‘sselgq

‘HSITONY

505

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.)

‘jeun yy

‘ayn

‘Jeouy,

“edjooug

‘Suninyg

‘Sunysouoyg

‘Sun [aay

‘Te INT

‘SUNSO MA

“aoIyooy ‘gq

“600090 IAT

“IN P¥ag

‘suOoYyooy) ‘o10y‘ 7,

0 BF

‘000

"ULING

“IMIOYy

“BquIyo ‘aiqeyz

‘edwelyy

‘SUZ

T°d

"Sele Hy

‘Bu0UZ

“CANSaUNaaH’ Ty

ee ee “80d

ec ce ‘OyoyOy,

=" “edjooq ‘ej00g

ee ee ‘sunjnyg

ee ee ‘197

s = ‘loqyeyo

ae oe ‘SUO0s0 TIT

ae re ‘INPYIS

~ a ‘ousye]

ee ee “eou' LT

ee ee ‘oqaL

ee ees ‘WaIng

ee ee ‘od

ee ee ‘a[50G

es ‘oyzuayo “edyyey

gee ee ‘edueiyy

oe ee ‘su07

oe oe ‘Bulseany

ee ce ‘uous,

2. ‘eyolos ‘yyeyolooy

‘UVLEV]T, XO VARLOH'G

‘euny

‘yoooy [NG

‘Sur[ory

‘Jooy‘yeg

‘sdnyg

‘sun[nyg

‘Sunysouog

‘Sun[aay

‘ounusyO

‘sun yoy

‘sal ooyg

“S8U0090 JT

‘AN pyag

‘Sunuoy

“O10,

‘0Ju0n)

‘SUISeg

‘WIng

‘Ops

“INyY

‘0018 yy]

‘ooyWaayD

‘OuvaNT

‘JOIYS

‘Sanyny ‘nig

‘We

‘sunueys

‘NVHOTIJ

odumnay, a8sery

** ‘UMIg [[eulg

*e ‘axeyoig

7 “SMO[[OG

a ‘saoddtay

* IIIA ys

vty “SIaYOUT op

"TN ong

"* Q8pan OIG

23 MOID UOIyT

= ‘adid molg

* ‘I910G

ee OL

ee Tauay

"* “0991p [yeug

‘JOM PY asrery

ee ‘aZpVW

~ “JO [PIAL

si ‘MBG

“SIOSSIIG JO O71

“*‘sSuo0y, Jo eg

s" ‘TesslyQ

‘Ysno[d Jo oxox

es ‘ysnolg

ee ‘20H

By ‘yoorped

“HSITONG

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. [No, 126.

506

02%) ‘99}-8Z90N

*eZ90U “VSINT

"00810049

“peasqnyp

‘uoopqooyo

“0010049

“‘sueoyg

-sadnyg

*mOOSYOOYD

‘gauo00yg

‘9910049

“990049

9900

‘2089

‘s0YsnN

*39¥[00 J,

"908

‘20d

“ul00G

‘20899 NT

rN §

‘Su00(y

‘sunseg

‘yeuog

‘Tod

‘ga1eynp ‘oqos ‘suvog

‘Teaoys

*CANSUNGAH YT,

‘gaysyeya ‘yooysyeyD

‘eq urey’}-“O0Ysa0 NT

Beg ‘oos10049

‘osqnyo ‘peesqnyo

‘uoopqooyo ‘uooepqooyD

‘yooro0ya “300}00YD

‘esuAyo ‘esuoogo

=? ‘aay Zzqooyg

-* — “uLoOSOOYD

=: ‘sauu00yg

‘gaysyooyp “yaeysyooyuD

“equiey‘y-004

ee ‘00

-+ 698 “ead “eon

ee ‘m00g

ee ‘yOO.T,

ee ‘eux)

- ‘99UZ,

2 ‘w00g

ee ‘ION

¥ ‘yo04D

** “Zu00) ‘suoog

‘osuea] ‘W00aT ‘00aNT

ze ‘unwed

. ‘euyy

-- ‘Suvoed ‘oqoy

hg ‘qunA

‘UVLUV J, UO VARLON |

: *J99-8Z99 NT

ae *8Z99 NT

es ‘9005SNG

ie ‘aoeyAING

“aD . ‘Ysaojng

‘yojos ‘your0s “YING

‘esuns ‘esuos ‘eWng

‘yyoodns ‘oodng

2% ‘WNnIOSg

2 ‘ysaoU0g

ee ‘pnyvg

oe “9088S

PS 99056

oe ‘Q0By

oe ‘ysooj9

> §go003 ‘Y00.7,

og ‘eu “eux

eS ‘yood ‘oog

ss ‘Wl00g

a ‘ysooN

ee “qo

eas ‘Ss U00(]

23 ‘sunseg

? ‘OVS ULN

a4 Tord

ny ‘O1eInNG

o2 ‘peuoys

‘NVHOTIJA

mt OV OD Hg SO SOO

‘young vag

‘Oo

‘UuLINOg Me J,

‘WNApI}19 3

“O1PPLA

yodunay, [;eas

‘HSITONG

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.)

"@Z99U-YSo0 N

“O29 £90} -e.199 N09]

‘ezaou0a(y

‘CAMSYNATH ST,

‘asqeys ‘peasqeyg

ie “uoopqeys

‘yoyays ‘yoreys

‘esueys ‘esunys

“oy ‘aayzqAyz ‘sayzqeys

‘moosyAyz ‘uoosyeys

‘soudyz ‘aauueys

‘gaysyeys ‘yooysyeys

“eq Wey} -OOYIqooU'7

‘OOYI00S “OOYAOS ‘O0S.10G

‘asqos ‘peasqog

sey ‘moopqog

°° *¥0J0S ‘yo10G

"+ ‘esuds ‘esuog

ees ‘aa Zqos

rs ‘Ul0OSyOG

ES ‘90m 0G

‘gayoyos ‘yooysyog

“eq uley‘y-ooyout00g

as ‘oosreyyg

‘asqeyo ‘peasqeyo

a, ‘uoopqeyD

‘yoyeyo ‘yoreyg

: ‘esueyy

om ‘sayzqeyo

fe “MOosyey

55 ‘sauueyO

“AVLUV], UO VATLON

‘eZaoU-Ysoou “8Z99U-99 NT

"02D ‘J99°8Z99U-09(T

ae *ez90U-00(,

"02 ‘YS9OU-VZIONT **

‘NVHOTIPAT

‘HSITONT

[No. 126.

*9900Y9~-8Z99U~ W00G

"@Z99U-UL00G

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

508

“COUSUNGTH ST,

* ‘esuo y,

es ‘aaY ZU J,

‘ay ‘UIOOSUOp ‘MOOSUO J,

‘sauuop ‘seuuo 7,

‘aayouop ‘yaoysuo y,

‘eq uey‘y-ooyou00g

‘ooyrel “oosiey

‘adqea ‘peadqey

23 ‘uoopqey

-* Syooyel ‘yorey

ve “esuey

33 ‘aoyzqey

2 ‘moosyey

3 ‘souuey

‘gayoyed ‘yaoysyey

“eq uley ‘}-OOYDY00 J,

‘ooyleus ‘oos.1eUr)

‘gsqeus ‘peasqeuy

as ‘uoopqeur)

‘yoyeus ‘yo1eus)

* “esunury

er ‘sayzqeayy

si ‘Wloosyeury

Fe ‘souueuy

‘gayoyeus ‘yaoysyeuy

‘equiey‘y-ooyoqeuy

‘ooyreys ‘oosieyg

‘UVLUV], XO VARLON‘G

“eZaoU-WINYsIpes -*

*eZ90U-W00G

‘ezaouA(T °

‘NVHOTIJ]

509

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

‘eas-Ml00g --

“ead-aaySooNT °°

ean) °

‘99000-e Zool

“eZ0UUl g

. ¢

qdOMSuUngaH iL

ss “eas Ul00G

ae “e98qaoN

°° “equiey‘-eaxyy

pat “008.10 J

‘asqoy ‘peasqoy

ee “uoopqoy

** yojoy “Yoroy

ast “esuoyy

ge ‘9a ZQo yy

26 ‘Ul00syo yy

i ‘29UU0 YT

‘sayoyoy “yaaysyoy

‘equieyy-ooyoqooy

ee “005189 J

‘asqvoy “peosqeo yy

‘és ‘uoopqea yy

‘ojas ‘yoeay “yore yy

a3 “esuRvoa yy

ee ‘aay Zqea yy

= ‘uloos yea yy

‘on ‘oouuvad ‘souURa yy

‘sayoeves ‘yooysea yy

‘eq uley‘y-ooyzeasd ‘ooyo}e—45)

a4 ‘oosuoy,

‘asuo} ‘peasuoy,

ae ‘woopuo y,

he: ‘yoopuo,y,

“AVLUV YT, XO VAALOH |

“el U100G

“8Z-9aN

‘eT

‘Qa¥s-BZI9U00g

‘ezaoU-00g

"NVHOTIJT

‘HSITONG

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. [No. 126.

510

“sunga1e

“SUNULIN PU

‘suniIpeg

‘sSunuumeys

“‘SuUnIVYysSY

‘sunysouZ

‘Sunsesiq

sunsyay)

‘sunusuny‘q

“sueyeyl

“SUNIVy SION

‘SUNIeYII J,

"eq UI00g

‘eq Usao NT

“£q

. 09g

-aindwo00g

‘sSunuey ‘yy

-aINd

‘sao U00d,

“IOINY]

"y yey

"@38-00UD

"295-90 q

‘C#AMSUNAAH ‘7,

-* “eqoos-eqeq

‘eqay “edjay-eqeq

-* “equoop-eqeqd

-* Sedyo0i-eqey

‘eqeus “eqeul-eqea

°° “eqoeyz-eqeq

-* “equloos-eqecy

“° “eqoou-eqed

‘oqsur} ‘eqsuey‘p-eqeaq

‘eqaauooyo-eqeq

Sy ‘2ouuery

‘Saayoley] “yooyole'yT

2 ‘yequio0g

ee ‘yeqooN

°° ‘ayfd-ysooNT

ee ‘ay‘d-yaoug

“3 “eYdUL00G

ee ‘Ud

ie ‘eqoyeoyO

ze “eqoouT

se “eq uloog

**“eqoou “ey‘diN

‘euios ‘safep ‘oqsuey,

ee ‘moog

24 8eUL,

fe ‘SUOT,

at ‘easqooyZ

‘AVLUV J, YO VARLON

‘SUNI}e yy

‘SuNULANpuy

‘Sunipeg

‘sunuwmeys

‘Sunseysy

‘SunjsouZ

‘Sunsesig

‘sunijayO

‘Sunusuny‘q

‘SuUeYye IAT

‘SuNIey-YsS9oN

‘SUNAGY-JOU

‘woop-wI00g

‘“oOp-YsevaN

‘AQ

‘ood

‘gaduiooys ‘eidu100g

‘sunpy

‘sunqadg

‘IOIN

Wye

‘1820 FY

“el-00d

‘NVHOTI[A]

*1940}9O

‘raquiaydag

“snsny

‘Aine

‘oune

‘AO TAT

qudy

“Yate TA

‘Areniqayq

‘Alenue er

“QOTM J,

‘2000

“PlojoaryT,

“ppoyom

lod

“

n n

x] alas

= ON

aot

—

tal

Oi cD

“4ST

“000‘000‘0T

‘000‘00L

‘O00'T

‘OOF

“HSITONY

oll

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

-ey‘d ‘em ‘ooin ‘aaut00pog -*

eo ee ‘aa0y yy

ee es ‘SULIO'T

ee ee ‘ou OL

“Oot f) ‘oyooy‘ooSulIooy ‘Suninooy ‘yy

‘20u00 “uBUuXy °° ‘sesulieus ‘Sunsenyg

‘aan °° ‘eyo ‘ey ‘Sues ‘aay

‘ey ‘ey‘y ‘08 ‘opurey‘y -- = “99008

‘00s “sau00g ‘epaasuey ‘oos‘e[oos ‘aa0y yy

ee eo “9U ‘ynyzeuy

"U00FH) ** = ‘u008 “eYZoay “ynYZ0dyy

‘ope ‘ooin “ezQ °° ‘gasey‘d ‘apoo ‘919

92004 ‘a0e “eaQ °° ** — Gay‘p aq

“oYseajif] ** “oysayem ‘oysues-sasey‘g

‘Sunyeduoo ‘aysoauvuy ‘“yeosjay‘y ‘oysmes-Sunssyy

“‘Sunjeous ‘oysoum °° ‘jou “aysuinjeuy

‘Suoy‘y 9} “ooeysg

"eus ‘ueus ‘sau00;] °° ‘Sunsoy‘y ‘050 “yoaxy

"005 ‘vax °° ‘euy

‘sniaaysunys °- “z “equod-v7

“SuUNIBYOOS °° °° ‘Sunsed-e7

yndseig -- ‘ooqiooy‘d-e7

‘Suniey‘poog °° ate ‘edyel-e7

‘Sunsejsunpy °° ‘TVUISUIOUI-VZF

‘sunieog °° “A “‘eqep-e7

"sUNIeM\ooy °° °° “eUlaaUI-e77

‘sueysog °°

“ed yaayoyooyo-eqecy

‘SUNAVVySOOpT °°

°° “eqooyo-eqeq

‘C#AMSUNaaH“T, “AVLUV,], YO VEXLOH'G

*° ‘oou ‘ooy?

"* “eusay “eueyy

= ‘sug

"* “umy ‘ey‘y,

-s gaey 071,e FF

ms ‘oou ‘ONT

ee ‘euzZ ‘OX

‘osnyoz “epuogsou ‘on

‘eulaay ‘saay ‘ooy

ie ‘SUNYSI]

‘oyz ‘eyz ‘sou ‘oN

ee ‘sey “ey ‘IY

‘esuveu ‘s008 ‘o0xy

“* ‘sndaoysunyg

°° ‘dunaeyooyg

<3 ‘andseig

°° Suniey‘poog

°* Suniepsun py

as ‘sunseo0g

°* Suniemyey

:° ‘sueysog

°* “Sunsvaysoo py

‘NVHOTIP]

‘UMO $,9UQ

‘Apoq uy

‘SIH

‘sino

‘OUITT

eu M

‘OU

TT? OM

“[[e nox

Feu,

‘SIL

‘AOU T,

nox

‘OM

98H

‘nowy,

‘T

‘Keparnyes

‘Aeply

‘Aepsiny y,

‘Aepsoupa AA

‘Aepson y,

‘Aepuopr

‘<epung

‘Taq ula00q

“19qQUI9AO NT

“HSIIONG

"8290

"0[99 3]

‘gayouod

“aayoqeex)

‘utso00k ‘uoos00Kk ‘u00s0 XK

‘oyodoyo ‘oyoyoyo ‘sunsey’ 7,

‘gyouosUON

[No. 126.

"e1 You

‘eouny ‘Sy

294004)

OUIUR J,

‘90Ue [NT

‘o ‘Suno ‘NO

‘eplnp ‘Yyso, “elye} “eooanNy

‘gounUe IAT

00100,

“OW IN

“100YZ00(T

‘100YZ99(T

-SuN}eUu00 FT

"99 ‘QOUBM “VOUT

90) 501

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

512

e €

CAuSUNdaH‘T,

-* 90.199 ‘00199(T

‘oqsueur ‘suo x

5 ‘SU00UZ,

‘opuoop ‘[e)5u00 3]

‘odjves ‘jnaqey ‘yy

‘eeur ‘dod ‘YyOX

‘yoyeyy] ‘Sueu ‘Suey,

‘eUIsSUeU “BULSUe],

ve ‘O19 7,

‘eyoueyo ‘ueYyd

ca ‘epussqO

ee ‘Vue yy

ee ‘oque J,

ee “OUI ‘OTN

> Tnsooy “el “NO

‘eprep “edyooyo-oulsel{ q

oe ‘Un yA

‘ejeyd ‘oasey’q

>> ‘QOUTNU ‘0010(T

eo ‘eyiey ‘dq

oe “eyI00yg

‘yeyoue}-jooY “J

‘nyo ‘sesummyo ‘usedmeyo

ae ‘yooqouey Zz

‘eUl[eYys “eU[eYyZ

‘UVLUV J, UO VARLON |

‘ol “eooKk “203 “e00UZ

-- ‘zey‘dn Son

‘SuNYZnw ‘Suoyzuesy

oe ‘swoO

— “sul00o NT

*+ Sook ‘800%

ey ‘yooy’s ‘eoy sy,

‘Oul0yT

-- 91 Smqnfuay,

ee ‘soley

oe ‘ayoun FT

°° YQaela0qUIe(

°° ‘90UBU ‘o9B IAT

° Se ‘UY

syadau ay lage

ee ‘stu ‘SON

>> “edi “ey“diny

"3 ‘SuUNION

‘Suoou ‘sunuU ‘WOON

‘SueyzZ ‘Woo

x ‘aay-oUD

“os *e19} “OT,

ee ‘IV

“NVHOTIIN

*s ‘aa Fy

= ‘ysnougq

= ‘Usa MII

a“ ‘al0jog

3 “pulyod

‘spremyoed ‘Splemloiyy

-° ‘UMO ‘MO[eq

-- ‘dy ‘aa0qgy

°° SUTUIIM WOT

‘govld 18 J,

o° ‘uayjO MOF]T

‘OMT FEA

ie ‘gouay

>> — ‘Kyuresea[q

le peas) NOU.

‘LEMW

a ‘puokeg

-- ‘apiseq “IeaNy

‘ssoloe “opts Jet],

oo ‘opis SIU L,

‘gjdoad noAd [[V

-- ‘fueul MOP

oe ‘19qJOUYy

are ‘IOAITVY MA

‘HSITONGY

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. 513

1842.)

‘20ue yy

‘sueyo \

‘eausunyo ‘sausuny‘y,

“ery

‘ork Y

“eu ‘un ‘m008 £0} ‘op ‘Oo

“oy 79)

"02005

‘aar]

‘eyou ‘Suiduaay‘y

‘SUOOING

‘oyodeyo ‘oy,

‘949 “wood ‘uoo ‘uy)

‘sung

‘oos “saya ‘un ‘ayo

"epog

“suog

"08 “eon

“Yyyoaay ‘d ‘epeoays gy

‘UnMoOU “oopsueN

“‘SuNsayy

‘oouas ‘oun

‘edyoas “edyyooayy

“osunsI'T

"e1youe ‘ou

‘eYoaee “sayoeag

‘€ZO “euo “eog

“COMSUNGTHS 7,

= ‘ousueu ‘odyeny

‘oqieyy

os ‘ejtydaayo ‘ejaayy

a: ‘OOL “ery

ae cary 79)

s ‘0008 ‘Sunoues)

rts ‘Suey

fig “eplep ‘Ysoy “ejueyz

"e ‘sued ‘SuLliq

ee ‘8 “eqyooyey‘y ‘ery

‘oop ‘eT, ‘ooy

‘OO1e'T

‘00s “eu ‘oS

‘oopue J,

‘oqsure [Ar

‘eley ‘ued ‘ed “euesd ‘oopsuey

2° ee ‘eyaoy'd ‘ey

**‘eusue ‘oopsuey ‘oopsueyy

‘oolos ‘aley

‘ouieu “Ue AT

ee ‘ se

se ee

‘edyoas ‘eyyyol “joys

ae °* Gunsyyey “ey,

Teal ‘eyoumnys ‘umnyg

ais °° “euesd ‘eusag

a ‘soseul ‘aasey sg

“AVLUV YT, XO VARLON

‘yor ‘Say

‘Sou y,

‘ooyd ‘erayy

°° Sund ‘Suni ‘sun ‘ol ‘O

ee ee ‘Oo

es ‘sourey ‘sau yy

ee ee

‘syodany

IOV

re “U00 “HOO ‘Uap ‘o ‘u

oe ee ‘O

‘Suni ‘sung

ooyo ‘ou ‘eu ‘synp ‘ysyng

‘epng

‘zey‘dn ‘1g

CoC ees es ‘Un Fy

‘sunieg

‘om100 YT

‘SUNS IAT

‘sunday,

est ‘eofoy ‘[Isey ‘ery

oy "+ “euooy ‘uooTzy

our ** "8393 9} “ela J,

“‘synooy7Z,

‘eop ‘eon

se ce

ee ee

‘NVHOTIJT

eS ‘yoerg

ee OUUM

ce ‘IO

ee ‘LUM

ie “10. ‘OT,

: JO

°° foraym Auy 5

ce ‘osTy ae

‘oull} Jayjoue yy

ee ‘a10 TT

+ ‘uodn ‘ug

" ‘oVUI ‘uy

ee UNAM

ee ‘WOly

=a ‘SARMTY

2G VeCIN

nee ‘a0 AA

ce “qnoy it A,

ee UII AA

oe ‘A[ MOS

. “Ua M

“ “AT¥on?)

°° ‘MONT

“yonw MOF] ‘MoOFy

iy 90a Fy

ee ‘219 T,

“HSI'TIONG

[No, 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

514

“OUI N

oye “VM “TOyIE AA

“Oxa0Q

“eytoy'd

ot a |

‘odwmey‘q

‘sunjsunyg

‘sunqey‘y

9913]

‘sausanyg

‘oduiva N

‘oupoy yy

‘gquey 4 “‘esueysy,

. ‘100ZBUL)

‘1002Z90q

“uoyouoyy

*100qI00g -

"100299 gq

“O[1ed

‘ooyueeyZ,

‘auary

‘9009099 J,

‘osueYyZ

“JoUSUe IN

e €

CANSUNGHH <7,

‘AVLUV,Y, WO

ee ‘ould NT

Enh 1 Coqsuly

‘eduo'yT

‘ ‘odue yy

ee ‘ouloy Ff

eo ‘oquory

re ‘odsuny‘ 1,

s° “Ups 99} 100 JT

*y ‘eula J,

-* “odye) ‘oqiey

eg ‘odmeaN

se “0S0G

OND ‘oqsuey’ J,

‘eusu00g

as ‘2a4ZqQoog

oe ‘INUINN

ee ‘TE

ao ‘aay zqooqd,

oe ‘ouyy ‘eye Ty,

“any[NYy “eyuy

‘yeusueoyzZ “eea yy

‘aaso0} ‘oduoy‘s)

<s ‘oqing

te ‘oduo yy

rae ‘OsueYZ

ee “OAR JA

VARLON

os ‘SUNnION

eo ‘inp “YLIe AA.

‘ysoads ‘duavods ‘aasaa J,

°° ‘sreyo ‘yoreyg

‘sapog ‘sninyo

°° §9aqeZ 699105)

= ‘oopopnyZ

-* Sues-we}

‘snivusee ‘SunIVsay

“8 ‘aol

‘Soy? ‘snqyeysy

a ‘sopon

°° ampey ‘osog

‘snjyysnur ‘pods ‘snipng

als “IIZBUL)

+8 ‘I1Z00g

= 4 “‘Seule'y

ct ‘100q100q

> ‘yeizoog

°° “ersaod ‘yo0g

ee ‘yor ‘yey

ee ‘Sey

Pe *S9900YS

"NVHOTIJ

“ItaN

“yUueysiq

‘AG

‘deayy

‘reaq

Sys]

‘yIVqy

‘AVI,

‘aealO

‘IuUesg

“‘quadaTiq

‘ule[g ‘WaA

‘papts-¢

“peapls-F

‘TR4O

‘punoy

‘arenbs

‘padiig

‘gsueIO

“UMOIG

‘£o15-JYUSUT

‘MO][PA

‘oni

‘mdaatyy

"* Soy pay ‘pay

“HSTITON

Yon

Ton

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

aaidng FY ‘SUOSIOYO es vases ° = ‘payeN

-edsudeN = ‘edsusaN -° ‘BY ZOO “YYSOQ ° ay ‘PIO

‘99050000 N ee “eulog as ‘SUOOANT ° a ‘MON

‘uN osSusIyZ °° “onruIypoueyZ “yuooy ‘snainyO ~ °° ‘apt “peolg

‘suUOOpIUIYZ ‘uoosooyousy 7 = ‘20187 ° “fe ‘MOIIB NT

“VISIZ ee ‘u00s00y9 = ‘quay ° 4: ‘MOT

“‘su0g ‘oqsueul ‘oquieg ‘rey‘dn ‘duo} ‘snanyo ° -> ‘Kueur ‘yon yar

oo NYY ai ‘owlsue y, °° ‘ysaay “SYSUT ° “G ‘plop

"B.1SO ST yi ‘ouluog ‘sSunqeyz ‘sueyz, ° oe OH

oq[o0q 2 ‘oq [oog 2. ‘snjoy * aE "9430S

0qsu0a4y) =e ‘oqs moar xe ‘mez ° + ‘plvey

“oyue K a ‘oulsue x oh ‘sjoosueryT ° > ‘qUusvy

‘Oxoo"T ae ‘apusayQ = ‘S1yaaT ° SS ‘AAvO FT

"00ZSUS MM ne ‘Suossuo XK We ‘oas00cy ° me “paystuly

“OWS IAT ie: ‘Owl IT as “eooxK ° ot ‘MOT

-odurey’‘ J, ee ‘odmey‘ J, ee ‘eouL e oe ‘USI

-° ‘Sumooyonyo ve : ‘[jewg pure odie]

‘HSIZ “BJOYy “OSI J, “s ‘uoos00yD ‘YoLstz ‘yorez ‘oyeX) ° = ‘T[BUIS

‘sousueyg °° ‘oulplyo ‘od31yo ‘omuryg s ‘59) ‘HOT, ° *3 ‘aolery

. ‘ a x ‘odyefl ‘ourey os ¢ ‘ es Saas oe é

waotak tN 1 ‘odja ‘dunyoood ‘omer pe ledeee aeasel TI? AA Poo

‘eying ° 53 ‘oquioy °° ee ‘snio]T ** es ‘asIV0g

*JOOHUNT °° "+ ode} ‘omey‘y, °° -+ ‘yooed ‘snueyq *- a ‘oul

“JOOYeN e« ee ‘omy’ J, ee ee ‘yooo ye N ° ee ‘uevary

vex °° ‘odwmoi ‘odmog °° a ‘snqoy °° si qeq

"eayseog °° a ‘QoULINNT °° ‘oyseos ‘Sunueg °° eS “19310

"eoUSBOs-ByAT °° ie ‘ouesinN °° = ‘sunuey °° oe “Ysol yy

“C@NMSUNaaH ‘7, ‘AVLUV J, YO VARLON ‘A "NVHOTIJ ‘HSITONG

———

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

516

‘oys ‘sunqoysg

oda I

‘od yooug

‘o] meq

-edsuoy ‘edsuooy,

‘osulq ‘ozsulg

UBT,

‘gounsayy

"snsoog

“eyyn[ny’

-yseqodq

“yeast f)

"sni0y yy

our yy

"10051005)

"1004 4-Sue J,

“oy My

‘eouny‘ J,

‘opunysoo jy

‘edjeuo'y

‘JOY “Bey

-aeg

‘2100

“‘sunqgen

“snes

"CN ASUAGaH J,

‘eoyo ‘uleysoug

N “YYO1? TAT

ee ‘yn PANANT

es ‘equiq, .

one “eqsuoo J,

‘suey ‘y ‘anyosue yy

ee ‘yoo TL,

‘qnevaevaep “In Yyoaa J,

‘ooppeeyyous ‘surg

OG ‘soyaeaay

ee ‘OWeY)

ee ‘olay

ee ‘ORs

ee ‘ein UZ

*e *100981004)

‘100y4- ua

ste ‘910 X

eo ‘odsuny‘ J,

‘edyyeaseyeyo

** ‘SunyooAuoy

ee Os |

‘6 *['@1U00 K

oe eyez

ae “BY Ze NT

sas ‘oqsueyy

‘UVLUV YT, XO VARLON A

‘oasuoo] ‘ov90yg

ie ‘saaljeq

dee ‘snjo07

“s ‘snyoog

> ‘gaseys ‘aveyg

ns ‘905 U00q

= ‘yoo}e J,

ei ‘sns00q

sed “e049

“3 ‘ysequieg

a ‘ystyT,

‘Sunsoy‘y ‘sns0oy yy

eis ‘sunue yy

‘ejooy ‘uresyssuooy‘yy §

"* eoy‘y-B00 XK

ee ‘IU YT

y ‘snipng

. ‘punisoo jy

. “‘TVpAN JAC

-* ‘oleyz ‘eyery

t7* ‘sunlog

DS ‘sunsn7z

ee $010)

‘yond ‘oyANueeysing

a ‘sndeg

‘NVHOTIP

‘adiy

‘100g

‘UNY

oe ‘any,

‘Aydugq

TOA

‘ySTY

‘U9}7LT AA

‘daag

‘QWl0G

‘I9AIO

‘AZery

‘oule'y

‘PU

“payoolg

‘usaouy)

‘Sunuelsg

yleayg ‘ulelg ‘re~noipuadsag

ee ee ‘SUOIIS

eo ce ‘VOM

a ‘quing] pus jeag

ee oe ‘qory

“ys ty

“YS

s ** O1OUM ‘TPAL

se ee

‘HSITONG

——eeeeeeeee ee

‘Sunqsuoyo

517

“sundyeyy

“Sunusuny,

‘Sundez-Sunjny

‘Sundjoou ‘dundyoon

-eSun oy

“3 “sund

= ‘ € 6 6

S “Ovys ‘Sanqeoy4y ‘Sunqey‘y

S "eB UIC]

- ‘eyvay “eyoyeay

S ‘oyanyg

S ‘OYUN YO-9 fy

S ‘edyaoy

NS ‘ays ‘Sun’

~S ‘sniny

a "SNIYOT

2 ‘eUWe y,

S “edymayny yy

3 “oy WUeA NT

S "0y100G

‘OY0Z8 JT

‘OYO7

"einys

‘OYseul ‘Sunyoey

1842.]

“COMSUN GAH T

“eYZ0aN

“eUZO XK

‘eyo yooyg

‘efsal-uey

= “‘eyzop-eusunyg

"* “eyzqal “eyzsuel ‘eyzian

3 ‘elqui “eloayp “eyzay

“esury<],

“eS U00'T

‘AMY YyoYD

fs ‘odumu ‘odunyy

= °° ‘odunu-ayr

‘O1S00US J,

"*qeuyouey’y ‘oyomeyy ‘doy,

a oe ‘od yo],

‘oddue x

oe oe ‘Owe f,

+ ‘odyey‘y ‘oajueys

"+ ‘ouleus ‘oquirys ‘eqaz

i +3 ‘oul100a yy

** ‘odyooyo “eques ‘oyse

‘anyoqip “edpoy ‘numey‘ yz,

es ee

ee ee

‘ooy’} ‘odyooyg

oe ee ‘odyery

s "* “eulos ‘einys

“ °° “Uleysoyoae py

‘UVLEV YY, XO VETLON A

‘Slusu07

‘s1usue yz,

‘SLMU00g

. ‘Siuysood ‘Siuu00g

oy ‘SIWIIe ‘SUIMIUOG

“es uly Ty,

ee ee ‘oueq

‘oayooyuz

3 “ ‘ysey

“0/100 IT

‘sunysoy

‘ays ‘as0y9

<8 d ee ‘Teyg

“¥styST,

‘Wey,

“yuyeyy

°° UE Syaay’y,

oS ‘yloog

‘Sunyooy “inj

3° ‘Sunyooy “ore yy

a ee ‘ “wed

°° “yooon ‘yoeryrp ‘snayoq

‘ood ysooy ‘oaoyseu ‘soyse fy

‘NVHOTIJ

ee ‘Ang ce

ee ‘oq €¢

"7 “mony “

-2 ° “pooner *

°* ‘aiquiassy “

> “orm S

ee ‘Apnojg

(‘1038 4) Sutuuny

= ‘Uayoig

ee E ‘dieys

ee unig

e ‘Alsuy

"Se ‘UW

€ ‘SUSU,

a ‘PRIS

GY *‘JUaTIG

ee ‘Tug

ce *J2OMG

els ‘Inog

** “paxyorm “peg

ee ‘AIS

or “‘[nJuneag

ay ‘Sunox

= ‘adiiug

‘HSITONY

;

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. [No. 126.

518

‘aoet ‘duit ‘sunqey

‘sundyo A

‘sundsun M4

‘Sundoy ‘aayoure yy

‘yop ‘du ‘sundeag

‘SUNQ[OOx)

‘yoy ‘duit ‘sundiozy

‘sunwWUaT

‘Sunuiwooys

“dUNQdIas-suNqesag

‘Sundjnsnq ‘sunq[oo7

“sundinsng

‘sundsay9

‘SuUNWMUeY-soyosunye jy

(aovy ‘duit -g)

‘sundjeooy

-eay ‘duit ‘Sundyeay

‘sund yooy ‘gq

‘Sundyis yargq ‘du Sunday

“‘sSunwusy

‘sSunqel[ng ‘sunqlooy

“‘Ssundyoosooy‘d ‘sunqooy‘g

‘Sundyaoq ‘Sunqjoy

. ~ €

aqAysunagH‘ 7,

= ‘eldoy‘d ‘eyzqory ‘siurers0yz ‘Siureyz ‘stumu00g

-> “eyooay Seyzsuod ‘elyoyg -- ha “SLU IAT

His ‘eyoyeyo “eyoeyg °° "- Srurun0eg

c re ‘efuoy‘y, °° ‘sturu00h-su00hg

a ‘eyodn[-eyony °- ‘StmMUO[‘sunieq

2s ‘eYyZioyy “eyziay °° ‘SlmMelay ‘SLUIeY Sg

ee ee “eyoxooy) yoo ee ne ‘SIMO0YD

me -- os ‘duit ‘efoan °° ‘SIMIUOS “SIWMYSOH

"+ “eyony “oq ‘dull “eyoog °° “100y¥ ‘uooy ‘dum ‘stuo0yy

ee oe “eyZzoug ee ee ‘stuun'y]

ee ee ‘eyzaayO oe ee ‘SIULIGN

fe >: ‘efaad-ooyoen °° ‘sludUOOA~‘SUNIVIEG

a es ‘eyoeyy °° ‘SIMUSUO}-[OOYD ‘Stujooyg

oa :? eIpey 2: °° ‘StUYysnysng

°.8 a ‘eyoyooyy °° ‘stusussyo ‘stusueing

os °* “eyoyol,-eueg °° ‘sIULIOY ‘SunIVy yy

": ‘Fieayysey ‘Su

4 “SIYso] ‘SLA y eel

ee ee “eyzooy‘ J ee ee ‘sIUIBIO00Y

ee oe ‘ey Z|Oyy ee ee ‘SLUBOOYS

‘efyeyo “eyzarooyo ‘eyoxoyD Stuiu0oy ‘Stmyooy‘ S1mSuo0y

ee ee “eyo yoog ee ee ‘SLU YT

cig ‘eyzqoy’y “eyziooyy °° ‘esayduit Siumsoy ‘SiueaT

o? ‘eyzyaeyo “eyzoyg °° ‘SlUaYyssurl ‘Siusueg

*: ‘efyoy ‘efuooy‘p ‘efmooq °° ‘siuelng ‘siuusuo 7,

sie ' ‘eyzooy'g °° ‘siueryoy‘d ‘siumesuooy‘g

ee ‘eyzye} ‘eYZyooy, ‘simiuseq ‘simmsu0q ‘simsu0g

‘UVINV YT, YO VaALOH'G

‘NVHOTI[

‘go Aqeg ‘Aire

‘OSON, OY} MOTT

‘am0g

a 9

‘qno swog

“[MBID)

‘ISIJAUOD

‘ysnog

‘qqeyoo

Weo

‘YooD

unos)

‘yiveae

‘ysION ‘Aeig “

‘BUNS “ug

‘Ang 6c

‘SULIG

‘morq “‘

‘log ec

‘yeolg 6e

‘alogq ‘‘

‘Sung “

‘ping *

(‘unig e) ievaq ““

‘MO[G ce

‘Da ‘UIng OF,

"HSTIONG

‘sundoax °°

519

‘aoep ‘duit sunqgay’y ‘Sunqeg

‘Sundjaoq °-

‘Sundusag °'

‘sundjey, --

“sunqivoy -°

‘sundiory --

‘sunqeaey --

‘Sunqysyay Bunqysay °-

‘sunqining --

‘dunqoseys[ooy ‘Sunqooysyiq °-

"ez ‘goez ‘dunt ‘sunqez --

‘Sundoy‘g °°

‘SUNUISUeI °°

29810} --

‘dwt ‘Sanqaioy ‘Sunqioy

‘Sunqies ‘Sunwuoyg

‘SUNQeI-O0190qT °°

‘sUNUISUOOT, --

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

‘Sundyesqooq -:

‘ua ‘dit ‘sunuiery 4

“‘Sunqyoseyg --

1842.]

“COMSUNATH ST

‘Sundynsng -:

vg ‘ey Zoley

‘eyooyy “eyzsu0} “eyziey

‘eyZia} “eyory anos

‘eqoyooos ‘eyzoq

‘eyzsuey‘y “eyzsuoy sy

5 “eyodoaxy

“° ‘eyo yoou

eo ‘eyoine

‘eyzuip “elray‘d ‘elfaag

ce ‘eyodoys J,

‘effou ‘eyoaed-aisurz

ee ‘eles

Pe ‘eyzmey

°° “eyzs uaa JA,

‘eyZzoop “eyaoy ‘eyoyoyy

“eYzayo “ey zuoog

‘eYUZYOYS-00190(7

-> ‘eS uooy‘ J,

ae! “BY Z100(T

‘eyzaq “eyoayo ¢

‘eyzoyo “eyzeas ‘eyoog

a “eYZaayg

= BURIED

‘UVLUVY, YO VaRLON’G

us ‘s1UISOa yy

‘aay ‘duit ‘Stuey ‘Siuuey

‘Stmayoq ‘stmSu0g

‘Stusu00g ‘SImZu00g

ahs ‘armed g

ee ‘StuUsueeg

‘Staysng ‘siumysng

‘SLU9eq-Yooig ‘Su105

‘stureind ‘simeimg

“SLULYsep “Sruysey

a ‘SIWLZ

ei ‘SIUIeYO

ss ‘sLUsUe I

‘Suayoe ‘Siwmsuey

mS ‘OUI ST

ee ‘Stueyo

"+ “Simteaq-eo0

"* “Stud u00 J,

"* “StUIaq -090 J,

°° Srureaqooq

ee ‘stmUuey

a3 ‘sTUIa0YC

‘SlumseU ‘Stunsng

‘NVHOTIST

‘yunip jay

‘OAID

‘MOTT

(‘ung ¥) ang

‘IVa

“yasd0.7

‘Pay

yen

‘AI

“UleaIG

‘@PlAlg

‘BI

‘souecy

“pusvseq

“yulg

“oAl(]

‘UMOIC,

‘od

‘OI

TPM OL

*HSITON]

if 4

€¢

[No, 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages

520

‘Sunwmsuey’s ‘Sundiyey‘g

‘sundioyy

‘suNQsUdeG

‘sunqsoyssuey ‘sundioM

‘sundio00;g

‘Sunqaeysdn’y

‘Sundodiayy Sundodiaig

‘Sunqwoay

‘govyooour ‘dmy SuUNWeqovo;T

‘sundag

‘Sundej-ooyoyng

“‘sungey,

“sundyeg

“sung [oo yy

‘Sundsuroy

‘Sunqwe[-wo0y

‘Sunqep-sasuey ‘dg

‘sSundos ‘sundsucoy

“‘Sungely

‘sunqaqd

‘Sunqeoy'yV

‘Bundyo} ‘Sundyaa00 x7

‘SuNwuo0y ‘yy

‘sund.ooy‘ 7,

‘dundjoys

“CAMSaNaaHT,

cc “eyzreqg

‘eyzouey, ‘Veyzieg

oe ‘eyZuog

es ‘eyoox)

‘esyzuoy ‘efinyo ‘elioay

= ‘eyodery

°° “eyoepiy 7,

et EYOFeCT

s ‘EY Z097,

sae “eyZoyy

‘eyoqzes -ooy J,

a "VUZIOG

°* “eyoeg ‘eyoog

5° “‘eyzouoogy

"s “eyoyey’d

‘eoayo -yooqey yy

‘eyodooyo sueyo sueyg

‘efueou ‘eyzi0yg

rie “eyZzyo J,

eo ‘elooy‘'g

‘ey ZsUld “eyZsuos ‘eyzoq

ag ‘efodey‘ yy

‘eyzyey “elqyoy y,

MS “eyo uooy yf

Ph “eyo yoo]

28 ‘eyzsuory

‘UVLUVT, YO VARLON A

Sued

‘swe g

‘dius uooyg

Stuue MA

‘SIMIeIVY

‘s1UlaaYso0 yy

‘SLMYSI psy yy

‘SULMIUAT

‘S919

a °° Simos ‘S19 NT

a ‘stmuei-snsndg

“‘SLUIe J,

*- Ges ‘duit ‘Srurues ‘Siu pueg

‘Suey yo],

ae ‘sIuayssuel ‘sUTeOL

‘Sue, WOH

3: > * “S1tuysoasaeyg

26 ‘StUYoor ‘dUIsey‘ 7,

‘stWOUD

SLU

‘Sluuaeg

ne ‘aaeq ‘dur ‘sua

cy ‘SIMVYSoOULYeY yy

‘SULUTUOO X

‘SLUISPUD0YO

‘SLUOY ST,

‘Simysing

ee e

ee ee

“NVHOTIPY

‘yoo'y ce

(‘ory &) Gysvy “

‘OAUVT €¢

‘yone'y ce

‘o8 197 ce

‘uleay ‘*

-*[dmMop aly “*

‘yov'y €é

‘peouy “

‘poo}siopug ‘mouy ‘‘

‘yory ce

‘daayy ae

qeagq Jo [ty “

‘yoouyy “

‘dune “

‘laauy “

(Jaryy ®) ‘suepy “«

‘ivory “‘

‘youn ‘

‘rasunyy “

‘On ec

¢ 6

adexy

(y¥0q) ‘pug “

‘ueoIn “

‘ayIey ¢

‘dn 395) of,

‘HSITONG

921

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

ARS:

ie.)

“suNng]aeg

‘aaefng ‘dum ‘sunqe{ng

‘sunwugooy

“usayo

ooy‘d «dum ‘sunqsayqoooy‘g

‘Sunqsoos ‘Sundyooy‘g

‘dep ‘du ‘Sundeg

‘Sundjoj-1eg

‘Sundyoon

“SUNG [00S]

‘sSunqeay

“SUNUWIUI[ ZI)

‘sundyeyoyeyg

‘Sunqoaw Sunuus[-snjn py

‘Sundyeyo ‘sunqey,

‘Sunqeawory

: ‘sunqeun jy

‘Sunqed ‘sunqesy‘g

‘Sundoa yy

“‘sundyray ‘d-oo100y yy

‘Sunqeaoy) ‘Sunqooy

‘aay ‘dul ‘Suntory

“sSunqeuooy,

‘sundyejoy

*sunqs00y’)

“SNNULUeT

“dAMSUNAAH T

ee ‘eyoyod ee

‘eyzouoop ‘efwoog °°

‘efqyod ‘eyooy‘d “eyoqne --

‘aos ‘duit ‘afusoy

“eyoyoos “eyayooyy

as ‘SttIsnIn J

a ‘simelegq

8 ‘SLWIRAG

“9203 ‘dunt “Simueo J,

‘simseysyoy‘d uaeys

-yood ‘dun ‘stuaeysyoog

° Siuresdoy‘ 7,

‘eyzuey) ‘eyzoury’y, “dep ‘dur Simey‘p ‘Simmeg

°° ‘eyoqeas-ieg °°

2° ‘efjooy‘g 2

5s “eyzsuo0g °°

ais ‘efayg oe

“eyzjooy‘d-eooyZ °°

e- “eyo yeyg ee

‘el ZOUI-SUs0Y 7 °°

°° .. Gluuei-ieg

ee “S1U00 K

a ‘SIU OOS]

2 *SLUIYI0 X

°° Pluruey-21 9

°° Sruusueyo

‘Sruey-Funyn FF

‘eyodnf ‘eyziog °° ‘Sim0y) ‘s1m0e} “Srmuayg

el “eyoyoouy °°

ee ‘eyZovoyy ee

** ‘efad ‘eyzi00g °°

ee ‘BUZ[e y, ee

oe ‘eyzuvay ee

‘elyyooy, ‘eyzay, °°

>> “eyzudy “eyzog °°

"* “Srureamey

Rs ‘OLUIBOUN FAT

‘StMSUeO} ‘SIWSUOT,

‘siueyed ‘simisu0 x

ie ‘SUNDAY

‘StMIUOyYS ‘StMA0yS

a ‘SLUUUerT

°* “eyodvas-100. 7, ‘StMeU00} SIMUU[-OayeULUOO, J,

ee ‘eUZO0UZT ee

‘e@ ‘eu ZOuZT se

3? ‘eyzouey °°

“AVLUV], YO VATLON'G

‘SlUpeElNs ‘s1wmeNny

i$ ‘BIUIIOOUD

-- — Siwusuo00g

‘NVHOTIP

ee ‘peay

(119q ®) Suty

°° SAOMay

-* 4no 4ooy

(‘sayjo[o) uo Ing

ee ‘youd

\e Wd

ee ‘Uli g

ee ‘ysng

wi ‘punog

ee ‘held

"RTO m

sa ‘ssoid

ee ‘yono[d

‘says ‘dull ‘a0ulg

ee ‘queld

ee ‘$900

ce ‘uadO

°° USTITLONT

°° “9INSBe FAT

ee ‘XII

ee ‘op ‘ONC TAL

ee ‘purl

ee “I19 IN

eA “LN

(‘uns e) ‘peory of,

‘HSITONG

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages,

‘sanusuny ‘Sunwuey

‘Sunqyo00y

‘aed ‘dunt ‘sundyaag

‘Sunduay‘d-aaqerq

‘SUNWIUOOT °

‘sundyouy

‘SUNUUIOOYD

‘sundyoyg

‘Sundyn}-[eay

“‘sSundjni-edsuoyy

‘sundiey‘sg

“sundyoy ‘sundory

‘sunuUsuNnry

‘Sundog

‘SuNnqIIY

“sundyalq

“‘sundjooyg

‘sunq “esny

‘sundoig

ssunqoy yy

*SUNGe9}9 IT

“sundyoy

‘SuNqoosyooys

‘Sundjaoq ‘Sunqinis ‘sunqiey

‘CqOMSuUnagH 7

foot eyzsuoyy ‘ele “eyzoy,

° ee *eUZ[CONT

‘eldoof ‘eyodean “‘Byoyooup

ae **wyoyoouy-edyooy ‘ eyzwmoya

nie “eUZUI00 NT

‘eyoop-owle 7,

“eyoeyy

“elui007

ee ‘eyzourl ‘eyzseyy

Ag ‘eyodevos-[eay-e[ooyD

- "* eyzeu suoyg

on ‘elfeyo “eyooy‘g

ne ‘eyzdo, ‘elias “eyodny

Be ‘eyswmoyo “eyzsuoyg

ee Be

-- “elyyoz “eyzyyoz “eyoog

"- “eyzsuoy “efueal ‘eyzuoy,

‘eyoo(T

‘eyZooug

“eyZzueo X

‘eyzloug

“eyzeuyy

“el(.y,

“eyoyeyg

“EYEE ‘eyzuoys “eyzuoyZs

; <a ‘eYayO0I4)

“UVLAY J, YO VANLOH'G

me ‘SIUISUB} ‘SiUvaYy yy

“i as ‘SUSU

aa 400d ‘dunt Blouse

a ‘Byunwoyo-Fung ooyusT,

2 ; “‘SIWIBIS

t ** “SLULYSolWey,

“ie °* rusuoyO

"* Grumtooyorese ‘Siw1M00YD

cig: -+ Srueaqnoy‘g

‘slUsYysouery

°° ‘Sruraeyeod ‘Srumstyooy‘g

‘Syuryors atayeny ‘Buuo'T

ee ee

aot ‘uod “yar *dot “siauay

ene os ‘S1uysoy

‘uaayso} ‘duit Siueaysoy,

°* “SruUuel ‘Stuer ‘F1uuey

ig ** ‘Sruleeq-suoy

"* “Sroruelq ‘stulag-Yyoustg

ox "+ Sruued-ysoy

axe ‘Bruvopsny ‘SILO png

“ ‘SLULYO

‘STUIe/OUD

‘SIUIN9}9 [AT

‘SUUBIYSHOg

‘SIaysyous ‘SiumLYysyoysog

a ‘stuato0yy ‘stmedy‘q

ee ee

‘NVHOTIJ

-* “¥o0] Saag

ee ‘daaqs

oe ‘4qnys

oe “y1dg

= Tug

°° ga T9JIG

a ‘QABYG

‘ains ‘yo}VUug

°* ‘dn pueig

ee WIM ee

oe ‘apllig 6

pre “Hotes 2

ae yeodg

ee “T19S ce

a 2 ho’) a

ee ‘SUIG ve

se ‘dong 6¢

ae ‘dug ce

oe ‘qeig €é

ee ‘uley ‘e

--Kemeuny “

ce ‘deay ce

ove ‘dn OW ce

ee *‘qsBvoy ee

ee ‘Oply ee

zi ‘UNY OF,

‘HSITONG

323

1842.]

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

‘Sundyo]-eauQ

‘ounqaq

‘Sunqrey‘g

‘sundex

‘Sundye}-eSuary

“‘SuNUIUe Fy

“Sundoy ‘Sunqeaay

‘dundjap sovoy’y v

‘dur Sunqeoy) ‘Sunqey‘y, §

‘BUNIOY-eI0 sy

‘SUNUIUT IS]

‘SunwMSud0154

“sunday ‘Sundyay,

‘SuNUIUOOY

‘Sunqi9y‘y-eS uaery

‘sunqedaayy

‘sunqueyao J,

‘Sunqayy ‘Sunqsoy sy

“Sunqsury

“sundqoag

“‘Sunqep-es NCETIAR g

“sunuiuod ‘SsUnUINOOg

‘Sunqjoy’g

‘Sunwsueyy

‘Sundjooyy

“CANSHNGaHS

** “efias-yooz0g

ee “ey zoqd

= “eUZ[OT,

‘eyzek “eqyzoony

‘eyodooos-aeueyy

“ts “ey Zuo],

eae “eyzlog

‘efrayy ‘efuaou ‘efuary

‘el Z100Y-8.100 5]

ee “eYZUnG

f “BY ZIe(y

‘eyzysoy “eyoyey ‘ey Zqo yy

‘eyo yooy ‘efuop “efuroy,

‘eyzsunjug “eyzacy

“eyoeyo “eyzjoyp

= “BY ZUIO Sy

"* “eyzsuoiuo J,

‘eyoyoros ‘eli00g

ee ‘eldey,

“eYz5U0}-auSu90 J,

a ‘eyzmyD

“eyZzyyeys “eyoeyy

xe ‘efue yz,

ed ‘ey Zooyy

“UVIEV, UO VaRLOH Gg

“STUIUO]-910[9 Ny

‘Srulaaq ‘S(ULU00 X

“0 “SLULIOY J,

a ‘SuIaay gq

°° Srueayse, 7,

Bae “SLUR J,

ats ‘stuung

ee ‘orure x

ea ‘s1uTysoog

e- “STUISIT

‘SLUeIO} “‘SIMLOOY SJ,

oe ‘stuImo0Oy

a ‘StuINoyO

‘StumMssayo “Stusayy

°° Sruqesyae 7,

aE STUISULY

°° Siuel-sueq

ee ‘stulysoog

‘Stueld ‘Stuayiysoog

‘StMUMAY ‘StUIUOg

‘Sumsuey‘d ‘Siumaeg ?

* Brurpoy.g §

‘+ LUCE ia

stuep-Sunwes0y5

‘NVHOTIJ

°° adsiy

e “HIPAA

"* 9esoojug

ee “Oye,

"* “Cle aye y

"* “no oyey

* ayquiny,

ee ‘ONeL

“H[BM B OMB T,

oe “SIM J,

°° “ofquiad 7,

** ‘dn ayey,

ee OLT,

2 “MOLY T,

ee “Tea T,

oe “4ST,

=" PROLIF,

ae ‘keg

a3 BAIIG

ee ‘MOG

°° “peaidg

aN ‘MIG

eo qIIdg

ee ‘MOG

es *[¥a1G OL

‘HSITONG

€¢

ie — aie ee

[No. 126.

524

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

“Uy “eg “an

‘Sunueyysn Fy

“sunqyso 7,

“SuNUIU00Ey)

‘Sundyay,

“SunqeiOy,

“sundaj-aeysooys

‘sunqeayo

“sunqa0y,

‘sunqi0g

“‘sundyey,

“COMSaN aa ST,

"40h “ua0k ‘9z0 XK

‘yoop “uly “Jo x

er ‘yoo XK

°- = “eyzoaeye py

> “eyzoq

“+ “eYUZa0xyy)

ee ‘elfooy

ois “BY Z1lO yy

‘ef1os-ooysooyg

s3 ‘ey Zoo J,

‘eyzoous “efuooy

‘efreys ‘elooy) “eyzooy,

eg ‘eyoyey’ y,

‘aVLUV], XO VARLOH'G

ee ‘UOT,

°° ‘Oop ‘uoop ‘oT,

ce “yoo 7,

°- Grureaysoy,

‘Siu ysueyysn Fy

se ‘StuysIeg

ae ‘SLUIBAL)

‘Siulzes ‘Stw9aYsSO, J,

os “SLULEIO J,

‘SIMU -SUL[OOYsooYyS

ee ‘olwayg

24 ‘SLUIWIGA SY

as ‘s1uMLIBYO

-? ‘StugUN J,

‘NVHOTI[Y

(‘ysnojd & ut) ‘ayox “

‘ay

‘umex “

‘HIG AA t¢

“ysim “

‘ONR AA ee

‘Ysa MM €¢

‘onsium “

‘OL AA ee

‘daa “ce

‘ysem “<

“ABI AA OT,

‘HSIIONY

= = ‘SuNAQIey vojuey °° ce SAyaea £10 A

= “SUN[OUL ouNY °° “CY UNYO UsdY °° ae he Ve ‘aorad OU} St IVY AM

€ Youu moy % Yoru mog ¢ ° Ta £2

‘su 0 °° ‘yokeues ‘oopsuey °° ae ‘oJ uNFy °° °° “I ST oa AA

6 I é I I G I oot

-euny eo ‘y‘dayg ay ee ‘e100 7 ee ce ‘uml0g

‘90 oSuN[OU VY y QnA Susat aayg °° 0} oY Sunjoyy °° ‘aotad ay} St yey A

6 ra I G S T (on | € € paar |

"9a 00G = ‘uly OOG °° "*-_ cijey-von * ‘a19Y} ST OU AL

Gi al G I T ts € é [

"eyoyoaq af ze ‘oooys ayT °° °° = oay}00q OTT °° ‘qNO 90S sey oi oy,

G I it OBO Boe | G i 6 I

°° ‘oopsueg -°: sy "7 s+ (Qo8tquia) sure oy) UT

-aau oda ‘azo odyel Yok owen -: ‘uojoysequiep 0} weg °° ** Tam nos ay

T I G 1 G T G I G G T

= ‘galuaa py :

. se ee ee Ld ee usw uO

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

‘ap sunp oom 4

T j €

‘ap oqmed Sunp oo.

| Aueduioo ur z re)

"U008 eT

if G

“e} BoUIp WN SULIICy

v € G 1

‘ap Sunsing sue oueuy

eee 4 ie Ae lt

‘od euuley,

G I

° €

C#ANSUAdaH ST,

‘suos Sunp vosey’g

‘SUOS OOLR] dOeY

I G €

‘el edyvey ‘oo1yny °°

I @ I G

QnA esury4 wnu Suuig

‘oveq Sunp OoN

I Sut 6

ee 70) poy

T @

>* 0 00YZ 010,

G spnofa |

“‘SUOS WEY Of ejooy °° ‘Ol ey o9eq Sunsing ay,

SI Kpnojo ys ep 04

P € G I

er oe Ae

i ‘Jop ome 7,

G I

‘UVLAVT, YO VADLOH‘G

no4 0} euos savy sek Auem Moy

Bi § + 6 I

os “yso} Wey,

UleUla JUdTIS

6 I

"NVHOTIJ

"+ TWHIY WIE OD

€ j I

é I

‘Apnojo st 4t Lep-oy,

G I

‘nod alB plO MOFT

‘onsu0} anok pyoyy

‘HSITONG

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

"a9ep “OPE 99BP O01

Buea alt = dik: 3p

‘oousp

oous un wooay euy

I € ¢ Li

“9alap 05 aysee}1

5 I G

“uly snq ey yy

S G I

— os Bye) ueuy

I c

Sungep -ousp- “08 ueuy

€ [I @

‘gay ue yy

‘9p OO1np ‘opey joog

‘2081 CIO

I @

ee Orr

I @

“2981 Je

I j

‘a9O] CIYIU

G I

‘ey yeuey‘d ‘roysy eueysg

“COAuSunaaH’y,

oe i049 BL sakey‘d ooy‘G

[ € Dv G

e = ‘us0p

We vl eqsuey‘y eet st

T € ¢

o- ‘op or ieee

€ G

a ie ato

‘oopsuey eqSuey "9 sunsay'y

if Pp ic

"> “eyzsuos-eued Sunsoy yy

& sacl G

"+ ‘yaaa Suosoue) “yooyo ey,

=m -* ‘Suos enyd

i G

‘YOYs 001007

ee ee

ee e°@

if G

‘SUOS B[V

T G

oe a ‘JOYS Bleyy

ii G

.- “Oysyoy [eZ “op

edyorey‘y “su00, oojey‘y

** Suosdn[-‘weyo-“eyoweys)

G I IE

ee ee ‘SU0}U0 J,

“UVLUV T YO VAALOH

es ‘uel Sund ouox °°

I ‘g DG

‘uaj90q Sunis} o Weey uLy

G [ 6 ¢ D

‘oJ99q-Ystjaoq-WINY sour ON °°

° ¢e I uot 9S9q}.

oe ‘ol Jsnq ayy OX °°

ces Lore’

** “woop 0} WHY Woey uey °°

G @ T p €

°° “Ystjaq-unysaq-uiny ny °°

€ € I G

= er ny a

a ‘oyooq fused ‘ oa SON °°

2 @ ee ate OT se

ee cs ‘0aq Suly ce

t G

‘elooyZ Smooys ‘eyz Suooyg °°

I (6 [ G

ee ee “yso} uey ‘qd ee

#3 ‘yo[-9} ‘anqnfuay, {

GI I ;

2@ ee

“yoys 80107, °°

“NVHOTIJ

“WIT 0} SIY} BATH

v € @ il

22 ‘asnoy

imo a = nod [[tM ey M

wos oop are 2004 M

eran st Suly} iat

v € G I

‘asnoy Ino St aray Ay

i Ghee I

‘Sulos Nod oie olay AA

e G

whe ‘OIVd Aye y,

Ss ‘SuoO[e Ox)

are |

ae ‘aay aul0g

z I

ae ‘dn og

~ t

°° UMOp suloy

G I

ee ‘doyg

x “‘QoUaTIG

—t — “pot oes

J eavy soul Aueu Mozy

no WHY Win J,

*HSITON

527

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages

1842.]

‘Sungod 08 ueuy °°

€ I 6

"2908 Wl000y

WO00ady os

Opy

‘v0

€

Sunieq ey‘y 01 qeo8 euy

9 ¢

‘ey‘y Use Sunysap 019

€

G i

‘JOP BY Oar)

T G €

“90 OYIVM aa aYD say

co YG I Dv ¢

“Sunjod aqfoos 908 aay

"9980

4 é T

*Y91 voy

l G

Y} sat) oo1g

6 €

‘ayy Sunqez

I D

° rn €

aqONMSunNggH E,

‘oojnp vues Sunssy ‘sy

€ I G

99008 -epUsos-eqsuey‘y aay‘

I I G p

0A Oo100y sy

€ G

eyo Bf qead | Sunsoy yy

[ D 9 c

‘usayur aaya [ook va8ey‘g

€ I g Dv

‘Ioyy eu Sunreuy

lf G €

oA winyo suusey4 eu celta |

€ T z ES

°° UIY eseau Sunaeus ond

6 cP €

ere spoon" rat

a eu safey’ d

I G €

‘o1ey efes Sueyo euyy

I D 3 6

“UVLEVT, XO VEaLOH ‘Gg

‘unjesng wny ey

e T G

Sse *‘U00}00U wny eusdyy

c I G

‘0} Waey sey ON

€ é eV

€

ey} Sunieq, Surnysood uey

G 9 ; ¢

01 Sunweu oy} Sunysap ox

j € I G P

a cael ysyng sug

z €

8.194 iy ane :, an 0nd

[

s ASOn Seurann Atusiues fun

Gj G

“ovlo} munG ON

I 0} 6

G I 6 e

ve ‘Sunnis

“Un Uday oulez BNYo osu

I poor € G

‘NVHOTIP

‘Keys nok Op a19 AA

€ G

‘sI} ST osnoy as0u M

V2. ear eG i

‘yoeq

iInof uo St peo. yey mM

¢ V6.6 I

‘asel]tA

yeqy JO omreu ayy st yey Ay

v € eS |

‘OU WOJF 41 oye y.

hs aiike I

; =n me qI SI fe: “0H

: ‘sovid Surdooys san St sd

g Dp G

om dn ome

“WILY moat 31 ove

€ G I

°° V9 0} SULYJOULOS aUI GAL

P € aa

“HSITON

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

528

oayny‘y ‘suog

G qouul

aajas BIA

G [

‘20U OYIVA JU 00199] AT

€ G I Li

‘OZU9[ OOS OOS WO09Y v9V

G T [ v ie

99U 98 Y[OOUL OS UeUX)

9 I a. G

‘ayy SuNWISU0C} Jed 09H

v GONG

‘gaidoou Suni

-03 IMYyUy, voYyo Tvep ouq

¢ T € G

‘O00 Ue Avap oe

6 68 L (

Sunysep wnuey oy avy

Pp € G 9

‘gau 1oOy"} 90U SULT,

I S T G

‘go BoUNYY WY

G I €

° ¢

CANSUNAATH ST,

ig ‘omsue}) oqsueyy 0} yst[-o}yso-rey ‘dQ

Z qouur I Zj Z youu

‘ays oH ; ‘au BAT ‘YOu BA

os Gy it G I

40K Suliseyy Wey 00.1909 ae ‘OOIDO IAT OF ANP BOT,

€ G I v v oy ae T

SUOSOYd 9a00s Vqsuey ‘y sot seauetaed C98ut)

4 qoury y9°C A ) yaysFuey-aoey wooy OX

G 1 v fc z I ; c

gour a8 jook Sues Sunsooy yy ‘W0}9YSOjU0}-0 Yoow winy vy

9 [ eseyIA % c ‘Aeys nok opp | en A c

a ce ‘18 3]

1 ‘oay SIUISU00} SUNAVOY‘Y OSU)

-Su0}-efsuooy‘} eulo BY VID i pyonpo ¢ 01%

I v So 20) —G

ee ‘UIg2] e| my yy ee ‘Sunios

Gan Ol a8 9

‘myuey, VB] INYO eusueyz inyuey, ooysod 0 leap a,

G I G € G v Ewe G

"s ‘mel sasuNyD °° -* 0} WO J¥9q

8 T z peor shep

8 L

-°‘odyeys teed wInUe yy ame 2} sunysep pa a) oon

£ o se!) I D

“3 08 oi ae ue) °° ‘04 a hey a aude

G I @G €

mo “ok mpseyp wey °° = 0} so78 wO

G I CS G I €

‘aVLAV YT, wo VALLO A

‘pjoo AJOA SI IT

G it

‘puejsiapun jou Op J

Guan SI i MOF

v € G [

‘asnoy styy afinq OY AA

D € 6 [

(‘uvur) oalyeu

nof aie Arjunoo yeyM JO

v € G [

‘YIU oWIOS OU OAT)

€ G 1

‘10y InyURy, Yowl

; 2 G Pp

I 1eys sdep Auew Moy Uy

€

G lt

‘S1} WIJ odB{[LA

¢ v

umnuey st sacks AUBUE MOFT

G T

‘-* “Qqgosap JO jUI0Se Ue 4 ST

“NVHOTI[Y

€ G I

“peod at} St oMl] FEU AA

S G T

"HSITONG

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.)

‘OUBI BU old yy

9109 Soop (6 i

‘sunqiayy qorsy

eel G

‘90U SUMMA] oueuyg

ST op 0} nod 04

‘Sunqyoaas oos ooyley yy

T WO. z

“03949 a0

"90UBL

eeysooyy oueus vay

‘saUNSNI VqaiyD

‘Jol eSuRy uN Wooay

D l G €

“aueU Oalny y

G i

‘sau Sunqgecy

G l

‘a0 Ue Ieap ved

D Bk eG

‘Suookeul-ejaayo “ely daayo

SG [ I

"* “eyzsu0} oof ‘eyoday oory

I G I G

“¥ ‘opoy eyed jooy

op 0} nod

e “‘Heeys ousue 7

i 6

>» es “ejaoy‘d 0sO

“yoop

“ey duninoay‘y Sunieuyy

‘Yoopsuo X ~eas-‘eyo-equiyg

SUIUIOD st

‘100Y‘Y 9uu0) eu eqsuey’ y

Pp T G €

7 @e@ ee

‘jou sSueyo

G I

*e ee

“404 ByO,T,

G 1

‘WIR, doz elu

ZR \G

‘souvyy eyo winusuoog -Fueyz soue yy 8U WINUSUOOG

€ I G

° ¢

qausunaaa’y

9 € T 6

“UVIUV], YO VAELON

se “100q UL OoY‘y,

€ G [

‘Bimue] Sunes)

I G

fe ‘StuLUe] COME sy

Op 0} nok 03

‘Us pads vaysirT

I G

0} 9ays l

SI o1ns

-ooyy Yseq wep sunsuey |

-eaid poos qyIm nod

ese

““osay‘d ein y 8030 0 Waa yy

P € CFL

eee eoe

‘Our YOooy. Ty,

G I

ad “+ €y00p Siuuey

SI 9AIS 0}

G I

"** 0} WHO evap

peor skep

b Li 9

ood soury eyo wmuSu0c0g

G € I G

“NVHOTIPN

°* gul09 you oy sey Ay Ay

abies? I

: ‘Suos & Suis OL

v6 I :

oe —_ ‘op NU NOK .

as ‘poo Jo arp q[fa nox ~

‘diysiom anoX 1047

‘nod yiim paseajd yonut ue 7

= "+ “Gurured st ay

f oe 41 Sulaq ‘asnoy

P €

( eq} Jo yno 41 uayey Sun, eH

G I

we a ‘0U

SUTYJOULOS ‘SULYJOU SI a1aUL J,

‘QAlS JS 10K

" ‘s958]S INO} SI 41

a 7

ae 0} wnusu00g mom

€ G l

“HSITONG

[No. 126.

530

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

-g098) oyodooys 9900 K

I 3G €

‘Sunqsu ey y

G G i

‘ap By100q

G [

‘al VYONY

T G

‘QUBU B] JIU 9a}¥ IY

P a I G

‘yar esuary

& 1G

‘2098p OPBM UY 990g

aAIs WI 0} st oYyM

-yeZ VY UeUL)

LZ I cs

‘yeur oY.

I G

‘Jal BAYI00 “Jol VS10O

aah Sere Ce 2a 1G

ae ‘tod “ejyoojyeyy aoyq “"* "* se] Uap OON

I G € Lf GE

+ gayodny sayo Suninosy‘y ‘UOSUTI OY} Sey

€ [ G i 1 @

ac ‘SuOS OU YYyooon, °° -- = 9aq yeh‘

G I G I

‘100yy eyony °° °° “ejay Sunjeg

I G

°° ‘oopeul oop

-* Soop aul Bsoop ooyse py I

lake I Z Ssunjay, ‘aeeul 0} Sunjay,

I Ge I G

*- ‘IOOy.Yy ou oz “ejay‘y ep ogy “° -* “Blay UBT UBT

eG & & 1 @ cron G I

‘Bl a08

0} ‘Jays aoVUUeI OU 0} SUN OV FT

-eyd joys Bf 97 ULY so0YS yy aals WIY st oy

wig dAId Oo} WITY SI oy

a ‘uly YYlt vayo yooyy ** “07 18Z OY} uey

Gey I € G YP l €

** “yooyo opuiey ‘yooyoa wey °° "' aysereyg

I z k z eovjd Avp-o}

G I

‘100ysy anys ooy’y s00Y‘y

e I z e ws ‘eIny vaya vayg

ou ooy’s “Bly y el coy‘, Es EL BORG

1 @ gon a ‘ae

‘od vafoog °° ‘od [PON “JOp ou [VON °° -**ysoy SBA SB

6 l G l 6 1

"COANSUNGTH' J, ‘UVLIUV], 1O VALLON'G "NVHOTIJ]

i *sIq} UO WI 90B[q

€ G i!

‘sutdes nod ore yey A,

€ 6 I

bs T

me (‘piomM SULIq) OU [[>J,

ba I

"3 *J0U JO [10 a19Y} sy

v € 6 I

ue ‘SULIg ‘opeul SUIATT

€ G l

‘sduojaq If WO 0} 31 9A

gs *a3s¥o NOA SI IVY AA

ere 4 Se |

se0 eee ‘AIp q1 19°T

G I

eee ‘saliq ‘poysea SUIAR FT

g é :

“+ (418 4daqs SUTACT]) daa[s

Z if

“HSITONG

ern

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.)

‘aajaed ey‘y 001 °°

€ I é

‘104 O01

I G

‘9049 Og

‘eyod unwoosy oSunsiy

G € Vv I

‘oousy‘y Sunqez vyy

l 8 a

soleil UN UIOOay UBUs 9a)

6 € ¢ D I

‘“a0Uap BU 020H

G T S

‘20 VYIOY

I 6

‘sovUN WI

eu ody Sy ie ae 904)

G I P

rer 9Yd Of)

amod nod ap I Z

‘oou BVyoy.g “sau oy‘g

I C T G

‘sSunwusl ey’ y

€ I

“doYoaoel BYY VION

6 I £

“CO MSUNaT HST

Suos op ood eqSuey‘y On Fee

"* 98de} oayo ooey’g °° “yojoysood ay} on °° | ‘SUIMOS OY SI IVY AA

c IT @ € G I

**4ooy Sund on °° 3 — U9

T G

‘UAOD JIS oy aswalg

g l z

‘dooas-jny ev oosey‘g °°

I 6

‘aayoojog ‘aeya yoq °° "* “gayouaysoy, -°

‘asnoy

‘yayso} UNwIaey eUOO Fy

Z € 7 I Gre SIF I oY} UL UMOP HIS sey oy MON

Sa I

tes efes sayo ussuod vy] 5 ‘Ua4ay oomez ayy ‘VBa 0} OUI ald NOK [TM

8 9 G is Z Eee} 9 8 Z

eatavtn seyiooy Sunieury | oy 001}00q OWsey Uvy lL yeyM asnoy anod 0} aUIOD es

S P I 9 G S ¢ Pp 9 ¢ P 2. 6 L

ve ‘uesop oul Suneuey -- “yojo0q VU ooMeEY ** oray Aue Sulos jou we 7

te T € G I rs e G I

oe od esieg 40h eyooy + PES ‘0} Oosuegq °° "* Quang St 4]

l G I G i 6 6 I

ae °° Suossayo nas °. 4eaunut << Bae

S €

oul By eanes Bee var Boyo «=wnyooy Sug a padaqo jou ay sey sa

G c ] a I C D % G

ne ‘o8uosfuok- -asuok-eueK ° “a900q syourny ey fates nod savy ened OI

RXS PES I @ D I G € D S T

“ ‘Suosuey °° 7° 0} ‘Oasreyg °° i “aap SI Fa

‘uljed says Sunieusy -- ‘youurl oy4 oon °° ‘op I me LAA

€ T G a T G €

‘saya Suood eum ysory -° ‘eloayz ey ysyodan °° ‘Uleoe ‘Litto’ 100 od

G leche eres G I & € G I

“UVIUVT, WO VAELON‘G

"NVHOTIFY "HSITONG

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

532

yeind et ef oyoeing °

G ee I

‘Sundjoou eu Sundyoon °

l 6

‘90WIe1 VU e] VY °

Ltt -E 6d

‘OOUap VUE eT oq °

I haa Ofer ||

‘OUDS VU BIG -

] Ge 10s tT

‘uejod vjoousg

G l

‘ag0ep ‘opem sunq

“i "* ‘eyzoou edyynf os

(‘ww pue vw usamjaq ul ynd v)

as ‘uvind eur eunIng

| G I

‘Wl pue Y Usaajeq ul ind o

**“qol eul UIqay °° ‘00g BU OYOOT

G I U pbrG perk

uesuooK °° ‘JOoq BUI 9a 0}00G

2 I aulod ey sey re [

‘aay olojoq paij1Wo U

‘u90q BU 904 OJ00q

* Suosqoyy Bui asuosqoy‘y,

I I

e oe

: -* “Su00k oul

e ee

‘op sur ous00q °°

os nokpip e 7 auos nok savy @ Lore I

: °* 9QYzoys oul sueyayS “punos ayy} Jo )

1 zZ I ayes oy} Joy ut qnd ste

; re °* ‘ays our oyg U°° ‘usu eu e UdI0N

e Gee *poojsiopun nok aary 7 I

"190}0p 10 usjOp-sus0gq °° ‘uajaeq 99y UIYsoy,

€ G I

te ‘eypoop ueyzoq °° ‘Wejaeq 904 UajaYsoy,

Avqs NOA [IM 08 Nod TTTM ¢ j I

‘yer 10 yoours efoyz

‘you 10 “Jos Nod aaeTzy

G I

“you Jo “ouIod J [[eYS

z I

‘JOU 10 ‘aUI0d ay [ITA

Ga G I

“you 10 ‘od NOK [ITAL

SONG l

( puejsiopun no prp)

€

¢ JOU JO puejyszopun nod og

G I

‘o8 10 £eys nos (TLAA

€ 6G I

‘ureas Anq 0} ssodns

z G 9 T I G 9 ¢ P

“sUOYD OO1q woadood vida] Suos}e} vjaay‘p COYseoU Jooy, S1uFu0z eoyo voadoos BIIAN' QZ UWosiad sty} Waals savy |

G o i S [ G 6 Pp ¢ ) P € € G I

gaiyes oueus O° * zs ‘ules suNnAINO ce ‘yooyes Suniuey ‘nok yeaq [JIM J astmsoy0

8 yt 6 8 8 6 8 £

soueuT 99Yo UBY epinp -ay'y oul Yooyory epyepesuos soem jet unjnyy syadou ‘oreo oye, ayy rayjoue ye

fa 9 ¢ 6 2£ 9 ¢ L 9 G 9 G

eyeoy o1AY eUllop sey -yeyo efrydaeyo eusap say‘q ‘uosuooYyo ely evuap ox caye[dsiqy usyosq nofoaey Ay Ay

(6 l v € 6 I D € ‘6 I P G36 G I

‘CONSHNGaHS 7, ‘HVLUV], YO VAALOA'G ‘NVHOTIP ‘HSITONG

533

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

‘aouNnsNA aayayoyO

‘aeu oda Su0q 9900 x

G Pose I

‘9oVUl VNe7

G [

I G 10 lf

° €

COAMSYNGaH ly

‘oul WIM “Sund-Sunp-Suy 2

€

‘oul WOT ‘OU-BU-syNg “syn p-ayo-3up § peed)’

‘ot uodn Jo ‘eum ‘uoo-ua-Sund-suna-$y n ‘OAL esno0y

“OUI 10} ‘0} ‘Sund-Buns-of-0-3up ‘OAlVeq

‘our Jo ‘oulta “o-Suq ‘OAT

‘Jesdur ‘T ‘Bag “OAIJBUTUTIO NT

% ntre = = =

sn guLF wo ou fu te tune Coane y

Ye YUM ‘Suni-sun-weoyy

‘asnoy & UO JO ‘asnoy e ‘uoo-us-sund-woey ‘OAlJVsnIDYy

‘OsNOy & AOJ ‘OVUr ‘oy ‘Sund-o-msay ‘OAIIEC

‘asnoy & Jo ‘o-waay ‘OAINIUOXD

‘osnoy @ “Waayy ‘AAT]CULUIO NT

~_* MB pues ‘suoyeuruia, £q payreur are soseo ay,

‘o[BUay pus oye soayoofpe ayy Aq peysMsaystp ore soxas

OY] 10 “spiom JUodayIp Jayyia axe S194) YOIYM Joy ‘speutue ssoyun ‘topues Jayne 94} JO aq 0} Wlaas saatquejsqng oy uf

‘NVHOTIWN

a a ee

"* “qoojueood edyry‘ 7,

G T

‘304 owes oqSueu soy

6 v € I

"* + “es BUT Suoseg

hoes I

‘es BU es ‘es vat Suoses

Ie 3G SES lege eae et

“UVLUV T, AO VALON

ee ee

"* ‘Oopopsny ‘oopopngsunysg -::

G G l

0] wep aey‘dnox < ..

G Pp poos gktoa |

‘ez eul egy °°

T SiGey'l

a °° “uez BU eUuRZ ¢:

I G l

"NVHOTIP

‘Sulpyey are sdorq

G T

"** “gsoq SI Stl 7,

19999q ST SY,

G I

‘JOU JO yea oY serpy

6 I

‘40U Jo yea nod avez]

6 T

‘HSTIONG

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. [No. 126.

534

nod [8 ‘0,003 ‘on00 y ‘no& dn axe} ‘ovoy, ‘nod [nd ‘odeq nod [[Ly fouesoieg

NOY} [[e2 ‘yooy “uooyy ‘noyi dn aye} a0R0 7, ‘noy} [ind ‘deg Noy? [[Ly Ves

‘SIWULO J,

‘{[nd 0} ‘siummeg ‘TET 01 ‘Siurueg

"JIS JOU OC] ‘Yso}-eYT,

‘08 10U Op “o2a0q-eUJ, ‘AA15 JOU Op ‘Uay-eyy, ¢ is 0) oseaid } ‘ae4auayso J,

‘[[¥9 0) ‘Sutooyy = ‘dn ayey m4 ‘SIUIeO J,

"08 01 asvold ‘aayoosag += ‘aa18 0} asvojd ‘aoyouey ‘usyso J,

‘nod 09 ‘ov0q ‘nod dAlé OUDy “nod qs ‘OYso Ty,

Noy 08 ‘vag ‘Noy? dalsd ‘uayy ‘Noy? 11S ‘Ysoy,

‘05 0} ‘Simieeg QAIS 0} ‘SIUIO YY “41s 0} ‘SIULYSO J,

‘7 10 d oyu

pasuvyo A[jensn ore s19}ja] asayy ‘ee 10 we Ue Mojlfoy Sewe Jt pu ‘poppe A[uowui0d st aa ‘vy aq Jamoa yey) JL ING “Te[NSuIs aay

~e1odull 9Y} Joy poppe satunjeuros si ‘wv 107 poddoap uaeq sey ‘uoneutuse) yey} tayye bz olojoq [aMoa B SI aio} Udy A,

‘0 Jo

peaisul pasn ]}0q UaIjo pues “Bays 10 wa “\ueauT oq Joodsar yeors JL 4nq ‘[ern[d oy} suMA0y Ae[NSuIs ay) 01 poppe o£ suondaoxa

AMAT B YA ‘srelNSurs satyeiodurt oy) yad nok suoweurusey asay) Sutddoap Aq pue ‘few 10 Gru UI pUa SaAI}IUYUI [TY

*pourtoy

O48 SOSUd} AOYIO OY} IF WO.1J PUB “GJoa B JO 4OOI 9} SI “OATWUBISQNs & solUNoos st Yorym ‘aepnSuis oanesadut ayy,

cc JUBISIP JSOT 10 tour ‘AAAA ,, ‘y2uv0 wnydy se ‘Kid ,,

Surdpiusis “eoydqQ ssajun ‘uosizeduioo Jo voiSap ou puy 04 afqe Useq aA J pus “lapusd ou oaey saaydofpe ayy,

*pazq1t0

Aj[etouad ysour st 41 4nq ‘femnjd ay} ajouep 01 pappe astmoyy st “Te SUIAJIUSIS OYs ,,‘sasnoy ,, 0} ‘bundnumaay ,.sosnoy ,,

‘DWAIY SB “YUBUOSUOD B UI SUIpUs SUNOU 0} poppe seUIToUtOs st Y ynq “[eInjd oy} UL OWES ayy aq 03 aeadde sasvo ayy,

985

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages

Try Aoyy

"(Ey nod

“TEL aa

STD] oy

“FSOT[LY Noy

HEL T

02) ‘Op 10U Op |

op Asay

‘op no&

‘Op OM

"Sa0p ay

‘ysop noy}

‘Op T

ra “UIS dATJeJOdUIT 9t} 0}

1842

“ysojeg

“Ysaqeg

“ysayeg

“Byeg

‘unjeg

‘ynyeg

‘Ystpouey

“ysepoue'y

“ysapouery

‘opoue’y

‘uopoue'y

‘opouey

“YsIp

3189 ‘os Koy “ysajaeq “ = aqaaq “epuosoN

usjeg ‘os nod ‘ysijaeq “ uajoaq ‘Cua yy

9189 ‘OS OM ‘ystjaeq “* = aqyaaq ‘snuysry

00189 ‘sa0s oY “ejaoq ““ = oja0q ‘SON “S ON

me u00}"G ‘8905 nowy ‘unje0q “ u0j00q ‘suay -* way

a0) yooies ‘os | ‘yn}99q 10 yoo}a0q *s00xX) 10 00x

"TIEY 07 “Starueg "08 0} ‘Siula8g

Py)

‘yopoury Vl ‘Sunyisjou ure y ‘yOojaysoy, 10 ynyayso}-eyy “OOK)

opuey “y1s Aaya ‘ysojaysoy, * ‘919480 J, “epuosou-ony

= uapuey 41s NoA ‘ysnoysoy, “ ‘uajaysoy, ‘saay-BUlaa yy

id opuey “JIS OAK ‘ysojoysoy, << 9980 J, ‘SuNYsly

ie oopue’y ‘sjIs oY ‘nyeysoy, “ ‘ooxaysoy, ‘OUZ-S0N “* ON

“ woopuey *989}4IS NOY} ‘uojoysoy, “6 ‘aoo,oYso J, ‘ey “ vy

10 = yoopuey “4IS | ‘YOOYSOT, 10 ‘yoo}ayso,, *S00K) 10 004)

‘Op 07 ‘stuLUerT "IS 0} “SIUNY[SO J,

‘ap Io 9) ‘ysap *Yso} *ysoq (19 ¢ c¢ De 6¢

‘ysop ‘uap ‘ua ‘ys *ysaq 66 6é 6e "PZ ce

‘Ysip 10 ysap ‘op ‘Ysaq ‘4 ‘end wosiad 4sy ayy,

‘OOp 10 ‘op ‘00 ‘e} ‘04 rf te PIG Gees

‘uoop ‘uop ‘U0 “u00} Suippe Aq ‘uosied pz auy,

$19}}9] 9SaY} JO Jayla ul pus 41 Jt “aa 10 4 “a “uw Sutddoap pue ‘aejns

«¢ JOOP IO Yop ‘ynq ‘3x00; “yO? ,, Surppe Aq pourscy SI ‘osua} JUaSeId 94} Jo Ae[NSuIs Uossad ISIY OUT,

“LNGUSHUd

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. [No. 126.

9986

‘aues

‘uaueg

‘Ques

‘oueg ** yeg9

‘uoueg “* ues

om “pally I ‘yooueg 10 yes

‘THY 03 “Srtuueg

‘auOp Jou aAey J ‘yoouel SIT

‘ysouey oue'y

‘uoue'y

‘ysouey “ ouey

‘oue'y “* oouey

‘om ‘NOY ‘uouey ‘* woouey

"auOp aaRy J ‘youe’y] 10 yoouey

‘op 0} ‘S1umueT

*T9MOA B Jae ‘Ol 10 9 ‘4 § ue *JUeUOSUOD & I91T@ O IO &

aysoy, “* Ysoysoy, ‘ysaloy *< a10] SON,

‘uaYysoy, ‘UdIO, SaayT

‘ysoysoy, * aysoy, ‘ysolo, ‘a10] SuUNYSI ST

‘OYsoO T, 2) ee O10] SONT

‘om ‘Noy ‘unyso J, ‘ox ‘noyy “elo; “* UddOT sey

yes | ‘yaysoy, Jo ynysoy, ‘ayods | ‘YO[ 10 YOO, sooxyy

"JIS 0} ‘SLUIYSO,T, ‘yeods 0} ‘S1uru0'T

‘UdALS JOU savy ] ‘yel BUI

‘ayy ‘00g ‘ap ] = ‘aaesd Aa ‘ouuel SON

‘nod ‘us00q ‘anaes nod ‘usuuR S90

“OM ‘200q ‘QABD OM ‘ouuel SUNYsiy

‘ay ‘e00q 10 J00q ‘QAR5 OY ‘el SON

‘noyy ‘e00q 10 woOg ‘ysaaes Noy} ‘uel Sey

‘aul00 JAvY ‘yoog JABS T ‘yea soos)

"9000 0} ‘SIUIMO0g "aIAS 0} “SIMIURY

*ysat 10 ysa ar ‘9 a ie ps

‘ual 10 Ua ef a PZ

‘al 10 yso ‘a ‘jernjd =“ 1S]

c¢

66 ps

‘UOI IO U [AMOA B 19}J@ 10 UN ‘UOO ‘UO ‘e SuIppe Aq Ae[NSuIs uosiad pz oy,

‘poppe st you 10 Y Jamoa B Aq JI plnoys ynq { yUBUOSUOD & UL

pus IL JI ‘Le[NSuIs oatyesod ut ay} 03 ,,“yN 10 Yoo ‘ya “Yo,, Surppe Aq paulsoy st “yooy10g oy) Jo re[nSuis uosied ys1y YT,

‘LOdaddad

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.]

ued 5U0}-su0 ; . “JaYs-es-e

noy} wad 4 ee Tien ; noys [ds ‘wepersayD ‘noy} rv0q 4 ’ oe

; ‘STMUeI-Suo0 J, : ‘SIMUel-elaayO P ‘SIMUaYs-eG

uado 03 1 ‘SIUISUOT, Wee : ‘Sturedoay qeaq 0} ‘SIMUeG

‘AIS 0) ‘Stamey pure ‘op o7

‘stuuery ‘aoeld 0} “SIUIUAaYS Jo sourisisse out Uta “ofdionsred yoaz10d oy} WMO‘y POUlIOJ SoUITJOUMOS a1B SqIOA BATIIE ouL

‘uajeaq ‘oayjeg ; “ey1eg yeg ‘qvaq 0} “Siulueg

uing ‘oayjoogq ‘uing 0} ‘Siuuseg *poysear ‘sayoaayg ‘Yysem 0} “SIuTIeYyD x

“Ueyoig Sutaey JO usyosq *y00} Yoo,y, ‘yeorq 07 ‘SIuIyoo 7, ‘Alp ‘oasaeyg ‘Arp 0} ‘Sramreyy <

‘Sf 0} Poppe vy 10 ‘oab ‘oay ‘oa ‘10 pareadas 40 ‘quoye re[nsuis sATeIod WIL OYI JayIIa st afdronszed yoojtad ay 7,

“‘Sulyeods “Buoy ‘SUI}}IS “eYso Ty,

‘IB(NSUIS aaljyerodut ay) 03 w Sutppe Aq pauasoy st a[dionjaed yuasoad ayy,

‘SA TdHIOILLUVd

dap) “oats ysnur ay ‘yoop Stuuer Sundo N

(‘op 03 st 41 nod 03) ‘op asnur nok ‘Joop simul ousay

(od 03 st 41 out 01) ‘o8 ysnur I ‘yoop Stui9eq osug

‘se aalqtugur oy) £q payddns SI 4S JAT

‘yoojtednid pue yoayzad unt of} 1oJ pasn st yoaaed oy,

(‘U9AI5 Jou | ovey JO ‘OAId J [[eYs) JOU Jo vaIF I [eqs ‘yooues eur yooiuey

(‘amos jou nok aaey a0 “oF nok [[[M) 30d 40 08 noX [ILM ‘uaaq eur Bllajaagq

"UOUITTOD BLOM ote SULMOT[OJ 9U,J,

“MO0B PUB adI0A Jo au0} oY} uodn spuadap [Pap 18915 B aaoqge ay} UT

"029 ‘aur0d jou [Tia J ‘yooq ep ‘op noX [[tM ‘uouel soay

“SAIS JOU [Ila YT ‘yaye yy ‘OAS | [[eYs “Yer sooy

—* Pasn St Jooztad oy} asaya ‘sooueysut SUMO] [OJ BY} UT sauTT}oMN0S sso[UN “uasaid oy} se ames ay} st aINjNy at y,

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. ne 126.

538

‘Ajjnyjoedser pasn are peanyd ay} ul ‘ys “Ysa, “yst ‘Ysa

UDALS OQ JYSIUT soouRysut arom AueU

§ S1u9ys Jey ue} 10310q St Hears elVy pue “oysjeg Wey} Jaiyos st yoyseg ing ‘Sra jo aAlyV1od UI 9Y} SI IVS

o[ue yy pue oey jo seid ur pasn aie nod 0} OTUai ‘ouey

‘aYOMUIVIY “SYNpPUlsdy A9AoU ‘gyoowaay ‘synpoulsay ‘synules yy

"jnq WIY Mo ‘ayoN ‘synpon

“‘sSundwaey ‘opwisey 10U asnoy v 0} ‘SuNtsay ‘oMs2y

“my 0} ‘sundon ‘opon

: SULMOT[OJ OY) UL pue

‘esjeg pue ooyIeVYO Wey} 193J08 ore ByyeS pue oasieyy ‘yoojue7y pure Yoojysoy, JO pvaisul pasn are ‘yoopouey] pue yoo}

“9980, ,—SsNY} § }XoU oY} UL MOT[O} $19}19] asay} Jo Jaya pus ‘yUeUOSUOD & YIM PUS PAOA UO J pazsIUIO UazJo se pur ‘sfamoa

Om} U22eMjaq pooe|d Ajyensn ose 2 ‘d ‘wu ‘p pue Spodureqoroya aie Bb pus y ‘p pue?z odo a ‘v Aq paieiedas Uayo aie

s}UBUOSUOD § puNos 0} pAeder jsojvoIs oY} Aed savINMEUOOY Ol} “SedU9}UES o[OYA\ UI se [JAM se sqyaa jo sasua} oy} UT

‘229 spooame ry se ‘pojlasut sowuitjouros st 6 “e aayje £ asn UL ade a10Jaray} pur

‘19jJOS a1e JOT pur xo10T ‘yoouory ‘yey ‘yoouey ynq ‘yuorTT pue Yuey oq 14s yoojtod ayy ‘SiumuoTyT pue Simuey sqaoa

ay} UL sny} * pesn aie isaq panos yorya ATWO aso} nq ‘suoIeUtUIa) saoge ay} Jo Aue Aq poUlsoj oq JUST sasusy at J,

‘000q Set, 090q 100 pee eyyes 10 7es ONT

‘uaeq Seu, ‘uaeq 190g 0x ‘HOYT, ‘Uaeq ayes JO Vs VY

‘02x ‘U9eq aay [ ‘Y90q seuy, ‘oy “@ABY [ gaa Ody190q 10 Joo” ‘ua}v0q Useq VAY [ ‘Yaeq BS OO

‘9} BYSeyY T, 9} O9yIINg ‘apes Bs ONT

‘Ud} eyseyT, _ a} oayjoog ‘dapeses 995

a} Bysey J, ‘9} OayIoogq ‘apeses sunysly

0} VyseUy, 0} Oayo0q ‘oop eses ONT

‘om “NOY, “U00} eyseyy, ‘a= ‘NOW, ‘U0 oayioog ‘OM ‘NOU, ‘UOop eses vy

*pieoy we J ‘300 Vyseyy, ‘pouing wie [ ‘300} oayjoog ‘ua}vaq Ue | ‘OOP Bses O04)

“1eay 0} ‘SIUsey J, “UINng 0} ‘SLUUDag "ye80q 0} ‘SIMIUS

‘08 pue oq 03 sqiaa Arerixne oy3 Aq poulsoy st aatssed at y,

-pouodo aaey y ‘ye1 Suoy, ‘sds aaeyy = ‘yoouel ervayQ uo}eeq aaeY ] ‘yoousys eg

‘uodo J ‘yoojoues suo J, ‘suds 7 ‘yoopourl eisayQ ‘yeaq J ‘yoaYys Bg

039

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages

1842.

JO O8N Opeud st OANIUYUT oy} Jo “IepnFuts oarjyesod WT 941 0} wb 10 uny6 Buippe Aq ‘rejn8uts uossed IS] OUT,

~~ * SAXO] [OF SB SI UOUUTOD ysour att) ‘sosuai yuasead omy are adau T,

*noyy Surg “epayy NOY sald ‘areyy ‘op “Noy? nod ‘YyeyD ’

‘Suliq 0} “eyzpeyy ‘OAld 0} “eyzIeyy ‘Qnd 07 “eyoyeyg

VIS JOU Op op ef ‘aul09 Jou op “Yous pt

“Ysem Jou op “vayoa py 31S 0} aseald ‘aayoog ‘aUI09 0} aseald ‘aay yyous

“nok ysea ‘oaay) ‘nod 4Is ‘0}0q ‘nod aur0o ‘oyyousg

NOY} Yysea ‘vayo oyy Ws 40q Noy} autos ‘yyoys

“YSeM 0} “eyZzaayqy “Is 0) “eyoog ‘autod 07 ‘efyoys

‘wopyas Alaa yng “aanesodurt Ol} JOf pasn st aatwuyUt yy,

“UBYTLAT OY} UL se “Goodsar sayousp aaya pue ‘yeinjd ayy soyeur o jo UOI}Ippe oy) f e_NSuts

eAljesod WI OY} WIAOJ 07 pappe SOUTJIWOS SIM IO a pue ‘suoleuTUTAa, [euy oy) Surddosp ssqye ‘poppe st Y ‘oly 10 yay 9q eal

“FUgUr oui jt = paounouoad st 41 se ‘yysy a0 DYe) ULM oJaMm VYD JI o[duIIs o10W oq pinom 41 sdeysed £ pappe st 2 “41 a0]

“9q [9MOA B YIM YYI UT pua SATTIUBUL OU} Jt nq ‘suoteuruts} [vay ey) Suiddoap fq poulloy st Tensuis satyeradut aut,

; “DY2 10 ‘vl “DYys Ut Spud QIoA B JO BALUYUI aT,

‘oures ay st feunjd ayy,

‘aSeT[IA @ WO ‘00S-B8U-[00 X

‘abe[[IA @ YIM ‘oore]-Joo x SAnrRIqy

‘OOR|[IA & “Bl-[00K ‘dATVeSNoy

“aSRTIIA & OJAI “Toy “07 ‘at-oop-e]-001-J00 A ‘OAleG

‘asel[IA @ Jo ‘o8[00 x ‘QALILUALD

‘QDEl[IA B “OOK ‘OATJVULWON

"paxyeid Suteq ‘yonu Sutsjiusis ‘oqsueyy “‘uostivd uo, jo

9a15ap auo A[UO savy soalqjoatpe ay} pue ‘suoreumay Aq paysinsuysip are sunou Oy JO saseo ayy UBYDIIP, ay) ayiyT

‘UVLUVL 2 VARLOH ‘A

[No, 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

Te)

"JOOP 10 S00 ‘U0 ‘x00 " af :

U Io yoo 00 Te) a4 6¢ €

‘IV[NSUIS Jalyetedul aU} 01 400 10 woo Sutppe Aq Jelnsuis u

I t t oY I I

€ ‘pe

fui PG

osaad 48]

—:SMO]]OJ SB PaUAOJ SI JUseid Jay}O UT,

‘os AQT, ‘QyZsu0G ‘uasuo0g ‘41s Aayy, ‘uex10Gq

o8 NOX ‘ay Zsuog ‘uasuog 4IsnoxX ‘UayocT

‘os aM = ‘Ue YyZBUOg ‘uasu0g QISaM ‘“UayI0d

‘S908 OFT ‘eYZou0S ‘asu0G ‘S}IS OF] ‘ay10q

"48905 NOU], ‘ey Zouog ‘Uesu0S ‘4s07}IS NOU, ‘oUeyIOG

‘05 | ‘BY Z5U0G ‘uesu0g is] ‘weyxjog

“pa[qnop OU si 6 ay} £08 0} ““eYyZsu0g *y1s 0} “eyoog

‘02 ‘OS JOU Op | ‘uUeYysop af

‘op Aaqy, ‘uayod ‘os Ao, ‘uaysog

"op nox ‘ayvog ‘uaxeg ‘os nod oyzoq = ‘uaysoq

"Op 9M ‘uelpag ‘uayog ‘os AAA SUNYSOGy

‘sa0p OF] “Bog ‘oyog ‘ueyog ‘s08 oy ‘eysoq ‘ueysog

‘4800p NOU, ‘eyoog ‘queyod “4s008 nou} ‘ueysog ‘eueysog

Op] ‘eyoog ‘ueyog ‘os [| ‘uesoq ‘ueysog

Op 03 “eydeg ‘od 0} ‘eyz0q

‘asare AA

‘ynyZ0oy

“QONT

‘aoseyd

‘109M,

‘eux

‘Qysoqe A,

‘ynyzoay

‘JON

‘ov

oo yy

“eux

‘aIN4NJ 9Y} Oy

PIsN SOUILJOUIOS SI 9SU9] SLY} f s}UeMOSUOD OMY 199A\}0q pooeid UaiJO st O pue ‘pasueyoiejUl ae p pue 7 ‘ag pue d ‘y¥ pue 6

“eyZOp WO. 1 YSINSUNsIp 0} ‘eyop UL paurejar st 4 NG ‘payiuo Ajperauad st onal seq 9 Ul pue eanragur aq) J]

‘uosiod pz oY} Ul Se “AATILUYUI 34} AO ‘Uas Jo UsYs

2 OJUL PasueY 10}J9] ISB] OY} YILA BATJLUYUL 9Y} JO ‘ues Jo usYys

‘U JO UOLIPpe oY} YIM SANLUYUL ay} Jo ‘ues 10 Uys S -yearnjd

‘QATIJLUUL 9Y} 10 ‘ad 10 aS ‘ues “UeYys nf

‘QAIJIUBUL VY} 10. ‘oues 10 aunyl ‘unl ‘uny6 suippe sq

“e €e

PS PCL

‘re[nsuls UOSsdad pz 9,

541

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

1842.)

4eL, ‘su0g ON

‘OB, ‘su0g ‘aovud

‘op NOW], Ve7, "IH ‘asuos ‘Fuo0g ‘yoo

“9AIS PIP T Vey, ‘od 0} ‘eduos ‘Suog ‘euyy

‘OAS 07 “BYOB, ‘os 0) ‘eyzsu0g

“Ie [NSUIS oe eS "pe

‘Teanjd aayeradury ef "DS

66 (a3 yeanyjd ‘ce IS]

O YIM Jo suoje aaljerodury =“ is “pe

2 6¢ 66 6¢ ce 6¢ ce "PS

2 JO UONIppe oy) YIM Jo “ouoye aanvaodut iejnsuls uosied 4sy

LOGY ad WI

‘SUIsuIs Jou We | “‘moosu0} ayy

‘uly VY Zsuoy, ‘uoosuoy, ‘ovays Suooaayg “OYsare AA

‘uoosUOy, ‘suooaayg ynyzeay

"U00sU0 J, ‘suooseyg ‘ION

‘yooposuoy, ‘uoosuoy, ‘Smooaays ‘yooaayg ‘soseyg

02) ‘NOU T, ‘oosuoy, ‘oa ‘noy) ‘udays ‘oaays ‘yooaoqg oa y

‘SUISUIS WE ] ‘uoosuoy, ‘Suidp we | ‘saooaayg ‘euy

“SUIS 07 “eYZSUOOT, ‘aIp 03 ‘eyzaayg

“WIY YIM SATIIUGUL VY} 10 Suoo 10 uoO ‘o * % $ ‘pe

: *S8U00 10 00 af es i

‘SU00 10 U00 ad

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

542

*19010q “Ma0Z aysole A

“u90}0q *ua0Z YNYZ0I Ff

“u2010(] ‘U90Z JON

*20J0( *90Z ved

‘9U90}0(] 2H NOW, ‘9U90Z JOO MT

‘HIS [ILM J “u90}0q op [jim | ‘u90z Buy

‘qIS 0} “eqo0q . Op 01 “eYz07

"Ua0 Sauodeq Wa BY 7 Jaye Sa Aq 10}}e] ay pue awa Jo uoTIppe ay) Aq st yoy Jo roULAOJ

oy} ‘rejnsuis suosied pig pue pug ey} ul ssopun ‘aefnSuis aarjesoduut ay} 0} Ua Suippe Aq pausoy st ornqny ayy,

Hada

‘UaAls JOU JAY J ‘Su0s}e} op :

‘SUOS 4B, ‘Saosooyd ‘eyseie A,

‘aBUO0S Jey, ‘asuosooyg ‘suosooyg ‘ynyzooy

j ‘SUOS JB J, ‘suosooy q “ONT

“SUOS 3BJ, ‘su0sooyd ‘208d

‘Noy, ‘esuos 3v7, ‘OM ‘Noyy, ‘esuosooyg ‘Suosooyg ‘Joo

‘UdAIS BABY YT ‘SU0S IN, "9u0S OAVY | ‘edUOSCOYg ‘Suosooyg euy

“DAIS 0} “BYR J, "08 0} “eyzooydg

‘jeinjd pue rejnsuis suosiad pz oy} 0} ‘ow ‘ae[NSuls

uosied 48] 94) 0) poppe sourtjauIos st w ynoySnosy} { Suos Jo UOlIpps ay} YA Ae[MSuIs aaljyedaduat ayy st yoojaad ayy,

‘\Lddd dd

‘05 JOU pIp | ‘Suos apy

‘qe y, ‘Su0g ‘aYsaye AA

018 |, ‘osUu0G ‘ynyz0ey

eo ‘ON ‘9UI09 JOU PIp oy ‘19s vur yous

Yes : ‘OY oul YooyZ “OW09 aavYy NOX ‘asuosiaz yous

op ee 1 ‘saya Yooyz epyT "9UL09 [ [LA J ‘ullaz yous

an of ‘eyz oy ELIYA “9U09 0} . “aluez yous

BY Yoo Z " “BYyZyoys

| ‘yO UN} you pip T ‘3U0}U0}9 AT

% ‘02D “][OS JOU [TIM ay ‘dooas Suoyo ey "no uin4y “8u0j}UO J,

= [98 01 asvafd = “aayo dooad Suoyg ‘qno UN} [[IM | “‘uasuojUOy,

S “plos eavy J “suos dooad SuoyD ‘NO pauiny vavy J “‘uossu01U0 J,

& “*[[98 pip | ‘dooas Suoyg ‘yO WIN pip J ‘SU0}U0,F,

= *T[98 | ‘ueydooas suey ‘no uiny | ‘uvsu0juo 7,

= : ‘eyodooas suoyg : “eyzsu0jUO J,

S Se "4 eyZBu0yg eateeg a1 eyzuoy,

& “BYUZoy pure ‘eyodooay ‘eliaz ‘eYyzouoy, ‘sqioa SUIMOT[OF 9Y} YIM pasn Ajuenbady st sAl}elodul ay 7, |

= ‘W9AIS JOU vaeY ] } “sup Jou savy ]

oe “aal5 Jou [IM] & ey OTN ‘OP I [[eys 10 ‘op you jim t+ ‘oz oI se E

= ‘QALS JOU Op J f ‘Jou Op | -

3 ‘SOsu9} OU} [[B 1OJ sawiy ye pasn si PALJBIad WL ay} asues aalyesou v uy

S ‘ ‘ “e[oou‘y,

S ‘UdT[ey Suravy ite es! ‘poysem SUIAeTy infooy'y,

> ppp! ‘omooy‘ T, yes Sulaey “anyqooq

‘ualfey “edaayd eyioy gq “paysem ‘eyooy‘T, yes “ey10Cy

‘SUIL[eT “‘eloy Sq | ‘SULYSB AM ‘Booys T, ‘SUINIIS ‘e]0q

[ley 01 “eyzsay<g ‘ysem 0} “eyzooy‘y, "JIS 07 ‘eyooq

“IBNSuIs aaryesodut ay} 04 poppe

au 10 unl ‘anys ‘vp Kq yoojaad punodutos ay pue ‘vd 30 vy

“‘SHTIdIOILUVd

1842. ]

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. [No. 126.

544

G9dTeNFUB] JaYjO OY} UI SB Polsoy st Av[NsuIs aatyerodut oy pue “bung 10 bund ‘bunw ut pus sqiaa Jo SoAagut oy J,

‘pexyeid Sulaq 4SOUl 10 910 SULURoW ‘SUOg ‘UOsItedUI0d Jo 9015ap ouO davY saatjooelpe ouT,

‘ques ay} st [ean|d ayy,

-asoy @ YIM “Sunp-suny :

‘as1OY @ WOIy ee Oey aes ¢ erie 3.

-asioy @ uodn ‘asroy e@ ‘oyodoys oy-Sunyg ‘Qalyesno0y

‘aslo @ OJ £0} eu-un ‘U00d-0j-op-o-sunys ‘QAR

; ‘asioy ®@ Jo ‘aysunys ‘asunus ‘JATILUID

‘asloy B ‘duNnYyS ‘OAT BULULO NT

> a1 SUNOU JO Sosevo oT,

‘COMSUNAHAL

“

§ ‘duos our “eyjeg

) ‘suos eyes ay

‘oa ‘oDuOS VoIeEd 0) 9SU0S BYES

*pouing Uuseq savy [ ‘SuOS esing ‘u9}¥aq Udeq JAY ] ‘SUOS VY yeS

“\LOdd dad

‘uazeeq U90q JOU sey oy

40K eysoyg

‘azo VyIOyDQ ‘oA Vys0YO

0A BVyloyyg ‘Mood Vy1oyO

‘on “OA VSIeg ‘Op ‘pavay stay ‘yoop eysoyg “0A VyatoyO

‘aZ0A Voleg ‘prvay noyy ‘yoA evysloyg ‘azod ‘eyxso0yO

‘pouing we | ‘uood esleg ‘pleay me J ‘uood eyIoYyO

“uIng 0} ‘eyZieg ‘yuasalg ‘Ieay 0} SeyzIoyD

*S9SU9} OA} PIlIAOISIp

Ajuo savy 7 £08 07 “eyzsuos pure ‘ oq 0} “eyzod ‘sqaoa Arerixne oy} pue ojdionaed yoojrod oy} Aq powsoy st oatssed ayy,

945

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages

1842.]

‘e[Uejas “efoojag "48003 nour, ‘Sunqap ‘efoouap ueuy

"omy ‘Mouy x “Sundas ‘99196 ‘os | ‘Sunqap ‘oouap EET)

‘MOUY 0} ‘Sundog ‘05 0} ‘Sunqog

‘SOWUNOWOS

pasueyoiajur ore a pae 2 ‘sund) ut pua Q194 94) jl “ce[nsuts suossod PE Pus pZ 4S] at) Joy pasn ose st SATJIUBUI ayy, 2

"90p ‘90} ‘90U 6¢ 66 ce pe

"UBp “OOP ‘op ‘ue} ‘00} ‘07 ‘unT ‘cou ‘ou a . PZ

‘"39p 90} ‘cou ye jeinjd “ 4S]

“Blep “epsap “eye, “ejaay ‘ejaeu ‘aap ‘901 ‘sou < = pe

"e[uep “elu “efoop “ejooy ‘eloou ee vf “ PZ

“9aNeIadul oY} 01 ‘sap ‘aa ‘cau Suippe Aq repnSuis uossad IST

POULIOF St “oINyNZ aq} Ospe st Yorym ‘asua} yuasoad ou

“LNASA Yd

‘Uaev—el Ot], : ‘SuNqusyay Vy,

[J jou 0p ‘gayfowaar epy I[¥y Jou 0p ‘eysyoy BIA

‘TIRJ 01 “Sunqeaary "[[eF 07 ‘Sanqysyeyy

mick)

“‘peauy 03 oseaid 4 ‘gay SS *y89q Jou Op ‘saefng ey,

i ; ‘oefng

nod pvouy ‘oaseyaoo py nod yeaq outa

Noy) pesuy ‘oavyooo py "noy} yeaq ‘aaelng

“peauy 07 ‘sunweyooosy ‘y8aq 0} ‘dunqeing

“dATP CIO WIL OY

Toy posn Ajfeuorsesso osye st CAMTUBUL ot £ yoodset oJ0usp says pue “ueuosuoa v

Soya O Jo UOLyIppe oyi {yuUeUOSUOD B SMO][OJ SOUNaMIOS » pue ‘poppe st aa ‘vy Jaye ‘SUOleULU1eg asoyy sutddoip Aq

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. [No: 126.

546

“Byyes Jeo

“eWIeS

“Op “paT[hy aaey JT “voyeg

‘T]E] 07 ‘dundjyeg

“aAlpedod Wi OY}

‘QUO[e aAljedadul ayy JO “es 10

‘daljelod ul ayy

—— pas

‘ox Noy} ‘esep ueuy

"UDALD BALY [ ‘VaFep 99F)

‘dAld 0} ‘Sungeq

0Z 10 Oyo ss g sé pg

105 0Z JO oy < a s¢ Pa

0Z JO oya oy ‘jeanjd e 8]

ey (77 cé it9 PE

‘eS 10 ey 6¢ ce “é PZ

0} ‘vad «10: aay Suippe Aq Ae[nsuis uossad 4s]

‘gaep “esep 0019 7

901d00N

‘0jd00oN

9010d00N

“ele}doon

om» ‘noyy “ejoojdoon

‘ami00 J ‘vajdooN

‘au0d 0} ‘dundjoon

90J9S

"UB1IS 00198 ‘0193S

‘90199

"B[9ajas “elejas ‘90}3G

—:SMO[[OJ SB patusoj st Uosied at7,

‘\LOWHaad WI YO LOddddd

oe 4 te * Soop Uo ousoola a,

‘unpua{ ‘oopusy] ‘opus, sysaeueuy

ee ee ee ee ‘gapua| aysouy

-* “elaapuay] “e[epue] ‘vapual, 001

“o— ‘NOY. °° °° “ejuepual “ejoopus, ueUsZ)

‘opy °° °° °**sunWUs] ‘vapus] aay

‘op 0} ‘sunuius'y

‘Od J0W [JIM] ~*~ **% > ** be =) Seuep ep

‘os Aay} °° ** 8 *)— Sgauap aysaeq1Q

‘oo nod ‘ueusp ‘oouep ‘ousp ays soueUy

‘opam °° ** ** °° Sgauap aYysau

‘sa00 ay °° ‘Sunqep ‘soup ‘ejavuap CoQ,

547

‘susinyg ‘yeods

‘suspeyyy = “oa

: "SUISOg “418

‘suasuooy, ‘yulIp

‘Suse 489 OF,

~* UOT JO May ev ate Sutmoyyoy ayy ‘sua UL pUd SqiaA a1 JO SAATIIUNUL 9Y}

Inq “UY|TAT 94) sv owes OY} O18 Sp1OM 9Y) dAaT[aq ] “weIsunYZ jo JOLISIP [[VUIS at] 0} elNoed yoa[eIp @ Sl sy T,

“oR “oou VYyoes ueUy

“Us}¥aq Uaeq aAvy | ‘va%ap eyes Geo “u9}8oq We | ‘sou-eyies “eyoes ay

‘03 pure oq 0} Sq19A OY} pure “YYD 10 DY Jo UONIpPpe oy} YIM Jo ‘auoje aaljyedaduit ayy Aq poUltog st aatssed ayy,

*IBay 07 ‘Sunw00as IVa

“UMOP 318 0} ‘Sundye} eyog

05 49] 0) ‘Sunqiayy B100[g

‘bun

“uo0ab pue ‘bundzn, ‘Bungsayy sqaoa O47 YIM pasn saujouos are ‘sordionsed qoaJted 10 yuasoid ‘aalyetod ull ayy,

‘auop Sutaey ‘auoy ‘edua'y ig oy zs

‘auop ‘“eduary ‘au0s Sutaey ‘ous ‘oyaq

‘Sulop ‘euary “SulOd ‘aq

‘9 10 BY SuIppe Aq yooyrad punoduios

om) pue “vy Sutppe <q paursoy st Jooj1od ay £¥ Jo uoNIppe ay) YIM Jo ‘auo[e saljededurt ayy st ajdionazed yuasoad ouL

‘9AIS J [[VYS 10 ‘aAls

OY PIP “ooep “ow ‘aai8 you [ptm | ‘ooep Vy ‘uonsonb e Saryse ur pue ‘osuas auies ay) Ur pasn os[e st 9Alje1od WI ay J,

‘9AIS JOU

[4 J “aaas jou aay J ‘SUIAIS Jou we | ‘aabnp DW se “jueseid pu ainqny oy) se pasn WoO SI Joozrad oy} ‘vu WLM

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

“oyoeg ‘ozep ‘oysaaj19

“oypeg ‘ozep ‘oyoep oyssaueury

‘Oypeg ‘aaep ‘ozep ‘oyoep oysuy

1842.]

(

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. [No. 126.

548

yey

‘ga[00UQ

aa fe)

“‘sunysoog

‘Suniyeys

“SUNIIe yy

Ted

‘MeI004)

“sunjaag

18a

"9978 JA

“Tes NT

“TETY

‘yeun J,

‘sossueig

‘u004)

“00Ys00

‘sony yy

“e100

2999]

"ely

Re)

‘unyung

"youeig

‘OOHONOOG

°° Goody

“7 ‘eaL

-° — “WOslog

‘Tesng oul

ee *ysn JA

= “SILI

‘7esng as1v0g

‘XB AA S00G

2° ‘syraidg

= T!O

eo ‘syn us

ee TaN

-* SQa90eqO,T,

-* ‘Kouoyy

ae ‘ade

ve ‘ajddy

ee *plo9

ane ‘qeorT

oe ole |

oo ‘Te

ee ‘youd

ce we XOLON: |

ce OSULT

‘HSITON

‘pon *-

‘20qT °°

‘sundoy *°

*“IOTNI °°

‘SUNS AA °°

‘aaleq °°

“yOUYV

‘art’.

"B20 *

‘suNOy °°

‘eysoog °°

“suvseq vossuedg *

‘snpjoy °°

“ery yad **

‘e10yoyoy °

‘galeg °°

‘yoveog °°

“snyon yy °°

“‘suoyooy °°

‘seqeg °°

‘$J0000q °°

‘snipung °°

‘goyseog °°

-a900 ee

‘OOHOKOOG

—: MOJ @ IIB FULMOT[OJ OU],

° ‘oAT

« ‘ey

: ‘ISON

‘OLYIVISN Ay

: “pivog

> “qno yA

- ‘ensuoy,

" “y400q,

‘ Bolu y

i ‘peoH

, ‘oq

° ‘YJ

* Moastg

"OND

° ‘YMepy

‘pal

é “ysl

: ‘o1e Hy

‘ayBUg

* — EsnoyAT

> *KayuoyAy

e qe9

, ‘SO,

“HSITON GY

*snI00g °°

‘yooyy °°

tie

‘199q_ YSnyjT

‘OW0Z ‘O}IP 0F}Ip ‘opeVuLaT

‘M00 pues

HZ tee u99aM4aq ‘OTe PAT

‘oulaoIg:* *

‘ery *

"0099,], *’

ey **

‘Suvig °°

‘yey c*

“Suoiq °°

“WOFy °°

‘sunyg °°

‘yooyg ee

‘yea °°

“oon J, °°

‘sndoyy °°

‘seq °

“sunwog °°

‘sunweyy °°

“SLIQ °°

‘dun|dsq °°

‘aay °°

‘OOHOWOOG

‘ye a[eulay

ee “eon

ee ‘OID

* TappoM

ee ‘dasyg

ee ‘MOD

ee waited

ee ‘Teagq

<¥ ‘aSIO FT

ee ‘soy

ee ‘ye

‘ueUAIIoq

$ PUL

‘paaydeys

“yittas yor g

‘rayeue0ys

‘yojuedieg

‘UBTIO AA

‘UB IN

‘HSITIONG

‘VUdIOTJIP WSIMAYI] BIB Sp1OM 9} JO

aus Inq ‘sq1oA OY} JO sasua} oy} ur Ayjedtoursd ‘s1ayIO VY} WHOIJ SLAYIp ‘OOYDWOOG Jo yoIAIstp oy) Ul uayods yoo[w1p YT,

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages. 549

1842.]

‘2IO ee ee ‘Ola FT

"qnsoor °° °* — SaA0TD

“BqooyD °° “Joyuelg jo o1q

“B99 YI “ALEY $,480H Jo og

‘yoo[suvany °° °° GoyuRlg

‘uniyng °° ec “0ys

‘sunday, °° °° “deg

“wmeyy ce ee “OOM

“‘Buaoysuns ‘yeunyy °° °° Goduin.ay,

‘Ja1ejNG ee ce ‘OIpplay

‘oo1eg °° ‘rapmoduny

"99[00K) °° ‘[[eq wopeary

*[Boory, °° Rie ‘a1qes

‘Tey’ °° "* “praryg

‘muy °° eo ‘SMOIIY

“O0OUZ ee ee ‘MOG

‘oyoing °° si ‘readg

TeN °° “Yoo yore yyy

‘doy, °° "* ‘mdougeg

‘yiunyy °° °* Smyding

‘ayTe@yg °° ae ‘xelog

‘ooyo[n yy °° °° §KIn019 JA

Pi ELIS ee ee ‘pvoyT

*[Nyoeg °° a ‘sseig

‘synyo er ee “UOT

‘OOHOMOO0G ‘HSITONG

‘TOOT °° °° OATIC

“108 ‘sun7 eo ee ‘ploy

"s}.100Y' yy °° je ‘OFIU ST

‘[ooy‘ yes ee ee ‘SMOT[OT

“In1ay ee eo ‘Meg

"000 yy eo ee ‘Ozpy

“aay 30} “ejysery °° oy ‘Oxy

aouler °° °° “eyooH

‘10g °° ‘“sayvag Jo reg

‘sun[sunyg °° ‘ureyO uoly

-edyey‘y, ee ee ‘adoy

"BY ya fA “OIY SULYLAYS.10J [209G

‘Yopooy"y °° ‘amoy toy uryg

‘I0OOF °° Ua, YTD

‘901 0'T °° J0q ssveig

é = “SIOATI

fs dae

‘essuny > ‘adig Suryourg

‘oyog °° o6 “MBI

‘yovuayAy °° ce TaMOLT

“‘Suaoyg ee ce poo AA

"9000 °° °e 09909

‘0 eo ee “play

‘sunidnyg** ‘Jooy SunUurlg

"meay yy oe wre ‘Jooy IVT

‘My “Sunioy -° a “VIO F

“sBley ee eo ‘ysnolg

‘OOHDWO0G "HSTIDNG

“sunjoNH °°

"ma 4yoyQ °°

"yeges

‘Suey °°

9900K °°

‘Sunjog °°

‘ery **

"eauooyyT °°

“ION **

‘sunsing °°

OW"

IQ °°

waay ¢:

‘sunysoag °°

‘Sunueyg °°

"9910051005 °°

Tite °°

‘eduoory °°

‘sunipnuing °°

“edyooyy °°

‘my **

‘207 °°

‘oouz

"eulle yy °°

‘Sunsny °°

"YOOUT9aNT °°

"‘SUI0IH) °°

‘OOHOWOOG

THA puery

‘g[duay, s,euery

ee ‘poy Vv

°° ‘suey

(obey) TH

$ ‘QOL,

° “qyuOy

* SUSI

: ‘hed

: “189 XK

° ‘OI

e ‘peoy

° — esnoFy

* oBel[tA

e ch) §

* Tapuny,y,

‘Sulu YSVy

* Gornary

“IOAIY

e ‘uley

‘MOoug

y ‘I9JB A

" *pno[g

° “IB1G

: ‘MOO TAT

e ‘ung

‘ ‘oul

‘HSTTIONG

[No. 126.

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages.

550

‘eUldYZ OOUZ °°

‘eulUuo0Yy °°

*BuLIeay °°

BINS gy":

-euleary °°

"emMOT °°

‘eurUery *-

BUI] -Qarr) °

“eululey °°

‘emuoyy °°

‘eUUBANT °°

*eulysyoyus °°

-euIsnIng °°

“eWayD °°

"eulag °°

-eulunsng °°

‘eUlYseieyy *°

eujNYD °°

‘eUoU °°

‘eulejOy °°

ed 01 iy

"eULUB AA”

‘emulay yy’

‘eulsnd °°

“ewey ee

"eul[o0 yy °°

‘ewolulig °°

‘OOHDWOO0G

‘amoip ‘

2+ A =

--‘ystam *

Se ‘Keys ce

a ‘Sul (<3

.* SSNS a>

eo “yoo 6é

2° ‘SUIS ce

ee ‘op ins

ee ‘998 ce

** ‘daays

ee ‘opli

ee ‘peal

°° “OVLTAL

ee ‘1vaJ

ae ‘T[amp

ee \Uusg

** ‘yeods

ee 608 ce

oe ‘SIP

ee ‘yRoiq

"+ “Ysuey

ee ‘ALS cc

** SATII 6é

ee ‘yse ¢¢

ee ‘yeaq cc

s cramiags i dal

"HSITONG

‘eulsOg °°

*BUISUOOY, °°

"BUIeZT °°

‘eurueex) °°

‘eUlUeG °°

eo “418 €¢

Oi ‘yuLIp 6¢

ee "ea €¢

oe Und a3

-8 TEE OL

‘URI 94} Se owes oy}

aie syjUOW pue yoom ayy Jo sXkep oy,

‘Buoy, °°

ean’:

"es eSaaU00g °°

‘esoou00d °°

‘eS BSIIUWIO0H **

‘eSodUTOO FT * *.

-esooud( °°

“eSaaU Sea NI °°

‘esaauo0ag °°

"SOON °°

‘008eSg °°

"aSIBS °

"ysaomooysey °°

008g °°

-eouRes °°

‘oodesg °°

“m00YRS °°

‘ysooueg °°

‘PRESS

‘OOHOWOOG

ES 000!

= 00T

e5 06

a 08

nb 18 0

: 09

3 0S

ee OF

7a 0€

te 0G

— 6I

= oI

ie Li

"< 9T

ne GI

= Vl

" él

oe Gl

: IT

‘HSITONY

eg °

‘00n *

"ay *

*ysao00yg °

“YOO, *

“eu *

‘ood *

‘MOO FY °

‘YSdON *

“yan”

"YOUSIYO °

‘YO °

‘sunyooy *

‘ody °

g0ey yy °

‘suey °

‘SuUNIOaL) *

‘29W0UG °

ey °

000 *

-sundg °

eH °

‘VR

‘O°

ayon |, °

‘BON °

“OOHOMO0G

ee OL

a5 6

= 9

ee L

a2 9

As C

G F

“a e

= Z

as I

7° “TTBUIS

as ‘an1e'T

ee ‘peq

ee ‘pooy

ee ‘youl

ee ‘OUUM

ee ‘nox

ee 9H

ee nNouL

oe ee ‘I

se ‘MOI

+ “ATyOING

ee ‘ON

ee ‘Sox

‘AUB MOF]

ee ‘a19Y TF

‘HSITON

551

A Vocabulary of the Koonawur Languages

1842.]

tac 2.

“posn waaq sey Aydeafoy19 SASH Iq ‘punyrex ur uayods

St YOryaM “Ystyiny, 10 994100], oY} YIM PexlW419}Ur satmosag 41 AayuNod YoryM Jo ISOMYIION 94} 07 ‘yepn'y Jo on3u0}

GATJOU Tf} SI yo ‘esseye'y pue ooquroo'T ooysay, 01 e.1joodeuyeag oi JO syueq ay} Suoe pue “inuinsue yy ‘OOley qe

sleaoid ‘suonerses yy s1[s MoJ B YIM “odensuey siy} § ed yoo J, Jo Sosel[IA Tee 7, oy) pue Sunasun zy ut ‘TejIVT, Io vaajoyg

“0OYPU00G Ur OoYoMIO0g ‘ooei[IA Sunsey JO Wondeoxe ayy YIM ‘UeIsUNYZ UI WeIsuny Zz

"edse ayg pur wnusuoOg UI pnysinqgoay J,

*[9suNy Jo yaed pue ‘sunsey ‘Sunooysoo x ‘edy00,7, ‘odsue A,

‘oouleissey ‘saaqeapung Jo Jey ‘soaqereyiq ur UBYTTA ‘seoejd Sarmoyjoy 94) 38 woyods ove ‘sadenSuvy 9A0g® OUT,

‘ovyd ep oon °° “* “UTY WOIy 4 aye 7, "unjeZ vey tt ‘Sulos nok are ara AA

4S ee ee I 2 Pies, +2

ayy eisuy OUI 0} VAIN) "0} W294 CoFu00 ON * ‘SIU? SI asnoy asoy AA

Ta. €e € Se ae L ap Poe g

‘WOU VLON “2 “OIIY 0} aAty 01 @ Wsey uey * ‘Osnoy ANOK st ary

0 =e Ce Sap z ;

"a10YZON °° s ‘auos sey of] pam Fe fr ees “1 Suuq -

. a oS as “eIny oyy Susayg ae

O9YZ By 9u0s \sey Noy, e I z poom et} uayorq Sutaezy

nee ee Cr) ee G [

YlIaYyZ 00x ‘aus oavy J ‘OUYy owez wisug ** sek ‘789 0} OUT BAI

. ee ee ee l g P G € G

0j9YZ ON ‘SUIOS SI OFT "YSt} oalem ayony, *: ps “91 SI Ie] MORE

‘eunjoyz ey °° "* ‘Sulod ye noy yz: - : Sa bs Ae

"YOJOYZ OOK) °° “y °° Sulod we 7 "YSe} Woout ayy Sunysap on c

‘UNjIeZ ay ey °* ‘SUl]¥a NOK aie 7eUM ee ear G r jeq} JO suVU ay} st VU AA

€ I @ € G I Pp € a |

“OOHOWOOG “HSITONGT “OOHOWOOG “HSITONY

Note on the Passes into Hindoostan from the West and North-west, and

the use made of them by different Conquerors.

The following Note was prepared for official use and reference, rather than for the

prosecution of literary and scientific researches; the interest attaching to the subject

at this juncture, will excuse its publication in this shape, without that full citation of

authorities and elaborate comparison of statements, which in a more formal Essay might

be expected, and for the complete satisfaction of the learned on controverted points

would be indispensible.—H. T. P.

The river Indus has always been regarded as the natural boundary

of India, but its valley is within that country; the real boundary is the

range of mountains that shuts in the elevated plains and arid deserts

of Afghanistan.

The Indus, after a course of near 500 miles to the north-west, wash-

ing the northern foot of the Himalaya, and fed by tributaries from the

north and south, breaks through that chain after receiving the waters

of the Gilghit valley from the N. W. The slide of one of the moun-

tains of the pass submerged that valley about a year and a half ago,

and the accumulated waters, reopening suddenly the closed passage,

produced a most destructive inundation, (the rise at Atuk being no

less than sixty feet,) which sent a back stream seventy miles up the

Kabool river. The Government wished to have this convulsion of

nature examined, and Dr. Jameson was deputed, with the assent of the

Sikh government, to follow the river Indus up for the purpose ; but the

insurrection of the Afghan tribes defeated this intention, and we have

consequently no intelligence to be depended upon of any of the passes

north of Atuk, where the Kabool river flows into the Indus.*

* Mons. Court, an intelligent general of the Sikh army has, however, given the

following list of the ferry points of the river above Attock: 1. Bazar Hound; 2.

Monari; 3. Pehoor; 4. Nachhee; 5. Kabbel; 6. Chitabha; 7. Amb; 8. Durbund;

9. Chuturbahi; 10. Mabera; ll. Toohara; 12. Morer; 13. Didel; 14. Kamache;

15. Buhar; 16. Pachetlehi; 17. Guendoo; 18. Mateeal; 19. Buttera; 20. Jendial and

Manial; 21. Kalchi; 22. Palespatan; 23. Pohoogoojee; 24. Koonchir; 20. Jalkoot.

We know further that Futeh Khan Vuzeer, carried a force by Durbund and Mozuf-

furabad to relieve his brother in Kashmeer, before that valley submitted to Runjeet

Singh. Mahmood of Ghuzni also went by the same route into Kashmeer, and from

thence made an expedition into Kashghur. These routes, however, are only open for

afew months of summer, and are not likely to be chosen by an invading force aiming

at the conquest of India.

Clete» : i=

2-9 ee

1842. } Note on the Passes into Hindoostan, ec. 553

At Atuk, the Indus is considered as entering the plains of Hin-

doostan, but it is a mistake to consider the navigation as extending

to this point from the sea. The river is a torrent for a hundred miles

further to Kalabagh, where it passes through a low range, full of salt

mines, that runs across from Kohat to Pinddadur Khan on the Jhilum,

and in crossing the Punjab, the route from this latter place to Attock

is through a hilly country. From the Indus to Kabool, the ground rises

to upwards of 7,000 feet above the sea. The Hindoo Koosh is to the

north, and another snowy range, called the Sofed-Koh, to the south

of the valley, and the spurs from both meeting at the river, leave

successive passes, and beds or basins, of which former the Khyber, from

its breadth rather than height, is the most famous. The Julalabad

basin is on the other side of the Khyber pass; between it and the fertile

valley of Kabool, there are eight other passes, and the road leads away

from the bank of the river to the south, because the passage is easier

where the spurs join the higher range.

The Soofed Koh, or southern ridge of the Kabool valley, is a spur

of the Hindoo Koosh, which, shooting out at a point west of Kabool,

divides the sources of that river from the stream that waters Ghuzni,

and thence sending one branch southward, (which extends even to the

sea,) runs due east to the Indus, and terminates in the Kohat country.

This ridge is crossed about nine miles north of Ghuzni, at an ele-

vation not much exceeding 9,000 feet from the sea, and consequently

only 1,000 to 1,200 feet above the level of Kabool and Ghuzni; but it

is much more elevated in the eastern branch, south of the Kabool valley,

where it is called the Soofed Koh, white or snowy mountain, because

so seen throughout the year. Close along the southern root of the Sofed

Koh, is a road called the Bunghish route, communicating with both

Kabool and Ghuzni. It has not yet been explored by any British officer,

but was proposed to the troops at Kabool as to be followed on their

retirement, in order to prevent their junction with General Sale at

Julalabad, who had not submitted. The route was rejected as im-

passable at the season, (January,) because of the necessity it im-

posed of crossing the Sofed-Koh,

This route has a communication with Kohat, and with Banoo and

Kala Bagh, at which latter place, or a few miles below, the river

it follows joins the Indus.

Lahore, (Jypal,) for the possession of Lughman. The Hindoo Raja ‘

554 Note on the Passes into Hindoostan [No. 126.

Next below the Bunghish route, is that of the Gomul river from Dera

Ismail Khan. This route comes in to the Ghuzni valley from the

south-east, and through Zoormut, east of Ghuzni, has a communi-

cation also with Kabool.

The Gomul route was followed by the late Lieut. Broadfoot of

Engineers, and we have a survey and report upon it.

Dera Deen Punah, below Leyra, is the next point of the Indus, from

which there is a known route into Affghanistan. It is on the straight

line from Feroozpoor to Kandahar, and the pass is south of the

Tukht-i-Suleeman, the highest pinnacle of the Sulimani range. It

has yet been traversed by no British officer, but a route is marked in

most maps as laid down from native information.*

Next below Dera Deen Punah, is Dera Ghazee Khan, the routes

from which place westward are equally unknown. This tract of

country is under the government of Sawun Mul, the Sikh soobah of

Mooltan, whose disposition has not been considered sufficiently friend-

ly, to warrant either the use of its passes, or any attempts to improve

our intelligence respecting them. Below Dera Ghazee Khan, the

Sulimani mountains take a sharp turn westward, away from the Indus,

and there is an indent of triangular shape, at the apex of which is

the Bolan Pass to Quetta. The low ground is fertile and well watered

under the hills, but is separated from the Indus by a sandy Desert

of about ten or twelve miles breadth, in which the rivers of Dadur,

Lehri, and Gundava lose themselves in the dry season before they reach

the great stream. This tract is the valley of Kuchchee.

The notices to be obtained from history of the use made of these

passes respectively in the different expeditions into India, are extremely

scanty; the historians generally giving only the date of departure

from the different capitals, and the places attacked in succession, with

a detail of personal adventures and exploits in the actual fights.

Passing over the progress of Moosulman conquest through Khorasan

and Transoxania to Ghuzni and kabool, we find Subuktugeen esta- 3

blished at those two places, and contending with the Hindoo Raja of

* It has been stated, that Lieut. H. Marsh of the Cavalry, came from Kandahar F,:

to the Indus by this route, but I have never seen any notice of the line of road fol-

lowed by this officer.

1842. | from the West and North-west. 555

was the assailant, and suffering from rain, retired from Lughman upon

a composition, the surrender of fifty elephants being one of the terms.

The Raja, however, was not yet disposed to yield, and returned with a

large army of Hindoo allies, stated to have exceeded 100,000 men.

Subuktugeen defeated Jypal again in the Lughman or Julalabad valley

towards the end of the tenth century of our zera, whereupon the tribes

of that valley, and of the Khyber, submitted to the conqueror, and the

Lahore authority ended at Peshawur.

Mahmood, the son of Subuktugeen, made twelve expeditions into

India; the first ten of which were entirely directed against the Hin-

doos of the Punjab and Mooltan, and the tenth ended in the final

establishment of Moosulman sovereignty at Lahore. Kanouj on the

Ganges, and Muthra on the Jumna, were the limits of Mahmood’s

marches in these expeditions. His twelfth and last expedition took a

different direction.

Starting from Ghuzni on the 12th October 1025, a. p., Mahmood

reached Mooltan in a month and five days, and there having got to-

gether 20,000 camels, he marched across the Desert to Ajmeer,

whence he turned south, and taking a place called in Ferishta, Nihur-

wala,* and in the Rozut-oossufa Bhuwara, he reached Somnat on the

sea-side close to Patun in Goozrat, in January 1026 a. p. The

city and temple were sacked, and Mahmood remained upwards

of a year in Goozrat, when his army being weakened by disease

and desertions, he found a return by the route he had’ come impos-

sible. He accordingly marched west to Sindh, and being overtaken by

the hot season, suffered exceedingly before he reached Mooltan. In

this expedition, and in another immediately following, to punish some

Jats of the Mooltan district, he seems to have used the straight road

from Ghuzni to Mooltan ; viz. that by the Gomul, for he could not other-

wise have reached the latter place in a month and five days. None of

the historians, however, say by what route he did march on either

occasion, the omission of any mention of Kabool, Peshawur, &c. or of

other intermediate places, combined with the shortness of the time

allowed for the journey ; being the proof relied upon for the fact, that

he came direct by the Gomul route.

* Mr, Elphinstone calls this place Anhalwara.

556 Note on the Passes into Hindoostan [No. 126.

The subsequent expeditions into India from Ghuzni, being in support

of the dominion thus established at Lahore, and extended afterwards

to Dehli, and even into the Dukhun, were not hostile in their traverse

of the passes of Afghanistan.

The overwhelming irruption of Chungeez Khan, is therefore the next

event in history to be noticed in connexion with these passes.

Chungeez Khan is said to have brought from Mongolia as many as

700,000 fighting men, and his army must have been immense, for de-

tachments from it made expeditions, exceeding in daring and skill, every

thing we read of since the march of Alexander to India. He entered

by Toorkistan, where his son Joojee Khan, with an advance guard,

fought with such determination the whole army of Mohummed Shah

of Kharizm, as to induce that prince to yield the open plain, and betake

himself to the defence of his cities and fortresses. The principal seats

of this king’s dominion were in Mawur-ool-Nuhur, that is, in the

country between the Oxus and Jaxartes, (the Amoo and Sir rivers, )

but the whole country from Ghuzni and Kabool, to the mouths of the

Wolga, owed him fealty and allegiance, direct or tributary.

Chungeez Khan advanced himself to Bokhara, sending two de- :

tachments under his sons to take Otrar, the principal city on the

Jaxartes on his right, and Khojund and other places in Furghana on his

left. He was rejoined by them at Bokhara, after they had reduced all

the places on that river, so as to secure that base for future operations.

In a. pv. 1219, Chungeez reduced and utterly destroyed Bokhara,

Samarkund, and Eulkh, and while he proceeded against the last named

place, passing by and destroying Turmuz, he detached two of his sons

against the capital of Kharizm, then called Orgunj, which they reduced

after a long siege of seven months. He had thus the whole line of the

Oxus at command. His generals had some years before overrun the

whole of Kashghur and Yarkund, and had followed up and slain the

chief of the hostile tribes of that region at Sir Kool, the source of the

Oxus, so that his flanks were quite secure.

From Samarkund, Chungeez had detached a strong army, stated

at 80,000 horse, to follow Mohummed Shah into Persia. This de-

tachment admitted Merv, then a place of great consideration, to a

composition, and advanced to Herat. The governor, Khan Malik,

submitted, and two of Chungeez Khan’s generals, Zena or Juna-

1842. ] from the West and North-west. 557

noyan and Suveda Buhadur, received the submission, and turned

towards Nyshapoor and Persia. The third who followed the other two

was not satisfied, and insisting on the possession of the citadel, stormed

the town, but failed in the assault and was killed. From Bulkh,

Chungeez hearing of this disaster, despatched Toolee Khan with a

large force, who reduced and established governors in both Merv and

Herat, and rejoined his father during his siege of Talikan. Julal-

ood-deen, son of Mohummed Shah, had by this time retired to Ghuzni,

and, uniting in his cause all the Afghan tribes, promised to make

head against the Tartars in the difficult field of Afghanistan. Chun-

geez marched against him from Bulkh by the road of Talikan,

which place cost him a siege of seven months. Seeing the importance

of cutting off the Afghans from Persia, where Mohummed Shah also

threatened again to make head, Chungeez sent a second detachment

of 30,000 horse from Talikan to Herat under three new generals.

These advanced from Herat to a place called Sagil, by Abool Ghazee

Khan, and supposed to be Kandahar, but I rather incline to think it may

be Sakhir, the capital of the Ghor country, then a city of great con-

sideration, or if not Sakhir,* some place on the Helmund, for a river

is specifically mentioned. Julal-ood-deen advanced with all the troops of

Afghanistan, and giving battle to Chungeez Khan’s generals while

engaged in this siege, defeated them with great loss and relieved the

place. The Afghan chiefs, however, quarrelled about the booty,

and one gave the other a box on the ear,f which led to two

principal chiefs deserting from Julal-ood-deen’s army, one of whom

retired to Kurman in Persia, while the other, Khan Malik, went

back to Herat. In the mean time, Chungeez Khan had taken

Talikan, and advanced to Inderab, which detained him another month,

and it was here that he heard of Julal-ood-deen’s victory. He imme-

diately advanced by Bameean to Kabool, but lost a favorite grandson,

(son of Oghtaee Khan,) at the siege of the former place. Coming

suddenly upon Ghuzni, it was yielded to him, and he learned that

Julal-ood-deen had made for the Indus river only fifteen days before

* The Rozut-oos-sufa calls the place Valiban, and says it was on the river Baran.

This book is a compilation of high authority made by Ameer Alee Khan, between the

years 1444 and 1496 a. pb.

t+ The Rozut-oos-sufa says, a blow of a whip.

558 Note on the Passes into Hindoostan [No. 126.

he arrived. Thither he was followed by Chungeez with such expedition,

as to be overtaken and defeated before he could effect a passage. Julal-

ood-deen swam across the river with only one or two attendants in

sight of the conqueror, whose admiration was much excited by the feat.

The site of this battle, which was the limit of Chungeez Khan’s

irruption in that direction, is not known, nor the routes by which he

and his enemy marched for the river, but they must evidently have been

in the line east or south-east of Ghuzni; and the Gomul pass was

therefore most probably that followed by Chungeez, while Julal-ood-deen

went either by the same, or by that which debouches upon Dera Deen

Punah.

For the punishment of Herat, Chungeez now sent a third force

of 80,000 horse, which taking the place after an assault of six days, left

only sixteen persons alive of the entire population. Chungeez returned

northward by Bulkh after his victory on the Indus, but was com-

pelled to send back Oghtaee Khan, his fourth son, to quell an insur-

rection at Ghuzni, and to destroy that city also, which had been saved

hitherto, because it had submitted upon capitulation. All these oper-

ations were completed in four years, between 1219 and 1222 a. p.

inclusive, and this wonderful conqueror returned in the last of these

years, in order to complete the conquest of China, which he had effect-

ed only as far as the great Yellow River before he entered Kharizm.

He died, leaving the remainder to be achieved by his grandson. He

was met on his way back by his generals, Juna Noyan and Suveda, who

from Herat entered Persia by Nyshapoor, and destroying Toos, Huma-

dan, and all the cities that resisted in the north of Persia as far as Kur-

distan, turned round thence by the west of the Caspian, and forcing

the Durbund Pass, made good their march to the Wolga, and thence

across the Kipchak Desert to Khiva and Kharizm, where Toolee Khan,

a son of Chungeez, was firmly established as ruler. As long as

history lasts, the astonishment of the world will rest on these achieve-

ments, imperfectly as the particulars are known.

We come now to the no less wonderful expeditions of Ameer

Tymoor, commonly called in Europe Tamerlane, or Tymoorlung. This

conqueror was originally a petty chief of Mawuroonnuhur, but raised

himself by the daring and active part he took in the troubles which

in his youth distracted that region. Toghluk Tymoor, of the Chungeez

1842. | from the West and North-west. 559

family, was induced by these troubles to invade the country from

Kashghur. After a spirited defence, Tymoor and Ameer Hoosein,

who were then friends and associates, were driven into Kharizm, but

on the retirement of Toghluk, they returned and drove out his son

Khoja Ilias. Shortly after the two friends quarrelling, Tymoor de-

feated and slew Ameer Hoosein, and so became sole master of all

the country between the Oxus and Jaxartes. He now made successive

inroads into Persia, Russia, (wherein he penetrated to the White Sea,

in a latitude at which the sun never sets,) Mongolia, Georgia, and

Baghdad. After thirty years of ravage in all directions, he determined

ou the invasion of Hindoostan, being then upwards of fifty-five years

of age. His chiefs at first were averse to this expedition, on the ground,

as Tymoor himself quaintly writes in his memoirs, that their race

would be lost, and their children would speak Hindee, but he recon-

ciled them to it, and having got possession of Herat and Kabool by a

mixture of “ nurmee and gurmee,” mildness and severity, he sent his

grandson, Peer Mohummed, eastward from Herat, to prepare the way

for an advance to the Indus.

In a. D. 1398, the lower passes of the Sulimani range being forced,

Peer Mohummed crossed the Indus, a little below Dera Ghazee Khan,

and thence advanced to the siege of Mooltan. In this operation he

was occupied six months, during which the rainy season came on, and

he suffered very severely, losing most of his horses.

Tymoor himself came by the road of Kabool, and was employed in

punishing the Seeah Posh Kafirs of Kohistan, north-east of Kabool,

while Peer Mohummed was in the Sulimanee range, as above stated.

He followed the tribes on foot, as well from Budukhshan as from the

Kabool side, into places quite impassable for cavalry, carrying two

horses only for his own use, one of which was killed while being

slidden down a glacier in a wooden case stuffed with cotton. Returning

after this campaign to Samarkund for fresh troops, Tymoor reap-

peared at Cabool, and from thence took the Bunghish route by Ayrab,

52) or Haroob, of which place and Ghuzni, he got possession by

treachery. From Ayrab he sent his son Meerza Khuleel to Banoo by the

route called in the Rozut-ool-sufa Kubjughai, (perhaps Koochi,) while

he made an excursion himself against a hostile tribe of Afghans, call-

ed Burniani or Purniani. He left their capital on the first of Mohur-

560 Note on the Passes into Hindoostan [No. 126.

rum 801, Hijree, (13th September 1398, a. D.) and came out on

the Indus at a fort previously built as a dépot at Nufur.* Thence

marching rapidly down the Indus to the point where Julal-ood-deen

swam across after his defeat, (it is specifically so stated in the

Rozut-ool-sufa, the best historical authority,) he built a bridge across

the river in two days and crossed on the 12th Mohurrum, that is in

twelve days only from the time of his receiving the submission of the

Burniani, tribe.

After crossing, Tymoor made directly for the place of confluence

of the Jihlum and Chinab, and there reduced a chief, whose capital is

described as an island at this point strongly fortified, while he sent a

reinforcement to his grandson at Mooltan, and ordered him to join

him at Dybalpoor, which lies towards the Sutlej.

Tymoor reducing Talumba, crossed the desert from that place to

the old bed of the Beas on the Ist of Suffur of the same year, 13th

October 1398, a. p., and on the 7th, captured Gokree or Gourkee:

then reducing Ajudia, which yielded and was respected, he effected

a junction with his grandson at Dybalpoor, and then prepared to cross

the Sutlej, and march on Bhutner in the Desert, where he learned that

the Hindoos had collected as in a place of security.

Bhutner is at least sixty, some say ninety miles from the nearest point

of the Sutlej, with a waterless Desert for the whole distance. Tymoor,

however, made the march in one night with the bulk of his cavalry, sur-

prising there a large store of cattle and supplies that had been collect-

ed in full reliance upon the impassability of the Desert.

After massacring the whole population of Bhutner, Tymoor went

by Sumana to Delhi, which he sacked. Thence he crossed to the Gan-

ges, and entering the Sewalik or lower range at Hurdwar, carried his

army back through the mountains to Jummoo and Kashmeer, and

thence to Kabool by the Khyber Pass; thus safely reconveying his

enormous booty to Samarkund, where he rested only sufficiently

long to prepare for his great expedition westward against Ildrim

Bayuzeed.

The invasions of Babir and Nadir Shah present no peculiarities

in the routes taken. Babir was established as Sooltan of Kabool for

* This may be Bukur or Nuker. There is a place of the former name at this part

of the Indus, but it is on the wrong side of the river.

1842. ] from the West and North-west. 561

more than twenty years before he made any attempt on India, and

then he was invited by the rebellious chief of Lahore, who aided in his

first advance to Delhi. He always used the same direct route, and

early established a garrison and depdt at Sirhind, in aid of his

expeditions. Nadir Shah having established his authority in Persia,

took Herat after an eight months’ siege, and thence advanced to

Kandahar, claiming these as cities of Persia. From Kandahar he

advanced by Ghuzni to Kabool, having conciliated the Ghiljie tribes,

who had cause of offence against Delhi for neglect in the payment of

certain customary stipends. In his march from Kabool, he was unop-

posed, until he crossed the Sutlej, owing to the distractions and intri-

gues which then rent the court of Delhi. The battle which opened

the way to Delhi was fought at Kurnal, and Mohummud Shah thence

carried Nadir Shah to his capital as a friend or ally. The invader re-

turned across the Punjab unopposed as he had come, with the plunder

of the palace and capital of the Moghul emperor in his train.

Ahmed Shah, in all his expeditions, seems to have followed the

same route, preferring it apparently on account of the water and forage

which is always to be obtained in plenty at the foot of mountain

ranges of sufficient elevation, and having garrisons of his own, or of

friendly chiefs at Atuk, Lahore, and Sirhind. The march of Nadir

Shah is thus the last that can be called an invasion for purposes of

conquest.

This notice, however, of the routes and passes into India that have

been followed by different conquerors would obviously be incomplete,

if the wonderful expedition of Alexander were altogether omitted. It

has been reserved for last mention, that the reader may have the benefit

of the story of after-expeditions, to assist in the determination of the

line of this earliest—the Greek historians having left its course and

details somewhat obscure.

The compilation of Arrian is the record of best authority which we pos-

sess of the military operations and marches of Alexander ; for Quintus

Curtius supplies only some fuller details of personal adventures, and a

very few additional names. Arrian’s seven chapters on Alexander’s Ex-

pedition are based, as the author states, on the notes of Ptolemy and

Aristobulus, who both accompanied the army throughout. His des-

criptions are sufficiently accurate to enable us, with the lights recently

562 Note on the Passes into Hindoostan [No. 126.

thrown upon the geography of the countries traversed, to identify

most of the principal rivers and places named ; but there is a sad want

of dates and distances in Arrian’s narrative, and even the seasons of

many of the operations, and the number of months and years occupied

in them, have to be guessed from circumstances. On the whole, however,

Arrian is a more sure guide in regard to this expedition than any other

author of antiquity, and but for the changes of names usual in the Greek

version of oriental appellatives, as well as those incident to the course

of events in twenty centuries, there would be less difficulty in follow-

ing him than the Persian and Turkish historians of later expeditions.

After the victory of Gaugamela, in the province of Arbela,* which

was gained in October 331, 8. c.,f Alexander marched first to Babylon,

and then to Susa and Persepolis. The ruins of both Persian capi-

tals have been fully traced and explored, the former is near Shoostur,

and the latter about 100 miles north-east of Shiraz. These royal cities

Alexander sacked, and then collecting all the camels and beasts of

burthen of Lower Persia, he followed Darius to Isfahan, (Ecbatana, )t

the capital of Media, at the time of this expedition. Hearing how-

ever of Darius’s flight towards Bactria, he took himself with a light

division the eastern route by Yezd to Tabas, said to be the last town

of the Parzetaceni, (half way between Yezd and Mushud.) Finding there

that he could not overtake the fugitive king before he passed the

* Arbela appears to have been a city, the head-quarter town of a district. .

+ Arrian gives three dates, one of this battle, a second of the death of Darius, and

the third of the battle with Porus. This last however is erroneous.

t There is a great controversy amongst the learned as to whether Hamadan or

Isfahan is the Ecbatana, capital of Media, through which Darius fled, and at which

Alexander made his arrangements for the Bactrian campaign. I think it not at all

improbable that both bore the name, but if the resources of Darius lay in Bactria,

it is very unlikely that he and Bessus should have retired by Hamadan, and the evi-

dent line of advance from Persepolis, which is near Sheeraz, was Isfahan. The

Paretaceni also lay to the right, and the site of Tabas half-way between Yezd and

Mushud, would show, if we assume the flight of Darius and pursuit of Alexander to have

taken this direction, that the latter attempted by that route to cut off Darius from

Bactria, while his main army advanced by Isfahan. Tabas is named by Quintus Curtius

as the limit of Alexander’s pursuit towards Bactria prior to the reorganization of the

army at Ecbatana, but by a strange confusion he places the death of Darius in this

flight from Ecbatana, whereas it clearly did not occur till next season. The pursuit

from Hyrcania and the Elburz mountains may, however, have taken a south-westerly

direction to Tabas, so as to be that referred to by Quintus Curtius, which would leave

doubtful the previous march on the same place.

1842. ] from the West and North-west. 563

mountains, Alexander returned to Ecbatana, (Isfahan,) and there

rejoining his main army, employed the winter in reorganizing his

troops, and dismissing homeward those Greeks whose time of service

was expired. This effected, early in the spring of 330, B. c. Alexander

crossed the Elburz mountains* at the pass near Tehran, called that of

Dumavund, and formed his army in two divisions, employing one of

them in reducing the Mardi, a poor and semi-barbarous race, who

occupied a tract of country between the Elboorz range and the Cas-

pian, while the other was destined to operate northward up the eastern

shore of the Caspian against Hyrcania. With this latter went Alexander,

his reason for reducing this wild country being that a body of Greek

mercenaries had retired thither. Hearing, however, while his army

was crossing the Elburz, that Darius was in force at no great dis-

tance, he countermarched and formed a light division with which he

went in person to attack him.

The Persian king, assisted by Bessus and the chiefs of Bactria and

Darangia, (Seestan) had appeared with an army towards Mushhud,f but

refused to abide another battle, and fled as the Greek force approached.

In this flight Darius was first deposed and made prisoner, and then

slain, and Bessus assuming the royal title, fled towards Bulkh in

Bactria. This was in the month of July 330 B. c. and, if Quintus

Curtius is right in naming Tabas as the place of the assassination,

the flight must have taken a southerly direction from near Mushhud

* The pass is called in Arrian, the Caspian gates, and Rageea is placed near it,

D’Anyille’s map of the ancient world gives precisely the locality of Dumavund for this

pass. WDarius’s flight cannot have taken the line of the west shore of the Caspian, so

as to pass the Durband Caspian gates.

+ There is much confusion in this part of Arrian’s narrative. He mentions the reorga-

nization of the army and many arrangements made at Ecbatana, but leaves it to be

supposed that these were operations of a day or two, and that the pursuit of Dariusto

Rage and the Caspian gates was immediately taken up. But there is a winter in-

tervening between Alexander’s march to Ecbatana and the campaign, in the course of

which Darius was deposed and assassinated : this season therefore was evidently devoted

to the reorganization of the army, and if Alexander did follow Darius to Rage in

331 B. c., it was a mere excursion at the end of the season, not a continuance or renewal

of the campaign. Dr. Thirlwall has been misled by not allowing for a winter here.

He supposes that season to have been occupied in the operations near Persepolis.

The date given by Arrian for Darius’s death, compared with that of the battle of Arbela,

and the stated military, and civil arrangements made at Ecbatana, prove the manner

of the campaign.

564 Note on the Passes into Hindoostan [No. 126.

or Abbasabad, which, as the Seestan Satrap was the ally of Bessus,

is not impossible. Alexander returned, according to Arrian, with the

body of Darius, and crossing the Elburz range to the river Atruk,

finished the conquest of Mardia and Hyrcania, (Mazenderan and

Gheelan.) This effected, he took the direct route to the country of

the Arii. The capital of Aria at that time is called by Arrian

Susia, probably the Hellenism of Subza or Subzawar,* Herat was

not in existence, but is supposed to be on the site of the city or

fort erected by Alexander afterwards to control the Arians. Alex-

ander established a Persian governor at Susia, and returned north-

wards to pass into .Bactria after Bessus, by the routes probably of

Merv or Mymuna. The Grecian king, however, had no sooner

turned his back on the Arian country, than the Persian governor

revolted, and having overpowered the detachment left with him in

Subzawar, retired to make head at Artakaona amongst the mountains

east of Herat. This brought the Grecian army back in haste.

Artakaonat is a place written six ways, but ‘which probably will be

the Greek version of Oordoo Khan, a common name. Sakhir, the

capital of the Ghorians at the head of the Kashk river, is a site well

suited for a stronghold of refuge, and the Oordoo Khan or Artakhan

intended, will probably have been near it.

Alexander followed thither with a light force, making a rapid

march of 600 stadia in two days, while the bulk of his army returned

southward more leisurely, and moved down to the Pontus, or inland

sea, into which the Helmund discharges itself. Artakhan was evacuated

on his approach, whereupon Alexander turned southward also, and

the Persian governor of the southern districts, called Zarangai or

Drange, (Seestan,) having fled eastward to the Indus, Alexander re-

turned again into the mountains and remained some time there, while

he built the fort before-mentioned on the site of Herat to check the

Arrians. Here he received the submission of the tribes of the southern

* Dr. Thirlwall supposes this Susia to be Toos, the ruins of which have been traced

about seventeen miles NNW. of Mushhud, but Toos would be in Parthia, and not in

Aria, as thus situated.

¢ All the Persian poems and traditions mention Astakhar, as the place whence

Alexander marched towards India, but the Astakhar of the Shahnama is the capital

of Persia. ‘The great Roostum was a native of Seestan.

1842. | from the West and North-west. 565

districts as far as Kandahar in Arachotia,* but it does not appear that

he went thither; on the contrary at a late period of the year 330, B. c.

he made the passage over the high ridges between Herat and the Kabool

valley, suffering much from cold on the march, and then at the junc-

tion of the Punjshuhur and Koh-damun rivers, in the plain of Beghram,

near Charikar, he founded the city of Alexandria apud Caucasum, about

which there has been so much dispute. Its identity with the Beghram

ruins has been established in a latet essay of Major Rawlinson, now at

Kandahar, and the whole story of Arrian confirms the site. Here

Alexander wintered, and at the first opening of spring in the following

year, 329 B. c., crossed the Hindoo Koosh to attack Bessus. I consider

it most probable that the passage was made from Charikar by the

Gorebund or Purwandura Passes, for Drapsacus, which was attacked

immediately after the traverse, was evidently the present Indrab, the

fortress which gave so much trouble to Chungeez Khan.

The immediate effect of this line of operation was to drive Bessus

out of the whole country between the Oxus and Hindoo Koosh, and to

* Arrian is cited as authority for Alexander’s having marched by Kandahar to

Kabool, and by Bamian to Bulkh, but Arrian only says the Arachotians submitted, not

that Alexander ever went into their country. His words are Tavra 0o¢ ovat pa-

Eapevoc TPOYEL WC ETL Baxrpa Te Kat Byooor, Apayyac TE Kal

Apaywyoug ev TH Tapoow Tapasnoapevoc. Ilapesnoaro Oe Kat

TOUC Aopaywroug Kal oaTpamny KATESNOEV eT avtroic Mevwva.

EmnA@e Se kat twv Ivdwv rove mposywpouvc Aoaywroic. Zup-

TAaVvTa OE TavTa eOvn ova KLovoc OE woAAne, Kal Guv aTropLla &e.

‘¢ Having finished these things, he set off for Bactria and Bessus, in the route

having established his authority over the Drange and Dragogi; he also established his

authority over the Arachoti, and appointed Menon their Satrap. He came then into

the country of the Indians, bordering on that of the Arachoti, and all these nations he

reached through much snow, and in great want of necessary supplies, and with much

suffering to the troops.’’ This shews he passed through the Huzara country north of the

open plains of Seestan and Kandahar, for in crossing them to the Kabool valley even

in October, his army would suffer from extreme cold. He crossed apparently by the

route, and in the season, when Babur suffered so much on his return from Herat to

Kabool. Ifthe march was made in the season when there is snow at Kandahar, and

by that route, the passage to Ghuzni, and especially over the mountains between Ghuzni

and Kabool, must have been quite closed.

+ I much regret never having met with this essay, and doubt not that it would have

thrown light on many points which are still obscure.

566 Note on the Passes into Hindoostan [ No. 126.

cut him off from retreat into Kashghur. He had fomented another in-

surrection at Herat, and sent 2,000 horse to support it, while Alexander

was making the Huzara passage, prior to wintering in the Kabool

valley ; but this was defeated by the garrison left in the new city,

aided by a detachment sent back, without requiring Alexander’s

presence. Bessus therefore on the passage of the Hindoo Koosh being

effected, retired at once to the mountains of Sogdiana, Nautaka, sup-

posed to be Karshee or Nukhshab, being the position he took up to

watch the further course of events. Alexander took Bulkh and all the

country south of the Oxus, and established six stations according to

Quintus Curtius to guard and command the passes of the mountains.

He then crossed the Oxus on skins, at a point where the river was

rapid and deep, and had a sandy bottom, which is the character of all

the fords about Bulkh. Bessus was betrayed and given up before

Alexander reached his position at Karshee, and thereupon Alexander

followed up his success by seizing Markanda, (Samarkund), and he

thence continued his march, meeting with no serious opposition, to the

Sir or Jaxartes, called by Arrian the Eastern Tanais. He crossed this

river to punish the Scythian cavalry, who had inflicted on him some

loss as they retired before him through Sogdiana. Alexander fought on

the other side of the Sir a sharp cavalry action, in which he was

wounded severely by an arrow in the leg, his fibula or smaller leg bone

being broken. He gained the victory, however, and dislodged the

enemy from a mountain supposed to be that opposite to Khojund,

with a loss stated at 20,000 men.

Alexander remained sometime on the Jaxartes, and commenced

building a city or fort near Khojund. He at the same time summoned

all the tribes to a general convention to be held at Zariaspe, (Huza-

rasp on the Oxus,) in the coming winter; but while he was so occu-

pied in advance, the nomade tribes of the Kizil-koom desert and

Lower Jaxartes, rose on the garrisons he had left in his rear, and

under Spitamenes, an active and energetic partisan, besieged Markanda.

Alexander on the first news of the insurrection retraced his steps

towards Markanda, reducing all the cities on his way without difficulty

until he came to Cyropolis, which is probably Kesh, or Shuhur

Subz, where Persian tradition fixes the birth of the great Cyrus.

This siege proved difficult, for the city is described as large and

1842.1 from the West and North-west. 567

populous, the walls strong and high, and the inhabitants warlike.

He mastered it at length, effecting an entrance by the river bed, dur-

ing a season of drought, and then returned to secure his posts on the

Jaxartes, sending a division to strengthen Markanda. While he was en-

camped on the banks of this river, seeking to inspire the Scythians with

a dread of his power, the division of his army sent for the relief of

Markanda, was defeated and utterly destroyed on the banks of the

Zurafshan* river by Spitamenes. This called Alexander back to

Samarkund, and after ravaging the valley of the Zurafshan, he moved

to Huzarasp, where he had proposed to winter, in order to hold the

convention before proclaimed, and to confirm by policy, the influence

his victories had established. It was here that Clitus was slain, and

that Scythians from the western Tanais (the Wolga or Don) came, and

endeavoured to persuade Alexander to attempt the passage that way

back to Europe; but Alexander excused himself, saying, he must first

conquer India, and then would come by the route of Europe round

that way to the Tanais and Huzarasp.t

Early in the spring of 328, B. c. while the snow was still on the

ground, Alexander took the field again, for reduction of the cities of

Sogdiana, which still held for Spitamenes. His army marched in

five divisions, Alexander heading that which took the mountain road

by Samarkund. Soon after the march, Huzarasp was attempted by

surprise, but saved by its garrison. Spitamenes then made a gallant

attack on the left division led by Ccenus, which skirted the desert, and

had marched apparently for relief of the garrisons of the Jaxartes: it

was met by Spitamenes while countermarching for the defence of

Huzarasp, consequently on the attack of that post. Being defeated by

* Arrian calls the river of Markanda, Polytimetus, the much-valued, Zurafshan

is gold scattering. The description of its losing itself in the sands of the Bokhara

Desert confirms the identity, if the name and other circumstances had left any doubt

on the subject.

+ The site of Huzarasp, no less than the similarity of name, proves it to be the

Zariaspe referred to. It is on the Oxus in the advanced position suited to the convoca-

tion, and is exactly the place the Scythians of the Steppes towards the Wolga might

be expected to come to, while the river being navigable gave all the desired facilities

for forming a depét. The next year’s march back to Samarkund establishes the cor-

rectness of this position, and it is further confirmed by the communications held at

it with the Chorasmeni, (Kharizmees.) Kheeva and Orgunj, the capitals of Kharizm,

being only a few marches down the stream of the Oxus. The limits of ancient

Bactria might well extend down the Oxus as far as Huzarasp.

568 Note on the Passes into Hindoostan [No. 126.

Coenus, Spitamenes was deserted by his followers, who hearing that

Alexander himself also was approaching, cut off their chief’s head, and

sent it as an atonement for their own transgressions.

Being thus rid of this active enemy, Alexander had leisure to reduce

the mountain forts of Soghdiana, lying between the sources of the

Jaxartes and the Desert west of Samarkund; and the season being oc-

cupied in establishing posts and settling this country, he wintered again

north of the Oxus at Karshee, and there received reports from all the

Governors and Satraps he had left in the conquered territories.

In the spring of 327, B. c., while the snow was yet heavy on the

ground, Alexander commenced his march through the mountains towards

Bulkh, reducing the places that refused to submit. He was in this march

much distressed for provisions, but every fort had its depét, and the

store of one of these, held by a chief named Chorienes, furnished a two

months’ supply to the whole army at a time when it was in great want.

As the spring advanced, Alexander taking the route of Bulkh,

approached the Hindoo Koosh again, and crossed it to the city he had

built in the plain of Beghram. There he was met by Taxiles, an Indian

chief, whose capital (Taxila) was across the Indus. This chief

urged an advance in that direction, with the design of bringing to

subjection a rival chief of Peucilaotis, supposed to be in the country

near Peshawur. Alexander sent with this Indian chief Hepheestion, and

the bulk of his army, marching them by the route of the Cophenes

river. Under the Raja’s guidance, Hephestion passed without obstruc-

tion downwards, apparently by the Khyber, and having captured

Peucilaotis, set himself with the aid of Taxiles, to build a bridge at

Attuk. Alexander himself was determined to reduce the mountainous

tract of country lying between the Cophenes and the Hindoo Koosh,

and the number of rivers passed, and description of each given by

Arrian, correspond exactly with what we now know to be in existence

in that tract, though the names of several places and of races of people

differ as might be expected.

Alexander from Beghram passed down the Punj-shushur river, and

crossed the Tagao with difficulty, then reducing two cities, the second

called Andaka, he came to the river Euaspla, (Alishung), where the

Aspii were in arms. The enemy fled to the mountains, and Alexander

followed to their stronghold, finding the capital which Arrian calls

1842.] from the West and North-west. 569

Arigzeum, deserted and in ruins. There was a very severe battle fought

here, which ended in the complete defeat of the natives, and the capture

of 230,000 head of cattle, remarked as of very fine breed. Thence —

Alexander marched against the Assaceni, passing through the territory

of the Gurei, (Lughman, ) and crossing the river of that name (now the

Koner or Kama,) which Arrian states as rapid, and difficult of passage,

because of the large round slippery stones in its bed. On the eastern

banks of the Koner river, was the city of Massaga, somewhere near

Pooshoot, which was captured with great difficulty ; and some. mercena-

ries of the garrison, stated to have been of Indian race, were incorpo-

rated with the Grecian army.

From Massaga, Alexander marched to Bazira, without crossing

another river, shewing evidently, that Bazira must be the present

Bajaor. He expected it to be surrendered without a siege, but was

disappointed, and hearing that relief was coming from Ora, which is

probably the present Punjkora, he marched with his main army first

against that place, leaving a detachment before Bazira to watch it.

Ora being reduced, the inhabitants of Bazira evacuated the city, and

took refuge in the difficult post of mount Aornus, under which lay

Embolima, which Alexander occupied. This mountain will probably

be that to the south of Bajaor, and between it and the Kabool river.

The dislodgement of the enemy proved a matter of extreme difficulty,

because of the steep ascent of the mountain. Ptolemy, however, with

some light troops effected and made good a lodgment on the ridge,

aided by an attack from which, the rock was at last stormed and

carried.

After this, Alexander marched north to Dyrta, (which is evidently

the present Dhyr,) because he heard that the king of the Assaceni was

making head in the upper part of the valley of the Koner, that is, in

Chitral and Little Kashghur. From hence he crossed to the Indus by

a route, which required the labour of his whole army to render at all

passable. He arrived on the bank of that river at a place where there

was a forest, from which he cut timber to make rafts and boats, with

which he floated down to Attuk, where the bridge of boats had already

been built for him by Hephzstion and Taxiles. In the country

between the Kophenes and Indus, Nysa, the city of Bacchus, is said

to be situated, from whence Alexander received a deputation. Its site

570 Note on the Passes into Hindoostan [No. 126.

has not been ascertained, though, as ivy grew there, it must have been

high in the mountains.

Crossing the Indus by this bridge, Alexander went with Taxiles

to Taxila, the capital of the latter, which probably was near the pre-

sent Tatta, about one march from the river. Thence he prosecuted

his march to the Hydaspes, now the Jihlum, on the other side of

which Porus was encamped with a large Indian army. To aid the

passage, Alexander sent back to the Indus for some of the boats or

rafts he had built, and causing them to be brought over by land,

amused Porus for some days by marching up and down with great

parade, as if he was about immediately to force a passage.

Arrian tells us this occurred in the rains when the river was much

swollen, and that Alexander was thinking of waiting for the cold season

when the waters would subside. After some days, however, finding a

favorable rock to conceal his preparations, he launched his boats and

effected a passage at a place where there were several alluvial islands.

Porus was then defeated and made prisoner. Arrian specifically tells

us, that this battle was fought in the month Munychion, which is the last

but two of the Greek year, beginning in July. April and May would

therefore be the time of the year indicated, but this is not reconcilable

with the fact of the rains having set in to swell the stream. The date

assigned by Dr. Vincent and all later commentators, is August 327,

B. C. which, supposing Alexander to have crossed the Hindoo Koosh

on the first opening of the passage at the end of March, or in the

beginning of April, gives evidence of a celerity of movement, and

rapidity of conquest to excite our wonder.

After the defeat of Porus, Alexander captured Sangala on the Hy-

draotes, supposed to be near Lahore, and then marched to the Sutlej

at a spot below its junction with the Hyphasis (Beas) where historians

say, he built pillars or altars to mark the limit of his conquests. Apol-

lonius Tyaneus is made by Philostratus to say, that he saw them in the

first century of the Christian era, and that a king, Phraotes, of Greek

race, and who conversed freely with him in Greek, was then reigning in

the Punjab, and master of the country as far west as the Kabool valley.

These altars however, though sought for with much avidity, have

never yet been found by modern travellers. The remonstrances of the

Macedonian troops, and their refusal to march further, created the im-

1842. ] from the West and North-west. 571

mediate necessity for Alexander’s return. But preparation had ante-

cedently been made for it by arrangements to construct a large fleet of

boats on the Hydaspes or Jihlum. These were completed by the end

of the rains of 327 B. c., and Alexander then commenced a march

down the Punjab and banks of the Indus, in the hope of finding a ready

way back to Persia by land or sea from its mouths.

On the way down, he was troubled by the spirited resistance of the

Malli and Oxydracez, the former supposed to be settled near Mooltan,

and the latter a race occupying Kuchchee. In the operations against

these, Alexander received a wound with an arrow in the right breast,

which very nearly proved mortal, and much alarmed his faithful troops.

He recovered, however, and having reduced the Sindians, made the fol-

lowing arrangements at Pattala, now Tatta, for return. Craterus he

sent by Kuchchee and the Bolan Pass with the bulk of his army, and the

heavy baggage. Nearchus with the fleet was to skirt the coast, and

so make for the Persian Gulf. Alexander himself with a lightly

equipped force took the route through Beloochistan, intending to keep in

communication with the fleet.

This march proved the most disastrous operation in which Alex-

ander had yet engaged ; from first to last, he suffered extremely from

heat, and from the want of fresh water, and the distress his army en-

countered is represented as almost beyond endurance, and the morta-

lity in consequence was very great.

Dr. Vincent states, the march down from Nicea on the Jihlum,

where the battle with Porus was fought, to Pattala or Tatta, at the

head of the Indus Delta, to have occupied nine months; if it was

commenced, therefore, in October 327, it will have been July 326, B. c.

_ before he reached that city: and so far Arrian bears out this date, for

he says the Etesian winds, that is the monsoon, prevented the voyage

by sea at the time of Alexander being in Sindh. Having made ar-

| rangements for establishing depdts near the sea-coast, and for digging

wells to supply the fleet and his own army with fresh water at the first

stages along the coast, Alexander set off on his march of return

in September 326, B. c., directing Nearchus to follow as soon

as the season was favorable. The circumstances of this voyage have

been so accurately developed by Dr. Vincent, that it is only neces-

_ sary to refer to them very shortly. Nearchus left the Indus a month

572 Note on the Passes into Hindoostan [No. 126.

after Alexander, but some time still before the monsoon had pro-

perly changed: he was in consequence compelled to make for the

coast and disembark, and so consumed all his provisions by the time

he reached the country of the Orite in Mekran. Here, however, Alex-

ander had left a depéot under Leonatus, prior to striking off from the

coast to skirt the arid desert of Gedroos. From the borders of the

Oritz to the capital of Gedroos, called by Arrian “ Pura,” Alexan-

der’s march was one of sixty days, with always a very scanty supply of

water, and that generally brackish. Pura is probably the Bunpoor

of modern maps, which is in the same longitude with the Hamoon, or

sea in which the Helmund terminates. Here Alexander remained

some time to refresh, and receiving a convoy from Lower Persia, re-

newed his march through Karmania, (Kurman,) meeting every where,

as he approached the limits of civilization, both weleome and abun-

dance. Either at or near Kurman he met Craterus, who had safely

brought back the heavy baggage and bulk of the army by the Bolan

Pass and by Kandahar, but by what route from Seistan, is no where

mentioned.

The expedition ended by Alexander’s return to Persepolis or Pasar-

gada, near Shiraz, with a light division, while he sent Hephestion to

skirt the coast and relieve Nearchus. The united army of Alexander

reached Susa about the end of February 325 B. c., just five years from

the period of its march from Ecbatana in pursuit of Darius, and five |

and a half from the date of the victory of Gaugamela or Arbela. |

It is difficult to account for the apparent facility with which Alex-

ander carried his large armies over tracts now deemed impassable for

more than caravans. We must allow something for the habit of dealing as

slaves with the entire population of a city or province reduced after resis-

tance in arms. This gave means of transport over mountains, such as

are not commanded in the. strategic operations of the present day.

But, after making every allowance for the free command and use of

the persons and properties of the entire population subdued, the traverse

of the deserts would not have been possible, if in those days they had

been in the same condition as they are at present found. Their ex-

istence is identified, but their dimensions were then probably much

smaller, for it is consistent with the experience of modern philosophy,

that sandy deserts progressively increase in size, as well through the ear-

, . = Si

SM birt ines

MA ¥

1 ‘ T-. me,

jog ee ee Aa,

eae ree fy a

‘ AA

‘ 5 ss, 7 us

oh Moth

Trae iP

Sea of

\ ARAL

_1—

\ Dungheesr

Khariarn

(‘S Mungushlue !

)

vac

Jaxariey

57,

oOoTRAR

Kiz21lkoom

7 oy

ent ibys, B25” OS,

Givec Tica ee

2 Bundiue One

Desert

aaviahy

Fycdahar

Sketch Map

CENTRAL ASIA

Exhibiting (he Routes be India

Alexander MuhmoodofGhuum

Chun geez Khanna Tymoor

barron, ———

Mahernood

angus Khan ——_

ECO a

res

——_

SK samen

RIT

Tee Hie

Aymerr

\Kanony

1842. | from the West and North-west. 573

lier soakage of the waters, which give fertility to their borders, as by the

effect of wind in carrying and depositing sand, and so producing barren-

ness over tracts which before owned a fertile soil. With every allowance,

however, for a more favorable condition of the countries traversed than

they now exhibit, we shall yet find in the marches of Alexander a

celerity of movement, and a promptitude of resource in difficulties of

all kinds, of which it is much to be regretted, that his historians have

not given more full details for instruction at this day.

| Ea NO a

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

(Friday Evening, 10th June, 1842. )

The Honourable H. T. Prinsep, Esq. President, in the Chair.

G. C. Cuear, Esq. proposed at the last Meeting, was ballotted for and duly

elected a Member of the Society.

Ordered—That the usual communication of his election be made to Mr. Cueap,

and that he be furnished with the rules of the Society for his guidance.

Library.

The following Books were presented :—

Books received for the Library of the Asiatic Society for the Meeting on the 10th June, 1842.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of

Science. 3rd series, vol. xix. No. 127, and vol. xx. No. 128.

List of the Members of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

1841, pamph.

Lassen, Zeitschrift fur die Kunde des Morgenlandes. Bd. iv. Heft. 1.

The Calcutta Literary Gleaner June, 1842. Vol. Ist, No. 4, two copies.

The Calcutta Christian Observer. New series, vol. iii. No. 30, June 1842, pamph.

Journal des Savants. Paris, Octobre 1841.

Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, 1841. Vol. ii. Part 5th.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1840. Part 8th.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Jan. 1842, No. 52, vol. xiii, pamph.

574 Asiatic Society. [No. 126.

Yarrell’s History of British Birds. London, 1841. Vol. iii. Part 28th, pamph.

Macpherson’s Report upon the Khonds of the Districts of Ganjam and Cuttack.

Calcutta, 1842.

Report on the Settlement of the District of Seharanpore, compiled by E. Thornton.

October 1840.

Lardner’s Cabinet Cyclopedia, Natural Philosophy, London, 1841. Vol. Ist.

Wilson’s Introduction to the Grammar of the Sanscrit Language. London, 1841,

1 vol.

Bulletin de la Société de Géographie. 38rd Série. Paris, 1841, Tome xy.

Read the following report submitted by the Librarian, respecting the arrangement

of Antiquities in the Museum :—

To H. Torrens, Esq.

Secretary, Asiatic Society.

Sir,

I beg to submit to the Society the following report respecting the arrangement

of the antiquities.

During the last three months I have had charge of this department of the Museum,

and it has been my constant endeavour to identify the specimens, and place the col-

lections in order.

The accompanying list which is to form the first part of the Catalogue, contains the

arrangement and description of the antiquities and idols in metal and wood, and of

the smaller ones in stone.

However, as little had been done to preserve the identity of the antiquities, no

regular register kept, specifying the particulars, and giving a detailed description of the

respective donations, in order to enable the Society to judge on the correctness of the

catalogue, 1 hope, they will excuse me, if I trouble them with a statement of the rea-

sons, which guided me respecting the identifying of the specimens.

I. Nos. 1—5. Five Egyptian idols, four of wood, and one of porcelain, presented by

Lieut. Young, December, 1837, ascertained by the name of the donor, being written

upon them.

Nos. 6—15. As. Res. Vol. XIV. Appd. p. 3. is mentioned a small collection of

metal and porcelain images, presented by Capt. Bidwell, and as there is no other col-

lection of this kind, we must suppose this to be the same that is mentioned in the

Researches.

II. No. 16. A copper figure dug up near Bushire, donor Capt. J. Hennel, As.

Journal, Vol. v. p. 241, identified by a drawing, given in the Journal.

III. Nos. 1;—23. Seven brass and copper Images, presented by R. Home, Esq. As.

Res. Vol. XII. Appd. p. 23.

Among the number of these Images,a Sesha Naga is mentioned, resting on a tortoise,

and as there is only one of that peculiar situation in the collection, it undoubtedly is the

same. On examining this figure, I discovered in the inside of the pedestal a cypher,

made with white oil colour, and by this means | found out the other specimens, which

had on the very same place, cyphers of the same,colour, and the same hand writing.

1V. Nos. 24—38. Fifteen brass Images from Patna and Allahabad, presented

by Dr. Tytler, As. Res. Vol. XJV. Appd. p. 3; they had labels upon them, containing

the name of the donor, and of the locality.

1842.] Asiatic Society. 575

All of them refer to Shiva, and eight of them have a special allusion to the wor-

shipping of the Lingam in different forms, generally Shiva, or Parvati, or both of

them adoring this symbol. I must not omit mentioning, that one of them, a Shiva

Lingam, worshipped by Gonesha, Nandi, Kartika, and Sesha Naga, has the crescent

and the sun added, as so many more symbols of this worship.

That it is Shiva, however, who is represented in those images, and not another

deity, as some at first would suppose, is evident from the trident and crescent being in

all the images, though sometimes in a shape and in places which are not apparent at

the first glance. These representations are singular for the number of their attributes

and the rudeness of the style of the workmanship. No others in the collection exhibit

the same rudeness of figure; for the different parts of the body can hardly be distin-

guished. From this, some would suppose them to be of great antiquity ; but all these

figures may be regarded as symbols which are formed not in a barbarous, but in a

civilised age, and their vagueness and rudeness are designed to suggest to the mind of

the worshipper, something indefinite and mysterious in the image which he adores.

V. Nos. 31-67. 1. There are mentioned in the Asiatic Journal, Vol. XVZJ, p. 368,

three brass Images, Lokanatha, Durga-Singhbahni, and Goutamah from Nepaul,

presented by S. Bramley, Esq. Two of them bear the name of the donor, and the

third, Lokanatha, though the name is wanting, has such a striking resemblance to the

Goutamah, that we may safely declare it to be the one mentioned in the Journal.

The second Goutamah whom I have put together with them, has also so many charac-

teristics in common, that had there been more than three mentioned in the Journal, I

should have felt myself justified in assigning it to the same donor.

2. Nos. 48, 49, 50. Three ivory idols. I found no references to them in any periodi-

cal of the Society. They are evidently made by the same artist. On one of them

‘‘ Nepal”’ is written. with a pencil, and they are moreover so like those just mentioned,

that no doubt of their coming from the same country, can arise.

3. The fourteen images under numbers 53-66, representations of Hindoo deities,

workmanship, ornaments, &c. being of the same style, are evidently all from the same

place, which supposition is confirmed by the labels annexed to them, which are

written by the same hand: but neither the name of the donor nor the locality is

written. There are seven other Images without labels; but they so strikingly re-

semble in every particular those just mentioned, that we may assign to them the same

country.

This, I think, is Nepal, for the following reasons :—

a. All of them exhibit a very extraordinary similarity with those presented by Mr.

Bramley. The Durga Singhbahni, above mentioned, for instance, corresponds in the

principal characteristics with a Durga of this group in the form of Durga Mohish-

mordini; we observe the same dress, the same ornaments, the same kind of pedestal.

Though the head-dress in both is somewhat different, yet again the shape of the

crowns, with all their particularities, is nearly the same, and in many of the images

this similarity is still more striking. To this conclusion we are also led by the

similarity which is seen in the formation of the head and expression of the coun-

tenance, which is seldom found but among people of the same nation, nay, I should

almost say, of the same tribe. .

b. The strongest confirmation, however, is derived from the workmanship. It is

true, this may be under certain circumstances identic, and the artists still belong to

576 Asiatic Society. [No. 126.

different countries, if for instance they be of the same school. There is, however,

nothing in Hindooism, which suggests the idea of such schools. The sects are too

much in enmity with each other, the intercourse of the various countries too limited,

and the artists of one place too closely adhering to their old established traditions, to

authorise the supposition of a school of art, flourishing at different places. If there be

a general coincidence in the workmanship of several specimens of Indian art, we may

therefore infer on the identity of the country from which they come. Each of these

conclusions require some caution, but if all the circumstances from which they are de-

rived, combine, there can certainly be no occasion for doubt, and, on the whole, the

principle, that the correspondence in minute and accidental particularities we may

observe between a number of specimens of art, constitutes a sufficient reason to iden-

tify them in one way or another, according to the circumstances, is certainly well-

founded.

c. Another confirmation is their likeness to the three ivory idols, above mentioned.

A most remarkable coincidence is especially exhibited between the ivory Durga in

the form of Tara, with another of ten arms, as behind the shoulders of both the same

standards, with the same emblems upon them, may be observed. |

As. Res. Vol. XV. Appd. p. 16, is recorded, that Lieut. C. P. Boileau from Nepaul,

presented a great variety of brass images to the Society, so that we may assign the

images, just named, to him, as there is no other number of images which bears so

evident signs of composing one and the same collection, or which would prevent

us from ascribing them to Nepaul.

VI. As. Res. Vol XVI. Appd. p. 12, a donation of Images from Arracan is

mentioned, consisting of the following specimens :—

1. A wooden model of Gotama’s Temple.

2. Brass model of a Temple, used in the worship of Gotama.

3. A tinstatute of Buddha, affording a correct model of some of the Arracan Temples.

4, Antient brass model of a Temple, containing four images of Buddha with Nags or

Serpents. '

9. A brass Statue of Gotama, with an attendant in an erect posture.

6. A wooden figure of Gotama, gilt and highly ornamented.

7. A ditto ditto, plain and gilt.

All these specimens were found with labels, presenting the name of the donor and

locality. Further,

8. A wooden figure of Gotama, plain and gilt.

9. Two wooden female devotees of Gotama.

10. A wooden image of a female, called wife of Gotama.

11. Thumb of a large image of Gotama, made of solid stone.

12. A white marble statue of Gotama.

13. An iron figure of Gotama, gilt.

As these specimens on examination were found unique, no doubt could of course

arise about their identity.

We find at the same place mentioned the following donations by the same Gen-

tleman :—

14. A copper figure of Gotama, highly ornamented.

15. A brass ditto, gilt.

16. A ditto ditto, highly ornamented, and holding a pot with offerings.

~TI

“Si

1842.] Asiatic Society.

17. Four brass statues of Gotama, crowned, and holding offerings.

18 Ten brass figures of Gotama.

19. A stone figure of Gotama.

The first seven statues were ascertained without difficulty, the short description

given of them, being sufficient to discern them among the number of others.

Of the ten Statues of Buddha, I recognise eight from the number 75 to 82 in the list,

for the following reasons:—

Three of them are much similar in their ornaments, the shape of their pedestals

to those under numbers 71—74. A striking similarity between them is the manner

in which the attendants are placed on the corners of the pedestals, and all of them

have the same forward bending position. This circumstance alone suffices for vindi-

cating the placing of them under the same group; for though the same ideal of

the representation of Buddha, may be observed with Buddhists of different countries,

yet it is obvious from even a small collection of specimens of Buddhist art, made

at different places, that there is a marked difference between them in little partie

cularities, and such a correspondence being found in a number of specimens, we

may safely attribute them to the same country. Moreover, could there be any doubt of

this, the similarity in the forms of the face would remove it. If the identity of

these three images be granted, we cannot refuse to claim the same decision for the

remaining five ; for though the attendants do not accompany them, and the pedestals

differ, still the national characteristics are too prominent to allow us forming a

different opinion. The same holds good with regard to the stone figure.

In concluding this report I beg to observe, that many of the Members of the Society

undoubtedly have a recollection of the circumstances under which some of the anti-

quities were laid before the Society, and with regard to those antiquities which are

not yet identified, especially the statues and sculptures, I would request them to

favour me with such information, as they are able to give about them.

I have the honour to be,

Sir,

3rd June, 1842. Your obedient Servant,

E. Rorr.

I —Antiquities which have been identified.

A.—Egyptian. —

1. Figure of wood.

2. Ditto ditto.

3. Ditto of Porcelain.

4. A Head made of clay.

Do. A Head made of wood.

Presented by Lieut. Young, (see Jour. As. Soc. Vol. VI. page 987.)

6 toll. Porcelain figures, with Hieroglyphic characters.

12. A figure of metal, representing Isis with a Horace on her lap.

13. A ditto ditto of wood.

14, A figure of metal.

Presented by Capt. Bidwell, (see As. Researches, Vol. XIV. Appendix p. 3.)

15. A beetle made of plaister, with Hieroglyphic characters,

578 Asiatic Society. [No. 126.

B.— Persian.

16. A copper figure, dug up near Bushire.

Presented by Capt. J. Hennel, (see Jour. As. Soc. Vol. V. p. 241.) -

C.—Indian. |

a. From Patna or Allahabad.

17. A brass Sésha resting on the tortoise.

18. A copper Bhavani, with a lion’s head, canopied.

19. A copper figure of Parvati.

20. A ditto ditto.

21. A copper figure of Ganesa.

22. A copper figure of the Infant Crishna.

23. Figure of Buddha.

Presented by R. Home, Esq. (see As. Researches, Vol. XU. Appendix p, 23.)

24. A brass figure of Siva with five heads, from Allahabad.

25. Four brass figures of Bhairava, adoring the Lingam.

26. A brass figure of Shiva, from Allahabad.

27. Two brass figures of Shiva, adoring the Lingam.

28. One brass figure of Shiva, from Allahabad.

29. <A brass figure of Kali, attended by her Lions, from Allahabad.

30. A brass figure of Shiva. :

30. a. A brass figure of Shiva, from Allahabad.

31. A brass figure of Shiva, adoring the Lingam, from Allahabad.

32. ‘Two brass figures of Shiva, adoring the Lingam.

33. One brass figure of Parvati, adoring the Lingam.

34. Ganesa and Kartika, adoring the Lingam.

35. Brass figures of Siva and Parvati, from Patna.

36. A brass figure of Parvati, from Allahabad.

37. A. brass figure of Parvati, from Allahabad.

38. A brass Arrotee, from Allahabad.

Presented by Dr. R. Tytler, (see As. Res. Vol. XIV. Appendix p. 3.)

D.—Antiquities from Nepal.

1,.—BuppuistT.

39. A copper figure of Gotamah, holding offerings.

40. A copper figure of Gotamah, holding offerings.

Presented by S. Bramley, Esq.

41. A brass Budhistical figure. a

—-— Donor ?

42. A brass Buddhist figure.

43. A brass female Buddhist figure.

Presented by Lieut. J. P. Boileau, (see As. Researches, Vol. XII. Appendix p, 16.)

2.—HInbuv.

44. A copper figure of Lokanatha.

1842.] Asiatic Society. 579

Presented by S. Bramley, Esq. (As. Jour. Vol. 11. p. 368.)

45. A brass figure of Lokanatha.

46. A ditto ditto.

47. A wooden figure of Lokanatha.

Presented by Lieut. J. P. Boileau, (As. Res. Vol. XIII. Appendiz p. 16.)

48. An ivory figure of Durga in the form of Tara, (4 arms with the skull

of a giant in one hand, and surrounded with the necklaces of Human

Skulls.) .

———— Donor?

49. An ivory figure of Bariha Avatar, (with the attributes of Tara as above

specified. )

—— Donor ?

00. An ivory figure of Ganésa.

————— Donor?

ol, A brass figure of Tara.

Presented by Lieut. J. P. Boileau, (see As. Res. Vol. XIII. Appendix p. 16.)

52. A brass figure of Durga Mohish Mordinee, (with eight hands. )

03. A ditto ditto of Garuda.

03. a. A ditto ditto of Shiva.

04, A brass figure of the first incarnation of Shiva, ‘‘ Matseea Avatar.’’

55. A brass figure of the second incarnation of Shiva, “‘ Koorma Avatar.”

06. A ditto ditto of the third incarnation of Shiva, ‘‘ Boraha Avatar.”’

57. A ditto ditto of the fourth incarnation of Shiva, ‘*‘ Nursingha Avatar.”’

08. A ditto ditto of the fifth incarnation of Shiva, ‘“‘ Vamana Avatar.”’

59. A ditto ditto of the eighth incarnation of Shiva, ‘‘ Sree Krishna Avatar.”’

60. A ditto ditto of the Kalika Avatar.

61. A brass figure of a Vishnt, with four arms.

62. A ditto ditto of Narain and his Spouse ‘*‘ Luksmee.”’

63. Three brass figures, Krishna with two female attendants.

64. Three brass figures, Ram, Lokhana, and Sitta Dévi.

65. A brass figure.

66. A ditto ditto of the goddess Kalee.

E.—From Arracan.

1. Buppuist.

67. A copper figure of Gotamah, highly ornamented.

68. An iron figure of Gotamah, gilt.

69. A brass figure of Gotamah, gilt.

70. A ditto ditto highly ornamented, and holding a pot with offerings.

71 to 74. Brass statues of Gotamah, crowned and holding offerings.

75 to 82. Brass figures of Buddha.

83. <A brass statue of Gotamah, with an attendant in an erect posture.

580

Asiatic Society. [No. 126.

Presented by Dr. R. Tytler, (see As. Researches, Vol. XVI. Appendiz p. 12.)

84,

80.

86.

87.

88,

89 to 90.

wi.

101 to 113.

114,115,116.

1i7.

118.

A stone figure of Gotamah.

———— Donor ?

A brass statue of Gotamah, with a crown, and ornamented.

A wooden figure of Gotamah, gilt and highly ornamented.

A wooden figure of Gotamah, plain and gilt.

Two wooden female Devotees of Gotamah.

Ancient brass model of a Temple, containing four images of Buddha,

with Nagas, or Serpents, over the entrance.

Thumb of a large image of Gotamah, made of a solid stone.

A tile representing the foot of Gotamah, impressed with the figures of

Buddha.

A wooden image of a female, called the wife of Gotamah.

A wooden model of Gotamah’s Temple.

A brass model of an Arracan Temple, used in the worship of Gotamah.

A statute of Buddha, affording a correct model of some of the Arracan

Temples.

A Siva Lingam, procured in a Temple at Keykeramdong.

A white marble statue of Buddha. Donor, Dr. RK. Tytler (see As.

Researches, Vol. XVI. Appendix, p. 12.)

A set of Arracanese Griffin Weights of brass. Donor, Captain Bogle,

(see 4s. Journal, Vol. VI. p. 987.)

Figures of Buddha, gilt. Donor?

An earthen sculpture of Buddha, with two attendants, and Sanscrit

Inscription, from Tagoung, about 100 miles from Ava.

An earthen sculpture of Buddha, with Sanscrit Inscription.

Presented by Captain Hannay, (see As. Journal, vol. V. p. 126.)

119, An earthen sculpture of Buddha, with Sanscrit Inscription.

Presented by Prince Alakara, (see Journal As. Society, Vol. X. p.—)

120.

121,122.

123,124.

An earthen sculpture of Buddha, with Sanscrit Inscription. Donor ?

Earthen sculptures of Buddha, with Sanscrit Inscription, gilt.

——— Donor?

Marble statues from Pagahna Mew, a town in the Birman Empire,

situated on the East side of the Irrawaddy River. Lat. 21° 9 N.

Long. 94° 30’ E.

Presented by Captain Ross, (see As. Researches, Vol. XVI. Appendix p. 12.)

129.

A stone Lingam with Sculptures.

Presented by Dr, R. Tytler, (see As. Researches, Vol. XV. Appendix p. 36.)

126 to 201.

127 to 202.

F.—From Java.

A brass figure, supposed to be ‘‘Kartika’’ seated on a Peacock, with

a Lion’s mouth, and holding a spgar in his right hand.

A brass figure, sitting with crossed legs on a state chair.

1842.]

Asiatic Society. 581

Il.—Juols and Antiquities not identified with regard to their Donors and Localities.

126.

127.

128, 129.

130.

131,132.

133,134,135,

136.

137,138.

139 to 142.

1.—BuppDHISsT.

A brass figure of Buddha.

A wooden model of Buddha.

Copper figures of Buddha.

A brass figure of ditto.

Copper figures of ditto.

Copper figures of Buddhas holding offerings.

A small copper bell in the shape of Gotamah.

Copper Budhistical figures.

D. D.?

143.a.A copper Buddhist figure with ten hands, gilt.

143.6. A copper mould and lead cast of five Buddha figures.

144,

145,146.

147,

148.

149.

150.

15], 152.

153,

104,

155.

156.

157.

158.

159.

160.

161.

162.

163,164.

165.

166.

167.

168.

169.

170.

il,

Seals,

173.

174.

2.—HINDU.

A brass figure of Siva and Parvati.

Copper figures of Parvati.

A brass figure of Siva, with four hands.

A copper figure of Siva, in a sitting posture.

A brass figure of Durga Mohish Mordini, with eight hands.

A brass figure of Durga, with eight hands, destroying the Asura.

Copper figures of Durga Singh Bhani.

A copper figure of Gonesha, sitting on a rat.

A brass figure of a Devotee, being the representation of the Lingam

worship.

A copper figure of Siva, with four hands.

A brass figure of Vishnu.

A copper Bhavani, with a Lion’s head, and canopied by Sésha Naga.

A copper figure of Lokshmi.

A ditto ditto.

A brass figure of Vishnu.

A copper Kalika Avatar, mounted on a horse.

A ditto ditto.

Brass figures of Krishna.

A copper figure of young Krishna.

A copper figure of infant ditto.

A copper figure of Krishna, standing under a tree.

A copper figure of Radha.

A brass figure of ?

A ditto ditto of —— ?

A brass figure of a Devotee holding offerings.

A copper figure of Haniman.

A ditto ditto.

A brass figure of Hantiman on one side, and of a Devotee, on the other.

582 Asiatic Society. [No. 126.

175. A brass figure of a Munee or Devotee.

176. A ditto ditto of a Devotee.

177. A ditto ditto of a Female.

178. A brass figure of a Female under an arch.

179. A ditto ditto canopied by Naga.

180. A brass figure of a Devotee.

181. A copper figure —?

182. A brass figure holding a snake with both hands.

183. A brass Arrotee, containing five oil burners, and the figures of two men

and a female.

184. A copper cast of a Peacock.

185 to 188. Earthen casts of figures, with Sanscrit Inscriptions.

189,190. Copper Snakes.

191. Copper Snake, with five mouths to a head.

192. A copper Bull and a figure, canopied by Naga.

193. A brass Bench.

194,195. Copper moulds for casting the Lingam.

196,197. Brass moulds for ditto ditto. .

198. A copper head of a Human Figure.

199. A procelain figure of an Ape.

200. <A brass figure of a Female Dancer.

Read letter from B. H. Hopcson, Esq. Resident of Nipal, with a specimen of the

style in which Mr. F. Howarp, the celebrated illustrator of Capt. Harris’ African

Beasts, proposed to bring out his mammals and birds of Nipal. There are about

100 quadrupeds which Mr. Howarp will give for No. 50 in alternate monthly num-

bers of twenty plates, each No. to cost Rs. 10.

Read a further letter from the same gentleman, enquiring if the Tibetan mammals

and birds sent by him through various channels (specified) had been received, and

advising the dispatch of thirty-one drawings for exhibition at the Society’s Meeting,

and for ultimate transmission to London, ‘‘ so that in India and England the autho-

rities and public may resert to their promise to support the work by subscription.’’

The drawings referred to were exhibited ; and the subject, it was remarked by the

Secretary, would have the notice it deserved in an early number of the Journal.

The Secretary exhibited some specimens of Ningpho China, consisting of cups,

sugar pots, flower vases, intended to be hung on the walls of a room; imperial

pattern plates, and basons, Chinese scales, and other articles presented by Lieut. J.

Brocxman, H. M. 50th Regiment; some of these articles, although of a trifling

nature, were valuable as curiosities.

ee te

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 583

Read a letter from Mr. D. Ross, offering for the acceptance of the Society an old

mineral glass case.

Read letter from the Honorary Secretary of the Royal Asiatic Society, London, of

the 4th December 1841, conveying thanks of the Royal Society for five numbers

(109 to 113) of the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Read the following letter from J.H. Batten, Esq., of 8th February, 1842 :-—

My pEAR ToRRENS, | Almorah, February 8, 1842.

Having returned to Almorah, I lost no time in sending off an instalment of the Her-

bert MSS. to the Asiatic Society, and accordingly on 6th instant I despatched by

dak to your address, a packet containing two neatly written vols. which can at once be

printed off. These vols. contain a Journal of Herbert’s visit to the lower ranges of

Sirmoor, and the low country and hills about Bark and Roopur, below the Soobathoo

mountains, to the Terrai east of the Jumna, belonging to the Suharunpore Zillah,

to the Dehra Doon, and thence crossing the Ganges along the edge of the Bijnore, and

Moradabad and Pilibheet Terrai, to that of Kumaon, and to Bhamouree Pass, and

thence by the Bheemtal route to Almorah. Captain Herbert stayed at Almorah a

whole summer, and recorded observations. Thence his Journal shews his tour in

a NNE. direction towards the Juwakee Pass, (Oonta Dhoora,) and the Snowy range

from which flows the Goree river, one of the main feeders of the Goggra river.

Before reaching Melum, Herbert fell iil, and his Journal ends.

I have three other vols. of Manuscript. These are all badly written, and parts of

them are very obscure. One of the vols. is written topsy-turvily, 2. e. one set of

observations are recorded on one side of a page, and another set on the other, and

large lacune intervene. Luckily this volume relates to Kumaon, and British

Gurhwal, tracts with which I am intimately acquainted, and my local knowledge

enables me to decypher the names of places, and connect the threads of the narrative.

I assure you that nobody at Calcutta can possibly interpret the volume in question.

I therefore, propose to edit it myself, only asking time, say, to the close of the rains,

for the work. James Prinsep gave up the task in despair, and I would not keep the

vol. in question for a day, if I thought that his successor in Calcutta could really

make any thing out of the MS. This vol. also contains Captain Manson’s continu-

ation and completion of the Journal which Herbert discontinued from illness, and

the tale is thus carried on from where Herbert stopped, to Melum and Oonta Dhoora

Pass, (a highly interesting tract which I have myself visited,) and back over the

hills to Almorah. This part can be separately transcribed by me now, (7%. e.

before the rains,) and sent to the Society. In its present state I defy any one, who

has not been at every spot named, to decypher the words, and to fill up the gaps

caused by moths and white ants.

The 2nd vol. contains a Journal by Capt. Manson, (Herbert’s then Assistant, now

Commissioner with Bajee Rao,) of a tour from Almorah to the outposts at Petorah

Gurh and Lohooghat, and thence through the hills nearest the plains, to Bheemtal. The

writing in this vol. has become very obscure from time and the ravages of insects,

but I hope, with the aid of my map and local knowledge, to decypher the whole of this

little narrative. In this vol. as in the others, there are double sets of numbers for the

584 Asiatic Society. [No. 126.

2274

rock specimens, thus: No. 160—Greenish white quartzose rock, &c, &c.

No. 2275 ;

161. Greyish rock approaching to porphyritic.

The 3rd vol. is, I believe, first in order of time, but the dates of months are for the

most part given, and not those of years. Priasep’s note makes the year of this Journal

to be 1826, and this would appear to be correct. It begins with Chilkeea, the mart

for hill productions between the Kumaon Terrai and:Casheepoor; thence the Journal

describes Herbert’s tour up the Kosilla river into the Kumaon Hills vid Dhikkolee and

Chokoom as far as Okuldoonga, where he left the river and ascended to Tarket. It

‘then shews his return to Chilkeea, and passage through the Terrai to Haldooa and

Casheepoor, and thence along the edge of the forest in a westerly direction to Juspoor’

Burrapoora, Kadirkote, and Nujeebabad to Nagul, where he crosses the Ganges, and

marches by Bhogpoor to Hurdwar, and thence through the lower hills and Doon to

Dhera. At Hurdwar, Capt. Herbert makes the following note: ‘‘I begin here to

number my second thousand with the printed Nos. from 1,”’ but in all this vol. there

are double numbers, thus :—

77.4

78.5

79.6

80.7

The larger numbers representing, it would seem, the general series ; the smaller, the

series obtained at any particular spot. From Dehra, Herbert made excursions to

Sunsur-Dhara, the celebrated dripping rock, and Col. Young’s house on the hills,

called ‘‘the Potatoe Garden,’’ now a part of the great station of Mussooree. His

geological observations here are very full, as are those in the range near Hurdwar.

At Dehra he examined Mr. Shore’s well, and describes its strata to the depth of 2214

feet. He afterwards describes his march through the Doon and across the Jumna to

Kalsee, where he regularly enters the hills. He thence marches through Jounsar,

Joobul, &c. by a circuitous route to the Burin or Brooang Pass, (the Borendo of the

Simla folk, ) thence down the Pabur river to the Tonse, and Jumna countries, and to

Dehra Doon by the Aglar valley and over Mussooree range. From Dehra Doon to

Suharunpoor, Meeruth, Moradabad, Ganges Ghat, and down the river to Calcutta, and

on his way down he narrowly escaped drowning at Colgong. In this vol. there are

mention of 379 specimens, and Herbert in a note written in July 1827, (at Almorah

I believe, ) says, that these specimens were left at Moradabad, and had by an accident,

become very much damaged in their envelopes. He records the shape of the labels

in this series (viz. the 2nd 1000) as wi and he notes the doubtful, loose and

remaining numbers.

rolled specimens, chiefly hornblendic sent to Dehea.

The country described in this volume has been subsequently examined by numerous

travellers, as it is that chiefly visited from Simla and Mussooree, and I do not think

that anything very novel will be brought to light by the Journal :— but, if it can give

a clue to the /abels and specimens at Calcutta, you will think it valuable, and I there-

fore propose to despatch this vol. to-morrow to your address. Allusions in it are

frequent, I see, to places in Kumaon, as Powree; at Sreenuggur Dheeanneekot near

Almorah ; Jilmilputteen near Kedarnath ; Punnae on the Aluknunda, noted for its

1842. | Asiatic Society. 585

curious greywacke and also metalliferous talcose rocks; Dheenpoor, the site of some

large copper mines in this province, &c. This fact shews that Herbert had visited the

Province, before the period of the Journal which I propose to edit. Yet, I have

never seen any record of his tour to Sreenuggur, Kedarnath, &c., that is of his first

visit to Kumaon, and that part of Gurhwal which is attached to this province, and I

should like much to discover some Journal of the tour in question. Mr. Piddington

will find the volume of MS. which I propose to send to-morrow, less kakographic

and more easy to decypher than the volume which I retain, (there being no breaks to,

and no great admixture of other matter with the narrative,) moreover, numbers of

people, and among them my friend Pratt, know the country described. It is a great

pity that Dr. McClelland confined (no fault of his though) his observations in Kumaon

to the immediate neighbourhood of Lohooghat and Petora. Had he examined the

country South-West and North of Almorah, he would have been able to edit Herbert’s

Kumaon volume, and to elucidate Manson’s mysterious pothooks. As it is, you must

kindly beg the Asiatic Society to be thankful for the MSS. already sent, and

the MS. promised by to-morrow’s dak, and to await with patience (for I have not

much leisure,) my edition of Herbert and Manson’s Kumaon Journal, which I will

endeavour to make as luminous as possible.

Believe me to remain,

My dear Torrens,

Yours very sincerely,

J. H. Barren.

The letter having been read, it was proposed by the Lord Bishop, seconded by

the President, —That the thanks of the Society be voted to Mr. Barren for the valu-

able services rendered by him in the recovery and transmission of the late Captain

Hersert’s manuscripts, and that the acknowledgments of the Society be tendered

to Mr. Batten for his offer of editing the late Captain Herserr’s and Major

Manson’s Journal in Kumaoon.

Read the following report submitted by the Curator of the Museum :—*

SiR,

Since my last Report to the Society, the following donations of Zoological speci-

mens have been received for the Museum,

From Dr. Wallich, a very fine specimen of the true Zibet of Buffon, or Viverra

Zibetha of Linneus, being a species of rare occurrence in European Museums, indeed

I only know of one specimen which is in the British Museum, for the Tanggalung of

the Malays, regarded as Buffon’s Zibet by the brothers Cuvier, is quite a different

animal, which has since been termed V. tanggalunga by Mr. Gray: the present

species is the V. melanura of Mr. Hodgson, and an interesting notice of its habits,

with a very recognisable figure, occurs in Williamson’s ‘ Oriental Scenery’; there is

also a figure and notice of this species in the Ist No. of Dr. McClelland’s ‘ Journal

of Natural History.’

Likewise a female specimen of Parodoxurus typus, which has been added to the

collection of stuffed mammalia.

In the class of Birds, I have the pleasure to record the donation, from Government,

of a beautiful recent specimen of Tragopan satyrus, which has been mounted.

* This Report should have been published with the ‘‘ Proceedings of the Asiatic Society,” at

p. 274, and have preceded the Report given at p. 444 ef, seq.—Cur, As, Soc.

586 Asiatic Society. [No. 126.

From W. Masters, Esq. a recent Chinese Lory (Lorius Sinensis ).

From R. W. G. Frith, Esq. through Mr. Hampton, mounted specimens of the

following species of Birds. |

Athene Brodiei: Noctua Brodiei, Burton, P. Z. S., 1835, 152, seu N. tubiger,

Hodgson, As. Res. XIX, 175, bearing date 1836. ,

Garrule leucogenys, Nobis: being the eighteenth species of this’ genus with

which I am now acquainted from Northern India. This generic title holds precedence

of Crateropus, Swainson, and Lanthocincla, Gould, applied to the same group, certain

species of which have been referred to Cinclosoma by Mr. Vigors, and others by

Mr. Hodgson. I have elsewhere endeavoured to reduce the synonyms of the various

members of this genus, and have prepared descriptions of the present and another

new species, for which vide p. 180, ante. *

Francolinus vulgaris.

Fr. Pondicerianus: Tetrao Pondicerianus, Gmelin; Perdix orientalis, Latham,

but not of Horsfield. A figure and interesting notice of the habits of this species have

been published in the ‘ Bengal Sporting Magazine,’ for October, 1840.

Fr. gularis : Perdix gularis, Tem: figured as the Chicore, in the ‘Bengal Sporting

Magazine’ for September, 1839, but which must not be confounded with the true

Chicore (Perdiz Chukar) of the Himalaya.

Ortygis, allied to Hemipodius atrogularis, Eyton, P. Z. S., 1839,107, and

scarcely less so to O. pugnax and O. taigoor, all these species having a black throat-

and fore-neck in the mature male, and which is broader in the present species than

in the two latter: from these it is readily enough distinguished by the predominance

of black on the upper parts, the more strongly marked large oval spots of this colour

on the wing-coverts, and the hue of the belly which is merely tinged with rufous; size

intermediate. On some future occasion, I hope to do something towards elucidating

the Quails, dwarf Partridges, and Ortyges of India, which at present are a most per-

plexing group, notwithstanding the exertions of Col. Sykes, and of subsequent inves-

tigators, who as yet have but very partially analysed the numerous species. +

Of the foregoing six species of birds presented by Mr. Frith to the Society, four

are new to their Museum; viz. the tiny Owl, the Crateropus, the Wood Partridge,

and the Ortygis.

Numerous specimens of birds have also been added to our collection, procured in

the bazaar, among which it will be sufficient to notice a few of the more interesting.

Caprimulqus macrourus, Horsfield, Lin. Trans. XIII, 142. A very handsome male.

We before possessed specimens of what appear to me to be the female of this speces,

. and which, if so, are remarkable for the pale colour predominating much more than

in the other sex.{

Tringa platyrhyncha, Temminck. A male in winter plumage; one in summer

garb, from the old China collection, having been already in the Museum. The only

additional species of this genus, which I have hitherto met with, are—Tr. subarquata

which is not rare, and 7’, minuta, which is exceedingly abundant.

* I have since become acquainted with several additional species, which I shall describe ina

more elaborate monagraph of the genus.—Cwr. As. Soc.

+ I have since prepared the analysis above mentioned, which will appear in a subsequent Report:

the bird above noticed is Mr. Eyton’s atrogularis.—Ibid.

i This appears to be common in Nepal.—JZbid.

}

‘

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 587

Recurvirosira Avocetta: fine specimens.

Botaurus stellaris. The European Bittern, a handsome female.

Pluvianus cinereus, Nobis; being the sixth Indian species of this genus with which

I am acquainted: length of a female 14 inches, by 23 feet in extent ; wing from bend

91 inches, and tail 44 inches ; bill to forehead 14 inch, and bare part of tibia the

same ; tarse 3 inches. Irides dilute red, witha cast of brown; orbital skin, small frontal

lobes, basal three-fifths of the bill, and the legs, bright yellow ; the rest of the bill

black, as are also the claws. General colour of the upper parts pale greyish-brown,

the head, neck, and breast, pure light grey, passing into black on the lower part of

the breast, which terminates abruptly, contrasting with the white belly; primaries,

their coverts, and the winglet, black ; the secondaries and their coverts chiefly white,

and the tertiaries concolorous with the back : upper tail-coverts white, slightly tinged

with brownish ; and tail pure white, having a black subterminal band, broad on its

medial feathers, nearly obsolete on the penultimate, and quite so on the outermost.

This species is new to the Museum, and I have seen but this one specimen.

Rallus gularis, Horsfield. Beautiful specimens.

Phalacrocorax pygmeus, Auct.

Rhynchea picta. I merely notice this handsome species, a fine series of which has

been put up, to remark that an affinity which I long ago detected and commented

upon, between this genus and the American Hediornis, is strikingly manifested by the

living Rhynchea. The style of colouring and markings correspond, and the Ameri-

can genus is styled Helornis (or Sun Bird), from its habit of spreading out the wings

and tail, upon surprise, and so forming with them a sort of radiated disk, whereon the

elegant markings are beautifully displayed. The same habit is observable in Rhyn-

chea, which thus shews off its spotted markings to the admiration of the beholder, me-

nacing the while with a hissing sound and neck contracted, when suddenly, seizing

a favourable opportunity, it darts away upon the wing. Mr, Gray (in P. Z. S., 1831,

62,) has attempted to define two alleged species of Indian Rhynchea by the names

Picta and Capensis, the former only of which he had himself seen from Africa as well

as from India and China; but he refers to Savigny’s figure of Rh. Capensis, in the

Oiseaux @ Egypte, as furnishing a faithful representation of the other. Should they

be different, however, the attempted definitions need to be rendered more intelligible,

as neither comparison of them with specimens, nor of the latter with Savigny’s figure,

has enabled me to decide to which the Bengal bird should be referred, and certainly

the considerable number which I have seen and examined of this latter were all of the

same species. Among anumber of African and Indian specimens of birds identical

in species which were exhibited by Col. Sykes before the Zoological Society, as

noticed in P. Z. S. 1835, 62, were examples of a Rhynchea styled Capensis, Stephens.

In the class of Reptiles, a specimen of the Python Tigris, fifteen feet in length, has

been purchased alive and been killed; its skin has been mounted, a number of pre-

parations made of its viscera, and the skeleton is now in process of being cleaned. A

considerable number of other skeletons, chiefly of birds, have also been laid by to be

set up as opportunity will permit of it.

Mr. Frith’s donation comprised, in addition to the birds which have been mentioned,

a few specimens of insects, together with some pupa-envelopes constructed of bits

of plant-stems, though by what species I am unacquainted.

588 Asiatic Society, [No. 126.

The following are the dimensions of the magnificent Gaour of which the skin,

prepared for being set up in our Museum, is now in progress of transmission from

Chyebassa, as already noticed by the Secretary. They were taken by Lieut. Tickell

from the recent animal, and I annex a copy of the figure which he has kindly supplied

me with, in order to enable our taxidermists the better to imitate the form of the

living beast in the stuffed specimen.

Feet. Inch.

A, B, a string passed along the back to root of tail, sees eves 8 8

A, a, from frontal ridge to tip of muzzle, ts ae 0

c, d, horns apart anteriorly at base, eee pains sisi ibid 05

e, f, tip to tip of ditto, wee eee siacSai4 sais acs 34

A. g. from nose to centre of eye, ciate cece seins 03

g, h, eye to root of horn, .... aces Bacie wiefae eratate 4}

g, k, eye to base of ears, .... es aioe sistas nialias 6

1, m, humerus, &c. .... coos nisin eoee alee smite 112

m, n, radius, piste ster see cists aisle. nies 8

n, 0, metacarpus, Sieie's eese er sae ase sloeie 93

0, p, pastern, &c. and hoof, .... eeee eee oees eoce 7%

q, X, pelvis, matics elavere sists whee coe owite 4z

r, s, femur, MaAD wees Ae pees wees eee i

s, t, tibia and fibula, .... due owes cose eeee wove 10

t, v, metatarsus, cece oece eee cece ee, cece

v, w, pastern to end of hoof, .... Are bed antes apes 7k

C. D. perpendicularly, about .... Eee Eta baie’ Jae

OoOcocm~ =~ WORWWNU CR KH KM RK CO CNKH COYN - we

pees

C. X. length of dorsal ridge, .... ones wees wee. sees a4

tail-root to tip of hairs, aces ne osee wees sees 13

k, y, circumference of head behind Hoh eeee eeee sees ll

1 Ze neck behind ears, cease sees sees OL

C, 2, chest), v.24 Eien osne eles) nwa 8

3, 4, muzzle, ...- wees eves eaee tees gz

5; 6! fore-arm close to axilla, 2... sees sees 112

ae sees 9

95/10; thigh close to body, : aes Bsihe 03

Bal bin thigh close above hock, .... woes Be

‘‘Trides grey; muzzle black; horns pale, with dark tip; hoof, blackish.’?

I am, Sir,

Yours obediently,

Ep. Biytn.

Report for May Meeting.

Sir,—On the present occasion, I have comparatively few donations to announce to

the Meeting.

In the class of mammalia, our most interesting acquisition is the remarkably hand-

some Fox from beyond the Sutlej, already announced as having been presented by

Mr. Lushington. I presume it to be the Vulpes Nipalensis, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist.,

N.S., 1, 578, according so far as can be made out from the very imperfect description

there given; but notwithstanding the differences of colour, and length and quality of

ne \

ta is =

‘ , *S. X

bar, :

eet AN,

Fe gs: $5

;

\ y }

. i

. = i :

~a 5

7 \

5 ri

‘

." bo ih

j '

4 ‘

F ‘

eg ‘

sy,

‘

- i

he "Wat

Te i

raf

ea te inert

foo a

Hat

PUN GE PRY

1842. | Asiatic Society. 589

fur, apparent between this and our specimen ofthe common Himalayan Fox, upon which

Dr. Pearson founded his description of V. montanus, vel (subsequently) V. Hima-

Jaicus, Ogilby, I cannot, after full consideration, regard them as specifically distinct,

but consider this to be a variety merely, from a colder habitat, or perhaps a winter-

killed individual, though I am unaware that any of the Canide@ renew their coat more

than once in the year. Certainly, with regard to the name Nipalensis, Mr. Hodgson,

who has so long pursued his zoological researches in that province, would seem to be

unaware of any Nepalese species additional to V. montanus and V. corsac; a circum-

stance which also tends to cast a doubt upon the V. Hodgsonii, likewise insufficiently

described by Mr. Gray, doc. cit. The specimen now exhibited may, indeed, be toler-

ably well referred to either of the half-descriptions indicated. *

Length thirty inches from nose to base of tail, the tail with hair sixteen inches;

from nose to base of ear five inches anda half, and ears (measured posteriorly, and

making some allowance for their having shrunk,) four inches ; height of the back

fifteen inches. Fur exceedingly rich, dense, soft and fine, the longer sort measuring

fully two inches upon the back, and the inner everywhere of considerable length and

woolly character. General colour pale fulvous, scarcely more than fulvous-white

over the shoulder-blades, and but little deeper on the sides, the haunches and tail

appearing greyish, while the middle of the back is much deeper and more rufous

fulvous than the rest, widening upon the croup, and passing there into the greyish

appearance of the haunches; outside of the ears deep black to near their base (as in

ordinary montanus); and the under-parts mingled white and faint nigrescent, the

latter being the general hue of the inner fur at base, and more or less developed on

different parts. Head light fulvous mixed with white, and marked as in other Foxes;

the darkish streak from the eye to the moustachial bristles faint, the latter black, and

cheeks and jowl white as usual. Limbs about the same pale fulvous as the head, the

ordinary mark in front of the fore-limbs inconspicuous, though indicated by grizzled

black and white-tipped hairs: tail bushy and white-tipped, with also a white mark

across its upper surface near the base, above which the colour is the same rufous-

fulvous as the croup, while ascending on each side of the buttocks is some whitish, |

which is divided by a narrow rufous stripe at the mesial line; the rest of the tail

being pale dull fulvous with the hairs slightly black-tipped.

Captain Hutton states (J. A. S. V1, 934,) of V. montanus, that ‘‘ the males are larg-

er and much darker than the females.’? The very pale specimen, however, here des-

cribed is a male: and should my specific identification of it be correct, the V. mon-

* “Vulpes Nipalensis. Fur soft, silky, long; above, bright fulvous-yellow.

‘‘ Inhabits Northern India, Nepal.—Gen. Hardwicke.

‘‘ Like the common European, and American fulvous, Foxes; but the fur is much softer and

brighter coloured.

‘‘V. Hodgsonii. Fur rather woolly; above, bluish grey. Forehead, nape, and middle of the

back, yellowish-brown. ‘ail-end, black. Chin and beneath, white.

‘‘Inhabits North India, Nepal.—Hardwicke.”

With respect to ‘tail-end black,” I suspect that Col. H. Smith’s obseryation will be found to

apply, that ‘‘ of the hundreds of [English] Foxes and skins examined by us, although there be

many with the end of the tail apparently black, we have not found one where there was not a

white tip within the black; although most Foxes occasionally pull out the hairs at the end of the

tail.” Dr. McClelland writes, of the Fox of Kemaon, ‘‘he has grey legs, becoming darker to the

feet; dark sharp nose; bushy tail, that of the male having a white tip ; the upper surface of the ears

velvet-black, inner surface cream yellow.” ‘Geology, &c. of Kemaon,’ p. 220.

590 Asiatic Society. [No. 126.

tanus would accordingly appear to be subject to considerable variation in shade of

colour, like the allied V. fulvus of North America. In connexion with this sub-

ject, I may further remark, that Lieut. Irwin mentions ‘ black fox’”’ skins, together

with those of the ‘* common brown fox,’’ as among the ‘* commodities sent from Inde-

pendent Toorkistan to the marts of Chinese Toorkistan.* .‘* The Fox of Toorkistan,”’

he observes, ‘‘ and generally of the cold and temperate countries, has all the cunning of

the English, unlike the puny Fox of India’’; the former probably referring to the

common Himalayan species, rather than to the Tibet Fox (V. ferrulatus) of Mr.

Hodgson; though regarding the cunning of those of Kemaon, Dr. McClelland

writes—‘‘ They are somewhat larger than the English Fox, and arevery easily caught

én traps,’ whereas the Jackal there, which is much larger than the Jackal of the

plains, is remarkably shy and cautious, so much so as never to allow itself to be caught

in a trap.’’ + )

In Afghanistan, according to Dr. Griffith, ‘‘a large and asmall species of Fox appear

to exist. The former, which is perhaps identical with the large Himalayan Fox,

I procured from Quetta and at Olipore, at which place it is not uncommon.{ The

small kind seems to resemble the Fox of the plains of N. W. India.”

Of the latter, or more exclusively those of the great Western Hurriana desert, the

Hon. Mouhtstuart Elphinstone remarks, that these are ‘less than our [the English ?]}

Fox, but somewhat larger than the common one of India: their backs are of the same

brownish colour with the latter; but in one part of the desert, their legs and belly

up to a certain height, are black, and in another, white. The line between those

colours and the brown is so distinctly marked, that the one kind seems as if it had

been wading up to the belly in ink, and the other in white-wash.’’ Account of Cabut,

&e. p. 7, Specimens of the animals here indicated would be highly acceptable to

zoologists.

Ihave been informed that a species more nearly resembling the English Fox than

the small Corsac of the plains inhabits the Neilghierries; but no such animal is

noticed in Mr. Elliot’s catalogue.

In Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1837, p. 68, it is mentioned that ‘‘a new species of Fox,

nearly allied to Vulpes Bengalensis, but evidently larger, Mr. Gray designated as Vul-

pes xanthura,”’ but no description is there published, nor habitat assigned, though this

notice follows some descriptions of Indian animals. Naturalists, therefore, are not bound

to trouble themselves about the priority of the name, should they chance to meet with

the animal here alluded to. It cannot, surely, be the ‘ Fulvous-tailed Dog (Canis

chrysurus, Gray),’’ a description of which is published in Mag. Nat. Hist. N. S.

I, 157, and which is stated to inhabit India. I subjoin reasons, however, for suspect-

ing that it is the same, and here indicate the animal as one regarding which further

information would be acceptable. §

* Red, grey, brown, and black Foxes are stated to have been formerly very numerous in the

Aleutian Isles, whence the name of “‘ Fox Islands” applied to this group, or rather chain. Does

the American species extend across to Asia like the Rein Deer, Argali (?), &. ?

+ Captain Hutton remarks, of the Jackals of Simla, that ‘‘ they do not appear to hunt in packs

as they do in the plains, but are seen singly.” J. 4. S8., VI, 934. Is it certain that they are of the

same species ?

{ For further particulars concerning V. montanus, vide J. A. S., VI, 934.

§ ‘Fur pale, foxy, varied with black-tipped rigid white hairs, which are most abundant on

the sides, and only scattered on the hinder part of the back. Under fur soft, silky; of the back

1842.] Asiatic Society. 591

The wild Canide of India may, I suspect, be reduced to the following species :—

Subgenus Cuon, Hodgson, vel Chryseus, H. Smith, perhaps comprising a plurality

of species, though actual comparison of specimens is necessary to establish these.

“Upon the Himalaya,’’ writes Mr. Ogilby, ‘‘the common Wild Dog, called simply

Junglee Coota in the plains, and Buansu in Nepal, [Colsun or] C. Dukhunensis of

Sykes, and C. primaveus of Hodgson), is only found in the lower regions, but is

replaced further up by two other wild species, likewise called Junglee Coota by

English sportsmen. Lieutenant Smith informs me, that one of these is larger and

the other smaller than the Junglee Coota of the plains, from which they both differ in

having shorter tails and a lighter or more ashy colour: both species ascend the hills

even to the snow-line; they hunt in packs, and inhabit ravines, and rocky dells; but

being excessively shy, are not very often seen. The Junglee Coota of the plains, in

other respects, does not appear to me to differ from the C. Sumatrensis of Hard-

wicke.”’* Zoological Appendiz to Royle’s Illustrations.

Mr. Hodgson merely informs us, that ‘‘the breed of Tibet is large, and of a pale Wolf-

like colour,’’ but he only possessed skins of ‘‘ very young animals ;”’ and this would

seem to be the race observed by Moorcroft in his journey to Ladakh (Travels, I, 13),

and by him styled ‘‘ Wolves.’’ One of his party, in advance, disturbed a pack of them

in the act of pulling down a Surrow, and having put them to flight, and secured their

victim, ‘‘the Wolves kept prowling about us, and were not finally dispersed until

several shots had been fired at them. They were of a reddish colour, with long, lank

bodies, and bushy tails. The natives call them Khoa,’’ spelt Qyo by Dr. Spry and

others, and Quihoe in Johnson’s ‘ Indian Field Sports,’ referring to the animal of Central

fulvous; of the sides whitish ; lead coloured at the base of the hairs. Cheeks, chin, throat, and

belly, white. Sides of the chest, inner sides of the legs, yellowish white. Upper part of the legs,

and anal region, bright reddish-fulvous. Tail cylindrical, reaching nearly to the ground, pale

yellow, with a dark brown tip, and a large tuft of rather rigid hairs (placed over a large gland

atits upper part near the base. Ears rather large acute, grey, and edged with black externally ;

internally, whitish. Length 234 inches, tail 10 inches. Specimen in British Museum.”

From the particular mention of the caudal gland, in addition to the hue of the tail, I am

really induced to suspect that this is, after all, no other than the Vulpes xanthura above referred

to ; for of the latter it is mentioned that ‘‘in describing this species, Mr. Gray remarked, that it

had a large gland, covered with rigid brown hair, on the upper part of the base of its tail, very

distinctly marked, and that on looking at the tail of the several other species of this genus, as

V. Bengalensis [Corsac], vulgaris, fulvus, and some others, a similar gland was easily recognisable,

though it appeared to have been hitherto overlooked.” The same may be seen on the tail of a

Wolf or Jackal, as must, I should think, be familiar to most observers.

Mr. Gray also described, on the same occasion, a ‘‘ Canis procyonides (Raccoon-faced Dog).

Grey-brown, varied with black tips to the hairs. Cheeks and legs dark chocolate-brown. Tail

short, thick, pale brown, with white tips to the hairs. Ears rounded, hairy. Length of head

54 inches ; body 17 inches ; tail 5 inches. Inhabits China. Specimen in British Museum.” This

animal is figured in the ‘‘ Illustrations of Indian Zoology” of Messrs. Hardwicke and Gray, where

undoubtedly it is made to look marvellously Raccoon-like.

In the same work is also figured a ‘‘ Dooab Fox” (V. rufescens), but, so far as can be judged

from the plates, it would not differ from the ordinary Corsul, unless in the total want of annula-

tion to the fur, which is not very probable.

I republish these notices to aid the investigations of enquirers in this part of the world, and

in hope of preventing, as much as possible, a needless multiplication of synonyms.

* In the latter author’s description of the Sumatran wild Dog (Lin. Trans. XIII, 236), it is

remarked that ‘‘the resemblance between this animal and the wild Dog of the Ramghur hills,

called Quao, is strikingly close; the colour of both is the same, the black bushy tail the same,

as also the form of the nose ; but the ears of the Sumatran Dog are more rounded.”

592 Asiatic Society. . [No. 126.

India; terms which, as Colonel H. Smith rémarks, “ appear to signify imitations of

the animal’s voice when hunting.”’

From Herbert’s ‘Gleanings in Science,’ I, 280, I extract the following: ‘‘ The

Bhowsah { Buansu] are found in many parts of the hills of North-western India: there

are two kinds, one denominated the Shikari, and the other the Lagh: the latter is

much stouter than the former, and its hair longer and darker; it is not so fleet as the

Shikari, but possesses a much finer nose ; it quickly regains the scent when lost by the

Shikari: it takes the name of Lagh from eating the offal of its prey, which the

Shikari does not.’ *

A ‘“ Red Wolf’’ is mentioned by geographers as inhabiting the Great Altai; and

‘** Wild Dogs,”’ in addition to Wolves, Jackals, and Foxes, are noticed by Elphinstone

to occur in Afghanistan. Such an animal is mentioned by Colonel H. Smith, as ‘‘ the

Beluel of Avicenna, which that author seems to have considered to be the Thos of

antiquity. This,’’ continues the learned naturalist cited, ‘“‘ we take to be the Beluch

of Beloochistan, one of two species of wild canines found in the woody mountains

of South-eastern Persia, and probably extending along the high lands West of the

Indus into Cabul. It is described as a red wild Dog, very shy, and extremely

ferocious, hunting by day in parties of twenty or thirty, seizing a Bullock or Buffalo

without hesitation, and tearing the animal to pieces in a few moments. A British

Officer, who traversed a part of this wild region of alternate jungle and sandy plateau,

deeply scarred into long and parallel furrows, barren and vertical, so that no quadru-

ped can cross many without complete exhaustion, observed a group of these red Dogs

lying on the edge of the forest, yet on the watch for game, but they withdrew into

cover before he could fire at or completely examine them: they were, however, long

and rather low on the legs, of a rufous colour, with a hairy tail and a powerful struc-

ture: their foot-marks on the sandy soil were very distinct, and indicated that their

feet were exactly like those of a Hound. The native peasants related that they keep

aloof from human habitations, and consequently do little injury to human property ; but

that no animal, especially if it be entangled in the billowy ridges before mentioned,

can escape their pursuit. Having demanded some particulars about their structure,

they pointed to a domestic Dog then present, and said that the Beluch was much like

it, but larger and destitute of white colour, which marked the domestic animal; but

that there existed, further to the West, a wild species still larger than the red, which

had so much white that the brown and black occurred upon its back in the form

of spots.’’ The account here given strikingly agrees with that of the Wild Dog of the

Rajamahendri district furnished by Major Pew, and appended to Col. Sykes’s des-

cription of the Colsun in Trans. Roy. As. Soc. ILI, 411, so that there can be very

little, if any, doubt of their applying to the self-same species, together with the

following.

** The Red Wild Dog of Southern China,’ continues Col. Smith, ‘is most likely

another race or species of this subgenus. It is described as resembling the Dingo of

* A corresponding distinction is said to obtain among the Wolves of North America. Thus,

in Silliman’s Journal, VI, 93, we read, of those of the Catskill mountains (a series of ranges

extending from the vicinity of the St. Lawrence to the Alleghany ridge), that ‘‘ Two varieties

of Wolves are met with, one called by hunters the Deer Wolf, from his habit of pursuing Deer,

for which his light Greyhound form adapts him: the other of a more clumsy figure, with short

legs, and large body, more frequently depredates upon the flocks under the protection of man.”

1842.] Asiatic Society. 5938

Australia, though somewhat lower on the legs; but whether this. or the Beluch wants

the second tubercular tooth, has not been ascertained.’? Nat. Libr., Mam., 1X,

173-5. In the tropical countries eastward of the Boorampooter, it has been generally

understood that no wild canine animal exists, as appears to be truly the case with the

Jackal; but I have information (and trust to receive specimens) of two species, differ-

ing much in size and habits, from the interior of Burmah, besides which I am told

that ‘“‘a Fox resembling that of Bengal, but of a darker colour, and altogether more

resembling the English species except in size,’’ inhabits the Siamese hills. ‘* Wolves’’

are mentioned in Capt. Low’s list of the animals of Tenasserim (Journ. Roy. As. Soc.,

III, 50), ‘‘ and Wolves, or perhaps wild Dogs,”’ are elsewhere stated by him to inhabit

the same range of territory. In Dr. Richardson’s ‘ Mission to the Court of Siam,’

(J. A. S., 1X, 5), Hares are mentioned,* ‘* and Wild Dogs are said to be numerous

here [near Camboorie], larger, with longer hair than the common Dog, but equally

varying in colour.’? These would seem to be scarcely referrible to the present group.t

In Sumaira, we have seen that they exist, and Sir Stamford Raffles alludes to more than

one race in Java (Lin. Trans. XIII, 249), remarking that how far the Sumatran

animal ‘‘ differs from either of those of Java, Dr. Horsfield will be able to decide.”’

I am unaware, however, that the latter naturalist has published any notice on the

subject. Dr. Solomon Muller, if I remember rightly, mentions them by the name of

Canis rutilus, as alike inhabiting Sumatra, Java, and Borneo (?); anda Java speci-

men was first taken to Europe by M. Leschenhault, ‘‘in size and in proportions equal

toacommon Wolf, but the ears are smaller; the colour is fulvous-brown, blackish

on the back, feet, and tail.’? Within the Indian Peninsula, the Colsun of Sykes,

according to Mr. W. Elliot, ‘* was not known in the Southern Mahratta country until

of late years. It has now become very common.’’f

* Vide my Report for January, ante, p. 102.

+ In a notice of some of the animals of the Tenasserim provinces, published in the Bengal

Sporting Magazine for August, 1841, page 44, we read that — ‘‘ The Wolf is said by the natives

to have been in the country of the Kareans, as also the Wild Dog; but their accounts are not much

to be relied on.” It is at least probable, however, that wild canine animals of some kind are

alluded to.

{ Madras Journal, No. XXIV, 100. I may here cite a very interesting notice of this animal in

the ‘Madras Journal,’ No. XIV, 81: ‘“‘The animal termed by us the Wild Dog,” writes Captain

A. Mackintosh, ‘‘is known to the natives by the name of Kollussnah, Kollusra, and Kollusa.

It is common in the Kotool district, and all along the range of western Ghauts. It is about the

size of a Panther [which would be very much larger than any I have seen], with very powerful

fore-quarters, narrow tapering loins, black and pointed muzzle, and small erect ears. The

tail is long, and at the extremity there is a bunch of hair several inches in length. The

Kullussnah is of a darkish red colour, possesses great speed, and hunts in packs of five, eight,

fifteen, and even to the number of twenty-five; is extremely active, artful, and cunning in master-

ing its prey. Itis during the night-time they move about in search of food; but, should an animal

approach near them, an hour or two after sunrise, or a short time before sunset, they will attack it

—all animals seem instinctively to dread them. During the day-time, they remain quiet in their

hiding-places. When the Kollussnah discovers an animal worthy of being captured, the circum-

- stance is announced to the pack by a barking, whistling voice; the others are on the alert, advance

rapidly and post themselves slily round the spot, and gradually close in on the animal. Upon

seeing one or two of the Kolussnahs he gets frightened, but much more so when, running away at

speed, he encounters one of his enemies in whichever direction he attempts to escape. The conse-

quence is, that he stands quite amazed. Some of the Kollussnahs run in close to him, and shed

water on their bushy tails, which they swing about and jerk into his eyes; he is successively saluted

594 Asiatic Society. [No. 126.

Tosum up, Colonel H. Smith remarks, that—‘‘ On reviewing the notices of the present

group of Wild Dogs, whether they be one or several species, it is evident that they

extend their habitat over an immense surface of Asia; and since they are found to the

westward of the Indus, it is likely they inhabit the deep forests along the Caspian, and

continuing in the same parallel of latitude, that they have existed and possibly

may still be found in the mountains of Asia Minor. If, now, we compare the foregoing

descriptions [ Nat. Libr., Mam., vol. 1X,] with the account of A\vKoc Eovpoc

or Aureus of Oppian, which he relates was a resident of the rocky jungles of Mount

Amanus and Taurus of Cilicia, a province where he, the poet, naturalist, and sports-

man, was born, we cannot suppose that he spoke wholly from hearsay, and ignorant

of the characters of his Golden Wolf, mistook it for a Jackal, then not frequent so far

to the North; but which in comparison is insignificant, does not fear the heat, nor

retires during the appearance of the Dog-star*; is not of a bright fulvous colour,

but greyish in Natolia ; is not to be mistaken on account of its howling ; burrows in the

vicinity of human habitations ; is the reverse of a shy and solitary nature; and finally is

not noticed by him under another name.t The uncertainty and confusion respecting

this group commenced with the ancients, who ranged in all probability not less than

three very different canines under the name of Thoes. Pliny speaking of a Thos,

which he viewed as a kind of Wolf, merely remarks, that it had a longer body, shorter

legs, sprang with velocity, and lived by hunting ; adding, not dangerous to man.{

in the same manner, when he approaches them, or theyrun into him. The unlucky beast is soon

blinded by the peculiar escharotic quality of the application; for he begins to stagger and run

round and round, and is now beset by all the Kollussnahs who make a loud barking and snapping

noise while they pull the animal down and tear it in pieces. When few in number, they have been

known to gratify their hunger before the poor animal fell down and expired, each of them tearing

away a mouthful while their victim remained standing. There are very few instances of their ever

having attacked the villagers’ cattle, but they will kill stray calves if they fallin withthem. The

Kolies never molest the Kollussnah, in fact they are glad to see them in their neighbourhood, being

aware of the enmity that exists between them and the Tiger, for they kill that animal cccasionally ;

and in consequence they are considered by the people as the protectors of their cattle and their

fields, for neither Sambur, Deer, or Hog, seem disposed to approach places much frequented by

the Kollussnah. They hunt and kill the Sambur, Neelgaie, Hyzna, Deer, Jackals, Hares, Hogs,

Bears, Poreupines, and Quails. They killed a Tiger in June, last year, in the Taloongun jungles.”

For a detailed account of the Buansu or wild Dog of Nipal, by Mr. Hodgson, vide As. Res.

XVIII, pt. II, where also are given comparative figures of this animal, the common Indian Fox,

and the Jackal. A writer in the Bengal Sporting Magazine, for 1838, p. 404, mentions, that on

removing the skin of a ‘‘ Wild Dog,” which he shot near Saugor, ‘‘hundreds and hundreds of

thorns, of bushes and the spear-grass, were observed lying in the thin membrane between it and

the muscles; everywhere, but chiefly in the front part of the fore and hind legs; there was no

symptom of inflammation from them, except in two wounds where a little matter had formed: the

coat was quite smooth, and there was no vestige of parasites about the animal.” The same writer

mentions the cry of these creatures when in pursuit of prey, as ‘‘the palpable bark of the Dog, but

shorter and not so deep, and I thought at the time, as they rushed by me on the right and left, that

there was something very angry in the tone of it. Their run was perfectly beautiful, and all

together they disappeared, eight in number, over the hill, still preserving the form of a row.”

* Sirium orientem metuit. y

t+ Oppian’s Thous was a spotted animal.

t “‘Luporum genus est (Thos) procerius longitudine brevitas crurum, dissimile velox saltu,

venatu vivens innocuum homini.” Pliny. Alian’s Thoes may be Jackals: but the Thoes of Homer,

described as put to flight by the Lion, while they surrounded the Stag at bay, cannot be Jackals

but the Chryseus. So also is the Thos of Aristotle, when he notices their engaging the Lion.

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 595

All these characters are perfectly applicable to the Chryseus of our type, and to its

varieties. The mistaking of Oppian commenced with Belon; and Kempfer, being

unacquainted with the existence of the rufous Wild Dog, referred Aureus to the Jackal,

and misled Linneus. *

* “Tt is even more likely,” continues Col. Smith, ‘‘that from this group the mixture with a domes-

tic race might be reported to have been obtained, which the ancients, and even Aristotle, repeated-

ly assert to be the Alopecides or the Chaonian and Spartan breeds, but which, from their strength

and courage, could never have resulted from crossing Dogs with Foxes.

‘* There is some reason to presume that the Chryscus formerly existed in Southern Europe: for

to what other species can we refer the kind of Wild Dogs noticed by Scaliger, as existing in the

woods of Montifalcone in Italy. ‘ There resided,’ he says, ‘ for ages about Montifalcone, a species

of wild Dogs; animals differing from Wolves in manners, voice, and colours; never mixing with

them, and being particularly fond ofhuman flesh,’ This last character may have been a gratuitous

addition of his informants: he does not, in this paragraph, notice the particular colour, but, in a

another part of the work, wild Dogs of a rufous colour are incidentally recorded. A family of the

name of Montifalcone bore a Wolf salient gules; while another of the same name had red Dogs

for supporters, in a collection of blazoned Italian arms in the Library of St. Mark at Venice.”

I shall now proceed to invite the attention of observers to the following notices by the same

indefatigable and learned Zoologist :—

1si.—‘‘ With some hesitation we place here the short notice of the Wak, a canine designated as

a Dhole, but possibly a very distinct species. It was first mentioned to us by the late Lieut. Col.

Deare, of the 8th Dragoons, who was a native of the East Indies, a keen sportsman, and many

years resident in that part of the world. A printed account of a similar animal, observed in

captivity, has since appeared in one of the Annuals: both agree in the description, one having

been killed in Central India, the other seen in the Southern Provinces. This Dhole was repre-

sented to be a robust thick-bodied animal, nearly equal in height to a harrier hound, but heavier

in weight; the head broad and ponderous; the forehead flat, with a greater distance from the ears

to the eyes than from these to the nose; this was blunt, dark-coloured, and rather broad, the

rictus or gape black, opening to beneath the eyes, which were of a greenish-yellow, set in dark

eye-lids, and offering a most ferocious aspect; the teeth powerful; the legs and claws remark-

ably strong, resembling a Bull-Dog’s; and the tailrather short, but more bushy towards the end,

and sooty in colour : the general colour of the fur tanned, browner on the back, and some white

on the breast, belly, and between the limbs. It growled with a deep threatening voice, and the

natives related that, in danger, the animal, by means of the tail, flings its urine in the eyes of the

pursuers. The Colonel considered this not to be the true Dhole, and characterized it as remind-

ing the spectator of a low legged Hyzena with the colour of a Dog ; but he was too familiar with the

Hoondar (or Hyzna) to mistake it for that animal. It was reported to hunt in packs, uttering an

occasional deep-toned bay.

2nd.— The true Dhole (Chryseus Scylax, H. Smith; Dhole of Captain Williamson, and Quihoe

of Dr. Daniel Johnson). These names here brought in juxta-position, shew how much confusion

there exists in designating this anc other species among the natives of India; a confusion they

extend to Hyenas and Wolves. Qyo, Quihoe and Qao, appear to signify imitations of the ani-

mal’s voice when hunting ; Dhole, a Praerit name ; butit is evident that where the names of Hoondar

and Beriah (Hyena and Wolf) are considered synonymous, species still more indistinctly marked

may well be expected to be confounded. The Scylax is described to be in size between the Wolf

and Jackal, slightly made, of a light bay colour, with a sharp face, and fierce keen eyes; in form.

approaching a Grey-hound; the tail straight, not bushy; the ears wide, pointed, open, and

forming a triangle; the skin dark; nose, muzzle, back of the ears, and feet, sooty. From this

description the animal differs from primevus and the other races, in being more slender and

higher on the legs, in having a sharper muzzle, a long close-haired tail, and large dark ears. It

is reported to hunt in packs of greater numbers, to utter a cry, while on the scent, resembling the

voice of a Fox-hound, intermixed with occasional snarling yelps. Dr. Daniel Johnson witnessed

a pack attacking a wild Boar.

‘* The drawing we possess of Scylax was taken from a carefully executed Indian water colour

painting, observed in a collection on sale in London, some years before Captain Williamson's

‘ Oriental Field Sports’ was published. Colonel Deare, then a Captain, was about this time in

596 ) Asiatic Society. , [No. 126.

The Australian Dingo is generally referred to this particular group of Canines, but

differs from the rest (if more than one species) hitherto examined, in possessing a

second true molar in the lower jaw, wherein the Colsun or Buansu differs from all

others of its natural family (so far as known), wild or tame, with the exception of a

Brazilian fossil species recently discovered by Dr. Lund. This character alone

supplies an insurmountable objection to the hypothesis of Domestic Dogs having

derived from the so called Canis primevus.

2. Canis Lupus; the Wolf: considered as a peculiar species (C. pallipes) by Col.

Sykes. Mr. Walter Elliot, however, remarks, that ‘‘ this species does not appear to

differ from the common Wolf. Three young ones which I had alive for some time

agreed very well with the description of the Canis pallipes of Col. Sykes, but several

adults that I shot differed in their colours and general character. The head was large,

the muzzle thicker, the colours in some cases more inclining to red, particularly on

the fore-legs, which in some cases were deep red; and the same colour was found on

the muzzle from the eyes to the nose. Others have more rufous on the hind-legs,

together with some black on the thighs, rump, and tip of the tail [European Wolves

vary in like manner]. Length from muzzle to insertion of tail thirty-six to thirty-_

seven inches, ditto of tail sixteen to seventeen inches and a half; height of shoulder

twenty-four to twenty-six inches; length of the head ten inches; circumference of

ditto, sixteen or seventeen inches; weight of an adult female 42 ibs.”

The Wolf appears to be numerous on the open plains of India, but to be generally

unknown in the wooded hilly parts. Col. Sykes informs us, that ‘they are not met

with in the woods of the Ghauts” of Dukhun; nor is the species mentioned in Mr.

Hodgson’s ‘ Classified Cata'ogue of the Mammals of Nepal’ (J. A. S., X, 908).* Col.

London, and the copy being shewn him, he first conveyed the information that it represented the

Dhole, or, as he termed it, the true Dhole, distinct in form from the other species already men-

tioned. In Europe, that name was then only known to a very few persons who had previously

resided in India. Specimens occur, it seems, very rarely, and these only in the Rhamghany hills,

and sometimes in the Western Ghauts.” This may be one of the Himalayan races mentioned by

Mr. Ogilby and others. ;

3rd.—* The Dhole of Ceylon (Canis Ceylonicus, Shaw). First described by Vosmaer. This

species is evidently much allied to the last mentioned, although the account of it was not taken

from an adult. The stuffed specimen was not much larger than a domestic Cat, measuring about

twenty-two inches from nose to tail, the tail itself sixteen inches, gradually tapering to a point;

the colour yellowish-grey with a cast of brown, owing to some hairs of that colour being longer

than the rest ; the feet strongly tinged with brown; the hair close but soft tothe touch; the

head long and pointed ; the snout and under chin brown, but the top of the head yellowish-ash

colour, which, passing beyond the ears, forms a spot below them and terminates in a point below

the eyes; the ears were small, elevated, and pointed. In this specimen, the last molar of the

lower jaw was also wanting [from immaturity ?] The claws resembled those of a Cat more than of a

Dog, and there were five toes on the hind as well as on the fore feet. We have examined, in Hol-

land, the skin of a Dog which was said to have come from Ceylon, and corresponded sufficiently

to admit of its being the same species, although it was at least four inches longer, and. the colours

were less grey and more fulvous; the tail was long and without a bush, and the claws blunt, but

with five on each foot. Itis evident that the discrepancies between the two were owing to nonage

in Boddert’s specimen. The skull we have not seen.”

All these notices require exceedingly to be verified upon examination of specimens.

in the Himalaya. Lay ght

‘¢ The Jackal is rare there, and I have never met with them but in the low and warm valleys.”—

The Rev. R. Everest on the power of enduring cold in the Mammalia of Hot Countries.—Mag. Nat.

Hist., January, 1842.

1842. ] Asiatic Society. 597

Smith seems to believe in the existence of a smaller race, “lower, with a broader

back, and of a light grey colour, obscurely marked with darker cross bars, from the

tips of the hairs being black; the limbs and face pale buff. A specimen, shot among

the rocks on the sea-shore, near Vincovah, in the vicinity of Bombay, was in colour

yellowish-grey, brindled with blackish streaks: the head was sharp: the under-parts

dirty-white; the tail not very hairy, whitish below, and the markings on the body

distinct. It was killed in the act of searching for offal and putrid animal matter cast

on shore by the sea.’’*

3. C. aureus; the Jackal. Common to all India westward of the Boorampooter, and

extending (without satisfactorily known variation) to Anatolia, Turkey, the Island of

Candia, part of Greece, and the southernmost confines of Russia; but, I believe, un-

known in frica, where represented by allied species. Syriaand the north-east of Africa

are, indeed, remarkable for the variety of small indigenous canines described by Rup-

pelland by Hemprich and Ehrenberg; and the following has, probably, still to be added

to their number (vide Kotzebue’s ‘ Journey to Persia’, p. 62). ‘‘ In Grusia, among the

beasts of prey, there is a species of Jackal which is called Tshakatka. It resembles

the Wolf, but is smaller and has a much more ferocious appearance; its how] shakes

the very soul. The animal is, besides, very bold, and sneaks during the night into the

camp to steal the soldiers’ boots. When very hungry, it enters burial grounds and

digs up the bodies recently interred.’’ It is thus a true Jackal, but there is reason

to suspect a larger species than the common one.

4. C. chrysurus, Gray, vel (?) Vulpes zanthura, Gray, already noticed.

0. Vulpes Corsac, v. Bengalensis, Indicus, et Kokree. Mr. Elliot states of this

species, that ‘‘it is remarkable that though the brush is generally tipped with black,

a white one is occasionally found [7. e. in the Southern Mahratta country], while in

other parts of India, as in Cutch, the tip is always white.’’ In Bengal I have hitherto

found it invariably black-tipped. This animal appears to be common throughout

India, extending, it would seem, westward of the Indus and into Tartary. The varie-

ties(?) mentioned by Elphinstone, as already cited, inhabiting the Western Indian

desert, require investigation ; as also the Dooab Fox of Hardwicke and Gray.

6. V. montanus, vel Himalaicus, vel? Nipalensis et Hodgsonii of Gray, the latter

probably mere varieties of colour, and not more different from the ordinary type than

the beautiful specimen exhibited on this occasion. ‘The Neilghierry Fox is, probably,

an additional species, unless it prove to be Mr. Gray’s Chrysurus vel? Xanthura

which however is unlikely.

From Mr. J. J. Athanass, have been received ten heads of the Indian Antelope

(Antilope Cervicapra), one only being that of a female, and among those of males

there is one remarkable for the deformity of its right horn, which curves shortly

round to form a circle and is then broken off: this horn indeed considerably resembles

that of a castrated individual which lived some years in the London Zoological Gar-

dens, and which possessed a horn on one side only, of similar flexure, the other side

having no more trace of it than in the female of this species ; and it may be, therefore,

that the testis of the corresponding side had been injured in the animal whose head is

now exhibited, a circumstance which, in the Cervine genus, is well known to affect the

* Communicated to Col. Smith by Col. Dunsterville, H. C. S., who was present.

598 Asiatic Society. [No. 126.

development of the antler of that side; and a very curious circumstance is related

(Lin. Trans. Il, 356,) of a female Cervus Elaphus, *‘ which had one horn perfectly

similar to that of a Stag three years old. It never had a horn on the other side of its

head, for there the corresponding place was covered over by the skin, and quite

smooth. It did not seem to have ever produced a fawn, and upon dissection, the ova-

yium on the same side with the horn, was found to be schirrous.’’ The true facts

relative to the development of antlers in castrated Deer, as observed in a number annu-

ally gelded in the Royal demesne of Richmond Park, do not appear to be generally

known : the antlers which the animal had borne at the time of the operation are shed

in due season, though later than in the perfect animals, and they are regularly suc-

ceeded by others which never fall, nor cease growing from time to time, slowly and

weakly, and shooting forth most irregularly with regard to shape, the velvet, or hairy

skin investing them, being, under these circumstances, of course permanent; though

(at least in some groups) it appears that where this animal is emasculated while young,

the antlers do not appear at all, as instanced by a ‘‘ heaver’’ or ox Sambur (C. Hippe-

laphus,) whose skeleton is in the Museum of this Society. The currently received

doctrine on this subject is still that of Buffon (Hist. Nat. VI, 81), who asserts ‘‘ Si

l’on fait cette opération dans le temps qui’l a mis bas sa téte, il ne s’en forme pas une

nouvelle; et sion ne la fait au contraire que dans le temps qu’il a refait sa téte, elle

ne tombe plus, l’animal en un mot reste pour tout la vie dans |’ état on il etoit lors-

qu’il a subi la castration,’’ which appears to be taken for granted by all subsequent

writers.* I may take this opportunity, too, to remark that in the park surrounding

Government House, at Madras, there is a very large herd of Indian Antelopes, being

the posterity of asingle tame pair. The gentleness and familiarity of these beautiful

creatures surprised me considerably, knowing how dangerous a solitary tame one is

apt to be, particularly when its range is limited; but I learned that not a single acci-

dent had ever happened in the present instance, though the bucks are commonly heard

groaning and fighting at nights. As I drove past them, they were lying and grazing on

each side as quietly as Sheep, and now and then two or three would be seen skipping

after each other, more lightly than Fallow Deer, which latter they much resembled in

their trot. Among the whole large herd, I observed but a single coal-black male,

though very many had fully developed horns; nor is more than one such ever seen, I

believe, in the wild herds, however extensive, the rest being driven off as they attain

complete maturity. ; ‘

Gazella cora, H. Smith (vide page 452, ante); seven heads, including two of

females.

Cervus Axis: two heads.

Gavius Gangeticus : a large stuffed specimen, and the head of a smaller one.

From —— Hamilton, Esq. C. 8., of Mirzapore,

Hyena vulgaris v. virgata : skin and skeleton. The former has, with considerable

patience and difficulty, been mounted, and now forms a very tolerable stuffed speci-

men.

From G. Hugon, Esq. two frontlets of Deer, from the Mauritius. What this Deer

is, if described at all, I do not know, though I have long been acquainted with the

* For the above interesting piece of information relative to the heavers of Richmond Park, I am

indebted to the celebrated animal painter, Mr. Hill, who shewed me a number of specimens illus-

trative of the fact.—E. B.

1842. | Asiatic Society. 599

skull and antlers of the species, of which there is a fine specimen in the London Unit-

ed Service Museum, and a frontlet in the private collection of Mr. Hill: there was

also previously an example of the skull of this animal in the Museum of this Society.

In Proc. Zool. Soc., for 1831, 45, the late M. Desjardins enumerates Cervus Elaphus

in his Catalogue of Mauritius animals, which, if referring to the present species, as

must be supposed, is a strange error. Duvaux, in his ‘Letters from the Mauritius’

(p. 295), remarks, that ‘‘the Stags [of that island] are muchsmaller, and of a greyer co-

lour, than those of Europe, and are supposed tohave been introduced by the Portuguese.”’

A friend who has hunted them can merely inform me that they have a remarkably

shaggy coat, but at once recognized the Society’s former specimen above alluded to

as belonging to the species. The antlers are proportionably large, and might be

mistaken by even a practised eye for those of the Sambur (C. Hippelaphus) ; but the

skull is considerably smaller than in that animal, and accordingly the antlers are

nearer together at base: in every specimen which I have seen, the inner tine of the

terminal fork is very much longer than the outer one, being the reverse of what ob-

tains in the common Spotted Axis, while in the Sambur and Jerrow, although this

character is variable, the relative proportion is generally as in the present species, but

toa less extent. In size the skull in the United Service Museum is larger than that

which we possess, measuring (according to my notes) thirteen inches in total length,

or from occipital ridge to the tip of masals, over the curves, twelve inches; orbits apart

posteriorly five inches, anteriorly four inches and a quarter; palate five inches, anc

two inches wide posteriorly. The pedicles of the antlers are one inch long, measur-

ing on the inside, and those of the three frontlets before me are equally elongated,

although the antlers are of full dimensions; the latter measuring, in the London

specimen, thirty inches long, six inches and a half round above burr, and four inches

and three quarters in the beam; the corresponding measurements, in the three

specimens before me, being thirty, seven, and four and a half inches,—twenty-eight,

seven and a quarter, and four and a half inches,—and twenty-eight, six, and four inches:

they have the set and general form of those of the Sambur and Axis, and not (as in C.

equinus, Molluccensis, and some other large Malayan species, ) that of the common

Hog Deer; and their granulated surface likewise resembles that of the Sambur’s

antlers. ‘The skull in the Society’s collection has its intermaxillaries imperfect, and

the occiput is also incomplete; but from base of pedicle to tip of nasals it measures

but eight inches and one-eighth, the greatest width of orbits apart posteriorly five

inches, and anteriorly three inches and three-quarters, length of bony palate four

inches and five-eighths, and width posteriorly two inches: there are the sockets of two

small canines, but all the teeth are lost. Further information respecting, and especi-

ally specimens of, this animal are desirable, and there can be little or no doubt that it

was originally imported from some part of the Malayan Archipelago.

From Captain Ommanay, has been received a specimen of

Eurylaimus nasutus, v. Todus nasutus, Gmelin, Cymbirynchus nasutus, Vigors,

and Eur. lemniscatus, Raffles.

From Robert Ince, Esq., Supt. of Salt Chokees, Zillah Backergunge, a specimen

of a timber-perforating Worm, accompanied with the following particulars :—‘‘ Speci-

men of the Worm which destroys boats or timber while floating in the rivers of

the eastern district of Bengal, more particularly in and near Backergunge and Furreed-

600 Asiatic Society. No. S36.

pore. This creature perforates the wood, leaving a mucilaginous deposit which hardens

into a shelly substance. It is only found during the hot months, and is termed by the

natives Noona Kheen (‘¢ Salt Worm’’), as it is believed to be never met with out of

brackish water, ze. beyond the influence of the tides during the S. W. monsoon.

Soondree wood is particularly liable to its attacks. The natives destroy the creature

by hauling their boats ashore, and burning stubble beneath them.”’

This Worm combines the general form of Nereis with distinct eyes as in Phyliodyce,

and is therefore inadmissable into any of the described genera with which I am

acquainted. As in the former, its proboscis is furnished with a single pair of strong

serrated mandibles or nippers, and there are three minute tentacles on each side

posterior to its base; beside which, over the inner margin of each eye, is a rudimental

antenna existing as a small tubercle. The rings of the body are very numerous, and

are each furnished (as in Nereis,) with a branchial lamina, but having only one mi-

nute tubercle and small packet of bristles beneath. Length eight inches and a half, and

present colour of specimen livid-white, becoming dark purplish towards the head; the

proboscis white, and jaws horny-black. The natural colour is mentioned by Mr. Ince

to be flesh-red. I shall designate it Lignicola destructor. Mr. Ince has promised a

specimen of the timber perforated by it, and the Worm now presented to the Society

was taken out of the bottom of the Chokee boat attached to the Superintendent’s office

of Backergunge.*

To the zoologist it will convey no information to be told that this and analogous

species merely bore for a habitation, a fact sufficiently implied by the existence

of visual organs in the specimen now exhibited, which would intimate that it watched

for its prey at the entrance of its hole, as various allied genera are known to feel for it

with their tentacles, these being, in the Lignicola, too minute to be of much efficacy for

the purpose.

The specimens of Vertebrata procured in the neighbourhood during the past month

have not been generally of much interest, owing to the impossibility of myself devot-

ing any time to collecting, and the incorrigible worthlessness of the native Shikarees,

by whose agency I have hitherto endeavoured to procure specimens. ‘The most wor-

thy of notice is an example of Megaderma lyra, which I myself took in the act

of preying upon another Bat, the interesting circumstances connected therewith have

been described in an article now printing for the Society’s Journal.+ Another speci-

* The specimen of perforated wood here adverted to has since been received, being completely

honey-combed all over, the ravages of the Worm producing much the same appearance as those of

the Teredo navalis.

t Vide page 255 ante. I have since made a capture of eight specimens of this Bat, from an

assemblage of thirty or forty, (and I can procure others of these when I please), that pass the day

hanging to the roof of a long roomy out-house, selectin ga not very dark situation (as the Rhinolophi

are said to do), though when disturbed they rarely attempt to escape by the open windows, being

evidently much more incommoded by bright day-light than the restricted Vespertiliones, and when

they do so pass out very soon settling upon any tree near at hand, and suffering themselves

to be taken by an insect-net. Of these eight adult specimens, only two were males, intimating,

however, that the sexes do not assemble separately, as is the case with various other Bats, while it

is pretty clear that the females much exceed the males in number. The Pteropodes are also stated

to herd in separate flocks, the males apart from the females, which I doubt; but here, again,

it would seem that the females are much more numerous than the males, for of twelve specimens

1842. ] | Asiatic Society. 601

men of Pachysoma marginatum has also been obtained, which had contrived to

drown itself in a vessel of water in the Society’s compound, and is at present prepared

as a skeleton.

In the class of Birds, the mass of small waders are now in beautiful summer plumage,

and as fast as we can obtain specimens uninjured by the ruthless hands of the native

dealers in the bazaar, they are secured for the Museum, or to be set aside for exchan-

ges; but it is most provoking to observe the numbers of fine specimens, which despite

all that can be said and reiterated to these people ad nauseam, the stolid savages

persist in partially stripping of their feathers, or otherwise injuring so as to render

them quite unfit for preservation; in illustration of which it will be enough to mention

that out of the many hundreds of common Curlews ( Numenius arquata) which have

been brought to the bazaar in the course of the season, I have not yet been able to fur-

nish the Museum with examples of this abundant species.

There is a curious fact relating to the changes of plumage in these birds, which I do

not think has ever been distinctly stated: viz. that whilst they actually change their

plumage, by renewal of the feathers, to a greater or less extent, the changes of colour

are independent of the renovation of the feathers; thus the old feathers, prior to being

shed, will be seen to have acquired more or less of the hue of the new ones which

replace them; and these, in their turn, soon after the bird has bred, and long before

the autumnal moult, gradually lose the hue which distinguishes the nuptial livery ;*

the latter is particularly exemplified by Totanus fuscus, wherein the ‘deep sooty hue

which imbues even the legs, in addition to the entire plumage, of this bird in nuptial

garb (as illustrated by specimens now exhibited,) disappears totally after breeding in

the same feathers, as I have witnessed in every stage of this absorption of colouring

matter, so that the bird resumes very nearly the aspect of its winter uniform. It may

further be observed, that, at the vernal moult, the amount of renovation of the feathers,

and the period at which this takes place, are both very irregular, depending on the

constitutional vigour of the individual; some weakly birds, both young and adults, the

latter probably such as are past breeding, or otherwise sexually debilitated, undergoing

little or no change even of colouring. It is also a remarkable fact, that when a bird

drops its feathers at the regular moulting period, it sheds them alike whether new or

old, even such as had grown in place of others that had been accidentally pulled out

but a few weeks previously; while, if from debility or any other cause, as sometimes

happens in a specimen newly caught and ¢aged, the feathers do not fall at the proper

season, they then remain till the next ordinary moulting period, however distant, 7. e.

for another year in what are termed ‘‘single moulting”’ species.

Circus Swainson, A. Smith, v. pallidus of Sykes, female.

Emberiza fucatat ? Pallas, Shaw’s ‘ Zoology’ [X, 385: described as ‘‘ common on

the rivers Onon and Trigodia, in Russia.’’ A bird answering to the brief descrip-

tion by Shaw, is plentiful in the neighbourhood of Calcutta, to judge from its being

passing over which I lately brought down, I could only get a single male. Collecting so many

has enabled me to decide, that the specimen noticed in Vol. X, p. 840, does not differ specifically

from the Ph. Edwardsii vel medius, Auctorum.

* I have even observed that, not unfrequently, the new feathers put forth at the vernal moult are

| only partially of the colour they afterwards assume.—E. B.

t Identified by Mr. Jerdon with his doubtfully cited Z, cia, Madr. Jl, No, XXVI, 29,—E. B.

- —_——

a Oe

602 Asiatic Society. [No. 126.

frequently brought for sale in the medley of species purchased as ‘ Ortolans’’ by

Europeans. I have long waited for uninjured specimens, and now exhibit two males

and a female that at least have one side perfect. Size of the Cirl Bunting, and allied to

this species in form. Length six inches, by nearly ten inches across ; wing two inches and

seven-eighths, and middle tail-feathers two inches and a half, the external rather more ;

bill to forehead (through the feathers) above half an inch, and the same to gape; tarse

seven-eighths of an inch: head, with the back and sides of the neck, dark grey, having a

black medial streak to each feather, most developed on those of the crown ; ear-coverts

forming a conspicuous deep rufous spot; shoulders of the wings, scapularies, and rump,

the same but not so dark, also a band crossing the lower part of the breast, more or less

developed; inter-scapularies or dorsal feathers resembling those of a male common

House Sparrow; throat, fore-neck, and breast, to the rufous band, whitish or slightly

yellowish-white, with a narrow black streak commencing at each corner of the lower

mandible, widening or spreading as it descends, and then branching to form a gorget with

its opposite, being more or less developed in different specimens; the sides of the breast,

below this gorget are purer white, and the belly, below the rufous band, is tinged

with fulvous; a light streak over the eye; wings dusky within, the feathers edged

externally with rufous and fulvous, and the outermost tail-feather obliquely marked

with white, the next but slightly so. Irides dark. Bill (at this season) dusky above,

lighter on parts of the lower mandible; and feet pale brown with a slight livid cast:

The female merely differs in being rather smaller with the colours less bright.

The only other Indian species we possess of this genus appears to have been several

times described, firstly by Mr. Vigors, (P. Z. S. 1831, 183,) as £. cristata, then

by Messrs. Jardine and Selby, (2/7. Orn. pl. CXXXII,) as Z. erythropterus, and

lastly by Mr. Hodgson, (As. Res. XIX, 157,) as E. Nipalensis: at least our -speci-

mens agree alike with all the descriptions here cited; and I even incline to doubt

whether the #. subcristata of Col. Sykes, (P. Z. S. 1832, 93,) be aught else than the

female, which opinion he indeed combats, albeit there would appear to be certain

differences, to judge from his description. *

I have also obtained two curious small marsh birds in the bazaar, which are not

easy to classify; being referriable, indeed, to an extensive group allied to the Salicuria,

to the Prinie, and to that African subdivision formerly included in Malurus, and

which group has not been, that I am aware of, duly studied in all its diversified

ramifications. The first, however, I shall provisionally arrange as

Dasyornis? locustelloides, from the near resemblance which it bears in plumage to

the Locustelle, or Grasshopper-bird, (Locustella Rati, ) of the British Islands.¢ In

form it appears to be closely allied to the D. Australis of Messrs. Jardine and Selby,

figured in the “ Illustrations of Ornithology,” pl. LXXIII; but, on actual comparison,

will probably prove separable as a minimum subdivision, Length seven inches, by

nine inches in extent of wing, the latter from bend two inches and seven-eighths, and

medial tail-feathers eight inches; bill to forehead (through the feathers) five-eighths of an

inch, and nearly seven-eighths of an inch to gape; tarse an inch and one-six-

teenth: the bill is strong, three-sixteenths of an inch deep, and compressed laterally,

* The Society has since received E. citreola from Mr. Hodgson.

+ It is, I now find, the Megalurus ? striatus of Mr. Jerdon’s Supplement, a single specimen

having been procured by that naturalist on the Neilghierries.

1842. | Asiatic Society. 603

but otherwise resembles that of the Salicarie, and between the rictus and eye are

five remarkably strong bristles, forming an almost vertical range, with a small bare

space in front of them, and they are curved stiffly outwards, as if the object were to

defend the eyes; there are likewise small sete at the base of the lower mandible: the

wings and tail have also the true character stated of Dasyornis, as well as (it would

appear) the feet. General colour olive-brown, with mesial blackish streaks to the

feathers; the throat and belly white, and breast and flanks light brown, the breast

having a few traces of darker specks: tail graduated, each feather tipped with ful-

vous-white, and the rest dusky along the centres, and brownish barred with dusky

externally. Irides dark greyish olive. Bill dark olive-brown above, beneath paler;

and legs light purplish-brown. The specimen described was a female.*

The other species is considerably superior in size, with proportionally much larger

and stouter legs, a straight and slender bill, and Jong, somewhat sharp-pointed tail, the

feathers of which are exceedingly graduated ; rictorial bristles small and inconspicu-

ous. Its genus would seem to be Megalurus, and the specimen has unfortunately its

wings and tail so much mutilated by the bazaar people, that I shall not offer a

further description. A curious feature consisted in the inside of the mouth being

wholly blackish, while the bill was of a livid colour suffused above with blackish,

which is probably a seasonal distinction.

Cryptonyx coronatus: recent female, from Singapore, presented by myself.

The magnificent specimen ofthe Himalayan Laramergeyer (Gypdetos), exhibited

at the last Meeting of the Society, has been mounted, together with some other skins,

and more are now in progress of being set up.

Recurring to the class of Mammalia, I noticed, in a previous Report (ante, pp. 95-8

et seq. ), the existence of three species of Otter in the Hooghly, in addition to a Dar-

jeeling species there also described ; and I may now announce the existence of a fourth

species in the Hooghly, or at least which I infer to have been thence obtained, since our

Museum contains two specimens of the skull, marked ‘‘ common Otter,’’ and which

from their size I had hitherto referred to Lutra leptonyx. Upon recently, however,

having had the skulls of ZL. leptonya and LZ. nair taken out from the skins and

cleaned, it became at once apparent that the species previously referred to the

former was quite distinct, the skulls differing in being very much more compress-

ed between the orbits, in the still inferior size although the age is greater, in the

further development of the post-orbital processes in both specimens, and a variety of

* T have since obtained another species of the same minimum group, but so wretchedly mutilated

by the bazar shikaree who caught it, and also smeared with bird-lime, that I can hardly venture

upon a description. Not content with plucking out the large feathers of one wing and of the tail,

the cruel brute had broken its lower mandible to prevent its biting, as is the custom of these people

with Cormorants, Herons, and such other birds whose peck is worthy of some precaution to avoid :

otherwise I think I might have kept it for a while alive. It is considerably larger than D. locustel-

loides, (striatus, ) with legs proportionably larger, and the beak much less compressed laterally.

Plumage very like that of the other, but a well developed whitish streak over the eye, the brown

a shade less fulvous, and the blackish mesial streak to each coronal feather less defined and con-

trasting. Irides dusky olive : bill and inside of the mouth wholly blackish : and legs dull purplish-

brown. Length, to dase of tail, four inches and five-eighths, of wing three inches and a half, and

tarse one inch anda quarter; bill to forehead (through the feathers) nine-sixteenths of an inch,

and to gape, (which is armed with five strong outward-curved sef@, as in the other,) one inch and

three-fourths. I shall provisionally designate this species D. colluriceps.—E. B.

604 Asiatic Society. [No. 126.

minor particulars. The difficulty of procuring specimens of these animals in this

neighbourhood, however numerous they may be, is much greater than would be sup-

posed, from the doltish apathy of the shikarees, who cannot be induced to deviate from

their beaten path of procuring esculent creatures only; and it may yet be a long

while, therefore, before I succeed in procuring the materials for describing the species

which I have here merely indicated.

A specimen of a Remora, or Sucking-fish, (Echeneis naucrates,) has been pur-

chased in the bazaar.

My principal occupation has, however, been lately in arranging our shells, and

especially our insects. Of the latter we possess, firstly, the specimens in the cases

(including many from Assam and Sylhet), which were either merely arranged accord-

ing to their localities, or not arranged at all; the former method possessing some ad-

vantages, but involving great inconvenience for room, and most unnecessary successions

of duplicates of the generally predominant species : secondly, the box of Swan River

specimens presented by Mr. Crichton, as noticed in my report for last September:

thirdly, those from Afghanistan mentioned in my last report: fourthly, a considerable

number that have been taken under my own superintendence in this neighbourhood :

and fifthly, a large box of specimens, chiefly Coleoptera and Hemiptera, thrown loose-

ly upon one another, and consequently, for the most part, much injured, which were

presented to the Society by Dr. O’Shaughnessy, and which I suspect (from the

prevalence of certain species) to have been from Sylhet or Assam, probably the

latter. Many interesting Curculionide and other hard-cased Coleoptera have been

picked uninjured out of this lot, and altogether many hundred specimens have been

rescued from impending destruction, affording a considerable number of duplicates of

some of them, which are of essential service, as supplying the means of getting sa~

tisfactorily identified such as have already received names.

A package of various skins, chiefly of birds, has been shipped for the Collegium

Academicum of Christiana; another to the Cornish institution at Truro, through

Dr. Spry; and a third box of specimens has been forwarded to Mr. Jerdon at

Madras, from whom, in return, we may expect, shortly, a consignment of valuable

specimens from Peninsular India, whitherfrom at present our Museum can boast

very few contributions in recent Zoology.*

I remain, Sir,

With much respect,

Your’s obediently,

Epwarp Buiytnh.

* Mr, Jerdon’s valuable donation has since been received.

1842. | | Asiatic Society. 603*

Museum of Economic Geology.

Read report of the Curator in this Department for the Month of May last.

Report of the Curator Museum Economic Geology for the month of May.

Museum Economic Geology.—The Memoir alluded to in my last report, explaining

briefly the object and wanis of the institution, and soliciting contributions has been

with the approbation of the Honourable the President and Secretary, printed, and is

now on the table. . It will be circulated as widely as possible in all the Presidencies,

and in Europe, so as to insure us every chance of assistance.

I have resumed the arrangement of the Museum, and hope to get through with it,

and the Catalogues shortly.

We are indebted to Mr. Hodgson of Nepal, for asmall collection of iron, copper, and

lead ores from Nepal, of which one or two are new to the Museum, and all valuable as

contributing to our Indian series. *

Geological and Mineralogical.—We have at length to announce the arrival from

Kemaon of three, out of five volumes of Captain Herbert’s Journals, the remaining two

being for the present with Mr. Batten, as explained in his letter.

Upon examining these volumes with reference to the collection in our cabinets, I

find they relate first to from numbers 1 to about 375, then from 1 to 379 of the second

thousand, and lastly from 1563 to 1612, leaving thus a blank of about 800 names and

localities, which I doubt not, or at least I hope, will be found in the other books.

From a cursory examination of these volumes, I will venture to congratulate the

Society very sincerely upon the amount of Geological and Mineralogical knowledge,

which we have thus, I hope, obtained the means of giving to the world; (if we can but

connect Captain Herbert’s complicated systems of numbers,) and his friends upon the

justice which these volumes will I trust enable us to do to his memory.

Major Manson who was Captain Herbert’s Assistant, has been written to, to obtain

any assistance which he can give us. We have received in this Department seven

specimens (Geological) from Mr. H. Stanley. And I have been chiefly occupied

in part with Captain Herbert’s collections, and in part with our own Geological series.

H. PippDINGTON.

Museum, 31st May, 1842.

Read letter from Mr, Secretary Busupy of the 2nd February 1842, forwarding a

box of specimens of Magnetic Iron Ore, from Tavoy, Sulphuret of Antimony from the

neighbourhood of Moulmein, and of the Mergui coal received from Captain Tremen-

HEERE.

An interesting Chart of the Barometrical curve, during the late storm, was exhibited

to the Meeting by Mr. Piddington, who explained that he was in hopes of obtaining

through the data he looked for from this storm, a Barometrical measure of the distance

* I have to mention also, that permission has been obtained from Government to indent upon

the Honorable Company’s Dispensary, for such re-agents and apparatus as it may possess, which

will be required for the Laboratory of the Museum,